3GPP TS 36.331 V15.8.0 (2019-12)
Technical Specification
3rd Generation Partnership Project;
Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network;
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA);
Radio Resource Control (RRC);
Protocol specification
(Release 15)

	


Keywords
LTE, E-UTRAN, radio

3GPP
Postal address

3GPP support office address
650 Route des Lucioles - Sophia Antipolis
Valbonne - FRANCE
Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16
Internet
http://www.3gpp.org

Copyright Notification
No part may be reproduced except as authorized by written permission.
The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media.

© 2019, 3GPP Organizational Partners (ARIB, ATIS, CCSA, ETSI, TSDSI, TTA, TTC).
All rights reserved.

UMTS™ is a Trade Mark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its members
3GPP™ is a Trade Mark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Organizational Partners
LTE™ is a Trade Mark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Organizational Partners
GSM® and the GSM logo are registered and owned by the GSM Association
Bluetooth® is a Trade Mark of the Bluetooth SIG registered for the benefit of its members

Contents
Foreword	22
1	Scope	23
2	References	23
3	Definitions, symbols and abbreviations	27
3.1	Definitions	27
3.2	Abbreviations	29
4	General	33
4.1	Introduction	33
4.2	Architecture	34
4.2.1	UE states and state transitions including inter RAT	34
4.2.2	Signalling radio bearers	38
4.3	Services	39
4.3.1	Services provided to upper layers	39
4.3.2	Services expected from lower layers	40
4.4	Functions	40
4.5	Data available for transmission for NB-IoT	41
5	Procedures	41
5.1	General	41
5.1.1	Introduction	41
5.1.2	General requirements	42
5.1.3	Requirements for UE in MR-DC	43
5.2	System information	43
5.2.1	Introduction	43
5.2.1.1	General	43
5.2.1.2	Scheduling	44
5.2.1.2a	Scheduling for NB-IoT	45
5.2.1.3	System information validity and notification of changes	46
5.2.1.4	Indication of ETWS notification	47
5.2.1.5	Indication of CMAS notification	48
5.2.1.6	Notification of EAB parameters change	48
5.2.1.7	Access Barring parameters change in NB-IoT	48
5.2.2	System information acquisition	49
5.2.2.1	General	49
5.2.2.2	Initiation	49
5.2.2.3	System information required by the UE	49
5.2.2.4	System information acquisition by the UE	50
5.2.2.5	Essential system information missing	54
5.2.2.6	Actions upon reception of the MasterInformationBlock message	55
5.2.2.7	Actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message	55
5.2.2.8	Actions upon reception of SystemInformation messages	57
5.2.2.9	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType2	57
5.2.2.10	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType3	58
5.2.2.11	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType4	59
5.2.2.12	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType5	59
5.2.2.13	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType6	60
5.2.2.14	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType7	61
5.2.2.15	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType8	61
5.2.2.16	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType9	62
5.2.2.17	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType10	62
5.2.2.18	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType11	62
5.2.2.19	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType12	63
5.2.2.20	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType13	63
5.2.2.21	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType14	64
5.2.2.22	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType15	64
5.2.2.23	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType16	64
5.2.2.24	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType17	64
5.2.2.25	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType18	64
5.2.2.26	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType19	64
5.2.2.27	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType20	65
5.2.2.28	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType21	65
5.2.2.29	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType22-NB	65
5.2.2.30	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType23-NB	65
5.2.2.31	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType24	65
5.2.2.32	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType25	65
5.2.2.33	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType26	65
5.2.2.34	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockPos	66
5.2.3	Acquisition of an SI message	66
5.2.3a	Acquisition of an SI message by BL UE or UE in CE or a NB-IoT UE	67
5.2.3b	Acquisition of an SI message from MBMS-dedicated cell	68
5.3	Connection control	68
5.3.1	Introduction	68
5.3.1.1	RRC connection control	68
5.3.1.2	Security	70
5.3.1.2a	RN security	72
5.3.1.3	Connected mode mobility	72
5.3.1.4	Connection control in NB-IoT	73
5.3.2	Paging	74
5.3.2.1	General	74
5.3.2.2	Initiation	75
5.3.2.3	Reception of the Paging message by the UE	75
5.3.3	RRC connection establishment	76
5.3.3.1	General	76
5.3.3.1a	Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink communication/ discovery/ V2X sidelink communication	79
5.3.3.1b	Conditions for initiating EDT	80
5.3.3.2	Initiation	81
5.3.3.3	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message	87
5.3.3.3a	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionResumeRequest message	88
5.3.3.3b	Actions related to transmission of RRCEarlyDataRequest message	90
5.3.3.3c	UE actions upon receiving EDT fallback indication from lower layers	91
5.3.3.4	Reception of the RRCConnectionSetup by the UE	91
5.3.3.4a	Reception of the RRCConnectionResume by the UE	94
5.3.3.4b	Reception of the RRCEarlyDataComplete by the UE	98
5.3.3.5	Cell re-selection or cell selection while T300, T302, T303, T305, T306, T308 or T309 is running	99
5.3.3.6	T300 expiry	100
5.3.3.7	T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 expiry or stop	102
5.3.3.8	Reception of the RRCConnectionReject by the UE	102
5.3.3.9	Abortion of RRC connection establishment	104
5.3.3.9a	Abortion of UP-EDT	104
5.3.3.10	Handling of SSAC related parameters	104
5.3.3.11	Access barring check	105
5.3.3.12	EAB check	106
5.3.3.13	Access barring check for ACDC	107
5.3.3.14	Access Barring check for NB-IoT	107
5.3.3.15	Failure to deliver NAS information in RRCConnectionSetupComplete message	109
5.3.3.16	Integrity check failure from lower layers while T300 is running for UP-EDT or RRC_INACTIVE	109
5.3.3.17	Inability to comply with RRCConnectionResume	110
5.3.4	Initial security activation	110
5.3.4.1	General	110
5.3.4.2	Initiation	110
5.3.4.3	Reception of the SecurityModeCommand by the UE	110
5.3.5	RRC connection reconfiguration	112
5.3.5.1	General	112
5.3.5.2	Initiation	112
5.3.5.3	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration not including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE	112
5.3.5.4	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE (handover)	115
5.3.5.5	Reconfiguration failure	121
5.3.5.6	T304 expiry (handover failure)	121
5.3.5.7	Void	123
5.3.5.7a	T307 expiry (SCG change failure)	123
5.3.5.8	Radio Configuration involving full configuration option	123
5.3.6	Counter check	125
5.3.6.1	General	125
5.3.6.2	Initiation	125
5.3.6.3	Reception of the CounterCheck message by the UE	125
5.3.7	RRC connection re-establishment	126
5.3.7.1	General	126
5.3.7.2	Initiation	127
5.3.7.3	Actions following cell selection while T311 is running	129
5.3.7.4	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message	129
5.3.7.5	Reception of the RRCConnectionReestablishment by the UE	130
5.3.7.6	T311 expiry	133
5.3.7.7	T301 expiry or selected cell no longer suitable	134
5.3.7.8	Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject by the UE	134
5.3.8	RRC connection release	134
5.3.8.1	General	134
5.3.8.2	Initiation	134
5.3.8.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionRelease by the UE	134
5.3.8.4	T320 expiry	137
5.3.8.5	T322 expiry or stop	137
5.3.8.6	UE actions upon receiving the expiry of DataInactivityTimer	137
5.3.8.7	UE actions upon entering RRC_INACTIVE	137
5.3.9	RRC connection release requested by upper layers	138
5.3.9.1	General	138
5.3.9.2	Initiation	138
5.3.10	Radio resource configuration	138
5.3.10.0	General	138
5.3.10.1	SRB addition/ modification	139
5.3.10.1a	SCG RLC bearer addition or reconfiguration for SRBs	140
5.3.10.2	DRB release	141
5.3.10.3	DRB addition/ modification	142
5.3.10.3a1	DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration	143
5.3.10.3a2	LWA specific DRB addition or reconfiguration	146
5.3.10.3a3	LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration	147
5.3.10.3a4	SCG RLC bearer addition or reconfiguration for DRBs in NE-DC	148
5.3.10.3a	SCell release	148
5.3.10.3b	SCell addition/ modification	148
5.3.10.3c	PSCell addition or modification	149
5.3.10.3d	SCell group release	149
5.3.10.3e	SCell group addition/ modification	149
5.3.10.4	MAC main reconfiguration	150
5.3.10.5	Semi-persistent scheduling reconfiguration	151
5.3.10.6	Physical channel reconfiguration	151
5.3.10.7	Radio Link Failure Timers and Constants reconfiguration	152
5.3.10.8	Time domain measurement resource restriction for serving cell	152
5.3.10.9	Other configuration	152
5.3.10.10	SCG reconfiguration	155
5.3.10.11	SCG dedicated resource configuration	157
5.3.10.12	Reconfiguration SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList	158
5.3.10.13	Neighbour cell information reconfiguration	158
5.3.10.14	Void	158
5.3.10.15	Sidelink dedicated configuration	158
5.3.10.15a	V2X sidelink Communication dedicated configuration	159
5.3.10.16	T370 expiry	160
5.3.10.17	SRB release	160
5.3.10.18	Scheduling Request Configuration for NB-IoT	161
5.3.10.19	NE-DC release	161
5.3.11	Radio link failure related actions	161
5.3.11.1	Detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED	161
5.3.11.1a	Early detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED	161
5.3.11.1b	Detection of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED	161
5.3.11.2	Recovery of physical layer problems	162
5.3.11.2a	Recovery of early detection of physical layer problems	162
5.3.11.2b	Cancellation of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED	162
5.3.11.3	Detection of radio link failure	162
5.3.11.3a	Detection of early-out-of-sync event	164
5.3.11.3b	Detection of early-in-sync event	164
5.3.12	UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE	165
5.3.13	UE actions upon PUCCH/ SPUCCH/ SRS release request	166
5.3.13a	UE actions upon SR release request for NB-IoT	167
5.3.14	Proximity indication	167
5.3.14.1	General	167
5.3.14.2	Initiation	167
5.3.14.3	Actions related to transmission of ProximityIndication message	168
5.3.15	Void	168
5.3.16	Unified Access Control	168
5.3.16.1	General	168
5.3.16.2	Initiation	168
5.3.16.3	Void	170
5.3.16.4	T302, T309 expiry or stop (Barring alleviation)	170
5.3.16.5	Access barring check	170
5.3.17	RAN notification area update	171
5.3.17.1	General	171
5.3.17.2	Initiation	171
5.3.17.3	Inter RAT cell reselection or CN type change	171
5.4	Inter-RAT mobility	172
5.4.1	Introduction	172
5.4.2	Handover to E-UTRA	172
5.4.2.1	General	172
5.4.2.2	Initiation	172
5.4.2.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration by the UE	172
5.4.2.4	Reconfiguration failure	176
5.4.2.5	T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure)	176
5.4.3	Mobility from E-UTRA	176
5.4.3.1	General	176
5.4.3.2	Initiation	177
5.4.3.3	Reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand by the UE	177
5.4.3.4	Successful completion of the mobility from E-UTRA	179
5.4.3.5	Mobility from E-UTRA failure	179
5.4.4	Handover from E-UTRA preparation request (CDMA2000)	180
5.4.4.1	General	180
5.4.4.2	Initiation	180
5.4.4.3	Reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest by the UE	180
5.4.5	UL handover preparation transfer (CDMA2000)	181
5.4.5.1	General	181
5.4.5.2	Initiation	181
5.4.5.3	Actions related to transmission of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message	181
5.4.5.4	Failure to deliver the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message	181
5.4.6	Inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN	182
5.4.6.1	General	182
5.4.6.2	Initiation	182
5.4.6.3	UE fails to complete an inter-RAT cell change order	182
5.5	Measurements	182
5.5.1	Introduction	182
5.5.2	Measurement configuration	184
5.5.2.1	General	184
5.5.2.2	Measurement identity removal	185
5.5.2.2a	Measurement identity autonomous removal	186
5.5.2.3	Measurement identity addition/ modification	186
5.5.2.4	Measurement object removal	187
5.5.2.5	Measurement object addition/ modification	187
5.5.2.6	Reporting configuration removal	190
5.5.2.7	Reporting configuration addition/ modification	190
5.5.2.8	Quantity configuration	191
5.5.2.9	Measurement gap configuration	191
5.5.2.9a	Measurement gap configuration for RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration	192
5.5.2.10	Discovery signals measurement timing configuration	193
5.5.2.11	RSSI measurement timing configuration	193
5.5.2.12	Measurement gap sharing configuration	193
5.5.2.13	NR measurement timing configuration	194
5.5.3	Performing measurements	194
5.5.3.1	General	194
5.5.3.2	Layer 3 filtering	198
5.5.3.3	Derivation of NR cell quality	199
5.5.3.4	Derivation of NR beam quality	199
5.5.4	Measurement report triggering	199
5.5.4.1	General	199
5.5.4.2	Event A1 (Serving becomes better than threshold)	205
5.5.4.3	Event A2 (Serving becomes worse than threshold)	206
5.5.4.4	Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than PCell/ PSCell)	206
5.5.4.5	Event A4 (Neighbour becomes better than threshold)	207
5.5.4.6	Event A5 (PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than threshold1 and neighbour becomes better than threshold2)	208
5.5.4.6a	Event A6 (Neighbour becomes offset better than SCell)	209
5.5.4.7	Event B1 (Inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold)	209
5.5.4.8	Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2)	210
5.5.4.9	Event C1 (CSI-RS resource becomes better than threshold)	211
5.5.4.10	Event C2 (CSI-RS resource becomes offset better than reference CSI-RS resource)	211
5.5.4.11	Event W1 (WLAN becomes better than a threshold)	212
5.5.4.12	Event W2 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than threshold1 and a WLAN outside WLAN mobility set becomes better than threshold2)	213
5.5.4.13	Event W3 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than a threshold)	213
5.5.4.14	Event V1 (The channel busy ratio is above a threshold)	214
5.5.4.15	Event V2 (The channel busy ratio is below a threshold)	214
5.5.4.16	Event H1 (The Aerial UE height is above a threshold)	215
5.5.4.17	Event H2 (The Aerial UE height is below a threshold)	215
5.5.5	Measurement reporting	216
5.5.5.1	General	216
5.5.5.2	Determination of available NR measurement results	222
5.5.5.3	Selection of NR sorting quality	223
5.5.6	Measurement related actions	223
5.5.6.1	Actions upon handover and re-establishment	223
5.5.6.2	Speed dependant scaling of measurement related parameters	224
5.5.7	Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication	225
5.5.7.1	General	225
5.5.7.2	Initiation	225
5.5.7.3	Actions related to transmission of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message	226
5.6	Other	226
5.6.0	General	226
5.6.1	DL information transfer	227
5.6.1.1	General	227
5.6.1.2	Initiation	227
5.6.1.3	Reception of the DLInformationTransfer by the UE	227
5.6.2	UL information transfer	228
5.6.2.1	General	228
5.6.2.2	Initiation	228
5.6.2.3	Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransfer message	228
5.6.2.4	Failure to deliver ULInformationTransfer message	228
5.6.2a	UL information transfer for MR-DC	229
5.6.2a.1	General	229
5.6.2a.2	Initiation	229
5.6.2a.3	Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransferMRDC message	229
5.6.2a.4	Void	230
5.6.3	UE capability transfer	230
5.6.3.1	General	230
5.6.3.2	Initiation	230
5.6.3.3	Reception of the UECapabilityEnquiry by the UE	230
5.6.4	CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer	234
5.6.4.1	General	234
5.6.4.2	Initiation	235
5.6.4.3	Actions related to transmission of CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message	235
5.6.4.4	Reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message	235
5.6.5	UE Information	235
5.6.5.1	General	235
5.6.5.2	Initiation	235
5.6.5.3	Reception of the UEInformationRequest message	235
5.6.6	Logged Measurement Configuration	237
5.6.6.1	General	237
5.6.6.2	Initiation	237
5.6.6.3	Reception of the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration by the UE	238
5.6.6.4	T330 expiry	238
5.6.7	Release of Logged Measurement Configuration	238
5.6.7.1	General	238
5.6.7.2	Initiation	238
5.6.8	Measurements logging	239
5.6.8.1	General	239
5.6.8.2	Initiation	239
5.6.9	In-device coexistence indication	242
5.6.9.1	General	242
5.6.9.2	Initiation	242
5.6.9.3	Actions related to transmission of InDeviceCoexIndication message	243
5.6.10	UE Assistance Information	244
5.6.10.1	General	244
5.6.10.2	Initiation	245
5.6.10.3	Actions related to transmission of UEAssistanceInformation message	246
5.6.11	Mobility history information	247
5.6.11.1	General	247
5.6.11.2	Initiation	248
5.6.12	RAN-assisted WLAN interworking	248
5.6.12.1	General	248
5.6.12.2	Dedicated WLAN offload configuration	248
5.6.12.3	WLAN offload RAN evaluation	248
5.6.12.4	T350 expiry or stop	249
5.6.12.5	Cell selection/ re-selection while T350 is running	249
5.6.13	SCG failure information	249
5.6.13.1	General	249
5.6.13.2	Initiation	249
5.6.13.3	Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformation message	250
5.6.13.4	Failure type determination in NE-DC	251
5.6.13.5	Setting the contents of MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC	251
5.6.13a	NR SCG failure information	252
5.6.13a.1	General	252
5.6.13a.2	Initiation	252
5.6.13a.3	Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformationNR message	252
5.6.14	LTE-WLAN Aggregation	252
5.6.14.1	Introduction	252
5.6.14.2	Reception of LWA configuration	253
5.6.14.3	Release of LWA configuration	253
5.6.15	WLAN connection management	254
5.6.15.1	Introduction	254
5.6.15.2	WLAN connection status reporting	254
5.6.15.2.1	General	254
5.6.15.2.2	Initiation	254
5.6.15.2.3	Actions related to transmission of WLANConnectionStatusReport message	255
5.6.15.3	T351 Expiry (WLAN connection attempt timeout)	255
5.6.15.4	WLAN status monitoring	255
5.6.16	RAN controlled LTE-WLAN interworking	256
5.6.16.1	General	256
5.6.16.2	WLAN traffic steering command	256
5.6.17	LTE-WLAN aggregation with IPsec tunnel	256
5.6.17.1	General	256
5.6.17.2	LWIP reconfiguration	257
5.6.17.3	LWIP release	257
5.6.18	Void	258
5.6.19	Application layer measurement reporting	258
5.6.19.1	General	258
5.6.19.2	Initiation	258
5.6.20	IDLE Mode Measurements	258
5.6.20.1	General	258
5.6.20.2	Initiation	258
5.6.20.3	T331 expiry or stop	259
5.6.21	Failure information	259
5.6.21.1	General	259
5.6.21.2	Initiation	259
5.6.21.3	Actions related to transmission of FailureInformation message	260
5.7	Generic error handling	260
5.7.1	General	260
5.7.2	ASN.1 violation or encoding error	260
5.7.3	Field set to a not comprehended value	260
5.7.4	Mandatory field missing	261
5.7.5	Not comprehended field	262
5.8	MBMS	262
5.8.1	Introduction	262
5.8.1.1	General	262
5.8.1.2	Scheduling	262
5.8.1.3	MCCH information validity and notification of changes	263
5.8.2	MCCH information acquisition	264
5.8.2.1	General	264
5.8.2.2	Initiation	264
5.8.2.3	MCCH information acquisition by the UE	264
5.8.2.4	Actions upon reception of the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message	265
5.8.2.5	Actions upon reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message	265
5.8.3	MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration	265
5.8.3.1	General	265
5.8.3.2	Initiation	265
5.8.3.3	MRB establishment	265
5.8.3.4	MRB release	265
5.8.4	MBMS Counting Procedure	265
5.8.4.1	General	265
5.8.4.2	Initiation	266
5.8.4.3	Reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message by the UE	266
5.8.5	MBMS interest indication	267
5.8.5.1	General	267
5.8.5.2	Initiation	267
5.8.5.3	Determine MBMS frequencies of interest	268
5.8.5.3a	Determine MBMS services of interest	269
5.8.5.4	Actions related to transmission of MBMSInterestIndication message	269
5.8a	SC-PTM	270
5.8a.1	Introduction	270
5.8a.1.1	General	270
5.8a.1.2	SC-MCCH scheduling	270
5.8a.1.3	SC-MCCH information validity and notification of changes	270
5.8a.1.4	Procedures	271
5.8a.2	SC-MCCH information acquisition	271
5.8a.2.1	General	271
5.8a.2.2	Initiation	271
5.8a.2.3	SC-MCCH information acquisition by the UE	271
5.8a.2.4	Actions upon reception of the SCPTMConfiguration message	272
5.8a.3	SC-PTM radio bearer configuration	272
5.8a.3.1	General	272
5.8a.3.2	Initiation	272
5.8a.3.3	SC-MRB establishment	272
5.8a.3.4	SC-MRB release	273
5.9	RN procedures	273
5.9.1	RN reconfiguration	273
5.9.1.1	General	273
5.9.1.2	Initiation	273
5.9.1.3	Reception of the RNReconfiguration by the RN	273
5.10	Sidelink	274
5.10.1	Introduction	274
5.10.1a	Conditions for sidelink communication operation	274
5.10.1b	Conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation	275
5.10.1c	Conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation	275
5.10.1d	Conditions for V2X sidelink communication operation	275
5.10.2	Sidelink UE information	275
5.10.2.1	General	275
5.10.2.2	Initiation	276
5.10.2.3	Actions related to transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message	281
5.10.3	Sidelink communication monitoring	283
5.10.4	Sidelink communication transmission	285
5.10.5	Sidelink discovery monitoring	286
5.10.6	Sidelink discovery announcement	287
5.10.6a	Sidelink discovery announcement pool selection	290
5.10.6b	Sidelink discovery announcement reference carrier selection	290
5.10.7	Sidelink synchronisation information transmission	291
5.10.7.1	General	291
5.10.7.2	Initiation	292
5.10.7.3	Transmission of SLSS	294
5.10.7.4	Transmission of MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message	296
5.10.7.5	Void	297
5.10.8	Sidelink synchronisation reference	297
5.10.8.1	General	297
5.10.8.2	Selection and reselection of synchronisation reference	297
5.10.8a	Selection and reselection of synchronisation carrier frequency	300
5.10.9	Sidelink common control information	303
5.10.9.1	General	303
5.10.9.2	Actions related to reception of MasterInformationBlock-SL/ MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message	303
5.10.10	Sidelink relay UE operation	303
5.10.10.1	General	303
5.10.10.2	AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by sidelink relay UE	304
5.10.10.3	AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink relay UE	304
5.10.10.4	Sidelink relay UE threshold conditions	304
5.10.11	Sidelink remote UE operation	304
5.10.11.1	General	304
5.10.11.2	AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by sidelink remote UE	305
5.10.11.3	AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink remote UE	305
5.10.11.4	Selection and reselection of sidelink relay UE	305
5.10.11.5	Sidelink remote UE threshold conditions	306
5.10.12	V2X sidelink communication monitoring	306
5.10.13	V2X sidelink communication transmission	307
5.10.13.1	Transmission of V2X sidelink communication	307
5.10.13.1a	Transmission of P2X related V2X sidelink communication	309
5.10.13.2	V2X sidelink communication transmission pool selection	310
5.10.13.3	V2X sidelink communication transmission reference cell selection	311
5.10.14	DFN derivation from GNSS	312
6	Protocol data units, formats and parameters (tabular & ASN.1)	312
6.1	General	312
6.2	RRC messages	314
6.2.1	General message structure	314
–	EUTRA-RRC-Definitions	314
–	BCCH-BCH-Message	314
–	BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS	314
–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message	315
–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR	315
–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS	315
–	MCCH-Message	316
–	PCCH-Message	316
–	DL-CCCH-Message	316
–	DL-DCCH-Message	317
–	UL-CCCH-Message	317
–	UL-DCCH-Message	318
–	SC-MCCH-Message	318
6.2.2	Message definitions	319
–	CounterCheck	319
–	CounterCheckResponse	320
–	CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000	321
–	CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000	321
–	DLInformationTransfer	322
–	FailureInformation	323
–	HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)	323
–	InDeviceCoexIndication	325
–	InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication	327
–	LoggedMeasurementConfiguration	329
–	MasterInformationBlock	331
–	MasterInformationBlock-MBMS	332
–	MBMSCountingRequest	332
–	MBMSCountingResponse	333
–	MBMSInterestIndication	334
–	MBSFNAreaConfiguration	335
–	MeasReportAppLayer	336
–	MeasurementReport	336
–	MobilityFromEUTRACommand	337
–	Paging	340
–	ProximityIndication	341
–	RNReconfiguration	342
–	RNReconfigurationComplete	343
–	RRCConnectionReconfiguration	343
–	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete	352
–	RRCConnectionReestablishment	353
–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete	354
–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject	355
–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest	356
–	RRCConnectionReject	356
–	RRCConnectionRelease	357
–	RRCConnectionRequest	363
–	RRCConnectionResume	364
–	RRCConnectionResumeComplete	365
–	RRCConnectionResumeRequest	366
–	RRCConnectionSetup	367
–	RRCConnectionSetupComplete	368
–	RRCEarlyDataComplete	370
–	RRCEarlyDataRequest	371
–	SCGFailureInformation	372
–	SCGFailureInformationNR	373
–	SCPTMConfiguration	374
–	SCPTMConfiguration-BR	374
–	SecurityModeCommand	375
–	SecurityModeComplete	375
–	SecurityModeFailure	376
–	SidelinkUEInformation	376
–	SystemInformation	380
–	SystemInformationBlockType1	381
–	SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS	389
–	UEAssistanceInformation	391
–	UECapabilityEnquiry	395
–	UECapabilityInformation	396
–	UEInformationRequest	397
–	UEInformationResponse	398
–	ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)	404
–	ULInformationTransfer	405
–	ULInformationTransferMRDC	406
–	WLANConnectionStatusReport	406
6.3	RRC information elements	407
6.3.1	System information blocks	407
–	SystemInformationBlockPos	407
–	SystemInformationBlockType2	407
–	SystemInformationBlockType3	413
–	SystemInformationBlockType4	416
–	SystemInformationBlockType5	417
–	SystemInformationBlockType6	422
–	SystemInformationBlockType7	425
–	SystemInformationBlockType8	426
–	SystemInformationBlockType9	430
–	SystemInformationBlockType10	431
–	SystemInformationBlockType11	431
–	SystemInformationBlockType12	432
–	SystemInformationBlockType13	433
–	SystemInformationBlockType14	433
–	SystemInformationBlockType15	434
–	SystemInformationBlockType16	435
–	SystemInformationBlockType17	436
–	SystemInformationBlockType18	437
–	SystemInformationBlockType19	438
–	SystemInformationBlockType20	441
–	SystemInformationBlockType21	444
–	SystemInformationBlockType24	445
–	SystemInformationBlockType25	448
–	SystemInformationBlockType26	449
6.3.2	Radio resource control information elements	450
–	AntennaInfo	450
–	AntennaInfoUL	453
–	AUL-Config	453
–	CQI-ReportAperiodic	454
–	CQI-ReportBoth	458
–	CQI-ReportConfig	459
–	CQI-ReportPeriodic	462
–	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId	466
–	CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig	466
–	CSI-IM-Config	467
–	CSI-IM-ConfigId	468
–	CSI-Process	468
–	CSI-ProcessId	469
–	CSI-RS-Config	470
–	CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed	471
–	CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO	472
–	CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded	473
–	CSI-RS-ConfigNZP	474
–	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId	476
–	CSI-RS-ConfigZP	476
–	CSI-RS-ConfigZPId	476
–	DataInactivityTimer	477
–	DMRS-Config	477
–	DRB-Identity	477
–	EPDCCH-Config	477
–	EIMTA-MainConfig	480
–	LogicalChannelConfig	480
–	LWA-Configuration	482
–	LWIP-Configuration	483
–	MAC-MainConfig	483
–	P-C-AndCBSR	489
–	PDCCH-ConfigSCell	490
–	PDCP-Config	491
–	PDSCH-Config	495
–	PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId	499
–	PerCC-GapIndicationList	499
–	PHICH-Config	500
–	PhysicalConfigDedicated	500
–	P-Max	511
–	PRACH-Config	512
–	PresenceAntennaPort1	515
–	PUCCH-Config	515
–	PUSCH-Config	520
–	RACH-ConfigCommon	526
–	RACH-ConfigDedicated	529
–	RadioResourceConfigCommon	529
–	RadioResourceConfigDedicated	535
–	RCLWI-Configuration	544
–	RLC-Config	544
–	RLF-TimersAndConstants	547
–	RN-SubframeConfig	548
–	RSS-Config	550
–	SchedulingRequestConfig	550
–	SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config	551
–	SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config	552
–	SoundingRS-UL-Config	553
–	SPDCCH-Config	556
–	SPS-Config	558
–	SPUCCH-Config	564
–	SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config	565
–	TDD-Config	566
–	TimeAlignmentTimer	567
–	TimeReferenceInfo	567
–	TPC-PDCCH-Config	568
–	TunnelConfigLWIP	569
–	UplinkPowerControl	569
–	WLAN-Id-List	574
–	WLAN-MobilityConfig	574
–	WUS-Config	575
6.3.3	Security control information elements	576
–	NextHopChainingCount	576
–	SecurityAlgorithmConfig	576
–	ShortMAC-I	576
6.3.4	Mobility control information elements	577
–	AdditionalSpectrumEmission	577
–	AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR	577
–	ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000	577
–	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA	577
–	ARFCN-ValueGERAN	578
–	ARFCN-ValueNR	578
–	ARFCN-ValueUTRA	578
–	BandclassCDMA2000	578
–	BandIndicatorGERAN	579
–	CarrierFreqCDMA2000	579
–	CarrierFreqGERAN	579
–	CarrierFreqsGERAN	579
–	CarrierFreqListMBMS	580
–	CDMA2000-Type	580
–	CellIdentity	581
–	CellIndexList	581
–	CellReselectionPriority	581
–	CellSelectionInfoCE	581
–	CellSelectionInfoCE1	582
–	CellReselectionSubPriority	582
–	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT	582
–	CellGlobalIdEUTRA	583
–	CellGlobalIdUTRA	584
–	CellGlobalIdGERAN	584
–	CellGlobalIdCDMA2000	584
–	CellSelectionInfoNFreq	585
–	CSG-Identity	585
–	FreqBandIndicator	585
–	FreqBandIndicatorNR	586
–	MobilityControlInfo	586
–	MobilityParametersCDMA2000 (1xRTT)	589
–	MobilityStateParameters	590
–	MultiBandInfoList	590
–	MultiFrequencyBandListNR	590
–	NS-PmaxList	591
–	NS-PmaxListNR	591
–	PhysCellId	591
–	PhysCellIdRange	592
–	PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList	592
–	PhysCellIdCDMA2000	592
–	PhysCellIdGERAN	593
–	PhysCellIdNR	593
–	PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD	593
–	PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD	593
–	PLMN-Identity	594
–	PLMN-IdentityList3	594
–	PmaxNR	594
–	PreRegistrationInfoHRPD	595
–	Q-QualMin	595
–	Q-RxLevMin	595
–	Q-OffsetRange	596
–	Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT	596
–	ReselectionThreshold	596
–	ReselectionThresholdQ	596
–	SCellIndex	596
–	ServCellIndex	597
–	SpeedStateScaleFactors	597
–	SystemInfoListGERAN	597
–	SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000	598
–	ThresholdNR	598
–	TrackingAreaCode	599
–	T-Reselection	599
–	T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE	599
6.3.5	Measurement information elements	599
–	AllowedMeasBandwidth	599
–	BT-NameList	600
–	CSI-RSRP-Range	600
–	Hysteresis	600
–	LocationInfo	601
–	LogMeasResultListBT	602
–	LogMeasResultListWLAN	602
–	MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR	602
–	MBSFN-RSRQ-Range	603
–	MeasConfig	603
–	MeasDS-Config	605
–	MeasGapConfig	606
–	MeasGapConfigDensePRS	607
–	MeasGapConfigPerCC-List	608
–	MeasGapSharingConfig	608
–	MeasId	609
–	MeasIdleConfig	609
–	MeasIdToAddModList	610
–	MeasObjectCDMA2000	611
–	MeasObjectEUTRA	611
–	MeasObjectGERAN	615
–	MeasObjectId	615
–	MeasObjectNR	616
–	MeasObjectToAddModList	617
–	MeasObjectUTRA	618
–	MeasObjectWLAN	619
–	MeasResults	619
–	MeasResultCellSFTD	627
–	MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC	628
–	MeasResultSSTD	628
–	MeasScaleFactor	629
–	MeasSensing-Config	629
–	MTC-SSB-NR	629
–	QuantityConfig	630
–	ReportConfigEUTRA	631
–	ReportConfigId	636
–	ReportConfigInterRAT	637
–	ReportConfigToAddModList	640
–	ReportInterval	640
–	RS-IndexNR	641
–	RSRP-Range	641
–	RSRP-RangeNR	641
–	RSRQ-Range	642
–	RSRQ-RangeNR	642
–	RSRQ-Type	642
–	RS-SINR-Range	643
–	RS-SINR-RangeNR	643
–	RSSI-Range-r13	643
–	SS-RSSI-Measurement	643
–	SSB-ToMeasure	644
–	TimeToTrigger	644
–	UL-DelayConfig	644
–	WLAN-CarrierInfo	645
–	WLAN-NameList	645
–	WLAN-RSSI-Range	646
–	WLAN-RTT	646
–	WLAN-Status	646
–	WLAN-SuspendConfig	647
6.3.6	Other information elements	647
–	AbsoluteTimeInfo	647
–	AMF-Identifier	647
–	AreaConfiguration	648
–	BandCombinationList	648
–	C-RNTI	648
–	DedicatedInfoCDMA2000	649
–	DedicatedInfoNAS	649
–	FilterCoefficient	649
–	FlightPathInfoReportConfig	649
–	GNSS-ID	650
–	I-RNTI	650
–	LoggingDuration	650
–	LoggingInterval	650
–	MeasSubframePattern	651
–	MMEC	651
–	NeighCellConfig	651
–	NG-5G-S-TMSI	652
–	OtherConfig	652
–	RAN-AreaCode	655
–	RAND-CDMA2000 (1xRTT)	655
–	RAT-Type	655
–	ResumeIdentity	655
–	RRC-TransactionIdentifier	655
–	SBAS-ID	656
–	ShortI-RNTI	656
–	S-NSSAI	656
–	S-TMSI	656
–	TraceReference	657
–	UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList	657
–	UE-EUTRA-Capability	658
–	UE-RadioPagingInfo	719
–	UE-TimersAndConstants	720
–	VisitedCellInfoList	721
–	WLAN-OffloadConfig	721
6.3.7	MBMS information elements	723
–	MBMS-NotificationConfig	724
–	MBMS-ServiceList	724
–	MBSFN-AreaId	724
–	MBSFN-AreaInfoList	725
–	MBSFN-SubframeConfig	726
–	PMCH-InfoList	727
6.3.7a	SC-PTM information elements	729
–	SC-MTCH-InfoList	729
–	SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR	730
–	SCPTM-NeighbourCellList	732
6.3.8	Sidelink information elements	733
–	SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X	733
–	SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList	733
–	SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList	734
–	SL-CommConfig	735
–	SL-CommResourcePool	736
–	SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig	740
–	SL-CP-Len	741
–	SL-DiscConfig	741
–	SL-DiscResourcePool	744
–	SL-DiscSysInfoReport	745
–	SL-DiscTxPowerInfo	746
–	SL-GapConfig	746
–	SL-GapRequest	747
–	SL-HoppingConfig	747
–	SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X	748
–	SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList	749
–	SL-OffsetIndicator	750
–	SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig	751
–	SL-PeriodComm	751
–	SL-Priority	751
–	SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList	751
–	SL-Reliability	752
–	SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList	753
–	SLSSID	753
–	SL-SyncAllowed	753
–	SL-SyncConfig	754
–	SL-TF-ResourceConfig	756
–	SL-TxPower	757
–	SL-TypeTxSync	757
–	SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List	757
–	SL-TxParameters	758
–	SL-TxPoolIdentity	758
–	SL-TxPoolToReleaseList	759
–	SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated	759
–	SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList	761
–	SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig	761
–	SL-V2X-SyncFreqList	762
–	SL-ZoneConfig	762
6.4	RRC multiplicity and type constraint values	762
–	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions	762
–	End of EUTRA-RRC-Definitions	766
6.5	PC5 RRC messages	766
6.5.1	General message structure	766
–	PC5-RRC-Definitions	766
–	SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message	766
–	SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X	767
6.5.2	Message definitions	767
–	MasterInformationBlock-SL	767
–	MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X	768
–	End of PC5-RRC-Definitions	768
6.6	Direct Indication Information	768
6.6a	Direct Indication FeMBMS	769
6.7	NB-IoT RRC messages	769
6.7.1	General NB-IoT message structure	769
–	BCCH-BCH-Message-NB	770
–	BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB	770
–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB	771
–	PCCH-Message-NB	771
–	DL-CCCH-Message-NB	771
–	DL-DCCH-Message-NB	772
–	UL-CCCH-Message-NB	772
–	SC-MCCH-Message-NB	772
–	UL-DCCH-Message-NB	773
6.7.2	NB-IoT Message definitions	773
–	DLInformationTransfer-NB	773
–	MasterInformationBlock-NB	774
–	MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB	775
–	Paging-NB	778
–	RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB	779
–	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB	779
–	RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB	780
–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB	781
–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB	781
–	RRCConnectionReject-NB	782
–	RRCConnectionRelease-NB	783
–	RRCConnectionRequest-NB	785
–	RRCConnectionResume-NB	785
–	RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB	786
–	RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB	787
–	RRCConnectionSetup-NB	788
–	RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB	788
–	RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB	789
–	RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB	790
–	SCPTMConfiguration-NB	790
–	SystemInformation-NB	791
–	SystemInformationBlockType1-NB	791
–	UECapabilityEnquiry-NB	795
–	UECapabilityInformation-NB	796
–	ULInformationTransfer-NB	797
6.7.3	NB-IoT information elements	797
6.7.3.1	NB-IoT System information blocks	797
–	SystemInformationBlockType2-NB	797
–	SystemInformationBlockType3-NB	798
–	SystemInformationBlockType4-NB	800
–	SystemInformationBlockType5-NB	801
–	SystemInformationBlockType14-NB	803
–	SystemInformationBlockType15-NB	803
–	SystemInformationBlockType16-NB	804
–	SystemInformationBlockType20-NB	804
–	SystemInformationBlockType22-NB	806
–	SystemInformationBlockType23-NB	809
6.7.3.2	NB-IoT Radio resource control information elements	810
–	CarrierConfigDedicated-NB	810
–	CarrierFreq-NB	812
–	ChannelRasterOffset-NB	813
–	DL-Bitmap-NB	813
–	DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB	813
–	DL-GapConfig-NB	815
–	LogicalChannelConfig-NB	815
–	MAC-MainConfig-NB	816
–	NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB	817
–	NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB	818
–	NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB	818
–	NPUSCH-Config-NB	824
–	PDCP-Config-NB	825
–	PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB	826
–	RACH-ConfigCommon-NB	827
–	RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB	828
–	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB	830
–	RLC-Config-NB	831
–	RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB	832
–	SchedulingRequestConfig-NB	833
–	TDD-Config-NB	834
–	TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB	835
–	UplinkPowerControl-NB	835
–	WUS-Config-NB	835
6.7.3.3	NB-IoT Security control information elements	836
6.7.3.4	NB-IoT Mobility control information elements	836
–	AdditionalBandInfoList-NB	836
–	FreqBandIndicator-NB	837
–	MultiBandInfoList-NB	837
–	NS-PmaxList-NB	837
–	ReselectionThreshold-NB	837
–	T-Reselection-NB	837
6.7.3.5	NB-IoT Measurement information elements	838
–	CQI-NPDCCH-NB	838
–	CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB	838
–	MeasResultServCell-NB	838
–	NRSRP-Range-NB	838
–	NRSRQ-Range-NB	839
–	NSSS-RRM-Config-NB	839
6.7.3.6	NB-IoT Other information elements	839
–	EstablishmentCause-NB	839
–	UE-Capability-NB	840
–	UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB	843
–	UE-TimersAndConstants-NB	844
6.7.3.7	NB-IoT MBMS information elements	845
6.7.3.7a	NB-IoT SC-PTM information elements	845
–	SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB	845
–	SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB	846
6.7.4	NB-IoT RRC multiplicity and type constraint values	847
–	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions	847
–	End of NBIOT-RRC-Definitions	847
6.7.5	Direct Indication Information	847
7	Variables and constants	848
7.1	UE variables	848
–	EUTRA-UE-Variables	848
–	VarConnEstFailReport	849
–	VarLogMeasConfig	849
–	VarLogMeasReport	850
–	VarMeasConfig	850
–	VarMeasIdleConfig	851
–	VarMeasIdleReport	851
–	VarMeasReportList	851
–	VarMobilityHistoryReport	852
–	VarPendingRnaUpdate	852
–	VarRLF-Report	852
–	VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input	852
–	VarShortMAC-Input	853
–	VarShortResumeMAC-Input	853
–	VarWLAN-MobilityConfig	854
–	VarWLAN-Status	854
–	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions	854
–	End of EUTRA-UE-Variables	855
7.1a	NB-IoT UE variables	855
–	NBIOT-UE-Variables	855
–	End of NBIOT-UE-Variables	855
7.2	Counters	855
7.3	Timers	856
7.3.1	Timers (Informative)	856
7.3.2	Timer handling	860
7.4	Constants	860
8	Protocol data unit abstract syntax	861
8.1	General	861
8.2	Structure of encoded RRC messages	861
8.3	Basic production	861
8.4	Extension	861
8.5	Padding	862
9	Specified and default radio configurations	862
9.1	Specified configurations	862
9.1.1	Logical channel configurations	862
9.1.1.1	BCCH configuration	862
9.1.1.2	CCCH configuration	863
9.1.1.3	PCCH configuration	863
9.1.1.4	MCCH and MTCH configuration	863
9.1.1.5	SBCCH configuration	863
9.1.1.6	STCH configuration	864
9.1.1.7	SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH configuration	864
9.1.1.8	BR-BCCH configuration	864
9.1.2	SRB configurations	865
9.1.2.1	SRB1	865
9.1.2.1a	SRB1bis	865
9.1.2.2	SRB2	865
9.1.2.3	SRB4	865
9.2	Default radio configurations	865
9.2.1	SRB configurations	866
9.2.1.1	SRB1	866
9.2.1.2	SRB2	866
9.2.2	Default MAC main configuration	867
9.2.3	Default semi-persistent scheduling configuration	867
9.2.4	Default physical channel configuration	867
9.2.5	Default values timers and constants	869
9.3	Sidelink pre-configured parameters	869
9.3.1	Specified parameters	869
9.3.2	Pre-configurable parameters	869
–	SL-Preconfiguration	870
–	SL-V2X-Preconfiguration	872
10	Radio information related interactions between network nodes	876
10.1	General	876
10.2	Inter-node RRC messages	876
10.2.1	General	876
–	EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions	876
10.2.2	Message definitions	877
–	HandoverCommand	877
–	HandoverPreparationInformation	878
–	SCG-Config	880
–	SCG-ConfigInfo	881
–	UEPagingCoverageInformation	884
–	UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation	885
–	UERadioPagingInformation	885
10.3	Inter-node RRC information element definitions	886
–	AS-Config	886
–	AS-Context	888
–	ReestablishmentInfo	889
–	RRM-Config	890
10.4	Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values	891
–	Multiplicity and type constraints definitions	891
–	End of EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions	891
10.5	Mandatory information in AS-Config	891
10.6	Inter-node NB-IoT messages	892
10.6.1	General	892
–	NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions	892
10.6.2	Message definitions	892
–	HandoverPreparationInformation-NB	892
–	UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB	893
–	UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB	894
–	UERadioPagingInformation-NB	894
10.7	Inter-node NB-IoT RRC information element definitions	895
–	AS-Config-NB	895
–	AS-Context-NB	895
–	ReestablishmentInfo-NB	896
–	RRM-Config-NB	896
10.8	Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values	897
–	Multiplicity and type constraints definitions	897
–	End of NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions	897
10.9	Mandatory information in AS-Config-NB	897
11	UE capability related constraints and performance requirements	897
11.1	UE capability related constraints	897
11.2	Processing delay requirements for RRC procedures	898
11.3	Void	901
Annex A (informative):	Guidelines, mainly on use of ASN.1	901
A.1	Introduction	901
A.2	Procedural specification	901
A.2.1	General principles	901
A.2.2	More detailed aspects	902
A.3	PDU specification	902
A.3.1	General principles	902
A.3.1.1	ASN.1 sections	902
A.3.1.2	ASN.1 identifier naming conventions	902
A.3.1.3	Text references using ASN.1 identifiers	904
A.3.2	High-level message structure	904
A.3.3	Message definition	905
A.3.4	Information elements	906
A.3.5	Fields with optional presence	907
A.3.6	Fields with conditional presence	908
A.3.7	Guidelines on use of lists with elements of SEQUENCE type	908
A.4	Extension of the PDU specifications	909
A.4.1	General principles to ensure compatibility	909
A.4.2	Critical extension of messages and fields	909
A.4.3	Non-critical extension of messages	911
A.4.3.1	General principles	911
A.4.3.2	Further guidelines	911
A.4.3.3	Typical example of evolution of IE with local extensions	912
A.4.3.4	Typical examples of non critical extension at the end of a message	913
A.4.3.5	Examples of non-critical extensions not placed at the default extension location	914
–	ParentIE-WithEM	914
–	ChildIE1-WithoutEM	914
–	ChildIE2-WithoutEM	915
A.5	Guidelines regarding inclusion of transaction identifiers in RRC messages	916
A.6	Protection of RRC messages (informative)	916
A.7	Miscellaneous	918
Annex B (normative):	Release 8 and 9 AS feature handling	919
B.1	Feature group indicators	919
B.2	CSG support	929
Annex C (normative):	Release 10 AS feature handling	930
C.1	Feature group indicators	930
Annex D (informative):	Descriptive background information	934
D.1	Signalling of Multiple Frequency Band Indicators (Multiple FBI)	934
D.1.1	Mapping between frequency band indicator and multiple frequency band indicator	934
D.1.2	Mapping between inter-frequency neighbour list and multiple frequency band indicator	934
D.1.3	Mapping between UTRA FDD frequency list and multiple frequency band indicator	935
Annex E (normative): TDD/FDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA	937
Annex F (normative):	UE requirements on ASN.1 comprehension	938
Annex G (normative): List of CRs Containing Early Implementable Features and Corrections	939
Annex H (informative): Change history	940

Foreword
This Technical Specification has been produced by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).
The contents of the present document are subject to continuing work within the TSG and may change following formal TSG approval. Should the TSG modify the contents of the present document, it will be re-released by the TSG with an identifying change of release date and an increase in version number as follows:
Version x.y.z
where:
x	the first digit:
1	presented to TSG for information;
2	presented to TSG for approval;
3	or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.
y	the second digit is incremented for all changes of substance, i.e. technical enhancements, corrections, updates, etc.
z	the third digit is incremented when editorial only changes have been incorporated in the document.
1	Scope
The present document specifies the Radio Resource Control protocol for the radio interface between UE and E-UTRAN as well as for the radio interface between RN and E-UTRAN.
The scope of the present document also includes:
-	the radio related information transported in a transparent container between source eNB and target eNB upon inter eNB handover;
-	the radio related information transported in a transparent container between a source or target eNB and another system upon inter RAT handover.
2	References
The following documents contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of the present document.
-	References are either specific (identified by date of publication, edition number, version number, etc.) or non‑specific.
-	For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.
-	For a non-specific reference, the latest version applies. In the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (including a GSM document), a non-specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same Release as the present document.
[1]	3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".
[2]	Void.
[3]	3GPP TS 36.302: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Services provided by the physical layer ".
[4]	3GPP TS 36.304: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); UE Procedures in Idle Mode".
[5]	3GPP TS 36.306 "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); UE Radio Access Capabilities".
[6]	3GPP TS 36.321: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification".
[7]	3GPP TS 36.322:"Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Link Control (RLC) protocol specification".
[8]	3GPP TS 36.323: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) Specification".
[9]	3GPP TS 36.300: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); Overall description; Stage 2".
[10]	3GPP TS 22.011: "Service accessibility".
[11]	3GPP TS 23.122: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle mode".
[12]	3GPP2 C.S0002-F v1.0: "Physical Layer Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[13]	ITU-T Recommendation X.680 (07/2002) "Information Technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1): Specification of basic notation" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard 8824-1).
[14]	ITU-T Recommendation X.681 (07/2002) "Information Technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1): Information object specification" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard 8824-2).
[15]	ITU-T Recommendation X.691 (07/2002) "Information technology - ASN.1 encoding rules: Specification of Packed Encoding Rules (PER)" (Same as the ISO/IEC International Standard 8825-2).
[16]	3GPP TS 36.133: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Requirements for support of radio resource management".
[17]	3GPP TS 25.101: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception (FDD)".
[18]	3GPP TS 25.102: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception (TDD)".
[19]	3GPP TS 25.331:"Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA); Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification".
[20]	3GPP TS 45.005: "Radio transmission and reception".
[21]	3GPP TS 36.211: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical Channels and Modulation".
[22]	3GPP TS 36.212: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Multiplexing and channel coding".
[23]	3GPP TS 36.213: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer procedures".
[24]	3GPP2 C.S0057-E v1.0: "Band Class Specification for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[25]	3GPP2 C.S0005-F v1.0: "Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems".
[26]	3GPP2 C.S0024-C v2.0: "cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface Specification".
[27]	3GPP TS 23.003: "Numbering, addressing and identification".
[28]	3GPP TS 45.008: "Radio subsystem link control".
[29]	3GPP TS 25.133: "Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)".
[30]	3GPP TS 25.123: "Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (TDD)".
[31]	3GPP TS 36.401: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Architecture description".
[32]	3GPP TS 33.401: "3GPP System Architecture Evolution (SAE); Security architecture".
[33]	3GPP2 A.S0008-C v4.0: "Interoperability Specification (IOS) for High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) Radio Access Network Interfaces with Session Control in the Access Network"
[34]	3GPP2 C.S0004-F v1.0: "Signaling Link Access Control (LAC) Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems"
[35]	3GPP TS 24.301: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for Evolved Packet System (EPS); Stage 3".
[36]	3GPP TS 44.060: "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Mobile Station (MS) - Base Station System (BSS) interface; Radio Link Control/Medium Access Control (RLC/MAC) protocol".
[37]	3GPP TS 23.041: "Technical realization of Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)".
[38]	3GPP TS 23.038: "Alphabets and Language".
[39]	3GPP TS 36.413: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); S1 Application Protocol (S1 AP)".
[40]	3GPP TS 25.304: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRAN); User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode and procedures for cell reselection in connected mode".
[41]	3GPP TS 23.401: "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) enhancements for Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) access".
[42]	3GPP TS 36.101: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception".
[43]	3GPP TS 45.005: "GSM/EDGE Radio transmission and reception".
[44]	3GPP2 C.S0087-A v2.0: "E-UTRAN - cdma2000 HRPD Connectivity and Interworking Air Interface Specification"
[45]	3GPP TS 44.018: "Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol".
[46]	3GPP TS 25.223: "Spreading and modulation (TDD)".
[47]	3GPP TS 36.104: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception".
[48]	3GPP TS 36.214: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer - Measurements".
[49]	3GPP TS 24.008: "Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core network protocols; Stage 3".
[50]	3GPP TS 45.010:	"Radio subsystem synchronization".
[51]	3GPP TS 23.272: "Circuit Switched Fallback in Evolved Packet System; Stage 2".
[52]	3GPP TS 29.061: "Interworking between the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) supporting packet based services and Packet Data Networks (PDN)".
[53]	3GPP2 C.S0097-0 v3.0: "E-UTRAN - cdma2000 1x Connectivity and Interworking Air Interface Specification".
[54]	3GPP TS 36.355: "LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP)".
[55]	3GPP TS 36.216: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical layer for relaying operation".
[56]	3GPP TS 23.246: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Architecture and functional description".
[57]	3GPP TS 26.346: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Protocols and codecs".
[58]	3GPP TS 32.422: "Telecommunication management; Subsriber and equipment trace; Trace control and confiuration management".
[59]	3GPP TS 22.368: "Service Requirements for Machine Type Communications; Stage 1".
[60]	3GPP TS 37.320: "Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio measurement collection for Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT); Overall description; Stage 2".
[61]	3GPP TS 23.216: "Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC); Stage 2".
[62]	3GPP TS 22.146: "Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS); Stage 1".
[63]	3GPP TR 36.816: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Study on signalling and procedure for interference avoidance for in-device coexistence".
[64]	IS-GPS-200F: "Navstar GPS Space Segment/Navigation User Segment Interfaces".
[65]	3GPP TS 25.307: "Requirement on User Equipments (UEs) supporting a release-independent frequency band".
[66]	3GPP TS 24.312: "Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) Management Object (MO)".
[67]	IEEE 802.11-2012, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications, IEEE Std.
[68]	3GPP TS 23.303: "Proximity-based services (ProSe); Stage 2".
[69]	3GPP TS 24.334: "Proximity-services (ProSe) User Equipment (UE) to ProSe function protocol aspects; Stage 3".
[70]	3GPP TS 24.333: "Proximity-services (ProSe) Management Objects (MO)".
[71]	3GPP TS 36.314: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Layer 2- Measurements".
[72]	3GPP TS 24.105: "Application specific Congestion control for Data Communication (ACDC) Management Object (MO)".
[73]	3GPP TS 23.179: "Functional architecture and information flows to support mission critical communication services; Stage 2".
[74]	3GPP TS 24.302: "Access to the 3GPP Evolved Packet Core (EPC) via non-3GPP access networks".
[75]	3GPP TS 23.402: "Architecture enhancements for non-3GPP accesses; Stage-2".
[76]	Wi-Fi Alliance® Technical Committee, Hotspot 2.0 Technical Task Group Hotspot 2.0 (Release 2) Technical Specification Version 3.11.
[77]	3GPP TS 22.101: "Service aspects; Service principles".
[78]	3GPP TS 23.285: "Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Architecture enhancements for V2X services".
[79]	3GPP TS 36.307: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Requirements on User Equipments (UEs) supporting a release-independent frequency band".
[80]	Military Standard WGS84 Metric MIL-STD-2401 (11 January 1994): "Military Standard Department of Defence World Geodetic System (WGS)".
[81]	3GPP TS 37.340: "NR; Multi-connectivity; Overall description; Stage-2".
[82]	3GPP TS 38.331: "NR; Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification".
[83]	3GPP TS 38.323: "NR; Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) Specification".
[84]	3GPP TS 38.133: "NR; Requirements for support of radio resource management".
[85]	3GPP TS 38.101-1: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception; Part 1: Range 1 Standalone ".
[86]	3GPP TS 33.501: "Security Architecture and Procedures for 5G System".
[87]	3GPP TS 38.306: "NR; UE Radio Access Capabilities".
[88]	3GPP TS 38.213: "NR; Physical layer procedures".
[89]	3GPP TS 38.215: "NR; Physical layer measurements".
[90]	3GPP TS 26.247: "Transparent end-to-end Packet-switched Streaming Service (PSS); Progressive Download and Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (3GP-DASH)".
[91]	3GPP TS 38.104: "NR; Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception".
[92]	3GPP TS 38.304: "NR; User Equipment (UE) procedures in Idle mode and RRC Inactive state".
[93]	Bluetooth Special Interest Group: "Bluetooth Core Specification v5.0", December 2016.
[94]	3GPP TS 37.213: "Physical layer procedures for shared spectrum channel access".
[95]	3GPP TS 24.501: "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3".
[96]	3GPP TS 22.261: "Service requirements for the 5G System".
[97]	3GPP TS 37.324: "Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP) specification".
[98]	ATIS 0700041: "WEA 3.0: Device-Based Geo-Fencing".
[99]	3GPP TS 26.114: "IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS); Multimedia Telephony; Media handling and interaction ".
[100]	3GPP TS 38.101-2: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception; Part 2: Range 2 Standalone ".
[101]	3GPP TS 38.101-3: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception; Part 3: Range 1 and Range 2 Interworking operation with other radios".
3	Definitions, symbols and abbreviations
3.1	Definitions
For the purposes of the present document, the terms and definitions given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. A term defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same term, if any, in TR 21.905 [1].
Anchor carrier: In NB-IoT, a carrier where the UE assumes that NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH/SIB-NB for FDD or NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH for TDD are transmitted.
Bandwidth Reduced: Refers to operation in downlink and uplink with a limited channel bandwidth of 6 PRBs.
Cellular IoT EPS Optimisation: Provides improved support of small data transfer, as defined in TS 24.301 [35].
Commercial Mobile Alert System: Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning Notification Providers to CMAS capable UEs.
Common access barring parameters: The common access barring parameters refer to the access class barring parameters that are broadcast in SystemInformationBlockType2 outside the list of PLMN specific parameters (i.e. in ac-BarringPerPLMN-List).
Control plane CIoT EPS optimisation: Enables support of efficient transport of user data (IP, non-IP or SMS) over control plane via the MME without triggering data radio bearer establishment, as defined in TS 24.301 [35].
Control plane EDT: Early Data Transmission used with the Control plane CIoT EPS optimisation.
CSG member cell: A cell broadcasting the identity of the selected PLMN, registered PLMN or equivalent PLMN and for which the CSG whitelist of the UE includes an entry comprising cell's CSG ID and the respective PLMN identity.
Dual Connectivity: A UE in RRC_CONNECTED is configured with Dual Connectivity when configured with a Master and a Secondary Cell Group.
Early Data Transmission: Allows one uplink data transmission optionally followed by one downlink data transmission during the random access procedure as specified in TS 36.300 [9]. The S1 connection is established or resumed upon reception of the uplink data and may be released or suspended along with the transmission of the downlink data. Early data transmission refers to both CP-EDT and UP-EDT.
E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity: A form of dual connectivity in which a UE in RRC_CONNECTED is configured with MCG cells using E-UTRA and SCG cells using NR as defined in TS 37.340 [81].
EU-Alert: Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning Notification Providers using the same AS mechanisms as defined for CMAS.
Field: The individual contents of an information element are referred as fields.
Floor: Mathematical function used to 'round down' i.e. to the nearest integer having a lower or equal value.
Information element: A structural element containing a single or multiple fields is referred as information element.
Korean Public Alert System (KPAS): Public Warning System that delivers Warning Notifications provided by Warning Notification Providers using the same AS mechanisms as defined for CMAS.
Master Cell Group: For a UE not configured with DC, the MCG comprises all serving cells. For a UE configured with DC, the MCG concerns a subset of the serving cells comprising of the PCell and zero or more secondary cells.
Mixed Operation Mode: In NB-IoT FDD, multi-carrier operation where the anchor carrier is in standalone mode while the non-anchor carrier is in inband or guardand mode, and vice versa. See TS 36.300 [9].
MBMS service: MBMS bearer service as defined in TS 23.246 [56] (i.e. provided via an MRB or an SC-MRB).
NB-IoT: NB-IoT allows access to network services via E-UTRA with a channel bandwidth limited to 200 kHz.
NB-IoT UE: A UE that uses NB-IoT.
NCSG: Network controlled small gap as defined in TS 36.133 [16].
NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity (NE-DC): A form of dual connectivity in which a UE in RRC_CONNECTED is configured with MCG cells using NR and SCG cells using E-UTRA as defined in TS 37.340 [81].
Non-anchor carrier: In NB-IoT, a carrier where the UE does not assume that NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH/SIB-NB for FDD or NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH for TDD are transmitted.
NR Carrier Frequency: Frequency referring to the position of resource element RE=#0 (subcarrier #0) of resource block RB#10 of the SS block.
Primary Cell: The cell, operating on the primary frequency, in which the UE either performs the initial connection establishment procedure or initiates the connection re-establishment procedure, or the cell indicated as the primary cell in the handover procedure.
Primary Secondary Cell: The SCG cell in which the UE is instructed to perform random access or initial PUSCH transmission if random access procedure is skipped when performing the SCG change procedure.
Primary Timing Advance Group: Timing Advance Group containing the PCell or the PSCell.
PUCCH SCell: An SCell configured with PUCCH.
RLC bearer configuration: The lower layer part of the radio bearer configuration comprising the RLC and logical channel configurations.
Secondary Cell: A cell, operating on a secondary frequency, which may be configured once an RRC connection is established and which may be used to provide additional radio resources. Except for the case of (NG)EN-DC, the PSCell is considered to be an SCell.
Secondary Cell Group: For a UE configured with DC, the subset of serving cells not part of the MCG, i.e. comprising of the PSCell and zero or more other secondary cells.
Secondary Timing Advance Group: Timing Advance Group neither containing the PCell nor the PSCell. A secondary timing advance group contains at least one cell with configured uplink.
Serving Cell: For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED not configured with CA/ DC there is only one serving cell comprising of the primary cell. For a UE in RRC_CONNECTED configured with CA/ DC the term 'serving cells' is used to denote the set of one or more cells comprising of the primary cell and all secondary cells.
Sidelink: UE to UE interface for sidelink communication, V2X sidelink communication and sidelink discovery. The sidelink corresponds to the PC5 interface as defined in TS 23.303 [68].
Sidelink communication: AS functionality enabling ProSe Direct Communication as defined in TS 23.303 [68], between two or more nearby UEs, using E-UTRA technology but not traversing any network node. In this version, the terminology "sidelink communication" without "V2X" prefix only concerns PS unless specifically stated otherwise.
Sidelink discovery: AS functionality enabling ProSe Direct Discovery as defined in TS 23.303 [68], using E-UTRA technology but not traversing any network node.
Sidelink operation: Includes sidelink communication, V2X sidelink communication and sidelink discovery.
Split SRB: in MR-DC, an SRB between the MN and the UE, allowing selection of either the direct path or the path via the SN as well as duplication of RRC PDUs across both paths as defined in TS 37.340 [81].
Timing Advance Group: A group of serving cells that is configured by RRC and that, for the cells with an UL configured, use the same timing reference cell and the same Timing Advance value. A Timing Advance Group only includes cells of the same cell group i.e. it either includes MCG cells or SCG cells.
UE Inactive AS Context: UE Inactive AS Context is stored when the connection is suspended and restored when the connection is resumed. It includes information as defined in clause 5.3.8.7.
UE in CE: Refers to a UE that is capable of using coverage enhancement, and requires coverage enhancement mode to access a cell or is configured in a coverage enhancement mode.
User plane CIoT EPS optimisation: Enables support for change from EMM-IDLE mode to EMM-CONNECTED mode without the need for using the Service Request procedure, as defined in TS 24.301 [35].
User plane EDT: Early Data Transmission used with the User plane CIoT EPS optimisation.
V2X Sidelink communication: AS functionality enabling V2X Communication as defined in TS 23.285 [78], between nearby UEs, using E-UTRA technology but not traversing any network node.
3.2	Abbreviations
For the purposes of the present document, the abbreviations given in TR 21.905 [1], TS 36.300 [9] and the following apply. An abbreviation defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same abbreviation, if any, in TR 21.905 [1] or TS 36.300 [9].
1xRTT	CDMA2000 1x Radio Transmission Technology
AB	Access Barring
ACDC	Application specific Congestion control for Data Communication
ACK	Acknowledgement
AILC	Assistance Information bit for Local Cache
AM	Acknowledged Mode
ANDSF	Access Network Discovery and Selection Function
ARQ	Automatic Repeat Request
AS	Access Stratum
ASN.1	Abstract Syntax Notation One
AUL	Autonomous Uplink
BCCH	Broadcast Control Channel
BCD	Binary Coded Decimal
BCH	Broadcast Channel
BL	Bandwidth reduced Low complexity
BLER	Block Error Rate
BR	Bandwidth Reduced
BR-BCCH	Bandwidth Reduced Broadcast Control Channel
CA	Carrier Aggregation
CBR	Channel Busy Ratio
CCCH	Common Control Channel
CCO	Cell Change Order
CE	Coverage Enhancement
CG	Cell Group
CIoT	Cellular IoT
CMAS	Commercial Mobile Alert Service
CP	Control Plane
CP-EDT	Control Plane EDT
C-RNTI	Cell RNTI
CRS	Cell-specific Reference Signal
CSFB	CS fallback
CSG	Closed Subscriber Group
CSI	Channel State Information
DC	Dual Connectivity
DCCH	Dedicated Control Channel
DCI	Downlink Control Information
DCN	Dedicated Core Networks
DFN	Direct Frame Number
DL	Downlink
DL-SCH	Downlink Shared Channel
DRB	(user) Data Radio Bearer
DRX	Discontinuous Reception
DTCH	Dedicated Traffic Channel
EAB	Extended Access Barring
eDRX	Extended DRX
EDT	Early Data Transmission
EHPLMN	Equivalent Home Public Land Mobile Network
eIMTA	Enhanced Interference Management and Traffic Adaptation
ENB	Evolved Node B
EN-DC	E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity with E-UTRAN connected to EPC
EPC	Evolved Packet Core
EPDCCH	Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
EPS	Evolved Packet System
ETWS	Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System
E-UTRA	Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
E-UTRA/5GC	E-UTRA connected to 5GC
E-UTRA/EPC	E-UTRA connected to EPC
E-UTRAN	Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
FDD	Frequency Division Duplex
FFS	For Further Study
GERAN	GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GNSS	Global Navigation Satellite System
G-RNTI	Group RNTI
GSM	Global System for Mobile Communications
HARQ	Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
HFN	Hyper Frame Number
HPLMN	Home Public Land Mobile Network
HRPD	CDMA2000 High Rate Packet Data
HSDN	High Speed Dedicated Network
H-SFN	Hyper SFN
IDC	In-Device Coexistence
IE	Information element
IMEI	International Mobile Equipment Identity
IMSI	International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IoT	Internet of Things
ISM	Industrial, Scientific and Medical
kB	Kilobyte (1000 bytes)
L1	Layer 1
L2	Layer 2
L3	Layer 3
LAA	Licensed-Assisted Access
LWA	LTE-WLAN Aggregation
LWAAP	LTE-WLAN Aggregation Adaptation Protocol
LWIP	LTE-WLAN Radio Level Integration with IPsec Tunnel
MAC	Medium Access Control
MBMS	Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
MBSFN	Multimedia Broadcast multicast service Single Frequency Network
MCG	Master Cell Group
MCOT	Maximum Channel Occupancy Time
MCPTT	Mission Critical Push To Talk
MDT	Minimization of Drive Tests
MIB	Master Information Block
MO	Mobile Originating
MPDCCH	MTC Physical Downlink Control Channel
MRB	MBMS Point to Multipoint Radio Bearer
MR-DC	Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity
MRO	Mobility Robustness Optimisation
MSI	MCH Scheduling Information
MT	Mobile Terminating
MTSI	Multimedia Telephony Service for IMS
MUST	MultiUser Superposition Transmission
N/A	Not Applicable
NACC	Network Assisted Cell Change
NAICS	Network Assisted Interference Cancellation/Suppression
NAS	Non Access Stratum
NB-IoT	NarrowBand Internet of Things
NE-DC	NR E-UTRA Dual Connectivity
(NG)EN-DC	E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity (i.e. covering both EN-DC and NGEN-DC)
NGEN-DC	E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity with E-UTRAN connected to 5GC
NPBCH	Narrowband Physical Broadcast channel
NPDCCH	Narrowband Physical Downlink Control channel
NPDSCH	Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared channel
NPRACH	Narrowband Physical Random Access channel
NPSS	Narrowband Primary Synchronization Signal
NPUSCH	Narrowband Physical Uplink Shared channel
NR	NR Radio Access
NRS	Narrowband Reference Signal
NSSAI	Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
NSSS	Narrowband Secondary Synchronization Signal
OS	OFDM Symbol
P2X	Pedestrian-to-Everything
PCCH	Paging Control Channel
PCell	Primary Cell
PDCCH	Physical Downlink Control Channel
PDCP	Packet Data Convergence Protocol
PDU	Protocol Data Unit
PLMN	Public Land Mobile Network
PMK	Pairwise Master Key
PO	Paging Occasion
posSIB	Positioning SIB
ProSe	Proximity based Services
PS	Public Safety (in context of sidelink), Packet Switched (otherwise)
PSCell	Primary Secondary Cell
PSK	Pre-Shared Key
PTAG	Primary Timing Advance Group
PUCCH	Physical Uplink Control Channel
QCI	QoS Class Identifier
QoE	Quality of Experience
QoS	Quality of Service
RACH	Random Access CHannel
RAI	Release Assistance Indication
RAT	Radio Access Technology
RB	Radio Bearer
RCLWI	RAN Controlled LTE-WLAN Integration
RLC	Radio Link Control
RMTC	RSSI Measurement Timing Configuration
RN	Relay Node
RNA	RAN-based Notification Area
RNAU	RAN-based Notification Area Update
RNTI	Radio Network Temporary Identifier
ROHC	RObust Header Compression
RPLMN	Registered Public Land Mobile Network
RRC	Radio Resource Control
RSCP	Received Signal Code Power
RSRP	Reference Signal Received Power
RSRQ	Reference Signal Received Quality
RSS	Resynchronisation signal
RSSI	Received Signal Strength Indicator
SAE	System Architecture Evolution
SAP	Service Access Point
SBAS	Satellite Based Augmentation System
SC	Sidelink Control
SCell	Secondary Cell
SCG	Secondary Cell Group
SC-MRB	Single Cell MRB
SC-RNTI	Single Cell RNTI
SD-RSRP	Sidelink Discovery Reference Signal Received Power
SFN	System Frame Number
SI	System Information
SIB	System Information Block
SI-RNTI	System Information RNTI
SL	Sidelink
SLSS	Sidelink Synchronisation Signal
SMC	Security Mode Control
SPDCCH	Short PDCCH
SPS	Semi-Persistent Scheduling
SPT	Short Processing Time
SPUCCH	Short PUCCH
SR	Scheduling Request
SRB	Signalling Radio Bearer
S-RSRP	Sidelink Reference Signal Received Power
SSAC	Service Specific Access Control
SSTD	SFN and Subframe Timing Difference
STAG	Secondary Timing Advance Group
S-TMSI	SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identifier
STTI	Short TTI
TA	Tracking Area
TAG	Timing Advance Group
TDD	Time Division Duplex
TDM	Time Division Multiplexing
TM	Transparent Mode
TPC-RNTI	Transmit Power Control RNTI
T-RPT	Time Resource Pattern of Transmission
TTI	Transmission Time Interval
TTT	Time To Trigger
UDC	Uplink Data Compression
UE	User Equipment
UICC	Universal Integrated Circuit Card
UL	Uplink
UL-SCH	Uplink Shared Channel
UM	Unacknowledged Mode
UP	User Plane
UP-EDT	User Plane EDT
UTC	Coordinated Universal Time
UTRAN	Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
V2X	Vehicle-to-Everything
VoLTE	Voice over Long Term Evolution
WLAN	Wireless Local Area Network
WT	WLAN Termination
WUS	Wake-up Signal
In the ASN.1, lower case may be used for some (parts) of the above abbreviations e.g. c-RNTI.
4	General
4.1	Introduction
In this specification, (parts of) procedures and messages specified for the UE equally apply to the RN for functionality necessary for the RN. There are also (parts of) procedures and messages which are only applicable to the RN in its communication with the E-UTRAN, in which case the specification denotes the RN instead of the UE. Such RN‑specific aspects are not applicable to the UE.
This specification covers MR-DC i.e. the case in which the UE is configured with resources belonging to another node using NR RAT. The NR related configuration is performed using NR RRC as specified in TS 38.331 [82].
NB-IoT is a non backward compatible variant of E-UTRAN supporting a reduced set of functionality. In this specification, (parts of) procedures and messages specified for the UE equally apply to the UE in NB-IoT. There are also some features and related procedures and messages that are not supported by UEs in NB-IoT.
In particular, the following features are not supported in NB-IoT and corresponding procedures and messages do not apply to the UE in NB-IoT:
-	Connected mode mobility (Handover and measurement reporting);
-	Inter-RAT cell reselection or inter-RAT mobility in connected mode;
-	E-UTRA connected to 5GC;
-	RRC_INACTIVE;
-	CSG;
-	Relay Node (RN);
-	Carrier Aggregation (CA);
-	Dual connectivity (DC);
-	Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity (MR-DC);
-	PDCP duplication;
-	GBR (QoS);
-	ACB, EAB, SSAC and ACDC;
-	MBMS, except for MBMS via SC-PTM in Idle mode;
-	Self-configuration and self-optimisation;
-	Measurement logging and reporting for network performance optimisation;
-	Public warning systems e.g. CMAS, ETWS and PWS;
-	Broadcast of positioning assistance data;
-	Real time services (including emergency call);
-	CS services and CS fallback;
-	In-device coexistence;
-	RAN assisted WLAN interworking;
-	Network-assisted interference cancellation/suppression;
-	Sidelink (including direct communication and direct discovery).
NOTE: In regard to mobility, NB-IoT is a separate RAT from E-UTRAN.
In this specification, there are also (parts of) procedures and messages which are only applicable to UEs in NB-IoT, in which case this is stated explicitly.
This specification is organised as follows:
-	clause 4.2 describes the RRC protocol model;
-	clause 4.3 specifies the services provided to upper layers as well as the services expected from lower layers;
-	clause 4.4 lists the RRC functions;
-	clause 5 specifies RRC procedures, including UE state transitions;
-	clause 6 specifies the RRC message in a mixed format (i.e. tabular & ASN.1 together);
-	clause 7 specifies the variables (including protocol timers and constants) and counters to be used by the UE;
-	clause 8 specifies the encoding of the RRC messages;
-	clause 9 specifies the specified and default radio configurations;
-	clause 10 specifies the RRC messages transferred across network nodes;
-	clause 11 specifies the UE capability related constraints and performance requirements.
4.2	Architecture
4.2.1	UE states and state transitions including inter RAT
A UE is in RRC_CONNECTED when an RRC connection has been established or in RRC_INACTIVE (if the UE is connected to 5GC) when RRC connection is suspended. If this is not the case, i.e. no RRC connection is established, the UE is in RRC_IDLE state. The RRC states can further be characterised as follows:
-	RRC_IDLE:
-	A UE specific DRX may be configured by upper layers (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	UE controlled mobility;
-	The UE:
-	Monitors a Paging channel to detect incoming calls (by CN paging), system information change, for ETWS capable UEs, ETWS notification, and for CMAS capable UEs, CMAS notification;
-	Performs neighbouring cell measurements and cell (re-)selection;
-	Acquires system information.
-	Performs logging of available measurements together with location and time for logged measurement configured UEs.
-	May perform EDT.
-	RRC_INACTIVE:
-	A UE specific DRX may be configured by upper layers or by RRC layer;
-	A RAN-based notification area is configured by RRC layer;
-	The UE stores the UE Inactive AS context;
-	The UE:
-	Applies RRC_IDLE procedures unless specified otherwise;
-	Monitors a Paging channel for CN paging using 5G-S-TMSI and RAN paging using fullI-RNTI;
-	Performs periodic RAN-based notification area update;
-	Performs RAN-based notification area update when moving out of the configured RAN-based notification area;
-	RRC_CONNECTED:
-	Transfer of unicast data to/from UE.
-	At lower layers, the UE may be configured with a UE specific DRX.
-	For UEs supporting CA, use of one or more SCells, aggregated with the PCell, for increased bandwidth;
-	For UEs supporting DC, use of one SCG, aggregated with the MCG, for increased bandwidth;
-	For UEs supporting (NG)EN-DC, option to configure one NR SCG in conjunction with the MCG for DRBs and SRBs, for improved performance (SRBs) and increased bandwidth (DRBs);
-	For UEs supporting NE-DC, option to configure one SCG in conjunction with the NR MCG for DRBs and SRBs, for improved performance (SRBs) and increased bandwidth (DRBs);
-	Network controlled mobility, i.e. handover and cell change order with optional network assistance (NACC) to GERAN (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	The UE:
-	Monitors a Paging channel and/ or System Information Block Type 1 contents to detect system information change, for ETWS capable UEs, ETWS notification, and for CMAS capable UEs, CMAS notification (not applicable for BL UEs, UEs in CE and NB-IoT UEs);
-	Monitors control channels associated with the shared data channel to determine if data is scheduled for it;
-	Provides channel quality and feedback information (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	Performs neighbouring cell measurements and measurement reporting (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	Acquires system information (not applicable for BL UEs, UEs in CE and NB-IoT UEs).
NOTE:	The term "UE is connected to 5GC" covers the scenarios that the UE is connected to 5GC and the UE is requesting to connect with 5GC.
Figure 4.2.1-1 not only provides an overview of the RRC states in E-UTRA/EPC, but also illustrates the mobility support between E-UTRA/EPC, UTRAN and GERAN.


Figure 4.2.1-1: E-UTRA/EPC states and inter RAT mobility procedures, 3GPP
Figure 4.2.1-2 illustrates the mobility support between E-UTRA/EPC, CDMA2000 1xRTT and CDMA2000 HRPD. The details of the CDMA2000 state models are out of the scope of this specification.

Figure 4.2.1-2: Mobility procedures between E-UTRA/EPC and CDMA2000
Figure 4.2.1-3 not only provides an overview of the RRC states in E-UTRA/5GC, but also illustrates the mobility support between E-UTRA/5GC, UTRAN and GERAN.

Figure 4.2.1-3: E-UTRA/5GC states and inter RAT mobility procedures, 3GPP
Figure 4.2.1-4 illustrates the mobility procedures supported between E-UTRA/5GC, CDMA2000 1xRTT and CDMA2000 HRPD. The details of the CDMA2000 state models are out of the scope of this specification.

Figure 4.2.1-4: Mobility procedures between E-UTRA/5GC and CDMA2000
Figure 4.2.1-5 illustrates the mobility procedures supported between E-UTRA/5GC and E-UTRA/EPC.

Figure 4.2.1-5: Mobility procedures between E-UTRA/5GC and E-UTRA/EPC
Figure 4.2.1-6 illustrates the mobility procedures supported between E-UTRA/EPC, E-UTRA/5GC and NR.

Figure 4.2.1-6:	Mobility procedures between E-UTRA/EPC, E-UTRA/5GC and NR
The inter-RAT handover procedure(s) supports the case of signalling, conversational services, non-conversational services and combinations of these.
In addition to the state transitions shown in figures above, there is support for connection release with redirection information from E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN, UTRAN, CDMA2000 (HRPD Idle/ 1xRTT Dormant mode) and NR. A UE in RRC_INACTIVE enters RRC_IDLE when it enters another RAT or switches to another CN type.
For NB-IoT, mobility between E-UTRA and UTRAN, GERAN and between E-UTRA and CDMA2000 1xRTT and CDMA2000 HRPD is not supported at AS level and hence only the E-UTRA states depicted in Figure 4.2.1-1 are applicable.
4.2.2	Signalling radio bearers
"Signalling Radio Bearers" (SRBs) are defined as Radio Bearers (RB) that are used only for the transmission of RRC and NAS messages. More specifically, the following SRBs are defined:
-	SRB0 is for RRC messages using the CCCH logical channel;
-	SRB1 is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for NAS messages prior to the establishment of SRB2, all using DCCH logical channel;
-	For NB-IoT, SRB1bis is for RRC messages (which may include a piggybacked NAS message) as well as for NAS messages prior to the activation of security, all using DCCH logical channel;
-	SRB2 is for RRC messages which include logged measurement information as well as for NAS messages, all using DCCH logical channel. SRB2 has a lower-priority than SRB1 and is always configured by E-UTRAN after security activation. SRB2 is not applicable for NB-IoT;
-	SRB4 is for RRC messages which include application layer measurement reporting information, all using DCCH logical channel. SRB4 can only be configured by E-UTRAN after security activation. SRB4 is not applicable for NB-IoT.
In downlink piggybacking of NAS messages is used only for one dependant (i.e. with joint success/ failure) procedure: bearer establishment/ modification/ release. In uplink NAS message piggybacking is used only for transferring the initial NAS message during connection setup.
NOTE 1:	The NAS messages transferred via SRB2 are also contained in RRC messages, which however do not include any RRC protocol control information.
Once security is activated, all RRC messages on SRB1, SRB2 and SRB4, including those containing NAS or non-3GPP messages, are integrity protected and ciphered by PDCP. NAS independently applies integrity protection and ciphering to the NAS messages.
For a UE configured with DC, all RRC messages, regardless of the SRB used and both in downlink and uplink, are transferred via the MCG. In case of EN-DC, after connection establishment NR PDCP may be configured for both SRB1 and SRB2 and if so, these SRBs may be configured as split SRB. In case of NGEN-DC and NE-DC, NR PDCP is always configured. For a split SRB, the UE receives RRC messages via both MCG and NR SCG i.e. handles out of order and duplicate PDUs as specified in TS 38.323 [83]. For a split SRB, the network configures via which cell group(s) the UE sends uplink RRC messages.
NOTE 2:	In case of (NG)EN-DC, SRB3 may be configured for the transfer of some NR RRC messages between UE and SgNB via the NR radio interface, see TS 38.331 [82].
An SRB can be configured with PDCP duplication, either by two logical channels within the same CG (CA duplication) or by two logical channels each within a different CG (DC duplication).
4.3	Services
4.3.1	Services provided to upper layers
The RRC protocol offers the following services to upper layers:
-	Broadcast of common control information;
-	Broadcast of positioning assistance data;
-	Notification of UEs in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE, e.g. about a terminating call, for ETWS, for CMAS;
-	Transfer of dedicated control information, i.e. information for one specific UE.
4.3.2	Services expected from lower layers
In brief, the following are the main services that RRC expects from lower layers:
-	PDCP: integrity protection and ciphering;
-	RLC: reliable and in-sequence transfer of information, without introducing duplicates and with support for segmentation and concatenation.
Further details about the services provided by Packet Data Convergence Protocol layer (e.g. integrity and ciphering) are provided in TS 36.323 [8]. The services provided by Radio Link Control layer (e.g. the RLC modes) are specified in TS 36.322 [7]. Further details about the services provided by Medium Access Control layer (e.g. the logical channels) are provided in TS 36.321 [6]. The services provided by physical layer (e.g. the transport channels) are specified in TS 36.302 [3].
4.4	Functions
The RRC protocol includes the following main functions:
-	Broadcast of system information:
-	Including NAS common information;
-	Information applicable for UEs in RRC_IDLE, e.g. cell (re-)selection parameters, neighbouring cell information and information (also) applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, e.g. common channel configuration information;
-	Including ETWS notification, CMAS notification (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	Including positioning assistance data.
-	RRC connection control:
-	Paging;
-	Establishment/ modification/ suspension / resumption / release of RRC connection, including e.g. assignment/ modification of UE identity (C-RNTI), establishment/ modification/ suspension/ resumption/ release of SRB1, SRB1bis, SRB2 and SRB4, access class barring;
-	Initial security activation, i.e. initial configuration of AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering (SRBs, DRBs);
-	For RNs, configuration of AS integrity protection for DRBs;
-	RRC connection mobility including e.g. intra-frequency and inter-frequency handover, associated security handling, i.e. key/ algorithm change, specification of RRC context information transferred between network nodes;
NOTE 1:	In NB-IoT, only key change (but no re-keying) at RRC Connection Resumption and RRC context information transfer are applicable.
-	Establishment/ modification/ release of RBs carrying user data (DRBs);
-	Radio configuration control including e.g. assignment/ modification of ARQ configuration, HARQ configuration, DRX configuration;
-	For RNs, RN-specific radio configuration control for the radio interface between RN and E-UTRAN;
-	In case of CA, cell management including e.g. change of PCell, addition/ modification/ release of SCell(s) and addition/modification/release of STAG(s);
-	In case of DC, cell management including e.g. change of PSCell, addition/ modification/ release of SCG cell(s) and addition/modification/release of SCG TAG(s).
-	In case of (NG)EN-DC, transparent transfer of NR RRC messages (e.g. DL: reconfiguration messages used to add or modify the NR SCG configuration or to (re-)configure measurements; UL: measurement reports and reconfiguration complete messages) and of configurations of radio bearers using NR PDCP.
-	QoS control including assignment/ modification of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) configuration information for DL and UL, assignment/ modification of parameters for UL rate control in the UE, i.e. allocation of a priority and a prioritised bit rate (PBR) for each RB (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	Recovery from radio link failure;
-	In case of LWA, RCLWI and LWIP, WLAN mobility set management including e.g. addition/ modification/ release of WLAN(s) from the WLAN mobility set;
-	Inter-RAT mobility including e.g. security activation, transfer of RRC context information (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	Measurement configuration and reporting (not applicable for NB-IoT):
-	Establishment/ modification/ release of measurements (e.g. intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter- RAT measurements);
-	Setup and release of measurement gaps;
-	Measurement reporting;
-	Other functions including e.g. transfer of dedicated NAS information and non-3GPP dedicated information, transfer of UE radio access capability information, support for E-UTRAN sharing (multiple PLMN identities);
-	Generic protocol error handling;
-	Support of self-configuration and self-optimisation (not applicable for NB-IoT);
-	Support of measurement logging and reporting for network performance optimisation, as specified in TS 37.320 [60] (not applicable for NB-IoT);
NOTE 2:	Random access is specified entirely in the MAC including initial transmission power estimation.
4.5	Data available for transmission for NB-IoT
For the purpose of MAC Data Volume and Power Headroom reporting, the NB-IoT UE shall consider the following as data available for transmission in the RRC layer:
-	For SDUs to be submitted to lower layers:
-	the SDU itself, if the SDU has not yet been processed by RRC, or
-	the PDU if the SDU has been processed by RRC; or
-	The data available for transmission in upper layers not submitted to the RRC layer.
5	Procedures
5.1	General
5.1.1	Introduction
The procedural requirements are structured according to the main functional areas: system information (5.2), connection control (5.3), inter-RAT mobility (5.4) and measurements (5.5). In addition, clause 5.6 covers other aspects e.g. NAS dedicated information transfer, UE capability transfer, clause 5.7 specifies the generic error handling, clause 5.8 covers MBMS (i.e. MBMS service reception via MRB), clause 5.8a covers SC-PTM (i.e. MBMS service reception via SC-MRB), clause 5.9 covers RN-specific procedures and clause 5.10 covers sidelink.
For NB-IoT, only a subset of the above procedural requirements applies: system information (5.2), connection control (5.3), some part of other aspects (5.6), general error handling (5.7), and SC-PTM (5.8a). Clauses inter-RAT mobility (5.4), measurements (5.5), MBMS (5.8), RN procedures (5.9) and Sidelink (5.10) are not applicable in NB-IoT.
5.1.2	General requirements
The UE shall:
1>	process the received messages in order of reception by RRC, i.e. the processing of a message shall be completed before starting the processing of a subsequent message;
NOTE 1:	E-UTRAN may initiate a subsequent procedure prior to receiving the UE's response of a previously initiated procedure.
1>	within a clause execute the steps according to the order specified in the procedural description;
1>	consider the term 'radio bearer' (RB) to cover SRBs and DRBs but not MRBs or SC-MRBs unless explicitly stated otherwise;
1>	set the rrc-TransactionIdentifier in the response message, if included, to the same value as included in the received RRC message that triggered the response message;
1>	upon receiving a choice value set to setup:
2>	apply the corresponding received configuration and start using the associated resources, unless explicitly specified otherwise;
1>	upon receiving a choice value set to release:
2>	clear the corresponding configuration and stop using the associated resources;
NOTE 1a:	Following receipt of choice value set to release, the UE considers the field as if it was never configured.
1>	upon handover to E-UTRA; or
1>	upon receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the fullConfig:
2>	apply the Conditions in the ASN.1 for inclusion of the fields for the DRB/PDCP/RLC setup during the reconfiguration of the DRBs included in the drb-ToAddModList;
NOTE 2:	At each point in time, the UE keeps a single value for each field except for during handover when the UE temporarily stores the previous configuration so it can revert back upon handover failure. In other words: when the UE reconfigures a field, the existing value is released except for during handover.
NOTE 3:	Although not explicitly stated, the UE initially considers all functionality to be deactivated/ released until it is explicitly stated that the functionality is setup/ activated. Correspondingly, the UE initially considers lists to be empty e.g. the list of radio bearers, the list of measurements.
1>	upon receiving an extension field comprising the entries in addition to the ones carried by the original field (regardless of whether E-UTRAN may signal more entries in total); apply the following generic behaviour if explicitly stated to be applicable:
2>	create a combined list by concatenating the additional entries included in the extension field to the original field while maintaining the order among both the original and the additional entries;
2>	for the combined list, created according to the previous, apply the same behaviour as defined for the original field;
NOTE 4:	A field comprising a list of entries normally includes 'list' in the field name. The typical way to extend (the size of) such a list is to introduce a field comprising the additional entries, which should include 'listExt' in the name of the field/ IE. E.g. field1List-RAT, field1ListExt-RAT.
1>	consider the term DC to cover the case of an E-UTRA MCG and SCG; Likewise, MCG covers the case of an E-UTRA MCG, SCG covers the case of an E-UTRA SCG, serving cell covers the case of an E-UTRA serving cell, PDCP covers the case of PDCP defined by E-UTRA specifications;
NOTE 5:	In this specification, UE configuration refers to the parameters configured by E-UTRA RRC unless stated otherwise. Likewise, when a procedure is mentioned, this concerns the procedure defined by E-UTRA RRC unless stated otherwise.
5.1.3	Requirements for UE in MR-DC
In this specification, the UE considers itself to be configured with;
-	EN-DC if and only if it is configured with nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig and it is connected to EPC,
-	NGEN-DC if and only if it is configured with nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig and it is connected to 5GC,
-	NE-DC if and only if it is configured with mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup set to eutra-SCG according to TS 38.331[82],
-	MR-DC if and only if it is configured with (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC.
NOTE 1:	The above deviates from the definition in TS 37.340 [81] (and some other specifications) i.e. according to TS 37.340 [81] a UE that is not configured with an SCG is in MR-DC when one or more bearers are terminated in the secondary node (i.e. using NR PDCP).
NOTE 2:	MR-DC includes NR-DC, but that option is not relevant for this specification.
The UE configured with NE-DC only executes a sub-clause of clause 5 from this specification when the concerned subclause:
-	is referrenced from a subclause, either in this specification or in TS 38.331 [82], that is executed by the UE; or
-	covers actions upon (re-)configuration of field(s), IE(s), UE variable(s) or timer(s) applicable for NE-DC;
When executing a subclause of clause 5 in this specification, the UE also follows the related general requirements as defined in clause 5.1.2 and other subclauses of this specification e.g. message processing delay requirements.
5.2	System information
5.2.1	Introduction
5.2.1.1	General
System information is divided into the MasterInformationBlock (MIB) and a number of SystemInformationBlocks (SIBs) and SystemInformationBlockPos (posSIBs). The MIB includes a limited number of most essential and most frequently transmitted parameters that are needed to acquire other information from the cell, and is transmitted on BCH. SIBs other than SystemInformationBlockType1 and posSIBs are carried in SystemInformation (SI) messages. The mapping of SIBs and posSIBs to SI messages is flexibly configurable by schedulingInfoList and posSchedulingInfoList, respectively, included in SystemInformationBlockType1, with restrictions that: each SIB is contained only in a single SI message and each SIB and posSIB is contained at most once in that SI message; only SIBs and posSIBs having the same scheduling requirement (periodicity) can be mapped to the same SI message; SystemInformationBlockType2 is always mapped to the SI message that corresponds to the first entry in the list of SI messages in schedulingInfoList. There may be multiple SI messages transmitted with the same periodicity. SystemInformationBlockType1 and all SI messages are transmitted on DL-SCH.
The Bandwidth reduced Low Complexity (BL) UEs and UEs in Coverage Enhancement (CE) apply Bandwidth Reduced (BR) version of the SIB, posSIB or SI messages. A UE considers itself in enhanced coverage as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. In this and subsequent clauses, anything applicable for a particular SIB, posSIB or SI message equally applies to the corresponding BR version unless explicitly stated otherwise.
For NB-IoT, a reduced set of system information block with similar functionality but different content is defined; the UE applies the NB-IoT (NB) version of the MIB and the SIBs. These are denoted MasterInformationBlock-NB, MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB and SystemInformationBlockTypeX-NB in this specification. All other system information blocks (without NB suffix) are not applicable to NB-IoT; this is not further stated in the corresponding text.
NOTE 1:	The physical layer imposes a limit to the maximum size a SIB can take. When DCI format 1C is used the maximum allowed by the physical layer is 1736 bits (217 bytes) while for format 1A the limit is 2216 bits (277 bytes), see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. For BL UEs and UEs in CE, the maximum SIB and SI message size is 936 bits, see TS 36.213 [23]. For NB-IoT, the maximum SIB and SI message size is 680 bits, see TS 36.213 [23].
In addition to broadcasting, E-UTRAN may provide SystemInformationBlockType1 and/or SystemInformationBlockType2, including the same parameter values, via dedicated signalling i.e., within an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.
The UE applies the system information acquisition and change monitoring procedures for the PCell, except when being a BL UE or a UE in CE or a NB-IoT UE in RRC_CONNECTED mode while T311 is not running. For an SCell, E-UTRAN provides, via dedicated signalling, all system information relevant for operation in RRC_CONNECTED when adding the SCell. However, a UE that is configured with DC shall aquire the MasterInformationBlock of the PSCell but use it only to determine the SFN timing of the SCG, which may be different from the MCG. Upon change of the relevant system information of a configured SCell, E-UTRAN releases and subsequently adds the concerned SCell, which may be done with a single RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. If the UE is receiving or interested to receive an MBMS service in a cell, the UE shall apply the system information acquisition and change monitoring procedure to acquire parameters relevant for MBMS operation and apply the parameters acquired from system information only for MBMS operation for this cell.
NOTE 2:	E-UTRAN may configure via dedicated signalling different parameter values than the ones broadcast in the concerned SCell.
In MBMS-dedicated cell, non-MBSFN subframes are used for providing MasterInformationBlock-MBMS (MIB-MBMS) and SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS. SIBs other than SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS are carried in SystemInformation-MBMS message which is also provided on non-MBSFN subframes.
An RN configured with an RN subframe configuration does not need to apply the system information acquisition and change monitoring procedures. Upon change of any system information relevant to an RN, E-UTRAN provides the system information blocks containing the relevant system information to an RN configured with an RN subframe configuration via dedicated signalling using the RNReconfiguration message. For RNs configured with an RN subframe configuration, the system information contained in this dedicated signalling replaces any corresponding stored system information and takes precedence over any corresponding system information acquired through the system information acquisition procedure. The dedicated system information remains valid until overridden.
NOTE 3:	E-UTRAN may configure an RN, via dedicated signalling, with different parameter values than the ones broadcast in the concerned cell.
5.2.1.2	Scheduling
The MIB uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 40 ms and repetitions made within 40 ms. The first transmission of the MIB is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 4 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames. For TDD/FDD system with a bandwidth larger than 1.4 MHz that supports BL UEs or UEs in CE, MIB transmission may additionally be repeated in subframe#0 of the same radio frame, and in subframe#9 of the previous radio frame for FDD and subframe #5 of the same radio frame for TDD.
NOTE:	The UE may assume the scheduling of MIB repetitions does not change. E-UTRAN may indicate in MobilityControlInfo whether optional MIB repetitions are enabled or not.
The MIB-MBMS uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 160 ms and repetitions made within 160 ms. The first transmission of the MIB-MBMS is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 16 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames for which the SFN mod 4 = 0.
The SystemInformationBlockType1 uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 80 ms and repetitions made within 80 ms. The first transmission of SystemInformationBlockType1 is scheduled in subframe #5 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 8 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #5 of all other radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0.
For BL UEs or UEs in CE, MIB is applied which may be provided with additional repetitions, while for SIB1 and further SI messages, separate messages are used which are scheduled independently and with content that may differ. The separate instance of SIB1 is named as SystemInformationBlockType1-BR. The SystemInformationBlockType1-BR uses a schedule with a periodicity of 80ms. TBS for SystemInformationBlockType1-BR and the repetitions made within 80ms are indicated via schedulingInfoSIB1-BR in MIB or optionally in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the MobilityControlInfo.
The SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS uses fixed schedule with a periodicity of 160 ms. The first transmission of SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 16 = 0, and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames for which SFN mod 8 = 0. Additionally, the SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS and other system informations blocks may be scheduled in additional non-MBSFN subframes indicated in MasterInformationBlock-MBMS.
The SI messages are transmitted within periodically occurring time domain windows (referred to as SI-windows) using dynamic scheduling. Each SI message is associated with a SI-window and the SI-windows of different SI messages do not overlap. That is, within one SI-window only the corresponding SI is transmitted. The length of the SI-window is common for all SI messages, and is configurable. Within the SI-window, the corresponding SI message can be transmitted a number of times in any subframe other than MBSFN subframes, uplink subframes in TDD, and subframe #5 of radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0. The UE acquires the detailed time-domain scheduling (and other information, e.g. frequency-domain scheduling, used transport format) from decoding SI-RNTI on PDCCH (see TS 36.321 [6]). For a BL UE or a UE in CE, the detailed time/frequency domain scheduling information for the SI messages is provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR.
For UEs other than BL UE or UEs in CE SI-RNTI is used to address SystemInformationBlockType1 as well as all SI messages. On MBMS-dedicated cell and on FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell, SI-RNTI with value in accordance with TS 36.321 [6] is used to address all SI messages whereas SI-RNTI with value in accordance with TS 36.321 [6] is used to address SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS.
SystemInformationBlockType1 configures the SI-window length and the transmission periodicity for the SI messages.
5.2.1.2a	Scheduling for NB-IoT
The MasterInformationBlock-NB (MIB-NB) uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 640 ms and repetitions made within 640 ms. The first transmission of the MIB-NB is scheduled in subframe #0 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 64 = 0 and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #0 of all other radio frames. The transmissions are arranged in 8 independently decodable blocks of 80 ms duration.
The MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB (MIB-TDD-NB) uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 640 ms and repetitions made within 640 ms. The first transmission of the MIB-TDD-NB is scheduled in subframe #9 of radio frames for which the SFN mod 64 = 0 and repetitions are scheduled in subframe #9 of all other radio frames. The transmissions are arranged in 8 independently decodable blocks of 80 ms duration.
The SystemInformationBlockType1-NB (SIB1-NB) uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 2560 ms.
For FDD, SIB1-NB transmission occurs in subframe #4 of every other frame in 16 continuous frames. The starting frame for the first transmission of the SIB1-NB is derived from the cell PCID and the number of repetitions within the 2560 ms period and repetitions are made, equally spaced, within the 2560 ms period (see TS 36.213 [23]). TBS for SystemInformationBlockType1-NB and the repetitions made within the 2560 ms are indicated by schedulingInfoSIB1 field in the MIB-NB. If additionalTransmissionSIB1 is set to TRUE in the MIB-NB, additional SIB1-NB transmission occurs in subframe #3 of the same radio frames where SIB1-NB transmission occurs with the same number of repetitions.
For TDD, SIB1-NB transmission on the anchor carrier occurs in either subframe #0 or subframe #4 of every other frame in 16 continuous frames and SIB1-NB transmission on a non-anchor carrier occurs in subframe #0 and next in subframe #5 of every other frame in 16 continuous frames. The starting frame for the first transmission of the SIB1-NB is derived from the cell PCID and the number of repetitions within the 2560 ms period and repetitions are made, equally spaced, within the 2560 ms period (see TS 36.213 [23]). TBS for SystemInformationBlockType1-NB, the repetitions made within the 2560 ms, and the subframe index (#0 or #4) are indicated by schedulingInfoSIB1 field in the MIB-TDD-NB.
The SI messages are transmitted within periodically occurring time domain windows (referred to as SI-windows) using scheduling information provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. Each SI message is associated with a SI-window and the SI-windows of different SI messages do not overlap. That is, within one SI-window only the corresponding SI is transmitted. The length of the SI-window is common for all SI messages, and is configurable.
Within the SI-window, the corresponding SI message can be transmitted a number of times over 2 or 8 consecutive NB-IoT downlink subframes depending on TBS.The UE acquires the detailed time/frequency domain scheduling information and other information, e.g. used transport format for the SI messages from schedulingInfoList field in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. The UE is not required to accumulate several SI messages in parallel but may need to accumulate a SI message across multiple SI windows, depending on coverage condition.
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB configures the SI-window length and the transmission periodicity for all SI messages.
5.2.1.3	System information validity and notification of changes
Change of system information (other than for ETWS, CMAS and EAB parameters and other than for AB parameters for NB-IoT) only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used. System information may be transmitted a number of times with the same content within a modification period, as defined by its scheduling. The modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio frames comprising the modification period. The modification period is configured by system information. If H-SFN is provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, modification period boundaries for BL UEs and UEs in CE are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0. For NB-IoT, H-SFN is always provided and the modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0.
To enable system information update notification for RRC_IDLE UEs configured to use a DRX cycle longer than the modification period, an eDRX acquisition period is defined. The boundaries of the eDRX acquisition period are determined by H-SFN values for which H-SFN mod 256 =0. For NB-IoT, the boundaries of the eDRX acquisition period are determined by H-SFN values for which H-SFN mod 1024 =0.
NOTE 1:	If the UE in RRC_IDLE is configured to use extended DRX cycle, e.g., in the order of several minutes or longer, in case the eNB is reset the UE SFN may not be synchronized to the new eNB SFN. The UE is expected to recover, e.g., acquire MIB within a reasonable time, to avoid repeated paging failures.
When the network changes (some of the) system information, it first notifies the UEs about this change, i.e. this may be done throughout a modification period. In the next modification period, the network transmits the updated system information. These general principles are illustrated in figure 5.2.1.3-1, in which different colours indicate different system information. Upon receiving a change notification, the UE not configured to use a DRX cycle that is longer than the modification period acquires the new system information immediately from the start of the next modification period. Upon receiving a change notification applicable to eDRX, a UE in RRC_IDLE configured to use a DRX cycle that is longer than the modification period acquires the updated system information immediately from the start of the next eDRX acquisition period. The UE applies the previously acquired system information until the UE acquires the new system information. The possible boundaries of modification for SystemInformationBlockType1-BR are defined by SFN values for which SFN mod 512 = 0 except for notification of ETWS/CMAS for which the eNB may change SystemInformationBlockType1-BR content at any time. For NB-IoT, the possible boundaries of modification for SystemInformationBlockType1-NB are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod 4096 = 0.


Figure 5.2.1.3-1: Change of system Information
The Paging message is used to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about a system information change. If the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED or is not configured to use a DRX cycle longer than the modification period in RRC_IDLE, and receives a Paging message including the systemInfoModification, it knows that the system information will change at the next modification period boundary. A UE in RRC_IDLE that is configured to use a DRX cycle longer than the modification period, and receives in an eDRX acquisition period at least one Paging message including the systemInfoModification-eDRX, shall acquire the updated system information at the next eDRX acquisition period boundary. Although the UE may be informed about changes in system information, no further details are provided e.g. regarding which system information will change, except if systemInfoValueTagSI is received by BL UEs or UEs in CE.
In RRC_CONNECTED, BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs are not required to acquire system information except when T311 is running or upon handover where the UE is only required to acquire the MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell. In RRC_IDLE, E-UTRAN may notify BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs about SI update, and except for NB-IoT, ETWS and CMAS notification and EAB modification, using Direct Indication information, as specified in 6.6 (or 6.7.5 in NB-IoT) and TS 36.212 [22].
NOTE 2:	Upon system information change essential for BL UEs, UEs in CE, or NB-IoT UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, E-UTRAN may initiate connection release.
SystemInformationBlockType1 (or MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) includes a value tag systemInfoValueTag, that indicates if a change has occurred in the SI messages. UEs may use systemInfoValueTag, e.g. upon return from out of coverage, to verify if the previously stored SI messages are still valid. MasterInformationBlock (using systemInfoUnchanged-BR) and RSS (if transmitted) may indicate that a change has not occurred in the SIB1-BR and SI messages of the current cell at least over the SI validity time, and the BL UEs or UEs in CE may use systemInfoUnchanged-BR or RSS, e.g. upon return from out of coverage, to verify if the previously stored SIB1-BR and SI messages are still valid. Additionally, for other than BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs, the UE considers stored system information to be invalid after 3 hours from the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid, unless specified otherwise. BL UE or UE in CE considers stored system information to be invalid after 24 hours from the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid, unless the UE is configured by parameter si-ValidityTime to consider stored system information to be invalid 3 hours after validity confirmation. NB-IoT UE considers stored system information to be invalid after 24 hours from the moment it was successfully confirmed as valid. If a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE in RRC_CONNECTED state considers the stored system information invalid, the UE shall continue using the stored system information while in RRC_CONNECTED state in the serving cell.
For BL UEs or UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs, the change of specific SI message can additionally be indicated by a SI message specific value tag systemInfoValueTagSI. If systemInfoValueTag included in the SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) is different from the one of the stored system information and if systemInfoValueTagSI is included in the SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT) for a specific SI message and is different from the stored one, the UE shall consider this specific SI message to be invalid. If only systemInfoValueTag is included and is different from the stored one, the BL UE or UE in CE should consider any stored system information except SystemInformationBlockType10, SystemInformationBlockType11, SystemInformationBlockType12 and SystemInformationBlockType14 to be invalid; the NB-IoT UE should consider any stored system information except SystemInformationBlockType14-NB to be invalid.
On MBMS-dedicated cell and on FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell, the change of system information and ETWS/CMAS notification is indicated by using Direct Indication FeMBMS defined in 6.6a. The modification periodicity follows MCCH modification periodicity as defined in 5.8.1.3.
E-UTRAN may not update systemInfoValueTag upon change of some system information e.g. ETWS information, CMAS information, regularly changing parameters like time information (SystemInformationBlockType8, SystemInformationBlockType16, hyperSFN-MSB in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB), EAB and AB parameters, or positioning system information blocks. Similarly, E-UTRAN may not include the systemInfoModification within the Paging message upon change of some system information.
The UE that is not configured to use a DRX cycle longer than the modification period verifies that stored system information remains valid by either checking systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 (or MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) after the modification period boundary, or attempting to find the systemInfoModification indication at least modificationPeriodCoeff times during the modification period in case no paging is received, in every modification period. If no paging message is received by the UE during a modification period, the UE may assume that no change of system information will occur at the next modification period boundary. If UE in RRC_CONNECTED, during a modification period, receives one paging message, it may deduce from the presence/ absence of systemInfoModification whether a change of system information other than ETWS information, CMAS information and EAB parameters will occur in the next modification period or not.
When the RRC_IDLE UE is configured with a DRX cycle that is longer than the modification period, and at least one modification period boundary has passed since the UE last verified validity of stored system information, the UE verifies that stored system information remains valid by checking the systemInfoValueTag before establishing or resuming an RRC connection.
ETWS and/or CMAS capable UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, other than BL UEs and UEs in CE, shall attempt to read paging at least once every defaultPagingCycle to check whether ETWS and/or CMAS notification is present or not.
5.2.1.4	Indication of ETWS notification
ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification can occur at any point in time. The Paging message is used to inform ETWS capable UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about presence of an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification. If the UE receives a Paging message including the etws-Indication, it shall start receiving the ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification according to schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives Paging message including the etws-Indication while it is acquiring ETWS notification(s), the UE shall continue acquiring ETWS notification(s) based on the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE:	The UE is not required to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1, but Paging message including the etws-Indication triggers the UE to re-acquire schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1 for scheduling changes for SystemInformationBlockType10 and SystemInformationBlockType11. The UE may or may not receive a Paging message including the etws-Indication and/or systemInfoModification when ETWS is no longer scheduled.
ETWS primary notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType10 and ETWS secondary notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType11. Segmentation can be applied for the delivery of a secondary notification. The segmentation is fixed for transmission of a given secondary notification within a cell (i.e. the same segment size for a given segment with the same messageIdentifier, serialNumber and warningMessageSegmentNumber). An ETWS secondary notification corresponds to a single CB data IE as defined according to TS 23.041 [37].
5.2.1.5	Indication of CMAS notification
CMAS notification can occur at any point in time. The Paging message is used to inform CMAS capable UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about presence of one or more CMAS notifications. If the UE receives a Paging message including the cmas-Indication, it shall start receiving the CMAS notifications according to schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives Paging message including the cmas-Indication while it is acquiring CMAS notification(s), the UE shall continue acquiring CMAS notification(s) based on the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE:	The UE is not required to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1, but Paging message including the cmas-Indication triggers the UE to re-acquire schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1 for scheduling changes for SystemInformationBlockType12. The UE may or may not receive a Paging message including the cmas-Indication and/or systemInfoModification when SystemInformationBlockType12 is no longer scheduled.
CMAS notification is contained in SystemInformationBlockType12. A CMAS notification corresponds to a single CB data IE as defined according to TS 23.041 [37]. A CMAS notification may optionally have associated warning area coordinates. Segmentation can be applied for the delivery of a CMAS notification and, if present, the associated warning area coordinates. The segmentation is fixed for transmission of a given CMAS notification and, if present, any associated warning area coordinates within a cell (i.e. the same segment size for a given segment with the same messageIdentifier, serialNumber and warningMessageSegmentNumber). E-UTRAN does not interleave transmissions of CMAS notifications, i.e. all segments of a given CMAS notification transmission are transmitted prior to those of another CMAS notification.
5.2.1.6	Notification of EAB parameters change
Change of EAB parameters can occur at any point in time. The EAB parameters are contained in SystemInformationBlockType14. The Paging message is used to inform EAB capable UEs in RRC_IDLE about a change of EAB parameters or that SystemInformationBlockType14 is no longer scheduled. If the UE receives a Paging message including the eab-ParamModification, it shall acquire SystemInformationBlockType14 according to schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1. If the UE receives a Paging message including the eab-ParamModification while it is acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14, the UE shall continue acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14 based on the previously acquired schedulingInfoList until it re-acquires schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
NOTE:	The EAB capable UE is not expected to periodically check schedulingInfoList contained in SystemInformationBlockType1.
5.2.1.7	Access Barring parameters change in NB-IoT
Change of Access Barring (AB) parameters can occur at any point in time. The AB parameters are contained in SystemInformationBlockType14-NB. Update of the AB parameters does not impact the systemInfoValueTag in the MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB or the systemInfoValueTagSI in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.
If SystemInformationBlockType14-NB is scheduled, a NB-IoT UE is required to acquire MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB before initiating RRC connection establishment / resume for all access causes except mobile terminating calls to check ab-Enabled indication. If access barring is enabled the UE shall not initiate the RRC connection establishment / resume for all access causes except mobile terminating calls until the UE has acquired the SystemInformationBlockType14-NB.
5.2.2	System information acquisition
5.2.2.1	General

Figure 5.2.2.1-1: System information acquisition, normal
The UE applies the system information acquisition procedure to acquire the AS- and NAS- and positioning-system information that is broadcasted by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED.
For BL UE, UE in CE and NB-IoT UE, specific conditions apply, as specified below.
5.2.2.2	Initiation
The UE shall apply the system information acquisition procedure upon selecting (e.g. upon power on) and upon re-selecting a cell, after handover completion, after entering E-UTRA from another RAT, upon return from out of coverage, upon receiving a notification that the system information has changed, upon receiving an indication about the presence of an ETWS notification, upon receiving an indication about the presence of a CMAS notification, upon receiving a notification that the EAB parameters have changed, upon receiving a request from CDMA2000 upper layers, upon receiving a request from positioning upper layers and upon exceeding the maximum validity duration. Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the system information acquisition procedure overwrites any stored system information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for system information and the UE discontinues using a field if it is absent in system information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
In RRC_CONNECTED, BL UEs and UEs in CE are required to acquire system information when T311 is running or upon handover where the UE is only required to acquire the MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell.
NOTE:	Upon handover, E-UTRAN provides system information required by the UE in RRC_CONNECTED except MIB with RRC signalling, i.e. systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated and mobilityControlInfo.
5.2.2.3	System information required by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	ensure having a valid version, as defined below, of (at least) the following system information, also referred to as the 'required' system information:
2>	if in RRC_IDLE:
3>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
4>	the MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB and SystemInformationBlockType1-NB as well as SystemInformationBlockType2-NB through SystemInformationBlockType5-NB, SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
3>	else:
4>	the MasterInformationBlock and SystemInformationBlockType1 (or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR depending on whether the UE is a BL UE or the UE in CE) as well as SystemInformationBlockType2 through SystemInformationBlockType8 and SystemInformationBlockType24 (depending on support of the concerned RATs), SystemInformationBlockType17 (depending on support of RAN-assisted WLAN interworking when the UE is connected to EPC), SystemInformationBlockType25 (depending on support of E-UTRA/5GC);
2>	if in RRC_INACTIVE:
3>	the MasterInformationBlock and SystemInformationBlockType1 as well as SystemInformationBlockType2 through SystemInformationBlockType8 (depending on support of the concerned RATs), SystemInformationBlockType25;
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and
2>	the UE is not a BL UE; and
2>	the UE is not in CE; and
2>	the UE is not a NB-IoT UE:
3>	the MasterInformationBlock, SystemInformationBlockType1 and SystemInformationBlockType2 as well as SystemInformationBlockType8 (depending on support of CDMA2000), SystemInformationBlockType17 (depending on support of RAN-assisted WLAN interworking when the UE is connected to EPC), SystemInformationBlockType25 (depending on support of E-UTRA/5GC);
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED and T311 is running; and
2>	the UE is a BL UE or the UE is in CE or the UE is a NB-IoT UE;
3>	the MasterInformationBlock (or MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT), SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT) and SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT), and for NB-IoT SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
1>	delete any stored system information after 3 hours or 24 hours from the moment it was confirmed to be valid as defined in 5.2.1.3, unless specified otherwise;
1>	consider any stored system information except SystemInformationBlockType10, SystemInformationBlockType11, systemInformationBlockType12 and systemInformationBlockType14 (systemInformationBlockType14-NB in NB-IoT) to be invalid if systemInfoValueTag included in the SystemInformationBlockType1 (MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) is different from the one of the stored system information and in case of NB-IoT UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, systemInfoValueTagSI is not broadcasted. Otherwise consider system information validity as defined in 5.2.1.3;
5.2.2.4	System information acquisition by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	apply the specified BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.1 or BR-BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.8;
1>	if the procedure is triggered by a system information change notification:
2>	if the UE uses an idle DRX cycle longer than the modification period:
3>	start acquiring the required system information, as defined in 5.2.2.3, from the next eDRX acquisition period boundary;
2>	else
3>	start acquiring the required system information, as defined in 5.2.2.3, from the beginning of the modification period following the one in which the change notification was received;
NOTE 1:	The UE continues using the previously received system information until the new system information has been acquired.
1>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and enters a cell for which the UE does not have stored a valid version of the system information required in RRC_IDLE, as defined in 5.2.2.3:
2>	acquire, using the system information acquisition procedure as defined in 5.2.3, the system information required in RRC_IDLE, as defined in 5.2.2.3;
1>	following successful handover completion to a PCell for which the UE does not have stored a valid version of the system information required in RRC_CONNECTED, as defined in 5.2.2.3:
2>	acquire, using the system information acquisition procedure as defined in 5.2.3, the system information required in RRC_CONNECTED, as defined in 5.2.2.3;
2>	upon acquiring the concerned system information:
3>	discard the corresponding radio resource configuration information included in the radioResourceConfigCommon previously received in a dedicated message, if any;
1>	following a request from CDMA2000 upper layers:
2>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType8, as defined in 5.2.3;
1>	neither initiate the RRC connection establishment/resume procedure nor initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message until the UE has a valid version of the MasterInformationBlock (MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT) and SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT) messages as well as SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT), and for NB-IoT, SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
1>	not initiate the RRC connection establishment/resume procedure subject to EAB until the UE has a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType14, if broadcast;
1>	if the UE is ETWS capable:
2>	upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3>	discard any previously buffered warningMessageSegment;
3>	clear, if any, the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following ETWS indication, upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType10 is present:
4>	if the UE is in CE:
5>	start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10;
4>	else
5>	start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10 immediately;
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType11 is present:
4>	start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType11 immediately;
NOTE 2:	UEs shall start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10 and SystemInformationBlockType11 as described above even when systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
1>	if the UE is CMAS capable:
2>	upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover or upon connection re-establishment:
3>	discard any previously buffered warningMessageSegment;
3>	clear, if any, stored values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType12 associated with the discarded warningMessageSegment;
2>	when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following CMAS indication, upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, following successful handover and upon connection re-establishment:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType12 is present:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType12;
NOTE 3:	UEs shall start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType12 as described above even when systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
1>	if the UE is interested to receive MBMS services:
2>	if the UE is capable of MBMS reception as specified in 5.8:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType13 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType13;
3>	else if SystemInformationBlockType13 is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType13 from SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS;
2>	if the UE is capable of SC-PTM reception as specified in 5.8a:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT) is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT);
2>	if the UE is capable of MBMS Service Continuity:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType15 (SystemInformationBlockType15-NB in NB-IoT) is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType15 (SystemInformationBlockType15-NB in NB-IoT);
1>	if the UE is EAB capable:
2>	when the UE does not have stored a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType14 upon entering RRC_IDLE, or when the UE acquires SystemInformationBlockType1 following EAB parameters change notification, or upon entering a cell during RRC_IDLE, or before establishing an RRC connection if using eDRX with DRX cycle longer than the modification period:
3>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType14 is present:
4>	start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14 immediately;
3>	else:
4>	discard SystemInformationBlockType14, if previously received;
NOTE 4:	EAB capable UEs start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType14 as described above even when systemInfoValueTag in SystemInformationBlockType1 has not changed.
NOTE 5:	EAB capable UEs maintain an up to date SystemInformationBlockType14 in RRC_IDLE.
1>	if the UE is capable of sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit sidelink communication:
2>	if the cell used for sidelink communication meets the S-criteria as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and
2>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType18 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType18;
1>	if the UE is capable of sidelink discovery and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit sidelink discovery announcements on the primary frequency:
2>	if schedulingInfoList of the serving cell/ PCell indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType19;
1>	if the UE is capable of sidelink discovery and, for each of the one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 and for which the UE is configured by upper layers to receive sidelink discovery announcements on:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell does not provide the corresponding reception resources; and
2>	if schedulingInfoList of the cell on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType19;
1>	if the UE is capable of sidelink discovery and, for each of the one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 and for which the UE is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell includes discTxResourcesInterFreq which is set to acquireSI-FromCarrier; and
2>	if schedulingInfoList of the cell on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType19 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType19;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and if ab-Enabled included in MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB is set to TRUE:
2>	not initiate the RRC connection establishment/resume procedure for all access causes except mobile terminating calls until the UE has acquired the SystemInformationBlockType14-NB;
1>	if the UE is capable of V2X sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to receive or transmit V2X sidelink communication on a frequency:
2>	if schedulingInfoList on the serving cell/PCell indicates that SystemInformationBlockType21 is present and the UE does not have stored valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType21 from serving cell/PCell;
2>	if schedulingInfoList on the serving cell/PCell indicates that SystemInformationBlockType26 is present and the UE does not have stored valid version of this system information block;
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType26 from serving cell/PCell;
1>	if the UE is capable of V2X sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink communication on a frequency, which is not primary frequency:
2>	if neither SystemInformationBlockType21 nor SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell provide reception resource pool for V2X sidelink communication for the concerned frequency; and
2>	if the cell used for V2X sidelink communication on the concerned frequency meets the S-criteria as defined in TS 36.304 [4]:
3>	if schedulingInfoList on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType21 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType21 from the concerned frequency;
3>	if schedulingInfoList on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType26 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType26 from the concerned frequency;
1>	if the UE is capable of V2X sidelink communication and is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication on a frequency, which is not primary frequency and is not included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType21 nor SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/PCell:
2>	if the cell used for V2X sidelink communication on the concerned frequency meets the S-criteria as defined in TS 36.304 [4]:
3>	if schedulingInfoList on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType21 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType21 from the concerned frequency;
3>	if schedulingInfoList on the concerned frequency indicates that SystemInformationBlockType26 is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
4>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType26 from the concerned frequency;
1>	if the NB-IoT UE supports NPRACH resources using preamble format 2:
2>	if schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType23-NB is present and the UE does not have stored a valid version of this system information block:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType23-NB;
1>	following a request from positioning upper layers:
2>	acquire SystemInformationBlockPos, as defined in 5.2.3;
The UE may apply the received SIBs or posSIBs immediately, i.e. the UE does not need to delay using a SIB or posSIB until all SI messages have been received. The UE may delay applying the received SIBs until completing lower layer procedures associated with a received or a UE originated RRC message, e.g. an ongoing random access procedure.
NOTE 6:	While attempting to acquire a particular SIB/posSIB, if the UE detects from schedulingInfoList/ posSchedulingInfoList that it is no longer present, the UE should stop trying to acquire the particular SIB/ posSIB.
5.2.2.5	Essential system information missing
The UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, RRC_INACTIVE or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if the UE is unable to acquire the MasterInformationBlock (MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB in NB-IoT); or
2>	if the UE is neither a BL UE nor in CE nor in NB-IoT and the UE is unable to acquire the SystemInformationBlockType1; or
2>	if the BL UE or UE in CE is unable to acquire SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not scheduled; or
2>	if the NB-IoT UE is unable to acquire the SystemInformationBlockType1-NB:
3>	consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; and
3>	perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to allowed, and as if the csg-Indication is set to FALSE;
2>	else:
3>	if the UE is unable to acquire the SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT) and for NB-IoT, SystemInformationBlockType22-NB if scheduled; or
3>	if SystemInformationBlockType25 is broadcast and if the UE is connected to 5GC and is unable to acquire the SystemInformationBlockType25:
4>	treat the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4];
5.2.2.6	Actions upon reception of the MasterInformationBlock message
Upon receiving the MasterInformationBlock message the UE shall:
1>	apply the radio resource configuration included in the phich-Config;
1>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE or if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if the UE has no valid system information stored according to 5.2.2.3 for the concerned cell:
3>	apply the received value of dl-Bandwidth to the ul-Bandwidth until SystemInformationBlockType2 is received;
Upon receiving the MasterInformationBlock-NB or MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB message the UE shall:
1>	apply the radio resource configuration included in accordance with the operationModeInfo.
No UE requirements related to the contents of MasterInformationBlock-MBMS apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.7	Actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message
Upon receiving the SystemInformationBlockType1 or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR either via broadcast or via dedicated signalling, the UE shall:
1>	if the upper layers indicate the selected core network type as 5GC:
2>	if the cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC contains an entry with the plmn-Identity or plmn-Index of the selected PLMN:
3>	in the remainder of the procedures use plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode, and cellIdentity for the cell as received in the corresponding cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC containing the selected PLMN;
1>	else if the cellAccessRelatedInfoList contains an entry with the PLMN-Identity of the selected PLMN:
2>	in the remainder of the procedures use plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode, and cellIdentity for the cell as received in the corresponding cellAccessRelatedInfoList containing the selected PLMN;
1>	if in RRC_IDLE or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running; and
1>	if the UE is a category 0 UE according to TS 36.306 [5]; and
1>	if category0Allowed is not included in SystemInformationBlockType1:
2>	consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4];
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is not running, and the UE supports multi-band cells as defined by bit 31 in featureGroupIndicators:
2>	disregard the freqBandIndicator and multiBandInfoList, if received, while in RRC_CONNECTED;
2>	forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
2>	forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers;
1>	else:
2>	if the frequency band indicated in the freqBandIndicator is part of the frequency bands supported by the UE and it is not a downlink only band; or
2>	if the UE supports multiBandInfoList, and if one or more of the frequency bands indicated in the multiBandInfoList are part of the frequency bands supported by the UE and they are not downlink only bands:
3>	forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
3>	forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers; 
3>	forward the PLMN identity to upper layers;
3>	if in RRC_INACTIVE and the forwarded information  does not trigger message transmission by upper layers:
4>	if the serving cell does not belong to the configured ran-NotificationAreaInfo:
5>	initiate an RNA update as specified in 5.3.17.2;
3>	forward the ims-EmergencySupport to upper layers, if present;
3>	forward the eCallOverIMS-Support to upper layers, if present;
3>	if the UE is capable of 5G NAS:
4>	forward the ims-EmergencySupport5GC to upper layers, if present;
4>	forward the eCallOverIMS-Support5GC to upper layers, if present;
3>	if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from freqBandIndicator or multiBandInfoList), the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList-v10j0 is present and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0:
4>	apply the first listed additionalSpectrumEmission which it supports among the values included in NS-PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfolist-v10j0;
4>	if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within NS-PmaxList:
5>	apply the additionalPmax;
4>	else:
5>	apply the p-Max;
3>	else:
4>	apply the additionalSpectrumEmission in SystemInformationBlockType2 and the p-Max;
2>	else:
3>	consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; and
3>	perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to notAllowed, and as if the csg-Indication is set to FALSE;
Upon receiving the SystemInformationBlockType1-NB, the UE shall:
1>	if the frequency band indicated in the freqBandIndicator is part of the frequency bands supported by the UE; or
1>	if one or more of the frequency bands indicated in the multiBandInfoList are part of the frequency bands supported by the UE:
2>	forward the cellIdentity to upper layers;
2>	forward the trackingAreaCode to upper layers;
2>	if attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is received for the selected PLMN:
3>	forward the attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity to upper layers;
2>	else
3>	indicate to upper layers that attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is not present;
2>	if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from freqBandIndicator or multiBandInfoList), the freqBandInfo is present and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo:
3>	apply the first listed additionalSpectrumEmission which it supports among the values included in NS-PmaxList within freqBandInfo;
3>	if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within NS-PmaxList:
4>	apply the additionalPmax;
3>	else:
4>	apply the p-Max;
2>	else:
3>	apply the additionalSpectrumEmission in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB and the p-Max;
1>	else:
2>	consider the cell as barred in accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; and
2>	perform barring as if intraFreqReselection is set to notAllowed.
No UE requirements related to the contents of SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.8	Actions upon reception of SystemInformation messages
No UE requirements related to the contents of the SystemInformation messages apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.9	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType2
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType2, the UE shall:
1>	apply the configuration included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	if in RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	apply the shortest of the ran-PagingCycle (if configured), the (UE specific) paging cycle (if indicated by upper layers), and the defaultPagingCycle included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	else if upper layers indicate that a (UE specific) paging cycle is configured:
2>	apply the shortest of the (UE specific) paging cycle and the defaultPagingCycle included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	if the mbsfn-SubframeConfigList is included:
2>	consider that DL assignments may occur in the MBSFN subframes indicated in the mbsfn-SubframeConfigList under the conditions specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1;
1>	apply the specified PCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.3;
1>	not apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon;
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED and UE is configured with RLF timers and constants values received within rlf-TimersAndConstants:
2>	not update its values of the timers and constants in ue-TimersAndConstants except for the value of timer T300;
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is not running; and the UE supports multi-band cells as defined by bit 31 in featureGroupIndicators or multipleNS-Pmax:
2>	disregard the additionalSpectrumEmission and ul-CarrierFreq, if received, while in RRC_CONNECTED;
1>	if attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is received for the selected PLMN:
2>	forward attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity to upper layers;
1>	else:
2>	indicate to upper layers that attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity is not present;
1>	if cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is received for the selected PLMN:
2>	forward cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation to upper layers;
1>	else:
2>	indicate to upper layers that cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is not present;
1>	if up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is received for the selected PLMN:
2>	forward up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation to upper layers;
1>	else:
2>	indicate to upper layers that up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation is not present;
1>	to upper layers either forward upperLayerIndication, if present for the selected PLMN, or otherwise indicate absence of this field;
NOTE:	upperLayerIndication is an indication to upper layers that the UE has entered a coverage area that offers 5G capabilities.
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType2-NB, the UE shall:
1>	apply the configuration included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	apply the defaultPagingCycle included in the radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType22-NB is scheduled:
2>	read and act on information sent in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB;
1>	apply the specified PCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.3.
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED and UE is configured with RLF timers and constants values received within rlf-TimersAndConstants:
2>	not update its values of the timers and constants in ue-TimersAndConstants except for the value of timer T300;
5.2.2.10	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType3
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType3, the UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, the redistributionServingInfo is included and the UE is redistribution capable:
2>	perform E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.10;
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from the procedure in clause 5.2.2.7) to represent the serving cell's carrier frequency, the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList-v10j0 is present in SystemInformationBlockType3 and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0:
3>	apply the first listed additionalSpectrumEmission which it supports among the values included in NS-PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0;
3>	if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within NS-PmaxList:
4>	apply the additionalPmax;
3>	else:
4>	apply the p-Max;
2>	else:
3>	apply the p-Max;
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType3-NB, the UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from the procedure in clause 5.2.2.7) to represent the serving cell's carrier frequency, the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList is present in SystemInformationBlockType3-NB and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList:
3>	apply the first listed additionalSpectrumEmission which it supports among the values included in NS-PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList;
3>	if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within NS-PmaxList:
4>	apply the additionalPmax;
3>	else:
4>	apply the p-Max;
2>	else:
3>	apply the p-Max;
5.2.2.11	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType4
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock (SystemInformationBlockType4 or SystemInformationBlockType4-NB) apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.12	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType5
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType5, the UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, the redistributionInterFreqInfo is included and the UE is redistribution capable:
2>	perform E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.10;
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if the frequency band selected by the UE to represent a non-serving E UTRA carrier frequency is not a downlink only band:
3>	if, for the selected frequency band, the freqBandInfo or the multiBandInfoList-v10j0 is present and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0:
4>	apply the first listed additionalSpectrumEmission which it supports among the values included in NS-PmaxList within freqBandInfo or multiBandInfoList-v10j0;
4>	if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within NS-PmaxList:
5>	apply the additionalPmax;
4>	else:
5>	apply the p-Max;
3>	else:
4>	apply the p-Max;
1>	if in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and UE has stored VarMeasIdleConfig and SIB5 includes the measIdleConfigSIB and the UE is capable of IDLE mode measurements for CA:
2>	if T331 is running and VarMeasIdleConfig does not contain measIdleCarrierListEUTRA received from the RRCConnectionRelease message:
3>	store or replace the measIdleCarrierListEUTRA of measIdleConfigSIB within VarMeasIdleConfig;
2>	perform idle mode measurements as specified in 5.6.20;
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType5-NB, the UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, or in RRC_CONNECTED while T311 is running:
2>	if, for the frequency band selected by the UE (from multiBandInfoList) to represent a non-serving NB-IoT carrier frequency, the freqBandInfo is present and the UE capable of multiNS-Pmax supports at least one additionalSpectrumEmission in the NS-PmaxList within the freqBandInfo:
3>	apply the first listed additionalSpectrumEmission which it supports among the values included in NS-PmaxList within freqBandInfo;
3>	if the additionalPmax is present in the same entry of the selected additionalSpectrumEmission within NS-PmaxList:
4>	apply the additionalPmax;
3>	else:
4>	apply the p-Max;
2>	else:
3>	apply the p-Max;
5.2.2.13	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType6
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.14	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType7
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.15	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType8
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType8, the UE shall:
1>	if sib8-PerPLMN-List is included and the UE is capable of network sharing for CDMA2000:
2>	apply the CDMA2000 parameters below corresponding to the RPLMN;
1>	if the systemTimeInfo is included:
2>	forward the systemTimeInfo to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and if searchWindowSize is included:
2>	forward the searchWindowSize to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if parametersHRPD is included:
2>	forward the preRegistrationInfoHRPD to CDMA2000 upper layers only if the UE has not received the preRegistrationInfoHRPD within an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after entering this cell;
2>	if the cellReselectionParametersHRPD is included:
3>	forward the neighCellList to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if the parameters1XRTT is included:
2>	if the csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is included:
3>	forward the csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers which will use this information to determine if a CS registration/re-registration towards CDMA2000 1xRTT in the EUTRA cell is required;
2>	else:
3>	indicate to CDMA2000 upper layers that CSFB Registration to CDMA2000 1xRTT is not allowed;
2>	if the longCodeState1XRTT is included:
3>	forward the longCodeState1XRTT to CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if the cellReselectionParameters1XRTT is included:
3>	forward the neighCellList to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if the csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs is included:
3>	forward csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	forward csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if ac-BarringConfig1XRTT is included:
3>	forward ac-BarringConfig1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if the csfb-DualRxTxSupport is included:
3>	forward csfb-DualRxTxSupport to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	forward csfb-DualRxTxSupport, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
5.2.2.16	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType9
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType9, the UE shall:
1>	if hnb-Name is included, forward the hnb-Name to upper layers;
5.2.2.17	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType10
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType10, the UE shall:
1>	forward the received warningType, messageIdentifier and serialNumber to upper layers;
5.2.2.18	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType11
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType11, the UE shall:
1>	if there is no current value for messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11; or
1>	if either the received value of messageIdentifier or of serialNumber or of both are different from the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11:
2>	use the received values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11 as the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	discard any previously buffered warningMessageSegment;
2>	if all segments of a warning message have been received:
3>	assemble the warning message from the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to upper layers;
3>	stop reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
3>	discard the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	else:
3>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
1>	else if all segments of a warning message have been received:
2>	assemble the warning message from the received warningMessageSegment;
2>	forward the received complete warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber and dataCodingScheme to upper layers;
2>	stop reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
2>	discard the current values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11;
1>	else:
2>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
2>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType11;
The UE should discard any stored warningMessageSegment and the current value of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType11 if the complete warning message has not been assembled within a period of 3 hours.
5.2.2.19	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType12
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType12, the UE shall:
1>	if the SystemInformationBlockType12 contains a complete warning message and the complete geographical area coordinates (if any):
2>	forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber, dataCodingScheme and the geographical area coordinates (if any) to upper layers;
2>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType12;
1>	else:
2>	if the received values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber are the same (each value is the same) as a pair for which a warning message and the geographical area coordinates (if any) are currently being assembled:
3>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	store the received warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if any);
3>	if all segments of a warning message and geographical area coordinates (if any) have been received:
4>	assemble the warning message from the received warningMessageSegment;
4>	assemble the geographical area coordinates from the received warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if any);
4>	forward the received warning message, messageIdentifier, serialNumber, dataCodingScheme and geographical area coordinates (if any) to upper layers;
4>	stop assembling a warning message and warning area coordinates (if any) for this messageIdentifier and serialNumber and delete all stored information held for it;
3>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType12;
2>	else if the received values of messageIdentifier and/or serialNumber are not the same as any of the pairs for which a warning message is currently being assembled:
3>	start assembling a warning message for this messageIdentifier and serialNumber pair;
3>	start assembling the geographical area coordinates (if any) for this messageIdentifier and serialNumber pair;
3>	store the received warningMessageSegment;
3>	store the received warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if any);
3>	continue reception of SystemInformationBlockType12;
The UE should discard warningMessageSegment and warningAreaCoordinatesSegment (if any) and the associated values of messageIdentifier and serialNumber for SystemInformationBlockType12 if the complete warning message and the warning area coordinates (if any) have not been assembled within a period of 3 hours.
NOTE:	The number of warning messages that a UE can re-assemble simultaneously is a function of UE implementation.
5.2.2.20	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType13
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.21	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType14
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock (SystemInformationBlockType14 or SystemInformationBlockType14-NB) apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.22	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType15
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock (SystemInformationBlockType15 or SystemInformationBlockType15-NB) apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.23	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType16
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType16 with timeReferenceInfo, the UE may perform the related actions as specified in clause 5.6.1.3.
5.2.2.24	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType17
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType17, the UE shall:
1>	if wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is included:
2>	if the UE is not configured with rclwi-Configuration with command set to steerToWLAN:
3>	apply the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN;
2>	if not configured with the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated:
3>	apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN;
5.2.2.25	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType18
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType18, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 message includes the commConfig:
2>	if configured to receive sidelink communication:
3>	from the next SC period, as defined by sc-Period, use the resource pool indicated by commRxPool for sidelink communication monitoring, as specified in 5.10.3;
2>	if configured to transmit sidelink communication:
3>	from the next SC period, as defined by sc-Period, use the resource pool indicated by commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt or by commTxPoolExceptional for sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.4;
5.2.2.26	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType19
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType19, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discConfig or discConfigPS:
2>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discRxPool, discRxResourcesInterFreq or discRxPoolPS for sidelink discovery monitoring, as specified in 5.10.5;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolPS-Common; and the UE is in RRC_IDLE:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolPS-Common for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2>	if the SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discTxPowerInfo:
3>	use the power information included in discTxPowerInfo for sidelink discovery transmission on the serving frequency, as specified in TS 36.213 [23];
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the discConfigRelay:
2>	if the SystemInformationBlockType19 message includes the txPowerInfo:
3>	use the power information included in txPowerInfo for sidelink discovery transmission on the corresponding non-serving frequency, as specified in TS 36.213 [23];
5.2.2.27	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType20
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock (SystemInformationBlockType20 or SystemInformationBlockType20-NB) apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.28	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType21
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType21, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType21 message includes sl-V2X-ConfigCommon:
2>	if configured to receive V2X sidelink communication:
3>	use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommRxPool in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon for V2X sidelink communication monitoring, as specified in 5.10.12;
2>	if configured to transmit V2X sidelink communication:
3>	use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, p2x-CommTxPoolNormal or by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.13;
3>	perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool(s) indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.5.3;
5.2.2.29	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType22-NB
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.30	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType23-NB
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.31	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType24
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.32	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType25
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SystemInformationBlock apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, and/ or within the corresponding field descriptions.
5.2.2.33	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockType26
Upon receiving SystemInformationBlockType26, the UE shall:
1>	if configured to receive V2X sidelink communication:
2>	use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommRxPool for V2X sidelink communication monitoring, as specified in 5.10.12;
1>	if configured to transmit V2X sidelink communication:
2>	use the resource pool indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, p2x-CommTxPoolNormal or by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.13;
2>	perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool(s) indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormal and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.5.3;
5.2.2.34	Actions upon reception of SystemInformationBlockPos
No UE requirements related to the contents of the SystemInformationBlockPos apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within TS 36.355 [54], and/or within the corresponding field descriptions.

5.2.3	Acquisition of an SI message
When acquiring an SI message, the UE shall:
1>	determine the start of the SI-window for the concerned SI message as follows:
2>	if the concerned SI message is configured in the schedulingInfoList or if the concerned SI message is configured in the pos-schedulingInfoList and si-posOffset is not configured;
3>	for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the concatenated list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList and posSchedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
3>	determine the integer value x = (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength;
3>	the SI-window starts at the subframe #a, where a = x mod 10, in the radio frame for which SFN mod T = FLOOR(x/10), where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message;
2>	else if the concerned SI message is configured by the posSchedulingInfoList and si-posOffset is configured determine the start of the SI-window for the concerned SI message as follows:
3>	determine the number m which corresponds to the number of SI messages with an associated si-Periodicity of 8 radio frames (80 ms), configured by schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
3>	for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
3>	determine the integer value x = m*w + (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength
3>	the SI-window starts at the subframe #a, where a = x mod 10, in the radio frame for which SFN mod T = FLOOR(x/10) + 8, where T is the si-posPeriodicity of the concerned SI message;
NOTE:	E-UTRAN should configure an SI-window of 1 ms only if all SIs are scheduled before subframe #5 in radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0.
1>	receive DL-SCH using the SI-RNTI from the start of the SI-window and continue until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength, or until the SI message was received, excluding the following subframes:
2>	subframe #5 in radio frames for which SFN mod 2 = 0;
2>	any MBSFN subframes;
2>	any uplink subframes in TDD;
1>	if the SI message was not received by the end of the SI-window, repeat reception at the next SI-window occasion for the concerned SI message;
5.2.3a	Acquisition of an SI message by BL UE or UE in CE or a NB-IoT UE
When acquiring an SI message, the BL UE or UE in CE or NB-IoT UE shall:
1>	determine the start of the SI-window for the concerned SI message as follows:
2>	if the concerned SI message is configured in the schedulingInfoList or if the concerned SI message is configured in the pos-schedulingInfoList and si-posOffset is not configured;
3>	for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the concatenated list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR (or SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT) and posSchedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR;
3>	determine the integer value x = (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength-BR (or si-WindowLength in NB-IoT);
2>	else if the concerned SI message is configured by the posSchedulingInfoList and si-posOffset is configured determine the start of the SI-window for the concerned SI message as follows:
3>	determine the number m which corresponds to the number of SI messages with an associated si-Periodicity of 8 radio frames (80 ms), configured by schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR;
3>	for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR;
3>	determine the integer value x = m*w + (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength-BR
3>	the SI-window starts at the subframe #a, where a = x mod 10, in the radio frame for which SFN mod T = FLOOR(x/10) + 8, where T is the si-posPeriodicity of the concerned SI message;
2>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
3>	the SI-window starts at the subframe #0 in the radio frame for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod T = FLOOR(x/10) + Offset, where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message and, Offset is the offset of the start of the SI-Window (si-RadioFrameOffset);
2>	else:
3>	the SI-window starts at the subframe #0 in the radio frame for which SFN mod T = FLOOR(x/10), where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2>	receive and accumulate SI message transmissions on DL-SCH from the start of the SI-window and continue until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength, starting from the radio frames as provided in si-RepetitionPattern and in subframes as provided in downlinkBitmap, or until successful decoding of the accumulated SI message transmissions excluding the subframes used for transmission of NPSS, NSSS, MasterInformationBlock-NB/ MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB and SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. If there are not enough subframes for one SI message transmission in the radio frames as provided in si-RepetitionPattern, the UE shall continue to receive the SI message transmission in the radio frames following the radio frame indicated in si-RepetitionPattern;
1>	else:
2>	receive and accumulate SI message transmissions on DL-SCH on narrowband provided by si-Narrowband, from the start of the SI-window and continue until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength-BR, only in radio frames as provided in si-RepetitionPattern and subframes as provided in fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR in bandwidthReducedAccessRelatedInfo, or until successful decoding of the accumulated SI message transmissions;
1>	if the SI message was not possible to decode from the accumulated SI message transmissions by the end of the SI-window, continue reception and accumulation of SI message transmissions on DL-SCH in the next SI-window occasion for the concerned SI message;
5.2.3b	Acquisition of an SI message from MBMS-dedicated cell
When acquiring an SI message, the UE shall:
1>	determine the start of the SI-window for the concerned SI message as follows:
2>	for the concerned SI message, determine the number n which corresponds to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS;
2>	determine the integer value x = (n – 1)*w, where w is the si-WindowLength;
2>	the SI-window starts always at the subframe #a, where a = x mod 10, in the radio frame for which SFN mod T = FLOOR(x/10), where T is the si-Periodicity of the concerned SI message;
1>	receive DL-SCH using SI-RNTI with value in accordance with 36.321 [6] from the start of the SI-window and continue until the end of the SI-window whose absolute length in time is given by si-WindowLength, or until the SI message was received, excluding the following subframes:
2>	any MBSFN subframes;
1>	if the SI message was not received by the end of the SI-window, repeat reception at the next SI-window occasion for the concerned SI message;
5.3	Connection control
5.3.1	Introduction
5.3.1.1	RRC connection control
RRC connection establishment involves the establishment of SRB1. Except for EDT, E-UTRAN completes RRC connection establishment prior to completing the establishment of the S1 connection, i.e. prior to receiving the UE context information from the EPC. Consequently, AS security is not activated during the initial phase of the RRC connection. During this initial phase of the RRC connection, the E-UTRAN may configure the UE to perform measurement reporting, but the UE only sends the corresponding measurement reports after successful security activation. However, the UE only accepts a handover message when security has been activated.
NOTE 1:	In case the serving frequency broadcasts multiple overlapping bands, E-UTRAN can only configure measurements after having obtained the UE capabilities, as the measurement configuration needs to be set according to the band selected by the UE.
Upon receiving the UE context from the EPC, E-UTRAN activates security (both ciphering and integrity protection) using the initial security activation procedure. The RRC messages to activate security (command and successful response) are integrity protected, while ciphering is started only after completion of the procedure. That is, the response to the message used to activate security is not ciphered, while the subsequent messages (e.g. used to establish SRB2 and DRBs) are both integrity protected and ciphered.
After having initiated the initial security activation procedure, E-UTRAN initiates the establishment of SRB2 and DRBs, i.e. E-UTRAN may do this prior to receiving the confirmation of the initial security activation from the UE. In any case, E-UTRAN will apply both ciphering and integrity protection for the RRC connection reconfiguration messages used to establish SRB2 and DRBs. E-UTRAN should release the RRC connection if the initial security activation and/ or the radio bearer establishment fails (i.e. security activation and DRB establishment are triggered by a joint S1-procedure, which does not support partial success).
For SRB2 and DRBs, security is always activated from the start, i.e. the E-UTRAN does not establish these bearers prior to activating security.
For some radio configuration fields, a critical extension has been defined. A switch from the original version of the field to the critically extended version is allowed using any connection reconfiguration. The UE reverts to the original version of some critically extended fields upon handover and re-establishment as specified elsewhere in this specification. Otherwise, switching a field from the critically extended version to the original version is only possible using the handover or re-establishment procedure with the full configuration option. This also applies for fields that are critically extended within a release (i.e. original and extended version defined in same release).
After having initiated the initial security activation procedure, E-UTRAN may configure a UE that supports CA, with one or more SCells in addition to the PCell that was initially configured during connection establishment. The PCell is used to provide the security inputs and upper layer system information (i.e. the NAS mobility information e.g. TAI). SCells are used to provide additional downlink and optionally uplink radio resources. When not configured with any kind of DC, all SCells the UE is configured with, if any, are part of the MCG.
When configured with DC, some of the SCells are part of a SCG. In this case, user data carried by a DRB may either be transferred via MCG (i.e. MCG-DRB), via SCG (SCG-DRB) or via both MCG and SCG in DL while E-UTRAN configures the CG used in UL (split DRB). An RRC connection reconfiguration message may be used to change the DRB type from MCG-DRB to SCG-DRB or to split DRB, as well as from SCG-DRB or split DRB to MCG-DRB.
DC employs SCG change, which is a synchronous SCG reconfiguration procedure (i.e. involving RA to the PSCell) including reset/ re-establishment of layer 2 and, if SCG DRBs are configured, refresh of security. The procedure is used in a number of different scenarios e.g. SCG establishment, PSCell change, Key refresh, change of DRB type. The UE performs the SCG change related actions upon receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfoSCG, see 5.3.10.10.
In case of MR-DC, the cells of one CG use another RAT, namely NR. The configuration of an NR CG is specified in TS 38.331 [82]. When configured with MR-DC, user data carried by a DRB may either be transferred via MCG, via NR SCG or via both MCG and NR SCG. Also RRC signalling carried by a SRB may either be transferred via MCG or via both MCG and NR SCG. When DRBs and SRBs are configured with transmission via both MCG and SCG, duplication may be used in both DL and UL.
Change to NR PDCP or vice versa, that in case of EN-DC may be done for both SRBs and DRBs, can be performed using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo (handover) by release and addition of the concerned RB (for DRBs) or of the concerned PDCP entity (for SRBs). The same RRCConnectionReconfiguration message may be used to make changes regarding the CG(s) used for transmission. For SRB1, change from E-UTRA PDCP to NR PDCP type may, before initial security activation, also be performed using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message not including the mobilityControlInfo.
In case of (NG)EN-DC, there are three types of NR SCG reconfigurations:
-	Reconfiguration with sync and key change i.e. a procedure involving RA to the PSCell, including NR MAC reset, re-establishment of NR RLC and NR PDCP and refresh of NR SCG security; and
-	Reconfiguration with sync but without key change i.e. a procedure involving RA to the PSCell, including NR MAC reset and NR RLC re-establishment and PDCP data recovery (for AM DRB); and
-	Regular NR SCG reconfiguration neither involving refresh of NR SCG security, nor RA to the PSCell, NR MAC reset or NR RLC re-establishment;
The network is only required to use the NR SCG reconfiguration with sync and key change in case the NR SCG security key changes (i.e. handover, change of SNs, S-KgNB refresh). Further details are specified in NR RRC TS 38.331 [82].
NOTE 2:	In case of MR-DC, E-UTRA RRC configuration parameters should only affect E-UTRA operation. E.g., s-Measure only affects measurements configured by parameters defined in this specification. Should an E-UTRA RRC configuration change require a change of NR RRC configuration, the network should indicate such NR change by NR RRC signalling. E.g. a specific indication is used to trigger RLC re-establishment upon reconfigurations changing the CG(s) used for transmission (in DL or UL) that otherwise would only involve NR RRC signalling.
In this release of the specification, change between DC and MR-DC as well as change between DC and E-UTRA configured with SN terminated DRB without SCG are not supported (i.e. neither the direct reconfiguration nor specific measurement events). Likewise, the direct transition between (NG)EN-DC and NR DC or NE-DC is not supported in this release of the specification.
The release of the RRC connection normally is initiated by E-UTRAN. The procedure may be used to re-direct the UE to an E-UTRA frequency or an inter-RAT carrier frequency. Only in exceptional cases, as specified within this specification, TS 36.300 [9], TS 36.304 [4] or TS 24.301 [35], may the UE abort the RRC connection, i.e. move to RRC_IDLE without notifying E-UTRAN.
The suspension of the RRC connection is initiated by E-UTRAN. When the RRC connection is suspended, the UE stores the UE AS context and the resumeIdentity, and transitions to RRC_IDLE state. The RRC message to suspend the RRC connection is integrity protected and ciphered. Suspension can only be performed when at least 1 DRB is successfully established.
The resumption of a suspended RRC connection is initiated by upper layers when the UE has a stored UE AS context, RRC connection resume is permitted by E-UTRAN and the UE needs to transit from RRC_IDLE state to RRC_CONNECTED state. When the RRC connection is resumed, RRC configures the UE according to the RRC connection resume procedure based on the stored UE AS context and any RRC configuration received from E-UTRAN. The RRC connection resume procedure re-activates security and re-establishes SRB(s) and DRB(s). The request to resume the RRC connection includes the resumeIdentity. The request is not ciphered, but protected with a message authentication code.
In response to a request to resume the RRC connection, E-UTRAN may resume the suspended RRC connection, reject the request to resume and instruct the UE to either keep or discard the stored context, or setup a new RRC connection.
In case of CP-EDT, the data are appended in the RRCEarlyDataRequest and RRCEarlyDataComplete messages, if available, and sent over SRB0. In case of UP-EDT, security is re-activated prior to transmission of RRC message using the nextHopChainingCount provided in the RRCConnectionRelease message with suspend indication during the preceding suspend procedure and the radio bearers are re-established. The uplink data are transmitted ciphered on DTCH multiplexed with the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message on CCCH. In the downlink, the data, if available, are transmitted on DTCH multiplexed with the RRCConnectionRelease message on DCCH. In response to a request for EDT, E-UTRAN may also choose to establish or resume the RRC connection.
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED enters RRC_INACTIVE when the network indicates RRC connection suspension in RRCConnectionRelease message. When entering RRC_INACTIVE, the UE stores the UE Inactive AS context and any RRC configuration received from the network.
The resumption of an RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE is initiated by upper layers when the UE needs to transit from RRC_INACTIVE state to RRC_CONNECTED state or by RRC layer for, e.g. RNAU or reception of RAN paging. When the RRC connection is resumed, network configures the UE according to the RRC connection resume procedure based on the stored UE Inactive AS context and any RRC configuration received from the network. The RRC connection resume procedure re-activates security and re-establishes SRB(s) and DRB(s).
In response to a request to resume the RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE, the network may resume the suspended RRC connection and UE enters to RRC_CONNECTED, or reject the request to resume using RRC message without security protection and send UE to RRC_INACTIVE with wait time, or directly re-suspend the RRC connection and send UE to RRC_INACTIVE, or directly release the RRC connection and send UE to RRC_IDLE, or instruct the UE to initiate NAS level recovery.
5.3.1.2	Security
AS security comprises of the integrity protection of RRC signalling (SRBs) as well as the ciphering of RRC signalling (SRBs) and user data (DRBs).
RRC handles the configuration of the security parameters which are part of the AS configuration: the integrity protection algorithm, the ciphering algorithm and two parameters, namely the keyChangeIndicator and the nextHopChainingCount, which are used by the UE to determine the AS security keys upon handover, connection re-establishment, connection resume and/ or UP-EDT.
The integrity protection algorithm is common for signalling radio bearers SRB1, SRB2 and SRB4. When configured with MCG only, the ciphering algorithm is common for all radio bearers (i.e. SRB1, SRB2, SRB4 and DRBs). Neither integrity protection nor ciphering applies for SRB0.
RRC integrity and ciphering are always activated together, i.e. in one message/ procedure. RRC integrity and ciphering are never de-activated. However, it is possible to switch to a 'NULL' ciphering algorithm (eea0).
The 'NULL' integrity protection algorithm (eia0) is used only for the UE in limited service mode, as specified in TS 33.401 [32]. In case the 'NULL' integrity protection algorithm is used, 'NULL' ciphering algorithm is also used.
NOTE 1:	Lower layers discard RRC messages for which the integrity check has failed and indicate the integrity verification check failure to RRC.
The AS applies three different security keys: one for the integrity protection of RRC signalling (KRRCint), one for the ciphering of RRC signalling (KRRCenc) and one for the ciphering of user data (KUPenc). All three AS keys are derived from the KeNB key. The KeNB is based on the KASME key for E-UTRA/EPC, or KAMF for E-UTRA/5GC, which is handled by upper layers.
Upon connection establishment new AS keys are derived. No AS-parameters are exchanged to serve as inputs for the derivation of the new AS keys at connection establishment.
The integrity and ciphering of the RRC message used to perform handover is based on the security configuration used prior to the handover and is performed by the source eNB.
The integrity and ciphering algorithms can only be changed upon handover. The four AS keys (KeNB, KRRCint, KRRCenc and KUPenc) change upon every handover, connection re-establishment, connection resume and UP-EDT. The keyChangeIndicator is used upon handover and indicates whether the UE should use the keys associated with the KASME key for E-UTRA/EPC, or KAMF for E-UTRA/5GC, taken into use with the latest successful NAS SMC procedure. The nextHopChainingCount parameter is used upon handover, connection re-establishment, connection resume and UP-EDT by the UE when deriving the new KeNB that is used to generate KRRCint, KRRCenc and KUPenc (see TS 33.401 [32]). An intra cell handover procedure may be used to change the keys in RRC_CONNECTED.
For each radio bearer an independent counter (COUNT, as specified in TS 36.323 [8] for E-UTRA/EPC, and TS 38.323 [83] for E-UTRA/5GC) is maintained for each direction. For each DRB, the COUNT is used as input for ciphering. For each SRB, the COUNT is used as input for both ciphering and integrity protection. It is not allowed to use the same COUNT value more than once for a given security key. At connection resume the COUNT is reset. In order to limit the signalling overhead, individual messages/ packets include a short sequence number (PDCP SN, as specified in TS 36.323 [8] for E-UTRA/EPC, and TS 38.323 [83] for E-UTRA/5GC). In addition, an overflow counter mechanism is used: the hyper frame number (TX_HFN and RX_HFN, as specified in TS 36.323 [8] for E-UTRA/EPC, and TS 38.323 [83] for E-UTRA/5GC). The HFN needs to be synchronized between the UE and the eNB. The eNB is responsible for avoiding reuse of the COUNT with the same RB identity and with the same KeNB, e.g. due to the transfer of large volumes of data, release and establishment of new RBs. In order to avoid such re-use, the eNB may e.g. use different RB identities for successive RB establishments, trigger an intra cell handover or by triggering a transition from RRC_CONNECTED to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and then back to RRC_CONNECTED.
For each SRB, the value provided by RRC to lower layers to derive the 5-bit BEARER parameter used as input for ciphering and for integrity protection is the value of the corresponding srb-Identity with the MSBs padded with zeroes.
With E-UTRA/5GC for a UE not capable of NGEN-DC, the same ciphering algorithm signalled at SMC or handover is used for all radio bearers. Likewise, the same integrity algorithm signalled at SMC or handover is used for all SRBs.
In case of DC, a separate KeNB is used for SCG-DRBs (S-KeNB). This key is derived from the key used for the MCG (KeNB) and an SCG counter that is used to ensure freshness. To refresh the S-KeNB e.g. when the COUNT will wrap around, E-UTRAN employs an SCG change, i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfoSCG. When performing handover, while at least one SCG-DRB remains configured, both KeNB and S-KeNB are refreshed. In such case E-UTRAN performs handover with SCG change i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including both mobilityControlInfo and mobilityControlInfoSCG. The ciphering algorithm is common for all radio bearers within a CG but may be different between MCG and SCG. The ciphering algorithm for SCG DRBs can only be changed upon SCG change.
In case of (NG)EN-DC or of SN terminated RB without SCG, the network indicates whether the UE shall use either KeNB or S-KgNB for a particular DRB. In case of NE-DC, the network indicates whether the UE shall use either KgNB or S-KeNB for a particular DRB. S-KgNB/S-KeNB is derived from KeNB/KgNB as defined in TS 33.501 [86], uses a different counter (sk-Counter) and is used only for DRBs using NR PDCP. Whenever there is a need to refresh S-KgNB/S-KeNB, e.g. upon change of MN or SN, the NR SCG reconfiguration with sync and key change is used for S-KgNB refresh (see 5.3.1.1) and the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfoSCG is used for S-KeNB refresh (see 5.3.10.10). E-UTRAN provides a UE configured with (NG)EN-DC with an sk-Counter even when no DRB is setup using S-KgNB i.e. to facilitate configuration of SRB3. The same ciphering algorithm as signalled by nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2 as defined in TS 38.331 [82] is used for all radio bearers using the same key (i.e. KeNB or S-KgNB). Likewise, the same integrity algorithm as signalled by nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2 as defined in TS 38.331 [82] is used for all SRBs using the same key. Although NR RRC uses different values for the security algorithms than E-UTRA, the actual algorithms are the same in case of (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC in this version of the specification. Hence, for such algorithms, the security capabilities supported by a UE are consistent across these RATs. For MR-DC, integrity protection is not enabled for DRBs terminated on eNB or when the master node is an ng-eNB.
NOTE 2:	The network ensures that different values are used for the SCG counter and for the sk-Counter when deriving S-KgNB and/or S-KeNB from the same master key.
5.3.1.2a	RN security
For RNs, AS security follows the procedures in 5.3.1.2. Furthermore, E-UTRAN may configure per DRB whether or not integrity protection is used. The use of integrity protection may be configured only upon DRB establishment and reconfigured only upon handover or upon the first reconfiguration following RRC connection re-establishment.
To provide integrity protection on DRBs between the RN and the E-UTRAN, the KUPint key is derived from the KeNB key as described in TS 33.401 [32]. The same integrity protection algorithm used for SRBs also applies to the DRBs. The KUPint changes at every handover and RRC connection re-establishment and is based on an updated KeNB which is derived by taking into account the nextHopChainingCount. The COUNT value maintained for DRB ciphering is also used for integrity protection, if the integrity protection is configured for the DRB.
5.3.1.3	Connected mode mobility
In RRC_CONNECTED, the network controls UE mobility, i.e. the network decides when the UE shall connect to which E-UTRA cell(s), or inter-RAT cell. For network controlled mobility in RRC_CONNECTED, the PCell can be changed using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo (handover), whereas the SCell(s) can be changed using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message either with or without the mobilityControlInfo.
In DC, an SCG can be established, reconfigured or released by using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with or without the mobilityControlInfo. In case Random Access to the PSCell or initial PUSCH transmission to the PSCell if rach-SkipSCG is configured is required upon SCG reconfiguration, E-UTRAN employs the SCG change procedure (i.e. an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfoSCG). The PSCell can only be changed using the SCG change procedure and by release and addition of the PSCell.
In (NG)EN-DC, an NR SCG can be established or reconfigured by using an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing nr-secondaryCellGroupConfig and nr-RadioBearerConfig. The contents of nr-secondaryCellGroupConfig and nr-RadioBearerConfig, of other (NG)EN-DC fields as well as the associated procedures are specified in TS 38.331 [82]. In (NG)EN-DC, the PSCell can only be changed using the Reconfiguration with sync procedure, with or without MR-DC release and addition.
The network triggers the handover procedure e.g. based on radio conditions, load. To facilitate this, the network may configure the UE to perform measurement reporting (possibly including the configuration of measurement gaps). The network may also initiate handover blindly, i.e. without having received measurement reports from the UE.
Before sending the handover message to the UE, the source eNB prepares one or more target cells. The source eNB selects the target PCell. The source eNB may also provide the target eNB with a list of best cells on each frequency for which measurement information is available, in order of decreasing RSRP. The source eNB may also include available measurement information for the cells provided in the list. The target eNB decides which SCells are configured for use after handover, which may include cells other than the ones indicated by the source eNB. If an SCG is configured, handover involves either SCG release or either SCG change (in case of DC) or an NR SCG reconfiguration with sync and key change (in case of EN-DC and NGEN-DC). In case the UE was configured with (EN-) DC or NGEN-DC, the target eNB indicates in the handover message whether the UE shall release the entire (NR) SCG configuration. Upon connection re-establishment, the UE releases the entire SCG configuration except for the DRB configuration, while E-UTRAN in the first reconfiguration message following the re-establishment either releases the DRB(s) or reconfigures the DRB(s) to MCG DRB(s).
The target eNB generates the message used to perform the handover, i.e. the message including the AS-configuration to be used in the target cell(s). The source eNB transparently (i.e. does not alter values/ content) forwards the handover message/ information received from the target to the UE. When appropriate, the source eNB may initiate data forwarding for (a subset of) the DRBs.
After receiving the handover message, the UE attempts to access the target PCell at the first available RACH occasion according to Random Access resource selection defined in TS 36.321 [6], i.e. the handover is asynchronous, or at the first available PUSCH occasion if rach-Skip is configured. Consequently, when allocating a dedicated preamble for the random access in the target PCell, E-UTRA shall ensure it is available from the first RACH occasion the UE may use. The first available PUSCH occasion is provided by ul-ConfigInfo, if configured, otherwise UE shall monitor the PDCCH of target eNB. Upon successful completion of the handover, the UE sends a message used to confirm the handover.
If the target eNB does not support the release of RRC protocol which the source eNB used to configure the UE, the target eNB may be unable to comprehend the UE configuration provided by the source eNB. In this case, the target eNB should use the full configuration option to reconfigure the UE for Handover and Re-establishment. Full configuration option includes an initialization of the radio configuration, which makes the procedure independent of the configuration used in the source cell(s) with the exception that the security algorithms are continued for the RRC re-establishment.
The same behavior applies in (NG)EN-DC, if upon handover the target eNB is unable to comprehend the MCG part of the UE configuration i.e. the target eNB uses the full configuration option which involves release and configuration of (most of the) MCG and NR SCG configuration. In case of (NG)EN-DC, the target SgNB may be unable to comprehend the NR SCG configuration provided by the source SgNB. In such a case, release and addition may be applied for the NR SCG part of the configuration.
NOTE 1:	When using release and addition for the NR SCG configuration, E-UTRAN includes drb-ToReleaseList for the SN terminated RBs.
After the successful completion of handover, PDCP SDUs may be re-transmitted in the target cell(s). This only applies for DRBs using RLC-AM mode and for handovers not involving full configuration option. The further details are specified in TS 36.323 [8]. After the successful completion of handover not involving full configuration option, the SN and the HFN are reset except for the DRBs using RLC-AM mode (for which both SN and HFN continue). For reconfigurations involving the full configuration option, the PDCP entities are newly established (SN and HFN do not continue) for all DRBs irrespective of the RLC mode. The further details are specified in TS 36.323 [8].
One UE behaviour to be performed upon handover is specified, i.e. this is regardless of the handover procedures used within the network (e.g. whether the handover includes X2 or S1 signalling procedures).
The source eNB should, for some time, maintain a context to enable the UE to return in case of handover failure. After having detected handover failure, the UE attempts to resume the RRC connection either in the source PCell or in another cell using the RRC re-establishment procedure. This connection resumption succeeds only if the accessed cell is prepared, i.e. concerns a cell of the source eNB or of another eNB towards which handover preparation has been performed. The cell in which the re-establishment procedure succeeds becomes the PCell while SCells and STAGs, if configured, are released.
Normal measurement and mobility procedures are used to support handover to cells broadcasting a CSG identity. In addition, E-UTRAN may configure the UE to report that it is entering or leaving the proximity of cell(s) included in its CSG whitelist. Furthermore, E-UTRAN may request the UE to provide additional information broadcast by the handover candidate cell e.g. global cell identity, CSG identity, CSG membership status.
NOTE 2:	E-UTRAN may use the 'proximity report' to configure measurements as well as to decide whether or not to request additional information broadcast by the handover candidate cell. The additional information is used to verify whether or not the UE is authorised to access the target PCell and may also be needed to identify handover candidate cell (PCI confusion i.e. when the physical layer identity that is included in the measurement report does not uniquely identify the cell).
5.3.1.4	Connection control in NB-IoT
In NB-IoT, during the RRC connection establishment procedure, SRB1bis is established implicitly with SRB1. SRB1bis uses the logical channel identity defined in 9.1.2a, with the same configuration as SRB1 but no PDCP entity. SRB1bis is used until security is activated. The RRC messages to activate security (command and successful response) are sent over SRB1 being integrity protected and ciphering is started after completion of the procedure. In case of unsuccessful security activation, the failure message is sent over SRB1 and subsequent messages are sent over SRB1bis. Once security is activated, new RRC messages shall be transmitted using SRB1. A NB-IoT UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation (see TS 24.301 [35]) only establishes SRB1bis.
A NB-IoT UE only supports 0, 1 or 2 DRBs, depending on its capability. A NB-IoT UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation (see TS 24.301 [35]) does not need to support any DRBs and associated procedures.
Table 5.3.1.4-1 lists the procedures that are applicable for NB-IoT. All other procedures are not applicable; this is not further stated in the corresponding procedures.
Table 5.3.1.4-1: Connection control procedures applicable to a NB-IoT UE
Sub-clause
Procedures
5.3.2
Paging 
5.3.3
RRC connection establishment

RRC connection resume (see NOTE)

CP-EDT

UP-EDT (see NOTE)
5.3.4
Initial security activation (see NOTE)
5.3.5
RRC connection reconfiguration (see NOTE)
5.3.7
RRC connection re-establishment
5.3.8
RRC connection release
5.3.9
RRC connection release requested by upper layers
5.3.10
Radio resource configuration
5.3.11
Radio link failure related actions
5.3.12
UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED

NOTE:	Not applicable for a UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation (see TS 24.301 [35]).
5.3.2	Paging
5.3.2.1	General

Figure 5.3.2.1-1: Paging
The purpose of this procedure is:
-	to transmit CN initiated paging information to a UE in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and/ or;
-	to transmit RAN initiated paging information to a UE in RRC_INACTIVE and/or;
-	to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE, UEs in RRC_INACTIVE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED other than NB-IoT UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, about a system information change and/ or;
-	to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE other than NB-IoT UEs, UEs in RRC_INACTIVE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED other than NB-IoT UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, about an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification and/ or;
-	to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE other than NB-IoT UEs, UEs in RRC_INACTIVE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED other than NB-IoT UEs, BL UEs and UEs in CE, about a CMAS notification and/ or;
-	to inform UEs other than NB-IoT UEs in RRC_IDLE, and other than UEs connected to 5GC about an EAB parameters modification and/ or;
-	to inform UEs other than NB-IoT UEs in RRC_IDLE, and UEs in RRC_INACTIVE to perform E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure.
The paging information of CN initiated paging is provided to upper layers, which in response may initiate RRC connection establishment, e.g. to receive an incoming call.
5.3.2.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the paging procedure by transmitting the Paging message at the UE's paging occasion as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. E-UTRAN may address multiple UEs within a Paging message by including one PagingRecord for each UE. E-UTRAN may also indicate a change of system information, and/ or provide an ETWS notification or a CMAS notification in the Paging message.
5.3.2.3	Reception of the Paging message by the UE
Upon receiving the Paging message, the UE shall:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, for each of the PagingRecord, if any, included in the Paging message:
2>	if the ue-Identity included in the PagingRecord matches one of the UE identities allocated by upper layers:
3>	forward the ue-Identity, accessType (if present) and, except for NB-IoT, the cn-Domain to the upper layers;
1>	if in RRC_INACTIVE, for each of the PagingRecord, if any, included in the Paging message:
2>	if the ue-Identity included in the PagingRecord matches the stored fullI-RNTI:
3>	if UE is configured with one or more access identities equal to 1, 2 or 11-15 applicable in the selected PLMN:
4>	initiate RRC connection resume procedure in 5.3.3.2 with cause value set to 'highProrityAccess';
3>	else:
4>	initiate the RRC connection resumption procedure according to 5.3.3.2 with cause value set to 'mt-access';
2>	else if the ue-Identity included in the PagingRecord matches one of the UE identities allocated by upper layers:
3>	forward the ue-Identity, accessType (if present) and the cn-Domain to the upper layers;
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
1>	if the UE is not configured with a DRX cycle longer than the modification period and the systemInfoModification is included; or
1>	if the UE is configured with a DRX cycle longer than the modification period and the systemInfoModification-eDRX is included:
2>	re-acquire the required system information using the system information acquisition procedure as specified in 5.2.2.
1>	if the etws-Indication is included and the UE is ETWS capable:
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType1 immediately, i.e., without waiting until the next system information modification period boundary;
2>	if the schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType10 is present:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType10;
NOTE:	If the UE is in CE, it is up to UE implementation when to start acquiring SystemInformationBlockType10.
2>	if the schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType11 is present:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType11;
1>	if the cmas-Indication is included and the UE is CMAS capable:
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType1 immediately, i.e., without waiting until the next system information modification period boundary as specified in 5.2.1.5;
2>	if the schedulingInfoList indicates that SystemInformationBlockType12 is present:
3>	acquire SystemInformationBlockType12;
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, the eab-ParamModification is included and the UE is EAB capable:
2>	consider previously stored SystemInformationBlockType14 as invalid;
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType1 immediately, i.e., without waiting until the next system information modification period boundary as specified in 5.2.1.6;
2>	re-acquire SystemInformationBlockType14 using the system information acquisition procedure as specified in 5.2.2.4;
1>	if in RRC_IDLE, the redistributionIndication is included and the UE is redistribution capable:
2>	perform E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.10;
5.3.3	RRC connection establishment
5.3.3.1	General

Figure 5.3.3.1-1: RRC connection establishment, successful

Figure 5.3.3.1-2: RRC connection establishment, network reject

Figure 5.3.3.1-3: RRC connection resume (suspended RRC connection or RRC_INACTIVE), or UP-EDT fallback to RRC connection resume, successful

Figure 5.3.3.1-4: RRC connection resume (suspended RRC connection or RRC_INACTIVE) or UP-EDT fallback to RRC connection establishment, successful

Figure 5.3.3.1-5: RRC connection resume or UP-EDT, network reject (suspended RRC connection or RRC_INACTIVE) or release (suspended RRC connection)

Figure 5.3.3.1-6: RRC connection resume (RRC_INACTIVE), network release or suspend or UP-EDT, successful

Figure 5.3.3.1-7: CP-EDT, successful

Figure 5.3.3.1-8: CP-EDT fallback to RRC connection establishment, successful

Figure 5.3.3.1-9: CP-EDT, network reject
The purpose of this procedure is to establish an RRC connection, to resume a suspended RRC connection, to move the UE from RRC_INACTIVE to RRC_CONNECTED or to perform EDT. RRC connection establishment involves SRB1 (and SRB1bis for NB-IoT) establishment. The procedure is also used to transfer the initial NAS dedicated information/ message from the UE to E-UTRAN.
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	When establishing an RRC connection:
-	to establish SRB1 and, for NB-IoT, SRB1bis;
-	When resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection or from RRC_INACTIVE:
-	to restore the AS configuration from a stored context including resuming SRB(s) and DRB(s);
-	When performing EDT.
5.3.3.1a	Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink communication/ discovery/ V2X sidelink communication
For sidelink communication an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related sidelink communication and related data is available for transmission:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType18 does not include commTxPoolNormalCommon;
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related sidelink communication:
2>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; or
2>	if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met and if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType18 does not include commTxPoolNormalCommon or commTxAllowRelayCommon;
For V2X sidelink communication an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication and related data is available for transmission:
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication concerns the camped frequency; and if SystemInformationBlockType21 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 includes sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; and sl-V2X-ConfigCommon does not include v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon; or
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if neither the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 nor that of SystemInformationBlockType26 includes v2x-CommTxPoolNormal for the concerned frequency;
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication and related data is available for transmission:
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication concerns the camped frequency; and if SystemInformationBlockType21 is broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 includes sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; and sl-V2X-ConfigCommon does not include p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon; or
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps; and if neither the valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 nor that of SystemInformationBlockType26 includes p2x-CommTxPoolNormal for the concerned frequency;
For sidelink discovery an RRC connection is initiated only in the following case:
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements concerns the camped frequency; and SystemInformationBlockType19 of the cell on which the UE camps does not include discTxPoolCommon-r12; or
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements is included in discInterFreqList in SystemInformationBlockType19 broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps, with discTxResourcesInterFreq included within discResourcesNonPS and set to requestDedicated;
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements concerns the camped frequency; and SystemInformationBlockType19 of the cell on which the UE camps includes discConfigPS but does not include discTxPoolPS-Common; or
2>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements (e.g. group member discovery) is included in discInterFreqList in SystemInformationBlockType19 broadcast by the cell on which the UE camps, with discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesPS included and set to requestDedicated;
1>	if configured by upper layers to transmit relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
2>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met; or
2>	if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
3>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements concerns the camped frequency; and SystemInformationBlockType19 of the cell on which the UE camps includes discConfigRelay and discConfigPS but does not include discTxPoolPS-Common;
NOTE:	Upper layers initiate an RRC connection. The interaction with NAS is left to UE implementation.
5.3.3.1b	Conditions for initiating EDT
A BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE can initiate EDT when all of the following conditions are fulfilled:
1>	for CP-EDT, the upper layers request establishment of an RRC connection, the UE supports CP-EDT, and SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT) includes cp-EDT; or
1>	for UP-EDT, the upper layers request resumption of an RRC connection, the UE supports UP-EDT, SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT) includes up-EDT, and the UE has a stored value of the nextHopChainingCount provided in the RRCConnectionRelease message with suspend indication during the preceding suspend procedure;
1>	the establishment or resumption request is for mobile originating calls and the establishment cause is mo-Data or mo-ExceptionData or delayTolerantAccess;
1>	the establishment or resumption request is suitable for EDT as specified in TS 36.300 [9], clause 7.3b.1;
1>	SystemInformationBlockType2 (SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT) includes edt-Parameters;
1>	the size of the resulting MAC PDU including the total UL data is expected to be smaller than or equal to the TBS signalled in edt-TBS as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.1.1;
1>	EDT fallback indication has not been received from lower layers for this establishment or resumption procedure;
NOTE 1:	Upper layers request or resume an RRC connection. The interaction with NAS is up to UE implementation.
NOTE 2:	It is up to UE implementation how the UE determines whether the size of UL data is suitable for EDT.
5.3.3.2	Initiation
The UE initiates the procedure when upper layers request establishment or resume of an RRC connection while the UE is in RRC_IDLE or when upper layers request resume of an RRC connection or RRC layer requests resume of an RRC connection for, e.g. RNAU or reception of RAN paging while the UE is in RRC_INACTIVE.
Except for NB-IoT, upon initiation of the procedure, if the UE is connected to EPC, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the ac-BarringPerPLMN-List contains an AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2>	select the AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers;
2>	in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected AC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the common access barring parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	else
2>	in the remainder of this procedure use the common access barring parameters (i.e. presence or absence of these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 contains acdc-BarringPerPLMN-List and the acdc-BarringPerPLMN-List contains an ACDC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2>	select the ACDC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers;
2>	in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected ACDC-BarringPerPLMN entry for ACDC barring check (i.e. presence or absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the acdc-BarringForCommon parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	else:
2>	in the remainder of this procedure use the acdc-BarringForCommon (i.e. presence or absence of these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2 for ACDC barring check;
1>	if upper layers indicate that the RRC connection is subject to EAB (see TS 24.301 [35]):
2>	if the result of the EAB check, as specified in 5.3.3.12, is that access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that EAB is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	if upper layers indicate that the RRC connection is subject to ACDC (see TS 24.301 [35]), SystemInformationBlockType2 contains BarringPerACDC-CategoryList, and acdc-HPLMNonly indicates that ACDC is applicable for the UE:
2>	if the BarringPerACDC-CategoryList contains a BarringPerACDC-Category entry corresponding to the ACDC category selected by upper layers:
3>	select the BarringPerACDC-Category entry corresponding to the ACDC category selected by upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	select the last BarringPerACDC-Category entry in the BarringPerACDC-CategoryList;
2>	stop timer T308, if running;
2>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.13, using T308 as "Tbarring" and acdc-BarringConfig in the BarringPerACDC-Category as "ACDC barring parameter";
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring is applicable due to ACDC, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile terminating calls:
2>	if timer T302 is running:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile terminating calls is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for emergency calls:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes the ac-BarringInfo:
3>	if the ac-BarringForEmergency is set to TRUE:
4>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11]:
NOTE 1:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
5>	if the ac-BarringInfo includes ac-BarringForMO-Data, and for all of these valid Access Classes for the UE, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ac-BarringForMO-Data is set to one:
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
4>	else:
5>	consider access to the cell as barred;
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating calls:
2>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T303 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Data as "AC barring parameter";
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB or the UE does not support CS fallback:
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
3>	else (SystemInformationBlockType2 does not include ac-BarringForCSFB and the UE supports CS fallback):
4>	if timer T306 is not running, start T306 with the timer value of T303;
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls and mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating signalling:
2>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T305 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Signalling as "AC barring parameter";
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating signalling is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating CS fallback:
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB:
3>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T306 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForCSFB as "AC barring parameter";
3>	if access to the cell is barred:
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, due to ac-BarringForCSFB, upon which the procedure ends;
2>	else:
3>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T306 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Data as "AC barring parameter";
3>	if access to the cell is barred:
4>	if timer T303 is not running, start T303 with the timer value of T306;
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating CS fallback and mobile originating calls is applicable, due to ac-BarringForMO-Data, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice, mobile originating MMTEL video, mobile originating SMSoIP or mobile originating SMS:
2>	if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice; or
2>	if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL video and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo; or
2>	if the UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating SMSoIP or SMS and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringSkipForSMS:
3>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
2>	else:
3>	if establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-Signalling (including the case that mo-Signalling is replaced by highPriorityAccess according to TS 24.301 [35] or by mo-VoiceCall according to the clause 5.3.3.3):
4>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T305 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Signalling as "AC barring parameter";
4>	if access to the cell is barred:
5>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating signalling is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
3>	if establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-Data (including the case that mo-Data is replaced by highPriorityAccess according to TS 24.301 [35] or by mo-VoiceCall according to the clause 5.3.3.3):
4>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.11, using T303 as "Tbarring" and ac-BarringForMO-Data as "AC barring parameter";
4>	if access to the cell is barred:
5>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringForCSFB or the UE does not support CS fallback:
6>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
5>	else (SystemInformationBlockType2 does not include ac-BarringForCSFB and the UE supports CS fallback):
6>	if timer T306 is not running, start T306 with the timer value of T303;
6>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls and mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
Upon initiation of the procedure, if the UE is connected to 5GC, the UE shall:
1>	if the upper layers provide an Access Category and one or more Access Identities upon requesting establishment of an RRC connection:
2>	perform the unified access control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the Access Category and Access Identities provided by upper layers;
3>	if the access attempt is barred, the procedure ends;
1>	if the resumption of the RRC connection is triggered by response to NG-RAN paging:
2>	select '0' as the Access Category;
2>	perform the unified access control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the selected Access Category and one or more Access Identities provided by upper layers;
3>	if the access attempt is barred, the procedure ends;
1>	else if the resumption of the RRC connection is triggered by upper layers:
2>	if the upper layers provide an Access Category and one or more Access Identities:
3>	perform the unified access control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the Access Category and Access Identities provided by upper layers;
4>	if the access attempt is barred, the procedure ends;
2>	set the resumeCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
1>	else if the resumption of the RRC connection is triggered due to an RNAU:
2>	if an emergency service is ongoing:
3>	select '2' as the Access Category;
3>	set the resumeCause to emergency;
2>	else:
3>	select '8' as the Access Category;
2>	perform the unified access control procedure as specified in 5.3.16 using the selected Access Category and one or more Access Identities to be applied as specified in TS 24.501 [95];
3>	if the access attempt is barred:
4>	set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'TRUE';
4>	the procedure ends;
Except for NB-IoT, upon initiating the procedure, if connected to EPC or 5GC, the UE shall:
1>	if the UE is resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection or from RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	if the UE was configured with (NG)EN-DC:
3>	perform MR-DC release, as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.10;
3>	release p-MaxEUTRA, if configured;
3>	release p-MaxUE-FR1, if configured;
3>	release tdm-PatternConfig, if configured;
2>	release the MCG SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;
2>	release powerPrefIndicationConfig, if configured and stop timer T340, if running;
2>	release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
2>	release obtainLocationConfig, if configured;
2>	release idc-Config, if configured;
2>	release sps-AssistanceInfoReport, if configured;
2>	release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
2>	release the entire SCG configuration, if configured, except for the DRB configuration (as configured by drb-ToAddModListSCG);
2>	release naics-Info for the PCell, if configured;
2>	release the LWA configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.14.3;
2>	release the LWIP configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.17.3;
2>	release bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer, if configured and stop timer T341, if running;
2>	release delayBudgetReportingConfig, if configured and stop timer T342, if running;
2>	release ailc-BitConfig, if configured;
2>	release uplinkDataCompression, if configured;
NOTE 1a:	The parameters and configurations are released from the UE Inactive AS context if the UE is resuming an RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE.
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	apply the CCCH configuration as specified in 9.1.1.2;
1>	apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	start timer T300;
1>	if the UE is resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection:
2>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3a;
1>	else if the UE is resuming an RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'FALSE';
2>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3a;
1>	else:
2>	if stored, discard the UE AS context, UE Inactive AS context and resumeIdentity;
2>	release rrc-InactiveConfig, if configured;
2>	if the UE is initiating CP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b:
3>	initiate transmission of the RRCEarlyDataRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3b;
2>	else:
3>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3;
NOTE 2:	Upon initiating the connection establishment procedure, the UE is not required to ensure it maintains up to date system information applicable only for UEs in RRC_IDLE state or UEs in RRC_INACTIVE. However, the UE needs to perform system information acquisition upon cell re-selection.
For NB-IoT, upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating exception data; or
1>	if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating data; or
1>	if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for delay tolerant access; or
1>	if the UE is establishing or resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating signalling;
2>	perform access barring check as specified in 5.3.3.14;
2>	if access to the cell is barred:
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	apply the CCCH configuration as specified in 9.1.1.2;
1>	start timer T300;
1>	if the UE is establishing an RRC connection:
2>	if stored, discard the UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
2>	if the UE is initiating CP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b:
3>	initiate transmission of the RRCEarlyDataRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3b;
2>	else:
3>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3;
1>	else if the UE is resuming an RRC connection:
2>	release schedulingRequestConfig, if configured;
2>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3a;
NOTE 3:	Upon initiating the connection establishment or resumption procedure, the UE is not required to ensure it maintains up to date system information applicable only for UEs in RRC_IDLE state. However, the UE needs to perform system information acquisition upon cell re-selection.
NOTE 4:	For EDT, upon initiating the connection establishment or resumption procedure, it is up to UE implementation whether to continue cell re-selection related measurements as well as cell re-selection evaluation and, if the conditions for cell re-selection are fulfilled, whether to perform cell re-selection as specified in 5.3.3.5.
5.3.3.3	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message
The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionRequest message as follows:
1>	if the UE is connected to EPC:
2>	set the ue-Identity as follows:
3>	if upper layers provide an S-TMSI:
4>	set the ue-Identity to the value received from upper layers;
3>	else:
4>	draw a random value in the range 0 .. 240-1 and set the ue-Identity to this value;
NOTE 1:	Upper layers provide the S-TMSI if the UE is registered in the TA of the current cell.
2>	if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause and UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes voiceServiceCauseIndication and the establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to highPriorityAccess:
3>	set the establishmentCause to mo-VoiceCall;
2>	else if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause for mobile originating MMTEL video and UE is establishing the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL video and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes videoServiceCauseIndication and the establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to highPriorityAccess:
3>	set the establishmentCause to mo-VoiceCall;
2>	else:
3>	set the establishmentCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
1>	if the UE is connected to 5GC:
2>	set the ue-Identity as follows:
3>	if upper layers provide a 5G-S-TMSI:
4>	set the ue-Identity to ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1;
3>	else:
4>	draw a random value in the range 0 .. 240-1 and set the ue-Identity to this value;
2>	set the establishmentCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
2>	apply the default NR PDCP configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 9.2.1.1 for SRB1;
2>	use NR PDCP for all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE via SRB1;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2>	if the UE supports multi-tone transmission, include multiToneSupport;
2>	if the UE supports multi-carrier operation, include multiCarrierSupport;
2>	if the UE supports DL channel quality reporting and cqi-Reporting is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
3>	set the cqi-NPDCCH to include the latest results of the downlink channel quality measurements of the serving cell as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE 2:	The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS 36.133 [16]. In case period T2 is used the RRC-MAC interactions are left to UE implementation.
2>	set earlyContentionResolution to TRUE;
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
The UE shall continue cell re-selection related measurements as well as cell re-selection evaluation. If the conditions for cell re-selection are fulfilled, the UE shall perform cell re-selection as specified in 5.3.3.5.
5.3.3.3a	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionResumeRequest message
If the UE is resuming the RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection, the UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionResumeRequest message as follows:
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE; or
1>	if the UE is initiating UP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b; or
1>	if field useFullResumeID is signalled in SystemInformationBlockType2:
2>	set the resumeID to the stored resumeIdentity;
1>	else:
2>	set the truncatedResumeID to include bits in bit position 9 to 20 and 29 to 40 from the left in the stored resumeIdentity.
1>	if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause and UE is resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL voice and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes voiceServiceCauseIndication and the establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to highPriorityAccess:
2>	set the resumeCause to mo-VoiceCall;
1>	else if the UE supports mo-VoiceCall establishment cause for mobile originating MMTEL video and UE is resuming the RRC connection for mobile originating MMTEL video and SystemInformationBlockType2 includes videoServiceCauseIndication and the establishment cause received from upper layers is not set to highPriorityAccess:
2>	set the resumeCause to mo-VoiceCall;
1>	else:
2>	set the resumeCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
1>	set the shortResumeMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:
2>	over the ASN.1 encoded as per clause 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortResumeMAC-Input (or VarShortResumeMAC-Input-NB in NB-IoT);
2>	with the KRRCint key and the previously configured integrity protection algorithm; and
2>	with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2>	if the UE supports DL channel quality reporting and cqi-Reporting is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
3>	set the cqi-NPDCCH to include the latest results of the downlink channel quality measurements of the serving cell as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE 0:	The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS 36.133 [16]. In case period T2 is used the RRC-MAC interactions are left to UE implementation.
2>	set earlyContentionResolution to TRUE;
1>	restore the RRC configuration and security context from the stored UE AS context;
1>	if the UE is initiating UP-EDT in accordance with conditions in 5.3.3.1b:
2>	restore the PDCP state and re-establish PDCP entities for all SRBs and all DRBs;
2>	if drb-ContinueROHC has been provided in immediately preceding RRC connection release message, and the UE is requesting to resume RRC connection in the same cell:
3>	indicate to lower layers that stored UE AS context is used and that drb-ContinueROHC is configured;
3>	continue the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol;
2>	else:
3>	indicate to lower layers that stored UE AS context is used;
3>	reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol;
2>	resume all SRBs and all DRBs;
2>	derive the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the stored value of nextHopChainingCount received in the RRCConnectionRelease message in the preceding connection, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	configure lower layers to resume integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key derived in this clause to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
2>	configure lower layers to resume ciphering and to apply the ciphering algorithm and the KRRCenc key derived in this clause to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
2>	configure lower layers to resume ciphering and to apply the ciphering algorithm and the KUPenc key derived in this clause immediately to the user data sent and received by the UE;
2>	configure the lower layers to use EDT;
1>	else:
2>	if SRB1 was configured with NR PDCP:
3>	for SRB1, release the NR PDCP entity and establish an E-UTRA PDCP entity with the current (MCG) security configuration;
NOTE 1:	The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the previously configured NR security algorithms.
2>	else:
3>	for SRB1, restore the PDCP state and re-establish the PDCP entity;
If the UE is resuming the RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE, the UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionResumeRequest message as follows:
2>	if field useFullResumeID is signalled in SystemInformationBlockType2:
3>	set the fullI-RNTI to the stored fullI-RNTI value provided in suspend;
2>	else:
3>	set the shortI-RNTI to the stored shortI-RNTI value provided in suspend;
2>	restore the RRC configuration, RoHC state, the stored QoS flow to DRB mapping rules and the KeNB and KRRCint keys from the UE Inactive AS context except physical layer, MAC configuration and NR pdcp-Config;
2>	set the shortResumeMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:
3>	over the ASN.1 encoded as per clause 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input;
3>	with the KRRCint key in the UE Inactive AS Context and the previously configured integrity protection algorithm; and
3>	with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;
2>	derive the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the stored nextHopChainingCount value, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2>	derive the KRRCenc key, the KRRCint and the KUPenc key, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	apply the default configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1;
2>	apply the default NR PDCP configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 9.2.1 for SRB1;
2>	configure lower layers to resume integrity protection for all SRBs except SRB0 using the configured algorithm and the KRRCint key derived in this clause immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
2>	configure lower layers to resume ciphering for all radio bearers except SRB0 and to apply the configured ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key derived in this clause, i.e. the ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
Following procedures are applied for both suspended RRC connection and RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	resume SRB1;
NOTE 2:	Until successful connection resumption, the default physical layer configuration and the default MAC Main configuration are applied for the transmission of SRB0 and SRB1, and SRB1 is used only for the transfer of RRCConnectionResume message.
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
The UE shall continue cell re-selection related measurements as well as cell re-selection evaluation.
If the UE is resuming the RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE and if lower layers indicate an integrity check failure while T300 is running, the UE shall perform actions specified in 5.3.3.16.
5.3.3.3b	Actions related to transmission of RRCEarlyDataRequest message
The UE shall set the contents of RRCEarlyDataRequest message as follows:
1>	set the s-TMSI to the value received from upper layers;
1>	set the establishmentCause in accordance with the information received from upper layers;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2>	if the UE supports DL channel quality reporting and cqi-Reporting is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
3>	set the cqi-NPDCCH to include the latest results of the downlink channel quality measurements of the serving cell as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE:	The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS 36.133 [16]. In case period T2 is used the RRC-MAC interactions are left to UE implementation.
1>	set the dedicatedInfoNAS to include the information received from upper layers;
The UE shall configure the lower layers to use EDT and submit the RRCEarlyDataRequest message to the lower layers for transmission.
5.3.3.3c	UE actions upon receiving EDT fallback indication from lower layers
Upon indication from lower layers that EDT is cancelled, the UE shall:
1>	start or restart timer T300;
1>	if the fallback is indicated by lower layers in response to the RRCEarlyDataRequest:
2>	initiate transmission of RRCConnectionRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3;
1>	else if the fallback is indicated by lower layers in response to the RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT and the fallback is not due to the UL grant provided in Random Access Response not being for EDT:
2>	perform the actions upon abortion of UP-EDT as specified in 5.3.3.9a;
2>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionResumeRequest message in accordance with 5.3.3.3a;
NOTE:	It is up to UE implementation to avoid data loss due to EDT fallback.
5.3.3.4	Reception of the RRCConnectionSetup by the UE
NOTE 1:	Prior to this, lower layer signalling is used to allocate a C-RNTI. For further details see TS 36.321 [6];
The UE shall:
1>	if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest from a suspended RRC connection:
2>	release all radio resources, including release of the RLC entity, the MAC configuration and the associated PDCP entity for all established or suspended RBs, except for SRB0;
2>	discard the stored UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
2>	if stored, discard the stored nextHopChainingCount;
2>	if stored, discard the stored drb-ContinueROHC;
2>	indicate to upper layers fallback of the RRC connection;
1>	if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest from RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	stop T380 if running;
2>	discard the stored UE Inactive AS context;
2> release rrc-InactiveConfig, if configured;
2>	discard any current AS security context including the KRRCenc key, the KRRCint key, the KUPint key and the KUPenc key;
2>	release radio resources for all established RBs except SRB0, including release of the RLC entities, of the associated PDCP entities and of SDAP entities;
2>	release the RRC configuration except for the default L1 parameter values, default MAC main configuration and CCCH;
2>	apply the default NR PDCP configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 9.2.1.1 for SRB1;
2>	use NR PDCP for all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE via SRB1;
2>	indicate to upper layers fallback of the RRC connection;
1>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;
1>	if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT;
1>	if stored, discard the dedicated offset provided by the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated;
1>	stop timer T300;
1>	if T302 is running:
2>	stop timer T302;
2>	if the UE is connected to 5GC:
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4;
1>	stop timer T303, if running;
1>	stop timer T305, if running;
1>	stop timer T306, if running;
1>	stop timer T308, if running;
1>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
1>	stop timer T320, if running;
1>	stop timer T350, if running;
1>	perform the actions as specified in 5.6.12.4;
1>	release rclwi-Configuration, if configured, as specified in 5.6.16.2;
1>	stop timer T360, if running;
1>	stop timer T322, if running;
1>	if T309 is running:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
1>	enter RRC_CONNECTED;
1>	stop the cell re-selection procedure;
1>	consider the current cell to be the PCell;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionSetupComplete message as follows:
2>	if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest:
3>	if upper layers provide an S-TMSI:
4>	set the s-TMSI to the value received from upper layers;
3>	else if upper layers provide a 5G-S-TMSI:
4>	set the ng-5G-S-TMSI-Bits to ng-5G-S-TMSI with the value received from upper layers;
2>	else if upper layers provide a 5G-S-TMSI:
3>	set the ng-5G-S-TMSI-Bits to ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2 to the leftmost 8 bits of 5G-S-TMSI received from upper layers;
2>	set the selectedPLMN-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35] for E-UTRA/EPC and TS 24.501 [95] for E-UTRA/5GC) from the PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1 (or SystemInformationBlockType1-NB in NB-IoT);
2>	if upper layers provide the 'Registered MME', include and set the registeredMME as follows:
3>	if the PLMN identity of the 'Registered MME' is different from the PLMN selected by the upper layers:
4>	include the plmnIdentity in the registeredMME and set it to the value of the PLMN identity in the 'Registered MME' received from upper layers;
3>	set the mmegi and the mmec to the value received from upper layers;
2>	if upper layers provided the 'Registered MME':
3>	include and set the gummei-Type to the value provided by the upper layers;
2>	if upper layers provide the 'Registered AMF', include and set the registeredAMF as follows:
3>	if the PLMN identity of the 'Registered AMF' is different from the PLMN selected by the upper layers:
4>	include the plmnIdentity in the registeredAMF and set it to the value of the PLMN identity in the 'Registered AMF' received from upper layers;
3>	set the amf-Identifier to AMF Identifier of the 'Registered AMF' received from upper layers;
2>	if upper layers provided the 'Registered AMF':
3>	include and set the guami-Type to the value provided by the upper layers;
2>	if upper layers provide one or more S-NSSAI (see TS 23.003 [27]):
3>	include the s-NSSAI-list and set the content to the values provided by the upper layers;
2>	if the UE supports CIoT EPS optimisation(s):
3>	include attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity if received from upper layers;
3>	include up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation if received from upper layers;
3>	except for NB-IoT, include cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation if received from upper layers;
2>	if connecting as an RN:
3>	include the rn-SubframeConfigReq;
2>	if the RRCConnectionSetup is received in response to RRCEarlyDataRequest:
3>	set the dedicatedInfoNAS to a zero-length octet string;
2>	else:
3>	set the dedicatedInfoNAS to include the information received from upper layers;
2>	if the UE is connected to EPC:
3>	except for NB-IoT:
4>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
5>	include rlf-InfoAvailable;
4>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
4>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailable;
4>	if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailableBT;
4>	if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailableWLAN;
4>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
5>	include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
4>	include the mobilityState and set it to the mobility state (as specified in TS 36.304 [4]) of the UE just prior to entering RRC_CONNECTED state;
4>	stop T331, if running;
4>	if the UE has flight path information available:
5>	include flightPathInfoAvailable;
3>	for NB-IoT:
4>	if the UE supports serving cell idle mode measurements reporting and servingCellMeasInfo is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
5>	set the measResultServCell to include the measurements of the serving cell;
 NOTE 2:	The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/ reselection evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3>	include dcn-ID if a DCN-ID value (see TS 23.401 [41]) is received from upper layers;
2>	except for NB-IoT:
3>	if the UE supports storage of mobility history information and the UE has mobility history information available in VarMobilityHistoryReport:
4>	include the mobilityHistoryAvail;
3>	if the SIB2 contains idleModeMeasurements, and the UE has IDLE mode measurement information available in VarMeasIdleReport:
4>	include the idleMeasAvailable;
2>	if UE needs UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
3>	include ue-CE-NeedULGaps;
1>	submit the RRCConnectionSetupComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1>	the procedure ends.
5.3.3.4a	Reception of the RRCConnectionResume by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T300;
1>	if T309 is running:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
1>	stop T380 if running;
1>	except if the RRCConnectionResume is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
2>	if resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection:
3>	restore the PDCP state and re-establish PDCP entities for SRB2, if configured with E-UTRA PDCP, and for all DRBs that are configured with E-UTRA PDCP;
3>	if drb-ContinueROHC is included:
4>	indicate to lower layers that stored UE AS context is used and that drb-ContinueROHC is configured;
4>	continue the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol;
3>	else:
4>	indicate to lower layers that stored UE AS context is used;
4>	reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol;
3>	discard the stored UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
2>	else if the RRCConnectionResume message includes the fullConfig (for resuming an RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE):
3>	perform the radio configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.5.8;
2>	else (for resuming an RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE):
3>	restore the physical layer configuration, the MAC configuration, the RLC configuration and the PDCP configuration from the stored UE Inactive AS context;
3>	discard the stored UE Inactive AS context;
3>	release the rrc-InactiveConfig, except ran-NotificationAreaInfo;
1>	else:
2>	discard the stored UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
1>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;
NOTE 1:	When performing the radio resource configuration procedure, for the physical layer configuration and the MAC Main configuration, the restored RRC configuration from the stored UE AS context is used as basis for the reconfiguration.
1>	if the received RRCConnectionResume message includes the sk-Counter:
2>	perform key update procedure as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.8;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionResume message includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig1:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionResume message includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig2:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;
1>	except if the RRCConnectionResume is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
2>	resume SRB2 and all DRBs, if any, including RBs configured with NR PDCP;
1>	if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT;
1>	if stored, discard the dedicated offset provided by the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated;
1>	if the RRCConnectionResume message includes the measConfig:
2>	perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1>	if T302 is running:
2>	stop timer T302;
2>	if the UE is connected to 5GC:
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4;
1>	stop timer T303, if running;
1>	stop timer T305, if running;
1>	stop timer T306, if running;
1>	stop timer T308, if running;
1>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
1>	stop timer T320, if running;
1>	stop timer T350, if running;
1>	perform the actions as specified in 5.6.12.4;
1>	stop timer T360, if running;
1>	stop timer T322, if running;
1>	if the RRCConnectionResume is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT or an RRCConnectionResumeRequest from RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	ignore the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionResume message;
1>	else:
2>	if resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection:
3>	update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionResume message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	store the nextHopChainingCount value;
3>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	request lower layers to verify the integrity protection of the RRCConnectionResume message, using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key;
3>	if the integrity protection check of the RRCConnectionResume message fails:
4>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other', upon which the procedure ends;
3>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	configure lower layers to resume integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
3>	configure lower layers to resume ciphering and to apply the ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key, i.e. the ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE;
1>	enter RRC_CONNECTED;
1>	indicate to upper layers that the suspended RRC connection has been resumed;
1>	stop the cell re-selection procedure;
1>	consider the current cell to be the PCell;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionResumeComplete message as follows:
2>	set the selectedPLMN-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35] for E-UTRA/EPC and TS 24.501 [95] for E-UTRA/5GC) from the PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
2>	set the dedicatedInfoNAS to include the information received from upper layers;
2>	except for NB-IoT:
3>	if resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection:
4>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
5>	include rlf-InfoAvailable;
4>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
4>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailable;
4>	if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailableBT;
4>	if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
5>	include logMeasAvailableWLAN;
4>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
5>	include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
4>	include the mobilityState and set it to the mobility state (as specified in TS 36.304 [4]) of the UE just prior to entering RRC_CONNECTED state;
4>	stop T331, if running;
4>	if the UE has flight path information available:
5>	include flightPathInfoAvailable;
3>	if the UE supports storage of mobility history information and the UE has mobility history information available in VarMobilityHistoryReport:
4>	include mobilityHistoryAvail;
3>	if the SIB2 contains idleModeMeasurements, and the UE has IDLE mode measurement information available in VarMeasIdleReport:
4>	include the idleMeasAvailable;
2>	for NB-IoT:
3>	if the UE supports serving cell idle mode measurements reporting and servingCellMeasInfo is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
4>	set the measResultServCell to include the measurements of the serving cell;
 NOTE 2:	The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/ reselection evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
1>	submit the RRCConnectionResumeComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1>	the procedure ends.
5.3.3.4b	Reception of the RRCEarlyDataComplete by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	indicate to upper layers that the RRC connection has been established;
1>	if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT;
1>	if stored, discard the dedicated offset provided by the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated;
1>	stop timer T300;
1>	stop timer T302, if running;
1>	stop timer T303, if running;
1>	stop timer T305, if running;
1>	stop timer T306, if running;
1>	stop timer T308, if running;
1>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
1>	stop timer T320, if running;
1>	stop timer T322, if running;
1>	forward the dedicatedInfoNAS, if received, to the upper layers;
1>	reset MAC and release the MAC configuration;
1>	if the RRCEarlyDataComplete message includes redirectedCarrierInfo indicating redirection to geran; and
1>	if upper layers indicate that redirect to GERAN without AS security is not allowed:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other', upon which the procedure ends;
1>	if the RRCEarlyDataComplete message includes idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
2>	store the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo;
2>	if the t320 is included:
3>	start timer T320, with the timer value set according to the value of t320;
1>	else:
2>	apply the cell reselection priority information broadcast in the system information;
1>	for NB-IoT, if the RRCEarlyDataComplete message includes redirectedCarrierInfo:
2>	if the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated is included in the redirectedCarrierInfo:
3>	store the dedicated offset for the frequency in redirectedCarrierInfo;
3>	start timer T322, with the timer value set according to the value of T322 in redirectedCarrierInfo;
1>	if the extendedWaitTime is present; and
1>	if the UE supports delay tolerant access or the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2>	forward the extendedWaitTime to upper layers;
1>	indicate the release of the RRC connection to upper layers together with the release cause 'other', upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.3.5	Cell re-selection or cell selection while T300, T302, T303, T305, T306, T308 or T309 is running
The UE shall:
1>	if cell selection or reselection occurs while T309 or T302 is running and if the UE is connected to 5GC:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories, if running;
2>	if in RRC_INACTIVE and T302 is running:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12 with release cause 'RRC Resume failure';
2>	else:
3>	stop timer T302, if running;
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4;
1>	if in RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	if cell reselection occurs while T300 is running:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12 with release cause 'RRC Resume failure';
1>	else if cell reselection occurs while T300, T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 is running:
2>	if timer T302, T303, T305, T306, and/or T308 is running and if the UE is connected to EPC:
3>	stop timer T302, T303, T305, T306, and T308, whichever ones were running;
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
2>	if timer T300 is running:
3>	stop timer T300;
3>	if UE has sent RRCConnectionResumeRequest message and has not received RRCConnectionResume message:
4>	reset MAC;
4>	if UE has initiated UP-EDT:
5>	perform the actions upon abortion of UP-EDT as specified in 5.3.3.9a;
4>	else:
5>	re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
5>	suspend SRB1;
3>	else:
4>	reset MAC, release the MAC configuration and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication;
5.3.3.6	T300 expiry
The UE shall:
1>	if timer T300 expires:
2>	if UE has sent RRCConnectionResumeRequest message and has not received RRCConnectionResume message:
3>	reset MAC;
3>	if UE has initiated UP-EDT:
4>	perform the actions upon abortion of UP-EDT as specified in 5.3.3.9a;
3>	else:
4>	re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
4>	suspend SRB1;
2>	else:
3>	reset MAC, release the MAC configuration and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
2>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
3>	if connEstFailOffset is included in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
4>	use connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp for the concerned cell when performing cell selection and reselection according to TS 36.304 [4];
3>	else:
4>	use value of infinity for the parameter Qoffsettemp for the concerned cell when performing cell selection and reselection according to TS 36.304 [4];
NOTE 0:	For NB-IoT, the number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset and the amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell is up to UE implementation.
2>	else if the UE supports RRC Connection Establishment failure temporary Qoffset and T300 has expired a consecutive connEstFailCount times on the same cell for which txFailParams is included in SystemInformationBlockType2:
3>	for a period as indicated by connEstFailOffsetValidity:
4>	use connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp for the concerned cell when performing cell selection and reselection according to TS 36.304 [4] and TS 25.304 [40];
NOTE 1:	When performing cell selection, if no suitable or acceptable cell can be found, it is up to UE implementation whether to stop using connEstFailOffset for the parameter Qoffsettemp during connEstFailOffsetValidity for the concerned cell.
2>	except for NB-IoT, store the following connection establishment failure information in the VarConnEstFailReport by setting its fields as follows:
3>	clear the information included in VarConnEstFailReport, if any;
3>	set the plmn-Identity to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]) from the PLMN(s) included in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1;
3>	set the failedCellId to the global cell identity of the cell where connection establishment failure is detected;
3>	set the measResultFailedCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the cell where connection establishment failure is detected and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the failure;
3>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency neighbours per frequency as well as 3 inter-RAT neighbours, per frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) per RAT and according to the following:
4>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 2:	The UE includes the latest results of the available measurements as used for cell reselection evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3>	if available, set the logMeasResultListWLAN to include the WLAN measurement results, in order of decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
3>	if available, set the logMeasResultListBT to include the Bluetooth measurement results, in order of decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
3>	if detailed location information is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
4>	include the horizontalVelocity, if available;
3>	set the numberOfPreamblesSent to indicate the number of preambles sent by MAC for the failed random access procedure;
3>	set contentionDetected to indicate whether contention resolution was not successful as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for at least one of the transmitted preambles for the failed random access procedure;
3>	set maxTxPowerReached to indicate whether or not the maximum power level was used for the last transmitted preamble, see TS 36.321 [6];
2>	if in RRC_INACTIVE:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
2>	else inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection or failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication, upon which the procedure ends;
The UE may discard the connection establishment failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarConnEstFailReport, 48 hours after the failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
5.3.3.7	T302, T303, T305, T306, or T308 expiry or stop
If the UE is connected to EPC, the UE shall:
1>	if timer T302 expires or is stopped:
2>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile terminating access;
2>	if timer T303 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating calls;
2>	if timer T305 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating signalling;
2>	if timer T306 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating CS fallback;
2>	if timer T308 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for ACDC;
1>	if timer T303 expires or is stopped:
2>	if timer T302 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating calls;
1>	if timer T305 expires or is stopped:
2>	if timer T302 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating signalling;
1>	if timer T306 expires or is stopped:
2>	if timer T302 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for mobile originating CS fallback;
1>	if timer T308 expires or is stopped:
2>	if timer T302 is not running:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for ACDC;
5.3.3.8	Reception of the RRCConnectionReject by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T300;
1>	stop timer T302, if running;
1>	reset MAC;
1>	except for NB-IoT, start timer T302, with the timer value set to the waitTime;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE; or
1>	if the extendedWaitTime is present and the UE supports delay tolerant access:
2>	forward the extendedWaitTime to upper layers;
1>	if deprioritisationReq is included and the UE supports RRC Connection Reject with deprioritisation:
2>	start or restart timer T325 with the timer value set to the deprioritisationTimer signalled;
2>	store the deprioritisationReq until T325 expiry;
NOTE:	The UE stores the deprioritisation request irrespective of any cell reselection absolute priority assignments (by dedicated or common signalling) and regardless of RRC connections in E-UTRAN or other RATs unless specified otherwise.
1>	if the RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest sent to resume a suspended RRC connection:
2>	if the rrc-SuspendIndication is not present:
3>	release all radio resources, including release of the RLC entity, the MAC configuration and the associated PDCP entity for all established or suspended RBs;
3>	discard the stored UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to resume the RRC connection without suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls, mobile originating signalling, mobile terminating access and except for NB-IoT for mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
2>	else:
3>	if the RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
4>	perform the actions upon abortion of UP-EDT as specified in 5.3.3.9a;
3>	else:
4>	suspend SRB1;
3>	inform upper layers about the failure to resume the RRC connection with suspend indication and that access barring for mobile originating calls, mobile originating signalling, mobile terminating access and except for NB-IoT for mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else if the RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest sent while in RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	release the default MAC configuration;
2>	if RRCConnectionReject is received in response to a request from upper layers:
3>	inform the upper layer that access barring is applicable for all access categories except categories '0' and '2';
2>	if RRCConnectionReject is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest:
3>	if resume is triggered by upper layers:
4>	inform upper layers about the failure to resume the RRC connection;
3>	if resume is triggered due to an RNA update:
4>	set the variable pendingRnaUpdate to 'TRUE';
3>	discard the current KeNB, KRRCenc key, KRRCint, KUPint key and KUPenc key;
3>	suspend SRB1, upon which the procedure ends;
2>	The UE shall continue to monitor RAN and CN paging while the timer T302 is running.
1>	else:
2>	release the default MAC configuration;
2>	inform upper layers about the failure to establish the RRC connection and that access barring for mobile originating calls, mobile originating signalling, mobile terminating access and except for NB-IoT, for mobile originating CS fallback is applicable, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.3.9	Abortion of RRC connection establishment
If upper layers abort the RRC connection establishment procedure while the UE has not yet entered RRC_CONNECTED, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T300, if running;
1>	reset MAC, release the MAC configuration and re-establish RLC for all RBs that are established;
5.3.3.9a	Abortion of UP-EDT
The UE shall:
1>	delete the KeNB, KRRCint, KRRCenc and KUPenc keys derived in accordance with 5.3.3.3a;
1>	re-establish RLC entities for all SRBs and DRBs;
1>	suspend all SRB(s) and DRB(s) except SRB0;
1>	configure lower layers to suspend integrity protection and ciphering.
5.3.3.10	Handling of SSAC related parameters
Upon request from the upper layers, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes ac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the ac-BarringPerPLMN-List contains an AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]):
2>	select the AC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers;
2>	in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected AC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the common access barring parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	else:
2>	in the remainder of this procedure use the common access barring parameters (i.e. presence or absence of these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
1>	set the local variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice as follows:
2>	if ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is present:
3>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
NOTE:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
3>	if, for at least one of these Access Classes, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is set to zero:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to zero;
3>	else:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to the value of ac-BarringFactor and ac-BarringTime included in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice, respectively;
2>	else set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice to zero;
1>	set the local variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video as follows:
2>	if ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video is present:
3>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
3>	if, for at least one of these Access Classes, the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video is set to zero:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to zero;
3>	else:
4>	set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to the value of ac-BarringFactor and ac-BarringTime included in ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video, respectively;
2>	else set BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video to one and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to zero;
1>	forward the variables BarringFactorForMMTEL-Voice, BarringTimeForMMTEL-Voice, BarringFactorForMMTEL-Video and BarringTimeForMMTEL-Video to the upper layers;
5.3.3.11	Access barring check
1>	if timer T302 or "Tbarring" is running:
2>	consider access to the cell as barred;
1>	else if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes "AC barring parameter":
2>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11], and
NOTE:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
2>	for at least one of these valid Access Classes the corresponding bit in the ac-BarringForSpecialAC contained in "AC barring parameter" is set to zero:
3>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
2>	else:
3>	draw a random number 'rand' uniformly distributed in the range: 0 ≤ rand < 1;
3>	if 'rand' is lower than the value indicated by ac-BarringFactor included in "AC barring parameter":
4>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
3>	else:
4>	consider access to the cell as barred;
1>	else:
2>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
1>	if access to the cell is barred and both timers T302 and "Tbarring" are not running:
2>	draw a random number 'rand' that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1;
2>	start timer "Tbarring" with the timer value calculated as follows, using the ac-BarringTime included in "AC barring parameter":
	"Tbarring" = (0.7+ 0.6 * rand) * ac-BarringTime;
5.3.3.12	EAB check
The UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType14 is present:
2>	if eab-PerRSRP is included:
3>	if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to a value other than emergency; and
3>	if the UE has no Access Class, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11] :
4>	if eab-PerRSRP is set to thresh0:
5>	consider access to the cell as barred when in enhanced coverage as specified in TS 36.304 [4];
4>	else if eab-PerRSRP is set to thresh1:
5>	if the measured RSRP is less than the first entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList:
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
5>	else:
6>	consider that only the resources indicated for the first CE level are configured;
4>	else if eab-PerRSRP is set to thresh2:
5>	if the measured RSRP is less than the second entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList:
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
5>	else:
6>	consider that only the resources indicated for the first and second CE levels are configured;
4>	else if eab-PerRSRP is set to thresh3:
5>	if the measured RSRP is less than the third entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList:
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
5>	else:
6>	consider that only the resources indicated for the first, second, and third CE levels are configured;
2>	if access to the cell is not barred due to eab-PerRSRP and eab-Param is included:
3>	if the eab-Common is included in the eab-Param:
4>	if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the eab-Category contained in eab-Common; and
4>	if for the Access Class of the UE, as stored on the USIM and with a value in the range 0..9, the corresponding bit in the eab-BarringBitmap contained in eab-Common is set to one:
5>	consider access to the cell as barred;
4>	else:
5>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
3>	else (the eab-PerPLMN-List is included in the eab-Param):
4>	select the entry in the eab-PerPLMN-List corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]);
4>	if the eab-Config for that PLMN is included:
5>	if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the eab-Category contained in eab-Config; and
5>	if for the Access Class of the UE, as stored on the USIM and with a value in the range 0..9, the corresponding bit in the eab-BarringBitmap contained in eab-Config is set to one:
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
5>	else:
6>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
4>	else:
5>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
1>	else:
2>	consider access to the cell as not barred due to EAB;
5.3.3.13	Access barring check for ACDC
The UE shall:
1>	if timer T302 is running:
2>	consider access to the cell as barred;
1>	else if SystemInformationBlockType2 includes "ACDC barring parameter":
2>	draw a random number 'rand' uniformly distributed in the range: 0 ≤ rand < 1;
2>	if 'rand' is lower than the value indicated by ac-BarringFactor included in "ACDC barring parameter":
3>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
2>	else:
3>	consider access to the cell as barred;
1>	else:
2>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
1>	if access to the cell is barred and timer T302 is not running:
2>	draw a random number 'rand' that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1;
2>	start timer "Tbarring" with the timer value calculated as follows, using the ac-BarringTime included in "ACDC barring parameter":
	"Tbarring" = (0.7+ 0.6 * rand) * ac-BarringTime.
5.3.3.14	Access Barring check for NB-IoT
The UE shall:
1>	if ab-Enabled included in MasterInformationBlock-NB / MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB is set to TRUE and SystemInformationBlockType14-NB is broadcast:
2>	if ab-PerNRSRP is included:
3>	if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to a value other than mo-ExceptionData; and
3>	if the UE has no Access Class, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11]:
4>	if ab-PerNRSRP is set to thresh1:
5>	if the measured RSRP is less than the first entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList;
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
5>	else:
6>	consider that only the resources indicated for the first NPRACH repetition level are configured;
4>	if ab-PerNRSRP is set to thresh2:
5>	if the measured RSRP is less than the second entry in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList;
6>	consider access to the cell as barred;
5>	else:
6>	consider that only the resources indicated for the first and second NPRACH repetition levels are configured;
2>	if access to the cell is not barred due to ab-PerNRSRP and ab-Param is included:
3>	if the ab-Common is included in ab-Param:
4>	if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the ab-Category contained in ab-Common; and
4>	if for the Access Class of the UE, as stored on the USIM and with a value in the range 0..9, the corresponding bit in the ab-BarringBitmap contained in ab-Common is set to one:
5>	if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-ExceptionData and ab-BarringForExceptionData is set to FALSE in the ab-Common:
6>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
5>	else:
6>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11] and for at least one of these valid Access Classes for the UE, the corresponding bit in the ab-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ab-Common is set to zero:
NOTE 1:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
7>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
6>	else:
7>	consider access to the cell as barred;
4>	else:
5>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
3>	else (the ab-PerPLMN-List is included in the ab-Param):
4>	select the ab-PerPLMN entry in ab-PerPLMN-List corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 23.122 [11], TS 24.301 [35]);
4>	if the ab-Config for that PLMN is included:
5>	if the UE belongs to the category of UEs as indicated in the ab-Category contained in ab-Config; and
5>	if for the Access Class of the UE, as stored on the USIM and with a value in the range 0..9, the corresponding bit in the ab-BarringBitmap contained in ab-Config is set to one:
6>	if the establishmentCause received from higher layers is set to mo-ExceptionData and ab-BarringForExceptionData is set to FALSE in the ab-Config:
7>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
6>	else:
7>	if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11] and for at least one of these valid Access Classes for the UE, the corresponding bit in the ab-BarringForSpecialAC contained in ab-Config is set to zero:
NOTE 2:	ACs 12, 13, 14 are only valid for use in the home country and ACs 11, 15 are only valid for use in the HPLMN/ EHPLMN.
8>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
7>	else:
8>	consider access to the cell as barred;
5>	else:
6>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
4>	else:
5>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
1>	else:
2>	consider access to the cell as not barred;
5.3.3.15	Failure to deliver NAS information in RRCConnectionSetupComplete message
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and radio link failure occurs before the successful delivery of RRCConnectionSetupComplete message has been confirmed by lower layers:
2>	inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the NAS information contained in the RRCConnectionSetupComplete message;
5.3.3.16	Integrity check failure from lower layers while T300 is running for UP-EDT or RRC_INACTIVE
The UE shall:
1>	upon receiving integrity check failure indication from lower layers concerning SRB1 or SRB2 while T300 is running for UP-EDT:
2>	discard the stored UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
1>	upon receiving integrity check failure indication from lower layers while T300 is running and if the UE is resuming the RRC connection from RRC_INACTIVE:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.3.17	Inability to comply with RRCConnectionResume
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the RRCConnectionResume message;
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12 with release cause 'RRC Resume failure'.
NOTE 1:	The UE may apply above failure handling also in case the RRCConnectionResume message causes a protocol error for which the generic error handling as defined in 5.7 specifies that the UE shall ignore the message.
NOTE 2:	If the UE is unable to comply with part of the configuration, it does not apply any part of the configuration, i.e. there is no partial success/failure.
5.3.4	Initial security activation
5.3.4.1	General

Figure 5.3.4.1-1: Security mode command, successful

Figure 5.3.4.1-2: Security mode command, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to activate AS security upon RRC connection establishment.
5.3.4.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the security mode command procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED. Moreover, E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	when only SRB1, or for NB-IoT SRB1 and SRB1bis, is established, i.e. prior to establishment of SRB2 and/ or DRBs.
5.3.4.3	Reception of the SecurityModeCommand by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.401 [32] for E-UTRA/EPC, and TS 33.501 [86] for E-UTRA/5GC;
1>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	request lower layers to verify the integrity protection of the SecurityModeCommand message, using the algorithm indicated by the integrityProtAlgorithm as included in the SecurityModeCommand message and the KRRCint key;
1>	if the SecurityModeCommand message passes the integrity protection check:
2>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	derive the KUPint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm indicated in the SecurityModeCommand message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the indicated algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e. integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the SecurityModeComplete message;
2>	configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the indicated algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key after completing the procedure, i.e. ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, except for the SecurityModeComplete message which is sent unciphered;
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the indicated algorithm and the KUPint key, for DRBs that are subsequently configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
2>	consider AS security to be activated;
2>	upon RRC connection establishment, if UE does not need UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
3>	configure lower layers to stop using UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD for SecurityModeComplete message and subsequent uplink transmission in RRC_CONNECTED except for UL transmissions as specified in TS 36.211 [21];
2>	submit the SecurityModeComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else:
2>	continue using the configuration used prior to the reception of the SecurityModeCommand message, i.e. neither apply integrity protection nor ciphering.
2>	submit the SecurityModeFailure message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.5	RRC connection reconfiguration
5.3.5.1	General

Figure 5.3.5.1-1: RRC connection reconfiguration, successful

Figure 5.3.5.1-2: RRC connection reconfiguration, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to modify an RRC connection, e.g. to establish/ modify/ release RBs, to perform handover, to setup/ modify/ release measurements, to add/ modify/ release SCells. As part of the procedure, NAS dedicated information may be transferred from E-UTRAN to the UE.
5.3.5.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN may initiate the RRC connection reconfiguration procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED. E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	the mobilityControlInfo is included only when AS-security has been activated, and SRB2 with at least one DRB are setup and not suspended;
-	the establishment of RBs (other than SRB1, that is established during RRC connection establishment) is included only when AS security has been activated;
-	the addition of SCells is performed only when AS security has been activated;
5.3.5.3	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration not including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE
If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:
1>	if this is the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after successful completion of the RRC connection re-establishment procedure:
2>	re-establish PDCP for SRB2 configured with E-UTRA PDCP entity and for all DRBs that are established and configured with E-UTRA PDCP, if any;
2>	re-establish RLC for SRB2 and for all DRBs that are established and configured with E-UTRA RLC, if any;
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the fullConfig:
3>	perform the radio configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.5.8;
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:
3>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
NOTE 1:	Void
NOTE 2:	Void
1>	else:
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:
3>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
NOTE 3:	If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the establishment of radio bearers other than SRB1, the UE may start using these radio bearers immediately, i.e. there is no need to wait for an outstanding acknowledgment of the SecurityModeComplete message.
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToReleaseList:
2>	perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellGroupToReleaseList:
2>	perform SCell group release as specified in 5.3.10.3d;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellGroupToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell group addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3e;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or
1>	if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs configured with pdcp-Config and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-Config and it is set to release: or
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes endc-ReleaseAndAdd and it is set to TRUE:
2>	perform MR-DC release as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.10;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sk-Counter:
2>	perform key update procedure as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.7;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
2>	perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig1:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig2:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;
1>	if this is the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after successful completion of the RRC connection re-establishment procedure:
2>	resume SRB2 and all DRBs that are suspended, if any, including RBs configured with NR PDCP;
NOTE 4:	The handling of the radio bearers after the successful completion of the PDCP re-establishment, e.g. the re-transmission of unacknowledged PDCP SDUs (as well as the associated status reporting), the handling of the SN and the HFN, is specified in TS 36.323 [8].
NOTE 5:	The UE may discard SRB2 messages and data that it receives prior to completing the reconfiguration used to resume these bearers.
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated:
2>	perfom the actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in 5.2.2.7;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated:
2>	perfom the actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType2 message as specified in 5.2.2.9;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the dedicatedInfoNASList:
2>	forward each element of the dedicatedInfoNASList to upper layers in the same order as listed;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:
2>	perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the otherConfig:
2>	perform the other configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.9;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig or sl-CommConfig:
2>	perform the sidelink dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated:
2>	perform the V2X sidelink communication dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15a;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes wlan-OffloadInfo:
2>	perform the dedicated WLAN offload configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.12.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes rclwi-Configuration:
2>	perform the WLAN traffic steering command procedure as specified in 5.6.16.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwa-Configuration:
2>	perform the LWA configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.14.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwip-Configuration:
2>	perform the LWIP reconfiguration procedure as specified in 5.6.17.2;
1>	upon RRC connection establishment, if UE does not need UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
2>	configure lower layers to stop using UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD for RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and subsequent uplink transmission in RRC_CONNECTED except for UL transmissions as specified in TS36.211 [21];
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes perCC-GapIndicationRequest:
3>	include perCC-GapIndicationList and numFreqEffective;
2>	if the frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance:
3>	include numFreqEffectiveReduced;
2>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
3>	include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;
1>	if the UE is configured with NE-DC:
2>	transfer the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message RRCReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 38.331 [82];
1>	else:
2>	submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.5.4	Reception of an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including the mobilityControlInfo by the UE (handover)
If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310, if running;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
1>	start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo;
1>	stop timer T370, if running;
1>	if the carrierFreq is included:
2>	consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the carrierFreq with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1>	else:
2>	consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency of the source PCell with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1>	if T309 is running:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
1>	start synchronising to the DL of the target PCell;
NOTE 1:	The UE should perform the handover as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message triggering the handover, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.
1>	if BL UE or UE in CE:
2>	if sameSFN-Indication is not present in mobilityControlInfo:
3>	acquire the MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell;
1>	if makeBeforeBreak is configured:
2>	perform the remainder of this procedure including and following resetting MAC after the UE has stopped the uplink transmission/downlink reception with the source PCell;
NOTE 1a:	It is up to UE implementation when to stop the uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source PCell to initiate re-tuning for connection to the target cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], if makeBeforeBreak is configured.
NOTE 1b: It is up to UE implementation when to stop the uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source SCell(s) after receiving RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.
1>	reset MCG MAC and SCG MAC, if configured;
1>	release uplinkDataCompression, if configured;
1>	re-establish PDCP for all RBs configured with pdcp-config that are established;
NOTE 2:	The handling of the radio bearers after the successful completion of the PDCP re-establishment, e.g. the re-transmission of unacknowledged PDCP SDUs (as well as the associated status reporting), the handling of the SN and the HFN, is specified in TS 36.323 [8].
NOTE 2a:	At handover the reestablishPDCP flag will be set for all RBs configured with NR PDCP in nr-RadioBearerConfig1 or nr-RadioBearerConfig2 TS 38.331 [82] which will cause the PDCP entity to be re-established also for these RBs.
1>	re-establish MCG RLC and SCG RLC, if configured, for all RBs that are established;
1>	for each SCell configured for the UE other than the PSCell:
2>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes sCellState for the SCell and indicates activated:
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in activated state;
2>	else if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes sCellState for the SCell and indicates dormant:
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in dormant state;
2>	else:
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in deactivated state;
1>	apply the value of the newUE-Identity as the C-RNTI;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the fullConfig:
2>	perform the radio configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.5.8;
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the rach-Skip:
2>	configure lower layers to apply the rach-Skip for the target MCG, as specified in TS 36.213 [23] and 36.321 [6];
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the received mobilityControlInfo;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToReleaseList:
2>	perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellGroupToReleaseList:
2>	perform SCell group release as specified in 5.3.10.3d;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or
1>	if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:
2>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
1>	if the securityConfigHO (without suffix) is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
2>	if the keyChangeIndicator received in the securityConfigHO is set to TRUE:
3>	update the KeNB key based on the KASME key taken into use with the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	else:
3>	update the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the securityConfigHO, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
NOTE 2b:	If the UE needs to update the S-KeNB key as specified in 5.3.10.10, the UE updates the S-KeNB after updating the KeNB key.
2>	store the nextHopChainingCount value;
2>	if the securityAlgorithmConfig is included in the securityConfigHO:
3>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	if connected as an RN:
4>	derive the KUPint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	else:
3>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	if connected as an RN:
4>	derive the KUPint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the current ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	configure lower layers to apply the integrity protection algorithm and the KRRCint key, i.e. the integrity protection configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
2>	configure lower layers to apply the ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key, i.e. the ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	else if the securityConfigHO-v1530 is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
2>	if the nas-Container is received:
3>	forward the nas-Container to upper layers;
2>	if the keyChangeIndicator-r15 is received and is set to TRUE:
3>	update the KeNB key based on the KAMF key, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2>	else:
3>	update the KeNB key based on the current KeNB or the NH, using the received nextHopChainingCount-r15, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2>	store the nextHopChainingCount-r15 value;
2>	if the securityAlgorithmConfig-r15 is received:
3>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	else:
3>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the current integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the current ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-Config and it is set to release; or
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes endc-ReleaseAndAdd and it is set to TRUE:
2>	perform MR-DC release as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.10;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sk-Counter:
2>	perform key update procedure as specified in in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.7;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
2>	perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3.
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig1:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig2:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6.
1>	if connected as an RN:
2>	configure lower layers to apply the integrity protection algorithm and the KUPint key, for current or subsequently established DRBs that are configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellGroupToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell group addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3e;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated:
2>	perfom the actions upon reception of the SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in 5.2.2.7;
1>	perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:
2>	perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1>	release reportProximityConfig and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the otherConfig:
2>	perform the other configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.9;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig or sl-CommConfig:
2>	perform the sidelink dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes wlan-OffloadInfo:
2>	perform the dedicated WLAN offload configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.12.2;
1>	if handoverWithoutWT-Change is not configured:
2>	release the LWA configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.14.3;
1>	release the LWIP configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.17.3;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes rclwi-Configuration:
2>	perform the WLAN traffic steering command procedure as specified in 5.6.16.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwa-Configuration:
2>	perform the LWA configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.14.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwip-Configuration:
2>	perform the LWIP reconfiguration procedure as specified in 5.6.17.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated or mobilityControlInfoV2X:
2>	perform the V2X sidelink communication dedicated configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.15a;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:
2>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
3>	include rlf-InfoAvailable;
2>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
3>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
2>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include the logMeasAvailable;
2>	if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include logMeasAvailableBT;
2>	if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include logMeasAvailableWLAN;
2>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
3>	include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
2>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes perCC-GapIndicationRequest:
3>	include perCC-GapIndicationList and numFreqEffective;
2>	if the frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance:
3>	include numFreqEffectiveReduced;
2>	if the UE has flight path information available:
3>	include flightPathInfoAvailable;
2>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:
3>	include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;
1>	submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1>	if MAC successfully completes the random access procedure; or
1>	if MAC indicates the successful reception of a PDCCH transmission addressed to C-RNTI and if rach-Skip is configured:
2>	stop timer T304;
2>	release rach-Skip;
2>	apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell, if any;
2>	apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PCell;
NOTE 3:	Whenever the UE shall setup or reconfigure a configuration in accordance with a field that is received it applies the new configuration, except for the cases addressed by the above statements.
2>	if the UE is configured to provide IDC indications:
3>	if the UE has transmitted an InDeviceCoexIndication message during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4>	initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message in accordance with 5.6.9.3;
2>	if the UE is configured to provide power preference indications, overheating assistance information, SPS assistance information, delay budget report or maximum bandwidth preference indications:
3>	if the UE has transmitted a UEAssistanceInformation message during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType15 is broadcast by the PCell:
3>	if the UE has transmitted a MBMSInterestIndication message during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
4>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType15 for the PCell;
4>	determine the set of MBMS frequencies of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3;
4>	determine the set of MBMS services of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3a;
4>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the target PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of sidelink communication related parameters relevant in target PCell (i.e. change of commRxInterestedFreq or commTxResourceReq, commTxResourceReqUC if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed or commTxResourceInfoReqRelay if PCell broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType19 including discConfigRelay) during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo; or
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the target PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of sidelink discovery related parameters relevant in target PCell (i.e. change of discRxInterest or discTxResourceReq, discTxResourceReqPS if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS or discRxGapReq or discTxGapReq if the UE is configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true or if the UE is not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated and SystemInformationBlockType19 includes gapRequestsAllowedCommon) during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo; or
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType21 is broadcast by the target PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of V2X sidelink communication related parameters relevant in target PCell (i.e. change of v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList or v2x-CommTxResourceReq) during the last 1 second preceding reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo:
3>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	the procedure ends;
NOTE 4:	The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PCell by acquiring system information from that cell before performing RACH access in the target PCell, except for BL UEs or UEs in CE when sameSFN-Indication is not present in mobilityControlInfo.
5.3.5.5	Reconfiguration failure
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message:
2>	continue using the configuration used prior to the reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message;
2>	if the UE is in NE-DC:
3>	perform the actions as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.7;
2>	else if security has not been activated:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause other;
2>	else:
3>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7, upon which the connection reconfiguration procedure ends;
NOTE 1:	The UE may apply above failure handling also in case the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message causes a protocol error for which the generic error handling as defined in 5.7 specifies that the UE shall ignore the message.
NOTE 2:	If the UE is unable to comply with part of the configuration, it does not apply any part of the configuration, i.e. there is no partial success/ failure.
NOTE 3:	The compliance also covers the NR configuration carried within octet strings e.g. field nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig. I.e. the failure behaviour defined also applies in case the UE cannot comply with the NR configuration or with the combination of (parts of) the LTE and NR configurations.
5.3.5.6	T304 expiry (handover failure)
The UE shall:
1>	if T304 expires (handover failure):
NOTE 1:	Following T304 expiry any dedicated preamble, if provided within the rach-ConfigDedicated, is not available for use by the UE anymore.
2>	revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, the mac-MainConfig and the sps-Config;
NOTE 1a:	In the context above, "the configuration" includes state variables and parameters of each radio bearer. PDCP entities associtated with RLC UM and SRB bearers are reset after the successful RRC connection re-establishment procedure according to clause 5.2 in TS 36.323 [8]. In the above, "the configuration" includes the RB configuration using NR PDCP, if configured (i.e. by nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2).
2>	store the following handover failure information in VarRLF-Report by setting its fields as follows:
3>	clear the information included in VarRLF-Report, if any;
3>	set the plmn-IdentityList to include the list of EPLMNs stored by the UE (i.e. includes the RPLMN);
3>	set the measResultLastServCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the source PCell based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected handover failure and in accordance with the following;
4>	if the UE includes rsrqResult, include the lastServCellRSRQ-Type;
3>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells, other than the source PCell, ordered such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected handover failure, and set its fields as follows;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more EUTRA frequencies, include the measResultListEUTRA;
4>	if the UE includes rsrqResult, include the rsrq-Type;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring UTRA frequencies, include the measResultListUTRA;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring GERAN frequencies, include the measResultListGERAN;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring CDMA2000 frequencies, include the measResultsCDMA2000;
4>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 2:	The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
3>	if available, set the logMeasResultListWLAN to include the WLAN measurement results, in order of decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
3>	if available, set the logMeasResultListBT to include the Bluetooth measurement results, in order of decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
3>	if detailed location information is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
4>	include the horizontalVelocity, if available;
3>	set the failedPCellId to the global cell identity, if available, and otherwise to the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of the target PCell of the failed handover;
3>	include previousPCellId and set it to the global cell identity of the PCell where the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo was received;
3>	set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
3>	set the connectionFailureType to 'hof';
3>	set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell;
2>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7, upon which the RRC connection reconfiguration procedure ends;
The UE may discard the handover failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarRLF-Report, 48 hours after the failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
NOTE 3:	E-UTRAN may retrieve the handover failure information using the UE information procedure with rlf-ReportReq set to true, as specified in 5.6.5.3.
5.3.5.7	Void
5.3.5.7a	T307 expiry (SCG change failure)
The UE shall:
1>	if T307 expires:
NOTE 1:	Following T307 expiry any dedicated preamble, if provided within the rach-ConfigDedicatedSCG, is not available for use by the UE anymore.
2>	initiate the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13 to report SCG change failure;
5.3.5.8	Radio Configuration involving full configuration option
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is connected to EPC:
2>	release/ clear all current dedicated radio configurations except for the following:
-	the MCG C-RNTI,
-	the MCG security configuration,
-	the PDCP, RLC, logical channel configurations for the RBs,
-	the logged measurement configuration;
1>	else if the UE is connected to 5GC:
2>	release/ clear all current dedicated radio configurations except for the following:
-	the MCG C-RNTI,
-	the MCG security configuration,
-	the configurations (SDAP if configured, PDCP, RLC and logical channel) for the RBs;
NOTE 1:	Radio configuration is not just the resource configuration but includes other configurations like MeasConfig and OtherConfig. In case (NG)EN-DC is configured, this also includes the entire NR SCG configuration. Such NR SCG configuration does not include the DRB configuration as configured by nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2).
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfo:
2>	release/ clear all current common radio configurations;
2>	use the default values specified in 9.2.5 for timer T310, T311 and constant N310, N311;
1>	else:
2>	use values for timers T301, T310, T311 and constants N310, N311, as included in ue-TimersAndConstants received in SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT);
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE; or
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList (SRB reconfiguration):
2>	apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for the corresponding SRB;
2>	apply the corresponding default RLC configuration for the SRB specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
2>	apply the corresponding default logical channel configuration for the SRB as specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
2>	if the corresponding SRB was configured with NR PDCP and the UE is connected to EPC:
3>	release the NR PDCP entity and establish it with an E-UTRA PDCP entity and with the current (MCG) security configuration;
NOTE 1a:	The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the previously configured NR security algorithms.
3>	associate the RLC bearer of this SRB with the established PDCP entity;
NOTE 2:	This is to get the SRBs (SRB1 and SRB2 for handover and SRB2 for reconfiguration after reestablishment) to a known state from which the reconfiguration message can do further configuration.
2>	else if the UE is connected to 5GC:
3>	apply the corresponding default PDCP configuration for the SRB as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 9.2.1;
1>	if the UE is connected to EPC:
2>	for each eps-BearerIdentity value included in the drb-ToAddModList or nr-RadioBearerConfig1 or nr-RadioBearerConfig2 that is part of the current E-UTRA and NR UE configuration:
3>	release the E-UTRA or NR PDCP entity;
3>	release the RLC entity or entities;
3>	release the DTCH logical channel;
3>	release the drb-identity;
NOTE 3:	This will retain the eps-bearerIdentity but remove the DRBs including drb-identity of these bearers from the current UE configuration and trigger the setup of the DRBs within the AS in clause 5.3.10.3 using the new configuration. The eps-bearerIdentity acts as the anchor for associating the released and re-setup DRB. In the AS the DRB re-setup is equivalent with a new DRB setup (including new PDCP and logical channel configurations).
2>	for each eps-BearerIdentity value that is part of the current E-UTRA and NR UE configuration but not added with same eps-BearerIdentity in drb-ToAddModList nor in nr-RadioBearerConfig1 nor in nr-RadioBearerConfig2:
3>	perform DRB release as specified in 5.3.10.2;
1>	if the UE is connected to 5GC:
2>	for each pdu-Session that is part of the current NR UE configuration:
3>	release the SDAP entity (clause 5.1.2 in TS 37.324 [97]);
3>	release the NR PDCP entity for each DRB associated to the pdu-Session;
3>	release the RLC entity or entities for each DRB associated to the pdu-Session;
3>	release the DTCH logical channel for each DRB associated to the pdu-Session;
3>	release the drb-identity for each DRB associated to the pdu-Session;
NOTE 4:	This will retain the pdu-Session but remove the DRBs including drb-identity of these bearers from the current NR UE configuration and trigger the setup of the DRBs within the AS in clause 5.3.10.3 using the new configuration. The pdu-Session acts as the anchor for associating the released and re-setup DRB. In the AS the DRB re-setup is equivalent with a new DRB setup (including new PDCP and logical channel configurations).
2>	for each pdu-Session that is part of the current NR UE configuration but not added with same pdu-Session in nr-RadioBearerConfig1 nor in nr-RadioBearerConfig2:
3>	if the procedure was triggered due to handover:
4>	indicate the release of the user plane resources for the pdu-Session to upper layers after successful handover;
3>	else:
4>	indicate the release of the user plane resources for the pdu-Session to upper layers immediately;
5.3.6	Counter check
5.3.6.1	General

Figure 5.3.6.1-1: Counter check procedure
The counter check procedure is used by E-UTRAN to request the UE to verify the amount of data sent/ received on each DRB. More specifically, the UE is requested to check if, for each DRB, the most significant bits of the COUNT match with the values indicated by E-UTRAN.
NOTE:	The procedure enables E-UTRAN to detect packet insertion by an intruder (a 'man in the middle').
5.3.6.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending a CounterCheck message.
NOTE:	E-UTRAN may initiate the procedure when any of the COUNT values reaches a specific value.
5.3.6.3	Reception of the CounterCheck message by the UE
Upon receiving the CounterCheck message, the UE shall:
1>	for each DRB that is established:
2>	if no COUNT exists for a given direction (uplink or downlink) because it is a uni-directional bearer configured only for the other direction:
3>	assume the COUNT value to be 0 for the unused direction;
2>	if the drb-Identity is not included in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList:
3>	if the DRB is configured with E-UTRA PDCP:
4>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of the corresponding COUNT;
3>	else if the DRB is configured with NR PDCP:
4>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of TX_NEXT – 1 and RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]), respectively;
2>	else if, for at least one direction, the most significant bits of the COUNT are different from the value indicated in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList:
3>	if the DRB is configured with E-UTRA PDCP:
4>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of the corresponding COUNT; 
3>	else if the DRB is configured with NR PDCP:
4>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink set to the value of TX_NEXT – 1 and RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]), respectively;
1>	for each DRB that is included in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList in the CounterCheck message that is not established:
2>	include the DRB in the drb-CountInfoList in the CounterCheckResponse message by including the drb-Identity, the count-Uplink and the count-Downlink with the most significant bits set identical to the corresponding values in the drb-CountMSB-InfoList and the least significant bits set to zero;
1>	submit the CounterCheckResponse message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure ends;
5.3.7	RRC connection re-establishment
5.3.7.1	General
	
Figure 5.3.7.1-1: RRC connection re-establishment, successful
	
Figure 5.3.7.1-2: RRC connection re-establishment, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to re-establish the RRC connection, which involves the resumption of SRB1 (SRB1bis for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated) operation, the re-activation of security (except for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated) and the configuration of only the PCell.
Except for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated, a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, for which security has been activated, may initiate the procedure in order to continue the RRC connection. The connection re-establishment succeeds only if the concerned cell is prepared i.e. has a valid UE context. In case E-UTRAN accepts the re-establishment, SRB1 operation resumes while the operation of other radio bearers remains suspended. If AS security has not been activated, the UE does not initiate the procedure but instead moves to RRC_IDLE directly.
When AS security has not been activated, a NB-IoT UE supporting RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in order to continue the RRC connection.
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	When AS security has been activated:
-	to reconfigure SRB1 and to resume data transfer only for this RB;
-	to re-activate AS security without changing algorithms.
-	For a NB-IoT UE supporting RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation, when AS security has not been activated:
-	to re-establish SRB1bis and to continue data transfer for this RB.
5.3.7.2	Initiation
The UE shall only initiate the procedure either when AS security has been activated or for a NB-IoT UE supporting RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation. The UE initiates the procedure when one of the following conditions is met:
1>	upon detecting radio link failure, in accordance with 5.3.11; or
1>	upon handover failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.6; or
1>	upon mobility from E-UTRA failure, in accordance with 5.4.3.5; or
1>	except for UP-EDT, upon integrity check failure indication from lower layers concerning SRB1 or SRB2; or
1>	upon an RRC connection reconfiguration failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.5; or
1>	upon an RRC connection reconfiguration failure, in accordance with TS38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.5.
NOTE:	For UP-EDT, integrity check failure indication from lower layers is handled in accordance with clause 5.3.3.16.
Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310, if running;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
1>	stop timer T313, if running;
1>	stop timer T307, if running;
1>	start timer T311;
1>	stop timer T370, if running;
1>	release uplinkDataCompression, if configured;
1>	suspend all RBs, including RBs configured with NR PDCP, except SRB0;
1>	reset MAC;
1>	release the MCG SCell(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3a;
1>	release the SCell group(s), if configured, in accordance with 5.3.10.3d;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	except for NB-IoT, for the MCG, apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	for NB-IoT, release schedulingRequestConfig, if configured;
1>	for the MCG, apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	release powerPrefIndicationConfig, if configured and stop timer T340, if running;
1>	release reportProximityConfig, if configured and clear any associated proximity status reporting timer;
1>	release obtainLocationConfig, if configured;
1>	release idc-Config, if configured;
1>	release sps-AssistanceInfoReport, if configured;
1>	release measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
1>	release the entire SCG configuration, if configured, except for the DRB configuration (as configured by drb-ToAddModListSCG);
1>	if (NG)EN-DC is configured:
2>	perform MR-DC release, as specified in TS 38.331[82], clause 5.3.5.10;
2>	release p-MaxEUTRA, if configured;
2>	release p-MaxUE-FR1, if configured;
2>	release tdm-PatternConfig, if configured;
1>	release naics-Info for the PCell, if configured;
1>	if connected as an RN and configured with an RN subframe configuration:
2>	release the RN subframe configuration;
1>	release the LWA configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.14.3;
1>	release the LWIP configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.17.3;
1>	release delayBudgetReportingConfig, if configured and stop timer T342, if running;
1>	perform cell selection in accordance with the cell selection process as specified in TS 36.304 [4];
1>	release bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer, if configured and stop timer T341, if running;
1>	release overheatingAssistanceConfig, if configured and stop timer T345, if running;
1>	release ailc-BitConfig, if configured;
5.3.7.3	Actions following cell selection while T311 is running
Upon selecting a suitable E-UTRA cell, the UE shall:
1>	if T309 is running:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
1>	if the UE is connected to 5GC and the selected cell is only connected to EPC; or
1>	if the UE is connected to EPC and the selected cell is only connected to 5GC:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
1>	else:
2>	stop timer T311;
2>	start timer T301;
2>	apply the timeAlignmentTimerCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType2;
2>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE supporting RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation and AS security has not been activated; and
2>	if cp-reestablishment is not included in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
2>	else:
3>	initiate transmission of the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message in accordance with 5.3.7.4;
NOTE:	This procedure applies also if the UE returns to the source PCell.
Upon selecting an inter-RAT cell, the UE shall:
1>	if the selected cell is a UTRA cell, and if the UE supports Radio Link Failure Report for Inter-RAT MRO, include selectedUTRA-CellId in the VarRLF-Report and set it to the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of the selected UTRA cell;
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.7.4	Actions related to transmission of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message
Except for NB-IoT, if the procedure was initiated due to radio link failure or handover failure, the UE shall:
1>	set the reestablishmentCellId in the VarRLF-Report to the global cell identity of the selected cell;
The UE shall set the contents of RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message as follows:
1>	except for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated, set the ue-Identity as follows:
2>	set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or used in the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);
2>	set the physCellId to the physical cell identity of the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases);
2>	set the shortMAC-I to the 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated:
3>	over the ASN.1 encoded as per clause 8 (i.e., a multiple of 8 bits) VarShortMAC-Input (or VarShortMAC-Input-NB in NB-IoT);
3>	with the KRRCint key and integrity protection algorithm that was used in the source PCell (handover and mobility from E-UTRA failure) or of the PCell in which the trigger for the re-establishment occurred (other cases); and
3>	with all input bits for COUNT, BEARER and DIRECTION set to binary ones;
1>	for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated, set the ue-Identity as follows:
2>	request upper layers for calculated ul-NAS-MAC and ul-NAS-Count using the cellIdentity indicated in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB of the current cell;
2>	set the s-TMSI to the S-TMSI provided by upper layers;
2>	set the ul-NAS-MAC to the ul-NAS-MAC value provided by upper layers;
2>	set the ul-NAS-Count to the ul-NAS-Count value provided by upper layers;
1>	set the reestablishmentCause as follows:
2>	if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to reconfiguration failure as specified in 5.3.5.5 (the UE is unable to comply with the reconfiguration):
3>	set the reestablishmentCause to the value reconfigurationFailure;
2>	else if the re-establishment procedure was initiated due to handover failure as specified in 5.3.5.6 (intra-LTE handover failure) or 5.4.3.5 (inter-RAT mobility from EUTRA failure):
3>	set the reestablishmentCause to the value handoverFailure;
2>	else:
3>	set the reestablishmentCause to the value otherFailure;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
2>	if the UE supports DL channel quality reporting and cqi-Reporting is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
3>	set the cqi-NPDCCH to include the latest results of the downlink channel quality measurements of the serving cell as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE:	The downlink channel quality measurements may use measurement period T1 or T2, as defined in TS 36.133 [16]. In case period T2 is used the RRC-MAC interactions are left to UE implementation.
2>	set earlyContentionResolution to TRUE;
The UE shall submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message to lower layers for transmission.
5.3.7.5	Reception of the RRCConnectionReestablishment by the UE
NOTE 1:	Prior to this, lower layer signalling is used to allocate a C-RNTI. For further details see TS 36.321 [6];
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T301;
1>	consider the current cell to be the PCell;
1>	except for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated:
2>	if SRB1 was configured with NR PDCP and the UE is connected to EPC:
3>	for SRB1, release the NR PDCP entity and establish an E-UTRA PDCP entity with the current (MCG) security configuration;
NOTE 1a:	The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the previously configured NR security algorithms.
2>	else:
3>	for SRB1, re-establish the PDCP entity;
2>	re-establish RLC for SRB1;
2>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;
2>	resume SRB1;
NOTE 2:	E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1 prior to receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.
2>	if UE is connected to EPC, update the KeNB key based on the KASME key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	else if UE is connected to 5GC, update the KeNB key based on the KAMF key to which the current KeNB is associated, using the nextHopChainingCount value indicated in the RRCConnectionReestablishment message, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2>	store the nextHopChainingCount value;
2>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the previously configured ciphering algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	derive the KUPint key associated with the previously configured integrity algorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	configure lower layers to activate integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e., integrity protection shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
2>	if connected as an RN:
3>	configure lower layers to apply integrity protection using the previously configured algorithm and the KUPint key, for subsequently resumed or subsequently established DRBs that are configured to apply integrity protection, if any;
2>	configure lower layers to apply ciphering using the previously configured algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e., ciphering shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
2>	if the UE is not a NB-IoT UE:
3>	if the UE is connected to EPC:
4>	set the content of RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message as follows:
5>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
6>	include the rlf-InfoAvailable;
5>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
6>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
5>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
6>	include the logMeasAvailable;
5>	if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
6>	include the logMeasAvailableBT;
5>	if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
6>	include the logMeasAvailableWLAN;
5>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
6>	include the connEstFailInfoAvailable;
5>	if the UE has flight path information available:
6>	include flightPathInfoAvailable;
3>	perform the measurement related actions as specified in 5.5.6.1;
3>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
2>	else:
3>	if the UE supports serving cell idle mode measurements reporting and servingCellMeasInfo is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
4>	set the measResultServCell to include the measurements of the serving cell;
 NOTE 2a:	The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/ reselection evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
2>	submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType15 is broadcast by the PCell:
3>	if the UE has transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure:
4>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType15 for the PCell;
4>	determine the set of MBMS frequencies of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3;
4>	determine the set of MBMS services of interest in accordance with 5.8.5.3a;
4>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of sidelink communication related parameters relevant in PCell (i.e. change of commRxInterestedFreq or commTxResourceReq, commTxResourceReqUC if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed or commTxResourceInfoReqRelay if PCell broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType19 including discConfigRelay) during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure; or
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of sidelink discovery related parameters relevant in PCell (i.e. change of discRxInterest or discTxResourceReq, discTxResourceReqPS if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS or discRxGapReq or discTxGapReq if the UE is configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true or if the UE is not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated and SystemInformationBlockType19 includes gapRequestsAllowedCommon) during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure; or
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon is broadcast by the PCell; and the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message indicating a change of V2X sidelink communication related parameters relevant in PCell (i.e. change of v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList or v2x-CommTxResourceReq) during the last 1 second preceding detection of radio link failure:
3>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
1>	for a NB-IoT UE for which AS security has not been activated:
2>	validate dl-NAS-MAC, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
2>	if dl-NAS-MAC check fails:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure', upon which the procedure ends;
2>	except for a UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
3>	re-establish PDCP for SRB1;
3>	re-establish RLC for SRB1;
2>	re-establish RLC for SRB1bis;
2>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicated and as specified in 5.3.10;
2>	except for a UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
3>	resume SRB1;
2>	resume SRB1bis;
NOTE 3:	E-UTRAN should not transmit any message on SRB1bis prior to receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.
2>	if the UE supports serving cell idle mode measurements reporting and servingCellMeasInfo is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB:
3>	set the measResultServCell to include the measurements of the serving cell;
 NOTE 4:	The UE includes the latest results of the serving cell measurements as used for cell selection/ reselection evaluation, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
2>	submit the RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message to lower layers for transmission;
1>	the procedure ends;
5.3.7.6	T311 expiry
Upon T311 expiry, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.7.7	T301 expiry or selected cell no longer suitable
The UE shall:
1>	if timer T301 expires; or
1>	if the selected cell becomes no longer suitable according to the cell selection criteria as specified in TS 36.304 [4]:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.7.8	Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject by the UE
Upon receiving the RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.8	RRC connection release
5.3.8.1	General

Figure 5.3.8.1-1: RRC connection release, successful
The purpose of this procedure is:
-	to release the RRC connection, which includes the release of the established radio bearers as well as all radio resources; or
-	to suspend the RRC connection for both suspended RRC connection or RRC_INACTIVE, which includes the suspension of the established radio bearers.
-	to complete the UP-EDT procedure, which includes the release or suspension of the established radio bearers.
5.3.8.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the RRC connection release procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED or in RRC_INACTIVE or to complete UP-EDT.
5.3.8.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionRelease by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	except for NB-IoT, BL UEs or UEs in CE, delay the following actions defined in this sub-clause 60 ms from the moment the RRCConnectionRelease message was received or optionally when lower layers indicate that the receipt of the RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged, whichever is earlier;
1>	for BL UEs or UEs in CE, delay the following actions defined in this sub-clause 1.25 seconds from the moment the RRCConnectionRelease message was received or optionally when lower layers indicate that the receipt of the RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged, whichever is earlier;
1>	for NB-IoT, delay the following actions defined in this sub-clause 10 seconds from the moment the RRCConnectionRelease message was received or optionally when lower layers indicate that the receipt of the RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged, whichever is earlier.
NOTE:	For BL UEs, UEs in CE and NB-IoT, when STATUS reporting, as defined in TS 36.322 [7], has not been triggered and the UE has sent positive HARQ feedback (ACK), as defined in TS 36.321 [6], the lower layers can be considered to have indicated that the receipt of the RRCConnectionRelease message has been successfully acknowledged.
1>	stop T380, if running; 
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message is received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest for EDT:
2>	indicate to upper layers that the suspended RRC connection has been resumed;
2>	discard the stored UE AS context and resumeIdentity;
2>	stop timer T300;
2>	stop timer T302, if running;
2>	stop timer T303, if running;
2>	stop timer T305, if running;
2>	stop timer T306, if running;
2>	stop timer T308, if running;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.7;
2>	stop timer T320, if running;
2>	stop timer T322, if running;
1>	if AS security is not activated and if UE is connected to 5GC:
2>	ignore any field included in RRCConnectionRelease message except waitTime;
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12 with the release cause 'other' upon which the procedure ends;
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes redirectedCarrierInfo indicating redirection to geran; or
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes idleModeMobilityControlInfo including freqPriorityListGERAN:
2>	if AS security has not been activated; and
2>	if upper layers indicate that redirect to GERAN without AS security is not allowed:
3>	ignore the content of the RRCConnectionRelease;
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other', upon which the procedure ends;
1>	if AS security has not been activated:
2>	ignore the content of redirectedCarrierInfo, if included and indicating redirection to nr;
2>	ignore the content of idleModeMobilityControlInfo, if included and including freqPriorityListNR;
2>	if the UE ignores the content of redirectedCarrierInfo or of idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other', upon which the procedure ends;
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes redirectedCarrierInfo indicating redirection to eutra and if UE is connected to 5GC:
2>	if cn-Type is included:
3>	after the cell selection, indicate the available CN Type(s) and the received cn-Type to upper layers;
NOTE 1:	Handling the case if the E-UTRA cell selected after the redirection does not support the core network type specified by the cn-Type, is up to UE implementation.
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes the idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
2>	store the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo;
2>	if the t320 is included:
3>	start timer T320, with the timer value set according to the value of t320;
1>	else:
2>	apply the cell reselection priority information broadcast in the system information;
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes the measIdleConfig:
2>	clear VarMeasIdleConfig and VarMeasIdleReport;
2>	store the received measIdleDuration in VarMeasIdleConfig;
2>	start T331 with the value of measIdleDuration;
2>	if the measIdleConfig contains measIdleCarrierListEUTRA:
3>	store the received measIdleCarrierListEUTRA in VarMeasIdleConfig;
3>	start performing idle mode measurements as specified in 5.6.20;
NOTE 2:	If the measIdleConfig does not contain measIdleCarrierListEUTRA, UE may receive measIdleCarrierListEUTRA as specified in 5.2.2.12.
1>	for NB-IoT, if the RRCConnectionRelease message includes the redirectedCarrierInfo:
2>	if the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated is included in the redirectedCarrierInfo:
3>	store the dedicated offset for the frequency in redirectedCarrierInfo;
3>	start timer T322, with the timer value set according to the value of T322 in redirectedCarrierInfo;
1>	if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates loadBalancingTAURequired:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'load balancing TAU required';
1>	else if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates cs-FallbackHighPriority:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'CS Fallback High Priority';
1>	else:
2>	if the extendedWaitTime is present; and
2>	if the UE supports delay tolerant access or the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
3>	forward the extendedWaitTime to upper layers;
2>	if the extendedWaitTime-CPdata is present and the NB-IoT UE only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
3>	forward the extendedWaitTime-CPdata to upper layers;
2>	if the releaseCause received in the RRCConnectionRelease message indicates rrc-Suspend:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC suspension';
2>	else if rrc-InactiveConfig is included:
3>	perform the actions upon entering RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.8.7;
2>	else:
3>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
5.3.8.4	T320 expiry
The UE shall:
1>	if T320 expires:
2>	if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT;
2>	apply the cell reselection priority information broadcast in the system information;
5.3.8.5	T322 expiry or stop
The UE shall:
1>	if T322 expires or is stopped:
2>	discard the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated provided in RRCConnectionRelease message;
5.3.8.6	UE actions upon receiving the expiry of DataInactivityTimer
Upon receiving the expiry of DataInactivityTimer from lower layers while in RRC_CONNECTED, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
5.3.8.7	UE actions upon entering RRC_INACTIVE
Upon entering RRC_INACTIVE, the UE shall:
1>	reset MAC and release the default MAC configuration if any;
1>	stop all timers that are running except T302, T309, T320 and T325;
1>	re-establish RLC entities for all SRBs and DRBs;
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message is including the waitTime:
2>	start timer T302, with the timer value set according to the waitTime;
2>	inform the upper layer that access barring is applicable for all access categories except categories '0' and '2';
1>	if T309 is running:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
1>	apply the received rrc-InactiveConfig;
1>	if the RRCConnectionRelease message was received in response to an RRCConnectionResumeRequest:
2>	in the stored UE Inactive AS context:
3>	replace the KeNB and KRRCint keys with the current KeNB and KRRCint keys;
3>	replace the C-RNTI with the temporary C-RNTI which the UE has used to receive the RRCConnectionRelease message;
3>	replace the cellIdentity with the cellIdentity of the PCell at the time the UE has received the RRCConnectionRelease message;
3>	replace the previously stored physical cell identity with the physical cell identity of the PCell at the time the UE has received the RRCConnectionRelease message;
1>	else:
2>	store in the UE Inactive AS Context, the current KeNB and KRRCint keys, the ROHC state, the stored QoS flow to DRB mapping rules, the C-RNTI used in the source PCell, the cellIdentity and the physical cell identity of the source PCell, and all other parameters configured;
1>	if the periodic-RNAU-timer is included:
2>	start timer T380, with the timer value set to the periodic-RNAU-timer;
1>	suspend all SRB(s) and DRB(s), except SRB0;
1>	indicate PDCP suspend to lower layers of all DRBs;
1>	indicate the suspension of the RRC connection to upper layers;
1>	enter RRC_INACTIVE and perform procedures as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.7;
Upon selecting to an inter-RAT cell or switching to another CN type, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
5.3.9	RRC connection release requested by upper layers
5.3.9.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to release the RRC connection. Access to the current PCell may be barred as a result of this procedure.
5.3.9.2	Initiation
The UE initiates the procedure when upper layers request the release of the RRC connection as specified in TS 24. 301 [35] for E-UTRA/EPC and TS 24.501 [95] for E-UTRA/5GC. The UE shall not initiate the procedure for power saving purposes.
The UE shall:
1>	if the upper layers indicate barring of the PCell:
2>	treat the PCell used prior to entering RRC_IDLE as barred according to TS 36.304 [4];
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
5.3.10	Radio resource configuration
5.3.10.0	General
The UE shall:
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the srb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform the SRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.1;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the drb-ToReleaseList:
2>	perform DRB release as specified in 5.3.10.2;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the drb-ToAddModList:
2>	perform DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the mac-MainConfig:
2>	perform MAC main reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.4;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes sps-Config:
2>	perform SPS reconfiguration according to 5.3.10.5;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the physicalConfigDedicated:
2>	reconfigure the physical channel configuration as specified in 5.3.10.6.
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the rlf-TimersAndConstants:
2>	reconfigure the values of timers and constants as specified in 5.3.10.7;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the measSubframePatternPCell:
2>	reconfigure the time domain measurement resource restriction for the serving cell as specified in 5.3.10.8;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the naics-Info:
2>	perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the PCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1>	if the received RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell includes the naics-Info:
2>	perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the PSCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1>	if the received RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 includes the naics-Info:
2>	perform NAICS neighbour cell information reconfiguration for the SCell as specified in 5.3.10.13;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the srb-ToReleaseList:
2>	perform SRB release as specified in 5.3.10.17;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicated includes the schedulingRequestConfig:
2>	perform scheduling request reconfiguration for the SCell as specified in 5.3.10.18.
5.3.10.1	SRB addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and SRB1 is not established; or
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (SRB establishment):
2>	if the UE is not a NB-IoT UE that only supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
3>	apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for the corresponding SRB;
3>	establish a primary (MCG) RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
3>	establish a primary (MCG) DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig and with the logical channel identity set in accordance with 9.1.2;
3>	if the same srb-Identity is included in NR srb-ToAddModList:
4>	after processing nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2 if present in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message which triggered the execution of the SRB addition/modification procedure, associate MCG RLC bearer with the NR PDCP entity associated with the same value of srb-Identity in the current UE configuraton as specified in TS 38.331 [82];
3>	else:
4>	establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current (MCG) security configuration, if applicable;
3>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is received with value setup:
4>	establish a secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
4>	configure the E-UTRA PDCP entity to activate duplication with t-Reordering set to infinity;
2>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
3>	apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for SRB1bis;
3>	establish an (MCG) RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
3>	establish a (MCG) DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig and with the logical channel identity set in accordance with 9.1.2.1a;
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE and SRB1 is established; or
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (SRB reconfiguration):
2>	if pdcp-verChange is included (i.e, NR PDCP to E-UTRA PDCP change):
3>	establish an (E-UTRA) PDCP entity and configure it with the current (MCG) security configuration;
NOTE:	The UE applies the LTE ciphering and integrity protection algorithms that are equivalent to the previously configured NR security algorithms.
3>	associate the primary RLC bearer of this SRB with the established PDCP entity;
3>	release the NR PDCP entity of this SRB;
2>	reconfigure the primary RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
2>	reconfigure the primary DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig;
2>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value release:
3>	release the secondary MCG RLC entity or entities as well as the associated DTCH logical channel;
2>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is received with value setup:
3>	if the current SRB configuration does not include a secondary RLC bearer:
4>	establish a secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
4>	configure the E-UTRA PDCP entity to activate duplication with t-Reordering set to infinity;
3>	else:
4>	reconfigure the secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and the associated DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary;
5.3.10.1a	SCG RLC bearer addition or reconfiguration for SRBs
The UE shall:
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModListSCG that is not part of the current UE E-UTRA SCG configuration (i.e. SCG RLC bearer establishment):
2>	apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for the corresponding SRB;
2>	establish an (SCG) RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
2>	establish a (SCG) DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig and with the logical channel identity set in accordance with 9.1.2;
2>	if the UE is configured with DC:
3>	associate the  established SCG RLC bearer and DCCH logical channel with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
3>	configure the E-UTRA PDCP entity to activate duplication with t-Reordering set to infinity;
2> else (i.e. the UE is configured with NE-DC):
3>	associate the SCG RLC bearer and DCCH logical channel with the NR PDCP entity, i.e. as configured by NR see TS 38.331 [82], identified with the same srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModListSCG that is part of the current UE SCG configuration (SCG RLC bearer reconfiguration):
2>	re-establish the SCG RLC entity, if reestablishRLC is included;
2>	reconfigure the RLC entity in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
2>	reconfigure the DCCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig;
5.3.10.2	DRB release
The UE shall:
1>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToReleaseList or drb-ToReleaseListSCG that is part of the current UE configuration (DRB or RLC bearer release); or
1>	for each drb-identity value that is to be released as the result of full configuration option according to 5.3.5.8:
2>	if release of this DRB is result of full configuration option according to 5.3.5.8:
3>	release the E-UTRA or NR PDCP entity;
2>	else if this DRB is configured with pdcp-config:
3>	release the E-UTRA PDCP entity;
2>	else (release the RLC bearer configuration of MCG or of SCG):
3>	re-establish the RLC entity as specified in 36.322 for this DRB;
2>	release the RLC entity or entities;
2>	release the DTCH logical channel;
2>	if the UE is connected to EPC:
3>	if the DRB was configured with pdcp-config and new DRB is not added with same eps-BearerIdentity in drb-ToAddModList nor nr-radioBearerConfig1 nor in nr-radioBearerConfig2:
4>	if the procedure was triggered due to handover:
5>	indicate the release of the DRB and the eps-BearerIdentity of the released DRB to upper layers after successful handover;
4>	else:
5>	indicate the release of the DRB and the eps-BearerIdentity of the released DRB to upper layers immediately.
NOTE 1:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the drb-ToReleaseList includes any drb-Identity value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
NOTE 2:	The association of eps-BearerIdentity to an NR PDCP configuration as defined in TS 38.331 [82] can be included in the same message that releases an DRB associated to the same eps-BearerIdentity.
5.3.10.3	DRB addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (DRB establishment including the case when full configuration option is used):
2>	if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWA set to TRUE (i.e. add LWA DRB):
3>	perform the LWA specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a2;
2>	if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWIP (i.e. add LWIP DRB):
3>	perform LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a3;
2>	else if drb-ToAddModListSCG is not received or does not include the drb-Identity value (i.e. add MCG DRB or MCG RLC bearer):
3>	if pdcp-Config is received, establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance with the received pdcp-Config;
3>	if rlc-Config is received, establish a (primary) MCG RLC entity or entities in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
3>	if logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig are received, establish a (primary) MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelIdentity and the received logicalChannelConfig;
3>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is received with value setup:
4>	establish a secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of drb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
3>	if pdcp-Config is not received, after processing nr-RadioBearerConfig1 and nr-RadioBearerConfig2 if present in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message which triggered the execution of the DRB addition/modification procedure, associate MCG RLC bearer with the NR PDCP entity associated with the same value of drb-Identity in the current UE configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82];
2>	if a DRB was configured with the same eps-BearerIdentity (fullConfig or change to E-UTRA PDCP):
3>	associate the established DRB with corresponding included eps-BearerIdentity;
2>	else if the entry of drb-ToAddModList includes pdcp-config (establishment of bearer with E-UTRA PDCP):
3>	indicate the establishment of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB(s) to upper layers;
1>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (DRB reconfiguration):
2>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an LWA DRB (i.e. LWA to LTE only or reconfigure LWA DRB):
3>	perform the LWA specific DRB reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a2;
2>	else if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWA set to TRUE (i.e. LTE only to LWA DRB):
3>	perform the LWA specific DRB reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a2;
2>	if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWIP (i.e. add or reconfigure LWIP DRB):
3>	perform LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a3;
2>	if drb-ToAddModListSCG is not received or does not include the drb-Identity value:
3>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB or configured with MCG RLC bearer (reconfigure MCG RLC bearer or reconfigure MCG DRB):
4>	if the pdcp-Config is included:
5>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the received pdcp-Config;
4>	if the rlc-Config is included:
5>	if reestablishRLC is received:
6>	re-establish the primary RLC entity of this DRB;
6>	if the logicalChannelIdentity is included and the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is configured with MCG RLC bearer (reconfigure logical channel identity of MCG RLC bearer):
7>	reconfigure the primary DTCH logical channel identity in accordance with the received logicalChannelIdentity;
5>	reconfigure the primary RLC entity or entities in accordance with the received rlc-Config;
4>	if the logicalChannelConfig is included:
5>	reconfigure the primary DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received logicalChannelConfig;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value release:
5>	release the secondary MCG RLC entity or entities as well as the associated DTCH logical channel;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value setup;
5>	if the current DRB configuration does not include a secondary RLC bearer:
6>	establish a secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
5>	else:
6>	reconfigure the secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and the associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary;
NOTE:	Removal and addition of DRB with pdcp-Config with the same drb-Identity in a single radioResourceConfigDedicated is not supported. In case drb-Identity is removed and added due to handover or re-establishment with the full configuration option, the eNB can use the same value of drb-Identity.
5.3.10.3a1	DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration
For the drb-Identity value for which this procedure is initiated, the UE shall:
1>	if drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value; and drb-Identity value is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. DC specific DRB establishment):
2>	if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value (i.e. add split DRB):
3>	establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModList;
3>	establish an MCG RLC entity and an MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config, logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig included in drb-ToAddModList;
3>	establish an SCG RLC entity and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2>	else (i.e. add SCG DRB):
3>	establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current SCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
3>	establish a primary SCG RLC entity or entities and a primary SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
3>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value setup;
4>	establish a secondary SCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
2>	indicate the establishment of the DRB(s) and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB(s) to upper layers;
1>	else (i.e. DC specific DRB modification; drb-ToAddModList and/ or drb-ToAddModListSCG received):
2>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is a split DRB:
3>	if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-TypeChange is included and set to toMCG (i.e. split to MCG):
4>	release the SCG RLC entity or entities and the SCG DTCH logical channel(s);
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the primary MCG RLC entity and/ or the primary MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value setup;
5>	establish a secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
3>	else (i.e. reconfigure split):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the MCG RLC entity and/ or the MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the SCG RLC entity and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
2>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an SCG DRB:
3>	if drb-ToAddModList is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-TypeChange is included and set to toMCG (i.e. SCG to MCG):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity with the current MCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities (both primary and secondary, if configured) and the SCG DTCH logical channel (both primary and secondary, if configured) to be an MCG RLC entity or entities and an MCG DTCH logical channel;
4>	reconfigure the primary MCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the primary MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config, logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value release:
5>	release the secondary MCG RLC entity or entities as well as the associated DTCH logical channel;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value setup;
5>	if the current DRB configuration does not include a secondary RLC bearer:
6>	establish a secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
5>	else:
6>	reconfigure the secondary MCG RLC entity or entities and the associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary;
3>	else (i.e. drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value i.e. reconfigure SCG):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
4>	reconfigure the primary SCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the primary SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value release:
5>	release the secondary SCG RLC entity or entities as well as the associated DTCH logical channel;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value setup; 
5>	if the current DRB configuration does not include a secondary RLC bearer:
6>	establish a secondary SCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
5>	else:
6>	reconfigure the secondary SCG RLC entity or entities and the associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary;
2>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB:
3>	if drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-Type is included and set to split (i.e. MCG to split):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	reconfigure the primary MCG RLC entity and/ or the primary MCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value release:
5>	release the secondary MCG RLC entity or entities as well as the associated DTCH logical channel;
4>	establish an SCG RLC entity and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
3>	else (i.e. drb-Type is included and set to scg i.e. MCG to SCG):
4>	reconfigure the PDCP entity with the current SCG security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
4>	reconfigure the MCG RLC entity or entities (both primary and secondary, if configured) and the MCG DTCH logical channel (both primary and secondary, if configured) to be an SCG RLC entity or entities and an SCG DTCH logical channel;
4>	reconfigure the primary SCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the primary SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value release:
5>	release the secondary SCG RLC entity or entities as well as the associated DTCH logical channel;
4>	if rlc-BearerConfigSecondary is included with value setup;
5>	if the current DRB configuration does not include a secondary RLC bearer:
6>	establish a secondary SCG RLC entity or entities and an associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary and associate these with the E-UTRA PDCP entity with the same value of srb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
5>	else:
6>	reconfigure the secondary SCG RLC entity or entities and the associated DTCH logical channel in accordance with the received rlc-BearerConfigSecondary;
5.3.10.3a2	LWA specific DRB addition or reconfiguration
For the drb-Identity value for which this procedure is initiated, the UE shall:
1>	if the drb-Identity value is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. add LWA DRB):
2>	establish a PDCP entity and configure it with the current security configuration and in accordance with the pdcp-Config included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	establish an RLC entity and an DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config, logicalChannelIdentity and logicalChannelConfig included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	enable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
2>	if lwa-WLAN-AC is configured:
3>	apply the received lwa-WLAN-AC when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN;
2>	indicate the establishment of the DRB and the eps-BearerIdentity of the established DRB to upper layers;
1>	else if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is not an LWA DRB (i.e. LTE only to LWA DRB):
2>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	reconfigure the RLC entity and/ or the DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	enable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
2>	if lwa-WLAN-AC is configured:
3>	apply the received lwa-WLAN-AC when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN;
1>	else if the concerned entry of drb-ToAddModList includes the drb-TypeLWA set to FALSE (i.e. LWA to LTE only DRB):
2>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	reconfigure the RLC entity and/ or the DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	perform PDCP data recovery as specified in TS 36.323 [8] if bearer is configured with RLC AM;
2>	disable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
1>	else (i.e. reconfigure LWA DRB):
2>	reconfigure the PDCP entity in accordance with the pdcp-Config, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	reconfigure the RLC entity and/ or the DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-Config and logicalChannelConfig, if included in drb-ToAddModList;
2>	if lwa-WLAN-AC is configured:
3>apply the received lwa-WLAN-AC when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN;
5.3.10.3a3	LWIP specific DRB addition or reconfiguration
For the drb-Identity value for which this procedure is initiated, the UE shall:
1>	if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to lwip:
2>	indicate to higher layers to use LWIP resources in both UL and DL for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2>	if lwip-DL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3>	indicate to higher layers to apply decoding of LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN DL reception for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2>	if lwip-DL-Aggregation is set to FALSE:
3>	indicate to higher layers to stop decoding of LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN DL reception for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2>	if lwip-UL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3>	indicate to higher layers to insert LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN UL transmissions for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2>	if lwip-UL-Aggregation is set to FALSE:
3>	indicate to higher layers to stop inserting LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN UL transmissions for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
1>	if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to lwip-DL-only:
2>	indicate to higher layers to use LWIP resources in the DL only for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2>	if lwip-DL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3>	indicate to higher layers to apply decoding of LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN DL reception for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
1>	if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to lwip-UL-only:
2>	indicate to higher layers to use LWIP resources in the UL only for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
2>	if lwip-UL-Aggregation is set to TRUE:
3>	indicate to higher layers to insert LWIPEP header with GRE sequence number for both LTE and WLAN UL transmissions for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
1>	if the drb-TypeLWIP is set to eutran:
2>	indicate to higher layers to stop using LWIP resources for the DRB associated with the drb-Identity;
5.3.10.3a4	SCG RLC bearer addition or reconfiguration for DRBs in NE-DC
The UE shall:
1>	for each drb-Identity value included in drb-ToAddModListSCG:
2>	if drb-Identity value is not part of the current UE E-UTRA SCG configuration (SCG RLC bearer establishment):
3>	establish an SCG RLC entity or entities and an SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG, logicalChannelIdentitySCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
3>	associate the SCG RLC bearer and DTCH logical channel with the NR PDCP entity, i.e. as configured by NR see TS 38.331 [82], identified with the same drb-Identity within the current UE configuration;
2>	else:
3>	re-establish the SCG RLC entity of this DRB, if reestablishRLC is included in rlc-Config;
3>	reconfigure the SCG RLC entity or entities and/ or the SCG DTCH logical channel in accordance with the rlc-ConfigSCG and logicalChannelConfigSCG, if included in drb-ToAddModListSCG;
5.3.10.3a	SCell release
The UE shall:
1>	if the release is triggered by reception of the sCellToReleaseList or the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
2>	for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToReleaseList or in the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
3>	if the current UE configuration includes an SCell with value sCellIndex:
4>	release the SCell;
1>	if the release is triggered by RRC connection re-establishment; or
1>	if the release is triggered when the UE is resuming an RRC connection from a suspended RRC connection or from RRC_INACTIVE as specified in clause 5.3.3.2:
2>	release all SCells that are part of the current UE configuration;
5.3.10.3b	SCell addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG that is not part of the current UE configuration (SCell addition):
2>	add the SCell, corresponding to the cellIdentification, in accordance with the radioResourceConfigCommonSCell and radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell, both included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG;
2>	if sCellState is configured for the SCell and indicates activated:
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in activated state;
2>	else if sCellState is configured for the SCell and indicates dormant:
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in dormant state;
2>	else:
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCell to be in deactivated state;
2>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
3>	if SCells are not applicable for the associated measurement; and
3>	if the concerned SCell is included in cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId:
4>	remove the concerned SCell from cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
1>	for each sCellIndex value included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG that is part of the current UE configuration (SCell modification):
2>	modify the SCell configuration in accordance with the radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell, included either in the sCellToAddModList or in the sCellToAddModListSCG;
5.3.10.3c	PSCell addition or modification
The UE shall:
1>	if the PSCell is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. PSCell addition):
2>	add the PSCell, corresponding to the cellIdentification, in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell and radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell;
2>	configure lower layers to consider the PSCell to be in activated state;
1>	if the PSCell is part of the current UE configuration (i.e. PSCell modification):
2>	modify the PSCell configuration in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell;
5.3.10.3d	SCell group release
The UE shall:
1>	if the release is triggered by reception of the sCellGroupToReleaseList:
2>	for each sCellGroupIndex value included in the sCellGroupToReleaseList:
3>	if the current UE configuration includes an SCell with value sCellGroupIndex:
4>	consider the SCell not to be part of the SCell group indicated by sCellGroupIndex;
4>	consider the sCellConfigCommon of the SCell group to be not applicable for the SCell;
3>	release the SCell group;
1>	if the release is triggered by RRC connection re-establishment:
2>	release all SCell groups that are part of the current UE configuration;
5.3.10.3e	SCell group addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each sCellGroupIndex value included in the sCellGroupToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (SCell group modification):
2>	for each sCellIndex value included in the sCellToReleaseList that is part of the SCell group indicated by sCellGroupIndex (SCell deletion from SCell group):
3>	consider the sCellConfigCommon of the SCell group to be not applicable for the SCell;
3>	consider the SCell not to be part of the SCell group indicated by sCellGroupIndex
2>	for each sCellIndex value included in the sCellToAddModList that is not part of the SCell group indicated by sCellGroupIndex (SCell addition to SCell group):
3>	consider the SCell to be part of the SCell group indicated by sCellGroupIndex;
3>	apply the SCell configuration for parameters not already configured as part of the current SCell configuration in accordance with the sCellConfigCommon for the SCell group;
2>	if sCellConfigCommon is included (modify the SCell group configuration):
3> for each SCell that is part of the current SCell group indicated by sCellGroupIndex:
4> apply the SCell configuration for parameters not already configured as part of the current SCell configuration in accordance with the sCellConfigCommon for the SCell group;
1>	for each sCellGroupIndex value included in the sCellGroupToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (SCell group addition):
2>	for each sCellIndex value included in the sCellToAddModList (SCell addition to the group):
3>	consider the SCell to be part of the SCell group indicated by sCellGroupIndex
3> apply the SCell configuration for parameters not already configured as part of the current SCell configuration in accordance with the sCellConfigCommon for the SCell group;
5.3.10.4	MAC main reconfiguration
Except for NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1>	if the procedure is triggered to perform SCG MAC main reconfiguration:
2>	if SCG MAC is not part of the current UE configuration (i.e. SCG establishment):
3>	create an SCG MAC entity;
2>	reconfigure the SCG MAC main configuration as specified in the following i.e. assuming it concerns the SCG MAC whenever MAC main configuration is referenced and that it is based on the received mac-MainConfigSCG instead of mac-MainConfig:
1>	reconfigure the MAC main configuration in accordance with the received mac-MainConfig other than stag-ToReleaseList and stag-ToAddModList;
1>	if the received mac-MainConfig includes the stag-ToReleaseList:
2>	for each STAG-Id value included in the stag-ToReleaseList that is part of the current UE configuration:
3>	release the STAG indicated by STAG-Id;
1>	if the received mac-MainConfig includes the stag-ToAddModList:
2>	for each stag-Id value included in stag-ToAddModList that is not part of the current UE configuration (STAG addition):
3>	add the STAG, corresponding to the stag-Id, in accordance with the received timeAlignmentTimerSTAG;
2>	for each stag-Id value included in stag-ToAddModList that is part of the current UE configuration (STAG modification):
3>	reconfigure the STAG, corresponding to the stag-Id, in accordance with the received timeAlignmentTimerSTAG;
For NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1>	reconfigure the MAC main configuration in accordance with the received mac-MainConfig;
5.3.10.5	Semi-persistent scheduling reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	reconfigure the semi-persistent scheduling in accordance with the received sps-Config;
5.3.10.6	Physical channel reconfiguration
Except for NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1>	if the antennaInfo-r10 is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated and the previous version of this field that was received by the UE was antennaInfo (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8):
2>	apply the default antenna configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	if the cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated and the previous version of this field that was received by the UE was cqi-ReportConfig (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8):
2>	apply the default CQI reporting configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
NOTE:	Application of the default configuration involves release of all extensions introduced in REL-9 and later.
1>	reconfigure the physical channel configuration in accordance with the received physicalConfigDedicated;
1>	if the antennaInfo is included and set to explicitValue:
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm1, tm2, tm5, tm6 or tm7; or
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm8 and pmi-RI-Report is not present; or
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm9 and pmi-RI-Report is not present; or
2>	if the configured transmissionMode is tm9 and pmi-RI-Report is present and antennaPortsCount within csi-RS is set to an1:
3>	release ri-ConfigIndex in cqi-ReportPeriodic, if previously configured;
1>	else if the antennaInfo is included and set to defaultValue:
2>	release ri-ConfigIndex in cqi-ReportPeriodic, if previously configured;
1>	if the pusch-EnhancementsConfig is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated, for the associated serving cell:
2>	if PUSCH enhancement mode is previously released or not configured and pusch-EnhancementsConfig is set to setup, or
2>	if PUSCH enhancement mode is previously configured and pusch-EnhancementConfig is set to release:
3>	instruct the associated MAC entity to perform partial reset;
1>	if the procedure was not triggered due to handover and ce-Mode is included in the received physicalConfigDedicated, for the associated serving cell:
2>	if ce-Mode is not currently configured and ce-Mode is set to setup, or
2>	if ce-Mode is currently configured and ce-Mode is set to release:
3>	instruct the associated MAC entity to perform partial reset;
For NB-IoT, the UE shall:
1>	if the carrierConfigDedicated is not included in the received physicalConfigDedicated:
2>	if the UE is configured with a carrier configuration previously received in carrierConfigDedicated:
3>	use the carrier configuration received in carrierConfigDedicated;
2>	else:
3>	use the carrier configuration received in system information for the uplink and downlink carrier used during the random access procedure;
1>	else:
2>	use the carrier configuration received in carrierConfigDedicated;
2>	start to use the new carrier immediately after the last transport block carrying the RRC message has been acknowledged by the MAC layer, and any subsequent RRC response message sent for the current RRC procedure is therefore sent on the new carrier;
1>	reconfigure the physical channel configuration in accordance with the received physicalConfigDedicated.
5.3.10.7	Radio Link Failure Timers and Constants reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received rlf-TimersAndConstants is set to release:
2>	use values for timers T301, T310, T311 and constants N310, N311, as included in ue-TimersAndConstants received in SystemInformationBlockType2 (or SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in NB-IoT);
1>	else:
2>	reconfigure the value of timers and constants in accordance with received rlf-TimersAndConstants;
1>	if the received rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG is set to release:
2>	stop timer T313, if running, and
2>	release the value of timer t313 as well as constants n313 and n314;
1>	else:
2>	reconfigure the value of timers and constants in accordance with received rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG;
5.3.10.8	Time domain measurement resource restriction for serving cell
The UE shall:
1>	if the received measSubframePatternPCell is set to release:
2>	release the time domain measurement resource restriction for the PCell, if previously configured
1>	else:
2>	apply the time domain measurement resource restriction for the PCell in accordance with the received measSubframePatternPCell;
5.3.10.9	Other configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the reportProximityConfig:
2>	if proximityIndicationEUTRA is set to enabled:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide proximity indications for E-UTRA frequencies in accordance with 5.3.14;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide proximity indications for E-UTRA frequencies;
2>	if proximityIndicationUTRA is set to enabled:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide proximity indications for UTRA frequencies in accordance with 5.3.14;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide proximity indications for UTRA frequencies;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the obtainLocation:
2>	attempt to have detailed location information available for any subsequent measurement report;
NOTE:	The UE is requested to attempt to have valid detailed location information available whenever sending a measurement report for which it is configured to include available detailed location information. The UE may not succeed e.g. because the user manually disabled the GPS hardware, due to no/poor satellite coverage. Further details, e.g. regarding when to activate GNSS, are up to UE implementation.
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the bt-NameListConfig:
2>	if bt-NameListConfig is set to setup, attempt to have Bluetooth measurement results available for subsequent measurement report;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the wlan-NameListConfig:
2>	if wlan-NameListConfig is set to setup, attempt to have WLAN measurement results available for subsequent measurement report;
NOTE:	The UE is requested to attempt to have valid Bluetooth measurements and WLAN measurements whenever sending a measurement report for which it is configured to include these measurements. The UE may not succeed e.g. because the user manually disabled the WLAN or Bluetooth hardware. Further details, e.g. regarding when to activate WLAN or Bluetooth, are up to UE implementation.
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the idc-Config:
2>	if idc-Indication is included (i.e. set to setup):
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide IDC indications in accordance with 5.6.9;
3>	if idc-Indication-UL-CA is included (i.e. set to setup):
4>	consider itself to be configured to indicate UL CA related information in IDC indications in accordance with 5.6.9;
3>	if idc-HarwareSharingIndication is included (i.e. set to setup):
4>	consider itself to be configured to indicate IDC hardware sharing problem indications in IDC indications in accordance with 5.6.9;
3>	if idc-Indication-MRDC is included (i.e. set to setup):
4>	consider itself to be configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC in accordance with 5.6.9;
 2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide IDC indications;
2>	if autonomousDenialParameters is included:
3>	consider itself to be allowed to deny any transmission in a particular UL subframe if during the number of subframes indicated by autonomousDenialValidity, preceeding and including this particular subframe, it autonomously denied fewer UL subframes than indicated by autonomousDenialSubframes;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be allowed to deny any UL transmission;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the powerPrefIndicationConfig:
2>	if powerPrefIndicationConfig is set to setup:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide power preference indications in accordance with 5.6.10;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide power preference indications;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the sps-AssistanceInfoReport:
2>	if sps-AssistanceInfoReport is set to TRUE:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide SPS assistance information in accordance with 5.6.10;
2>	else
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide SPS assistance information;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer:
2>	consider itself to be configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference indication in accordance with 5.6.10;
1>	else:
2>	consider itself not to be configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth indication preference;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the delayBudgetReportingConfig:
2>	if delayBudgetReportingConfig is set to setup:
3>	consider itself to be configured to send delay budget reports in accordance with 5.6.10;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to send delay budget reports and stop timer T342, if running;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the overheatingAssistanceConfig:
2>	if overheatingAssistanceConfig is set to setup:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide overheating assistance information in accordance with 5.6.10;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide overheating assistance information and stop timer T345, if running;
1>	for BL UEs or UEs in CE, if the received otherConfig includes the rlm-ReportConfig:
2>	if rlm-ReportConfig is set to setup:
3>	consider itself to be configured to detect "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" RLM events as specified in 5.3.11;
3>	if rlmReportRep-MPDCCH is set to setup:
4>	consider itself to be configured to report rlmReportRep-MPDCCH in accordance with 5.6.10;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to detect "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" RLM events and stop timer T343, timer T344, timer T314 and timer T315 if running;
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the measConfigAppLayer:
2>	if measConfigAppLayer is set to setup:
3>	forward measConfigAppLayerContainer to upper layers considering the serviceType;
3>	consider itself to be configured to send application layer measurement report in accordance with 5.6.19;
2>	else:
3>	inform upper layers to clear the stored application layer measurement configuration;
3>	discard received application layer measurement report information from upper layers;
3>	consider itself not to be configured to send application layer measurement report.
1>	if the received otherConfig includes the ailc-BitConfig:
2>	if ailc-BitConfig is set to TRUE:
3>	consider itself to be configured to provide assistance information bit for local cache as specified in TS 36.323 [8], clause 6.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	consider itself not to be configured to provide assistance information bit for local cache;
5.3.10.10	SCG reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if makeBeforeBreakSCG is configured:
2>	stop timer T313, if running;
2>	start timer T307 with the timer value set to t307, as included in the mobilityControlInfoSCG;
2>	start synchronising to the DL of the target PSCell, if needed;
2>	perform the remainder of this procedure including and following resetting MAC after the UE has stopped the uplink transmission/downlink reception with the source PSCell;
NOTE 0a:	It is up to UE implementation when to stop the uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source PSCell to initiate re-tuning for the connection to the target cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], if makeBeforeBreakSCG is configured.
NOTE 0b:	It is up to UE implementation when to stop the uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source SCG SCell(s) after receiving mobilityControlInfoSCG.
1>	if scg-Configuration is received and is set to release or includes the mobilityControlInfoSCG (i.e. SCG release/ change):
2>	if mobilityControlInfo is not received (i.e. SCG release/ change without HO):
3>	reset SCG MAC, if configured;
3>	if the UE is not configured with NE-DC:
4>	for each drb-Identity value that is part of the current UE configuration:
5>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an SCG DRB:
6>	re-establish the PDCP entity and the SCG RLC entity or entities;
5>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is a split DRB:
6>	perform PDCP data recovery and re-establish the SCG RLC entity;
5>	if the DRB indicated by drb-Identity is an MCG DRB; and
5>	drb-ToAddModListSCG is received and includes the drb-Identity value, while for this entry drb-Type is included and set to scg (i.e. MCG to SCG):
6>	re-establish the PDCP entity and the MCG RLC entity or entities;
3>	configure lower layers to consider the SCG SCell(s), except for the PSCell, to be in deactivated state;
1>	if scg-Configuration is received and is set to release:
2>	release the entire SCG configuration, except for the DRB configuration (i.e. as configured by drb-ToAddModListSCG);
2>	if the current UE configuration includes one or more split or SCG DRBs and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
3>	reconfigure the SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList as specified in 5.3.10.12;
2>	stop timer T313, if running;
2>	stop timer T307, if running;
1>	else:
2>	if scg-ConfigPartMCG is received and includes the scg-Counter:
3>	update the S-KeNB key based on the KeNB key and using the received scg-Counter value, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	derive the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithmSCG included in mobilityControlInfoSCG within the received scg-ConfigPartSCG, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	configure lower layers to apply the ciphering algorithm and the KUPenc key;
2>	if scg-ConfigPartSCG is received and includes the radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG:
3>	reconfigure the dedicated radio resource configuration for the SCG as specified in 5.3.10.11;
2>	if the current UE configuration includes one or more split or SCG DRBs and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:
3>	reconfigure the SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList as specified in 5.3.10.12;
2>	if scg-ConfigPartSCG is received and includes measConfigSN:
3>	for measConfigSN perform the actions as specified in 5.5.2 for measConfig unless explicitly stated otherwise;
2>	if scg-ConfigPartSCG is received and includes the sCellToReleaseListSCG:
3>	perform SCell release for the SCG as specified in 5.3.10.3a;
2>	if scg-ConfigPartSCG is received and includes the pSCellToAddMod:
3>	perform PSCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3c;
NOTE 0:	This procedure is also used to release the PSCell e.g. PSCell change, SI change for the PSCell.
2>	if scg-ConfigPartSCG is received and includes the sCellToAddModListSCG:
3>	perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
2>	configure lower layers in accordance with mobilityControlInfoSCG, if received;
2>	if rach-SkipSCG is configured:
3>	configure lower layers to apply the rach-SkipSCG for the target SCG, as specified in TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.321 [6];
2>	if scg-ConfigPartSCG is received and includes the mobilityControlInfoSCG (i.e. SCG change):
3>	resume all SCG DRBs and resume SCG transmission for split DRBs, if suspended;
3>	stop timer T313, if running;
3>	start timer T307 with the timer value set to t307, as included in the mobilityControlInfoSCG, if makeBeforeBreakSCG is not configured;
3>	start synchronising to the DL of the target PSCell;
3>	initiate the random access procedure on the PSCell, as specified in TS 36.321 [6], if rach-SkipSCG is not configured:
NOTE 1:	The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PSCell by acquiring system information from that cell before performing RACH access in the target PSCell.
3>	the procedure ends, except that the following actions are performed when MAC successfully completes the random access procedure on the PSCell or when MAC indicates the successful reception of a PDCCH transmission addressed to C-RNTI and if rach-skipSCG is configured:
4>	stop timer T307;
4>	release rach-SkipSCG;
4>	apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PSCell, if any;
4>	apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the target PSCell (e.g. periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PSCell;
NOTE 2:	Whenever the UE shall setup or reconfigure a configuration in accordance with a field that is received it applies the new configuration, except for the cases addressed by the above statements.
5.3.10.11	SCG dedicated resource configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the srb-ToReleaseListSCG:
2>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToReleaseListSCG perform the SCG RLC bearer release as specified in 5.3.10.17;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the srb-ToAddModListSCG:
2>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModListSCG perform the SCG RLC bearer addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.1a;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes drb-ToReleaseListSCG:
2>	perform the DRB release as specified in 5.3.10.2;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the drb-ToAddModListSCG:
2>	if the UE is configured with NE-DC:
3>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModListSCG perform the SCG RLC bearer addition or reconfiguration for DRBs in NE-DC as specified in 5.3.10.3a4;
2>	else:
3>	for each drb-Identity value included in the drb-ToAddModListSCG perform the DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a1;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the mac-MainConfigSCG:
2>	perform the SCG MAC main reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.4;
1>	if the received radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG includes the rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG:
2>	reconfigure the values of timers and constants as specified in 5.3.10.7;
5.3.10.12	Reconfiguration SCG or split DRB by drb-ToAddModList
The UE shall:
1>	for each split or SCG DRBs that is part of the current configuration:
2>	if the corresponding drb-Identity value is included in the received drb-ToAddModList; and
2>	if the corresponding drb-Identity value is not included in the received drb-ToAddModListSCG (i.e. reconfigure split, split to MCG or SCG to MCG):
3>	perform the DC specific DRB addition or reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.3a1;
5.3.10.13	Neighbour cell information reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received naics-Info is set to release:
2>	instruct lower layer to release all the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell, if previously configured;
1>	if the received naics-Info includes the neighCellsToReleaseList-r12:
2>	for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToReleaseList-r12 that is part of the current NAICS neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3>	instruct lower layer to release the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell;
1>	if the received naics-Info includes the NeighCellsToAddModList-r12:
2>	for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToAddModList-r12 that is not part of the current NAICS neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3>	instruct lower layer to add the NAICS neighbour cell information for the concerned cell;
2>	for each physCellId-r12 value included in the neighCellsToAddModList-r12 that is part of the current NAICS neighbour cell information of the concerned cell:
3>	instruct lower layer to modify the NAICS neighbour cell information in accordance with the received NeighCellsInfo for the concerned cell;
5.3.10.14	Void
5.3.10.15	Sidelink dedicated configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-CommConfig:
2>	if commTxResources is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next SC period use the resources indicated by commTxResources for sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.4;
2>	else if commTxResources is included and set to release:
3>	from the next SC period, release the resources allocated for sidelink communication transmission previously configured by commTxResources;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-DiscConfig:
2>	if discTxResources is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discTxResources for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2>	else if discTxResources is included and set to release:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, release the resources allocated for sidelink discovery announcement previously configured by discTxResources;
2>	if discTxResourcesPS is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discTxResourcesPS for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2>	else if discTxResourcesPS is included and set to release:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, release the resources allocated for sidelink discovery announcement previously configured by discTxResourcesPS;
2>	if discTxInterFreqInfo is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, use the resources indicated by discTxInterFreqInfo for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2>	else if discTxInterFreqInfo is included and set to release:
3>	from the next discovery period, as defined by discPeriod, release the resources allocated for sidelink discovery announcement previously configured by discTxInterFreqInfo;
2>	if discRxGapConfig is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, use the gaps indicated by discRxGapConfig for sidelink discovery monitoring, as specified in 5.10.5;
2>	else if discRxGapConfig is included and set to release:
3>	from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, release the gaps configured for sidelink discovery monitoring previously configured by discRxGapConfig;
2>	if discTxGapConfig is included and set to setup:
3>	from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, use the gaps indicated by discTxGapConfig for sidelink discovery announcement, as specified in 5.10.6;
2>	else if discTxGapConfig is included and set to release:
3>	from the next gap period, as defined by gapPeriod, release the gaps configured for sidelink discovery announcement previously configured by discTxGapConfig;
2>	if discSysInfoToReportConfig is included and set to setup:
3>	start timer T370 with the timer value set to 60s;
2>	else if discSysInfoToReportConfig is included and set to release:
3>	stop timer T370 and release discSysInfoToReportConfig;
5.3.10.15a	V2X sidelink Communication dedicated configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated:
2>	if commTxResources is included and set to setup:
3>	use the resources indicated by commTxResources for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.13;
3>	perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool indicated in commTxResources for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.5.3;
2>	else if commTxResources is included and set to release:
3>	release the resources allocated for V2X sidelink communication transmission previously configured by commTxResources;
2>	if v2x-InterFreqInfoList is included:
3>	use the synchronization configuration and resource configuration parameters for V2X sidelink communication on frequencies included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList, as specified in 5.10.13;
3>	perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool indicated in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.5.3;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfoV2X:
2>	if v2x-CommRxPool is included:
3>	use the resources indicated by v2x-CommRxPool for V2X sidelink communication reception, as specified in 5.10.12;
2>	if v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included:
3>	use the resources indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.10.13;
3>	perform CBR measurement on the transmission resource pool indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional for V2X sidelink communication transmission, as specified in 5.5.3;
5.3.10.16	T370 expiry
The UE shall:
1>	if T370 expires:
2>	release discSysInfoToReportConfig;
5.3.10.17	SRB release
The UE shall:
1>	for each srb-Identity value included in srb-ToReleaseList or in srb-ToReleaseListSCG that is part of the current UE configuration:
2>	if the SRB configuration does not include an E-UTRA PDCP entity (release the SCG RLC bearer configuration):
3>	re-establish the RLC entity as specified in TS 36.322 [7] for this SRB;
3>	configure the E-UTRA PDCP entity to deactivate duplication;
2>	release the RLC entity or entities;
2>	release the DCCH logical channel;
2>	if srb-Identity value is set to 4, release the PDCP entity;
5.3.10.18	Scheduling Request Configuration for NB-IoT
The UE shall:
1>	apply sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config, if included;
1>	apply sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config, if included;
1>	apply sr-SPS-BSR-Config, if included;
5.3.10.19	NE-DC release
The UE shall:
1>	if NE-DC release is triggered by NR:
2>	reset SCG MAC, if configured;
2>	for each RLC bearer that is part of the SCG configuration:
3>	perform RLC bearer release procedure as specified in 5.3.10.17 (SRBs) and in 5.3.10.2 (DRBs);
2>	release the measurement configuration;
2>	release the SCG configuration i.e. release the MAC and physical configuration for each cell that is part of the SCG configuration;
2>	stop timer T313 for the corresponding PSCell, if running;
2>	stop timer T307 for the corresponding PSCell, if running.
NOTE:	Upon NE-DC release the UE releases all fields configured by the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.
5.3.11	Radio link failure related actions
5.3.11.1	Detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED
The UE shall:
1>	upon receiving N310 consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while neither T300, T301, T304 nor T311 is running:
2>	start timer T310;
1>	upon receiving N313 consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PSCell from lower layers while T307 is not running:
2>	start T313;
NOTE:	Physical layer monitoring and related autonomous actions do not apply to SCells except for the PSCell.
5.3.11.1a	Early detection of physical layer problems in RRC_CONNECTED
The UE shall:
1>	upon receiving N310 consecutive "early-out-of-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers:
2>	start timer T314 with the timer value set to the value of T310;
5.3.11.1b	Detection of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED
The UE shall:
1>	upon receiving N311 consecutive "early-in-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers:
2>	start timer T315 with the timer value set to the value of T310;
5.3.11.2	Recovery of physical layer problems
Upon receiving N311 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while T310 is running, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
NOTE 1:	In this case, the UE maintains the RRC connection without explicit signalling, i.e. the UE maintains the entire radio resource configuration.
NOTE 2:	Periods in time where neither "in-sync" nor "out-of-sync" is reported by layer 1 do not affect the evaluation of the number of consecutive "in-sync" or "out-of-sync" indications.
Upon receiving N314 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PSCell from lower layers while T313 is running, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T313;
5.3.11.2a	Recovery of early detection of physical layer problems
Upon receiving N311 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while T314 is running, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T314;
5.3.11.2b	Cancellation of physical layer improvements in RRC_CONNECTED
Upon receiving N311 consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PCell from lower layers while T315 is running, the UE shall:
1>	stop timer T315;
5.3.11.3	Detection of radio link failure
The UE shall:
1>	upon T310 expiry; or
1>	upon T312 expiry; or
1>	upon random access problem indication from MCG MAC while neither T300, T301, T304 nor T311 is running; or
1>	upon indication from MCG RLC, which is allowed to be send on PCell, that the maximum number of retransmissions has been reached for an SRB or DRB:
2>	consider radio link failure to be detected for the MCG i.e. RLF;
2>	except for NB-IoT, store the following radio link failure information in the VarRLF-Report by setting its fields as follows:
3>	clear the information included in VarRLF-Report, if any;
3>	set the plmn-IdentityList to include the list of EPLMNs stored by the UE (i.e. includes the RPLMN);
3>	set the measResultLastServCell to include the RSRP and RSRQ, if available, of the PCell based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected radio link failure;
3>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells, other than the PCell, ordered such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected radio link failure, and set its fields as follows;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more EUTRA frequencies, include the measResultListEUTRA;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring UTRA frequencies, include the measResultListUTRA;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring GERAN frequencies, include the measResultListGERAN;
4>	if the UE was configured to perform measurement reporting for one or more neighbouring CDMA2000 frequencies, include the measResultsCDMA2000;
4>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 1:	The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
3>	if available, set the logMeasResultListWLAN to include the WLAN measurement results, in order of decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
3>	if available, set the logMeasResultListBT to include the Bluetooth measurement results, in order of decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
3>	if detailed location information is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
4>	include the horizontalVelocity, if available;
3>	set the failedPCellId to the global cell identity, if available, and otherwise to the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of the PCell where radio link failure is detected;
3>	set the tac-FailedPCell to the tracking area code, if available, of the PCell where radio link failure is detected;
3>	if an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo was received before the connection failure:
4>	if the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo concerned an intra E-UTRA handover:
5>	include the previousPCellId and set it to the global cell identity of the PCell where the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo was received;
5>	set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
4>	if the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo concerned a handover to E-UTRA from UTRA and if the UE supports Radio Link Failure Report for Inter-RAT MRO:
5>	include the previousUTRA-CellId and set it to the physical cell identity, the carrier frequency and the global cell identity, if available, of the UTRA Cell in which the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfo was received;
5>	set the timeConnFailure to the elapsed time since reception of the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the mobilityControlInfo;
3>	if the UE supports QCI1 indication in Radio Link Failure Report and has a DRB for which QCI is 1:
4>	include the drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1;
3>	set the connectionFailureType to rlf;
3>	set the c-RNTI to the C-RNTI used in the PCell;
3>	set the rlf-Cause to the trigger for detecting radio link failure;
2>	if AS security has not been activated:
3>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
4>	if the UE supports RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation:
5>	initiate the RRC connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
4>	else:
5>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'RRC connection failure';
3>	else:
4>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
2>	else:
3>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
In case of DC or NE-DC, the UE shall:
1>	upon T313 expiry; or
1>	upon random access problem indication from SCG MAC; or
1>	upon indication from SCG RLC, which is allowed to be sent on PSCell, that the maximum number of retransmissions has been reached for an SCG, for a split DRB or for a split SRB:
2>	consider radio link failure to be detected for the SCG i.e. SCG-RLF;
2>	initiate the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13 to report SCG radio link failure;
In case of CA PDCP duplication, the UE shall:
1>	upon indication from an RLC entity, which is restricted to be sent on SCell only, that the maximum number of retransmissions has been reached:
2>	initiate the failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.21 to report RLC failure of type duplication;
The UE may discard the radio link failure information, i.e. release the UE variable VarRLF-Report, 48 hours after the radio link failure is detected, upon power off or upon detach.
5.3.11.3a	Detection of early-out-of-sync event
The UE shall:
1>	upon T314 expiry;
2>	consider "early-out-of-sync" event to be detected and initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10;
5.3.11.3b	Detection of early-in-sync event
The UE shall:
1>	upon T315 expiry;
2>	consider "early-in-sync" event to be detected and initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10;
5.3.12	UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE
Upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_INACTIVE, the UE shall:
1>	reset MAC;
1>	if leaving RRC_INACTIVE was not triggered by the reception of RRCConnectionRelease including idleModeMobilityControlInfo:
2>	stop the timer T320, if running;
2>	if stored, discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the idleModeMobilityControlInfo;
1>	if entering RRC_IDLE was triggered by reception of the RRCConnectionRelease message including a waitTime:
2>	start timer T302, with the timer value set according to the waitTime;
2>	inform the upper layer that access barring is applicable for all access categories except categories '0' and '2';
1>	else if T302 is running:
2>	stop timer T302;
2>	if the UE is connected to 5GC:
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4;
1>	if T309 is running:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
1>	stop all timers that are running except T302, T320, T322, T325, T330, T331;
1>	if leaving RRC_CONNECTED was triggered by suspension of the RRC:
2>	re-establish RLC entities for all SRBs and DRBs, including RBs configured with NR PDCP;
2>	store the UE AS Context including the current RRC configuration, the current security context, the PDCP state including ROHC state, C-RNTI used in the source PCell, the cellIdentity and the physical cell identity of the source PCell;
2>	store the following information provided by E-UTRAN:
3>	the resumeIdentity;
3>	the nextHopChainingCount, if present. Otherwise discard any stored nextHopChainingCount that does not correspond to stored key KRRCint;
3>	the drb-ContinueROHC, if present. Otherwise discard any stored drb-ContinueROHC;
2>	suspend all SRB(s) and DRB(s), including RBs configured with NR PDCP, except SRB0;
2>	indicate the suspension of the RRC connection to upper layers;
2>	configure lower layers to suspend integrity protection and ciphering;
NOTE 1:	Except for UP-EDT, ciphering is not applied for the subsequent RRCConnectionResume message used to resume the connection and an integrity check is performed by lower layers, but merely upon request from RRC.
1>	else:
2>	upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE:
3>	discard the UE Inactive AS context;
3>	release rrc-InactiveConfig, if configured;
3>	discard the KeNB, the KRRCenc key, the KRRCint and the KUPenc key;
2>	release rrc-InactiveConfig, if configured;
2>	release all radio resources, including release of the MAC configuration, the RLC entity and the associated PDCP entity and SDAP (if any) for all established RBs;
2>	indicate the release of the RRC connection to upper layers together with the release cause;
1>	if leaving RRC_CONNECTED was triggered neither by reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message nor by selecting an inter-RAT cell while T311 was running; or
1>	if leaving RRC_INACTIVE was not triggered by the inter-RAT cell reselection:
2>	if timer T350 is configured:
3>	start timer T350;
3>	apply rclwi-Configuration if configured, otherwise apply the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
2>	else:
3>	release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated, if received;
3>	if the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is broadcast by the cell:
4>	apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
4>	apply steerToWLAN if configured, otherwise apply the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
2>	enter RRC_IDLE and perform procedures as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.7;
1>	else:
2>	release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated, if received;
NOTE 2:	BL UEs or UEs in CE verifies validity of SI when released to RRC_IDLE.
1>	release the LWA configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.14.3;
1>	release the LWIP configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.17.3;
5.3.13	UE actions upon PUCCH/ SPUCCH/ SRS release request
Upon receiving a PUCCH release request from lower layers, for an indicated serving cell the UE shall:
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration for cqi-ReportConfig for the indicated serving cell as specified in 9.2.4 and release cqi-ReportConfigSCell, for each SCell that sends HARQ feedback on the indicated serving cell, if any;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration for schedulingRequestConfig as specified in 9.2.4, for the concerned CG;
Upon receiving a sPUCCH release request from lower layers, the UE shall:
1>	for each serving cell in the UE configuration:
2>	apply the value release to the field schedulingRequest-SPUCCH;
Upon receiving an SRS release request from lower layers, for an indicated serving cell the UE shall:
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration for soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated, as specified in 9.2.4;
NOTE:	Upon PUCCH/ SRS release request, the UE does not modify the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic i.e. it does not apply the default for this field (release).
5.3.13a	UE actions upon SR release request for NB-IoT
Upon receiving a SR release request from lower layers, the UE shall:
1>	apply the value FALSE for sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config and release sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config, if configured;
1>	apply the value release for sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config and release sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config, if configured;
1>	apply the value release for sr-SPS-BSR-Config and release sr-SPS-BSR-Config, if configured;
5.3.14	Proximity indication
5.3.14.1	General
	
Figure 5.3.14.1-1: Proximity indication
The purpose of this procedure is to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of one or more CSG member cells. The detection of proximity is based on an autonomous search function as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
5.3.14.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED shall:
1>	if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such E-UTRA cells; or
1>	if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s) on an UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such UTRA cells; or
1>	if the UE leaves the proximity of all CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such E-UTRA cells; or
1>	if the UE leaves the proximity of all CSG member cell(s) on an UTRA frequency while proximity indication is enabled for such UTRA cells:
2>	if the UE has previously not transmitted a ProximityIndication for the RAT and frequency during the current RRC connection, or if more than 5 s has elapsed since the UE has last transmitted a ProximityIndication (either entering or leaving) for the RAT and frequency:
3>	initiate transmission of the ProximityIndication message in accordance with 5.3.14.3;
NOTE:	In the conditions above, "if the UE enters the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s)" includes the case of already being in the proximity of such cell(s) at the time proximity indication for the corresponding RAT is enabled.
5.3.14.3	Actions related to transmission of ProximityIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of ProximityIndication message as follows:
1>	if the UE applies the procedure to report entering the proximity of CSG member cell(s):
2>	set type to entering;
1>	else if the UE applies the procedure to report leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s):
2>	set type to leaving;
1>	if the proximity indication was triggered for one or more CSG member cell(s) on an E-UTRA frequency:
2>	set the carrierFreq to eutra with the value set to the E-ARFCN value of the E-UTRA cell(s) for which proximity indication was triggered;
1>	else if the proximity indication was triggered for one or more CSG member cell(s) on a UTRA frequency:
2>	set the carrierFreq to utra with the value set to the ARFCN value of the UTRA cell(s) for which proximity indication was triggered;
The UE shall submit the ProximityIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.3.15	Void
5.3.16	Unified Access Control
5.3.16.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to perform access barring check for an access attempt associated with a given Access Category and one or more Access Identities upon request from upper layers according to TS 24.501 [95] or the RRC layer.
After a handover resulting in change of PCell in RRC_CONNECTED the UE shall defer access barring checks until it has obtained valid UAC information (from SystemInformationBlockType25) from the target cell if the SystemInformationBlockType25 is broadcasted.
5.3.16.2	Initiation
Upon initiation of the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if T309 is running for the Access Category:
2>	consider the access attempt as barred;
1>	else if timer T302 is running and the Access Category is neither '2' nor '0':
2>	consider the access attempt as barred;
1>	else:
2>	if the Access Category is '0':
3>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
2>	else if SystemInformationBlockType25 is not broadcasted:
3>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
2>	else:
3>	if SystemInformationBlockType25 includes uac-BarringPerPLMN-List and the uac-BarringPerPLMN-List contains an UAC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers (see TS 24.501 [95]):
4>	select the UAC-BarringPerPLMN entry with the plmn-IdentityIndex corresponding to the PLMN selected by upper layers;
4>	in the remainder of this procedure, use the selected UAC-BarringPerPLMN entry (i.e. presence or absence of access barring parameters in this entry) irrespective of the uac-BarringForCommon included in SystemInformationBlockType25;
3>	else if SystemInformationBlockType25 includes uac-BarringForCommon:
4>	in the remainder of this procedure use the uac-BarringForCommon (i.e. presence or absence of these parameters) included in SystemInformationBlockType25;
3>	else:
4>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
3>	if uac-BarringForCommon is applicable or the uac-AC-BarringListType indicated that uac-ExplicitAC-BarringList is used:
4>	if the corresponding UAC-BarringPerCatList contains a UAC-BarringPerCat entry corresponding to the Access Category:
5>	select the UAC-BarringPerCat entry;
5>	if the uac-BarringInfoSetList contain a UAC-BarringInfoSet entry corresponding to the uac-barringInfoSetIndex in the UAC-BarringPerCat:
6>	select the UAC-BarringInfoSet entry;
6>	perform access barring check for the Access Category as specified in 5.3.16.5, using the UAC-BarringInfoSet as "UAC barring parameter";
5>	else:
6>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
4>	else:
5>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
3>	else if the uac-AC-BarringListType indicated that uac-ImplicitAC-BarringList is indicated:
4>	select the uac-BarringInfoSetIndex corresponding to the Access Category in the uac-ImplicitACBarringList;
4>	if the uac-BarringInfoSetList contain the UAC-BarringInfoSet entry corresponding to the selected uac-BarringInfoSetIndex:
5>	select the UAC-BarringInfoSet entry;
5>	perform access barring check for the Access Category as specified in 5.3.16.5, using the UAC-BarringInfoSet as "UAC barring parameter";
4>	else:
5>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
3>	else:
4>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
1>	if the access barring check was requested by upper layers:
2>	if the access attempt is considered as barred:
3>	if timer T302 is running:
4>	if timer T309 is running for Access Category '2':
5>	inform the upper layer that access barring is applicable for all access categories except categories '0', upon which the procedure ends;
4>	else:
5>	inform the upper layer that access barring is applicable for all access categories except categories '0' and '2', upon which the procedure ends;
3>	else:
4>	inform upper layers that the access attempt for the Access Category is barred, upon which the procedure ends;
2>	else:
3>	inform upper layers that the access attempt for the Access Category is allowed, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else:
2>	the procedure ends;
5.3.16.3	Void
5.3.16.4	T302, T309 expiry or stop (Barring alleviation)
If the UE is connected to 5GC, the UE shall:
1>	if timer T302 expires or is stopped:
2>	for each Access Category for which T309 is not running:
3>	consider the barring for this Access Category to be alleviated:
1>	else if timer T309 corresponding to an Access Category other than '2' expires or is stopped, and if timer T302 is not running:
2>	consider the barring for this Access Category to be alleviated;
1>	else if timer T309 corresponding to the Access Category '2' expires or is stopped:
2>	consider the barring for this Access Category to be alleviated;
1>	When barring for an access category is considered being alleviated:
2>	if the Access Category was informed to upper layers as barred:
3>	inform upper layers about barring alleviation for the Access Category;
2>	if barring is alleviated for Access Category '8':
3>	perform actions specified in 5.3.17;
5.3.16.5	Access barring check
The UE shall:
1>	if one or more Access Identities are indicated according to TS 24.501 [95], and
1>	if for at least one of these Access Identities the corresponding bit in the uac-BarringForAccessIdentity contained in "UAC barring parameter" is set to zero:
2>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
1>	else:
2>	draw a random number 'rand' uniformly distributed in the range: 0 ≤ rand < 1;
2>	if 'rand' is lower than the value indicated by uac-BarringFactor included in "UAC barring parameter":
3>	consider the access attempt as allowed;
2>	else:
3>	consider the access attempt as barred;
1>	if the access attempt is considered as barred:
2>	draw a random number 'rand' that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1;
2>	start timer T309 for the Access Category with the timer value calculated as follows, using the uac-BarringTime included in "AC barring parameter":
"Tbarring" = (0.7+ 0.6 * rand) * uac-BarringTime;
5.3.17	RAN notification area update
5.3.17.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is:
-	to notify the network that a UE in RRC_INACTIVE has re-selected to a cell not belonging to the configured RAN notification area; or
-	to periodically notify the network by a UE in RRC_INACTIVE;
5.3.17.2	Initiation
When in RRC_INACTIVE state, the UE shall:
1>	if T380 expires, or:
1>	if RNA Update is triggered at reception of SystemInformationBlockType1, as specified in 5.2.2.7:
2>	initiate RRC connection resume procedure in 5.3.3 with cause value set to 'rna-Update';
1>	if barring is alleviated for Access Category '8', as specified in 5.3.16.4:
2>	if upper layers do not request RRC the resumption of an RRC connection, and
2>	if the variable pendingRnaUpdate is set to 'TRUE':
3>	initiate RRC connection resume procedure in 5.3.3 with cause value set to 'rna-Update';
If the UE in RRC_INACTIVE state fails to find a suitable cell and camps on the acceptable cell to obtain limited service as defined in TS 36.304 [4], the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12 with release cause 'other'.
5.3.17.3	Inter RAT cell reselection or CN type change
Upon reselecting to an inter-RAT cell or to another CN type, the UE shall:
1>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_INACTIVE as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other'.
5.4	Inter-RAT mobility
5.4.1	Introduction
The general principles of connected mode mobility are described in 5.3.1.3. The general principles of the security handling upon connected mode mobility are described in 5.3.1.2.
For the (network controlled) inter RAT mobility from E-UTRA for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, a single procedure is defined that supports both handover, cell change order with optional network assistance (NACC) and enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT. The same procedure also supports inter-system handover between E-UTRA/EPC and E-UTRA/5GC. In case of mobility to CDMA2000, the eNB decides when to move to the other RAT while the target RAT determines to which cell the UE shall move.
5.4.2	Handover to E-UTRA
5.4.2.1	General

Figure 5.4.2.1-1: Handover to E-UTRA, successful
The purpose of this procedure is to, under the control of the network, transfer a connection between the UE and another Radio Access Network (e.g. GERAN, UTRAN or NR) to E-UTRAN, or transfer a connection between the UE and the E-UTRAN with one type of CN to the E-UTRAN with a different type of CN.
The handover to E-UTRA procedure applies when SRBs, possibly in combination with DRBs, are established in another RAT or in E-UTRA connected to another type of CN. Handover from UTRAN to E-UTRAN applies only after integrity has been activated in UTRAN. Handover to E-UTRA connected to a different type of CN applies only after integrity has been activated in E-UTRAN. Handover from NR to E-UTRAN applies only after integrity has been activated in NR.
5.4.2.2	Initiation
The RAN using another RAT or the E-UTRA connected to a different type of CN initiates the handover to E-UTRA procedure, in accordance with the specifications applicable for the other RAT or for the E-UTRA connected to a different type of CN, by sending the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message via the radio access technology from which the inter-RAT handover is performed.
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	to activate ciphering, possibly using NULL algorithm, if not yet activated in the other RAT or in the E-UTRA connected to a different type of CN;
-	to establish SRB1, SRB2 and one or more DRBs, i.e. at least the DRB associated with the default EPS bearer is established if the target CN is EPC and at least one DRB is established if the target CN is 5GC.
5.4.2.3	Reception of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration by the UE
If the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, the UE shall:
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the fullConfig and the UE is connected to 5GC (i.e., delta signalling during intra 5GC handover):
2>	re-use the source SDAP and PDCP configurations (i.e., current SDAP/PDCP configurations for all RBs from source RAT prior to the reception of the inter-RAT handover RRCConnectionReconfiguration message);
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the fullConfig and the source RAT was E-UTRA (i.e., intra-RAT inter-system handover):
2>	except the MCG C-RNTI, release/ clear all current dedicated radio resources and configurations, including all SDAP (if configured), PDCP, RLC, logical channel configurations for the DRBs and the logged measurement configuration (if configured);
2>	release/ clear all current common radio configurations;
2>	for each srb-Identity value included in the srb-ToAddModList (SRB reconfiguration):
3>	apply the specified configuration defined in 9.1.2 for the corresponding SRB;
3>	apply the corresponding default RLC configuration for the SRB specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
3>	apply the corresponding default logical channel configuration for the SRB as specified in 9.2.1.1 for SRB1 or in 9.2.1.2 for SRB2;
3>	if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to fivegc-ToEPC (i.e, the UE is connecting to EPC):
4>	release the PDCP entity and establish it with an E-UTRA PDCP entity;
3>	else if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to epc-To5GC (i.e., the UE is connecting to 5GC):
4>	release the PDCP entity and establish it with an NR PDCP and apply the corresponding default PDCP configuration for the SRB as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 9.2.1;
3>	associate the RLC bearer of this SRB with the established PDCP entity;
1>	apply the default physical channel configuration as specified in 9.2.4;
1>	apply the default semi-persistent scheduling configuration as specified in 9.2.3;
1>	apply the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2;
1>	start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo;
1>	consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the carrierFreq with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;
1>	start synchronising to the DL of the target PCell;
1>	set the C-RNTI to the value of the newUE-Identity;
1>	for the target PCell, apply the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth;
1>	for the target PCell, apply the uplink bandwidth indicated by (the absence or presence of) the ul-Bandwidth;
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with the received radioResourceConfigCommon;
1>	configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the received mobilityControlInfo;
1>	perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;
1>	if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to fivegc-ToEPC:
2>	indicate to higher layer that the CN has changed from 5GC to EPC;
2>	derive the key KeNB based on the mapped KASME key as specified for interworking between EPS and 5GS in TS 33.501 [86];
2>	store the nextHopChainingCount-r15 value;
1>	else if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to intra5GC:
2>	if the keyChangeIndicator-r15 received in the securityConfigHO is set to TRUE:
3>	forward nas-Container to the upper layers, if included;
3>	update the KeNB key based on the KAMF key, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2>	else:
3>	update the KeNB key based on the current KgNB or the NH, using the nextHopChainingCount-r15 value indicated in the SecurityConfigHO, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
2>	store the nextHopChainingCount-r15 value;
1>	else if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to epc-To5GC:
2>	forward the nas-Container to the upper layers
2>	derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.501 [86];
1>	else:
2>	forward the nas-SecurityParamToEUTRA to the upper layers;
2>	derive the KeNB key, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	derive the KRRCint key associated with the integrityProtAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	derive the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key associated with the cipheringAlgorithm, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig1:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig2:
2>	perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6.
1>	if the handoverType in securityConfigHO is set to fivegc-ToEPC or if the handoverType-v1530 is not present:
2>	configure lower layers to apply the indicated integrity protection algorithm and the KRRCint key immediately, i.e. the indicated integrity protection configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
2>	configure lower layers to apply the indicated ciphering algorithm, the KRRCenc key and the KUPenc key immediately, i.e. the indicated ciphering configuration shall be applied to all subsequent messages received and sent by the UE, including the message used to indicate the successful completion of the procedure;
1>	if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:
2>	perform SCell addition as specified in 5.3.10.3b;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:
2>	perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;
1>	perform the measurement identity autonomous removal as specified in 5.5.2.2a;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the otherConfig:
2>	perform the other configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10.9;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes wlan-OffloadInfo:
2>	perform the dedicated WLAN offload configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.12.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes rclwi-Configuration:
2>	perform the WLAN traffic steering command procedure as specified in 5.6.16.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwa-Configuration:
2>	perform the LWA configuration procedure as specified in 5.6.14.2;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes lwip-Configuration:
2>	perform the LWIP reconfiguration procedure as specified in 5.6.17.2;
1>	set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:
2>	if the UE has radio link failure or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
3>	include rlf-InfoAvailable;
2>	if the UE has MBSFN logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and if T330 is not running:
3>	include logMeasAvailableMBSFN;
2>	else if the UE has logged measurements available for E-UTRA and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include the logMeasAvailable;
2>	if the UE has Bluetooth logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include the logMeasAvailableBT;
2>	if the UE has WLAN logged measurements available and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
3>	include the logMeasAvailableWLAN;
2>	if the UE has connection establishment failure information available in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
3>	include connEstFailInfoAvailable;
1>	submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;
1>	if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include rlf-TimersAndConstants set to setup:
2>	use the default values specified in 9.2.5 for timer T310, T311 and constant N310, N311;
1>	if MAC successfully completes the random access procedure:
2>	stop timer T304;
2>	apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell, if any;
2>	apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the target PCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of the target PCell;
NOTE 1:	Whenever the UE shall setup or reconfigure a configuration in accordance with a field that is received it applies the new configuration, except for the cases addressed by the above statements.
2>	enter E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED, upon which the procedure ends;
NOTE 2:	The UE is not required to determine the SFN of the target PCell by acquiring system information from that cell before performing RACH access in the target PCell.
NOTE 3:	If the handover is from NR and target CN is 5GC, the delta configuration on PDCP and SDAP can be used for intra-system inter-RAT handover. For other cases, source RAT configuration is not considered when the UE applies the reconfiguration message of target RAT.
5.4.2.4	Reconfiguration failure
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message:
2>	if the source RAT is E-UTRA:
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.5.5;
2>	else:
3>	perform the actions defined for this failure case as defined in the specifications applicable for the other RAT;
NOTE 1:	The UE may apply above failure handling also in case the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message causes a protocol error for which the generic error handling as defined in 5.7 specifies that the UE shall ignore the message.
NOTE 2:	If the UE is unable to comply with part of the configuration, it does not apply any part of the configuration, i.e. there is no partial success/ failure.
5.4.2.5	T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure)
The UE shall:
1>	upon T304 expiry (handover to E-UTRA failure):
2>	if the source RAT is E-UTRA:
3>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.5.6;
2>	else:
3>	reset MAC;
3>	perform the actions defined for this failure case as defined in the specifications applicable for the other RAT;
5.4.3	Mobility from E-UTRA
5.4.3.1	General

Figure 5.4.3.1-1: Mobility from E-UTRA, successful

Figure 5.4.3.1-2: Mobility from E-UTRA, failure
The purpose of this procedure is to move a UE in RRC_CONNECTED to a cell using another Radio Access Technology (RAT), e.g. GERAN, UTRA, CDMA2000 systems, NR, or handover a UE to an E-UTRA cell connected to another type of CN. The mobility from E-UTRA procedure covers the following type of mobility:
-	handover, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes radio resources that have been allocated for the UE in the target cell;
-	cell change order, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message may include information facilitating access of and/ or connection establishment in the target cell, e.g. system information. Cell change order is applicable only to GERAN; and
-	enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, i.e. the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes radio resources that have been allocated for the UE in the target cell. The enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT may be combined with concurrent handover or redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.
NOTE:	For the case of dual receiver/transmitter enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, the DLInformationTransfer message is used instead of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message (see TS 36.300 [9]).
5.4.3.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the mobility from E-UTRA procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, possibly in response to a MeasurementReport message or in response to reception of CS fallback indication for the UE from MME, by sending a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message. E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	the procedure is initiated only when AS-security has been activated, and SRB2 with at least one DRB are setup and not suspended;
5.4.3.3	Reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand by the UE
The UE shall be able to receive a MobilityFromEUTRACommand message and perform a cell change order to GERAN, even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target cell.
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T310, if running;
1>	stop timer T312, if running;
1>	if T309 is running:
2>	stop timer T309 for all access categories;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
1>	if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to handover:
2>	if the targetRAT-Type is set to utra or geran:
3>	consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards the RAT indicated by the targetRAT-Type included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;
3>	forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers;
3>	access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the target RAT;
3>	if the targetRAT-Type is set to geran:
4>	use the contents of systemInformation, if provided for PS Handover, as the system information to begin access on the target GERAN cell;
NOTE 1:	If there are DRBs for which no radio bearers are established in the target RAT as indicated in the targetRAT-MessageContainer in the message, the E-UTRA RRC part of the UE does not indicate the release of the concerned DRBs to the upper layers. Upper layers may derive which bearers are not established from information received from the AS of the target RAT.
NOTE 2:	In case of SR-VCC, the DRB to be replaced is specified in TS 23.216 [61].
2>	else if the targetRAT-Type is set to eutra:
3>	consider inter-system mobility as initiated towards E-UTRA;
3>	forward the nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA to the upper layers, if included;
3>	access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with clause 5.4.2.3;
2>	else if the targetRAT-Type is set to nr:
3>	consider inter-RAT mobility as initiated towards NR;
3>	access the target cell indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications in TS 38.331 [82];
2>	else if the targetRAT-Type is set to cdma2000-1XRTT or cdma2000-HRPD:
3>	forward the targetRAT-Type and the targetRAT-MessageContainer to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specifications of the CDMA2000 target-RAT;
1>	else if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to cellChangeOrder:
2>	start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message;
2>	if the targetRAT-Type is set to geran:
3>	if networkControlOrder is included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message:
4>	apply the value as specified in TS 44.060 [36];
3>	else:
4>	acquire networkControlOrder and apply the value as specified in TS 44.060 [36];
3>	use the contents of systemInformation, if provided, as the system information to begin access on the target GERAN cell;
2>	establish the connection to the target cell indicated in the CellChangeOrder;
NOTE 3:	The criteria for success or failure of the cell change order to GERAN are specified in TS 44.060 [36].
1>	if the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message includes the purpose set to e-CSFB:
2>	if messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT is present:
3>	forward the messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specification of the target RAT;
2>	if mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is present and is set to handover:
3>	forward the messageContCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers for the UE to access the cell(s) indicated in the inter-RAT message in accordance with the specification of the target RAT;
2>	if mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is present and is set to redirection:
3>	forward the redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
NOTE 4:	When the CDMA2000 upper layers in the UE receive both the messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT and messageContCDMA2000-HRPD the UE performs concurrent access to both CDMA2000 1xRTT and CDMA2000 HRPD RAT.
NOTE 5:	The UE should perform the handover, the cell change order or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message MobilityFromEUTRACommand, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.
5.4.3.4	Successful completion of the mobility from E-UTRA
Upon successfully completing the handover, the cell change order or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback, the UE shall:
1>	if the targetRAT-Type in the received MobilityFromEUTRACommand is set to eutra (intra-E-UTRA inter-system HO):
2>	indicate to the upper layers associated to the source system the release of the RRC connection together with the release cause 'other';
2>	the procedure ends;
1>	else if the UE was connected to 5GC prior to the reception of the MobilityFromEUTRACommand and the targetRAT-Type in the received MobilityFromEUTRACommand is set to nr:
2>	reset MAC;
2>	stop all timers that are running;
2>	release ran-NotificationAreaInfo, if stored;
2>	release the AS security context including the KRRCenc key, the KRRCint, the KUPint key and the KUPenc key, if stored;
2>	release all radio resources, including release of the RLC entity, the MAC configuration and the associated PDCP entity and SDAP entity for all established RBs;
NOTE 1:	PDCP and SDAP configured by the source configurations RAT prior to the handover that are reconfigured and re-used by target RAT when delta signalling (i.e., during inter-RAT intra-sytem handover when fullConfig is not present) is used, are not released as part of this procedure.
1>	else:
2>	perform the actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in 5.3.12, with release cause 'other';
NOTE 2:	If the UE performs enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback along with concurrent mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD and the connection to either CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD succeeds, then the mobility from E-UTRA is considered successful.
5.4.3.5	Mobility from E-UTRA failure
The UE shall:
1>	if T304 configured in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message expires (mobility from E-UTRA failure); or
1>	if the UE does not succeed in establishing the connection to the target radio access technology; or
1>	if the UE is unable to comply with (part of) the configuration included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message; or
1>	if there is a protocol error in the inter RAT information included in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, causing the UE to fail the procedure according to the specifications applicable for the target RAT (i.e. according to sub-clause 5.3.5.6 if the targetRAT-Type in the received MobilityFromEUTRACommand is set to eutra):
2>	stop T304, if running;
2>	if the cs-FallbackIndicator in the MobilityFromEUTRACommand message was set to TRUE or e-CSFB was present:
3>	indicate to upper layers that the CS fallback procedure has failed;
2>	revert back to the configuration used in the source PCell, excluding the configuration configured by the physicalConfigDedicated, mac-MainConfig and sps-Config;
2>	initiate the connection re-establishment procedure as specified in 5.3.7;
NOTE:	For enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, the above UE behavior applies only when the UE is attempting the enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback and connection to the target radio access technology fails or if the UE is attempting enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback along with concurrent mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD and connection to both the target radio access technologies fails.
5.4.4	Handover from E-UTRA preparation request (CDMA2000)
5.4.4.1	General

Figure 5.4.4.1-1: Handover from E-UTRA preparation request
The purpose of this procedure is to trigger the UE to prepare for handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback to CDMA2000 by requesting a connection with this network. The UE may use this procedure to concurrently prepare for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD along with preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT. This procedure applies to CDMA2000 capable UEs only.
This procedure is also used to trigger the UE which supports dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB to redirect its second radio to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
The handover from E-UTRA preparation request procedure applies when signalling radio bearers are established.
5.4.4.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the handover from E-UTRA preparation request procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED, possibly in response to a MeasurementReport message or CS fallback indication for the UE, by sending a HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message. E-UTRA initiates the procedure only when AS security has been activated.
5.4.4.3	Reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest by the UE
Upon reception of the HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message, the UE shall:
1>	if dualRxTxRedirectIndicator is present in the received message:
2>	forward dualRxTxRedirectIndicator to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	forward redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT to the CDMA2000 upper layers, if included;
1>	else:
2>	indicate the request to prepare handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback and forward the cdma2000-Type to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if cdma2000-Type is set to type1XRTT:
3>	forward the rand and the mobilityParameters to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	if concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD is present in the received message:
3>	forward concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
2>	else:
3>	forward concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD, with its value set to FALSE, to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
5.4.5	UL handover preparation transfer (CDMA2000)
5.4.5.1	General

Figure 5.4.5.1-1: UL handover preparation transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to tunnel the handover related CDMA2000 dedicated information or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback related CDMA2000 dedicated information from UE to E-UTRAN when requested by the higher layers. The procedure is triggered by the higher layers on receipt of HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message. If preparing for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT and handover to CDMA2000 HRPD, the UE sends two consecutive ULHandoverPreparationTransfer messages to E-UTRAN, one per addressed CDMA2000 RAT Type. This procedure applies to CDMA2000 capable UEs only.
5.4.5.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL handover preparation transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback related non-3GPP dedicated information. The UE initiates the UL handover preparation transfer procedure by sending the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message.
5.4.5.3	Actions related to transmission of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message
The UE shall set the contents of the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message as follows:
1>	include the cdma2000-Type and the dedicatedInfo;
1>	if the cdma2000-Type is set to type1XRTT:
2>	include the meid and set it to the value received from the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	submit the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.4.5.4	Failure to deliver the ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is unable to guarantee successful delivery of ULHandoverPreparationTransfer messages:
2>	inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the information contained in the concerned ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message;
5.4.6	Inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN
5.4.6.1	General
The purpose of the inter-RAT cell change order to E-UTRAN procedure is to transfer, under the control of the source radio access technology, a connection between the UE and another radio access technology (e.g. GSM/ GPRS) to E-UTRAN.
5.4.6.2	Initiation
The procedure is initiated when a radio access technology other than E-UTRAN, e.g. GSM/GPRS, using procedures specific for that RAT, orders the UE to change to an E-UTRAN cell. In response, upper layers request the establishment of an RRC connection as specified in clause 5.3.3.
NOTE:	Within the message used to order the UE to change to an E-UTRAN cell, the source RAT should specify the identity of the target E-UTRAN cell as specified in the specifications for that RAT.
The UE shall:
1>	upon receiving an RRCConnectionSetup message:
2>	consider the inter-RAT cell change order procedure to have completed successfully;
5.4.6.3	UE fails to complete an inter-RAT cell change order
If the inter-RAT cell change order fails the UE shall return to the other radio access technology and proceed as specified in the appropriate specifications for that RAT.
The UE shall:
1>	upon failure to establish the RRC connection as specified in clause 5.3.3:
2>	consider the inter-RAT cell change order procedure to have failed;
NOTE:	The cell change was network ordered. Therefore, failure to change to the target PCell should not cause the UE to move to UE-controlled cell selection.
5.5	Measurements
5.5.1	Introduction
The UE reports measurement information in accordance with the measurement configuration as provided by E-UTRAN. E-UTRAN provides the measurement configuration applicable for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED by means of dedicated signalling, i.e. using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration or RRCConnectionResume message.
The UE can be requested to perform the following types of measurements:
-	Intra-frequency measurements: measurements at the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).
-	Inter-frequency measurements: measurements at frequencies that differ from any of the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).
-	Inter-RAT measurements of NR frequencies.
-	Inter-RAT measurements of UTRA frequencies.
-	Inter-RAT measurements of GERAN frequencies.
-	Inter-RAT measurements of CDMA2000 HRPD or CDMA2000 1xRTT or WLAN frequencies.
-	CBR measurements.
-	Sensing measurements.
The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:
1.	Measurement objects: The objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.
-	For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of cell specific offsets, a list of 'blacklisted' cells and a list of 'whitelisted' cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.
-	For inter-RAT NR measurements a measurement object is a single NR carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of 'blacklisted' cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.
-	For inter-RAT UTRA measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single UTRA carrier frequency.
-	For inter-RAT GERAN measurements a measurement object is a set of GERAN carrier frequencies.
-	For inter-RAT CDMA2000 measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single (HRPD or 1xRTT) carrier frequency.
-	For inter-RAT WLAN measurements a measurement object is a set of WLAN identifiers and optionally a set of WLAN frequencies.
-	For CBR measurements and sensing measurements a measurement object is a set of transmission resource pools for V2X sidelink communication.
NOTE 1:	Some measurements using the above mentioned measurement objects, only concern a single cell, e.g. measurements used to report neighbouring cell system information, PCell UE Rx-Tx time difference, or a pair of cells, e.g. SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell.
2.	Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where each reporting configuration consists of the following:
-	Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.
-	Reporting format: The quantities that the UE includes in the measurement report and associated information (e.g. number of cells to report).
3.	Measurement identities: A list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is used as a reference number in the measurement report.
4.	Quantity configurations: One quantity configuration is configured per RAT type. The quantity configuration defines the measurement quantities and associated filtering used for all event evaluation and related reporting of that measurement type. One filter can be configured per measurement quantity, except for NR where the network may configure up to 2 sets of quantity configurations each comprising per measurement quantity seperate filters for cell and RS index measurement results. The quantity configuration set that applies for a given measurement is indicated within the NR measurement object.
5.	Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements, i.e. no (UL, DL) transmissions are scheduled.
E-UTRAN only configures a single measurement object for a given frequency (except for WLAN and except for CBR measurements), i.e. it is not possible to configure two or more measurement objects for the same frequency with different associated parameters, e.g. different offsets and/ or blacklists. E-UTRAN may configure multiple instances of the same event e.g. by configuring two reporting configurations with different thresholds.
The UE maintains a single measurement object list, a single reporting configuration list, and a single measurement identities list. The measurement object list includes measurement objects, that are specified per RAT type, possibly including intra-frequency object(s) (i.e. the object(s) corresponding to the serving frequency(ies)), inter-frequency object(s) and inter-RAT objects. Similarly, the reporting configuration list includes E-UTRA and inter-RAT reporting configurations. Any measurement object can be linked to any reporting configuration of the same RAT type. Some reporting configurations may not be linked to a measurement object. Likewise, some measurement objects may not be linked to a reporting configuration.
The measurement procedures distinguish the following types of cells:
1.	The serving cell(s) - these are the PCell and one or more SCells, if configured for a UE supporting CA or DC. Likewise, NR serving cell(s) are the NR PCell, NR PSCell and NR SCells, if the UE is configured with MR-DC.
2.	Listed cells - these are cells listed within the measurement object(s) or, for inter-RAT WLAN, the WLANs matching the WLAN identifiers configured in the measurement object or the WLAN the UE is connected to.
3.	Detected cells - these are cells that are not listed within the measurement object(s) but are detected by the UE on the carrier frequency(ies) indicated by the measurement object(s) or, for inter-RAT WLAN, the WLANs not included in the measObjectWLAN but meeting the triggering requirements.
For E-UTRA, the UE measures and reports on the serving cell(s), listed cells, detected cells, transmission resource pools for V2X sidelink communication, and, for RSSI and channel occupancy measurements, the UE measures and reports on any reception on the indicated frequency. For inter-RAT NR, the UE measures and reports on detected cells and, if configured with MR-DC, on NR serving cell(s). For inter-RAT UTRA, the UE measures and reports on listed cells and optionally on cells that are within a range for which reporting is allowed by E-UTRAN. For inter-RAT GERAN, the UE measures and reports on detected cells. For inter-RAT CDMA2000, the UE measures and reports on listed cells. For inter-RAT WLAN, the UE measures and reports on listed cells.
NOTE 2:	For inter-RAT UTRA and CDMA2000, the UE measures and reports also on detected cells for the purpose of SON.
NOTE 3:	This specification is based on the assumption that typically CSG cells of home deployment type are not indicated within the neighbour list. Furthermore, the assumption is that for non-home deployments, the physical cell identity is unique within the area of a large macro cell (i.e. as for UTRAN).
Whenever the procedural specification, other than contained in sub-clause 5.5.2, refers to a field it concerns a field included in the VarMeasConfig unless explicitly stated otherwise i.e. only the measurement configuration procedure covers the direct UE action related to the received measConfig.
5.5.2	Measurement configuration
5.5.2.1	General
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	to ensure that, whenever the UE has a measConfig, it includes a measObject for each LTE serving frequency;
-	to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with the purpose set to reportCGI;
-	for E-UTRA serving frequencies, set the EARFCN within the corresponding measObject according to the band as used for reception/ transmission;
-	to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with ul-DelayConfig;
-	to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with reportSFTD-Meas;
-	to configure at most one MeasObjectNR with the same carrierFreq;
The UE shall:
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToRemoveList:
2>	perform the measurement object removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.4;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:
2>	perform the measurement object addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToRemoveList:
2>	perform the reporting configuration removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.6;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:
2>	perform the reporting configuration addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the quantityConfig:
2>	perform the quantity configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.8;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measIdToRemoveList:
2>	perform the measurement identity removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.2;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:
2>	perform the measurement identity addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List:
2>	perform the measurement gap configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.9;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfigDensePRS:
2>	perform the measurement gap configuration procedure for RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration as specified in 5.5.2.9a;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the measGapSharingConfig:
2>	perform the measurement gap sharing configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.12;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the s-Measure:
2>	set the parameter s-Measure within VarMeasConfig to the lowest value of the RSRP ranges indicated by the received value of s-Measure;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the preRegistrationInfoHRPD:
2>	forward the preRegistrationInfoHRPD to CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the speedStatePars:
2>	set the parameter speedStatePars within VarMeasConfig to the received value of speedStatePars;
1>	if the received measConfig includes the allowInterruptions:
2>	set the parameter allowInterruptions within VarMeasConfig to the received value of allowInterruptions;
5.5.2.2	Measurement identity removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the received measIdToRemoveList that is part of the current UE configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2>	remove the entry with the matching measId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
2>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the measIdToRemoveList includes any measId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.2a	Measurement identity autonomous removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving a serving cell while the concerned serving cell is not configured; or
2>	if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving a WLAN mobility set while the concerned WLAN mobility set is not configured; or
2>	if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving a transmission resource pool for V2X sidelink communication while the concerned resource pool is not configured; or
2>	if the associated reportConfig concerns an event involving reportSFTD-Meas set to pSCell while the nr-Config is not configured:
3>	remove the measId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig;
3>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
3>	stop the periodical reporting timer if running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE 1:	The above UE autonomous removal of measId's applies only for measurement events A1, A2, A6, and also applies for events A3 and A5 if configured for PSCell and W2 and W3 and V1 and V2 and event involving reportSFTD-Meas set to pSCell, if configured.
NOTE 2:	When performed during re-establishment, the UE is only configured with a primary frequency (i.e. the SCell(s) and WLAN mobility set are released, if configured).
5.5.2.3	Measurement identity addition/ modification
E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:
-	configure a measId only if the corresponding measurement object, the corresponding reporting configuration and the corresponding quantity configuration, are configured;
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the received measIdToAddModList:
2>	if an entry with the matching measId exists in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig:
3>	replace the entry with the value received for this measId;
2>	else:
3>	add a new entry for this measId within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
2>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
2>	if the triggerType is set to periodical and the purpose is set to reportCGI in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
3>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:
4>	if the si-RequestForHO is included in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
5>	if the UE is a category 0 UE according to TS 36.306 [5]:
6>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 190 ms for this measId;
5>	else:
6>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 150 ms for this measId;
4>	else:
5>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 1 second for this measId;
3>	else if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA:
4>	if the si-RequestForHO is included in the reportConfig associated with this measId:
5>	for UTRA FDD, start timer T321 with the timer value set to 2 seconds for this measId;
5>	for UTRA TDD, start timer T321 with the timer value set to [1 second] for this measId;
4>	else:
5>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 8 seconds for this measId;
3>	else if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:
4>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns FR1:
5>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 2 seconds for this measId;
4>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns FR2:
5>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 16 seconds for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	start timer T321 with the timer value set to 8 seconds for this measId;
5.5.2.4	Measurement object removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each measObjectId included in the received measObjectToRemoveList that is part of the current UE configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2>	remove the entry with the matching measObjectId from the measObjectList within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove all measId associated with this measObjectId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any;
2>	if a measId is removed from the measIdList:
3>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
3>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the measObjectToRemoveList includes any measObjectId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.5	Measurement object addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each measObjectId included in the received measObjectToAddModList:
2>	if an entry with the matching measObjectId exists in the measObjectList within the VarMeasConfig, for this entry:
3>	reconfigure the entry with the value received for this measObject, except for the fields cellsToAddModList, blackCellsToAddModList, whiteCellsToAddModList, altTTT-CellsToAddModList, cellsToRemoveList, blackCellsToRemoveList, whiteCellsToRemoveList, altTTT-CellsToRemoveList, measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, measDS-Config, wlan-ToAddModList, wlan-ToRemoveList, tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList and tx-ResourcePoolToAddList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the cellsToRemoveList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the cellsToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the cellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the cellsToAddModList:
4>	for each cellIndex value included in the cellsToAddModList:
5>	if an entry with the matching cellIndex exists in the cellsToAddModList:
6>	replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5>	else:
6>	add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the cellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the blackCellsToRemoveList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the blackCellsToAddModList;
NOTE 1:	For each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a cell is removed from the black list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
3>	if the received measObject includes the blackCellsToAddModList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the blackCellsToAddModList:
5>	if an entry with the matching cellIndex is included in the blackCellsToAddModList:
6>	replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5>	else:
6>	add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the blackCellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the whiteCellsToRemoveList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the whiteCellsToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the whiteCellsToAddModList;
NOTE 2:	For each cellIndex included in the whiteCellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a cell is removed from the white list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
3>	if the received measObject includes the whiteCellsToAddModList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the whiteCellsToAddModList:
5>	if an entry with the matching cellIndex is included in the whiteCellsToAddModList:
6>	replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5>	else:
6>	add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the whiteCellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList:
4>	for each cellIndex included in the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching cellIndex from the altTTT-CellsToAddModList;
NOTE 3:	For each cellIndex included in the altTTT-CellsToRemoveList that concerns overlapping ranges of cells, a cell is removed from the list of cells only if all cell indexes containing it are removed.
3>	if the received measObject includes the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
4>	for each cellIndex value included in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
5>	if an entry with the matching cellIndex exists in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList:
6>	replace the entry with the value received for this cellIndex;
5>	else:
6>	add a new entry for the received cellIndex to the altTTT-CellsToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes measSubframePatternConfigNeigh:
4>	set measSubframePatternConfigNeigh within the VarMeasConfig to the value of the received field
3>	if the received measObject includes measDS-Config:
4>	if measDS-Config is set to setup:
5>	if the received measDS-Config includes the measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList:
6>	for each measCSI-RS-Id included in the measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList:
7>	remove the entry with the matching measCSI-RS-Id from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList;
5>	if the received measDS-Config includes the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList, for each measCSI-RS-Id value included in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList:
6>	if an entry with the matching measCSI-RS-Id exists in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList:
7>	replace the entry with the value received for this measCSI-RS-Id;
6>	else:
7>	add a new entry for the received measCSI-RS-Id to the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList;
5>	set other fields of the measDS-Config within the VarMeasConfig to the value of the received fields;
5>	perform the discovery signals measurement timing configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.10;
4>	else:
5>	release the discovery signals measurement configuration;
3>	if the received measObject modifies fields other than cellsForWhichToReportSFTD:
4>	for each measId associated with this measObjectId in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any:
5>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
5>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
3>	if the received measObject includes the wlan-ToRemoveList:
4>	for each WLAN-Identifiers included in the wlan-ToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching WLAN-Identifiers from the wlan-ToAddModList;
NOTE 3a:	Matching of WLAN-Identifiers requires that all WLAN identifier fields should be same.
3>	if the received measObject includes the wlan-ToAddModList:
4>	for each WLAN-Identifiers included in the wlan-ToAddModList:
5>	add a new entry for the received WLAN-Identifiers to the wlan-ToAddModList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList:
4>	for each transmission resource pool indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList:
5>	remove the entry with the matching identity of the transmission resource pool from the tx-ResourcePoolToAddList;
3>	if the received measObject includes the tx-ResourcePoolToAddList:
4>	for each transmission resource pool indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToAddList:
5>	add a new entry for the received identity of the transmission resource pool to the tx-ResourcePoolToAddList;
2>	else:
3>	add a new entry for the received measObject to the measObjectList within VarMeasConfig;
NOTE 4:	UE does not need to retain cellForWhichToReportCGI in the measObject after reporting cgi-Info.
5.5.2.6	Reporting configuration removal
The UE shall:
1>	for each reportConfigId included in the received reportConfigToRemoveList that is part of the current UE configuration in VarMeasConfig:
2>	remove the entry with the matching reportConfigId from the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig;
2>	remove all measId associated with the reportConfigId from the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any;
2>	if a measId is removed from the measIdList:
3>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
3>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
NOTE:	The UE does not consider the message as erroneous if the reportConfigToRemoveList includes any reportConfigId value that is not part of the current UE configuration.
5.5.2.7	Reporting configuration addition/ modification
The UE shall:
1>	for each reportConfigId included in the received reportConfigToAddModList:
2>	if an entry with the matching reportConfigId exists in the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig, for this entry:
3>	reconfigure the entry with the value received for this reportConfig;
3>	for each measId associated with this reportConfigId included in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig, if any:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from in VarMeasReportList, if included;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
2>	else:
3>	add a new entry for the received reportConfig to the reportConfigList within the VarMeasConfig;
5.5.2.8	Quantity configuration
The UE shall:
1>	for each RAT for which the received quantityConfig includes parameter(s):
2>	set the corresponding parameter(s) in quantityConfig within VarMeasConfig to the value of the received quantityConfig parameter(s);
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;
2>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;
5.5.2.9	Measurement gap configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if measGapConfig is set to setup:
2>	if a measurement gap configuration measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List is already setup, release the measurement gap configuration;
2>	if the gapOffset in measGapConfig indicates a non-uniform gap pattern:
3>	setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of the first gap of each non-uniform gap pattern occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);
subframe = gapOffset mod 10;
with T = LMGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
2>	else:
3>	setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);
subframe = gapOffset mod 10;
with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
2>	if (NG)EN-DC is configured:
3>	if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:
4>	apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;
3>	else:
4>	apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;
2>	if mgta is set to TRUE, apply a timing advance value of 0.5ms to the gap occurrences calculated above according to TS 38.133 [16];
NOTE 1:	The UE applies a single gap, which timing is relative to the MCG cells, even when configured with DC. In case of (NG)EN-DC, the UE may either be configured with a single (common) gap or with two separate gaps i.e. a first one for FR1 (configured by E-UTRA RRC) and a second one for FR2 (configured by NR RRC).
1>	else if measGapConfig is set to release:
2>	release the measurement gap configuration measGapConfig;
1>	if measGapConfigPerCC-List is set to setup:
2>	if a measurement gap configuration measGapConfig is already setup, release measGapConfig;
2>	if measGapConfigToRemoveList is included:
3>	for each ServCellIndex included in the measGapConfigToRemoveList:
4>	release measGapConfigCC for the serving cell indicated by servCellId;
2>	if measGapConfigToAddModList is included:
3>	for each ServCellIndex included in the measGapConfigToAddModList:
4>	store measGapConfigCC for the serving cell indicated by servCellId;
2>	for each serving cell with stored measGapConfigCC indicating a non-uniform gap pattern, setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfigCC in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of the first gap of each non-uniform gap pattern occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);
subframe = gapOffset mod 10;
with T = LMGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
2>	for each serving cell with stored measGapConfigCC not indicating a non-uniform gap pattern, setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfigCC in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);
subframe = gapOffset mod 10;
with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE 2:	The UE applies gap timing relative to the MCG cells, even when configured with DC.
1>	else (measGapConfigPerCC-List is set to release):
2>	release the measurement gap configuration measGapConfigPerCC-List;
NOTE 3:	When a SCell is released, the UE is not required to apply a per CC measurement gap configuration associated to the SCell.
5.5.2.9a	Measurement gap configuration for RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if measGapConfigDensePRS is set to setup:
2>	setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfigDensePRS in accordance with the received gapOffsetDensePRS, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffsetDensePRS/10);
subframe = gapOffsetDensePRS mod 10;
with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
5.5.2.10	Discovery signals measurement timing configuration
The UE shall setup the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) in accordance with the received dmtc-PeriodOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each DMTC occasion occurs at an SFN and subframe of the PCell meeting the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(dmtc-Offset/10);
subframe = dmtc-Offset mod 10;
with T = dmtc-Periodicity/10;
On the concerned frequency, the UE shall not consider discovery signals transmission in subframes outside the DMTC occasion for measurements including RRM measurements.
5.5.2.11	RSSI measurement timing configuration
The UE shall setup the RSSI measurement timing configuraton (RMTC) in accordance with the received rmtc-Period, rmtc-SubframeOffset if configured otherwise determined by the UE randomly, i.e. the first symbol of each RMTC occasion occurs at first symbol of an SFN and subframe of the PCell meeting the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(rmtc-SubframeOffset/10);
subframe = rmtc-SubframeOffset mod 10;
with T = rmtc-Period/10;
On the concerned frequency, the UE shall not consider RSSI measurements outside the configured RMTC occasion which lasts for measDuration for RSSI and channel occupancy measurements.
5.5.2.12	Measurement gap sharing configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if measGapSharingConfig is set to setup:
2>	if a measurement gap sharing configuration is already setup, release the measurement gap sharing configuration;
2>	setup the measurement gap sharing configuration indicated by the measGapSharingConfig in accordance with the received measGapSharingScheme as defined in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE:	In case of (NG)EN-DC, the UE may either be configured with a single (common) gap sharing or with two separate gap sharing configurations, i.e. a first one for FR1 (configured by E-UTRA RRC) and a second one for FR2 (configured by NR RRC). For the case of per FR gap configuration, the gap sharing configured here (i.e. E-UTRA RRC) is applicable only for FR1 gap.
1>	else:
2>	release the measurement gap sharing configuration;
5.5.2.13	NR measurement timing configuration
The UE shall setup the first SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration (SMTC) in accordance with the received periodicityAndOffset (providing Periodicity and Offset value for the following condition) in the MTC-SSB-NR configuration i.e., the first subframe of each SMTC occasion occurs at an SFN and subframe of the PCell meeting the following condition:
SFN mod T = FLOOR(Offset/10);
if the Periodicity is larger than sf5:
subframe = Offset mod 10;
else;
subframe = Offset or (Offset +5);
with T = CEIL(Periodicity/10).
On the concerned frequency, the UE shall not consider SS/PBCH block transmission in subframes outside the SMTC occasion which lasts for ssb-Duration for measurements including RRM measurements except for SFTD measurement (see TS 36.133 [16], clause 8.1.2.4.25.2 and 8.1.2.4.26.1).
5.5.3	Performing measurements
5.5.3.1	General
For all measurements, except for UE Rx–Tx time difference measurements, RSSI, UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement, channel occupancy measurements, CBR measurement, sensing measurement and except for WLAN measurements of Band, Carrier Info, Available Admission Capacity, Backhaul Bandwidth, Channel Utilization, and Station Count, the UE applies the layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2, before using the measured results for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting. When performing measurements on NR carriers, the UE derives the cell quality as specified in 5.5.3.3 and the beam quality as specified in 5.5.3.4.
The UE shall:
1>	whenever the UE has a measConfig, perform RSRP and RSRQ measurements for each serving cell as follows:
2>	for the PCell, apply the time domain measurement resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternPCell, if configured;
2>	if the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement:
3>	for each SCell in deactivated state, apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config, if configured within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the SCell;
1>	if the UE has a measConfig with rs-sinr-Config configured, perform RS-SINR (as indicated in the associated reportConfig) measurements as follows:
2>	perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject using available idle periods or using autonomous gaps as necessary;
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the purpose for the associated reportConfig is set to reportCGI:
3>	if the RAT indicated in the associated measObject is not NR:
4>	if si-RequestForHO is configured for the associated reportConfig:
5>	perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency and RAT indicated in the associated measObject using autonomous gaps as necessary;
4>	else:
5>	perform the corresponding measurements on the frequency and RAT indicated in the associated measObject using available idle periods or using autonomous gaps as necessary;
3>	else:
4>	perform the corresponding measurements on the NR frequency indicated in the associated measObject using available idle periods;
NOTE 1:	If autonomous gaps are used to perform measurements, the UE is allowed to temporarily abort communication with all serving cell(s), i.e. create autonomous gaps to perform the corresponding measurements within the limits specified in TS 36.133 [16]. Otherwise, the UE only supports the measurements with the purpose set to reportCGI only if E-UTRAN has provided sufficient idle periods.
3>	try to acquire the global cell identity of the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI in the associated measObject by acquiring the relevant system information from the concerned cell;
3>	if an entry in the cellAccessRelatedInfoList includes the selected PLMN, acquire the relevant system information from the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is an E-UTRAN cell:
4>	try to acquire the CSG identity, if the CSG identity is broadcast in the concerned cell;
4>	try to acquire the trackingAreaCode in the concerned cell;
4>	try to acquire the list of additional PLMN Identities, as included in the plmn-IdentityList, if multiple PLMN identities are broadcast in the concerned cell;
4>	if cellAccessRelatedInfoList is included, use trackingAreaCode and plmn-IdentityList from the entry of cellAccessRelatedInfoList containing the selected PLMN;
4>	if the includeMultiBandInfo is configured:
5>	try to acquire the freqBandIndicator in the SystemInformationBlockType1of the concerned cell;
5>	try to acquire the list of additional frequency band indicators, as included in the multiBandInfoList, if multiple frequency band indicators are included in the SystemInformationBlockType1of the concerned cell;
5>	try to acquire the freqBandIndicatorPriority, if the freqBandIndicatorPriority is included in the SystemInformationBlockType1of the concerned cell;
4>	if cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC is broadcast in the concerned cell and the UE is E-UTRA/5GC capable:
5>	try to acquire the cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC;
NOTE 2:	The 'primary' PLMN is part of the global cell identity.
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a UTRAN cell:
4>	try to acquire the LAC, the RAC and the list of additional PLMN Identities, if multiple PLMN identities are broadcast in the concerned cell;
4>	try to acquire the CSG identity, if the CSG identity is broadcast in the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a GERAN cell:
4>	try to acquire the RAC in the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a CDMA2000 cell and the cdma2000-Type included in the measObject is typeHRPD:
4>	try to acquire the Sector ID in the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated measObject is a CDMA2000 cell and the cdma2000-Type included in the measObject is type1XRTT:
4>	try to acquire the BASE ID, SID and NID in the concerned cell;
3>	if the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the associated MeasObject is an NR cell:
4>	if the indicated cell is broadcasting SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [88], clause 13):
5>	try to acquire the plmn-IdentityInfoList including plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode (if available), ran-AreaCode (if available) and cellIdentity for each entry of the plmn-IdentityInfoList;
5>	try to acquire the frequencyBandList, if multiple frequency bands are broadcasted in the concerned cell;
2>	if the ul-DelayConfig is configured for the associated reportConfig:
3>	ignore the measObject;
3>	configure the PDCP layer to perform UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement;
2>	else:
3>	if a measurement gap configuration is setup; or
3>	if the UE does not require measurement gaps to perform the concerned measurements:
4>	if s-Measure is not configured; or
4>	if the UE is not in NE-DC and the PCell RSRP, after layer 3 filtering, is lower than s-Measure; or
4>	if the UE is in NE-DC and the PSCell RSRP, after layer 3 filtering, is lower than s-Measure; or
4>	if the associated measObject concerns NR; or
4>	if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject:
5>	if the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement; and
5>	if the eventId in the associated reportConfig is set to eventC1 or eventC2, or if reportStrongestCSI-RSs is included in the associated reportConfig:
6>	perform the corresponding measurements of CSI-RS resources on the frequency indicated in the concerned measObject, applying the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config in the concerned measObject;
6>	if reportCRS-Meas is included in the associated reportConfig, perform the corresponding measurements of neighbouring cells on the frequencies indicated in the concerned measObject as follows:
7>	for neighbouring cells on the primary frequency, apply the time domain measurement resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, if configured in the concerned measObject;
7>	apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config in the concerned measObject;
5>	else:
6>	perform the corresponding measurements of neighbouring cells on the frequencies and RATs indicated in the concerned measObject as follows:
7>	for neighbouring cells on the primary frequency, apply the time domain measurement resource restriction in accordance with measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, if configured in the concerned measObject;
7>	if the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, apply the discovery signals measurement timing configuration in accordance with measDS-Config, if configured in the concerned measObject;
4>	if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the associated reportConfig:
5>	perform the UE Rx–Tx time difference measurements on the PCell;
4>	if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true or pSCell in the associated reportConfig:
5>	perform SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell;
4>	if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the associated reportConfig:
5>	perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and the NR PSCell;
4>	if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the associated reportConfig:
5>	perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and NR cell(s) on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject;
4>	if the measRSSI-ReportConfig is configured in the associated reportConfig:
5>	perform the RSSI and channel occupancy measurements on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject;
2>	perform the evaluation of reporting criteria as specified in 5.5.4;
The UE capable of CBR measurement when configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication shall:
1>	if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication transmission as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the concerned frequency is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
2>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE:
3>	if the concerned frequency is the camped frequency:
4>	perform CBR measurement on the pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional if included in SystemInformationBlockType21;
3>	else if v2x-CommTxPoolNormal or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
4>	perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormal and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26;
3>	else if the concerned frequency broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21:
4>	perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 broadcast on the concerned frequency;
2>	if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED:
3>	if tx-ResourcePoolToAddList is included in VarMeasConfig:
4>	perform CBR measurements on each resource pool indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToAddList;
3>	if the concerned frequency is the PCell's frequency:
4>	perform CBR measurement on the pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-SchedulingPool if included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration, v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 for the concerned frequency and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional if included in mobilityControlInfoV2X;
3>	else if v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, v2x-SchedulingPool or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency within RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
4>	perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormal, v2x-SchedulingPool, and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional if included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration;
3>	else if the concerned frequency broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21:
4>	perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 for the concerned frequency;
1>	else:
2>	perform CBR measurement on pools in v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency;
The UE capable of sensing measurement, with commTxResources set to scheduled, shall:
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if measSensing-Config is configured in the associated measObject
3>	perform the sensing measurement in accordance with TS 36.213 [23] on the pools of v2x-SchedulingPool and also indicated in tx-ResourcePoolToAddList in the associated measObject, using sensingSubchannelNumber, sensingPeriodicity, sensingReselectionCounter and sensingPriority.
NOTE 3:	The s-Measure defines when the UE is required to perform measurements. The UE is however allowed to perform measurements also when the PCell RSRP (or PSCell RSRP, if the UE is in NE-DC) exceeds s-Measure, e.g., to measure cells broadcasting a CSG identity following use of the autonomous search function as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
NOTE 4:	The UE may not perform the WLAN measurements it is configured with e.g. due to connection to another WLAN based on user preferences as specified in TS 23.402 [75] or due to turning off WLAN.
5.5.3.2	Layer 3 filtering
The UE shall:
1>	for each measurement quantity that the UE performs measurements according to 5.5.3.1:
NOTE 1:	This does not include quantities configured solely for UE Rx-Tx time difference, SSTD measurements and RSSI, channel occupancy measurements, WLAN measurements of Band, Carrier Info, Available Admission Capacity, Backhaul Bandwidth, Channel Utilization, and Station Count, CBR measurement, sensing measurement and UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement i.e. for those types of measurements the UE ignores the triggerQuantity and reportQuantity.
2>	filter the measured result, before using for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting, by the following formula:
	
where
Mn is the latest received measurement result from the physical layer;
Fn is the updated filtered measurement result, that is used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting;
Fn-1 is the old filtered measurement result, where F0 is set to M1 when the first measurement result from the physical layer is received; and
except for NR, a = 1/2(k/4), where k is the filterCoefficient for the corresponding measurement quantity received by the quantityConfig; for NR, a = 1/2(ki/4), where ki is the filterCoefficient for the corresponding measurement quantity of the i:th QuantityConfigNR in quantityConfigNRList, and i is indicated by quantityConfigSet in MeasObjectNR;
2>	adapt the filter such that the time characteristics of the filter are preserved at different input rates, observing that the filterCoefficient k assumes a sample rate equal to 200 ms;
NOTE 2:	If k is set to 0, no layer 3 filtering is applicable.
NOTE 3:	The filtering is performed in the same domain as used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting, i.e., logarithmic filtering for logarithmic measurements.
NOTE 4:	The filter input rate is implementation dependent, to fulfil the performance requirements set in TS 36.133 [16]. For further details about the physical layer measurements, see TS 36.133 [16].
5.5.3.3	Derivation of NR cell quality
The UE shall:
1>	if the associated measObject includes maxRS-IndexCellQual; and
1>	if there are multiple detected NR-SS beams associated to the cell; and
1>	if threshRS-Index is configured and if for more than one of the NR-SS beams the measured result exceeds this threshold:
2>	consider the cell quality to be the linear average of the power values of the, up to maxRS-IndexCellQual, best of the detected NR-SS beams exceeding threshRS-Index;
1>	else:
2>	consider the cell quality to be the measurement result of the detected NR-SS beam, associated to the cell, with the highest measurement result;
5.5.3.4	Derivation of NR beam quality
The UE shall:
1>	consider the beam quality to be the value resulting after layer 3 filtering, as specified in 5.5.3.2, of the measurement results of the concerned beam, where each result is averaged as described in TS 38.215 [89];
5.5.4	Measurement report triggering
5.5.4.1	General
If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportStrongestCellsForSON:
3>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable;
2>	else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportCGI:
3>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) which has a physical cell identity matching the value of the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the corresponding measObject within the VarMeasConfig to be applicable;
2>	else:
3>	if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:
4>	if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider only the PCell to be applicable;
4>	else if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider the PSCell to be applicable;
4>	else if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider only the serving cell to be applicable;
4>	else if eventC1 or eventC2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or if reportStrongestCSI-RSs is included in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider a CSI-RS resource on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned CSI-RS resource is included in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
4>	else if measRSSI-ReportConfig is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
5>	consider the resource indicated by the rmtc-Config on the associated frequency to be applicable;
4>	else:
5>	if useWhiteCellList is set to TRUE:
6>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the whiteCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
5>	else:
6>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
5>	for events involving a serving cell on one frequency and neighbours on another frequency, consider the serving cell on the other frequency as a neighbouring cell;
4>	if the corresponding reportConfig includes alternativeTimeToTrigger and if the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger:
5>	use the value of alternativeTimeToTrigger as the time to trigger instead of the value of timeToTrigger in the corresponding reportConfig for cells included in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the corresponding measObject;
3>	else if the corresponding measObject concerns UTRA or CDMA2000:
4>	consider a neighbouring cell on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the cellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId (i.e. the cell is included in the white-list);
NOTE 0:	The UE may also consider a neighbouring cell on the associated UTRA frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the csg-allowedReportingCells within the VarMeasConfig for this measId, if configured in the corresponding measObjectUTRA (i.e. the cell is included in the range of physical cell identities for which reporting is allowed).
3>	else if the corresponding measObject concerns GERAN:
4>	consider a neighbouring cell on the associated set of frequencies to be applicable when the concerned cell matches the ncc-Permitted defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
3>	else if the corresponding measObject concerns WLAN:
4>	consider a WLAN on the associated set of frequencies, as indicated by carrierFreq or on all WLAN frequencies when carrierFreq is not present, to be applicable if the WLAN matches all WLAN identifiers of at least one entry within wlan-Id-List for this measId;
3>	else if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:
4>	if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:
5>	consider the PSCell to be applicable;
4>	else if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:
5>	if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR:
6>	consider any neighbouring NR cell on the associated frequency that is included in cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;
5>	else:
6>	consider up to 3 strongest neighbouring NR cells detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
4>	else:
5>	if the eventB1 or eventB2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:
6>	consider a serving cell, if any, on the associated NR frequency as neighbouring cell;
5>	consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;
2>	if tx-ResourcePoolToAddList is configured in the measObject, and if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to sidelink or includes eventV1 or eventV2:
3>	consider the transmission resource pools indicated by the tx-ResourcePoolToAddList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId to be applicable;
2>	if the corresponding reportConfig includes a purpose set to reportLocation:
3>	consider only the PCell to be applicable;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event, and if the corresponding reportConfig does not include numberOfTriggeringCells, and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	if the UE supports T312 and if useT312 is included for this event and if T310 is running:
4>	if T312 is not running:
5>	start timer T312 with the value configured in the corresponding measObject;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event, and if the corresponding reportConfig does not include numberOfTriggeringCells, and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	if the UE supports T312 and if useT312 is included for this event and if T310 is running:
4>	if T312 is not running:
5>	start timer T312 with the value configured in the corresponding measObject;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the corresponding reportConfig includes numberOfTriggeringCells, and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig:
3>	If the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):
4>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	If the number of cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList is larger than or equal to numberOfTriggeringCell:
4>	include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4>	If the number of cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList is larger than or equal to numberOfTriggeringCells:
5>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:
3>	remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if a6-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE or if a4-a5-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:
4>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
3>	if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CSI-RS resources for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (i.e. a first CSI-RS resource triggers the event):
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CSI-RS resources not included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (i.e. a subsequent CSI-RS resource triggers the event):
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the CSI-RS resources included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:
3>	remove the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	if c1-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if c2-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:
4>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
3>	if the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first transmission resource pool triggers the event):
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools not included in the poolsTriggeredList for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent transmission resource pool triggers the event):
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools included in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:
3>	remove the concerned transmission resource pool(s) from the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	if the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:
4>	remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4>	stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;
2>	if the triggerType is set to event and if the eventId is set to eventH1 or eventH2 and if the entering condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if measRSSI-ReportConfig is included and if a (first) measurement result is available:
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately when RSSI sample values are reported by the physical layer after the first L1 measurement duration;
2>	else if the purpose is included and set to reportStrongestCells, reportStrongestCellsForSON, reportLocation sidelink or sensing and if a (first) measurement result is available:
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	if the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells and reportStrongestCSI-RSs is not included:
4>	if the triggerType is set to periodical and the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-DelayConfig:
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first measurement result is provided by lower layers;
4>	else if the corresponding measurement object concerns WLAN:
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the applicable WLAN(s);
4>	else if the reportAmount exceeds 1:
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell;
4>	else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells, or becomes available for the pair of PCell and the PSCell in case of SSTD measurements, or becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 8.17.2.3 in case of SFTD measurements;
3>	if the purpose is set to reportLocation, sidelink or sensing:
4>	if the purpose is set to reportLocation:
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after both the quantity to be reported for the PCell and the location information become available;
4>	else if the purpose is set to sidelink:
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately after both the quantity to be reported for the PCell and the CBR measurement result become available;
4>	else if the purpose is set to sensing:
5>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately after both the quantity to be reported for the PCell and the sensing measurement result become available;
3>	else if the purpose is not set to reportStrongestCells or reportStrongestCSI-RSs is included:
4>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, when it has determined the strongest cells on the associated frequency;
2>	upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	if the purpose is included and set to reportCGI:
3>	if the UE acquired the information needed to set all fields of cgi-Info for the requested cell; or
3>	if the UE detects that the requested NR cell is not transmitting SIB1:
4>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
4>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
4>	stop timer T321;
4>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
2>	upon expiry of the T321 for this measId:
3>	include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;
3>	initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;
NOTE 2:	The UE does not stop the periodical reporting with triggerType set to event or to periodical while the corresponding measurement is not performed due to the PCell RSRP (or PSCell RSRP, if the UE is in NE-DC) being equal to or better than s-Measure or due to the measurement gap not being setup.
NOTE 3:	If the UE is configured with DRX, the UE may delay the measurement reporting for event triggered and periodical triggered measurements until the Active Time, which is defined in TS 36.321 [6].
5.5.4.2	Event A1 (Serving becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;
Inequality A1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.3	Event A2 (Serving becomes worse than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;
Inequality A2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a2-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.4	Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than PCell/ PSCell)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:
2>	use the PSCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;
1>	else:
2>	use the PCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;
NOTE	The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.
Inequality A3-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A3-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofp is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell).
Ocp is the cell specific offset of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell), and is set to zero if not configured for the PCell/ PSCell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a3-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ofn, Ocn, Ofp, Ocp, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.5	Event A4 (Neighbour becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality A4-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A4-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a4-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.6	Event A5 (PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than threshold1 and neighbour becomes better than threshold2)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition A5-1 and condition A5-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A5-3 or condition A5-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:
2>	use the PSCell for Mp;
1>	else:
2>	use the PCell for Mp;
NOTE:	The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.
Inequality A5-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality A5-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality A5-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality A5-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.
Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.6a	Event A6 (Neighbour becomes offset better than SCell)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A6-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A6-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	for this measurement, consider the (secondary) cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;
NOTE:	The neighbour(s) is on the same frequency as the SCell i.e. both are on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject.
Inequality A6-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A6-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.
Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocs is the cell specific offset of the serving cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the serving frequency), and is set to zero if not configured for the serving cell.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a6-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mn, Ms are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.
Ocn, Ocs, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.7	Event B1 (Inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality B1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality B1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA 2000 measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell).
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event). For CDMA2000, b1-Threshold is divided by -2.
Mn is expressed in dBm or in dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.
Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.8	Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2)
The UE shall:
1>	for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition B2-1 and condition B2-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B2-3 or condition B2-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality B2-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality B2-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality B2-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality B2-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mp is the measurement result of the PCell, not taking into account any offsets.
Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA2000 measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.
Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell).
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event). For CDMA2000, b2-Threshold2 is divided by -2.
Mp is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.
Mn is expressed in dBm or dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.
Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.
Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.9	Event C1 (CSI-RS resource becomes better than threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality C1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality C1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mcr is the measurement result of the CSI-RS resource, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocr is the CSI-RS specific offset (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the CSI-RS resource), and set to zero if not configured for the CSI-RS resource.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. c1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mcr, Thresh are expressed in dBm.
Ocr, Hys are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.10	Event C2 (CSI-RS resource becomes offset better than reference CSI-RS resource)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition C2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
NOTE:	The CSI-RS resource(s) that triggers the event is on the same frequency as the reference CSI-RS resource, i.e. both are on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject.
Inequality C2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality C2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mcr is the measurement result of the CSI-RS resource, not taking into account any offsets.
Ocr is the CSI-RS specific offset of the CSI-RS resource (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the CSI-RS resource), and set to zero if not configured for the CSI-RS resource.
Mref is the measurement result of the reference CSI-RS resource (i.e. c2-RefCSI-RS as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event), not taking into account any offsets.
Oref is the CSI-RS specific offset of the reference CSI-RS resource (i.e. csi-RS-IndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the reference CSI-RS resource), and is set to zero if not configured for the reference CSI-RS resource.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. c2-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Mcr, Mref are expressed in dBm.
Ocr, Oref, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.
5.5.4.11	Event W1 (WLAN becomes better than a threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when wlan-MobilitySet within VarWLAN-MobilityConfig does not contain any entries and condition W1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality W1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality W1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Mn is the measurement result of WLAN(s) configured in the measurement object, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event.
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Mn is expressed in dBm.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.12	Event W2 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than threshold1 and a WLAN outside WLAN mobility set becomes better than threshold2)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both conditions W2-1 and W2-2 as specified below are fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W2-3 or condition W2-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below is fulfilled;
Inequality W2-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality W2-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality W2-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality W2-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of WLAN(s) which matches all WLAN identifiers of at least one entry within wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig, not taking into account any offsets.
Mn is the measurement result of WLAN(s) configured in the measurement object which does not match all WLAN identifiers of any entry within wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event.
Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w2-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w2-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Mn, Ms are expressed in dBm.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.
5.5.4.13	Event W3 (All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set becomes worse than a threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W3-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition W3-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality W3-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality W3-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of WLAN(s) which matches all WLAN identifiers of at least one entry within wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event.
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. w3-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).
Ms is expressed in dBm.
Hys is expressed in dB.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.14	Event V1 (The channel busy ratio is above a threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality V1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality V1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of channel busy ratio of the transmission resource pool, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. v1-Threshold as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA).
Ms is expressed in decimal from 0 to 1 in steps of 0.01.
Hys is expressed is in the same unit as Ms.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.15	Event V2 (The channel busy ratio is below a threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition V2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality V2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality V2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the measurement result of channel busy ratio of the transmission resource pool, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).
Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. v2-Threshold as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA).
Ms is expressed in decimal from 0 to 1 in steps of 0.01.
Hys is expressed is in the same unit as Ms.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.16	Event H1 (The Aerial UE height is above a threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality H1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality H1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the Aerial UE height, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter (i.e. h1-Hysteresis as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA) for this event.
Thresh is the reference threshold parameter for this event given in MeasConfig(i.e. heightThreshRef as defined within MeasConfig).
Offset is the offset value to heightThreshRef to obtain the absolute threshold for this event. (i.e. h1-ThresholdOffset as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA)
Ms is expressed in meters.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.4.17	Event H2 (The Aerial UE height is below a threshold)
The UE shall:
1>	consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;
1>	consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition H2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;
Inequality H2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality H2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
Ms is the Aerial UE height, not taking into account any offsets.
Hys is the hysteresis parameter (i.e. h2-Hysteresis as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA) for this event.
Thresh is the reference threshold parameter for this event given in MeasConfig(i.e. heightThreshRef as defined within MeasConfig).
Offset is the offset value to heightThreshRef to obtain the absolute threshold for this event. (i.e. h2-ThresholdOffset as defined within ReportConfigEUTRA)
Ms is expressed in meters.
Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.
5.5.5	Measurement reporting
5.5.5.1	General

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.
For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:
1>	set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;
1>	set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;
1>	set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;
1>	if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:
2>	for each E-UTRA serving frequency for which measObjectId is referenced in the measIdList, other than the frequency corresponding with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting:
3>	set the measResultServFreqList to include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;
1>	if the triggerType is set to event; and if the corresponding measObject concerns NR; and if eventId is set to eventB1-NR or eventB2-NR; or
1>	if the triggerType is set to event; and if eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5:
2>	if purpose for the reportConfig or reportConfigInterRAT associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to a value other than reportLocation:
3>	set the measResultServFreqListNR to include for each NR serving frequency that the UE is configured to measure according to TS 38.331 [82], if any, the following:
4>	set measResultSCell to include the available results of the NR serving cell, as specified in 5.5.5.2;
4>	if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas and if eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5:
5>	set measResultBestNeighCell to include the available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of the non-serving cell with the highest sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;
3>	for each (serving or neighbouring) cell for which the UE reports results according to the previous, additionally include available beam results according to the following:
4>	if maxReportRS-Index is configured, set measResultRS-IndexList to include available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of up to maxReportRS-Index beams, ordered based on the quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;
1>	if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:
2>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:
3>	if the triggerType is set to event:
4>	include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
NOTE 1:	The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3>	for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;
3>	if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON:
4>	for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:
6>	set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig;
6>	sort the included cells in order of decreasing triggerQuantity, i.e. the best cell is included first;
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:
6>	set the measResultCell to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCellNR within the concerned reportConfig;
6>	if maxReportRS-Index and reportQuantityRS-IndexNR are configured, set measResultRS-IndexList to include the result of the best beam if threshRS-Index is included in the VarMeasConfig for the corresponding measObject, and the remaining beams whose quantity is above threshRS-Index, up to maxReportRS-Index beams in total:
7>	order beams based on the sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;
7>	for each included beam:
8>	include ssbIndex;
8>	if reportRS-IndexResultsNR is set to TRUE, for each quantity indicated, include the corresponding measurement result in measResultSSB-Index for each ssb-Index;
6>	sort the included cells in order of decreasing sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT includes the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD:
6>	set the measResult to include the quantities indicated by the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD in order of decreasing measQuantityUTRA-FDD within the quantityConfig, i.e. the best cell is included first;
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT does not include the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD; or
5>	if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA TDD, GERAN or CDMA2000:
6>	set the measResult to the quantity as configured for the concerned RAT within the quantityConfig in order of either decreasing quantity for UTRA and GERAN or increasing quantity for CDMA2000 pilotStrength, i.e. the best cell is included first;
3>	else if the purpose is set to reportCGI and the corresponding measObject concerns a RAT other than NR:
4>	if the mandatory present fields of the cgi-Info for the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI in the associated measObject have been obtained:
5>	if the includeMultiBandInfo is configured:
6>	include the freqBandIndicator;
6>	if the cell broadcasts the multiBandInfoList, include the multiBandInfoList;
6>	if the cell broadcasts the freqBandIndicatorPriority, include the freqBandIndicatorPriority;
5>	if the cell broadcasts a CSG identity:
6>	include the csg-Identity;
6>	include the csg-MemberStatus and set it to member if the cell is a CSG member cell;
5>	if the si-RequestForHO is configured within the reportConfig associated with this measId:
6>	include the cgi-Info containing all the fields other than the plmn-IdentityList that have been successfully acquired;
6>	include, within the cgi-Info, the field plmn-IdentityList in accordance with the following:
7>	if the cell is a CSG member cell, determine the subset of the PLMN identities, starting from the second entry of PLMN identities in the broadcast information, that meet the following conditions:
a)	equal to the RPLMN or an EPLMN; and
b)	the CSG whitelist of the UE includes an entry comprising of the concerned PLMN identity and the CSG identity broadcast by the cell;
7>	if the subset of PLMN identities determined according to the previous includes at least one PLMN identity, include the plmn-IdentityList and set it to include this subset of the PLMN identities;
7>	if the cell is a CSG member cell, include the primaryPLMN-Suitable if the primary PLMN meets conditions a) and b) specified above;
7>	if the cell does not broadcast csg-Identity and the UE is capable of reporting the plmn-IdentityList from cells not broadcasting csg-Identity:
8>	include in the plmn-IdentityList the list of identities starting from the second entry of PLMN identities in the broadcast information;
5>	else:
6>	include the cgi-Info containing all the fields that have been successfully acquired and in accordance with the following:
7>	include in the plmn-IdentityList the list of identities starting from the second entry of PLMN Identities in the broadcast information;
4>	if the cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC has been acquired:
5>	include cgi-Info-5GC;
NOTE 1a:	The UE may include the cgi-Info-5GC even when the N1 mode is disabled.
3>	else if the purpose is set to reportCGI and the corresponding measObject concerns NR RAT:
4>	if the Cell information of cgi-Info for the cell indicated by the cellForWhichToReportCGI in the associated measObject has been obtained:
5>	include plmn-IdentityInfoList including plmn-IdentityList, trackingAreaCode (if available), ran-AreaCode (if available) and cellIdentity for each entry of the plmn-IdentityInfoList;
5>	include frequencyBandList if broadcasted;
4>	else if MIB associated with the concerned measObject indicates that SIB1 is not broadcast:
5>	include the noSIB1 field;
1>	for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering the PCell, the SCells, the best non-serving cells on serving frequencies as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in TS 36.133 [16];
1>	if there is at least one applicable CSI-RS resource to report:
2>	set the measResultCSI-RS-List to include the best CSI-RS resources up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:
3>	if the triggerType is set to event:
4>	include the CSI-RS resources included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	include the applicable CSI-RS resources for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
NOTE 2:	The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest CSI-RS resources on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].
3>	for each CSI-RS resource that is included in the measResultCSI-RS-List:
4>	include the measCSI-RS-Id;
4>	include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follow:
5>	set the csi-RSRP-Result to include the quantity indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing triggerQuantityCSI-RS, i.e. the best CSI-RS resource is included first;
4>	if reportCRS-Meas is included within the associated reportConfig, and the cell indicated by physCellId of this CSI-RS resource is not a serving cell:
5>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the cell indicated by physCellId of this CSI-RS resource, and include the physCellId;
5>	set the rsrpResult to include the RSRP of the concerned cell, if available according to performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16];
5>	set the rsrqResult to include the RSRQ of the concerned cell, if available according to performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16];
1>	if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;
2>	set the ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult to the measurement result provided by lower layers;
2>	set the currentSFN;
1>	if the measRSSI-ReportConfig is configured within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:
2>	set the rssi-Result to the average of sample value(s) provided by lower layers in the reportInterval;
2>	set the channelOccupancy to the rounded percentage of sample values which are beyond to the channelOccupancyThreshold within all the sample values in the reportInterval;
1>	if uplink PDCP delay results are available:
2>	set the ul-PDCP-DelayResultList to include the uplink PDCP delay results available;
1>	if the includeLocationInfo is configured in the corresponding reportConfig for this measId or if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation; and detailed location information that has not been reported is available, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
2>	include the locationCoordinates;
2>	if available, include the gnss-TOD-msec, except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;
2>	include the verticalVelocityInfo, if available;
1>	if the includeWLAN-Meas is configured in the corresponding reportConfig for this measId, set the measResults as follows:
2>	if available, include the logMeasResultListWLAN, in order of decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
1>	if the includeBT-Meas is configured in the corresponding reportConfig for this measId, set the measResults as follows:
2>	if available, include the logMeasResultListBT, in order of decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
1>	if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true or pSCell within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:
2>	set the measResultSSTD to the measurement results provided by lower layers;
1>	if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells or pSCell within the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT for this measId, for each applicable cell for which results are available:
2>	set sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult to the measurement results provided by lower layers;
2>	if the ss-rsrp in the reportQuantityCellNR is set to TRUE within the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT for this measId:
3>	include rsrpResult set to the RSRP of the concerned cell;
1>	if there is at least one applicable transmission resource pool to report:
2>	set the measResultListCBR to include the CBR measurement results in accordance with the following:
3>	if the triggerType is set to event:
4>	include the transmission resource pools included in the poolsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	else:
4>	include the applicable transmission resource pools for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
3>	for each transmission resource pool to be reported:
4>	set the poolIdentity to the poolReportId of this transmission resource pool;
4>	if adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to TRUE for this transmission resource pool:
5>	set the cbr-PSSCH to the CBR measurement result on PSSCH and PSCCH of this transmission resource pool provided by lower layers;
4>	else:
5>	set the cbr-PSSCH to the CBR measurement result on PSSCH of this transmission resource pool provided by lower layers if available;
5>	set the cbr-PSCCH to the CBR measurement result on PSCCH of this transmission resource pool provided by lower layers if available;
2>	set the measResultSensing to include the sensing measurement results in accordance with the following:
3>	include the applicable transmission resource pools for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;
3>	for each transmission resource pool to be reported:
4>	set the sensingResult to the sensing measurement results provided by the lower layers;
1>	if the triggerType is set to event; and if eventId is set to eventH1 or eventH2:
2>	set the heightUE to include the altitude of the UE;
1>	increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;
1>	stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;
1>	if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:
2>	start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;
1>	else:
2>	if the triggerType is set to periodical:
3>	remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;
3>	remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;
1>	if the measured results are for CDMA2000 HRPD:
2>	set the preRegistrationStatusHRPD to the UE's CDMA2000 upper layer's HRPD preRegistrationStatus;
1>	if the measured results are for CDMA2000 1xRTT:
2>	set the preRegistrationStatusHRPD to FALSE;
1>	if the measured results are for WLAN:
2>	set the measResultListWLAN to include the quantities within the quantityConfigWLAN for up to maxReportCells WLAN(s), determined according to the following:
3>	include WLAN the UE is connected to, if any;
3>	if reportAnyWLAN is set to TRUE:
4>	consider WLAN with any WLAN identifiers to be applicable for measurement reporting;
3>	else:
4>	consider only WLANs which do not match all WLAN identifiers of any entry within wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to be applicable for measurement reporting;
3>	include applicable WLAN in order of decreasing WLAN RSSI, i.e. the best WLAN is included first;
2>	for each included WLAN:
3>	set wlan-Identifiers to include all WLAN identifiers that can be acquired for the WLAN measured;
3>	set connectedWLAN to TRUE if the UE is connected to the WLAN measured;
3>	if reportQuantityWLAN exists within the ReportConfigInterRAT within the VarMeasConfig for this measId:
4>	if bandRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5>	set bandWLAN to include WLAN band of the WLAN measured;
4>	if carrierInfoRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5>	set carrierInfoWLAN to include WLAN carrier information of the WLAN measured if it can be acquired;
4>	if availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5>	set the measResult to include avaiableAdmissionCapacityWLAN if it can be acquired;
4>	if backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5>	set the measResult to include backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN if it can be acquired;
4>	if backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5>	set the measResult to include backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN if it can be acquired;
4>	if channelUtilizationRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5>	set the measResult to include channelUtilizationWLAN if it can be acquired;
4>	if stationCountRequestWLAN is set to TRUE:
5>	set the measResult to include stationCountWLAN if it can be acquired;
1>	if the UE is configured with NE-DC:
2>	submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 38.331 [82].
1>	else:
2>	submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.5.5.2	Determination of available NR measurement results
When configured to report measurement results of the serving and the best neighbouring cells on NR serving frequencies, the UE shall consider NR measurement results to be available as follows:
1>	only SSB based results are available and only if configured to measure these for the concerned serving frequency;
1>	for the serving cell:
2>	include cell quantities RSRP and RSRQ while SINR is included if the UE is configured to measure this quantity on an NR frequency, possibly different from the concerned serving frequency, but only if configured by NR measConfig:
2>	include beam results and beam quantities if the UE is configured to measure these on an NR frequency, possibly different from the concerned serving frequency, but only if configured by NR measConfig;
1>	for a neighbouring cell:
2>	include cell quantities, beam results and beam quantities if the UE is configured to measure these on an NR frequency, possibly different from the concerned serving frequency, but only if configured by NR measConfig.
1>	filter available results according to the applicable field in NR quantityConfig:
5.5.5.3	Selection of NR sorting quality
When configured to report the best cells or beams, the UE shall determine the quantity that is used to order and select as follows:
1>	for cells on the frequency associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting, if the reportTrigger is set to event, consider the quantity used in bN-ThresholdYNR to be the sorting quantity;
1>	for other cases, determine the sorting quantity as follows:
2>	consider the following quantities as candidate sorting quantities:
3>	for cells on the frequency associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting (for a triggerType set to periodical):
4>	the quantities defined by reportQuantityCellNR, when used for sorting cells;
4>	the quantities defined by reportQuantityRS-IndexNR, when used for sorting beams;
3>	for cells, serving or non-serving (i.e. within reportAddNeighMeas), on NR serving frequencies other than the one associated with the measId triggering reporting:
4>	the available quantities of available NR measurement results as specified in 5.5.5.2;
2>	if there is a single candidate sorting quantity;
3>	consider the concerned quantity to be the sorting quantity;
2>	else:
3>	if RSRP is one of the candidate sorting quantities;
4>	consider RSRP to be the sorting quantity;
3>	else:
4>	consider RSRQ to be the sorting quantity;
5.5.6	Measurement related actions
5.5.6.1	Actions upon handover and re-establishment
E-UTRAN applies the handover procedure as follows:
-	when performing the handover procedure, as specified in 5.3.5.4, ensure that a measObjectId corresponding to each handover target serving frequency is configured as a result of the procedures described in this sub-clause and in 5.3.5.4;
-	when changing the band while the physical frequency remains unchanged, E-UTRAN releases the measObject corresponding to the source frequency and adds a measObject corresponding to the target frequency (i.e. it does not reconfigure the measObject);
E-UTRAN applies the re-establishment procedure as follows:
-	when performing the connection re-establishment procedure, as specified in 5.3.7, ensure that a measObjectId corresponding each target serving frequency is configured as a result of the procedure described in this sub-clause and the subsequent connection reconfiguration procedure immediately following the re-establishment procedure;
-	in the first reconfiguration following the re-establishment when changing the band while the physical frequency remains unchanged, E-UTRAN releases the measObject corresponding to the source frequency and adds a measObject corresponding to the target frequency (i.e. it does not reconfigure the measObject);
The UE shall:
1>	for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
2>	if the triggerType is set to periodical:
3>	remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:
1>	if the procedure was triggered due to a handover or successful re-establishment and the procedure involves a change of primary frequency, update the measId values in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig as follows:
2>	if a measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency exists in the measObjectList within VarMeasConfig:
3>	for each measId value in the measIdList:
4>	if the measId value is linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary frequency:
5>	link this measId value to the measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency;
4>	else if the measId value is linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the target primary frequency:
5>	link this measId value to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary frequency;
2>	else:
3>	remove all measId values that are linked to the measObjectId value corresponding to the source primary frequency;
1>	remove all measurement reporting entries within VarMeasReportList;
1>	stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, as well as associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for all measId;
1>	release the measurement gaps (configured by E-UTRA RRC), if activated;
NOTE:	If the UE requires measurement gaps to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurements, the UE resumes the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements after the E-UTRAN has setup the measurement gaps.
5.5.6.2	Speed dependant scaling of measurement related parameters
The UE shall adjust the value of the following parameter configured by the E-UTRAN depending on the UE speed: timeToTrigger. The UE shall apply 3 different levels, which are selected as follows:
The UE shall:
1>	perform mobility state detection using the mobility state detection as specified in TS 36.304 [4] with the following modifications:
2>	counting handovers instead of cell reselections;
2>	applying the parameter applicable for RRC_CONNECTED as included in speedStatePars within VarMeasConfig;
1>	if high mobility state is detected:
2>	use the timeToTrigger value multiplied by sf-High within VarMeasConfig;
1>	else if medium mobility state is detected:
2>	use the timeToTrigger value multiplied by sf-Medium within VarMeasConfig;
1>	else:
2>	no scaling is applied;
5.5.7	Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication
5.5.7.1	General


Figure 5.5.7.1-1: Inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication
The purpose of this procedure is to indicate to the network that the UE is going to start/stop OTDOA inter-frequency RSTD measurements which require measurement gaps as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 8.1.2.6. The procedure is also used to indicate to the network that the UE is going to start/stop OTDOA intra-frequency RSTD measurements which require measurement gaps. This procedure is also used to indicate to the network the measurement gap that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3.
NOTE:	It is a network decision to configure the measurement gap.
5.5.7.2	Initiation
The UE shall:
1>	if and only if upper layers indicate to start performing inter-frequency RSTD measurements and the UE requires measurement gaps for these measurements while measurement gaps are either not configured or not sufficient:
2>	initiate the procedure to indicate start;
NOTE 1:	The UE verifies the measurement gap situation only upon receiving the indication from upper layers. If at this point in time sufficient gaps are available, the UE does not initiate the procedure. Unless it receives a new indication from upper layers, the UE is only allowed to further repeat the procedure in the same PCell once per frequency if the provided measurement gaps are insufficient.
1>	if and only if upper layers indicate to stop performing inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
2>	initiate the procedure to indicate stop;
NOTE 2:	The UE may initiate the procedure to indicate stop even if it did not previously initiate the procedure to indicate start.
5.5.7.3	Actions related to transmission of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message as follows:
1>	if the procedure is initiated to indicate start or stop of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
2>	set the rstd-InterFreqIndication as follows:
3>	if the procedure is initiated to indicate start of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
4>	set the rstd-InterFreqInfoList according to the information received from upper layers;
4>	for category M1 or M2 UE, if the procedure is initated to indicate the measurement gap that the UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration:
5>	set the measPRS-Offset-r15 according to the UE preference;
3>	else if the procedure is initiated to indicate stop of inter-frequency RSTD measurements:
4>	set the rstd-InterFreqIndication to the value stop;
1>	else:
2>	set the rstd-InterFreqIndication as follows:
3>	if the procedure is initiated to indicate start of intra-frequency RSTD measurements:
4>	set the carrierFreq in the rstd-InterFreqInfoList to the carrier frequency of the serving cell;
4>	for category M1 or M2 UE, if the procedure is initated to indicate the measurement gap that the UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration:
5>	set the measPRS-Offset-r15 according to the UE preference;
3>	else if the procedure is initiated to indicate stop of intra-frequency RSTD measurements:
4>	set the rstd-InterFreqIndication to the value stop;
1>	submit the InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6	Other
5.6.0	General
For NB-IoT, only a subset of the procedures described in this sub-clause apply.
Table 5.6.0-1 specifies the procedures that are applicable to NB-IoT. All other procedures are not applicable to NB-IoT; this is not further stated in the corresponding procedures.
Table 5.6.0-1: "Other″ Procedures applicable to a NB-IoT UE
Sub-clause
Procedures
5.6.1
DL information transfer
5.6.2
UL information transfer
5.6.3
UE Capability transfer

5.6.1	DL information transfer
5.6.1.1	General

Figure 5.6.1.1-1: DL information transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer NAS, (tunnelled) non-3GPP dedicated information or time reference information from E-UTRAN to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.6.1.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the DL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer NAS, non-3GPP dedicated information or time reference information. E-UTRAN initiates the DL information transfer procedure by sending the DLInformationTransfer message.
5.6.1.3	Reception of the DLInformationTransfer by the UE
Upon receiving DLInformationTransfer message, the UE shall:
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE; or
1>	if the dedicatedInfoType is present and set to dedicatedInfoNAS:
2>	forward the dedicatedInfoNAS to the NAS upper layers.
1>	if the dedicatedInfoType is present and set to dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT or to dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD:
2>	forward the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000 to the CDMA2000 upper layers;
1>	if timeReferenceInfo is included:
2>	calculate the time reference based on the included time, timeInfoType and referenceSFN in timeReferenceInfo;
2>	calculate the inaccuracy of the time reference based on the uncertainty and other implementation-related inaccuracies, if uncertainty is included in timeReferenceInfo;
2>	inform upper layers of the time reference and, if uncertainty is included in timeReferenceInfo, of the inaccuracy of the time reference.
5.6.2	UL information transfer
5.6.2.1	General

Figure 5.6.2.1-1: UL information transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer NAS or (tunnelled) non-3GPP dedicated information from the UE to E-UTRAN.
5.6.2.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information, except at RRC connection establishment or resume in which case the NAS information is piggybacked to the RRCConnectionSetupComplete or RRCConnectionResumeComplete message correspondingly. The UE initiates the UL information transfer procedure by sending the ULInformationTransfer message. When CDMA2000 information has to be transferred, the UE shall initiate the procedure only if SRB2 is established.
5.6.2.3	Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransfer message
The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransfer message as follows:
1>	if there is a need to transfer NAS information:
2>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE:
3>	set the dedicatedInfoNAS to include the information received from upper layers;
2>	else, set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoNAS;
1>	if there is a need to transfer CDMA2000 1XRTT information:
2>	set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT;
1>	if there is a need to transfer CDMA2000 HRPD information:
2>	set the dedicatedInfoType to include the dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD;
1>	upon RRC connection establishment, if UE supports the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation and UE does not need UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission:
2>	configure lower layers to stop using UL gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD for ULInformationTransfer message and subsequent uplink transmission in RRC_CONNECTED except for UL transmissions as specified in TS 36.211 [21];
1>	submit the ULInformationTransfer message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.2.4	Failure to deliver ULInformationTransfer message
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is a NB-IoT UE, AS security is not started and radio link failure occurs before the successful delivery of ULInformationTransfer messages has been confirmed by lower layers; or
1>	if mobility (i.e. handover, RRC connection re-establishment) occurs before the successful delivery of ULInformationTransfer messages has been confirmed by lower layers:
2>	inform upper layers about the possible failure to deliver the information contained in the concerned ULInformationTransfer messages;
5.6.2a	UL information transfer for MR-DC
5.6.2a.1	General

Figure 5.6.2a.1-1: UL information transfer MR-DC
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer from the UE to E-UTRAN MR-DC dedicated information e.g. the NR RRC Measurement Report message.
5.6.2a.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the UL information transfer procedure whenever there is a need to transfer MR DC dedicated information as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. I.e. the procedure is not used during an RRC connection reconfiguration involving NR connection reconfiguration, in which case the MR DC information is piggybacked to the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.
5.6.2a.3	Actions related to transmission of ULInformationTransferMRDC message
The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransferMRDC message as follows:
1>	if there is a need to transfer MR DC dedicated information:
2>	set the ul-DCCH-MessageNR to include the MR DC dedicated information to be transferred;
1>	submit the ULInformationTransferMRDC message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.2a.4	Void
5.6.3	UE capability transfer
5.6.3.1	General

Figure 5.6.3.1-1: UE capability transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer UE radio access capability information from the UE to E-UTRAN.
If the UE has changed its E-UTRAN radio access capabilities, the UE shall request higher layers to initiate the necessary NAS procedures (see TS 23.401 [41]) that would result in the update of UE radio access capabilities using a new RRC connection.
NOTE:	Change of the UE's GERAN UE radio capabilities in RRC_IDLE is supported by use of Tracking Area Update.
5.6.3.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure to a UE in RRC_CONNECTED when it needs (additional) UE radio access capability information.
5.6.3.3	Reception of the UECapabilityEnquiry by the UE
The UE shall:
1>	for NB-IoT, set the contents of UECapabilityInformation message as follows:
2>	include the UE Radio Access Capability Parameters within the ue-Capability;
2>	include ue-RadioPagingInfo;
2>	submit the UECapabilityInformation message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
1>	else, set the contents of UECapabilityInformation message as follows:
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes eutra:
3>	include the UE-EUTRA-Capability within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to eutra;
3>	if the UE supports FDD and TDD:
4>	set all fields of UECapabilityInformation, except field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities (including their sub-fields), to include the values applicable for both FDD and TDD (i.e. functionality supported by both modes);
4>	if (some of) the UE capability fields have a different value for FDD and TDD:
5>	if for FDD, the UE supports additional functionality compared to what is indicated by the previous fields of UECapabilityInformation:
6>	include field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and set it to include fields reflecting the additional functionality applicable for FDD;
5>	if for TDD, the UE supports additional functionality compared to what is indicated by the previous fields of UECapabilityInformation:
6>	include field tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and set it to include fields reflecting the additional functionality applicable for TDD;
NOTE 1:	The UE includes fields of XDD-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities in accordance with the following:
-	The field is included only if one or more of its sub-fields (or bits in the feature group indicators string) has a value that is different compared to the value signalled elsewhere within UE-EUTRA-Capability;
(this value signalled elsewhere is also referred to as the Common value, that is supported for both XDD modes)
-	For the fields that are included in XDD-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities, the UE sets:
-	the sub-fields (or bits in the feature group indicators string) that are not allowed to be different to the same value as the Common value;
-	the sub-fields (or bits in the feature group indicators string) that are allowed to be different to a value indicating at least the same functionality as indicated by the Common value;
3>	else (UE supports single xDD mode):
4>	set all fields of UECapabilityInformation, except field fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities and tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities (including their sub-fields), to include the values applicable for the xDD mode supported by the UE;
3>	compile a list of band combinations, candidate for inclusion in the UECapabilityInformation message, comprising of band combinations supported by the UE according to the following priority order (i.e. listed in order of decreasing priority):
4>	include all non-CA bands, regardless of whether UE supports carrier aggregation, only:
-	if the UE includes ue-Category-v1020 (i.e. indicating category 6 to 8); or
-	if for at least one of the non-CA bands, the UE supports more MIMO layers with TM9 and TM10 than implied by the UE category; or
-	if the UE supports TM10 with one or more CSI processes; or
-	if the UE supports 1024QAM in DL;
4>	if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestedFrequencyBands and UE supports requestedFrequencyBands:
5>	include all 2DL+1UL CA band combinations, only consisting of bands included in requestedFrequencyBands;
5>	include all other CA band combinations, only consisting of bands included in requestedFrequencyBands, and prioritized in the order of requestedFrequencyBands, (i.e. first include remaining band combinations containing the first-listed band, then include remaining band combinations containing the second-listed band, and so on);
4>	else (no requested frequency bands):
5>	include all 2DL+1UL CA band combinations;
5>	include all other CA band combinations;
4>	if UE supports maximumCCsRetrieval and if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes the requestedMaxCCsDL and the requestedMaxCCsUL (i.e. both UL and DL maximums are given):
5>	remove from the list of candidates the band combinations for which the number of CCs in DL exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsDL or for which the number of CCs in UL exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsUL;
5>	indicate in requestedCCsUL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsUL;
5>	indicate in requestedCCsDL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsDL;
4>	else if UE supports maximumCCsRetrieval and if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes the requestedMaxCCsDL (i.e. only DL maximum limit is given):
5>	remove from the list of candidates the band combinations for which the number of CCs in DL exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsDL;
5>	indicate value in requestedCCsDL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsDL;
4>	else if UE supports maximumCCsRetrieval and if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes the requestedMaxCCsUL (i.e. only UL maximum limit is given):
5>	remove from the list of candidates the band combinations for which the number of CCs in UL exceeds the value indicated in the requestedMaxCCsUL;
5>	indicate in requestedCCsUL the same value as received in requestedMaxCCsUL;
4>	if the UE supports reducedIntNonContComb and the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestReducedIntNonContComb:
5>	set reducedIntNonContCombRequested to true;
5>	remove from the list of candidates the intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations which support is implied by another intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination included in the list of candidates as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.5.21:
4>	if the UE supports requestReducedFormat and UE supports skipFallbackCombinations and UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestSkipFallbackComb:
5>	set skipFallbackCombRequested to true;
5>	for each band combination included in the list of candidates (including 2DL+1UL CA band combinations), starting with the ones with the lowest number of DL and UL carriers, that concerns a fallback band combination of another band combination included in the list of candidates as specified in TS 36.306 [5]:
6>	remove the band combination from the list of candidates;
6>	include differentFallbackSupported in the band combination included in the list of candidates whose fallback concerns the removed band combination, if its capabilities differ from the removed band combination;
4>	if the UE supports requestReducedFormat and diffFallbackCombReport, and UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestDiffFallbackCombList:
5>	if the UE does not support skipFallbackCombinations or UECapabilityEnquiry message does not include requestSkipFallbackComb:
6>	remove all band combination from the list of candidates;
5>	for each CA band combination indicated in requestDiffFallbackCombList:
6>	include the CA band combination, if not already in the list of candidates;
6>	include the fallback combinations for which the supported UE capabilities are different from the capability of the CA band combination;
5>	include CA band combinations indicated in requestDiffFallbackCombList into requestedDiffFallbackCombList;
3>	if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestReducedFormat and UE supports requestReducedFormat:
4>	include in supportedBandCombinationReduced as many as possible of the band combinations included in the list of candidates, including the non-CA combinations, determined according to the rules and priority order defined above;
3>	else
4>	if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestedFrequencyBands and UE supports requestedFrequencyBands:
5>	include in supportedBandCombination as many as possible of the band combinations included in the list of candidates, including the non-CA combinations and up to 5DL+5UL CA band combinations, determined according to the rules and priority order defined above;
5>	include in supportedBandCombinationAdd as many as possible of the remaining band combinations included in the list of candidates, (i.e. the candidates not included in supportedBandCombination), up to 5DL+5UL CA band combinations, determined according to the rules and priority order defined above;
4>	else
5>	include in supportedBandCombination as many as possible of the band combinations included in the list of candidates, including the non-CA combinations and up to 5DL+5UL CA band combinations, determined according to the rules defined above;
5>	if it is not possible to include in supportedBandCombination all the band combinations to be included according to the above, selection of the subset of band combinations to be included is left up to UE implementation;
3>	indicate in requestedBands the same bands and in the same order as included in requestedFrequencyBands, if received;
3>	if the UE is a category 0, M1 or M2 UE, or supports any UE capability information in ue-RadioPagingInfo, according to TS 36.306 [5]:
4>	include ue-RadioPagingInfo and set the fields according to TS 36.306 [5];
3>	if the UE supports (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC and if requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC is included in the request:
4>	include into featureSetsEUTRA the feature sets that are applicable for the received requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC and requestedCapabilityCommon as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.6.1.4.
NOTE 2:	The network must include the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC in order to obtain feature sets for E-UTRA and MR-DC.
NOTE 3:	Even if the network requests (only) capabilities for eutra, it may include NR band numbers in the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC in order to ensure that the UE includes all necessary feature sets (i.e. E-UTRA and NR) needed for subsequently requested eutra-nr capabilities.
3>	if the UECapabilityEnquiry message includes requestSTTI-SPT-Capability and if the UE supports short TTI and/or SPT (i.e., sTTI-SPT-Supported):
4>	for each band combination the UE included in a field of the UECapabilityInformation message in accordance with the previous:
5>	if the UE supports short TTI, include the short TTI capabilities for each of the band combinations using the stti-SPT-BandParameters;
5>	if the UE supports SPT, include the SPT capabilities for each of the band combinations using the stti-SPT-BandParameters;
NOTE 4:	The UE may have to add/repeat the band combinations to the list of band combinations included earlier, to include short TTI capabilities and/or SPT capabilities.
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes geran-cs and if the UE supports GERAN CS domain:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for GERAN CS within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to geran-cs;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes geran-ps and if the UE supports GERAN PS domain:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for GERAN PS within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to geran-ps;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes utra and if the UE supports UTRA:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for UTRA within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to utra;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes cdma2000-1XRTT and if the UE supports CDMA2000 1xRTT:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for CDMA2000 within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container and with the rat-Type set to cdma2000-1XRTT;
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes nr and if the UE supports NR:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for NR within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container, with the rat-Type set to nr;
3>	include band combinations and feature sets as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.6.1.4, considering the included requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC, requestedCapabilityNR, the eutra-nr-only flag and requestedCapabilityCommon (if present);
2>	if the ue-CapabilityRequest includes eutra-nr and if the UE supports (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC:
3>	include the UE radio access capabilities for EUTRA-NR within a ue-CapabilityRAT-Container, with the rat-Type set to eutra-nr;
3>	include band combinations as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.6.1.4, considering the included requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC, requestedCapabilityNR (if present) and requestedCapabilityCommon (if included);
1>	submit the UECapabilityInformation message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.4	CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer
5.6.4.1	General

Figure 5.6.4.1-1: CSFB to 1x Parameter transfer
The purpose of this procedure is to transfer the CDMA2000 1xRTT parameters required to register the UE in the CDMA2000 1xRTT network for CSFB support.
5.6.4.2	Initiation
A UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the CSFB to 1x parameter transfer procedure upon request from the CDMA2000 upper layers. The UE initiates the CSFB to 1x parameter transfer procedure by sending the CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message.
5.6.4.3	Actions related to transmission of CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message
The UE shall:
1>	submit the CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message to lower layers for transmission using the current configuration;
5.6.4.4	Reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message
Upon reception of the CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message, the UE shall:
1>	forward the rand and the mobilityParameters to the CDMA2000 1xRTT upper layers;
5.6.5	UE Information
5.6.5.1	General

Figure 5.6.5.1-1: UE information procedure
The UE information procedure is used by E-UTRAN to request the UE to report information.
5.6.5.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending the UEInformationRequest message. E-UTRAN should initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.
5.6.5.3	Reception of the UEInformationRequest message
Upon receiving the UEInformationRequest message, the UE shall, only after successful security activation:
1>	if rach-ReportReq is set to true, set the contents of the rach-Report in the UEInformationResponse message as follows:
2>	set the numberOfPreamblesSent to indicate the number of preambles sent by MAC for the last successfully completed random access procedure;
2>	if contention resolution was not successful as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for at least one of the transmitted preambles for the last successfully completed random access procedure:
3>	set the contentionDetected to true;
2>	else:
3>	set the contentionDetected to false;
1>	if rlf-ReportReq is set to true and the UE has radio link failure information or handover failure information available in VarRLF-Report and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarRLF-Report:
2>	set timeSinceFailure in VarRLF-Report to the time that elapsed since the last radio link or handover failure in E-UTRA;
2>	set the rlf-Report in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of rlf-Report in VarRLF-Report;
2>	discard the rlf-Report from VarRLF-Report upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1>	if connEstFailReportReq is set to true and the UE has connection establishment failure information in VarConnEstFailReport and if the RPLMN is equal to plmn-Identity stored in VarConnEstFailReport:
2>	set timeSinceFailure in VarConnEstFailReport to the time that elapsed since the last connection establishment failure in E-UTRA;
2>	set the connEstFailReport in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of connEstFailReport in VarConnEstFailReport;
2>	discard the connEstFailReport from VarConnEstFailReport upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1>	if the logMeasReportReq is present and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport:
2>	if VarLogMeasReport includes one or more logged measurement entries, set the contents of the logMeasReport in the UEInformationResponse message as follows:
3>	include the absoluteTimeStamp and set it to the value of absoluteTimeInfo in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>	include the traceReference and set it to the value of traceReference in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>	include the traceRecordingSessionRef and set it to the value of traceRecordingSessionRef in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>	include the tce-Id and set it to the value of tce-Id in the VarLogMeasReport;
3>	include the logMeasInfoList and set it to include one or more entries from VarLogMeasReport starting from the entries logged first;
3>	if the VarLogMeasReport includes one or more additional logged measurement entries that are not included in the logMeasInfoList within the UEInformationResponse message:
4>	include the logMeasAvailable;
3>	if the VarLogMeasReport includes one or more additional logged Bluetooth measurement entries that are not included in the logMeasInfoList within the UEInformationResponse message:
4>	include the logMeasAvailableBT;
3>	if the VarLogMeasReport includes one or more additional logged WLAN measurement entries that are not included in the logMeasInfoList within the UEInformationResponse message:
4>	include the logMeasAvailableWLAN;
1>	if mobilityHistoryReportReq is set to true:
2>	include the mobilityHistoryReport and set it to include entries from VarMobilityHistoryReport;
2>	include in the mobilityHistoryReport an entry for the current cell, possibly after removing the oldest entry if required, and set its fields as follows:
3>	set visitedCellId to the global cell identity of the current cell:
3>	set field timeSpent to the time spent in the current cell;
1>	if the idleModeMeasurementReq is included in the UEInformationRequest and UE has stored VarMeasIdleReport:
2>	set the measResultListIdle in the UEInformationResponse message to the value of measReportIdle in the VarMeasIdleReport;
2>	discard the VarMeasIdleReport upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1>	if flightPathInfoReq field is present and the UE has flight path information available:
2>	include the flightPathInfoReport and set it to include the list of waypoints along the flight path;
2>	if the includeTimeStamp is set to TRUE:
3>	set the field timeStamp to the time when UE intends to arrive to each waypoint if this information is available at the UE;
1>	if the logMeasReport is included in the UEInformationResponse:
2>	submit the UEInformationResponse message to lower layers for transmission via SRB2;
2>	discard the logged measurement entries included in the logMeasInfoList from VarLogMeasReport upon successful delivery of the UEInformationResponse message confirmed by lower layers;
1>	else:
2>	submit the UEInformationResponse message to lower layers for transmission via SRB1;
5.6.6	Logged Measurement Configuration
5.6.6.1	General


Figure 5.6.6.1-1: Logged measurement configuration
The purpose of this procedure is to configure the UE to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE and to perform logging of measurement results for MBSFN in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. The procedure applies to logged measurements capable UEs that are in RRC_CONNECTED.
NOTE:	E-UTRAN may retrieve stored logged measurement information by means of the UE information procedure.
5.6.6.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the logged measurement configuration procedure to UE in RRC_CONNECTED by sending the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message.
5.6.6.3	Reception of the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration by the UE
Upon receiving the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message the UE shall:
1>	discard the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information as specified in 5.6.7;
1>	store the received loggingDuration, loggingInterval and areaConfiguration, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1>	if the LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message includes plmn-IdentityList:
2>	set plmn-IdentityList in VarLogMeasReport to include the RPLMN as well as the PLMNs included in plmn-IdentityList;
1>	else:
2>	set plmn-IdentityList in VarLogMeasReport to include the RPLMN;
1>	store the received absoluteTimeInfo, traceReference, traceRecordingSessionRef and tce-Id in VarLogMeasReport;
1>	store the received targetMBSFN-AreaList, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1>	store the received bt-NameList, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1>	store the received wlan-Namelist, if included, in VarLogMeasConfig;
1>	start timer T330 with the timer value set to the loggingDuration;
5.6.6.4	T330 expiry
Upon expiry of T330 the UE shall:
1>	release VarLogMeasConfig;
The UE is allowed to discard stored logged measurements, i.e. to release VarLogMeasReport, 48 hours after T330 expiry.
5.6.7	Release of Logged Measurement Configuration
5.6.7.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to release the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information.
5.6.7.2	Initiation
The UE shall initiate the procedure upon receiving a logged measurement configuration in another RAT. The UE shall also initiate the procedure upon power off or detach.
The UE shall:
1>	stop timer T330, if running;
1>	if stored, discard the logged measurement configuration as well as the logged measurement information, i.e. release the UE variables VarLogMeasConfig and VarLogMeasReport;
5.6.8	Measurements logging
5.6.8.1	General
This procedure specifies the logging of available measurements by a UE in RRC_IDLE that has a logged measurement configuration and the logging of available measurements by a UE in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig.
5.6.8.2	Initiation
While T330 is running, the UE shall:
1>	if measurement logging is suspended:
2>	if during the last logging interval the IDC problems detected by the UE is resolved, resume measurement logging;
1>	if not suspended, perform the logging in accordance with the following:
2>	if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
3>	if the UE is camping normally on an E-UTRA cell or is connected to E-UTRA; and
3>	if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport; and
3>	if the PCell (in RRC_CONNECTED) or cell where the UE is camping (in RRC_IDLE) is part of the area indicated by areaConfiguration if configured in VarLogMeasConfig:
4>	for MBSFN areas, indicated in targetMBSFN-AreaList, from which the UE is receiving MBMS service:
5>	perform MBSFN measurements in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
NOTE 1:	When configured to perform MBSFN measurement logging by targetMBSFN-AreaList, the UE is not required to receive additional MBSFN subframes, i.e. logging is based on the subframes corresponding to the MBMS services the UE is receiving.
5>	perform logging at regular time intervals as defined by the loggingInterval in VarLogMeasConfig, but only for those intervals for which MBSFN measurement results are available as specified in TS 36.133 [16];
2>	else if:
3>	if the UE is in any cell selection state (as specified in TS 36.304 [4]):
4>	perform the logging at regular time intervals, as defined by the loggingInterval in VarLogMeasConfig;
3>	else if the UE is camping normally on an E-UTRA cell and if the RPLMN is included in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport and, if the cell is part of the area indicated by areaConfiguration if configured in VarLogMeasConfig:
4>	perform the logging at regular time intervals, as defined by the loggingInterval in VarLogMeasConfig;
2>	when adding a logged measurement entry in VarLogMeasReport, include the fields in accordance with the following:
3>	if the UE detected IDC problems during the last logging interval:
4>	if measResultServCell in VarLogMeasReport is not empty:
5>	include InDeviceCoexDetected;
5>	suspend measurement logging from the next logging interval;
4>	else:
5>	suspend measurement logging;
NOTE 1A:	The UE may detect the start of IDC problems as early as Phase 1 as described in clause 23.4 of TS 36.300 [9].
3>	set the relativeTimeStamp to indicate the elapsed time since the moment at which the logged measurement configuration was received;
3>	if detailed location information became available during the last logging interval, set the content of the locationInfo as follows:
4>	include the locationCoordinates;
3>	if wlan-NameList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
4>	if detailed WLAN measurements are available:
5>	include logMeasResultListWLAN, in order of decreasing RSSI for WLAN APs;
3>	if bt-NameList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
4>	if detailed Bluetooth measurements are available:
5>	include logMeasResultListBT, in order of decreasing RSSI for Bluetooth beacons;
3>	if targetMBSFN-AreaList is included in VarLogMeasConfig:
4>	for each MBSFN area, for which the mandatory measurements result fields became available during the last logging interval:
5>	set the rsrpResultMBSFN, rsrqResultMBSFN to include measurement results that became available during the last logging interval;
5>	include the fields signallingBLER-Result or dataBLER-MCH-ResultList if the concerned BLER results are availble,
5>	set the mbsfn-AreaId and carrierFrequency to indicate the MBSFN area in which the UE is receiving MBSFN transmission;
4>	if in RRC_CONNECTED:
5>	set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the PCell;
5>	set the measResultServCell to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of the PCell;
5>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of SCell(s) and neighbouring cell(s) measurements that became available during the last logging interval, in order of decreasing RSRP, for at most the following number of cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency cells per frequency and according to the following:
6>	for each cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
5>	if available, optionally set the measResultNeighCells to include the layer 3 filtered measured results of neighbouring cell(s) measurements that became available during the last logging interval, in order of decreasing RSCP(UTRA)/RSSI(GERAN)/PilotStrength(cdma2000), for at most the following number of cells: 3 inter-RAT cells per frequency (UTRA, cdma2000)/set of frequencies (GERAN), and according to the following:
6>	for each cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
4>	if in RRC_IDLE:
5>	set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the serving cell;
5>	set the measResultServCell to include the quantities of the serving cell;
5>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last logging interval for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency neighbours per frequency and according to the following:
6>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
5>	if available, optionally set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last logging interval, for at most the following number of cells: 3 inter-RAT cells per frequency (UTRA, cdma2000)/set of frequencies (GERAN), and according to the following:
6>	for each cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
4>	for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in TS 36.133 [16];
4>	for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include RSRQ type if the result was based on measurements using a wider band or using all OFDM symbols;
NOTE 2:	The UE includes the latest results in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. E.g. RSRP and RSRQ results are available only if the UE has a sufficient number of results/ receives a sufficient number of subframes during the logging interval.
3>	else:
4>	if the UE is in any cell selection state (as specified in TS 36.304 [4]):
5>	set anyCellSelectionDetected to indicate the detection of no suitable or no acceptable cell found;
5>	set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the last logged cell that the UE was camping on;
5>	set the measResultServCell to include the quantities of the last logged cell the UE was camping on;
4>	else:
5>	set the servCellIdentity to indicate global cell identity of the cell the UE is camping on;
5>	set the measResultServCell to include the quantities of the cell the UE is camping on;
4>	if available, set the measResultNeighCells, in order of decreasing ranking-criterion as used for cell re-selection, to include neighbouring cell measurements that became available during the last logging interval for at most the following number of neighbouring cells: 6 intra-frequency and 3 inter-frequency neighbours per frequency as well as 3 inter-RAT neighbours, per frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN) per RAT and according to the following:
5>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
4>	for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in TS 36.133 [16];
4>	for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering previous and current serving cells as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include RSRQ type if the result was based on measurements using a wider band or using all OFDM symbols;
NOTE 3:	The UE includes the latest results of the available measurements as used for cell reselection evaluation in RRC_IDLE or as used for evaluation of reporting criteria or for measurement reporting according to 5.5.3 in RRC_CONNECTED, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
2>	when the memory reserved for the logged measurement information becomes full, stop timer T330 and perform the same actions as performed upon expiry of T330, as specified in 5.6.6.4;
5.6.9	In-device coexistence indication
5.6.9.1	General

Figure 5.6.9.1-1: In-device coexistence indication
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about (a change of) the In-Device Coexistence (IDC) problems experienced by the UE in RRC_CONNECTED, as described in TS 36.300 [9], and to provide the E-UTRAN with information in order to resolve them.
5.6.9.2	Initiation
A UE capable of providing IDC indications may initiate the procedure when it is configured to provide IDC indications and upon change of IDC problem information.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if configured to provide IDC indications:
2>	if the UE did not transmit an InDeviceCoexIndication message since it was configured to provide IDC indications:
3>	if on one or more frequencies for which a measObjectEUTRA is configured, the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself; or
3>	if configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA; and if on one or more supported UL CA combination comprising of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is configured, the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself; or
3>	if configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC, and if on one or more supported MR-DC combination comprising of at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured and at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR, the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself:
4>	initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message in accordance with 5.6.9.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the set of frequencies, for which a measObjectEUTRA is configured and on which the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself, is different from the set indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3>	if for one or more of the frequencies in the previously reported set of frequencies, the interferenceDirection is different from the value indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3>	if the TDM assistance information is different from the assistance information included in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3>	if configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA; and if the victimSystemType is different from the value indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3>	if configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA; and if the set of supported UL CA combinations on which the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself and that the UE includes in affectedCarrierFreqCombList according to 5.6.9.3, is different from the set indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message; or
3>	if configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC, and if the set of supported MR-DC combinations on which the UE is experiencing IDC problems that it cannot solve by itself and that the UE includes in affectedCarrierFreqCombListMRDC according to 5.6.9.3, is different from the set indicated in the last transmitted InDeviceCoexIndication message:
4>	initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message in accordance with 5.6.9.3;
NOTE 1:	The term "IDC problems" refers to interference issues applicable across several subframes/slots where not necessarily all the subframes/slots are affected.
NOTE 2:	For the frequencies on which a serving cell or serving cells is configured that is activated, IDC problems consist of interference issues that the UE cannot solve by itself, during either active data exchange or upcoming data activity which is expected in up to a few hundred milliseconds.
For frequencies on which a SCell or SCells is configured that is deactivated, reporting IDC problems indicates an anticipation that the activation of the SCell or SCells would result in interference issues that the UE would not be able to solve by itself.
For a non-serving frequency, reporting IDC problems indicates an anticipation that if the non-serving frequency or frequencies became a serving frequency or serving frequencies then this would result in interference issues that the UE would not be able to solve by itself.
5.6.9.3	Actions related to transmission of InDeviceCoexIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of the InDeviceCoexIndication message as follows:
1>	if there is at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency, for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems:
2>	include the field affectedCarrierFreqList with an entry for each affected E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured;
2>	for each E-UTRA carrier frequency included in the field affectedCarrierFreqList, include interferenceDirection and set it accordingly;
2>	include Time Domain Multiplexing (TDM) based assistance information, unless idc-HardwareSharingIndication is configured and the UE has no Time Doman Multiplexing based assistance information that could be used to resolve the IDC problems:
3>	if the UE has DRX related assistance information that could be used to resolve the IDC problems:
4>	include drx-CycleLength, drx-Offset and drx-ActiveTime;
3>	else (the UE has desired subframe reservation patterns related assistance information that could be used to resolve the IDC problems):
4>	include idc-SubframePatternList;
3>	use the MCG as timing reference if TDM based assistance information regarding the SCG is included;
1>	if the UE is configured to provide UL CA information and there is a supported UL CA combination comprising of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems:
2>	include victimSystemType in ul-CA-AssistanceInfo;
2>	if the UE sets victimSystemType to wlan or Bluetooth:
3>	include affectedCarrierFreqCombList in ul-CA-AssistanceInfo with an entry for each supported UL CA combination comprising of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems;
2>	else:
3>	optionally include affectedCarrierFreqCombList in ul-CA-AssistanceInfo with an entry for each supported UL CA combination comprising of carrier frequencies for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems;
1>	if idc-HardwareSharingIndication is configured, and there is at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency, for which a measurement object is configured, the UE is experiencing hardware sharing problems that it cannot solve by itself:
2>	include the hardwareSharingProblem and set it accordingly;
1>	if the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC and there is a supported MR-DC band combination comprising of at least one E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured and at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR, that is affected by IDC problems; and
1>	if the IDC problem does not only concern the E-UTRA band combination as the UE already included in affectedCarrierFreqCombList:
2>	for each entry of affectedCarrierFreqCombInfoListMRDC in mrdc-AssistanceInfo;
3>	include victimSystemType;
3>	include interferenceDirection;
3>	if the UE sets victimSystemType to wlan or Bluetooth:
4>	include a set of at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR and optionally one or more E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems;
3>	else:
4>	optionally include a set of at least one NR carrier frequency included in candidateServingFreqListNR and optionally one or more E-UTRA carrier frequency for which a measurement object is configured, that is affected by IDC problems;
NOTE 1:	When sending an InDeviceCoexIndication message to inform E-UTRAN the IDC problems, the UE includes all assistance information (rather than providing e.g. the changed part(s) of the assistance information).
NOTE 2:	Upon not anymore experiencing a particular IDC problem that the UE previously reported, the UE provides an IDC indication with the modified contents of the InDeviceCoexIndication message (e.g. by an empty message).
The UE shall submit the InDeviceCoexIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.10	UE Assistance Information
5.6.10.1	General

Figure 5.6.10.1-1: UE Assistance Information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN of the UE's power saving preference and SPS assistance information, maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth configuration preference, overheating assistance information, or the UE's delay budget report carrying desired increment/decrement in the Uu air interface delay or connected mode DRX cycle length and for BL UEs or UEs in CE of the RLM event ("early-out-of-sync" or "early-in-sync") and RLM information. Upon configuring the UE to provide power preference indications E-UTRAN may consider that the UE does not prefer a configuration primarily optimised for power saving until the UE explictly indicates otherwise.
5.6.10.2	Initiation
A UE capable of providing power preference indications in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases including upon being configured to provide power preference indications and upon change of power preference. A UE capable of providing SPS assistance information in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases including upon being configured to provide SPS assistance information and upon change of SPS assistance information.
A UE capable of providing delay budget report in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases, including upon being configured to provide delay budget report and upon change of delay budget preference.
A UE capable of CE mode and providing maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure upon being configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference and/or upon change of maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference.
A UE capable of providing overheating assistance information in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure if it was configured to do so, upon detecting internal overheating, or upon detecting that it is no longer experiencing an overheating condition.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if configured to provide power preference indications:
2>	if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with powerPrefIndication since it was configured to provide power preference indications; or
2>	if the current power preference is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T340 is not running:
3>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
1>	if configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference:
2>	if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with bw-Preference since it was configured to provide maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference; or
2>	if the current maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T341 is not running;
3>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
1>	if configured to provide SPS assistance information:
2>	if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with sps-AssistanceInformation since it was configured to provide SPS assistance information; or
2>	if the current SPS assistance information is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message:
3>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
1>	if configured to report RLM events:
2>	if "early-out-of-sync" event has been detected and T343 is not running; or
2>	if "early-in-sync" event has been detected and T344 is not running:
3>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
1>	if configured to provide delay budget report:
2>	if the UE did not transmit a UEAssistanceInformation message with delayBudgetReport since it was configured to provide delay budget report; or
2>	if the current delay budget is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T342 is not running:
3>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
1>	if configured to provide overheating assistance information:
2>	if the overheating condition has been detected and T345 is not running; or
2>	if the current overheating assistance information is different from the one indicated in the last transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message and timer T345 is not running:
3>	initiate transmission of the UEAssistanceInformation message in accordance with 5.6.10.3;
5.6.10.3	Actions related to transmission of UEAssistanceInformation message
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for power preference indications:
1>	if configured to provide power preference indication and if the UE prefers a configuration primarily optimised for power saving:
2>	set powerPrefIndication to lowPowerConsumption;
1>	else if configured to provide power preference indication:
2>	start or restart timer T340 with the timer value set to the powerPrefIndicationTimer;
2>	set powerPrefIndication to normal;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for SPS assistance information:
1>	if configured to provide SPS assistance information:
2>	if there is any traffic for V2X sidelink communication which needs to report SPS assistance information:
3>	include trafficPatternInfoListSL in the UEAssistanceInformation message;
2>	if there is any traffic for uplink communication which needs to report SPS assistance information:
3>	include trafficPatternInfoListUL in the UEAssistanceInformation message;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for bandwidth preference indications:
1>	start timer T341 with the timer value set to the bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer;
1>	set bw-Preference to its preferred configuration;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for delay budget report:
1>	if configured to provide delay budget report:
2>	if the UE prefers an adjustment in the connected mode DRX cycle length:
3>	set delayBudgetReport to type1 according to a desired value;
2>	else if the UE prefers coverage enhancement configuration change:
3>	set delayBudgetReport to type2 according to a desired value;
2>	start or restart timer T342 with the timer value set to the delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for the RLM report:
1>	if configured to provide RLM report:
2>	if T314 has expired:
3>	set rlm-event to earlyOutOfSync;
3>	start timer T343 with the timer value set to the rlmReportTimer:
2>	if T315 has expired:
3>	set rlm-event to earlyInSync;
3>	start timer T344 with the timer value set to the rlmReportTimer:
3>	if configured to report rlmReportRep-MPDCCH:
4>	set excessRep-MPDCCH to the value indicated by lower layers;
The UE shall set the contents of the UEAssistanceInformation message for overheating assistance indication:
1>	if configured to provide overheating assistance indication:
2>	if the UE experiences internal overheating:
3>	if the UE prefers to temporarily reduce its DL category and UL category:
4>	include reducedUE-Category in the OverheatingAssistance IE;
4>	set reducedUE-CategoryDL to the number to which the UE prefers to temporarily reduce its DL category;
4>	set reducedUE-CategoryUL to the number to which the UE prefers to temporarily reduce its UL category;
3>	if the UE prefers to temporarily reduce the number of maximum secondary component carriers:
4>	include reducedMaxCCs in the OverheatingAssistance IE;
4>	set reducedCCsDL to the number of maximum SCells the UE prefers to be temporarily configured in downlink;
4>	set reducedCCsUL to the number of maximum SCells the UE prefers to be temporarily configured in uplink;
3>	start timer T345 with the timer value set to the overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer;
2>	else (if the UE no longer experiences an overheating condition):
3>	do not include reducedUE-Category and reducedMaxCCs in OverheatingAssistance IE;
3>	start timer T345 with the timer value set to the overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer;
The UE shall submit the UEAssistanceInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
NOTE 1:	It is up to UE implementation when and how to trigger SPS assistance information.
NOTE 2:	It is up to UE implementation to set the content of trafficPatternInfoListSL and trafficPatternInfoListUL.
NOTE 3:	Traffic patterns for different Destination Layer 2 IDs are provided in different entries in trafficPatternInfoListSL.
5.6.11	Mobility history information
5.6.11.1	General
This procedure specifies how the mobility history information is stored by the UE, covering RRC_CONNECTED and RRC_IDLE.
5.6.11.2	Initiation
If the UE supports storage of mobility history information, the UE shall:
1>	Upon change of cell, consisting of PCell in RRC_CONNECTED or serving cell in RRC_IDLE, to another E-UTRA or inter-RAT cell or when entering out of service:
2>	include an entry in variable VarMobilityHistoryReport possibly after removing the oldest entry, if necessary, according to following:
3>	if the global cell identity of the previous PCell/ serving cell is available:
4>	include the global cell identity of that cell in the field visitedCellId of the entry;
3>	else:
4>	include the physical cell identity and carrier frequency of that cell in the field visitedCellId of the entry;
3>	set the field timeSpent of the entry as the time spent in the previous PCell/ serving cell;
1>	upon entering E-UTRA (in RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_IDLE) while previously out of service and/ or using another RAT:
2>	include an entry in variable VarMobilityHistoryReport possibly after removing the oldest entry, if necessary, according to following:
3>	set the field timeSpent of the entry as the time spent outside E-UTRA;
5.6.12	RAN-assisted WLAN interworking
5.6.12.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to facilitate access network selection and traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN.
If required by upper layers (see TS 24.312 [66], the UE shall provide an up-to-date set of the applicable parameters provided by wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated to upper layers, and inform upper layers when no parameters are configured. The parameter set from either wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated is selected as specified in clauses 5.2.2.24, 5.3.12, 5.6.12.2 and 5.6.12.4.
5.6.12.2	Dedicated WLAN offload configuration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received wlan-OffloadInfo is set to release:
2>	release wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated and t350;
2>	if the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is broadcast by the cell:
3>	apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
1>	else:
2>	apply the received wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated:
5.6.12.3	WLAN offload RAN evaluation
The UE shall:
1>	if the UE is configured with either wlan-OffloadConfigCommon or wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated; and
1>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE or none of rclwi-Configuration, lwa-Configuration and lwip-Configuration is configured:
2>	provide measurement results required for the evaluation of the network selection and traffic steering rules as defined in TS 24.312 [66] to upper layers;
2>	evaluate the network selection and traffic steering rules as defined in TS 36.304 [4] using WLAN identifiers as indicated in other clauses (either provided in steerToWLAN included in rclwi-Configuration or in wlan-Id-List included in SystemInformationBlockType17);
5.6.12.4	T350 expiry or stop
The UE shall:
1>	if T350 expires or is stopped:
2>	release the wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated and t350;
2>	release rclwi-Configuration if configured;
2>	if the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon corresponding to the RPLMN is broadcast by the cell:
3>	apply the wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and the wlan-Id-List corresponding to the RPLMN included in SystemInformationBlockType17;
5.6.12.5	Cell selection/ re-selection while T350 is running
The UE shall:
1>	if, while T350 is running, the UE selects/ reselects a cell which is not the PCell when the wlan-OffloadDedicated was configured:
2>	stop timer T350;
2>	perform the actions as specified in 5.6.12.4;
5.6.13	SCG failure information
5.6.13.1	General

Figure 5.6.13.1-1: SCG failure information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about an SCG failure the UE has experienced i.e. SCG radio link failure, SCG change failure.
5.6.13.2	Initiation
A UE initiates the procedure to report SCG failures when SCG transmission is not suspended and when one of the following conditions is met:
1>	upon detecting radio link failure for the SCG, in accordance with 5.3.11; or
1>	upon SCG change failure, in accordance with 5.3.5.7a; or
1>	upon stopping uplink transmission towards the PSCell due to exceeding the maximum uplink transmission timing difference when powerControlMode is configured to 1, in accordance with clause 7.17.2 of TS 36.133 [29].
In case of DC, upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	suspend all SCG DRBs and suspend SCG transmission for split DRBs;
1>	reset SCG-MAC;
1>	stop T307;
1>	if the UE is configured with NE-DC:
2>	initiate transmission of the SCGFailureInformationEUTRA message via the NR MCG as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.7.3a;
1>	else:
2>	initiate transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message in accordance with 5.6.13.3;
5.6.13.3	Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformation message
The UE shall set the contents of the SCGFailureInformation message as follows:
1>	if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to provide SCG radio link failure information:
2>	include failureType and set it to the trigger for detecting SCG radio link failure;
1>	else if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to provide SCG change failure information:
2>	include failureType and set it to scg-ChangeFailure;
1>	else if the UE initiates transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message due to exceeding maximum uplink transmission timing difference:
2>	include failureType and set it to maxUL-TimingDiff;
1>	set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCG cell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16];
1>	for each E-UTRA SCG serving frequency included in measResultServFreqList, include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;
1>	set the measResultNeighCells to include the best measured cells on non-serving E-UTRA frequencies, ordered such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the failure, and set its fields as follows;
2>	if the UE was configured to perform measurements for one or more non-serving EUTRA frequencies and measurement results are available, include the measResultListEUTRA;
2>	for each neighbour cell included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE 1:	The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
The UE shall submit the SCGFailureInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.13.4	Failure type determination in NE-DC
The UE shall:
1>	if SCG failure is due to T313 expiry:
2>	consider the failureType to be t313-Expiry;
1>	else if SCG failure is due to indication from SCG MAC that a random access problem was detected:
2>	consider the failureType to be randomAccessProblem;
1>	else if SCG failure is due to indication from SCG RLC that the maximum number of retransmissions was reached:
2>	consider the failureType to be rlc-MaxNumRetx;
1>	else if SCG failure is due to SCG change failure:
2>	consider the failureType to be scg-ChangeFailure;
5.6.13.5	Setting the contents of MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC
The UE shall:
1>	set the contents of the MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC as follows:
2>	for each measObjectEUTRA for which a measId is configured and for which measurement results are available;
3>	include an entry in measResultsFreqListEUTRA;
3>	if a serving cell is associated with the MeasObjectEUTRA:
4>	set measResultServingCell to include the available quantities of the concerned cell and in accordance with the performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16];
3>	set the measResultNeighCellList to include the best measured cells, ordered such that the best cell is listed first, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the failure, and set its fields as follows;
4>	ordering the cells with sorting as follows:
5>	using RSRP if RSRP measurement results are available, otherwise using RSRQ if RSRQ measurement results are available, otherwise using SINR;
4>	for each neighbour cell included:
5>	include the optional fields for which measurement results are available;
NOTE:	The measured quantities are filtered by the L3 filter as configured in the mobility measurement configuration. The measurements are based on the time domain measurement resource restriction, if configured. Blacklisted cells are not required to be reported.
5.6.13a	NR SCG failure information
5.6.13a.1	General

Figure 5.6.13a.1-1: NRSCG failure information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about an SCG failure the UE has experienced (e.g. SCG radio link failure, failure to successfully complete an SCG reconfiguration with sync), as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.7.3.2.
5.6.13a.2	Initiation
A UE initiates the procedure to report NR SCG failures when NR SCG transmission is not suspended and in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.7.3.2. Actions the UE shall perform upon initiating the procedure, other than related to the transmission of the SCGFailureInformationNR message are specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.7.3.2.
5.6.13a.3	Actions related to transmission of SCGFailureInformationNR message
The UE shall set the contents of the SCGFailureInformationNR message as follows:
1>	include failureType within failureReportSCG-NR and set it to indicate the SCG failure in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.7.3.3;
1>	include and set measResultSCG in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.7.3.4:
1>	for each NR frequency the UE is configured to measure by measConfig for which measurement results are available:
2>	set the measResultFreqListNR to include the best measured cells, ordered such that the best cell is listed first using RSRP to order if RSRP measurement results are available for cells on this frequency, otherwise using RSRQ to order if RSRQ measurement results are available for cells on this frequency, otherwise using SINR to order, and based on measurements collected up to the moment the UE detected the failure, and for each cell that is included, include the optional fields that are available;
NOTE:	Field measResultSCG is used to report available results for NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by NR RRC signalling.
The UE shall submit the SCGFailureInformationNR message to lower layers for transmission.
5.6.14	LTE-WLAN Aggregation
5.6.14.1	Introduction
E-UTRAN can configure the UE to connect to a WLAN and configure bearers for LWA (referred to as LWA DRBs). The UE uses the WLAN parameters received from E-UTRAN in performing WLAN measurements. The UE also performs WLAN connection management as described in 5.6.15 while LWA is configured.
5.6.14.2	Reception of LWA configuration
Upon reception of LWA configuration, the UE shall:
1>	if the received lwa-Configuration is set to release:
2>	release the LWA configuration as described in 5.6.14.3;
1>	else:
2>	if the received lwa-Config includes lwa-WT-Counter:
3>	determine the S-KWT key based on the KeNB key and received lwa-WT-Counter value, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	forward the S-KWT key to upper layers to be used as a PMK or PSK for WLAN authentication;
2>	if the received lwa-Config includes lwa-MobilityConfig:
3>	if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToReleaseList:
4>	for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToReleaseList:
5>	remove the WLAN-Identifiers if already part of the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3>	if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToAddList:
4>	for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToAddList:
5>	add the WLAN-Identifiers to the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3>	if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes associationTimer:
4>	start or restart timer T351 with the timer value set to the associationTimer;
3>	if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes successReportRequested:
4>	set successReportRequested in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to the value of successReportRequested;
3>	if the received lwa-MobilityConfig includes wlan-SuspendConfig:
4>	set the field(s) in wlan-SuspendConfig within VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to the value(s) of field(s) included in wlan-SuspendConfig;
2>	start WLAN Status Monitoring as described in 5.6.15.4;
5.6.14.3	Release of LWA configuration
To release the LWA configuration, the UE shall:
1>	for each LWA DRB that is part of the current UE configuration:
2>	disable data handling for this DRB at the LWAAP entity;
2>	perform PDCP data recovery as specified in TS 36.323 [8];
1>	delete any existing values in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig and VarWLAN-Status;
1>	stop timer T351, if running;
1>	stop WLAN status monitoring and WLAN connection attempts for LWA;
1>	indicate the release of LWA configuration, if configured, to upper layers;
5.6.15	WLAN connection management
5.6.15.1	Introduction
WLAN connection management procedures in this clause are triggered as specified in other clauses where the UE is using a WLAN connection for LWA, RCLWI or LWIP.
The UE stores the current WLAN mobility set, which is a set of one or more WLAN identifier(s) (e.g. BSSID, SSID, HESSID) in wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig. This WLAN mobility set can be configured and updated by the eNB. A WLAN is considered to be inside the WLAN mobility set if its identifiers match all WLAN identifiers of at least one entry in wlan-MobilitySet and outside the WLAN mobility set otherwise. When the UE receives a new or updated WLAN mobility set, it initiates connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set, if not already connected to such a WLAN, and starts WLAN status monitoring as described in 5.6.15.4. The UE can perform WLAN mobility within the WLAN mobility set (connect or reconnect to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set) without any signalling to E-UTRAN.
The UE reports the WLAN connection status information to E-UTRAN as described in 5.6.15.2. The information in this report is based on the monitoring of WLAN connection as described in 5.6.15.4.
5.6.15.2	WLAN connection status reporting
5.6.15.2.1	General


Figure 5.6.15.2.1-1: WLAN connection status reporting
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about the status of WLAN connection for LWA, RCLWI, or LWIP.
5.6.15.2.2	Initiation
The UE in RRC_CONNECTED initiates the WLAN status reporting procedure when:
1>	it connects successfully to a WLAN inside WLAN mobility set while T351 is running after a WLAN mobility set change; or
1>	after a lwa-WT-Counter update or after a lwip-Counter update (if success report is requested by the eNB); or
1>	its connection or connection attempts to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set fails in accordance with WLAN Status Monitoring described in 5.6.15.4; or
1>	T351 expires; or
1>	its WLAN connection to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set becomes temporarily unavailable; or
1>	its WLAN connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set is successfully established after its previous WLAN Connection Status Report indicating WLAN temporary suspension;
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	initiate transmission of the WLANConnectionStatusReport message in accordance with 5.6.15.2.3;
5.6.15.2.3	Actions related to transmission of WLANConnectionStatusReport message
The UE shall set the contents of the WLANConnectionStatusReport message as follows:
1>	set wlan-status to status in VarWLAN-Status;
1>	submit the WLANConnectionStatusReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.6.15.3	T351 Expiry (WLAN connection attempt timeout)
Upon T351 expiry, the UE shall:
1>	set the status in VarWLAN-Status to failureTimeout;
1>	perform WLAN connection status reporting procedure in 5.6.15.2;
1>	stop WLAN status monitoring and WLAN connection attempts;
5.6.15.4	WLAN status monitoring
To perform WLAN status monitoring, the UE shall:
1>	if UE is not configured with rclwi-Configuration and WLAN connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set is successfully established or maintained after a WLAN mobility set configuration update, after a lwa-WT-Counter update or after a lwip-Counter update:
2>	set the status in VarWLAN-Status to successfulAssociation;
2>	stop timer T351, if running;
2>	if successReportRequested in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig is set to TRUE:
3>	perform WLAN Connection Status Reporting procedure in 5.6.15.2;
1>	if WLAN connection or connection attempts to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set fails:
2>	if the failure is due to WLAN radio link issues:
3>	set the status in VarWLAN-Status to failureWlanRadioLink;
2>	else if the failure is due to UE internal problems related to WLAN:
3>	set the status in VarWLAN-Status to failureWlanUnavailable;
NOTE 1:	The UE internal problems related to WLAN include connection to another WLAN based on user preferences or turning off WLAN connection or connection rejection from WLAN or other WLAN problems.
3>	remove all WLAN related measurement reporting entries within VarMeasReportList;
2>	stop timer T351, if running;
2>	perform WLAN Connection Status Reporting procedure in 5.6.15.2;
2>	if the UE is configured with rclwi-Configuration:
3>	release rclwi-Configuration and inform upper layers of a move-traffic-from-WLAN indication (see TS 24.302 [74]);
2>	stop WLAN Status Monitoring and WLAN connection attempts;
1>	if wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed in wlan-SuspendConfig within VarWLAN-MobilityConfig is set to TRUE:
2>	if WLAN connection to all WLAN(s) inside WLAN mobility set becomes temporarily unavailable:
3>	set the status in VarWLAN-Status to suspended;
3>	if wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport in wlan-SuspendConfig within VarWLAN-MobilityConfig is set to TRUE:
4>	trigger PDCP Status Report as specified in TS 36.323 [8];
3>	perform WLAN Connection Status Reporting procedure in 5.6.15.2;
2>	if the status in VarWLAN-Status in the last WLAN Connection Status Report by this UE was suspended and WLAN connection to a WLAN inside the WLAN mobility set is successfully established:
3>	set the status in VarWLAN-Status to resumed;
3>	perform WLAN Connection Status Reporting procedure in 5.6.15.2;
5.6.16	RAN controlled LTE-WLAN interworking
5.6.16.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to perform RAN-controlled LTE-WLAN interworking (RCLWI) i.e. control access network selection and traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN.
5.6.16.2	WLAN traffic steering command
The UE shall:
1>	if the received rclwi-Configuration is set to setup:
2>	if the command is set to steerToWLAN:
3>	inform the upper layers of a move-traffic-to-WLAN indication along with the WLAN identifier lists in steerToWLAN (see TS 24.302 [74]);
3>	store steerToWLAN in wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3>	perform the WLAN status monitoring procedure as specified in 5.6.15.4 using steerToWLAN as the WLAN mobility set;
2>	else:
3>	inform the upper layers of a move-traffic-from-WLAN indication (see TS 24.302 [74]);
3>	clear wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3>	stop performing the WLAN status monitoring procedure as specified in 5.6.15.4;
3>	delete any existing values in VarWLAN-Status;
1>	else (the rclwi-Configuration is released):
2>	clear wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
2>	stop performing the WLAN status monitoring procedure as specified in 5.6.15.4;
2>	delete any existing values in VarWLAN-Status;
2>	inform the upper layers of release of the rclwi-Configuration.
5.6.17	LTE-WLAN aggregation with IPsec tunnel
5.6.17.1	General
The WLAN resources that are used over the LWIP tunnel as described in TS 36.300 [9] established as part of LWIP procedures are referred to as 'LWIP resources'. The purpose of this clause is to specify procedures to indicate to higher layers to initiate the establishment/ release of the LWIP tunnel over WLAN and to indicate which DRB(s) shall use the LWIP resources.
5.6.17.2	LWIP reconfiguration
The UE shall:
1>	if the received lwip-Configuration is set to release:
2>	release the LWIP configuration, if configured, as described in 5.6.17.3;
1>	else:
2>	if lwip-MobilityConfig is included:
3>	if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToReleaseList:
4>	for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToReleaseList:
5>	remove the WLAN-Identifiers if already part of the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3>	if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes wlan-ToAddList:
4>	for each WLAN-Identifiers included in wlan-ToAddList:
5>	add the WLAN-Identifiers to the current wlan-MobilitySet in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig;
3>	if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes associationTimer:
4>	start timer T351 with the timer value set according to the value of associationTimer;
3>	if the received lwip-MobilityConfig includes successReportRequested:
4>	set successReportRequested in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig to the value of successReportRequested;
2>	if tunnelConfigLWIP is included:
3>	indicate to higher layers to configure the LWIP tunnel according to the received tunnelConfigLWIP, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
3>	if lwip-Counter is included:
4>	determine the LWIP-PSK based on the KeNB key and received lwip-Counter value, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
4>	forward the LWIP-PSK to upper layers for LWIP tunnel establishment;
2>	start WLAN Status Monitoring as described in 5.6.15.4;
5.6.17.3	LWIP release
The UE shall:
1>	delete any existing values in VarWLAN-MobilityConfig and VarWLAN-Status;
1>	stop timer T351, if running;
1>	release the lwip-Configuration;
1>	indicate to higher layers to stop all DRBs from using the LWIP resources;
1>	indicate to higher layers to release the LWIP tunnel, as specified in TS 33.401 [32];
1>	stop WLAN status monitoring and WLAN connection attempts for LWIP;
5.6.18	Void
5.6.19	Application layer measurement reporting
5.6.19.1	General

Figure 5.6.19.1-1: Application layer measurement reporting
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about application layer measurement report.
5.6.19.2	Initiation
A UE capable of application layer measurement reporting in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure when configured with application layer measurement, i.e. when measConfigAppLayer has been configured by E-UTRAN.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if configured with application layer measurement, and SRB4 is configured, and the UE has received application layer measurement report information from upper layers:
2>	set the measReportAppLayerContainer in the MeasReportAppLayer message to the value of the application layer measurement report information;
2>	set the serviceType in the MeasReportAppLayer message to the type of the application layer measurement report information;
2>	submit the MeasReportAppLayer message to lower layers for transmission via SRB4.
5.6.20	IDLE Mode Measurements
5.6.20.1	General
This procedure specifies the measurements done by a UE in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE when it has an IDLE mode measurement configuration and the storage of the available measurements by a UE in RRC_IDLE, RRC_INACTIVE and RRC_CONNECTED.
5.6.20.2	Initiation
While T331 is running, the UE shall:
1>	perform the measurements in accordance with the following:
2>	for each entry in measIdleCarrierListEUTRA within VarMeasIdleConfig:
3>	if UE supports carrier aggregation between serving carrier and the carrier frequency and bandwidth indicated by carrierFreq and allowedMeasBandwidth within the corresponding entry;
4>	perform measurements in the carrier frequency and bandwidth indicated by carrierFreq and allowedMeasBandwidth within the corresponding entry;
NOTE:	The fields s-NonIntraSearch in SystemInformationBlockType3 do not affect the UE measurement procedures in IDLE mode. How the UE performs measurements in IDLE mode is up to UE implementation as long as the requirements in TS 36.133 [16] are met for measurement reporting. UE is not required to perform idle measurements if the SIB2 does not contain idleModeMeasurements.
4>	if the measCellList is included:
5>	consider the serving cell and cells identified by each entry within the measCellList to be applicable for idle mode measurement reporting;
4>	else:
5>	consider the serving cell and up to maxCellMeasIdle strongest identified cells whose RSRP/RSRQ measurement results are above the value(s) provided in qualityThreshold (if any) to be applicable for idle mode measurement reporting;
4>	store measurement results for cells applicable for idle mode measurement reporting within the VarMeasIdleReport;
3>	else:
4>	do not consider the carrier frequency to be applicable for idle mode measurement reporting;
1>	if validityArea is configured in VarMeasIdleConfig and UE reselects to a serving cell whose physical cell identity does not match any entry in validityArea for the corresponding carrier frequency:
2>	stop T331;
5.6.20.3	T331 expiry or stop
The UE shall:
1>	if T331 expires or is stopped:
2>	release the VarMeasIdleConfig;
NOTE:	It is up to UE implementation whether to continue IDLE mode measurements according to SIB5 configuration after T331 has expired or stopped.
5.6.21	Failure information
5.6.21.1	General

Figure 5.6.21.1-1: Failure information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN about a failure that the UE has experienced.
5.6.21.2	Initiation
A UE initiates the procedure to report failures when one of the following conditions is met:
1>	upon detecting RLC failure, in accordance with 5.3.11.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	initiate transmission of the FailureInformation message in accordance with 5.6.21.3;
5.6.21.3	Actions related to transmission of FailureInformation message
When initiating the procedure according to 5.6.21.2, the UE shall set the contents of the FailureInformation message as follows:
1>	if the procedure is initiated to report RLC failure:
2>	set logicalChannelIdentity to the logical channel identity of the RLC entity;
2>	set cellGroupIndication to the cell group where the RLC entity is located;
2>	set failureType to the type of failure that has been detected;
The UE shall submit the FailureInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.7	Generic error handling
5.7.1	General
The generic error handling defined in the subsequent sub-clauses applies unless explicitly specified otherwise e.g. within the procedure specific error handling.
The UE shall consider a value as not comprehended when it is set:
-	to an extended value that is not defined in the version of the transfer syntax supported by the UE.
-	to a spare or reserved value unless the specification defines specific behaviour that the UE shall apply upon receiving the concerned spare/ reserved value.
The UE shall consider a field as not comprehended when it is defined:
-	as spare or reserved unless the specification defines specific behaviour that the UE shall apply upon receiving the concerned spare/ reserved field.
5.7.2	ASN.1 violation or encoding error
The UE shall:
1>	when receiving an RRC message on the BCCH, BR-BCCH, PCCH, CCCH, MCCH, SC-MCCH or SBCCH for which the abstract syntax is invalid, as specified in ITU-T X.680 (07/2002) [13]:
2>	ignore the message;
NOTE:	This clause applies in case one or more fields is set to a value, other than a spare, reserved or extended value, not defined in this version of the transfer syntax. E.g. in the case the UE receives value 12 for a field defined as INTEGER (1..11). In cases like this, it may not be possible to reliably detect which field is in the error hence the error handling is at the message level.
5.7.3	Field set to a not comprehended value
The UE shall, when receiving an RRC message on any logical channel:
1>	if the message includes a field that has a value that the UE does not comprehend:
2>	if a default value is defined for this field:
3>	treat the message while using the default value defined for this field;
2>	else if the concerned field is optional:
3>	treat the message as if the field were absent and in accordance with the need code for absence of the concerned field;
2>	else:
3>	treat the message as if the field were absent and in accordance with sub-clause 5.7.4;
5.7.4	Mandatory field missing
The UE shall:
1>	if the message includes a field that is mandatory to include in the message (e.g. because conditions for mandatory presence are fulfilled) and that field is absent or treated as absent:
2>	if the RRC message was received on DCCH or CCCH:
3>	ignore the message;
2>	else:
3>	if the field concerns a (sub-field of) an entry of a list (i.e. a SEQUENCE OF):
4>	treat the list as if the entry including the missing or not comprehended field was not present;
3>	else if the field concerns a sub-field of another field, referred to as the 'parent' field i.e. the field that is one nesting level up compared to the erroneous field:
4>	consider the 'parent' field to be set to a not comprehended value;
4>	apply the generic error handling to the subsequent 'parent' field(s), until reaching the top nesting level i.e. the message level;
3>	else (field at message level):
4>	ignore the message;
NOTE 1:	The error handling defined in these sub-clauses implies that the UE ignores a message with the message type or version set to a not comprehended value.
NOTE 2:	The nested error handling for messages received on logical channels other than DCCH and CCCH applies for errors in extensions also, even for errors that can be regarded as invalid E-UTRAN operation e.g. E-UTRAN not observing conditional presence.
The following ASN.1 further clarifies the levels applicable in case of nested error handling for errors in extension fields.
-- /example/ ASN1START

-- Example with extension addition group

ItemInfoList ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..max)) OF ItemInfo

ItemInfo ::=						SEQUENCE {
	itemIdentity						INTEGER (1..max),
	field1								Field1,
	field2								Field2					OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	...
	[[	field3-r9						Field3-r9				OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Cond1
		field4-r9						Field4-r9				OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- Example with traditional non-critical extension (empty sequence)

BroadcastInfoBlock1 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	itemIdentity						INTEGER (1..max),
	field1								Field1,
	field2								Field2					OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				BroadcastInfoBlock1-v940-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

BroadcastInfoBlock1-v940-IEs::=	SEQUENCE {
	field3-r9							Field3-r9				OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Cond1
	field4-r9							Field4-r9				OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL			-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

The UE shall, apply the following principles regarding the levels applicable in case of nested error handling:
-	an extension additon group is not regarded as a level on its own. E.g. in the ASN.1 extract in the previous, a error regarding the conditionality of field3 would result in the entire itemInfo entry to be ignored (rather than just the extension addition group containing field3 and field4)
-	a traditional nonCriticalExtension is not regarded as a level on its own. E.g. in the ASN.1 extract in the previous, a error regarding the conditionality of field3 would result in the entire BroadcastInfoBlock1 to be ignored (rather than just the non critical extension containing field3 and field4).
5.7.5	Not comprehended field
The UE shall, when receiving an RRC message on any logical channel:
1>	if the message includes a field that the UE does not comprehend:
2>	treat the rest of the message as if the field was absent;
NOTE:	This clause does not apply to the case of an extension to the value range of a field. Such cases are addressed instead by the requirements in clause 5.7.3.
5.8	MBMS
5.8.1	Introduction
5.8.1.1	General
In general the control information relevant only for UEs supporting MBMS is separated as much as possible from unicast control information. Most of the MBMS control information is provided on a logical channel specific for MBMS common control information: the MCCH. E-UTRA employs one MCCH logical channel per MBSFN area. In case the network configures multiple MBSFN areas, the UE acquires the MBMS control information from the MCCHs that are configured to identify if services it is interested to receive are ongoing. The action applicable when the UE is unable to simultaneously receive MBMS and unicast services is up to UE implementation. In this release of the specification, an MBMS capable UE is only required to support reception of a single MBMS service at a time, and reception of more than one MBMS service (also possibly on more than one MBSFN area) in parallel is left for UE implementation. The MCCH carries the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message, which indicates the MBMS sessions that are ongoing as well as the (corresponding) radio resource configuration. The MCCH may also carry the MBMSCountingRequest message, when E-UTRAN wishes to count the number of UEs in RRC_CONNECTED that are receiving or interested to receive one or more specific MBMS services.
A limited amount of MBMS control information is provided on the BCCH. This primarily concerns the information needed to acquire the MCCH(s). This information is carried by means of a single MBMS specific SystemInformationBlock: SystemInformationBlockType13. An MBSFN area is identified solely by the mbsfn-AreaId in SystemInformationBlockType13. At mobility, the UE considers that the MBSFN area is continuous when the source cell and the target cell broadcast the same value in the mbsfn-AreaId.
5.8.1.2	Scheduling
The MCCH information is transmitted periodically, using a configurable repetition period. Scheduling information is not provided for MCCH i.e. both the time domain scheduling as well as the lower layer configuration are semi-statically configured, as defined within SystemInformationBlockType13.
For MBMS user data, which is carried by the MTCH logical channel, E-UTRAN periodically provides MCH scheduling information (MSI) at lower layers (MAC). This MCH information only concerns the time domain scheduling i.e. the frequency domain scheduling and the lower layer configuration are semi-statically configured. The periodicity of the MSI is configurable and defined by the MCH scheduling period.
5.8.1.3	MCCH information validity and notification of changes
Change of MCCH information only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used. Within a modification period, the same MCCH information may be transmitted a number of times, as defined by its scheduling (which is based on a repetition period). The modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio frames comprising the modification period. The modification period is configured by means of SystemInformationBlockType13.
When the network changes (some of) the MCCH information, it notifies the UEs about the change during a first modification period. In the next modification period, the network transmits the updated MCCH information. These general principles are illustrated in figure 5.8.1.3-1, in which different colours indicate different MCCH information. Upon receiving a change notification, a UE interested to receive MBMS services acquires the new MCCH information immediately from the start of the next modification period. The UE applies the previously acquired MCCH information until the UE acquires the new MCCH information.

Figure 5.8.1.3-1: Change of MCCH Information
Indication of an MBMS specific RNTI, the M-RNTI (see TS 36.321 [6]), on PDCCH is used to inform UEs in RRC_IDLE and UEs in RRC_CONNECTED about an MCCH information change. When receiving an MCCH information change notification, the UE knows that the MCCH information will change at the next modification period boundary. The notification on PDCCH indicates which of the MCCHs will change, which is done by means of an 8-bit bitmap. Within this bitmap, the bit at the position indicated by the field notificationIndicator is used to indicate changes for that MBSFN area: if the bit is set to "1", the corresponding MCCH will change. No further details are provided e.g. regarding which MCCH information will change. The MCCH information change notification is used to inform the UE about a change of MCCH information upon session start or about the start of MBMS counting.
The MCCH information change notifications on PDCCH are transmitted periodically and are carried on MBSFN subframes only except on MBMS-dedicated cell or FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell where the MCCH information change is provided on non-MBSFN subframes. These MCCH information change notification occasions are common for all MCCHs that are configured, and configurable by parameters included in SystemInformationBlockType13: a repetition coefficient, a radio frame offset and a subframe index. These common notification occasions are based on the MCCH with the shortest modification period.
NOTE 1:	E-UTRAN may modify the MBMS configuration information provided on MCCH at the same time as updating the MBMS configuration information carried on BCCH i.e. at a coinciding BCCH and MCCH modification period. Upon detecting that a new MCCH is configured on BCCH, a UE interested to receive one or more MBMS services should acquire the MCCH, unless it knows that the services it is interested in are not provided by the corresponding MBSFN area.
A UE that is receiving an MBMS service via MRB shall acquire the MCCH information from the start of each modification period. A UE interested to receive MBMS from a carrier on which dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock is set to n6 shall acquire the MCCH information at least once every MCCH modification period. A UE that is not receiving an MBMS service via MRB, as well as UEs that are receiving an MBMS service via MRB but potentially interested to receive other services not started yet in another MBSFN area from a carrier on which dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock is other than n6, shall verify that the stored MCCH information remains valid by attempting to find the MCCH information change notification at least notificationRepetitionCoeff times during the modification period of the applicable MCCH(s), if no MCCH information change notification is received.
NOTE 2:	In case the UE is aware which MCCH(s) E-UTRAN uses for the service(s) it is interested to receive, the UE may only need to monitor change notifications for a subset of the MCCHs that are configured, referred to as the 'applicable MCCH(s)' in the above.
5.8.2	MCCH information acquisition
5.8.2.1	General

Figure 5.8.2.1-1: MCCH information acquisition
The UE applies the MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the MBMS control information that is broadcasted by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to MBMS capable UEs that are in RRC_IDLE or in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.8.2.2	Initiation
A UE interested to receive MBMS services shall apply the MCCH information acquisition procedure upon entering the corresponding MBSFN area (e.g. upon power on, following UE mobility) and upon receiving a notification that the MCCH information has changed. A UE that is receiving an MBMS service shall apply the MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the MCCH, that corresponds with the service that is being received, at the start of each modification period.
Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the MCCH information acquisition procedure overwrites any stored MCCH information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for MCCH information and the UE discontinues using a field if it is absent in MCCH information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
5.8.2.3	MCCH information acquisition by the UE
An MBMS capable UE shall:
1>	if the procedure is triggered by an MCCH information change notification:
2>	start acquiring the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present, from the beginning of the modification period following the one in which the change notification was received;
NOTE 1:	The UE continues using the previously received MCCH information until the new MCCH information has been acquired.
1>	if the UE enters an MBSFN area:
2>	acquire the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present, at the next repetition period;
1>	if the UE is receiving an MBMS service:
2>	start acquiring the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message and the MBMSCountingRequest message if present, that both concern the MBSFN area of the service that is being received, from the beginning of each modification period;
5.8.2.4	Actions upon reception of the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message
No UE requirements related to the contents of this MBSFNAreaConfiguration apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, the corresponding field descriptions.
5.8.2.5	Actions upon reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message
Upon receiving MBMSCountingRequest message, the UE shall perform the MBMS Counting procedure as specified in 5.8.4.
5.8.3	MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration
5.8.3.1	General
The MBMS PTM radio bearer configuration procedure is used by the UE to configure RLC, MAC and the physical layer upon starting and/or stopping to receive an MRB. The procedure applies to UEs interested to receive one or more MBMS services.
NOTE:	In case the UE is unable to receive an MBMS service due to capability limitations, upper layers may take appropriate action e.g. terminate a lower priority unicast service.
5.8.3.2	Initiation
The UE applies the MRB establishment procedure to start receiving a session of a service it has an interest in. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon start of the MBMS session, upon (re-)entry of the corresponding MBSFN service area, upon becoming interested in the MBMS service, upon removal of UE capability limitations inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
The UE applies the MRB release procedure to stop receiving a session. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon stop of the MBMS session, upon leaving the corresponding MBSFN service area, upon losing interest in the MBMS service, when capability limitations start inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
5.8.3.3	MRB establishment
Upon MRB establishment, the UE shall:
1>	establish an RLC entity in accordance with the configuration specified in 9.1.1.4;
1>	configure an MTCH logical channel in accordance with the received locgicalChannelIdentity, applicable for the MRB, as included in the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message;
1>	configure the physical layer in accordance with the pmch-Config, applicable for the MRB, as included in the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message;
1>	inform upper layers about the establishment of the MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.8.3.4	MRB release
Upon MRB release, the UE shall:
1>	release the RLC entity as well as the related MAC and physical layer configuration;
1>	inform upper layers about the release of the MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.8.4	MBMS Counting Procedure
5.8.4.1	General


Figure 5.8.4.1-1: MBMS Counting procedure
The MBMS Counting procedure is used by the E-UTRAN to count the number of RRC_CONNECTED mode UEs which are receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB the specified MBMS services.
The UE determines interest in an MBMS service, that is identified by the TMGI, by interaction with upper layers.
5.8.4.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN initiates the procedure by sending an MBMSCountingRequest message.
5.8.4.3	Reception of the MBMSCountingRequest message by the UE
Upon receiving the MBMSCountingRequest message, the UE in RRC_CONNECTED mode shall:
1>	if the SystemInformationBlockType1, that provided the scheduling information for the systemInformationBlockType13 that included the configuration of the MCCH via which the MBMSCountingRequest message was received, contained the identity of the Registered PLMN; and
1>	if the UE is receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB at least one of the services in the received countingRequestList:
2>	if more than one entry is included in the mbsfn-AreaInfoList received in the SystemInformationBlockType13 that included the configuration of the MCCH via which the MBMSCountingRequest message was received:
3>	include the mbsfn-AreaIndex in the MBMSCountingResponse message and set it to the index of the entry in the mbsfn-AreaInfoList within the received SystemInformationBlockType13 that corresponds with the MBSFN area used to transfer the received MBMSCountingRequest message;
2>	for each MBMS service included in the received countingRequestList:
3>	if the UE is receiving via an MRB or interested to receive via an MRB this MBMS service:
4>	include an entry in the countingResponseList within the MBMSCountingResponse message with countingResponseService set it to the index of the entry in the countingRequestList within the received MBMSCountingRequest that corresponds with the MBMS service the UE is receiving or interested to receive;
2>	submit the MBMSCountingResponse message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure ends;
NOTE 1:	UEs that are receiving an MBMS User Service, as specified in TS 23.246 [56], by means of a Unicast Bearer Service, as specified in TS 26.346 [57], (i.e. via a DRB), but are interested to receive the concerned MBMS User Service, as specified in TS 23.246 [56], via an MBMS Bearer Service (i.e. via an MRB), respond to the counting request.
NOTE 2:	If ciphering is used at upper layers, the UE does not respond to the counting request if it can not decipher the MBMS service for which counting is performed (see TS 22.146 [62], clause 5.3).
NOTE 3:	The UE treats the MBMSCountingRequest messages received in each modification period independently. In the unlikely case E-UTRAN would repeat an MBMSCountingRequest (i.e. including the same services) in a subsequent modification period, the UE responds again. The UE provides at most one MBMSCountingResponse message to multiple transmission attempts of an MBMSCountingRequest messages in a given modification period.
5.8.5	MBMS interest indication
5.8.5.1	General
	
Figure 5.8.5.1-1: MBMS interest indication
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is receiving or is interested to receive MBMS service(s) via an MRB or SC-MRB, and if so, to inform E-UTRAN about the priority of MBMS versus unicast reception or MBMS service(s) reception in receive only mode.
5.8.5.2	Initiation
An MBMS or SC-PTM capable UE in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure in several cases including upon successful connection establishment, upon entering or leaving the service area, upon session start or stop, upon change of interest, upon change of priority between MBMS reception and unicast reception, upon change to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType15, upon starting and stopping of MBMS service(s) in receive only mode, upon change of receive only mode frequency, bandwidth or subcarrier spacing of MBMS service(s) in receive only mode.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType15 is broadcast by the PCell; or
1>	if mbms-ROM-ServiceIndication is received in SystemInformationBlockType2 from PCell:
2>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType15 for the PCell, if present;
2>	if the UE did not transmit an MBMSInterestIndication message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
2>	if since the last time the UE transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message, the UE connected to a PCell neither broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType15 nor including mbms-ROM-ServiceIndication in SystemInformationBlockType2:
3>	if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, is not empty:
4>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
2>	else:
3>	if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, has changed since the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message; or
3>	if at least one of the subcarrier spacing or bandwidth parameter of receive only mode MBMS frequency of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, has changed since the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message; or
3>	if the prioritisation of reception of all indicated MBMS frequencies compared to reception of any of the established unicast bearers has changed since the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message:
4>	initiate transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4;
NOTE:	The UE may send an MBMSInterestIndication even when it is able to receive the MBMS services it is interested in i.e. to avoid that the network allocates a configuration inhibiting MBMS reception.
3>	else if SystemInformationBlockType20 is broadcast by the PCell:
4>	if since the last time the UE transmitted an MBMSInterestIndication message, the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType20; or
4>	if the set of MBMS services of interest determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3a is different from mbms-Services included in the last transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message;
5>	initiate the transmission of the MBMSInterestIndication message in accordance with 5.8.5.4.
5.8.5.3	Determine MBMS frequencies of interest
The UE shall:
1>	consider a frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest if the following conditions are met:
2>	at least one MBMS session the UE is receiving or interested to receive via an MRB or SC-MRB is ongoing or about to start; and
NOTE 1:	The UE may determine whether the session is ongoing from the start and stop time indicated in the User Service Description (USD), see TS 36.300 [9] or TS 26.346 [57].
2>	for at least one of these MBMS sessions either SystemInformationBlockType15 acquired from the PCell includes for the concerned frequency one or more MBMS SAIs as indicated in the USD for this session or this session is in receive only mode; and
NOTE 2:	The UE considers a frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest even though E-UTRAN may (temporarily) not employ an MRB or SC-MRB for the concerned session. I.e. the UE does not verify if the session is indicated on (SC-)MCCH
NOTE 3:	The UE considers the frequencies of interest independently of any synchronization state, e.g. TS 36.300 [9], Annex J.1.
2>	the UE is capable of simultaneously receiving MRBs and/or is capable of simultaneously receiving SC-MRBs on the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, regardless of whether a serving cell is configured on each of these frequencies or not; and
2>	the supportedBandCombination the UE included in UE-EUTRA-Capability contains at least one band combination including the set of MBMS frequencies of interest;
NOTE 4:	Indicating a frequency implies that the UE supports SystemInformationBlockType13 or SystemInformationBlockType20 acquisition for the concerned frequency i.e. the indication should be independent of whether a serving cell is configured on that frequency.
NOTE 5:	When evaluating which frequencies it can receive simultaneously, the UE does not take into account the serving frequencies that are currently configured i.e. it only considers MBMS frequencies it is interested to receive.
NOTE 6:	The set of MBMS frequencies of interest includes at most one frequency for a given physical frequency. The UE only considers a physical frequency to be part of the MBMS frequencies of interest if it supports at least one of the bands indicated for this physical frequency in SystemInformationBlockType1 (for serving frequency) or SystemInformationBlockType15 (for neighbouring frequencies). In this case, E-UTRAN may assume the UE supports MBMS reception on any of the bands supported by the UE (i.e. according to supportedBandCombination).
5.8.5.3a	Determine MBMS services of interest
The UE shall:
1>	consider a MBMS service to be part of the MBMS services of interest if the following conditions are met:
2>	the UE is SC-PTM capable; and
2>	the UE is receiving or interested to receive this service via an SC-MRB; and
2>	one session of this service is ongoing or about to start; and
2>	one or more MBMS SAIs in the USD for this service is included in SystemInformationBlockType15 acquired from the PCell for a frequency belonging to the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined according to 5.8.5.3.
5.8.5.4	Actions related to transmission of MBMSInterestIndication message
The UE shall set the contents of the MBMSInterestIndication message as follows:
1>	if the set of MBMS frequencies of interest, determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3, is not empty:
2>	include mbms-FreqList and set it to include the MBMS frequencies of interest sorted by decreasing order of interest, using the EARFCN corresponding with freqBandIndicator included in SystemInformationBlockType1 (for serving frequency), if applicable, and the EARFCN(s) as included in SystemInformationBlockType15 (for neighbouring frequencies);
NOTE 1:	The EARFCN included in mbms-FreqList is merely used to indicate a physical frequency the UE is interested to receive i.e. the UE may not support the band corresponding to the included EARFCN (but it does support at least one of the bands indicated in system information for the concerned physical frequency).
2>	include mbms-Priority if the UE prioritises reception of all indicated MBMS frequencies above reception of any of the unicast bearers;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType20 is broadcast by the PCell:
3>	include mbms-Services and set it to indicate the set of MBMS services of interest determined in accordance with 5.8.5.3a;
NOTE 2:	If the UE prioritises MBMS reception and unicast data cannot be supported because of congestion on the MBMS carrier(s), E-UTRAN may initiate release of unicast bearers. It is up to E-UTRAN implementation whether all bearers or only GBR bearers are released. E-UTRAN does not initiate re-establishment of the released unicast bearers upon alleviation of the congestion.
1>	if the UE is receiving MBMS service(s) in receive only mode:
2>	if the supportedBandCombination the UE included in UE-EUTRA-Capability contains at least one band combination including the mbms-ROM-Freq:
3>	include mbms-ROM-Freq, mbms-ROM-SubcarrierSpacing and mbms-Bandwidth;
NOTE 3:	The EARFCN included in mbms-ROM-Freq is used to indicate a physical frequency the UE is interested to receive MBMS service(s) in receive only mode and is determined based on UE implementation.
The UE shall submit the MBMSInterestIndication message to lower layers for transmission.
5.8a	SC-PTM
5.8a.1	Introduction
5.8a.1.1	General
SC-PTM control information is provided on a specific logical channel: the SC-MCCH. The SC-MCCH carries the SCPTMConfiguration message which indicates the MBMS sessions that are ongoing as well as the (corresponding) information on when each session may be scheduled, i.e. scheduling period, scheduling window and start offset. The SCPTMConfiguration message also provides information about the neighbour cells transmitting the MBMS sessions which are ongoing on the current cell. In this release of the specification, an SC-PTM capable UE is only required to support reception of a single MBMS service at a time, and reception of more than one MBMS service in parallel is left for UE implementation.
A limited amount of SC-PTM control information is provided on the BCCH or BR-BCCH. This primarily concerns the information needed to acquire the SC-MCCH.
NOTE:	For BL UEs and UEs in CE, SC-MCCH transmission uses a 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth and a maximum TBS of 936 bits, see TS 36.213 [23]. For NB-IoT UEs, the maximum TBS for SC-MCCH transmission is 680 bits, see TS 36.213 [23].
5.8a.1.2	SC-MCCH scheduling
The SC-MCCH information (i.e. information transmitted in messages sent over SC-MCCH) is transmitted periodically, using a configurable repetition period. SC-MCCH transmissions (and the associated radio resources and MCS) are indicated on PDCCH.
5.8a.1.3	SC-MCCH information validity and notification of changes
Change of SC-MCCH information only occurs at specific radio frames, i.e. the concept of a modification period is used. Within a modification period, the same SC-MCCH information may be transmitted a number of times, as defined by its scheduling (which is based on a repetition period). The modification period boundaries are defined by SFN values for which SFN mod m= 0, where m is the number of radio frames comprising the modification period. The modification period is configured by means of SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT). If H-SFN is provided in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, modification period boundaries for BL UEs or UEs in CE are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0. The modification period boundaries for NB-IoT UEs are defined by SFN values for which (H-SFN * 1024 + SFN) mod m=0.
When the network changes (some of) the SC-MCCH information, it notifies the UEs, other than BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs, about the change in the first subframe which can be used for SC-MCCH transmission in a repetition period. LSB bit in 8-bit bitmap when set to '1' indicates the change in SC-MCCH. Upon receiving a change notification, a UE interested to receive MBMS services transmitted using SC-PTM acquires the new SC-MCCH information starting from the same subframe. The UE applies the previously acquired SC-MCCH information until the UE acquires the new SC-MCCH information.
When the network changes (some of) the SC-MCCH information for start of new MBMS service(s) transmitted using SC-PTM, it notifies BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs about the change in every PDCCH which schedules the first SC-MCCH in a repetition period in the current modification period. The notification is transmitted with 1 bit. The bit, when set to '1', indicates the start of new MBMS service(s), see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.14 and 6.4.3.3. Upon receiving a change notification, a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE interested to receive MBMS services transmitted using SC-PTM acquires the new SC-MCCH information scheduled by the PDCCH. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE applies the previously acquired SC-MCCH information until the BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE acquires the new SC-MCCH information.
When the network changes SC-MTCH specific information e.g. start of new MBMS service(s) transmitted using SC-PTM or change of ongoing MBMS service(s) transmitted using SC-PTM, it notifies the BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs in the PDCCH which schedules the SC-MTCH in the current modification period. The notification is transmitted with a 2 bit bitmap. The LSB in the 2-bit bitmap, when set to '1', indicates the change of the on-going MBMS service and the MSB in the 2-bit bitmap, when set to '1', indicates the start of new MBMS service(s), see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.12, 5.3.3.1.13 and 6.4.3.2. In the case the network changes an on-going SC-MTCH transmission in the next modification period, it notifies the BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs in the PDCCH which schedules this SC-MTCH in the current modification period. In the case the network starts new MBMS service(s) transmitted using SC-PTM, the network notifies the UEs which have on-going SC-MTCH in the PDCCH scheduling each of the SC-MTCH. Upon receiving such notification, a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE acquires the new SC-MCCH information at the start of the next modification period. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE applies the previously acquired SC-MCCH information until the BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE acquires the new SC-MCCH information.
5.8a.1.4	Procedures
The SC-PTM capable UE receiving or interested to receive MBMS service(s) via SC-MRB applies SC-PTM procedures described in 5.8a and, except for NB-IoT UE, the MBMS interest indication procedure as specified in 5.8.5.
5.8a.2	SC-MCCH information acquisition
5.8a.2.1	General

Figure 5.8a.2.1-1: SC-MCCH information acquisition
The UE applies the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the SC-PTM control information that is broadcast by the E-UTRAN. The procedure applies to SC-PTM capable UEs that are in RRC_IDLE except for BL UEs, UEs in CE and NB-IoT UEs, performing EDT procedure. This procedure also applies to SC-PTM capable UEs that are in RRC_CONNECTED except for BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs.
5.8a.2.2	Initiation
A UE interested to receive MBMS services via SC-MRB shall apply the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure upon entering the cell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT) (e.g. upon power on, following UE mobility) and upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information has changed. A UE, except for BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, that is receiving an MBMS service via SC-MRB shall apply the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure to acquire the SC-MCCH information that corresponds with the service that is being received, at the start of each modification period. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE that is receiving an MBMS service via SC-MRB shall apply the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information that corresponds with the service that is being received is about to be changed. The BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE that is receiving an MBMS service via SC-MRB may apply the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information is about to be changed due to start of a new service.
Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the procedural specification, the SC-MCCH information acquisition procedure overwrites any stored SC-MCCH information, i.e. delta configuration is not applicable for SC-MCCH information and the UE discontinues using a field if it is absent in SC-MCCH information unless explicitly specified otherwise.
5.8a.2.3	SC-MCCH information acquisition by the UE
A SC-PTM capable UE shall:
1>	if the procedure is triggered by an SC-MCCH information change notification and the UE has no ongoing MBMS service:
2>	except for a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message from the subframe in which the change notification was received;
2>	for a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, acquire the SCPTMConfiguration message scheduled by the PDCCH in which the change notification was received;
NOTE 1:	The UE continues using the previously received SC-MCCH information until the new SC-MCCH information has been acquired.
1>	if the UE enters a cell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType20 (SystemInformationBlockType20-NB in NB-IoT):
2>	acquire the SCPTMConfiguration message at the next repetition period;
1>	if the UE is receiving an MBMS service via an SC-MRB:
2>	except for BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE, start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message from the beginning of each modification period;
2>	a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE shall start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message at the start of the next modification period upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information that corresponds with the service that is being received is about to be changed;
2>	a BL UE, UE in CE or NB-IoT UE may start acquiring the SCPTMConfiguration message at the start of the next modification period upon receiving a notification that the SC-MCCH information is about to be changed due to start of a new service;
5.8a.2.4	Actions upon reception of the SCPTMConfiguration message
No UE requirements related to the contents of this SCPTMConfiguration apply other than those specified elsewhere e.g. within procedures using the concerned system information, the corresponding field descriptions.
5.8a.3	SC-PTM radio bearer configuration
5.8a.3.1	General
The SC-PTM radio bearer configuration procedure is used by the UE to configure RLC, MAC and the physical layer upon starting and/or stopping to receive an SC-MRB transmitted on SC-MTCH. The procedure applies to SC-PTM capable UEs that are in RRC_IDLE and to SC-PTM capable UEs that are not BL UEs, UEs in CE or NB-IoT UEs in RRC_CONNECTED, and are interested to receive one or more MBMS services via SC-MRB.
NOTE:	In case the UE is unable to receive an MBMS service via an SC-MRB due to capability limitations, upper layers may take appropriate action e.g. terminate a lower priority unicast service.
5.8a.3.2	Initiation
The UE applies the SC-MRB establishment procedure to start receiving a session of a MBMS service it has an interest in. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon start of the MBMS session, upon entering a cell providing via SC-MRB a MBMS service in which the UE has interest, upon becoming interested in the MBMS service, upon removal of UE capability limitations inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
The UE applies the SC-MRB release procedure to stop receiving a session. The procedure may be initiated e.g. upon stop of the MBMS session, upon leaving the cell where a SC-MRB is established, upon losing interest in the MBMS service, when capability limitations start inhibiting reception of the concerned service.
5.8a.3.3	SC-MRB establishment
Upon SC-MRB establishment, the UE shall:
1>	establish an RLC entity in accordance with the configuration specified in 9.1.1.7;
1>	configure a SC-MTCH logical channel applicable for the SC-MRB and instruct MAC to receive DL-SCH on the cell where the SCPTMConfiguration message was received for the MBMS service for which the SC-MRB is established and using g-RNTI and sc-mtch-SchedulingInfo (if included) in this message for this MBMS service;
1>	configure the physical layer in accordance with the sc-mtch-InfoList, applicable for the SC-MRB, as included in the SCPTMConfiguration message;
1>	inform upper layers about the establishment of the SC-MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.8a.3.4	SC-MRB release
Upon SC-MRB release, the UE shall:
1>	release the RLC entity as well as the related MAC and physical layer configuration;
1>	inform upper layers about the release of the SC-MRB by indicating the corresponding tmgi and sessionId;
5.9	RN procedures
5.9.1	RN reconfiguration
5.9.1.1	General

Figure 5.9.1.1-1: RN reconfiguration
The purpose of this procedure is to configure/reconfigure the RN subframe configuration and/or to update the system information relevant for the RN in RRC_CONNECTED.
5.9.1.2	Initiation
E-UTRAN may initiate the RN reconfiguration procedure to an RN in RRC_CONNECTED when AS security has been activated.
5.9.1.3	Reception of the RNReconfiguration by the RN
The RN shall:
1>	if the rn-SystemInfo is included:
2>	if the systemInformationBlockType1 is included:
3>	act upon the received SystemInformationBlockType1 as specified in 5.2.2.7;
2>	if the SystemInformationBlockType2 is included:
3>	act upon the received SystemInformationBlockType2 as specified in 5.2.2.9;
1>	if the rn-SubframeConfig is included:
2>	reconfigure lower layers in accordance with the received subframeConfigPatternFDD or subframeConfigPatternTDD;
2>	if the rpdcch-Config is included:
3>	reconfigure lower layers in accordance with the received rpdcch-Config;
1>	submit the RNReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;
5.10	Sidelink
5.10.1	Introduction
The sidelink communication and associated synchronisation resource configuration applies for the frequency at which it was received/ acquired. Moreover, for a UE configured with one or more SCells, the sidelink communication and associated synchronisation resource configuration provided by dedicated signalling applies for the PCell/ the primary frequency. The sidelink discovery and associated synchronisation resource configuration applies for the frequency at which it was received/ acquired or the indicated frequency in the configuration. For a UE configured with one or more SCells, the sidelink discovery and associated synchronisation resource configuration provided by dedicated signalling applies for the PCell/ the primary frequency / any other indicated frequency.
NOTE 1:	Upper layers configure the UE to receive or transmit sidelink communication on a specific frequency, to monitor or transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements on one or more frequencies or to monitor or transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements on a specific frequency, but only if the UE is authorised to perform these particular ProSe related sidelink activities.
NOTE 2:	It is up to UE implementation which actions to take (e.g. termination of unicast services, detach) when it is unable to perform the desired sidelink activities, e.g. due to UE capability limitations.
Sidelink communication consists of one-to-many and one-to-one sidelink communication. One-to-many sidelink communication consists of relay related and non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication. One-to-one sidelink communication consists of relay related and non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication. In relay related one-to-one sidelink communication the communicating parties consist of one sidelink relay UE and one sidelink remote UE.
Sidelink discovery consists of public safety related (PS related) and non-PS related sidelink discovery. PS related sidelink discovery consists of relay related and non-relay related PS related sidelink discovery. Upper layers indicate to RRC whether a particular sidelink announcement is PS related or non-PS related.
Upper layers indicate to RRC whether a particular sidelink procedure is V2X related or not.
The specification covers the use of UE to network sidelink relays by specifying the additional requirements that apply for a sidelink relay UE and a sidelink remote UE. I.e. for such UEs the regular sidelink UE requirements equally apply unless explicitly stated otherwise.
5.10.1a	Conditions for sidelink communication operation
When it is specified that the UE shall perform sidelink communication operation only if the conditions defined in this clause are met, the UE shall perform sidelink communication operation only if:
1>	if the UE's serving cell is suitable (RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED); and if either the selected cell on the frequency used for sidelink communication operation belongs to the registered or equivalent PLMN as specified in TS 24.334 [69] or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the UE is camped on a serving cell (RRC_IDLE) on which it fulfils the conditions to support sidelink communication in limited service state as specified in TS 23.303 [68], clause 4.5.6; and if either the serving cell is on the frequency used for sidelink communication operation or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the UE has no serving cell (RRC_IDLE);
5.10.1b	Conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation
When it is specified that the UE shall perform PS related sidelink discovery operation only if the conditions defined in this clause are met, the UE shall perform PS related sidelink discovery operation only if:
1>	if the UE's serving cell is suitable (RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED); and if either the selected cell on the frequency used for PS related sidelink discovery operation belongs to the registered or other PLMN as specified in TS 24.334 [69] or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the UE is camped on a serving cell (RRC_IDLE) on which it fulfils the conditions to support sidelink discovery in limited service state as specified in TS 23.303 [68], clause 4.5.6; and if either the serving cell is on the frequency used for PS related sidelink discovery operation or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the UE has no serving cell (RRC_IDLE);
5.10.1c	Conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation
When it is specified that the UE shall perform non-PS related sidelink discovery operation only if the conditions defined in this clause are met, the UE shall perform non-PS related sidelink discovery operation only if:
1>	if the UE's serving cell (RRC_IDLE) or PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is suitable; and if the selected cell on the frequency used for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation belongs to the registered or other PLMN as specified in TS 24.334 [69].
5.10.1d	Conditions for V2X sidelink communication operation
When it is specified that the UE shall perform V2X sidelink communication operation only if the conditions defined in this clause are met, the UE shall perform V2X sidelink communication operation only if:
1>	if the UE's serving cell is suitable (RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED); and if either the selected cell on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication operation belongs to the registered or equivalent PLMN as specified in TS 24.334 [69] or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the UE's serving cell (for RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED) fulfils the conditions to support V2X sidelink communication in limited service state as specified in TS 23.285 [78], clause 4.4.8; and if either the serving cell is on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication operation or the UE is out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication operation as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the UE has no serving cell (RRC_IDLE);
5.10.2	Sidelink UE information
5.10.2.1	General

Figure 5.10.2-1: Sidelink UE information
The purpose of this procedure is to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is interested or no longer interested to receive sidelink communication or discovery, to receive V2X sidelink communication, as well as to request assignment or release of transmission resources for sidelink communication or discovery announcements or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery gaps, to report parameters related to sidelink discovery from system information of inter-frequency/PLMN cells and to report the synchronization reference used by the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
5.10.2.2	Initiation
A UE capable of sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery that is in RRC_CONNECTED may initiate the procedure to indicate it is (interested in) receiving sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery in several cases including upon successful connection establishment, upon change of interest, upon change to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 or SystemInformationBlockType19 or SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon. A UE capable of sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery may initiate the procedure to request assignment of dedicated resources for the concerned sidelink communication transmission or discovery announcements or V2X sidelink communication transmission or to request sidelink discovery gaps for sidelink discovery transmission or sidelink discovery reception and a UE capable of inter-frequency/PLMN sidelink discovery parameter reporting may initiate the procedure to report parameters related to sidelink discovery from system information of inter-frequency/PLMN cells.
NOTE 1:	A UE in RRC_IDLE that is configured to transmit sidelink communication / V2X sidelink communication / sidelink discovery announcements, while SystemInformationBlockType18/ SystemInformationBlockType19/ SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon or SystemInformationBlockType26 does not include the resources for transmission (in normal conditions), initiates connection establishment in accordance with 5.3.3.1a.
Upon initiating the procedure, the UE shall:
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the PCell:
2>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType18 for the PCell;
2>	if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18; or
NOTE 2:	After handover/ re-establishment from a source PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 the UE repeats the same interest information that it provided previously as such a source PCell may not forward the interest information.
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commRxInterestedFreq; or if the frequency configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication on has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the sidelink communication reception frequency of interest in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commRxInterestedFreq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is no longer interested in sidelink communication reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReq; or if the information carried by the commTxResourceReq has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layer to transmit relay related one-to-many sidelink communication:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18, connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 or broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discConfigRelay; or
3>	if the last transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReqRelay; or if the information carried by the commTxResourceReqRelay has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE:
5>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReqRelay:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 or connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18 not including commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReqUC; or if the information carried by the commTxResourceReqUC has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	if commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed is included in SystemInformationBlockType18:
5>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReqUC:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related one-to-one sidelink communication:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType18, connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 or broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discConfigRelay; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include commTxResourceReqRelayUC; or if the information carried by the commTxResourceReqRelayUC has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; or
4>	if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell and includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met;
5>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included commTxResourceReqRelayUC:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell:
2>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType19 for the PCell;
2>	if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink discovery announcements on a serving frequency or on one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 of the PCell:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discRxInterest:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is interested in sidelink discovery reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discRxInterest:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is no longer interested in sidelink discovery reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if the UE is configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements on the primary frequency or on one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19 of the PCell, with discTxResourcesInterFreq included within discResourcesNonPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 or connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesNonPS or discTxResourcesInterFreq did not include all frequencies for which the UE will request resources; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discTxResourceReq; or if the non-PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources required by the UE have changed (i.e. resulting in a change of discTxResourceReq) since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the non-PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discTxResourceReq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires non-PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements on the primary frequency or, in case of non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements, on a frequency included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19, with discTxResourcesInterFreq included within discResourcesPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19, connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discConfigPS, or in case of non-relay PS related transmission: (connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesPS or for which discTxResourcesInterFreq did not include all frequencies for which the UE will request resources), or in case of relay related PS sidelink discovery announcements: (connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including discConfigRelay) sidelink; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include discTxResourceReqPS; or if the PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources required by the UE have changed (i.e. resulting in a change of discTxResourceReqPS) since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements; or
4>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met; or
4>	if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
5>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discTxResourceReqPS:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires PS related sidelink discovery announcement resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layers to monitor or transmit sidelink discovery announcements; and if the UE requires sidelink discovery gaps, to perform such actions:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 or connected to a PCell broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType19 not including gapRequestsAllowedCommon while at the same time the UE was not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include the gaps required to monitor or transmit the sidelink discovery announcements (i.e. UE requiring gaps to monitor discovery announcements while discRxGapReq was not included or UE requiring gaps to transmit discovery announcements while discTxGapReq was not included); or if the sidelink discovery gaps required by the UE have changed (i.e. resulting in a change of discRxGapReq or discTxGapReq) since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	if the UE is configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true; or
4>	if the UE is not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated and gapRequestsAllowedCommon is included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
5>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the sidelink discovery gaps required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included discTxGapReq or discRxGapReq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires sidelink discovery gaps in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if the UE acquired the relevant parameters from the system information of one or more cells on a carrier included in the discSysInfoToReportConfig and T370 is running:
3>	if the UE has configured lower layers to transmit or monitor the sidelink discovery announcements on those cells:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to report the acquired system information parameters and stop T370;
1>	if SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon is broadcast by the PCell:
2>	ensure having a valid version of SystemInformationBlockType21 and SystemInformationBlockType26, if broadcast, for the PCell;
2>	if configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink communication on a primary frequency or on one or more frequencies included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the PCell:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList; or if the frequency(ies) configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink communication on has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the V2X sidelink communication reception frequency(ies) of interest in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it is no longer interested in V2X sidelink communication reception in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication on a primary frequency or on one or more frequencies included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the PCell:
3>	if the UE did not transmit a SidelinkUEInformation message since last entering RRC_CONNECTED state; or
3>	if since the last time the UE transmitted a SidelinkUEInformation message the UE connected to a PCell not broadcasting SystemInformationBlockType21 including sl-V2X-ConfigCommon; or
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message did not include v2x-CommTxResourceReq; or if the information carried by the v2x-CommTxResourceReq has changed since the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate the V2X sidelink communication transmission resources required by the UE in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
2>	else:
3>	if the last transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message included v2x-CommTxResourceReq:
4>	initiate transmission of the SidelinkUEInformation message to indicate it no longer requires V2X sidelink communication transmission resources in accordance with 5.10.2.3;
5.10.2.3	Actions related to transmission of SidelinkUEInformation message
The UE shall set the contents of the SidelinkUEInformation message as follows:
1>	if the UE initiates the procedure to indicate it is (no more) interested to receive sidelink communication or discovery or receive V2X sidelink communication or to request (configuration/ release) of sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery transmission resources (i.e. UE includes all concerned information, irrespective of what triggered the procedure):
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 is broadcast by the PCell:
3>	if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication:
4>	include commRxInterestedFreq and set it to the sidelink communication frequency;
3>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication:
4>	include commTxResourceReq and set its fields as follows:
5>	set carrierFreq to indicate the sidelink communication frequency i.e. the same value as indicated in commRxInterestedFreq if included;
5>	set destinationInfoList to include the non-relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
3>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication; and
3>	if commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed is included in SystemInformationBlockType18:
4>	include commTxResourceReqUC and set its fields as follows:
5>	set carrierFreq to indicate the one-to-one sidelink communication frequency i.e. the same value as indicated in commRxInterestedFreq if included;
5>	set destinationInfoList to include the non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
3>	if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related one-to-one sidelink communication; and
3>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell including discConfigRelay; and
3>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; or if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
4>	include commTxResourceReqRelayUC and set its fields as follows:
5>	set destinationInfoList to include the one-to-one sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
4>	include ue-Type and set it to relayUE if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE and to remoteUE otherwise;
3>	if configured by upper layers to transmit relay related one-to-many sidelink communication; and
3>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell including discConfigRelay; and
3>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE:
4>	include commTxResourceReqRelay and set its fields as follows:
5>	set destinationInfoList to include the one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
4>	include ue-Type and set it to relayUE;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 is broadcast by the PCell:
3>	if configured by upper layers to receive sidelink discovery announcements on a serving frequency or one or more frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
4>	include discRxInterest;
3>	if the UE is configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
4>	for each frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements that concerns the primary frequency or that is included in discInterFreqList with discTxResourcesInterFreq included within discResourcesNonPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
5>	for the first frequency, include discTxResourceReq and set it to indicate the number of discovery messages for sidelink discovery announcement(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources as well as the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
5>	for any additional frequency, include discTxResourceReqAddFreq and set it to indicate the number of discovery messages for sidelink discovery announcement(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources as well as the concerned frequency;
3>	if configured by upper layers to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements; and
3>	if the frequency on which the UE is configured to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements either concerns the primary frequency or, in case of non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements, is included in discInterFreqList with discTxResources InterFreq included within discResourcesPS and not set to noTxOnCarrier:
4>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements and SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS; or
4>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met; or
4>	if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
5>	include discTxResourceReqPS and set it to indicate the number of discovery messages for PS related sidelink discovery announcement(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources as well as the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
2>	if SystemInformationBlockType21 is broadcast by the PCell and SystemInformationBlockType21 includes sl-V2X-ConfigCommon:
3>	if configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink communication:
4>	include v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList and set it to the frequency(ies) for V2X sidelink communication reception;
3>	if configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication:
4>	if configured by upper layers to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication:
5>	include p2x-CommTxType set to true;
4>	include v2x-CommTxResourceReq and set its fields as follows for each frequency on which the UE is configured for V2X sidelink communication transmission:
5>	set carrierFreqCommTx to indicate the frequency for V2X sidelink communication transmission;
5>	set v2x-TypeTxSync to the current synchronization reference type used on the associated carrierFreqCommTx for V2X sidelink communication transmission;
5>	set v2x-DestinationInfoList to include the V2X sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which it requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources;
1>	else if the UE initiates the procedure to request sidelink discovery transmission and/ or reception gaps:
2>	if the UE is configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated set to true; or
2>	if the UE is not configured with gapRequestsAllowedDedicated and gapRequestsAllowedCommon is included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
3>	if the UE requires sidelink discovery gaps to monitor the sidelink discovery announcements the UE is configured to monitor by upper layers:
4>	include discRxGapReq and set it to indicate, for each frequency that either concerns the primary frequency or is included in discInterFreqList on which the UE is configured to monitor sidelink discovery announcements and for which it requires sidelink discovery gaps to do so, the gap pattern(s) as well as the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
3>	if the UE requires sidelink discovery gaps to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements the UE is configured to transmit by upper layers:
4>	include discTxGapReq and set it to indicate, for each frequency that either concerns the primary or is included in discInterFreqList on which the UE is configured to transmit sidelink discovery announcements and for which it requires sidelink discovery gaps to do so, the gap pattern(s) as well as the concerned frequency, if different from the primary;
1>	else if the UE initiates the procedure to report the system information parameters related to sidelink discovery of carriers other than the primary:
2>	include discSysInfoReportFreqList and set it to report the system information parameter acquired from the cells on those carriers;
The UE shall submit the SidelinkUEInformation message to lower layers for transmission.
5.10.3	Sidelink communication monitoring
A UE capable of sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to receive sidelink communication shall:
1>	if the conditions for sidelink communication operation as defined in 5.10.1a are met:
2>	if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
3>	if the cell chosen for sidelink communication reception broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commRxPool:
4>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by commRxPool;
NOTE 1:	If commRxPool includes one or more entries including rxParametersNCell, the UE may only monitor such entries if the associated PSS/SSS or SLSSIDs is detected. When monitoring such pool(s), the UE applies the timing of the concerned PSS/SSS or SLSS.
2>	else (i.e. out of coverage on the sidelink carrier):
3>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources that were preconfigured (i.e. preconfigComm in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
NOTE 2:	The UE may monitor in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UE's own timing.
5.10.4	Sidelink communication transmission
A UE capable of sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay related sidelink communication and has related data to be transmitted or a UE capable of relay related sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit relay related sidelink communications and satisfies the conditions for relay related sidelink communication specified in this clause shall:
1>	if the conditions for sidelink communication operation as defined in 5.10.1a are met:
2>	if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
3>	if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED and uses the PCell for sidelink communication:
4>	if the UE is configured, by the current PCell/ the PCell in which physical layer problems or radio link failure was detected, with commTxResources set to scheduled:
5>	if T310 or T311 is running; and if the PCell at which the UE detected physical layer problems or radio link failure broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commTxPoolExceptional; or
5>	if T301 is running and the cell on which the UE initiated connection re-establishment broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18 including commTxPoolExceptional:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolExceptional;
5>	else:
6>	configure lower layers to request E-UTRAN to assign transmission resources for sidelink communication;
4>	else if the UE is configured with commTxPoolNormalDedicated or commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt:
5>	if priorityList is included for the entries of commTxPoolNormalDedicated or commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the one or more pools of resources indicated by commTxPoolNormalDedicated or commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt i.e. indicate all entries of this field to lower layers;
5>	else:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolNormalDedicated;
3>	else (i.e. sidelink communication in RRC_IDLE or on cell other than PCell in RRC_CONNECTED):
4>	if the cell chosen for sidelink communication transmission broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType18:
5>	if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxPoolNormalCommon:
6>	if priorityList is included for the entries of commTxPoolNormalCommon or commTxPoolNormalCommonExt:
7>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the one or more pools of resources indicated by commTxPoolNormalCommon and/or commTxPoolNormalCommonExt i.e. indicate all entries of these fields to lower layers;
6>	else:
7>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolNormalCommon;
5>	else if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxPoolExceptional:
6>	from the moment the UE initiates connection establishment until receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including sl-CommConfig or until receiving an RRCConnectionRelease or an RRCConnectionReject;
7>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated by the first entry in commTxPoolExceptional;
2>	else (i.e. out of coverage on sidelink carrier):
3>	if priorityList is included for the entries of preconfigComm in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3:
4>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the one or more pools of resources indicated preconfigComm i.e. indicate all entries of this field to lower layers and in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UEs own timing;
3>	else:
4>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources that were preconfigured i.e. indicated by the first entry in preconfigComm in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3 and in accordance with the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UEs own timing;
The conditions for relay related sidelink communication are as follows:
1>	if the transmission concerns sidelink relay communication; and the UE is capable of sidelink relay or sidelink remote operation:
2>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE has a selected sidelink relay UE: configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the resources, as specified previously in this clause, only if the following condition is met:
3>	if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met; and if the UE configured lower layers with a pool of resources included in SystemInformationBlockType18 (i.e. commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt or commTxPoolExceptional); and commTxAllowRelayCommon is included in SystemInformationBlockType18;
2>	if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED: configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the resources, as specified previously in this clause, only if the following condition is met:
3>	if the UE configured lower layers with resources provided by dedicated signalling (i.e. commTxResources); and the UE is configured with commTxAllowRelayDedicated set to true;
5.10.5	Sidelink discovery monitoring
A UE capable of non-PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to monitor non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements shall:
1>	for each frequency the UE is configured to monitor non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements on, prioritising the frequencies included in discInterFreqList, if included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
2>	if the PCell or the cell the UE is camping on indicates the pool of resources to monitor sidelink discovery announcements on by discRxResourcesInterFreq in discResourcesNonPS within discInterFreqList in SystemInformationBlockType19:
3>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated by discRxResourcesInterFreqin discResourcesNonPS within SystemInformationBlockType19;
2>	else if the cell used for sidelink discovery monitoring broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType19:
3>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated by discRxPool in SystemInformationBlockType19;
2>	if the UE is configured with discRxGapConfig and requires sidelink discovery gaps to monitor sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency;
3>	configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency using the sidelink discovery gaps indicated by discRxGapConfig;
2>	else:
3>	configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
A UE capable of PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to monitor PS related sidelink discovery announcements shall:
1>	if out of coverage on the frequency, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
2>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources that were preconfigured (i.e. indicated by discRxPoolList within preconfigDisc in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1>	else if configured by upper layers to monitor non-relay PS related discovery announcements; and if the PCell or the cell the UE is camping on indicates a pool of resources to monitor sidelink discovery announcements on by discRxResourcesInterFreq in discResourcesPS within discInterFreqList in SystemInformationBlockType19:
2>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated by discRxResourcesInterFreq in discResourcesPS in SystemInformationBlockType19;
1>	else if configured by upper layers to monitor PS related sidelink discovery announcements; and if the cell used for sidelink discovery monitoring broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType19:
2>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources indicated by discRxPoolPS in SystemInformationBlockType19;
1>	if the UE is configured with discRxGapConfig and requires sidelink discovery gaps to monitor sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency;
2>	configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency using the sidelink discovery gaps indicated by discRxGapConfig;
1>	else:
2>	configure lower layers to monitor the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
NOTE 1:	The requirement not to affect normal UE operation also applies for the acquisition of sidelink discovery related system and synchronisation information from inter-frequency cells.
NOTE 2:	The UE is not required to monitor all pools simultaneously.
NOTE 3:	It is up to UE implementation to decide whether a cell is sufficiently good to be used to monitor sidelink discovery announcements.
NOTE 4:	If discRxPool, discRxPoolPS or discRxResourcesInterFreq includes one or more entries including rxParameters, the UE may only monitor such entries if the associated SLSSIDs are detected. When monitoring such pool(s) the UE applies the timing of the corresponding SLSS.
5.10.6	Sidelink discovery announcement
A UE capable of non-PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements shall, for each frequency the UE is configured to transmit such announcements on:
NOTE:	In case the configured resources are insufficient it is up to UE implementation to decide which sidelink discovery announcements to transmit.
1>	if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements concerns the serving frequency (RRC_IDLE) or primary frequency (RRC_CONNECTED):
2>	if the UE's serving cell (RRC_IDLE) or PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]:
3>	if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED (i.e. PCell is used for sidelink discovery announcement):
4>	if the UE is configured with discTxResources set to scheduled:
5>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the assigned resources indicated by scheduled in discTxResources;
4>	else if the UE is configured with discTxPoolDedicated (i.e. discTxResources set to ue-Selected):
5>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolDedicated and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
3>	else if T300 is not running (i.e. UE in RRC_IDLE, announcing via serving cell):
4>	if SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell includes discTxPoolCommon:
5>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolCommon and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1>	else if, for the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, the UE is configured with dedicated resources (i.e. with discTxResources-r12, if discTxCarrierFreq is included in discTxInterFreqInfo, or with discTxResources within discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd in discTxInterFreqInfo); and the conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1c are met:
2>	if the UE is configured with discTxResources set to scheduled:
3>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the assigned resources indicated by scheduled in discTxResources;
2>	else if the UE is configured with discTxResources set to ue-Selected:
3>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in ue-Selected and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1>	else if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on is included in discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell, and discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesNonPS in the corresponding entry of discInterFreqList is set to discTxPoolCommon (i.e. serving cell/ PCell broadcasts pool of resources) and the conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1c are met; or
1>	else if discTxPoolCommon is included in SystemInformationBlockType19 acquired from cell selected on the sidelink discovery announcement frequency; and the conditions for non-PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1c are met:
2>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolCommon and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1>	if the UE is configured with discTxGapConfig and requires sidelink discovery gaps to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency;
2>	configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency using the sidelink discovery gaps indicated by discTxGapConfig,
1>	else:
2>	configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
A UE capable of PS related sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements shall:
1>	if out of coverage on the frequency used to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4, and the conditions for PS -related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements; or
2>	if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE/ has a selected sidelink relay UE:
3>	configure lower layers to transmit sidelink discovery announcements using the pool of resources that were preconfigured and in accordance with the following;
4>	randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an entry of preconfigDisc in SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3;
4>	using the timing of the selected SyncRef UE, or if the UE does not have a selected SyncRef UE, based on the UEs own timing;
1>	else if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements concerns the serving frequency (RRC_IDLE) or primary frequency (RRC_CONNECTED) and the conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements; or
2>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met; or
2>	if the UE is acting as sidelink relay UE; and if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED; or
2>	if the UE is selecting a sidelink relay UE / has a selected sidelink relay UE; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met:
3>	if the UE is configured with discTxPoolPS-Dedicated; or
3>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and if discTxPoolPS-Common is included in SystemInformationBlockType19:
4>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
3>	else if the UE is configured with discTxResourcesPS set to scheduled:
4>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the assigned resources indicated by scheduled in discTxResourcesPS;
1>	else if, for the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, the UE is configured with dedicated resources (i.e. with discTxResourcesPS in discTxInterFreqInfo within sl-DiscConfig); and the conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
3>	if the UE is configured with discTxResourcesPS set to scheduled:
4>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the assigned resources indicated by scheduled in discTxResourcesPS;
3>	else if the UE is configured with discTxResourcesPS set to ue-Selected:
4>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in ue-Selected and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1>	else if the frequency used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on is included in discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19 of the serving cell/ PCell, while discTxResourcesInterFreq within discResourcesPS in the corresponding entry of discInterFreqList is set to discTxPoolCommon (i.e. serving cell/ PCell broadcasts pool of resources) and the conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
3>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolCommon and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1>	else if discTxPoolPS-Common is included in SystemInformationBlockType19 acquired from cell selected on the sidelink discovery announcement frequency; and the conditions for PS related sidelink discovery operation as defined in 5.10.1b are met:
2>	if configured by upper layers to transmit non-relay PS related sidelink discovery announcements:
3>	select an entry of the list of resource pool entries in discTxPoolPS-Common and configure lower layers to use it to transmit the sidelink discovery announcements as specified in 5.10.6a;
1>	if the UE is configured with discTxGapConfig and requires gaps to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency;
2>	configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency using the gaps indicated by discTxGapConfig,
1>	else:
2>	configure lower layers to transmit on the concerned frequency without affecting normal operation;
5.10.6a	Sidelink discovery announcement pool selection
A UE that is configured with a list of resource pool entries for sidelink discovery announcement transmission (i.e. by SL-DiscTxPoolList) shall:
1>	if poolSelection is set to rsrpBased:
2>	select a pool from the list of pools the UE is configured with for which the RSRP measurement of the reference cell selected as defined in 5.10.6b, after applying the layer 3 filter defined by quantityConfig as specified in 5.5.3.2, is in-between threshLow and threshHigh;
1>	else:
2>	randomly select, using a uniform distribution, a pool from the list of pools the UE is configured with;
1>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink discovery announcement using the selected pool of resources;
NOTE 1:	When performing resource pool selection based on RSRP, the UE uses the latest results of the available measurements used for cell reselection evaluation in RRC_IDLE/ for measurement report triggering evaluation in RRC_CONNECTED, which are performed in accordance with the performance requirements specified in TS 36.133 [16].
5.10.6b	Sidelink discovery announcement reference carrier selection
A UE capable of sidelink discovery that is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink discovery announcements shall:
1>	for each frequency the UE is transmitting sidelink discovery announcements on, select a cell to be used as reference for synchronisation and DL measurements in accordance with the following:
2>	if the frequency concerns the primary frequency:
3>	use the PCell as reference;
2>	else if the frequency concerns a secondary frequency:
3>	use the concerned SCell as reference;
2>	else if the UE is configured with discTxRefCarrierDedicated for the frequency:
3>	use the cell indicated by this field as reference;
2>	else if the UE is configured with refCarrierCommon for the frequency:
3>	use the serving cell (RRC_IDLE)/ PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) as reference;
2>	else:
3>	use the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on as reference;
5.10.7	Sidelink synchronisation information transmission
5.10.7.1	General

Figure 5.10.7.1-1: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication, in (partial) coverage

Figure 5.10.7.1-2: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication / sidelink discovery, out of coverage

Figure 5.10.7.1-3: Synchronisation information transmission for sidelink discovery, in (partial) coverage
The purpose of this procedure is to provide synchronisation information to a UE. For sidelink discovery, the synchronisation information concerns a Sidelink Synchronisation Signal (SLSS) and, in case of PS related discovery, also timing information and some additional configuration parameters (i.e. the MasterInformationBlock-SL message), while for sidelink communication or V2X sidelink communication it concerns an SLSS and the MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message. A UE transmits synchronisation information either when E-UTRAN configures it to do so by dedicated signalling (i.e. network based), or when not configured by dedicated signalling (i.e. UE based) and E-UTRAN broadcasts (in coverage) or pre-configures a threshold (out of coverage).
The synchronisation information transmitted by the UE may be derived from information/ signals received from E-UTRAN (in coverage) or received from a UE acting as synchronisation reference for the transmitting UE or received from GNSS. In the remainder, the UE acting as synchronisation reference is referred to as SyncRef UE.
5.10.7.2	Initiation
A UE capable of SLSS transmission shall, when transmitting sidelink discovery announcements in accordance with 5.10.6 and when the following conditions are met:
1>	if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on; or
2>	if networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and syncTxThreshIC is included in SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP measurement of the reference cell, selected as defined in 5.10.6b, is below the value of syncTxThreshIC:
3>	if the sidelink discovery announcements are not PS related; or if syncTxPeriodic is not included:
4>	transmit SLSS on the frequency used for sidelink discovery in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	else:
4>	transmit SLSS on the frequency used for sidelink discovery in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
4>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
1>	else (i.e. out of coverage, PS):
2>	if syncTxThreshOoC is included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3); and the UE has not selected SyncRef UE or the S-RSRP measurement result of the selected SyncRef UE is below the value of syncTxThreshOoC:
3>	transmit SLSS on the frequency used for sidelink discovery in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
A UE capable of sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit sidelink communication shall, irrespective of whether or not it has data to transmit:
1>	if the conditions for sidelink communication operation as defined in 5.10.1a are met:
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on:
3>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
A UE shall, when transmitting sidelink communication in accordance with 5.10.4 and when the following conditions are met:
1>	if in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
2>	if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED; and networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and syncTxThreshIC is included in SystemInformationBlockType18; and the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for sidelink communication transmission is below the value of syncTxThreshIC; or
2>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE; and syncTxThreshIC is included in SystemInformationBlockType18; and the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for sidelink communication transmission is below the value of syncTxThreshIC:
3>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
1>	else (i.e. out of coverage):
2>	if syncTxThreshOoC is included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. SL-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3); and the UE has no selected SyncRef UE or the S-RSRP measurement result of the selected SyncRef UE is below the value of syncTxThreshOoC:
3>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
3>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication and SLSS/PSBCH transmission shall, when transmitting non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication in accordance with 5.10.13, and if the conditions for V2X sidelink communication operation as defined in 5.10.1d are met and when the following conditions are met:
1>	if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; and has selected GNSS or the cell as synchronization reference as defined in 5.10.13.3; or
1>	if out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4, and the frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell; and has selected GNSS or the cell as synchronization reference as defined in 5.10.13.3:
2>	if syncFreqList is not included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration nor in SystemInformationBlockType26; or
2>	if syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26; and if none of the frequency(ies) selected as specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList or the concerned frequency is selected as the synchronisation carrier frequency in accordance with 5.10.8a; or
2>	if syncFreqList and slss-TxMultiFreq are included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26; and if the UE has selected a frequency other than the concerned frequency as the synchronisation carrier frequency; and if slss-TxDisabled corresponding to the concerned frequency is not configured in RRCConnectionReconfiguration; and if the concerned frequency has been selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and is included in syncFreqList; and if UE is capable of SLSS/PSBCH transmission on the concerned frequency:
3>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on; or
3>	if networkControlledSyncTx is not configured; and for the concerned frequency syncTxThreshIC is configured; and the RSRP measurement of the reference cell, selected as defined in 5.10.13.3, for V2X sidelink communication transmission is below the value of syncTxThreshIC:
4>	transmit SLSS on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
4>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
1>	else:
2>	for the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, if syncOffsetIndicators is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration:
3>	If syncFreqList is not included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration; or
3>	if syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and if none of the frequency(ies) selected as specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList or the concerned frequency is selected as the synchronisation carrier frequency in accordance with 5.10.8a; or
3>	if syncFreqList and slss-TxMultiFreq are included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and if the UE has selected a frequency other than the concerned frequency as the synchronisation carrier frequency; and if slss-TxDisabled corresponding to the concerned frequency is not configured in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration; and if the concerned frequency has been selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and included in syncFreqList; and if the UE is capable of SLSS/PSBCH transmission on the frequency:
4>	if syncTxThreshOoC is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration; and the UE is not directly synchronized to GNSS, and the UE has no selected SyncRef UE or the S-RSRP measurement result of the selected SyncRef UE is below the value of syncTxThreshOoC; or
4>	if the UE selects GNSS as the synchronization reference source:
5>	transmit SLSS in accordance with 5.10.7.3 and TS 36.211 [21];
5>	transmit the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message, in the same subframe as SLSS, and in accordance with 5.10.7.4;
NOTE 1:	In the case of limited transmission capabilities on multiple carrier frequencies, when the UE is configured with syncFreqList, whether to transmit SLSS/PSBCH on a frequency, which is selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and is other than the synchronisation carrier frequency, is up to UE implementation.
5.10.7.3	Transmission of SLSS
The UE shall select the SLSSID and the subframe in which to transmit SLSS as follows:
1>	if triggered by sidelink discovery announcement and in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink discovery, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
2>	select the SLSSID included in the entry of discSyncConfig included in the received SystemInformationBlockType19, that includes txParameters;
2>	use syncOffsetIndicator corresponding to the selected SLSSID;
2>	for each pool used for the transmission of discovery announcements (each corresponding to the selected SLSSID):
3>	if a subframe indicated by syncOffsetIndicator corresponds to the first subframe of the discovery transmission pool;
4>	if discTxGapConfig is configured and includes the concerned subframe; or the subframe is not used for regular uplink transmission:
5>	select the concerned subframe;
3>	else
4>	if discTxGapConfig is configured and includes the concerned subframe; or the subframe is not used for regular uplink transmission:
5>	select the subframe indicated by syncOffsetIndicator that precedes and which, in time domain, is nearest to the first subframe of the discovery transmission pool;
3>	if the sidelink discovery announcements concern PS; and if syncTxPeriodic is included:
4>	additionally select each subframe that periodically occurs 40 subframes after the selected subframe;
1>	if triggered by sidelink communication and in coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
2>	select the SLSSID included in the entry of commSyncConfig that is included in the received SystemInformationBlockType18 and includes txParameters;
2>	use syncOffsetIndicator corresponding to the selected SLSSID;
2>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if networkControlledSyncTx is configured and set to on:
3>	select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator;
2>	else (when transmitting communication):
3>	select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator within the SC period in which the UE intends to transmit sidelink control information or data;
1>	if triggered by V2X sidelink communication and in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, and the concerned frequency is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 of the serving cell/ PCell;
2>	if the UE has selected GNSS as synchronization reference in accordance with 5.10.8.2:
3>	select SLSSID 0;
3>	use syncOffsetIndicator included in the entry of v2x-SyncConfig corresponding to the concerned frequency in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or within SystemInformationBlockType21, that includes txParameters and gnss-Sync;
3>	select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator;
2>	if the UE has selected a cell as synchronization reference in accordance with 5.10.8.2:
3>	select the SLSSID included in the entry of v2x-SyncConfig configured for the concerned frequency in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or within SystemInformationBlockType21, that includes txParameters and does not include gnss-Sync;
3>	use syncOffsetIndicator corresponding to the selected SLSSID;
3>	select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator;
1>	else if triggered by V2X sidelink communication and the UE has GNSS as the synchronization reference:
2>	select SLSSID 0;
2>	if syncOffsetIndicator3 is configured for the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration:
3>	select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3;
2>	else:
3>	select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator1;
1>	else:
2>	select the synchronisation reference UE (i.e. SyncRef UE) as defined in 5.10.8;
2>	if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and inCoverage in the MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE is set to TRUE; or
2>	if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and inCoverage in the MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE is set to FALSE while the SLSS from this UE is part of the set defined for out of coverage, see TS 36.211 [21]:
3>	select the same SLSSID as the SLSSID of the selected SyncRef UE;
3>	select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to the syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-Preconfiguration or v2x-CommPreconfigSync in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3) corresponding to the concerned frequency, such that the subframe timing is different from the SLSS of the selected SyncRef UE;
2>	else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE and the SLSS from this UE was transmitted on the subframe indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3 that is included in the syncOffsetIndicators in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and is corresponding to the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication:
3>	select SLSSID 169;
3>	select the subframe(s) indicated by syncOffsetIndicator2;
2>	else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE:
3>	select the SLSSID from the set defined for out of coverage having an index that is 168 more than the index of the SLSSID of the selected SyncRef UE, see TS 36.211 [21];
3>	select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-Preconfiguration or v2x-CommPreconfigSync in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3), such that the subframe timing is different from the SLSS of the selected SyncRef UE;
2>	else (i.e. no SyncRef UE selected):
3>	if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an SLSSID from the set of sequences defined for out of coverage except SLSSID 168 and 169, see TS 36.211 [21];
3>	else, randomly select, using a uniform distribution, an SLSSID from the set of sequences defined for out of coverage, see TS 36.211 [21];
3>	select the subframe in which to transmit the SLSS according to the syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 (arbitrary selection between these) included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigSync in SL-Preconfiguration or v2x-CommPreconfigSync in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
5.10.7.4	Transmission of MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message
The UE shall set the contents of the MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message as follows:
1>	if in coverage on the frequency used for the sidelink operation that triggered this procedure as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
2>	set inCoverage to TRUE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth to the value of ul-Bandwidth as included in the received SystemInformationBlockType2 of the cell chosen for the concerned sidelink operation;
2>	if tdd-Config is included in the received SystemInformationBlockType1:
3>	set subframeAssignmentSL to the value representing the same meaning as of subframeAssignment that is included in tdd-Config in the received SystemInformationBlockType1;
2>	else:
3>	set subframeAssignmentSL to none;
2>	if triggered by sidelink communication; and if syncInfoReserved is included in an entry of commSyncConfig from the received SystemInformationBlockType18:
3>	set reserved to the value of syncInfoReserved in the received SystemInformationBlockType18;
2>	if triggered by sidelink discovery; and if syncInfoReserved is included in an entry of discSyncConfig from the received SystemInformationBlockType19:
3>	set reserved to the value of syncInfoReserved in the received SystemInformationBlockType19;
2>	if triggered by V2X sidelink communication; and if syncInfoReserved is included in an entry of v2x-SyncConfig from the received SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
3>	set reserved to the value of syncInfoReserved in the received SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26;
2>	else:
3>	set all bits in reserved to 0;
1>	else if out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; and the concerned frequency is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell:
2>	set inCoverage to TRUE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth to the value of the corresponding field included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList;
2>	set subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1>	else if out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; and the UE selects GNSS timing as the synchronization reference source and syncOffsetIndicator3 is not included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration:
2>	set inCoverage to TRUE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1>	else if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE (as defined in 5.10.8) and if the SyncRef UE is selected on the concern frequency:
2>	set inCoverage to FALSE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the received MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X;
1>	else:
2>	set inCoverage to FALSE;
2>	set sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL and reserved to the value of the corresponding field included in the preconfigured sidelink parameters (i.e. preconfigGeneral in SL-Preconfiguration or v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
1>	set directFrameNumber and directSubframeNumber according to the subframe used to transmit the SLSS, as specified in 5.10.7.3;
1>	submit the MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message to lower layers for transmission upon which the procedure ends;
5.10.7.5	Void
5.10.8	Sidelink synchronisation reference
5.10.8.1	General
The purpose of this procedure is to select a synchronisation reference and used a.o. when transmitting sidelink communication, V2X sidelink communication, sidelink discovery or synchronisation information.
5.10.8.2	Selection and reselection of synchronisation reference
The UE shall:
1>	if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and in coverage on the frequency for V2X sidelink communication; or
1>	if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and out of coverage on the frequency for V2X sidelink communication, and the frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell:
2>	If syncFreqList is not included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration nor in SystemInformationBlockType26; or
2>	If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and none of the frequency(ies) selected as specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList; or
2>	If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected as specified in 5.10.8a:
3>	if typeTxSync is configured for the concerned frequency and set to enb:
4>	select a cell as the synchronization reference source as defined in 5.10.13.3;
3>	else if typeTxSync for the concerned frequency is not configured or is set to gnss, and GNSS is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
4>	select GNSS as the synchronization reference source;
3>	else (i.e., there is no GNSS which is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]):
4>	search SLSSID=0 on the concerned frequency to detect candidate SLSS, in accordance with TS 36.133 [16];
4>	when evaluating the detected SLSS, apply layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2 using the preconfigured filterCoefficient as defined in 9.3, before using the S-RSRP measurement results;
4>	if the S-RSRP of the SyncRef UE identified by the detected SLSS exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16]:
5>	select the SyncRef UE;
4>	else (i.e., no SLSSID=0 detected):
5>	select a cell as the synchronization reference source as defined in 5.10.13.3;
2>	If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and the UE has selected a synchronisation carrier frequency as specified in 5.10.8a:
3>	consider the synchornisation reference source (i.e. eNB, GNSS or SyncRef UE) that is selected on the synchronisation carrier frequency as the synchronization reference;
1>	else, if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and out of coverage on the frequency for V2X sidelink communication, and for the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, if syncPriority in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to gnss and GNSS is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
2>	select GNSS as the synchronization reference source;
1>	else, for the frequency used for sidelink communication, V2X sidelink communication or sidelink discovery, if out of coverage on that frequency as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
2>	if triggered by sidelink communication or sidelink discovery; or
2>	if triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and syncFreqList is not included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration; or
2>	If triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and none of the frequency(ies) selected as specified in TS 36.321 [6] is included in the syncFreqList; or
2>	If triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected as specified in 5.10.8a:
3>	perform a full search (i.e. covering all subframes and all possible SLSSIDs) to detect candidate SLSS, in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]
3>	when evaluating the one or more detected SLSSIDs, apply layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2 using the preconfigured filterCoefficient as defined in 9.3, before using the S-RSRP measurement results;
3>	if the UE has selected a SyncRef UE:
4>	if the S-RSRP of the strongest candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and the strongest candidate SyncRef UE belongs to the same priority group as the current SyncRef UE and the S-RSRP of the strongest candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE by syncRefDiffHyst; or
4>	if the S-RSRP of the candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and the candidate SyncRef UE belongs to a higher priority group than the current SyncRef UE; or
4>	if GNSS becomes reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16], and GNSS belongs to a higher priority group than the current SyncRef UE; or
4>	if the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE is less than the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16]:
5>	consider no SyncRef UE to be selected;
3>	if the UE has selected GNSS as the synchronization reference for V2X sidelink communication:
4>	if the S-RSRP of the candidate SyncRef UE exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and the candidate SyncRef UE belongs to a higher priority group than GNSS; or
4>	if GNSS becomes not reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
5>	consider GNSS not to be selected;
3>	if the UE has not selected a SyncRef UE and has not selected GNSS as synchronization reference source:
4>	if not concerning V2X sidelink communication, and if the UE detects one or more SLSSIDs for which the S-RSRP exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and for which the UE received the corresponding MasterInformationBlock-SL message (candidate SyncRef UEs), select a SyncRef UE according to the following priority group order:
5>	UEs of which inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 1);
5>	UEs of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 2);
5>	Other UEs, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 3);
4>	for V2X sidelink communication, if the UE detects one or more SLSSIDs for which the S-RSRP exceeds the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16] by syncRefMinHyst and for which the UE received the corresponding MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message (candidate SyncRef UEs), or if the UE detects GNSS that is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16], select a synchronization reference according to the following priority group order:
5>	if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to enb:
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 1);
6>	UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 2);
6>	GNSS that is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16] (priority group 3);
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is 0, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 4);
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 5);
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is 169, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 5);
6>	Other UEs, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 6);
5>	if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to gnss:
6>	GNSS that is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16] (priority group 1);
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 2);
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is 0, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 2);
6>	UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 3);
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 3);
6>	UEs of which SLSSID is 169, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 3);
6>	Other UEs, starting with the UE with the highest S-RSRP result (priority group 4);
2>	If triggered by V2X sidelink communication, and syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and the UE has selected a synchronisation carrier frequency as specified in 5.10.8a;
3>	consider the synchornization reference source (i.e. eNB, GNSS or SyncRef UE) that selected on the synchronisation carrier frequency as the synchronization reference;
5.10.8a	Selection and reselection of synchronisation carrier frequency
For the frequency(ies) which are in coverage for the UE as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4 and which have been selected for V2X sidelink communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6], and/or for the frequency(ies) which are out of coverage for the UE and included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within RRCConnectionReconfiguration or SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell and which have been selected for V2X sidelink communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6], the UE capable of V2X sidelink communication and synchronisation carrier frequency selection shall:
1>	If syncFreqList is included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in SystemInformationBlockType26, and includes at least one of the concerned frequency(ies):
2>	if no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected:
3>	If typeTxSync is configured for the concerned frequency(ies) and set to enb; or
3>	if typeTxSync for the concerned frequency(ies) is not configured or is set to gnss, and GNSS is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
4>	select one frequency from the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in syncFreqList as the synchronisation carrier frequency.
3>	else (i.e., there is no GNSS which is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]):
4>	select the synchronisation reference source(s) on the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in syncFreqList according to 5.10.8.2:
4>	if SyncRef UE(s) with SLSSID=0 is detected on at least one frequency from the concerned frequency(ies):
5>	select one frequency from the concerned frequency(ies) with the SyncRef UE(s) with SLSSID=0 detected as the synchronisation carrier frequency;
4>	else (i.e., no SLSSID=0 detected and UE selects a cell as the synchronisation reference source):
5>	select one frequency from the concerned frequencies which are included in syncFreqList as the synchronisation carrier frequency;
2>	else (i.e. the synchronisation carrier frequency is selected):
3>	If the UE selects GNSS as the synchronisation reference source, and GNSS is unreliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]; or
3>	If the UE selects a cell as the synchronisation reference source, and the cell cannot fulfil the S criterion in accordance with TS 36.304 [4]; or
3>	If the UE selects a SyncRef UE and the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE is less than the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16]; or
3>	If the synchronisation carrier frequency is not selected for V2X sidelink communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6]:
4>	consider no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected;
For the frequency(ies) which are out of coverage for the UE and not included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within RRCConnectionReconfiguration nor SystemInformationBlockType21 nor SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/ PCell and which have been selected for V2X sidelink carrier communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6], the UE capable of V2X sidelink communication and selection of synchronisation carrier frequency selection shall:
1>	If syncFreqList is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, and at least one of the concerned frequency(ies) is included in syncFreqList:
2>	if no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected:
3>	if syncPriority in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to gnss and GNSS is reliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]:
4>	select one frequency from the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in syncFreqList as the synchronisation carrier frequency.
3>	else:
4>	select the synchronisation reference source(s) on the concerned frequency(ies) which are included in SyncFreqList according to 5.10.8.2;
4>	select the frequency with the highest synchronisation reference source priority as the synchronisation carrier frequency, according to the following priority gourp order:
5>	if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency(ies) in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to enb:
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE (priority group 1);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 2);
6>	the frequency(ies) using GNSS as synchronisation reference source (priority group 3);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 0, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3 (priority group 4);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 5);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 169, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 5);
6>	the frequency(ies) with other SyncRef UE (priority group 6);
5>	if syncPriority corresponding to the concerned frequency(ies) in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration is set to gnss:
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE (priority group 1);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 0, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to TRUE, or of which SLSSID is 0 and SLSS is transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3 (priority group 1);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is part of the set defined for in coverage, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 2);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 0 and is not transmitted on subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator3, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 2);
6>	the frequency(ies) with SyncRef UE of which SLSSID is 169, and inCoverage, included in the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message received from this UE, is set to FALSE (priority group 2);
6>	the frequency(ies) with other SyncRef UE (priority group 3);
2>	else (i.e. the synchronisation carrier frequency is selected):
3>	If the UE selects GNSS as the synchronisation reference source, and GNSS is unreliable in accordance with TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.133 [16]; or
3>	If the UE selects a SyncRef UE and the S-RSRP of the current SyncRef UE is less than the minimum requirement defined in TS 36.133 [16]; or
3>	If the synchronisation carrier frequency is not selected for V2X sidelink communication as specified in TS 36.321 [6]:
4>	consider no synchronisation carrier frequency is selected;
NOTE 1:	If more than one selected carrier frequencies satisfy the condition as the synchronisation carrier frequency for V2X sidelink communication, how to select one synchronisation carrier frequency is up to UE implementation.
NOTE 2:	All concerned carrier frequency(ies) have the same typeTxSync and syncPriority configured.
5.10.9	Sidelink common control information
5.10.9.1	General
The sidelink common control information is carried by a single message, the MasterInformationBlock-SL (MIB-SL) message for sidelink discovery and sidelink communication or the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X (MIB-SL-V2X) message for V2X sidelink communication. The MIB-SL or MIB-SL-V2X includes timing information as well as some configuration parameters and is transmitted via SL-BCH.
The MIB-SL for sidelink discovery and sidelink communication uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 40 ms without repetitions. In particular, the MIB-SL is scheduled in subframes indicated by syncOffsetIndicator-r12 i.e. for which (10*DFN + subframe number) mod 40 = syncOffsetIndicator-r12.
The MIB-SL-V2X for V2X sidelink communication uses a fixed schedule with a periodicity of 160 ms without repetitions. In particular, the MIB-SL-V2X is scheduled in subframes indicated by SL-OffsetIndicatorSync i.e. for which (10*DFN + subframe number) mod 160 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync.
The sidelink common control information may change at any transmission i.e. neither a modification period nor a change notification mechanism is used.
A UE configured to receive or transmit sidelink communication or PS related sidelink discovery shall:
1>	if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE, as specified in 5.10.8.2:
2>	ensure having a valid version of the MasterInformationBlock-SL message of that SyncRefUE;
A UE configured to receive or transmit V2X sidelink communication shall:
1>	if the UE has a selected SyncRef UE, as specified in 5.10.8.2:
2>	ensure having a valid version of the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message of that SyncRefUE;
5.10.9.2	Actions related to reception of MasterInformationBlock-SL/ MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message
Upon receiving MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X, the UE shall:
1>	apply the values of sl-Bandwidth, subframeAssignmentSL, directFrameNumber and directSubframeNumber included in the received MasterInformationBlock-SL or MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X message;
5.10.10	Sidelink relay UE operation
5.10.10.1	General
This procedure is used by a UE supporting sidelink relay UE operation and involves evaluation of the AS-layer conditions that need to be met in order for upper layers to configure a sidelink relay UE to receive/ transmit relay related PS sidelink discovery/ relay related sidelink communication. The AS-layer conditions merely comprise of being configured with radio resources that can be used for transmission.
A UE that fulfils the criteria specified in 5.10.10.2 and 5.10.10.3 and that is configured by higher layers accordingly is acting as a sidelink relay UE.
5.10.10.2	AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by sidelink relay UE
A UE capable of sidelink relay UE operation shall inform upper layers that it is configured with radio resources that can be used for relay related sidelink communication transmission if the following conditions are met:
1>	if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if the UE is configured with commTxResources; and the UE is configured with commTxAllowRelayDedicated set to true;
5.10.10.3	AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink relay UE
A UE capable of sidelink relay UE operation shall inform upper layers that it is configured with radio resources that can be used for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission if the following conditions are met:
1>	if in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE's serving cell is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS including discTxPoolPS-Common and discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink relay UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.10.4 are met;
1>	else if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if discTxResourcesPS is configured;
5.10.10.4	Sidelink relay UE threshold conditions
A UE capable of sidelink relay UE operation shall:
1>	if the threshold conditions specified in this clause were not met:
2>	if neither threshHigh nor threshLow is included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19:
3>	consider the threshold conditions to be met (entry);
2>	else if threshHigh is not included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; or the RSRP measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is below threshHigh by hystMax (also included within relayUE-Config); and
2>	if threshLow is not included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; or the RSRP measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is above threshLow by hystMin (also included within relayUE-Config):
3>	consider the threshold conditions to be met (entry);
1>	else:
2>	if threshHigh is included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is above threshHigh (also included within relayUE-Config); or
2>	if threshLow is included in relayUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is below threshLow (also included within relayUE-Config);
3>	consider the threshold conditions not to be met (leave);
5.10.11	Sidelink remote UE operation
5.10.11.1	General
This procedure is used by a UE supporting sidelink remote UE operation and involves evaluation of the AS-layer conditions that need to be met in order for upper layers to configure a sidelink remote UE to receive/ transmit relay related sidelink PS discovery/ relay related sidelink communication. The AS-layer conditions merely comprise of being configured with radio resources that can be used for transmission, as well as whether or not having a selected sidelink relay UE.
5.10.11.2	AS-conditions for relay related sidelink communication transmission by sidelink remote UE
A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation shall inform upper layers whether it is configured with radio resources that can be used for relay related sidelink communication transmission if the following conditions are met:
1>	if the UE is out of coverage; and is preconfigured with SL-Preconfiguration including discTxPoolList and preconfigRelay;
1>	else if in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE's serving cell is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and if SystemInformationBlockType18 includes commTxPoolNormalCommon and commTxAllowRelayCommon; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met;
1>	else if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if the UE is configured with commTxResources; and the UE is configured with commTxAllowRelayDedicated set to true;
5.10.11.3	AS-conditions for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission by sidelink remote UE
A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation shall inform upper layers whether it is configured with radio resources that can be used for relay PS related sidelink discovery transmission if the following conditions are met:
1>	if the UE is out of coverage; and is preconfigured with SL-Preconfiguration including discTxPoolList and preconfigRelay;
1>	else if in RRC_IDLE; and if the UE's serving cell is suitable as defined in TS 36.304 [4]; and if SystemInformationBlockType19 includes discConfigPS including discTxPoolPS-Common and discConfigRelay; and if the sidelink remote UE threshold conditions as specified in 5.10.11.5 are met;
1>	else if in RRC_CONNECTED; and if discTxResourcesPS is configured;
5.10.11.4	Selection and reselection of sidelink relay UE
A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation that is configured by upper layers to search for a sidelink relay UE shall:
1>	if out of coverage on the frequency used for sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
1>	if the serving frequency is used for sidelink communication and the RSRP measurement of the cell on which the UE camps (RRC_IDLE)/ the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) is below threshHigh within remoteUE-Config :
2>	search for candidate sidelink relay UEs, in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]
2>	when evaluating the one or more detected sidelink relay UEs, apply layer 3 filtering as specified in 5.5.3.2 across measurements that concern the same ProSe Relay UE ID and using the filterCoefficient in SystemInformationBlockType19 (in coverage) or the preconfigured filterCoefficient as defined in 9.3(out of coverage), before using the SD-RSRP measurement results;
NOTE 1:	The details of the interaction with upper layers are up to UE implementation.
2>	if the UE does not have a selected sidelink relay UE:
3>	select a candidate sidelink relay UE which SD-RSRP exceeds q-RxLevMin included in either reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage) by minHyst;
2>	else if SD-RSRP of the currently selected sidelink relay UE is below q-RxLevMin included in either reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage); orif upper layers indicate not to use the currently selected sidelink relay: (i.e. sidelink relay UE reselection):
3>	select a candidate sidelink relay UE which SD-RSRP exceeds q-RxLevMin included in either reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage) by minHyst;
2>	else if the UE did not detect any candidate sidelink relay UE which SD-RSRP exceeds q-RxLevMin included in either reselectionInfoIC (in coverage) or reselectionInfoOoC (out of coverage) by minHyst:
3>	consider no sidelink relay UE to be selected;
NOTE 2:	The UE may perform sidelink relay UE reselection in a manner resulting in selection of the sidelink relay UE, amongst all candidate sidelink relay UEs meeting higher layer criteria, that has the best radio link quality. Further details, including interaction with upper layers, are up to UE implementation.
5.10.11.5	Sidelink remote UE threshold conditions
A UE capable of sidelink remote UE operation shall:
1>	if the threshold conditions specified in this clause were not met:
2>	if threshHigh is not included in remoteUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; or
2>	if threshHigh is included in remoteUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is below threshHigh by hystMax (also included within remoteUE-Config):
3>	consider the threshold conditions to be met (entry);
1>	else:
2>	if threshHigh is included in remoteUE-Config within SystemInformationBlockType19; and the RSRP measurement of the PCell, or the cell on which the UE camps, is above threshHigh (also included within remoteUE-Config):
3>	consider the threshold conditions not to be met (leave);
5.10.12	V2X sidelink communication monitoring
A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to receive V2X sidelink communication shall:
1>	if the conditions for sidelink operation as defined in 5.10.1d are met:
2>	if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4:
3>	if the frequency used to receive V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/Pcell, and v2x-CommRxPool is included in SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config within v2x-UE-ConfigList in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency:
4>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated in v2x-CommRxPool;
3>	else:
4>	if the cell chosen for V2X sidelink communication reception broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-CommRxPool in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon or,
4>	if the UE is configured with v2x-CommRxPool included in mobilityControlInfoV2X in RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
5>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated in v2x-CommRxPool;
2>	else (i.e. out of coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4):
3>	if the frequency used to receive V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell/PCell, and v2x-CommRxPool is included in SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config within v2x-UE-ConfigList in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency:
4>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources indicated in v2x-CommRxPool;
3>	else:
4>	configure lower layers to monitor sidelink control information and the corresponding data using the pool of resources that were preconfigured (i.e. v2x-CommRxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration defined in 9.3);
5.10.13	V2X sidelink communication transmission
5.10.13.1	Transmission of V2X sidelink communication
A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication and has related data to be transmitted shall:
1>	if the conditions for sidelink operation as defined in 5.10.1d are met:
2>	if in coverage on the frequency used for V2X sidelink communication as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4; or
2>	if the frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
3>	if the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED and uses the PCell or the frequency included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration for V2X sidelink communication:
4>	if the UE is configured, by the current PCell with commTxResources set to scheduled:
5>	if T310 or T311 is running; and if the PCell at which the UE detected physical layer problems or radio link failure broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon, or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 or RRCConnectionReconfiguration; or
5>	if T301 is running and the cell on which the UE initiated connection re-establishment broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon, or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26; or
5>	if T304 is running and the UE is configured with v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional included in mobilityControlInfoV2X in RRCConnectionReconfiguration or in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on random selection using the pool of resources indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional as defined in TS 36.321 [6];
5>	else:
6>	configure lower layers to request E-UTRAN to assign transmission resources for V2X sidelink communication;
4>	else if the UE is configured with v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated in RRCConnectionReconfiguration:
5>	if the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication and a result of sensing on the resources configured in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration is not available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]; or
5>	if the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication and selects to use partial sensing according to 5.10.13.1a, and a result of partial sensing on the resources configured in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration is not available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]:
6>	if v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in mobilityControlInfoV2X in RRCConnectionReconfiguration (i.e., handover case); or
6>	if v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional is included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in RRCConnectionReconfiguration; or
6>	if the PCell broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21 including v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency or broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType26 including v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency:
7>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on random selection using the pool of resources indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional as defined in TS 36.321 [6];
5>	else if the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication:
6>	select a resource pool according to 5.10.13.2;
6>	perform P2X related V2X sidelink communication according to 5.10.13.1a;
5>	else if the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using one of the resource pools indicated by v2x-commTxPoolNormalDedicated or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, which is selected according to 5.10.13.2;
3>	else:
4>	if the cell chosen for V2X sidelink communication transmission broadcasts SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26:
5>	if the UE is configured to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication, and if SystemInformationBlockType21 includes v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, or SystemInformationBlockType26 includes v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, and if a result of sensing on the resources configured in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency is available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]:
6>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using one of the resource pools indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, which is selected according to 5.10.13.2;
5>	else if the UE is configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication, and if SystemInformationBlockType21 includes p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, or SystemInformationBlockType26 includes p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, and if the UE selects to use random selection according to 5.10.13.1a, or selects to use partial sensing according to 5.10.13.1a and a result of partial sensing on the resources configured in p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency is available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]:
6>	select a resource pool from p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency according to 5.10.13.2, but ignoring zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26;
6>	perform P2X related V2X sidelink communication according to 5.10.13.1a;
5>	else if SystemInformationBlockType21 includes v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in sl-V2X-ConfigCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, or SystemInformationBlockType26 includes v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency:
6>	from the moment the UE initiates connection establishment until receiving an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, or until receiving an RRCConnectionRelease or an RRCConnectionReject; or
6>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and a result of sensing on the resources configured in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in Systeminformationblocktype21 or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in Systeminformationblocktype26 is not available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]; or
6>	if the UE is in RRC_IDLE and UE selects to use partial sensing according to 5.10.13.1a and a result of partial sensing on the resources configured in p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in Systeminformationblocktype21 or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency in Systeminformationblocktype26 is not available in accordance with TS 36.213 [23]:
7>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on random selection (as defined in TS 36.321 [6]) using the pool of resources indicated in v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional;
2>	else:
3>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using one of the resource pools indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in case of non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication, which is selected according to 5.10.13.2, or using one of the resource pools indicated by p2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in case of P2X related V2X sidelink communication, which is selected according to 5.10.13.2, and in accordance with the timing of the selected reference as defined in 5.10.8;
The UE capable of non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication shall perform sensing on all pools of resources which may be used for transmission of the sidelink control information and the corresponding data. The pools of resources are indicated by SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated in sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency, as configured above.
5.10.13.1a	Transmission of P2X related V2X sidelink communication
A UE configured to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication shall:
1>	if partialSensing is included and randomSelection is not included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool selected; or
1>	if both partialSensing and randomSelection are included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool selected, and the UE selects to use partial sensing:
2>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on partial sensing (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using the selected resource pool, if the UE supports partial sensing;
1>	if partialSensing is not included and randomSelection is included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool selected.
2>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on random selection (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]) using the selected resource pool;
1>	if both partialSensing and randomSelection is included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool selected, and the UE selects to use random selection:
2>	configure lower layers to transmit the sidelink control information and the corresponding data based on random selection using the selected resource pool and indicates to lower layers that transmissions of multiple MAC PDUs are allowed (as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]).
NOTE:	If both partialSensing and randomSelection is included in resourceSelectionConfigP2X of the pool selected, the selection between partial sensing and random selection is left to UE implementation.
5.10.13.2	V2X sidelink communication transmission pool selection
For a frequency used for V2X sidelink communication, if zoneConfig is not ignored as specified in 5.10.13.1, the UE configured by upper layers for V2X sidelink communication shall only use the pool which corresponds to geographical coordinates of the UE, if zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 of the serving cell (RRC_IDLE)/ PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) or in RRCConnectionReconfiguration for the concerned frequency, and the UE is configured to use resource pools provided by RRC signalling for the concerned frequency; or if zoneConfig is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency, and the UE is configured to use resource pools in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the frequency, according to 5.10.13.1. The UE shall only use the pool which is associated with the synchronization reference source selected in accordance with 5.10.8.2.
1>	if the UE is configured to transmit on p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or on p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType21 or on p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType26 according to 5.10.13.1; or
1>	if the UE is configured to transmit on p2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration according to 5.10.13.1; or
1>	if zoneConfig is not included in SystemInformationBlockType21 and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated; or
1>	if zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated for P2X related V2X sidelink communication and zoneID is not included in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated; or
1>	if zoneConfig is not included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration; or
1>	if zoneConfig is included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency and the UE is configured to transmit on p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration and zoneID is not included in p2x-CommTxPoolNormal; or
1>	if zoneConfig is not included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency:
2>	select a pool associated with the synchronization reference source selected in accordance with 5.10.8.2;
NOTE 0:	If multiple pools are associated with the selected synchronization reference source, it is up to UE implementation which resource pool is selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission.
1>	if zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated for non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication; or
1>	if zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated for P2X related V2X sidelink communication and zoneID is included in v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated; or
1>	if zoneConfig is included in the entry of v2x-InterFreqInfoList for the concerned frequency and if the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or is configured to transmit on p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration and zoneID is included in p2x-CommTxPoolNormal; or
1>	if zoneConfig is included in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency and the UE is configured to transmit on v2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration for the concerned frequency:
2>	select the pool configured with zoneID equal to the zone identity determined below and associated with the synchronization reference source selected in accordance with 5.10.8.2;
The UE shall determine an identity of the zone (i.e. Zone_id) in which it is located using the following formulae, if zoneConfig is included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 or in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration:
x1= Floor (x / L) Mod Nx;
y1= Floor (y / W) Mod Ny;
Zone_id = y1 * Nx + x1.
The parameters in the formulae are defined as follows:
L is the value of zoneLength included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 or in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration;
W is the value of zoneWidth included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 or in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration;
Nx is the value of zoneIdLongiMod included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 or in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration;
Ny is the value of zoneIdLatiMod included in zoneConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 or in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration;
x is the geodesic distance in longitude between UE's current location and geographical coordinates (0, 0) according to WGS84 model [80] and it is expressed in meters;
y is the geodesic distance in latitude between UE's current location and geographical coordinates (0, 0) according to WGS84 model [80] and it is expressed in meters.
The UE shall select a pool of resources which includes a zoneID equals to the Zone_id calculated according to above mentioned formulae and indicated by v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList in RRCConnectionReconfiguration, or v2x-CommTxPoolList according to 5.10.13.1.
NOTE 1:	The UE uses its latest geographical coordinates to perform resource pool selection.
NOTE 2:	If geographical coordinates are not available and zone specific TX resource pools are configured for the concerned frequency, it is up to UE implementation which resource pool is selected for V2X sidelink communication transmission.
5.10.13.3	V2X sidelink communication transmission reference cell selection
A UE capable of V2X sidelink communication that is configured by upper layers to transmit V2X sidelink communication shall:
1>	for each frequency used to transmit V2X sidelink communication, select a cell to be used as reference for synchronisation and DL measurements in accordance with the following:
2>	if the frequency concerns the primary frequency:
3>	use the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) or the serving cell (RRC_IDLE) as reference;
2>	else if the frequency concerns a secondary frequency:
3>	use the concerned SCell as reference;
2>	else if the UE is in coverage of the concerned frequency:
3>	use the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit V2X sidelink communication as reference;
2>	else (i.e., out of coverage on the concerned frequency):
3>	use the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED) or the serving cell (RRC_IDLE) as reference, if needed;
5.10.14	DFN derivation from GNSS
When the UE selects GNSS as the synchronization reference source, the DFN used for V2X sidelink communication is derived from the current UTC time, by the following formulae:
DFN= Floor (0.1*(Tcurrent –Tref–offsetDFN)) mod 1024
SubframeNumber= Floor (Tcurrent –Tref–offsetDFN) mod 10
Where:
Tcurrent is the current UTC time that obtained from GNSS. This value is expressed in milliseconds;
Tref is the reference UTC time 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Thursday, December 31, 1899 and Friday, January 1, 1900). This value is expressed in milliseconds;
OffsetDFN is the value offsetDFN if configured, otherwise it is zero. This value is expressed in milliseconds.
NOTE:	In case of leap second change event, how V2X UE obtains the scheduled time of leap second change to adjust Tcurrent correspondingly is left to UE implementation. How V2X UE handles the sudden discontinuity of DFN is left to UE implementation.
6	Protocol data units, formats and parameters (tabular & ASN.1)
6.1	General
The contents of each RRC message is specified in sub-clause 6.2 using ASN.1 to specify the message syntax and using tables when needed to provide further detailed information about the fields specified in the message syntax. The syntax of the information elements that are defined as stand-alone abstract types is further specified in a similar manner in sub-clause 6.3.
The need for fields to be present in a message or an abstract type, i.e., the ASN.1 fields that are specified as OPTIONAL in the abstract notation (ASN.1), is specified by means of comment text tags attached to the OPTIONAL statement in the abstract syntax. All comment text tags are available for use in the downlink direction only. The meaning of each tag is specified in table 6.1-1.
Table 6.1-1: Meaning of abbreviations used to specify the need for fields to be present
Abbreviation
Meaning
Cond conditionTag
(Used in downlink only)
Conditionally present
A field for which the need is specified by means of conditions. For each conditionTag, the need is specified in a tabular form following the ASN.1 segment. In case, according to the conditions, a field is not present, the UE takes no action and where applicable shall continue to use the existing value (and/ or the associated functionality) unless explicitly stated otherwise (e.g. in the conditional presence table or in the description of the field itself).
Need OP
(Used in downlink only)
Optionally present
A field that is optional to signal. For downlink messages, the UE is not required to take any special action on absence of the field beyond what is specified in the procedural text or the field description table following the ASN.1 segment. The UE behaviour on absence should be captured either in the procedural text or in the field description.
Need ON
(Used in downlink only)
Optionally present, No action
A field that is optional to signal. If the message is received by the UE, and in case the field is absent, the UE takes no action and where applicable shall continue to use the existing value (and/ or the associated functionality).
Need OR
(Used in downlink only)
Optionally present, Release
A field that is optional to signal. If the message is received by the UE, and in case the field is absent, the UE shall discontinue/ stop using/ delete any existing value (and/ or the associated functionality).

Any field with Need ON in system information shall be interpreted as Need OR.
Need codes may not be specified for a parent extension field/ extension group, used in downlink, which includes one or more child extension fields. Upon absence of such a parent extension field/ extension group, the UE shall:
-	For each individual child extension field, including extensions that are mandatory to include in the optional group, act in accordance with the need code that is defined for the extension;
-	Apply this behaviour not only for child extension fields included directly within the optional parent extension field/ extension group, but also for extension fields defined at further nesting levels as long as for none of the fields in-between the concerned extension field and the parent extension field a need code is specified;
NOTE 1:	The above applies for groups of non critical extensions using double brackets (referred to as extension groups), as well as non-critical extensions at the end of a message or at the end of a structure contained in a BIT STRING or OCTET STRING (referred to as parent extension fields).
Need codes, conditions and ASN.1 defaults specified for a particular (child) field only apply in case the (parent) field including the particular field is present. This rule does not apply for optional parent extension fields/ extension groups without need codes,
NOTE 2:	The previous rule implies that E-UTRAN has to include such a parent extension field to release a child field that is either:
-	Optional with need OR, or
-	Conditional while the UE releases the child field when absent.
The handling of need codes as specified in the previous is illustrated by means of an example, as shown in the following ASN.1.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCMessage-r8-IEs ::=					SEQUENCE {
	field1									InformationElement1,
	field2									InformationElement2				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs ::=					SEQUENCE {
	field3									InformationElement3				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCMessage-v940-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v940-IEs ::=					SEQUENCE {
	field4									InformationElement4				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

InformationElement1 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	field11								InformationElement11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	field12								InformationElement12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	field13								InformationElement13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		field14								InformationElement14			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

InformationElement2 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field21								InformationElement11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

The handling of need codes as specified in the previous implies that:
-	if field2 in RRCMessage-r8-IEs is absent, the UE does not modify field21;
-	if field2 in RRCMessage-r8-IEs is present but does not include field21, the UE releases field21;
-	if the extension group containing field13 is absent, the UE releases field13 and does not modify field14;
-	if nonCriticalExtension defined by IE RRCMessage-v8a0-IEs is absent, the UE does not modify field3 and releases field4;
In the ASN.1 of this specification, the first bit of a bit string refers to the leftmost bit, unless stated otherwise.
6.2	RRC messages
NOTE:	The messages included in this clause reflect the current status of the discussions. Additional messages may be included at a later stage.
6.2.1	General message structure
–	EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E‑UTRA RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-BCH-Message
The BCCH-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-BCH-MessageType
}

BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::=						MasterInformationBlock

-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS
The BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel in an MBMS-dedicated cell.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-BCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14
}

BCCH-BCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 ::=					MasterInformationBlock-MBMS-r14

-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via DL‑SCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType
}

BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		systemInformation						SystemInformation,
		systemInformationBlockType1				SystemInformationBlockType1
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via DL-SCH on the BR-BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-BR-r13
}

BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-BR-r13 ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		systemInformation-BR-r13				SystemInformation-BR-r13,
		systemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13		SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via DL‑SCH on the BCCH logical channel in an MBMS-dedicated cell.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS ::= SEQUENCE {
	message						BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14
}

BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 ::= CHOICE {
	c1									CHOICE {
		systemInformation-MBMS-r14					SystemInformation-MBMS-r14,
		systemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14		SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MCCH-Message
The MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE on the MCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

MCCH-Message ::=		SEQUENCE {
	message					MCCH-MessageType
}

MCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1							CHOICE {
		mbsfnAreaConfiguration-r9		MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9
	},
	later						CHOICE {
		c2								CHOICE{
			mbmsCountingRequest-r10			MBMSCountingRequest-r10
		},
		messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	PCCH-Message
The PCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE on the PCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

PCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					PCCH-MessageType
}

PCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		paging									Paging
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	DL-CCCH-Message
The DL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE on the downlink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

DL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-CCCH-MessageType
}

DL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishment			RRCConnectionReestablishment,
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject		RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject,
		rrcConnectionReject						RRCConnectionReject,
		rrcConnectionSetup						RRCConnectionSetup
	},
	messageClassExtension	CHOICE {
		c2						CHOICE {
			rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15			RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15,
			spare3	NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		messageClassExtensionFuture-r15			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	DL-DCCH-Message
The DL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE or from the E-UTRAN to the RN on the downlink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-DCCH-MessageType
}

DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000			CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000,
		dlInformationTransfer					DLInformationTransfer,
		handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest		HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest,
		mobilityFromEUTRACommand				MobilityFromEUTRACommand,
		rrcConnectionReconfiguration			RRCConnectionReconfiguration,
		rrcConnectionRelease					RRCConnectionRelease,
		securityModeCommand						SecurityModeCommand,
		ueCapabilityEnquiry						UECapabilityEnquiry,
		counterCheck							CounterCheck,
		ueInformationRequest-r9					UEInformationRequest-r9,
		loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10		LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10,
		rnReconfiguration-r10					RNReconfiguration-r10,
		rrcConnectionResume-r13					RRCConnectionResume-r13,
		spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UL-CCCH-Message
The UL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E‑UTRAN on the uplink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

UL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					UL-CCCH-MessageType
}

UL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest		RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest,
		rrcConnectionRequest					RRCConnectionRequest
	},
	messageClassExtension	CHOICE {
		c2						CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13		RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13
		},
		messageClassExtensionFuture-r13	CHOICE {
			c3						CHOICE {
				rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15			RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15,
				spare3	NULL, spare2	NULL, spare1	NULL
			},
			messageClassExtensionFuture-r15		SEQUENCE {}
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UL-DCCH-Message
The UL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E‑UTRAN or from the RN to the E-UTRAN on the uplink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message			UL-DCCH-MessageType
}

UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000				CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000,
		measurementReport							MeasurementReport,
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete		RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete,
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete		RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete,
		rrcConnectionSetupComplete					RRCConnectionSetupComplete,
		securityModeComplete						SecurityModeComplete,
		securityModeFailure							SecurityModeFailure,
		ueCapabilityInformation						UECapabilityInformation,
		ulHandoverPreparationTransfer				ULHandoverPreparationTransfer,
		ulInformationTransfer						ULInformationTransfer,
		counterCheckResponse						CounterCheckResponse,
		ueInformationResponse-r9					UEInformationResponse-r9,
		proximityIndication-r9						ProximityIndication-r9,
		rnReconfigurationComplete-r10				RNReconfigurationComplete-r10,
		mbmsCountingResponse-r10					MBMSCountingResponse-r10,
		interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10		InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10
	},
	messageClassExtension	CHOICE {
		c2							CHOICE {
			ueAssistanceInformation-r11			UEAssistanceInformation-r11,
			inDeviceCoexIndication-r11			InDeviceCoexIndication-r11,
			mbmsInterestIndication-r11			MBMSInterestIndication-r11,
			scgFailureInformation-r12			SCGFailureInformation-r12,
			sidelinkUEInformation-r12			SidelinkUEInformation-r12,
			wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13		WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13,
			rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13		RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13,
			ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15		ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15,
			scgFailureInformationNR-r15			SCGFailureInformationNR-r15,
			measReportAppLayer-r15				MeasReportAppLayer-r15,
			failureInformation-r15				FailureInformation-r15,
			spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL, spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		messageClassExtensionFuture-r11	SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SC-MCCH-Message
The SC-MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE on the SC-MCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

SC-MCCH-Message-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					SC-MCCH-MessageType-r13
}


SC-MCCH-MessageType-r13 ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		scptmConfiguration-r13						SCPTMConfiguration-r13
	},
	messageClassExtension	CHOICE {
		c2							CHOICE {
			scptmConfiguration-BR-r14				SCPTMConfiguration-BR-r14,
			spare									NULL
		},
		messageClassExtensionFuture-r14	SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

6.2.2	Message definitions
–	CounterCheck
The CounterCheck message is used by the E-UTRAN to indicate the current COUNT MSB values associated to each DRB and to request the UE to compare these to its COUNT MSB values and to report the comparison results to E-UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
CounterCheck message
-- ASN1START

CounterCheck ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			counterCheck-r8						CounterCheck-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CounterCheck-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-CountMSB-InfoList				DRB-CountMSB-InfoList,
	nonCriticalExtension				CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				CounterCheck-v1530-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

CounterCheck-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	drb-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15		DRB-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info

DRB-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRBExt-r15)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info

DRB-CountMSB-Info ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-Identity					DRB-Identity,
	countMSB-Uplink					INTEGER(0..33554431),
	countMSB-Downlink				INTEGER(0..33554431)
}

-- ASN1STOP

CounterCheck field descriptions
count-MSB-Downlink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from downlink COUNT associated to this DRB. If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
count-MSB-Uplink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from uplink COUNT associated to this DRB. If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.

–	CounterCheckResponse
The CounterCheckResponse message is used by the UE to respond to a CounterCheck message.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
CounterCheckResponse message
-- ASN1START

CounterCheckResponse ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		counterCheckResponse-r8				CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-CountInfoList					DRB-CountInfoList,
	nonCriticalExtension				CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				CounterCheckResponse-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

CounterCheckResponse-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	drb-CountInfoListExt-r15			DRB-CountInfoListExt-r15			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

DRB-CountInfoList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo

DRB-CountInfoListExt-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRBExt-r15)) OF DRB-CountInfo

DRB-CountInfo ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-Identity					DRB-Identity,
	count-Uplink					INTEGER(0..4294967295),
	count-Downlink					INTEGER(0..4294967295)
}

-- ASN1STOP

CounterCheckResponse field descriptions
count-Downlink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of downlink COUNT associated to this DRB. If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of uplink COUNT associated to this DRB. If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.

–	CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message is used by the UE to obtain the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters from the network. The UE needs these parameters to generate the CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration message used to register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network which is required to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message
-- ASN1START

CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8	CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message is used to provide the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters to the UE so the UE can register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message
-- ASN1START

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8		CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rand								RAND-CDMA2000,
	mobilityParameters					MobilityParametersCDMA2000,
	nonCriticalExtension				CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	DLInformationTransfer
The DLInformationTransfer message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS, non-3GPP dedicated information or time reference information.
NOTE:	The UE may use the time reference information provided in the timeReferenceInfo IE for numerous purposes, possibly involving upper layers e.g. to synchronise the UE clock.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB2 or SRB1. If only timeReferenceInfo is included in the message, SRB1 is used. Otherwise, SRB1 is used only if SRB2 not established yet, and if SRB2 is suspended, E-UTRAN does not send this message until SRB2 is resumed.
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
DLInformationTransfer message
-- ASN1START

DLInformationTransfer ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			dlInformationTransfer-r8			DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs,
			dlInformationTransfer-r15			DLInformationTransfer-r15-IEs,
			spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoType					CHOICE {
		dedicatedInfoNAS					DedicatedInfoNAS,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

DLInformationTransfer-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoType-r15				CHOICE {
		dedicatedInfoNAS-r15				DedicatedInfoNAS,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT-r15		DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD-r15		DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	timeReferenceInfo-r15				TimeReferenceInfo-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	FailureInformation
The FailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding failures detected by the UE, e.g. radio link failure for one of the RLC entities configured with PDCP duplication.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
FailureInformation message
-- ASN1START

FailureInformation-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	failedLogicalChannelInfo-r15	FailedLogicalChannelInfo-r15		OPTIONAL
	-- nonCriticalExtension is removed in this version as OPTIONAL was missing
}

FailedLogicalChannelInfo-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	failedLogicalChannelIdentity-r15		SEQUENCE {
		cellGroupIndication-r15				ENUMERATED {mn, sn},
		logicalChannelIdentity-r15			INTEGER (1..10)				OPTIONAL,
		logicalChannelIdentityExt-r15		INTEGER (32..38)			OPTIONAL
	},
	failureType	ENUMERATED {duplication, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}

-- ASN1STOP

FailureInformation field descriptions
cellGroupIndication
This field indicates the cell group (MCG, SCG) of the RLC entity for which the PDCP duplication failure occurred.
failureType
This field indicates the type of failure reported. Value duplication indicates that a radio link failure for one of the RLC entities configured with PDCP duplication has been detected.
logicalChannelIdentity, logicalChannelIdentityExt
This field indicates the logical channel identity of the RLC entity for which the PDCP duplication failure occurred.

–	HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)
The HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message is used to trigger the handover preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 RAT. This message is also used to trigger a tunneled preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT RAT to obtain traffic channel resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, which may also involve a concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD. Also, this message is used to trigger the dual Rx/Tx redirection procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT RAT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message
-- ASN1START

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier		RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8		HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-Type					CDMA2000-Type,
	rand							RAND-CDMA2000				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-Type
	mobilityParameters				MobilityParametersCDMA2000	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-Type
	nonCriticalExtension			HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD-r9		BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-Type
	nonCriticalExtension			HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	dualRxTxRedirectIndicator-r10		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond cdma2000-1XRTT
	redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT-r10	CarrierFreqCDMA2000		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond dualRxTxRedirect
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest field descriptions
concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD
Value TRUE indicates that upper layers should initiate concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD in addition to preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
dualRxTxRedirectIndicator
Value TRUE indicates that the second radio of the dual Rx/Tx UE is being redirected to CDMA2000 1xRTT, as specified in TS 23.272 [51].
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT
Used to indicate the CDMA2000 1xRTT carrier frequency where the UE is being redirected to.

Conditional presence
Explanation
cdma2000-1XRTT
The field is optionally present, need ON, if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it is not present.
cdma2000-Type
The field is mandatory present if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it is not present.
dualRxTxRedirect
The field is optionally present, need ON, if dualRxTxRedirectIndicator is present; otherwise it is not present.

–	InDeviceCoexIndication
The InDeviceCoexIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN about IDC problems which can not be solved by the UE itself, as well as to provide information that may assist E-UTRAN when resolving these problems.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
InDeviceCoexIndication message
-- ASN1START

InDeviceCoexIndication-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			inDeviceCoexIndication-r11				InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	affectedCarrierFreqList-r11			AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11					OPTIONAL,
	tdm-AssistanceInfo-r11				TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11						OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				InDeviceCoexIndication-v11d0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

InDeviceCoexIndication-v11d0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ul-CA-AssistanceInfo-r11			SEQUENCE {
		affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11		AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11		OPTIONAL,
		victimSystemType-r11				VictimSystemType-r11
	}																			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				InDeviceCoexIndication-v1310-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

InDeviceCoexIndication-v1310-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	affectedCarrierFreqList-v1310			AffectedCarrierFreqList-v1310		OPTIONAL,
	affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13			AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					InDeviceCoexIndication-v1360-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

InDeviceCoexIndication-v1360-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	hardwareSharingProblem-r13				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					InDeviceCoexIndication-v1530-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

InDeviceCoexIndication-v1530-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mrdc-AssistanceInfo-r15					MRDC-AssistanceInfo-r15				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-r11

AffectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-v1310

AffectedCarrierFreq-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r11				MeasObjectId,
	interferenceDirection-r11	ENUMERATED {eutra, other, both, spare}
}

AffectedCarrierFreq-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-v1310				MeasObjectId-v1310								OPTIONAL
}

AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r11

AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r13

AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasObjectId

AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasObjectId-r13

TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::=	CHOICE {
	drx-AssistanceInfo-r11				SEQUENCE {
		drx-CycleLength-r11					ENUMERATED {sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
												sf256, spare2, spare1},
		drx-Offset-r11						INTEGER (0..255)	OPTIONAL,
		drx-ActiveTime-r11					ENUMERATED {sf20, sf30, sf40, sf60, sf80,
												sf100, spare2, spare1}
	},
	idc-SubframePatternList-r11			IDC-SubframePatternList-r11,
	...
}

IDC-SubframePatternList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSubframePatternIDC-r11)) OF IDC-SubframePattern-r11

IDC-SubframePattern-r11 ::= CHOICE {
	subframePatternFDD-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
	subframePatternTDD-r11				CHOICE {
		subframeConfig0-r11					BIT STRING (SIZE (70)),
		subframeConfig1-5-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
		subframeConfig6-r11					BIT STRING (SIZE (60))
	},
	...
}

VictimSystemType-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	gps-r11							ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	glonass-r11						ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	bds-r11							ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	galileo-r11						ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	wlan-r11						ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	bluetooth-r11					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL
}

MRDC-AssistanceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	affectedCarrierFreqCombInfoListMRDC-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqCombInfoMRDC-r15,
	...
}

AffectedCarrierFreqCombInfoMRDC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	victimSystemType-r15					VictimSystemType-r11,
	interferenceDirectionMRDC-r15			ENUMERATED {eutra-nr, nr, other, eutra-nr-other,
											nr-other, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	affectedCarrierFreqCombMRDC-r15 		SEQUENCE {
		affectedCarrierFreqCombEUTRA-r15		AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r15		OPTIONAL,
		affectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15			AffectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15
	}				OPTIONAL
}

AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasObjectId-r13

AffectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCellNR-r15)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR-r15

-- ASN1STOP

InDeviceCoexIndication field descriptions
AffectedCarrierFreq
If carrierFreq-v1310 is included, carrierFreq-r11 is ignored by eNB.
affectedCarrierFreqCombList
Indicates a list of E-UTRA carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from E-UTRA when configured with UL CA. affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 is used when more than 5 serving cells are configured or affected combinations contain MeasObjectId larger than 32. If affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 is included, affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 shall not be included.
affectedCarrierFreqCombMRDC
Indicates a set of at least one NR carrier frequency and optionally one or more E-UTRA carrier frequency that is affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics when configured with MR-DC.
affectedCarrierFreqList
List of E-UTRA carrier frequencies affected by IDC problems. If E-UTRAN includes affectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in affectedCarrierFreqList-r11.
drx-ActiveTime
Indicates the desired active time that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf30 corresponds to 30 subframes and so on.
drx-CycleLength
Indicates the desired DRX cycle length that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf64 corresponds to 64 subframes and so on.
drx-Offset
Indicates the desired DRX starting offset that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. The UE shall set the value of drx-Offset smaller than the value of drx-CycleLength. The starting frame and subframe satisfy the relation: [(SFN * 10) + subframe number] modulo (drx-CycleLength) = drx-Offset.
hardwareSharingProblem
Indicates whether the UE has hardware sharing problems that the UE cannot solve by itself. The field is present (i.e. value true), if the UE has such hardware sharing problems. Otherwise the field is absent.
idc-SubframePatternList
A list of one or more subframe patterns indicating which HARQ process E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using. Value 0 indicates that E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using the subframe. For FDD, the radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first/leftmost bit of the subframePatternFDD corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 2 = 0. For TDD, the first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. The UE shall indicate a subframe pattern that follows HARQ time line, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], i.e, if a subframe is set to 1 in the subframe pattern, also the corresponding subframes carrying the potential UL grant, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, the UL HARQ retransmission, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, and the DL/UL HARQ feedback, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3, 8.3 and 9.1.2, shall be set to 1.
interferenceDirection
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value eutra indicates that only E-UTRA is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both E-UTRA and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [63]).
interferenceDirectionMRDC
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value eutra-nr indicates E-UTRA and NR is victim, value nr indicates NR, value other indicates other radio system and so on. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [63]).
victimSystemType
Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from E-UTRA when configured with UL CA or from E-UTRA and NR when configured with MR-DC. Value gps, glonass, bds and galileo indicates the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.

–	InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication
The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is going to either start or stop OTDOA inter-frequency RSTD measurement which requires measurement gaps as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 8.1.2.6. The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is also used to indicate to the network that the UE is going to start/stop OTDOA intra-frequency RSTD measurements which require measurement gaps. The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is also used to indicate to the network the measurement gap that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message
-- ASN1START

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10	InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rstd-InterFreqIndication-r10		CHOICE {
		start								SEQUENCE {
			rstd-InterFreqInfoList-r10				RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10
		},
		stop								NULL
	},
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRSTD-Freq-r10)) OF RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10

RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r10					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	measPRS-Offset-r10				INTEGER (0..39),
	...,
	[[	carrierFreq-v1090			ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0				OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measPRS-Offset-r15		CHOICE {
			rstd0-r15				INTEGER (0..79),
			rstd1-r15				INTEGER (0..159),
			rstd2-r15				INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd3-r15				INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd4-r15				INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd5-r15				INTEGER (0..159),
			rstd6-r15				INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd7-r15				INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd8-r15				INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd9-r15				INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd10-r15				INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd11-r15				INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd12-r15				INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd13-r15				INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd14-r15				INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd15-r15				INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd16-r15				INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd17-r15				INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd18-r15				INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd19-r15				INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd20-r15				INTEGER (0..1279)
		}														OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication field descriptions
carrierFreq
The EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency RSTD measurements. If the UE includes carrierFreq-v1090, it shall set carrierFreq-r10 to maxEARFCN. In case the UE starts intra-frequency RSTD measurements the carrierFreq indicates the carrier frequency of the serving cell.
measPRS-Offset
Indicates the requested gap offset for performing inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements. The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset-r10 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, the field further indicates the requested gap pattern that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3, where value rstd0 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd0, value rstd1 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd1 and so on. The value of measPRS-Offset-r15 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod MGRP corresponding to the requested Gap pattern Id. If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, measPRS-Offset-r10 is ignored.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
rstd-InterFreqIndication
Indicates the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement action, i.e. the UE is going to start or stop inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement.


Figure 6.2.2-1 (informative): Exemplary calculation of measPRS-Offset field.

–	LoggedMeasurementConfiguration
The LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message is used by E-UTRAN to configure the UE to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE or to perform logging of measurement results for MBSFN while in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. It is used to transfer the logged measurement configuration for network performance optimisation, see TS 37.320 [60].
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E-UTRAN to UE
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message
-- ASN1START

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10		LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}


LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {		
	traceReference-r10				TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10	OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10						OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	absoluteTimeInfo-r10			AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10,
	nonCriticalExtension			LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension-r10	OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityList-r11			PLMN-IdentityList3-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	areaConfiguration-v1130			AreaConfiguration-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12	TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension			LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1530-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	bt-NameList-r15					BT-NameList-r15					OPTIONAL, 	--Need OR
	wlan-NameList-r15				WLAN-NameList-r15				OPTIONAL, 	--Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF TargetMBSFN-Area-r12

TargetMBSFN-Area-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaId-r12					MBSFN-AreaId-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

LoggedMeasurementConfiguration field descriptions
absoluteTimeInfo
Indicates the absolute time in the current cell. 
areaConfiguration
Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ identities.
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
targetMBSFN-AreaList
Used to indicate logging of MBSFN measurements and further restrict the area and frequencies for which the UE performs measurement logging for MBSFN. If both MBSFN area id and carrier frequency are present, a specific MBSFN area is indicated. If only carrier frequency is present, all MBSFN areas on that carrier frequency are indicated. If there is no entry in the list, any MBSFN area is indicated. 
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58]

–	MasterInformationBlock
The MasterInformationBlock includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
MasterInformationBlock
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {
											n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	phich-Config						PHICH-Config,
	systemFrameNumber					BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
	schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-r13			INTEGER (0..31),
	systemInfoUnchanged-BR-r15			BOOLEAN,
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (4))
}


-- ASN1STOP

MasterInformationBlock field descriptions
dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
phich-Config
Specifies the PHICH configuration. If the UE is a BL UE or UE in CE, it shall ignore this field.
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR
Indicates the index to the tables that define SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information. The tables are specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.6-1 and Table 7.1.7.2.7-1. Value 0 means that SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not scheduled.
systemFrameNumber
Defines the 8 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], 6.6.1, the 2 least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly in the P-BCH decoding, i.e. timing of 40ms P-BCH TTI indicates 2 least significant bits (within 40ms P-BCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the second radio frame: 01, the third radio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11). One value applies for all serving cells of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). The associated functionality is common (i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
systemInfoUnchanged-BR
Value TRUE indicates that no change has occurred in the SIB1-BR and SI messages at least over the SI validity time.

–	MasterInformationBlock-MBMS
The MasterInformationBlock-MBMS includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
MasterInformationBlock-MBMS
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock-MBMS-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-Bandwidth-MBMS-r14						ENUMERATED {
												n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	systemFrameNumber-r14						BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
	additionalNonMBSFNSubframes-r14				INTEGER (0..3),
	spare										BIT STRING (SIZE (13))
}

-- ASN1STOP

MasterInformationBlock-MBMS field descriptions
additionalNonMBSFNSubframes
Configures additional non-MBSFN subframes where SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS and SystemInformation-MBMS may be transmitted. Value 0, 1, 2, 3 mean zero, one, two, three additional non-MBSFN subframes are configured after each subframe which has PBCH.
dl-Bandwidth-MBMS
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
systemFrameNumber
Defines the 6 most significant bits of the SFN of the MBMS-dedicated cell. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.6.1, the 4 least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly in the P-BCH decoding, i.e. timing of 160ms P-BCH TTI indicates 4 least significant bits (within 40ms P-BCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the fourth radio frame: 01, the eighth radio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11).

–	MBMSCountingRequest
The MBMSCountingRequest message is used by E-UTRAN to count the UEs that are receiving or interested to receive specific MBMS services.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: MCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
MBMSCountingRequest message
-- ASN1START

MBMSCountingRequest-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	countingRequestList-r10			CountingRequestList-r10,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CountingRequestList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingRequestInfo-r10

CountingRequestInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tmgi-r10							TMGI-r9,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MBMSCountingResponse
The MBMSCountingResponse message is used by the UE to respond to an MBMSCountingRequest message.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
MBMSCountingResponse message
-- ASN1START

MBMSCountingResponse-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			countingResponse-r10				MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaIndex-r10				INTEGER (0..maxMBSFN-Area-1)						OPTIONAL,
	countingResponseList-r10		CountingResponseList-r10			OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CountingResponseList-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingResponseInfo-r10

CountingResponseInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	countingResponseService-r10	INTEGER (0..maxServiceCount-1),
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBMSCountingResponse field descriptions
countingResponseList
List of MBMS services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive. Value 0 for field countingResponseService corresponds to the first entry in countingRequestList within MBMSCountingRequest, value 1 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on.
mbsfn-AreaIndex
Index of the entry in field mbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13. Value 0 corresponds to the first entry in mbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13, value 1 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on.

–	MBMSInterestIndication
The MBMSInterestIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is receiving/ interested to receive or no longer receiving/ interested to receive MBMS via an MRB or SC-MRB including MBMS service(s) in receive only mode.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
MBMSInterestIndication message
-- ASN1START

MBMSInterestIndication-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			interestIndication-r11				MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-FreqList-r11					CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11				OPTIONAL,
	mbms-Priority-r11					ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MBMSInterestIndication-v1310-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MBMSInterestIndication-v1310-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-Services-r13					MBMS-ServiceList-r13				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MBMSInterestIndication-v1540-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

MBMSInterestIndication-v1540-IEs ::=	 SEQUENCE {
	mbms-ROM-InfoList-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13)) OF MBMS-ROM-Info-r15																	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

MBMS-ROM-Info-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	mbms-ROM-Freq-r15						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	mbms-ROM-SubcarrierSpacing-r15		ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz7dot5, kHz1dot25},
	mbms-Bandwidth-r15 					ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBMSInterestIndication field descriptions
mbms-Bandwidth
Indicates the UE received MBMS service frequency bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
mbms-FreqList
List of MBMS frequencies on which the UE is receiving or interested to receive MBMS via an MRB or SC-MRB.
mbms-Priority
Indicates whether the UE prioritises MBMS reception above unicast reception. The field is present (i.e. value true), if the UE prioritises reception of all listed MBMS frequencies above reception of any of the unicast bearers. Otherwise the field is absent.
mbms-ROM-Freq
The value indicates the carrier frequency used by the UE to receive MBMS service(s) in receive only mode.
mbms-ROM-InfoList
List of receive only mode MBMS service(s) related parameters which the UE is receiving or interested to receive. 
mbms-ROM-SubcarrierSpacing
The value indicates subcarrier spacing for MBSFN subframes received by UE in receive only mode and kHz15 refers to 15kHz, kHz7dot5 refers to 7.5kHz subcarrier spacing and kHz1dot25 refers to 1.25 kHz subcarrier spacing as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.12.

–	MBSFNAreaConfiguration
The MBSFNAreaConfiguration message contains the MBMS control information applicable for an MBSFN area. For each MBSFN area included in SystemInformationBlockType13 E-UTRAN configures an MCCH (i.e. the MCCH identifies the MBSFN area) and signals the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: MCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
MBSFNAreaConfiguration message
-- ASN1START

MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	commonSF-Alloc-r9					CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9,
	commonSF-AllocPeriod-r9				ENUMERATED {
												rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
	pmch-InfoList-r9					PMCH-InfoList-r9,
	nonCriticalExtension				MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	pmch-InfoListExt-r12				PMCH-InfoListExt-r12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1430-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	commonSF-Alloc-r14					CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r14,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig

CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1430

-- ASN1STOP

MBSFNAreaConfiguration field descriptions
commonSF-Alloc
Indicates the subframes allocated to the MBSFN area. E-UTRAN always sets this field to cover at least the subframes configured by SystemInformationBlockType13 for this MCCH, regardless of whether any MBMS sessions are ongoing.
commonSF-AllocPeriod
Indicates the period during which resources corresponding with field commonSF-Alloc are divided between the (P)MCH that are configured for this MBSFN area. The subframe allocation patterns, as defined by commonSF-Alloc, repeat continously during this period. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. The commonSF-AllocPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod commonSF-AllocPeriod = 0.
pmch-InfoList
EUTRAN may include pmch-InfoListExt even if pmch-InfoList does not include maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries. EUTRAN configures at most maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries i.e. across pmch-InfoList and pmch-InfoListExt.

–	MeasReportAppLayer
The MeasReportAppLayer message is used for sending application layer measurement report.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB4
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
MeasReportAppLayer message
-- ASN1START

MeasReportAppLayer-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		measReportAppLayer-r15				MeasReportAppLayer-r15-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MeasReportAppLayer-r15-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measReportAppLayerContainer-r15		OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..8000))			OPTIONAL,
	serviceType-r15						ENUMERATED {qoe, qoemtsi, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasReportAppLayer field descriptions
measReportAppLayerContainer
The field contains container of application layer measurements, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [90] and clause 16.5 in TS 26.114 [99].
serviceType
Indicates the type of application layer measurement. Value qoe indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for streaming services, value qoemtsi indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for MTSI.

–	MeasurementReport
The MeasurementReport message is used for the indication of measurement results.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
MeasurementReport message
-- ASN1START

MeasurementReport ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			measurementReport-r8				MeasurementReport-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MeasurementReport-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measResults							MeasResults,
	nonCriticalExtension				MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MobilityFromEUTRACommand
The MobilityFromEUTRACommand message is used to command handover or a cell change from E‑UTRA to another RAT (3GPP or non-3GPP), or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
MobilityFromEUTRACommand message
-- ASN1START

MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8			MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs,
			mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9			MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs,
			spare2 NULL, spare1					NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cs-FallbackIndicator				BOOLEAN,
	purpose								CHOICE{
		handover							Handover,
		cellChangeOrder						CellChangeOrder
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandIndicator						BandIndicatorGERAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond GERAN
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cs-FallbackIndicator				BOOLEAN,
	purpose								CHOICE{
		handover							Handover,
		cellChangeOrder						CellChangeOrder,
		e-CSFB-r9							E-CSFB-r9,
		...
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v960-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v960-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandIndicator					BandIndicatorGERAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond GERAN
	nonCriticalExtension			MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v1530-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	smtc-r15							MTC-SSB-NR-r15				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

Handover ::=						SEQUENCE {
	targetRAT-Type						ENUMERATED {
											utra, geran, cdma2000-1XRTT, cdma2000-HRPD,
											nr, eutra, spare2, spare1, ...},
	targetRAT-MessageContainer			OCTET STRING,
	nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA			OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRAGERANEPC
	systemInformation					SI-OrPSI-GERAN				OPTIONAL	-- Cond PSHO
}

CellChangeOrder ::=				SEQUENCE {
	t304								ENUMERATED {
											ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
											ms2000, ms4000, ms8000, ms10000-v1310},
	targetRAT-Type						CHOICE {
			geran							SEQUENCE {
				physCellId						PhysCellIdGERAN,
				carrierFreq						CarrierFreqGERAN,
				networkControlOrder				BIT STRING (SIZE (2))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
				systemInformation				SI-OrPSI-GERAN				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
			},
			...
	}
}

SI-OrPSI-GERAN ::=					CHOICE {
	si									SystemInfoListGERAN,
	psi									SystemInfoListGERAN
}

E-CSFB-r9 ::=						SEQUENCE {
	messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT-r9		OCTET STRING		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD-r9			ENUMERATED {
											handover, redirection
										}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	messageContCDMA2000-HRPD-r9		OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond concHO
	redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD-r9	CarrierFreqCDMA2000		OPTIONAL	-- Cond concRedir
}

-- ASN1STOP

MobilityFromEUTRACommand field descriptions
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
carrierFreq
contains the carrier frequency of the target GERAN cell.
cs-FallbackIndicator
Value true indicates that the CS fallback procedure to UTRAN or GERAN is triggered.
messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 1xRTT standard that either tells the UE to move to specific 1xRTT target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
messageContCDMA2000-HRPD
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 HRPD standard that either tells the UE to move to specific HRPD target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the handover to CDMA2000 HRPD.
mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD
This field indicates whether or not mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD is to be performed by the UE and it also indicates the type of mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD that is to be performed; If this field is not present the UE shall perform only the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA
If the targetRAT-Type is set to "eutra" and the source CN is 5GC, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and key freshness for the Key freshness for the 5GS to EPS handovers as specified in TS 33.501 [86] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. Otherwise, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the E-UTRAN to UTRAN handovers as specified in TS 33.401 [32] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS24.301 [35].
networkControlOrder
Parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER in TS 44.060 [36].
purpose
Indicates which type of mobility procedure the UE is requested to perform. EUTRAN always applies value e-CSFB in case of enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 (e.g. also when that procedure results in handover to CDMA2000 1XRTT only, in handover to CDMA2000 HRPD only or in redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD only),
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD
The redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD indicates a CDMA2000 carrier frequency and is used to redirect the UE to a HRPD carrier frequency.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for inter-RAT handover to NR. It is based on timing reference of EUTRA PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SystemInfoListGERAN
If purpose = CellChangeOrder and if the field is not present, the UE has to acquire SI/PSI from the GERAN cell.
t304
Timer T304 as described in clause 7.3. Value ms100 corresponds with 100 ms, ms200 corresponds with 200 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. NOTE 1.

A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard.

Conditional presence
Explanation
concHO
The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to "handover"; otherwise the field is optional present, need ON.
concRedir
The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to "redirection"; otherwise the field is not present.
GERAN
The field should be present if the purpose is set to "handover" and the targetRAT-Type is set to "geran"; otherwise the field is not present
PSHO
The field is mandatory present in case of PS handover toward GERAN; otherwise the field is optionally present, but not used by the UE
UTRAGERANEPC
The field is mandatory present if the targetRAT-Type is set to "utra" or "geran" or if the targetRAT-Type is set to "eutra" and the source CN is 5GC; otherwise the field is not present

NOTE 1:	The correspondence between the value of the targetRAT-Type, the standard to apply and the message contained within the targetRAT-MessageContainer is shown in the table below:
targetRAT-Type
Standard to apply
targetRAT-MessageContainer
cdma2000-1XRTT
C.S0001 or later, C.S0007 or later, C.S0008 or later

cdma2000-HRPD
C.S0024 or later

eutra
TS 36.331 (clause 5.4.2)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
geran
GSM TS 04.18, version 8.5.0 or later, or TS 44.018 (clause 9.1.15)

TS 44.060, version 6.13.0 or later (clause 11.2.43)

TS 44.060, version 7.6.0 or later (clause 11.2.46)
HANDOVER COMMAND


PS HANDOVER COMMAND


DTM HANDOVER COMMAND
nr
TS 38.331 (clause 6.2.2)
RRCReconfiguration
utra
TS 25.331 (clause 10.2.16a)
Handover TO UTRAN command

–	Paging
The Paging message is used for the notification of one or more UEs.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: PCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
Paging message
-- ASN1START

Paging ::=					SEQUENCE {
	pagingRecordList				PagingRecordList					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInfoModification			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	etws-Indication					ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			Paging-v890-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v890-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			Paging-v920-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v920-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cmas-Indication-r9				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			Paging-v1130-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v1130-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	eab-ParamModification-r11		ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			Paging-v1310-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v1310-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	redistributionIndication-r13	ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInfoModification-eDRX-r13	ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			Paging-v1530-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

Paging-v1530-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	accessType						ENUMERATED {non3GPP}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

PagingRecordList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord

PagingRecord ::=					SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity							PagingUE-Identity,
	cn-Domain							ENUMERATED	{ps, cs},
	...
}

PagingUE-Identity ::=				CHOICE {
	s-TMSI								S-TMSI,
	imsi								IMSI,
	...,
	ng-5G-S-TMSI-r15					NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15,
	fullI-RNTI-r15						I-RNTI-r15
}

IMSI ::=							SEQUENCE (SIZE (6..21)) OF IMSI-Digit

IMSI-Digit ::=						INTEGER (0..9)

-- ASN1STOP

Paging field descriptions
accessType
It indicates whether Paging is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access when E-UTRA is connected to 5GC.
cmas-Indication
If present: indication of a CMAS notification.
cn-Domain
Indicates the origin of paging.
eab-ParamModification
If present: indication of an EAB parameters (SIB14) modification.
etws-Indication
If present: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification.
imsi
The International Mobile Subscriber Identity, a globally unique permanent subscriber identity, see TS 23.003 [27]. The first element contains the first IMSI digit, the second element contains the second IMSI digit and so on.
redistributionIndication
If present: indication to trigger E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.10.
systemInfoModification
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. This indication does not apply to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
systemInfoModification-eDRX
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. This indication applies only to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
ue-Identity
Provides the NAS identity of the UE that is being paged. The IMSI is not applicable for E-UTRA/5GC.

–	ProximityIndication
The ProximityIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s).
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
ProximityIndication message
-- ASN1START

ProximityIndication-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			proximityIndication-r9				ProximityIndication-r9-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
			},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ProximityIndication-r9-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	type-r9								ENUMERATED {entering, leaving},
	carrierFreq-r9						CHOICE {
		eutra-r9							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
		utra-r9								ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
		...,
		eutra2-v9e0							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				ProximityIndication-v930-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

ProximityIndication-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

ProximityIndication field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the RAT and frequency of the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE shall set the ARFCN according to a band it previously considered suitable for accessing (one of) the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent.
type
Used to indicate whether the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s).

–	RNReconfiguration
The RNReconfiguration is a command to modify the RN subframe configuration and/or to convey changed system information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to RN
RNReconfiguration message
-- ASN1START

RNReconfiguration-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier		RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			rnReconfiguration-r10		RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture		SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rn-SystemInfo-r10					RN-SystemInfo-r10				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rn-SubframeConfig-r10				RN-SubframeConfig-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

RN-SystemInfo-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	systemInformationBlockType1-r10		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInformationBlockType2-r10		SystemInformationBlockType2		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RNReconfigurationComplete
The RNReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RN reconfiguration.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: RN to E-UTRAN
RNReconfigurationComplete message
-- ASN1START

RNReconfigurationComplete-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		c1										CHOICE{
			rnReconfigurationComplete-r10			RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RRCConnectionReconfiguration
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey information for measurement configuration, mobility control, radio resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main configuration and physical channel configuration) including any associated dedicated NAS information and security configuration.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8		RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measConfig							MeasConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	mobilityControlInfo					MobilityControlInfo				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO
	dedicatedInfoNASList				SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF
											DedicatedInfoNAS			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond nonHO
	radioResourceConfigDedicated		RadioResourceConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	securityConfigHO					SecurityConfigHO				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEPC
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v8m0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non-critical extensions:
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v8m0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Following field is only for pre REL-10 late non-critical extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10i0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10i0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-v10i0	AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10l0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mobilityControlInfo-v10l0			MobilityControlInfo-v10l0			OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModList-v10l0			SCellToAddModList-v10l0			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-10 to REL-11
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v12f0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v12f0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	scg-Configuration-v12f0			SCG-Configuration-v12f0		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond nonFullConfig
	-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-12
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1370-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1370-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListExt-v1370			SCellToAddModListExt-v1370	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v13c0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v13c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
	sCellToAddModList-v13c0				SCellToAddModList-v13c0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListExt-v13c0			SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	scg-Configuration-v13c0				SCG-Configuration-v13c0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-13 onwards
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non-critical extensions:
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	otherConfig-r9						OtherConfig-r9				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	fullConfig-r9						ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-Reestab
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	sCellToReleaseList-r10			SCellToReleaseList-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModList-r10				SCellToAddModList-r10				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated-r11	OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1)																			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	wlan-OffloadInfo-r12				CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup									SEQUENCE {
			wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated-r12		WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12,
			t350-r12								ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60,
												min120, min180, spare1}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}
	}																	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	scg-Configuration-r12				SCG-Configuration-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond nonFullConfig
	sl-SyncTxControl-r12				SL-SyncTxControl-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sl-DiscConfig-r12					SL-DiscConfig-r12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sl-CommConfig-r12					SL-CommConfig-r12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1310-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	sCellToReleaseListExt-r13			SCellToReleaseListExt-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListExt-r13			SCellToAddModListExt-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	lwa-Configuration-r13				LWA-Configuration-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	lwip-Configuration-r13				LWIP-Configuration-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rclwi-Configuration-r13				RCLWI-Configuration-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1430-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14		SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListExt-v1430		SCellToAddModListExt-v1430		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	perCC-GapIndicationRequest-r14	ENUMERATED{true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated-r14	OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2)											OPTIONAL,	-- Cond nonHO
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1510-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nr-Config-r15					CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			endc-ReleaseAndAdd-r15	BOOLEAN,
			nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r15	OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			p-MaxEUTRA-r15					P-Max						OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		}
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sk-Counter-r15					INTEGER (0.. 65535)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nr-RadioBearerConfig1-r15		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nr-RadioBearerConfig2-r15		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	tdm-PatternConfig-r15			TDM-PatternConfig-r15			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond FDD-PCell
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	securityConfigHO-v1530				SecurityConfigHO-v1530			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-5GC
	sCellGroupToReleaseList-r15		SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellGroupToAddModList-r15		SCellGroupToAddModList-r15			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	dedicatedInfoNASList-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB-r15)) OF
											DedicatedInfoNAS			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond nonHO
	p-MaxUE-FR1-r15					P-Max								OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	smtc-r15						MTC-SSB-NR-r15						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

SL-SyncTxControl-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	networkControlledSyncTx-r12				ENUMERATED {on, off}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

PSCellToAddMod-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sCellIndex-r12						SCellIndex-r10,
	cellIdentification-r12				SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r12						PhysCellId,
		dl-CarrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12		RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	...,
	[[	antennaInfoDedicatedPSCell-v1280		AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	sCellIndex-r13					SCellIndex-r13	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

PSCellToAddMod-v12f0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12		RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v12f0	OPTIONAL
}

PSCellToAddMod-v1440 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r14		RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v1440	OPTIONAL
}

PowerCoordinationInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
	p-MeNB-r12							INTEGER (1..16),
	p-SeNB-r12							INTEGER (1..16),
	powerControlMode-r12				INTEGER (1..2)
}

SCellToAddModList-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-r10

SCellToAddModList-v10l0 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-v10l0

SCellToAddModList-v13c0 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-v13c0

SCellToAddModListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-r13

SCellToAddModListExt-v1370 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-v1370

SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddMod-v13c0

SCellToAddModListExt-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-v1430

SCellGroupToAddModList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)) OF SCellGroupToAddMod-r15

SCellToAddMod-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sCellIndex-r10						SCellIndex-r10,
	cellIdentification-r10				SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r10						PhysCellId,
		dl-CarrierFreq-r10					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10		RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	...,
	[[	dl-CarrierFreq-v1090				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0	OPTIONAL	-- Cond EARFCN-max
	]],
	[[	antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-v10i0		AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex-r14		INTEGER (0.. 31) OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	sCellState-r15						ENUMERATED {activated, dormant}	OPTIONAL 	-- Need ON
	]]
}

SCellToAddMod-v10l0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0		RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0	OPTIONAL
}

SCellToAddMod-v13c0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0	OPTIONAL
}

SCellToAddModExt-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sCellIndex-r13						SCellIndex-r13,
	cellIdentification-r13				SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r13						PhysCellId,
		dl-CarrierFreq-r13					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r13		RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r13	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-r13			AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SCellToAddModExt-v1370 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1370		RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0	OPTIONAL
}

SCellToAddModExt-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex-r14			INTEGER (0.. 31)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	sCellState-r15					ENUMERATED {activated, dormant}		OPTIONAL 	-- Need ON
	]]
}

SCellGroupToAddMod-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sCellGroupIndex-r15					SCellGroupIndex-r15,
	sCellConfigCommon-r15				SCellConfigCommon-r15			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToReleaseList-r15				SCellToReleaseListExt-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModList-r15				SCellToAddModListExt-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SCellToReleaseList-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellIndex-r10

SCellToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellIndex-r13

SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)) OF SCellGroupIndex-r15

SCellGroupIndex-r15 ::=			INTEGER (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)

SCellConfigCommon-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r15		RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r15	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
	antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-r15			AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SCG-Configuration-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		scg-ConfigPartMCG-r12				SEQUENCE {
			scg-Counter-r12						INTEGER (0.. 65535)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			powerCoordinationInfo-r12			PowerCoordinationInfo-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			...
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SCG-Configuration-v12f0 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		scg-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SCG-Configuration-v13c0 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		scg-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12	RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12			SCellToReleaseList-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pSCellToAddMod-r12					PSCellToAddMod-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListSCG-r12			SCellToAddModList-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	mobilityControlInfoSCG-r12			MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[
	sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext-r13			SCellToReleaseListExt-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13			SCellToAddModListExt-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[
	sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v1370		SCellToAddModListExt-v1370	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[
	pSCellToAddMod-v1440				PSCellToAddMod-v1440		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	sCellGroupToReleaseListSCG-r15	SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		sCellGroupToAddModListSCG-r15	SCellGroupToAddModList-r15	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	-- NE-DC addition for setup/ modification and release SN configured measurements
		measConfigSN-r15				MeasConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		-- NE-DC additions concerning DRBs/ SRBs are within RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG
		tdm-PatternConfigNE-DC-r15		TDM-PatternConfig-r15			OPTIONAL	-- Cond FDD-PSCell
	]],
	[[	p-MaxEUTRA-r15					P-Max							OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	pSCellToAddMod-v12f0				PSCellToAddMod-v12f0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListSCG-v12f0			SCellToAddModList-v10l0		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sCellToAddModListSCG-v13c0			SCellToAddModList-v13c0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v13c0		SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SecurityConfigHO ::=				SEQUENCE {
	handoverType						CHOICE {
		intraLTE							SEQUENCE {
			securityAlgorithmConfig				SecurityAlgorithmConfig		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond fullConfig
			keyChangeIndicator					BOOLEAN,
			nextHopChainingCount				NextHopChainingCount
		},
		interRAT							SEQUENCE {
			securityAlgorithmConfig				SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
			nas-SecurityParamToEUTRA			OCTET STRING (SIZE(6))
		}
	},
	...
}

SecurityConfigHO-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	handoverType-v1530				CHOICE {
		intra5GC-r15						SEQUENCE {
			securityAlgorithmConfig-r15			SecurityAlgorithmConfig		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEUTRA
			keyChangeIndicator-r15				BOOLEAN,
			nextHopChainingCount-r15			NextHopChainingCount,
			nas-Container-r15					OCTET STRING	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		},
		fivegc-ToEPC-r15					SEQUENCE {
			securityAlgorithmConfig-r15			SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
			nextHopChainingCount-r15			NextHopChainingCount
		},
		epc-To5GC-r15					SEQUENCE {
			securityAlgorithmConfig-r15		SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
			nas-Container-r15				OCTET STRING
		}
	},
	...
}

TDM-PatternConfig-r15 ::=			CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		subframeAssignment-r15			SubframeAssignment-r15,
		harq-Offset-r15					INTEGER (0.. 9)
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReconfiguration field descriptions
dedicatedInfoNASList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. If dedicatedInfoNASList-r15 is present, UE shall ignore the dedicatedInfoNASList (without suffix).
endc-ReleaseAndAdd
A one-shot field indicating whether the UE simultaneously releases and adds all the NR SCG related configuration within nr-Config, i.e. the configuration set by the NR RRCReconfiguration message (e.g. secondaryCellGroup, SRB3 and measConfig).
fullConfig
Indicates the full configuration option is applicable for the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT handover. For inter-RAT handover from NR to E-UTRA, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent when the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is generated by the E-UTRA SCG.
harq-Offset
Indicates a HARQ subframe offset that is applied to the subframes designated as UL in the associated subrame assignment, see TS 36.213 [23].
keyChangeIndicator
If UE is connected to EPC, true is used only in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KASME key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.401 [32] for KeNB re-keying. false is used in an intra-LTE handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.401 [32].
If UE is connected to 5GC, with keyChangeIndicator-r15, true is used in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.501 [86] for KeNB re-keying.
False is used for intra-system handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [86]. True is also used in NG based handover procedure with KAMF change, when a KeNB key is derived from the new KAMF key as described in TS 33.501 [86].
lwa-Configuration
This field is used to provide parameters for LWA configuration. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWA with DC, LWIP or RCLWI for a UE.
lwip-Configuration
This field is used to provide parameters for LWIP configuration. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWIP with DC, LWA or RCLWI for a UE.
measConfig
Measurements that E-UTRAN may configure when the UE is not configured with NE-DC.
measConfigSN
Measurements that E-UTRAN may configure when the UE is configured with NE-DC and for which reports are carried within an NR RRC message.
nas-Container
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after handover within E-UTRA/5GC. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. In case of NG based handover, the content of nas-Container is. the Intra N1 mode NAS transparent container IE. In case of inter-system handover to from 5GS to EPS, the content of NAS-Container is. the S1 mode to N1 mode NAS transparent container IE.
nas-securityParamToEUTRA
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA/EPC or inter-system handover to E-UTRA/EPC. The content is defined in TS 24.301 [35]. This field is not used for handover from 5GC.
networkControlledSyncTx
This field indicates whether the UE shall transmit synchronisation information (i.e. become synchronisation source). Value On indicates the UE to transmit synchronisation information while value Off indicates the UE to not transmit such information.
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32] if UE is connected to EPC, else see 33.501 [86] if UE is connected to 5GC.
nr-Config
Includes the NR related configurations. This field is used to configure (NG)EN-DC configuration, possibly in conjunction with fields sk-Counter and nr-RadioBearerConfig1/ 2. NOTE 1.
nr-RadioBearerConfig1, nr-RadioBearerConfig2
Includes the NR RadioBearerConfig IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the configuration of RBs configured with NR PDCP.
nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig
Includes the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the NR RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup and/ or measConfig. If nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is configured, the network always includes this field upon MN handover to initiate an NR SCG reconfiguration with sync and key change.
perCC-GapIndicationRequest
Indicates that UE shall include perCC-GapIndicationList and numFreqEffective in the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message. numFreqEffectiveReduced may also be included if frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance.
p-MaxEUTRA
Indicates the maximum power available for LTE.
p-MaxUE-FR1
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE across all serving cells in frequency range 1 (FR1) across all cell groups. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use may be additionally limited on cell- or cell-group level. The field is optionally present, if (NG)EN-DC (nr-Config-r15) has been configured. It is absent otherwise.
p-MeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the MeNB, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The value N corresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
powerControlMode
Indicates the power control mode used in DC. Value 1 corresponds to DC power control mode 1 and value 2 indicates DC power control mode 2, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
p-SeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the SeNB as specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.1.4.2-1. The value N corresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
rclwi-Configuration
WLAN traffic steering command as specified in 5.6.16.2. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure RCLWI with DC, LWA or LWIP for a UE.
sCellConfigCommon
Indicates the common configuration for the SCell group.
sCellGroupIndex
Indicates the identity of SCell groups for which a common configuration is provided.
sCellIndex
The sCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE. In case of DC, an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
sCellGroupToAddModList, sCellGroupToAddModListSCG
Indicates the SCell group to be added or modified. E-UTRAN only configures at most 4 SCell groups per UE over all cell groups. SCell groups can only be configured for LTE SCells, and all SCells in an SCell group must belong to the same cell group.
sCellGroupToReleaseList
Indicates the SCell group to be released.
sCellState
A one-shot field that indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated or dormant state upon SCell configuration.
sCellToAddModList, sCellToAddModListExt
Indicates the SCell to be added or modified. E-UTRAN uses field sCellToAddModList-r10 to add or modify SCells (with sCellIndex-r10) for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListExt-v1430 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListExt-r13. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModList-r10. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListExt-v1370 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListExt-r13. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListExt-v13c0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListExt-r13.
sCellToAddModListSCG, sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext
Indicates the SCG cell to be added or modified. The field is used for SCG cells other than the PSCell (which is added/ modified by field pSCellToAddMod). E-UTRAN uses field sCellToAddModListSCG-r12 to add or modify SCells (with sCellIndex-r10) for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListSCG-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListSCG-r12. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v1370 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v13c0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13.
sCellToReleaseList, sCellToReleaseListExt
Indicates the SCell to be released. E-UTRAN uses field sCellToReleaseList-r10 to release SCells for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers.
sCellToReleaseListSCG, sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext
Indicates the SCG cell to be released. The field is also used to release the PSCell e.g. upon change of PSCell, upon system information change for the PSCell. E-UTRAN uses field sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12 to release SCells for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers.
scg-Configuration
Covers the SCG configuration as used in case of DC and NE-DC. When the UE is configured with NE-DC, E-UTRAN neither applies value release nor configures scg-ConfigPartMCG.
scg-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of SCG security as well as upon refresh of S-KeNB. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
securityConfigHO
This field contains the parameters required to update the security keys at handover. If E-UTRAN includes the securityConfigHO (i.e., without suffix), the choice intraLTE is used for handover within E-UTRA/EPC while the choice interRAT is used for handover from GERAN or UTRAN to E-UTRA/EPC. If E-UTRAN includes the securityConfigHO-v1530 (i.e., with suffix), the choice intra5GC is used for handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/5GC while the choice fivegc-ToEPC is used for inter-system handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/EPC and the choice epc-To5GC is used for inter-system handover from E-UTRA/EPC to E-UTRA/5GC.
sk-Counter
A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN always provides this field either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG, or upon configuration of the first (SN terminated) RB using S-KgNB, whichever happens first.
sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated
Indicates sidelink configuration for non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication as well as P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. It is based on timing reference of EUTRA PCell. NOTE 2.
If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex
Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell. During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving cell with PUSCH in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. The PUSCH-less cell is always a TDD cell but the serving cell with PUSCH may be either a FDD or TDD cell.
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2.
systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated
This field is used to transfer SystemInformationBlockType1 or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR to the UE.
systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated
This field is used to transfer BR version of SystemInformationBlockType2 to BL UEs or UEs in CE or SystemInformationBlockType2 to non-BL UEs.
t350
Timer T350 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
tdm-PatternConfig
UL/DL reference configuration indicating the time during which a UE configured with (NG)EN-DC is allowed to transmit. This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
tdm-PatternConfigNE-DC
UL/DL reference configuration indicating the time during which a UE configured with NE-DC is allowed to transmit. This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].

Conditional presence
Explanation
EARFCN-max
The field is mandatory present if dl-CarrierFreq-r10 is included and set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
FDD-PCell
This field is optionally present, need ON, for a FDD PCell if there is no SCell with configured uplink. Otherwise, the field is not present.
FDD-PSCell
This field is optionally present, need ON, for a FDD PSCell if there is no SCell with configured uplink. Otherwise, the field is not present.
fullConfig
This field is mandatory present for handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is included; otherwise it is optionally present, Need OP. 
HO
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO-Reestab
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-system handover within E-UTRA or handover from NR to E-UTRA/EPC; it is optionally present, need ON, in case of intra-system handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment; or for intra-system handover from NR to E-UTRA, otherwise the field is not present.
HO-5GC
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA/5GC, handover to E-UTRA/5GC, handover from NR to E-UTRA/EPC, or handover from E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/EPC, otherwise the field is not present.
HO-toEPC
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA/EPC or to E-UTRA/EPC, except handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC, otherwise the field is not present. 
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or for reconfigurations when fullConfig is included; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
nonFullConfig
The field is not present when the fullConfig is included or in case of handover to E-UTRA; otherwise it is optional present, need ON.
nonHO
The field is not present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA; otherwise it is optional present, need ON.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd2
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present, need ON.

NOTE 1:	Fields sk-Counter and nr-RadioBearerConfig1/ 2 are placed outside nr-Config, as these may be configured while the UE is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.
NOTE 2:	It is not specified whether the timing reference for the SMTC configuration is the source EUTRA PCell or the target EUTRA PCell in case the NR PSCell addition or SN change takes place simultaneously with handover. As a consequence, explicit SMTC configuration is only supported when the source EUTRA PCell and the target EUTRA PCell of the handover are SFN/subframe-synchronized.
–	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
The RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection reconfiguration.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8
											RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rlf-InfoAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1430-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	perCC-GapIndicationList-r14			PerCC-GapIndicationList-r14		OPTIONAL,
	numFreqEffective-r14				INTEGER (1..12)					OPTIONAL,
	numFreqEffectiveReduced-r14			INTEGER (1..12)					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1510-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	scg-ConfigResponseNR-r15			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableBT-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	flightPathInfoAvailable-r15			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete field descriptions
numFreqEffective
This field is used to indicate the number of effective frequencies that a UE measures in series according to TS 36.133 [16]. Simultaneous measurement in parallel on multiple frequencies can be equivalent to a single effective frequency. The frequencies configured for reduced measurement performance should not be included.
numFreqEffectiveReduced
This field is used to indicate the number of effective frequencies that a UE measures in series according to TS 36.133 [16] for frequencies configured for reduced measurement performance. Simultaneous measurement in parallel on multiple frequencies can be equivalent to a single effective frequency. 
perCC-GapIndicationList
This field is used to indicate per CC measurement gap preference by the UE.
scg-ConfigResponseNR
Includes the NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message as defined in TS 38.331 [82].

–	RRCConnectionReestablishment
The RRCConnectionReestablishment message is used to re-establish SRB1.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReestablishment message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishment ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReestablishment-r8		RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4	NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1	NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated		RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	nextHopChainingCount				NextHopChainingCount,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection re-establishment.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rlf-InfoAvailable-r9				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1530-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableBT-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	flightPathInfoAvailable-r15			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete field descriptions
rlf-InfoAvailable
This field is used to indicate the availability of radio link failure or handover failure related measurements

–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message is used to indicate the rejection of an RRC connection re-establishment request.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity							ReestabUE-Identity,
	reestablishmentCause				ReestablishmentCause,
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
}

ReestabUE-Identity ::=				SEQUENCE {
	c-RNTI								C-RNTI,
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	shortMAC-I							ShortMAC-I
}

ReestablishmentCause ::=			ENUMERATED {
										reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure,
										otherFailure, spare1
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest field descriptions
physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

–	RRCConnectionReject
The RRCConnectionReject message is used to reject the RRC connection establishment or to reject the EDT procedure.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReject message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReject ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionReject-r8				RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	waitTime							INTEGER (1..16),
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	extendedWaitTime-r10				INTEGER (1..1800)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReject-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReject-v1130-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deprioritisationReq-r11				SEQUENCE {
		deprioritisationType-r11			ENUMERATED {frequency, e-utra},
		deprioritisationTimer-r11			ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReject-v1320-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReject-v1320-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-SuspendIndication-r13				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	--	Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReject field descriptions
deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised. The UE shall be able to store a depriotisation request for up to 8 frequencies (applicable when receiving another frequency specific deprioritisation request before T325 expiry).
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or E-UTRA is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
rrc-SuspendIndication
If present, this field indicates that the UE should remain suspended and not release its stored context.
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds.

–	RRCConnectionRelease
The RRCConnectionRelease message is used to command the release of an RRC connection, or to complete an UP-EDT procedure.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionRelease message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionRelease ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionRelease-r8				RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	releaseCause						ReleaseCause,
	redirectedCarrierInfo				RedirectedCarrierInfo				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	idleModeMobilityControlInfo			IdleModeMobilityControlInfo			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-v920-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	redirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0			RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond NoRedirect-r8
	idleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0	IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond IdleInfoEUTRA
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
RRCConnectionRelease-v920-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellInfoList-r9					CHOICE {
		geran-r9						CellInfoListGERAN-r9,
		utra-FDD-r9						CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9,
		utra-TDD-r9						CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9,
		...,
		utra-TDD-r10					CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10
	}															OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Redirection
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCConnectionRelease-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	extendedWaitTime-r10				INTEGER (1..1800)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCConnectionRelease-v1320-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-v1320-IEs::=	SEQUENCE {
	resumeIdentity-r13					ResumeIdentity-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR	
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-v1530-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-v1530-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-ContinueROHC-r15				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UP-EDT
	nextHopChainingCount-r15			NextHopChainingCount		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UP-EDT
	measIdleConfig-r15					MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rrc-InactiveConfig-r15				RRC-InactiveConfig-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cn-Type-r15							ENUMERATED {epc,fivegc}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-v1540-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-v1540-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	waitTime							INTEGER (1..16)		OPTIONAL, -- Cond 5GC
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL
}

ReleaseCause ::=				ENUMERATED {loadBalancingTAUrequired,
											other, cs-FallbackHighPriority-v1020, rrc-Suspend-v1320}

RedirectedCarrierInfo ::=			CHOICE {
	eutra								ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	geran								CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	utra-FDD							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	utra-TDD							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cdma2000-HRPD						CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	cdma2000-1xRTT						CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	...,
	utra-TDD-r10						CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10,
	nr-r15								CarrierInfoNR-r15
}

RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	eutra-v9e0								ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}

RRC-InactiveConfig-r15::=		SEQUENCE {
	fullI-RNTI-r15					I-RNTI-r15,
	shortI-RNTI-r15					ShortI-RNTI-r15,
	ran-PagingCycle-r15				ENUMERATED {	rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256}	OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	ran-NotificationAreaInfo-r15	RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15		OPTIONAL,	--Need ON
	periodic-RNAU-timer-r15			ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60,
											min120, min360, min720}		OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	nextHopChainingCount-r15		NextHopChainingCount		OPTIONAL,	--Cond INACTIVE
	dummy							SEQUENCE{}		OPTIONAL
}

RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15	::= CHOICE {
	cellList-r15				PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList-r15,
	ran-AreaConfigList-r15		PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList-r15
}

PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList-r15	::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r15)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaCell-r15

PLMN-RAN-AreaCell-r15	::=		SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r15				PLMN-Identity	OPTIONAL,
	ran-AreaCells-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellIdentity
}

PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList-r15	::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r15)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig-r15

PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig-r15	::=	SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r15			PLMN-Identity	OPTIONAL,
	ran-Area-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF	RAN-AreaConfig-r15
}

RAN-AreaConfig-r15	::=	SEQUENCE {
	trackingAreaCode-5GC-r15	TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15,
	ran-AreaCodeList-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF RAN-AreaCode-r15	OPTIONAL	--Need OR
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10)) OF ARFCN-ValueUTRA

IdleModeMobilityControlInfo ::=		SEQUENCE {
	freqPriorityListEUTRA				FreqPriorityListEUTRA			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	freqPriorityListGERAN				FreqsPriorityListGERAN			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	freqPriorityListUTRA-FDD			FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	freqPriorityListUTRA-TDD			FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	bandClassPriorityListHRPD			BandClassPriorityListHRPD		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	bandClassPriorityList1XRTT			BandClassPriorityList1XRTT		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	t320								ENUMERATED {
											min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180,
											spare1}						OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12		FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	freqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310			FreqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310		FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	freqPriorityListNR-r15				FreqPriorityListNR-r15		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0
}

FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA

FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12

FreqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310

FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310

FreqPriorityEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Cond EARFCN-max
}

FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cellReselectionSubPriority-r13				CellReselectionSubPriority-r13		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
}

FreqPriorityListNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityNR-r15

FreqPriorityNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
	cellReselectionPriority-r15			CellReselectionPriority,
	cellReselectionSubPriority-r15		CellReselectionSubPriority-r13		OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

FreqsPriorityListGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF FreqsPriorityGERAN

FreqsPriorityGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqs						CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD

FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD

FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

BandClassPriorityListHRPD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriorityHRPD

BandClassPriorityHRPD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

BandClassPriorityList1XRTT ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriority1XRTT

BandClassPriority1XRTT ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
}

CellInfoListGERAN-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoGERAN-r9)) OF CellInfoGERAN-r9

CellInfoGERAN-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r9						PhysCellIdGERAN,
	carrierFreq-r9						CarrierFreqGERAN,
	systemInformation-r9				SystemInfoListGERAN
}

CarrierInfoNR-r15	::= SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15					ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
	subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15			ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240},
	smtc-r15							MTC-SSB-NR-r15				OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9

CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r9						PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
	utra-BCCH-Container-r9				OCTET STRING
}

CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9

CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r9						PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
	utra-BCCH-Container-r9				OCTET STRING
}

CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10

CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r10						PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
	carrierFreq-r10						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	utra-BCCH-Container-r10				OCTET STRING
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionRelease field descriptions
carrierFreq or bandClass
The carrier frequency (UTRA, E-UTRA, and NR) and band class (HRPD and 1xRTT) for which the associated cellReselectionPriority is applied. For NR, the ARFCN-ValueNR corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101 [85].
carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
cellInfoList
Used to provide system information of one or more cells on the redirected inter-RAT carrier frequency. The system information can be used if, upon redirection, the UE selects an inter-RAT cell indicated by the physCellId and carrierFreq (GERAN and UTRA TDD) or by the physCellId (other RATs). The choice shall match the redirectedCarrierInfo. In particular, E-UTRAN only applies value utra-TDD-r10 in case redirectedCarrierInfo is set to utra-TDD-r10.
cellList
Indicates a list of cells configured as RAN area. For each element, in the absence of plmn-Identity the UE considers the registered PLMN. Total number of cells across all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
cn-Type
The cn-Type is used to indicate that the UE is redirected from 5GC to EPC or 5GC when redirectedCarrierInfo indicates E-UTRA frequency.
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues when UE initiates UP-EDT in the same cell, while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
freqPriorityListX
Provides a cell reselection priority for each frequency, by means of separate lists for each RAT (including E-UTRA). The UE shall be able to store at least 3 occurrences of FreqsPriorityGERAN. If E-UTRAN includes freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0 and/or freqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix). Field freqPriorityListExt includes additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. EUTRAN only includes freqPriorityListExtEUTRA if freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e without suffix) includes maxFreq entries. If E-UTRAN includes freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12.
idleModeMobilityControlInfo
Provides dedicated cell reselection priorities. Used for cell reselection as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, a UE that supports multi-band cells for the concerned RAT considers the dedicated priorities to be common for all overlapping bands (i.e. regardless of the ARFCN that is used).
measIdleConfig
Indicates a one-shot measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
periodic-RNAU-timer
Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
ran-Area
Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. Total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16. Total number of RAN-AreaCode across all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
ran-NotificationAreaInfo
Network ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
ranAreaConfigList
Indicates a list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area. For each element, in the absence of plmn-Identity the UE considers the registered PLMN.
ran-pagingCycle
Refers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
redirectedCarrierInfo
The redirectedCarrierInfo indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an E‑UTRA or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of the cell selection upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. The value geran can only be included after successful security activation when UE is connected to 5GC.
releaseCause
The releaseCause is used to indicate the reason for releasing the RRC Connection. The cause value cs-FallbackHighPriority is only applicable when redirectedCarrierInfo is present with the value set to utra-FDD, utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10. E-UTRAN should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired or to cs-FallbackHighPriority if the extendedWaitTime is present. The network should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired if the UE is connected to 5GC.
rrc-InactiveConfig
Indicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure this field when the UE is redirected to an inter-RAT carrier frequency.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of the redirected target NR frequency. It is based on the timing reference of EUTRAN PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing
subcarrierSpacingSSB
Indicate subcarrier spacing of SSB of redirected target NR frequency. Only the values 15 or 30 (<6GHz), 120 kHz or 240 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
systemInformation
Container for system information of the GERAN cell i.e. one or more System Information (SI) messages as defined in TS 44.018 [45], table 9.1.1. 
t320
Timer T320 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
utra-BCCH-Container
Contains System Information Container message as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds.

Conditional presence
Explanation
5GC
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE is connected to 5GC; otherwise the field is not present.
EARFCN-max
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding carrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
IdleInfoEUTRA
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo (i.e. without suffix) is included and includes freqPriorityListEUTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
INACTIVE
The field is mandatory present in this release.
NoRedirect-r8
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the redirectedCarrierInfo (i.e. without suffix) is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the redirectedCarrierInfo is included and set to geran, utra-FDD, utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10; otherwise the field is not present.
UP-EDT
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE supports UP-EDT and releaseCause is set to rrc-Suspend; otherwise the field is not present.

–	RRCConnectionRequest
The RRCConnectionRequest message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionRequest message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionRequest ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionRequest-r8				RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs,
		rrcConnectionRequest-r15			RRCConnectionRequest-5GC-r15-IEs
	}
}

RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity							InitialUE-Identity,
	establishmentCause					EstablishmentCause,
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

RRCConnectionRequest-5GC-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity								InitialUE-Identity-5GC,
	establishmentCause		 				EstablishmentCause-5GC,
	spare									BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

InitialUE-Identity ::=				CHOICE {
	s-TMSI								S-TMSI,
	randomValue							BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}

InitialUE-Identity-5GC ::=			CHOICE {
	ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1					BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
	randomValue							BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}


EstablishmentCause ::=				ENUMERATED {
										emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling,
										mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess-v1020, mo-VoiceCall-v1280, spare1}

EstablishmentCause-5GC ::=			ENUMERATED {
										emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling,
										mo-Data, mo-VoiceCall, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionRequest field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: highPriorityAccess concerns AC11..AC15, 'mt' stands for 'Mobile Terminating' and 'mo' for 'Mobile Originating. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE. The cause value of delayTolerantAccess is not used for E-UTRA/5GC in this release.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 240  1.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1
The rightmost 40 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

–	RRCConnectionResume
The RRCConnectionResume message is used to resume the suspended RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionResume message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionResume-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier		RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionResume-r13			RRCConnectionResume-r13-IEs,
			spare3							NULL,
			spare2							NULL,
			spare1							NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture		SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionResume-r13-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13		RadioResourceConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nextHopChainingCount-r13				NextHopChainingCount,
	measConfig-r13							MeasConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-r13			AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	drb-ContinueROHC-r13					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	rrcConnectionResume-v1430-IEs			RRCConnectionResume-v1430-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionResume-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	otherConfig-r14						OtherConfig-r9					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	rrcConnectionResume-v1510-IEs		RRCConnectionResume-v1510-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionResume-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	sk-Counter-r15						INTEGER (0.. 65535)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nr-RadioBearerConfig1-r15			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nr-RadioBearerConfig2-r15			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionResume-v1530-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionResume-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	fullConfig-r15						ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionResume field descriptions
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with EUTRA PDCP and the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 
fullConfig
Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCConnectionResume message.
nr-RadioBearerConfig1, nr-RadioBearerConfig2
Includes the NR RadioBearerConfig IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the configuration of RBs configured with NR PDCP.
sk-Counter
A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN provides this field when the UE is configured with an (SN-terminated) RB using S-KgNB.

–	RRCConnectionResumeComplete
The RRCConnectionResumeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection resumption.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionResumeComplete message
-- ASN1START
	
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions							CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13				RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture					SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	selectedPLMN-Identity-r13				INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11)					OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r13					DedicatedInfoNAS							OPTIONAL,
	rlf-InfoAvailable-r13					ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailable-r13					ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	connEstFailInfoAvailable-r13			ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	mobilityState-r13						ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare}	OPTIONAL,
	mobilityHistoryAvail-r13				ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r13				ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableBT-r15					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	idleMeasAvailable-r15					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	flightPathInfoAvailable-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionResumeComplete field descriptions
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle mode measurement report available.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. The selectedPLMN-Identity is referred to the PLMN list for 5GC if the UE is in RRC_INACTIVE state.

–	RRCConnectionResumeRequest
The RRCConnectionResumeRequest message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or to perform UP-EDT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionResumeRequest message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13			RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13-IEs,	
		rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r15			RRCConnectionResumeRequest-5GC-r15-IEs
	}
}

RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	resumeIdentity-r13								CHOICE {
		resumeID-r13									ResumeIdentity-r13,
		truncatedResumeID-r13							BIT STRING (SIZE (24))
	},
	shortResumeMAC-I-r13							BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	resumeCause-r13									ResumeCause,
	spare											BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

RRCConnectionResumeRequest-5GC-r15-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	resumeIdentity-r15								CHOICE {
		fullI-RNTI-r15									I-RNTI-r15,
		shortI-RNTI-r15									ShortI-RNTI-r15
	},
	shortResumeMAC-I-r15							BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	resumeCause-r15									ResumeCause-r15,
	spare											BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

ResumeCause ::=				ENUMERATED {
								emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling,
								mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess-v1020, mo-VoiceCall-v1280, spare1
}

ResumeCause-r15 ::=			ENUMERATED {
								emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling,
								mo-Data, rna-Update, mo-VoiceCall, spare1
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionResumeRequest field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers. The network is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at eNB
shortResumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at eNB

–	RRCConnectionSetup
The RRCConnectionSetup message is used to establish SRB1.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionSetup message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionSetup ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionSetup-r8				RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated		RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RRCConnectionSetupComplete
The RRCConnectionSetupComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection establishment.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionSetupComplete message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionSetupComplete ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r8		RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	selectedPLMN-Identity				INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	registeredMME						RegisteredMME						OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfoNAS					DedicatedInfoNAS,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	gummei-Type-r10						ENUMERATED {native, mapped}				OPTIONAL,
	rlf-InfoAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	rn-SubframeConfigReq-r10			ENUMERATED {required, notRequired}		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1250-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mobilityState-r12					ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare}	OPTIONAL,
	mobilityHistoryAvail-r12			ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12			ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1320-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1320-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ce-ModeB-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}						OPTIONAL,
	s-TMSI-r13							S-TMSI										OPTIONAL,
	attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13	ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13		ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13		ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1330-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1330-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-CE-NeedULGaps-r13				ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1430-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	dcn-ID-r14							INTEGER (0..65535)							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasAvailableBT-r15				ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15			ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	idleMeasAvailable-r15				ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	flightPathInfoAvailable-r15			ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	connectTo5GC-r15					ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	registeredAMF-r15					RegisteredAMF-r15						OPTIONAL,
	s-NSSAI-list-r15					SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrofS-NSSAI-r15)) OF S-NSSAI-r15 OPTIONAL,
	ng-5G-S-TMSI-Bits-r15				CHOICE {
		ng-5G-S-TMSI-r15					NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15,
		ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2-r15				BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
	}																			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1540-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	gummei-Type-v1540					ENUMERATED {mappedFrom5G-v1540}	OPTIONAL,
	guami-Type-r15						ENUMERATED {native, mapped}		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

RegisteredMME ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity						PLMN-Identity						OPTIONAL,
	mmegi								BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	mmec								MMEC
}

RegisteredAMF-r15	::=				SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r15					PLMN-Identity						OPTIONAL,
	amf-Identifier-r15					AMF-Identifier-r15
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionSetupComplete field descriptions
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity
This field is used to indicate that the UE performs an Attach without PDN connectivity procedure, as indicated by the upper layers and specified in TS 24.301 [35].
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers, see TS 24.301 [35].
ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode B, as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
connectTo5GC
This field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
dcn-ID
The Dedicated Core Network Identity, see TS 23.401 [41].
guami-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [95].
gummei-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUMMEI included is native (assigned by EPC) or mapped. The value native indicates the GUMMEI is native, mapped indicates the GUMMEI is mapped from 2G/3G identifiers, and mappedFrom5G indicates the GUMMEI is mapped from 5G identifiers. A UE that sets gummei-Type-v1540 to mappedFrom5G shall also include gummei-Type-r10 and set it to native.
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle mode measurement report available.
mmegi
Provides the Group Identity of the registered MME within the PLMN, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
mobilityState
This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2
The leftmost 8 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
registeredAMF
This field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
registeredMME
This field is used to transfer the GUMMEI of the MME where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers.
rn-SubframeConfigReq
If present, this field indicates that the connection establishment is for an RN and whether a subframe configuration is requested or not.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.
s-NSSAI-List
This field is a list of S-NSSAI as indicated by the upper layers. The UE can report up to eight S-NSSAI per NSSAI, see TS 23.003 [27].
ue-CE-NeedULGaps
Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.306 [5].
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers, see TS 24.301 [35].

–	RRCEarlyDataComplete
The RRCEarlyDataComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of the CP-EDT procedure.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCEarlyDataComplete message
-- ASN1START

RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15			RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r15				DedicatedInfoNAS					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	extendedWaitTime-r15				INTEGER (1..1800)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	idleModeMobilityControlInfo-r15		IdleModeMobilityControlInfo			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	idleModeMobilityControlInfoExt-r15	IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond IdleInfoEUTRA
	redirectedCarrierInfo-r15			RedirectedCarrierInfo-r15-IEs		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

RedirectedCarrierInfo-r15-IEs ::=	CHOICE {
	eutra-r15					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	geran-r15					CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	utra-FDD-r15				ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cdma2000-HRPD-r15			CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	cdma2000-1xRTT-r15			CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	utra-TDD-r15				CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCEarlyDataComplete field descriptions
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.

Conditional presence
Explanation
IdleInfoEUTRA
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-r15 is included and includes freqPriorityListEUTRA; otherwise the field is not present.

–	RRCEarlyDataRequest
The RRCEarlyDataRequest message is used to initiate CP-EDT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCEarlyDataRequest message
-- ASN1START

RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15			RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture		SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	s-TMSI-r15						S-TMSI,
	establishmentCause-r15			ENUMERATED {mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess},
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r15				DedicatedInfoNAS,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}			OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCEarlyDataRequest field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC Early Data Request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: 'mo' stands for 'Mobile Originating'. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCEarlyDataRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.

–	SCGFailureInformation
The SCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding E-UTRA SCG failures detected by the UE.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
SCGFailureInformation message
-- ASN1START

SCGFailureInformation-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			scgFailureInformation-r12			SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	failureReportSCG-r12				FailureReportSCG-r12			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SCGFailureInformation-v12d0a-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SCGFailureInformation-v12d0a-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SCGFailureInformation-v12d0b-IEs)						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non-critical extensions:
SCGFailureInformation-v12d0b-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	failureReportSCG-v12d0				FailureReportSCG-v12d0				OPTIONAL,	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non-critical extensions:
FailureReportSCG-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	failureType-r12						ENUMERATED {t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
												rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure },
	measResultServFreqList-r12			MeasResultServFreqList-r10			OPTIONAL,
	measResultNeighCells-r12			MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	failureType-v1290				ENUMERATED {maxUL-TimingDiff-v1290}	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultServFreqListExt-r13	MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

FailureReportSCG-v12d0 ::= SEQUENCE {
	measResultNeighCells-v12d0			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0			OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SCGFailureInformationNR
The SCGFailureInformationNR message is used to provide information regarding NR SCG failures detected by the UE.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
SCGFailureInformationNR message
-- ASN1START

SCGFailureInformationNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			scgFailureInformationNR-r15			SCGFailureInformationNR-r15-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SCGFailureInformationNR-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	failureReportSCG-NR-r15				FailureReportSCG-NR-r15			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

FailureReportSCG-NR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	failureType-r15						ENUMERATED {
											t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
											rlc-MaxNumRetx,
											synchReconfigFailureSCG, scg-reconfigFailure,
											srb3-IntegrityFailure},
	measResultFreqListNR-r15				MeasResultFreqListFailNR-r15		OPTIONAL,
	measResultSCG-r15						OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...
}

MeasResultFreqListFailNR-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqNR-r15)) OF MeasResultFreqFailNR-r15

MeasResultFreqFailNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
	measResultCellList-r15				MeasResultCellListNR-r15			OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCGFailureInformationNR field descriptions
measResultFreqListNR
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG
Includes the NR MeasResultSCG-Failure IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR RRCConfiguration message.

–	SCPTMConfiguration
The SCPTMConfiguration message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via SC-MRB.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: SC-MCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SCPTMConfiguration message
-- ASN1START

SCPTMConfiguration-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sc-mtch-InfoList-r13			SC-MTCH-InfoList-r13,
	scptm-NeighbourCellList-r13		SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SCPTMConfiguration-v1340			OPTIONAL
}

SCPTMConfiguration-v1340 ::= SEQUENCE {
	p-b-r13								INTEGER (0..3)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCPTMConfiguration field descriptions
sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell.
scptm-NeighbourCellList
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the UE shall assume that MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
p-b
Parameter:  for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.

–	SCPTMConfiguration-BR
The SCPTMConfiguration-BR message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via SC-MRB for BL UEs or UEs in CE.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: SC-MCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SCPTMConfiguration-BR message
-- ASN1START

SCPTMConfiguration-BR-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sc-mtch-InfoList-r14			SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR-r14,
	scptm-NeighbourCellList-r14		SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	p-b-r14							INTEGER (0..3)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCPTMConfiguration-BR field descriptions
p-b
Parameter:  for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell for BL UEs or UEs in CE.
scptm-NeighbourCellList
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the BL UE or UE in CE shall assume that MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration-BR message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.

–	SecurityModeCommand
The SecurityModeCommand message is used to command the activation of AS security.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SecurityModeCommand message
-- ASN1START

SecurityModeCommand ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			securityModeCommand-r8				SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	securityConfigSMC					SecurityConfigSMC,
	nonCriticalExtension				SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

SecurityConfigSMC ::=					SEQUENCE {
	securityAlgorithmConfig					SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SecurityModeComplete
The SecurityModeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of a security mode command.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
SecurityModeComplete message
-- ASN1START

SecurityModeComplete ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		securityModeComplete-r8				SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SecurityModeFailure
The SecurityModeFailure message is used to indicate an unsuccessful completion of a security mode command.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
SecurityModeFailure message
-- ASN1START

SecurityModeFailure ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		securityModeFailure-r8				SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nonCriticalExtension				SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SidelinkUEInformation
The SidelinkUEInformation message is used for the indication of sidelink information to the eNB.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
SidelinkUEInformation message
-- ASN1START

SidelinkUEInformation-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			sidelinkUEInformation-r12		SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	commRxInterestedFreq-r12			ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9				OPTIONAL,
	commTxResourceReq-r12				SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12		OPTIONAL,
	discRxInterest-r12					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	discTxResourceReq-r12				INTEGER (1..63)					OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SidelinkUEInformation-v1310-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SidelinkUEInformation-v1310-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	commTxResourceReqUC-r13				SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12				OPTIONAL,
	commTxResourceInfoReqRelay-r13		SEQUENCE {
		commTxResourceReqRelay-r13			SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12			OPTIONAL,
		commTxResourceReqRelayUC-r13		SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12			OPTIONAL,
		ue-Type-r13							ENUMERATED {relayUE, remoteUE}
	}																			OPTIONAL,
	discTxResourceReq-v1310			SEQUENCE {
		carrierFreqDiscTx-r13			INTEGER (1..maxFreq)					OPTIONAL,
		discTxResourceReqAddFreq-r13	SL-DiscTxResourceReqPerFreqList-r13		OPTIONAL
	}																			OPTIONAL,
	discTxResourceReqPS-r13			SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13					OPTIONAL,
	discRxGapReq-r13				SL-GapRequest-r13							OPTIONAL,
	discTxGapReq-r13				SL-GapRequest-r13							OPTIONAL,
	discSysInfoReportFreqList-r13	SL-DiscSysInfoReportFreqList-r13			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SidelinkUEInformation-v1430-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

SidelinkUEInformation-v1430-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList-r14	SL-V2X-CommFreqList-r14					OPTIONAL,
	p2x-CommTxType-r14					ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	v2x-CommTxResourceReq-r14			SL-V2X-CommTxFreqList-r14				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SidelinkUEInformation-v1530-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

SidelinkUEInformation-v1530-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	reliabilityInfoListSL-r15			SL-ReliabilityList-r15					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9						OPTIONAL,
	destinationInfoList-r12				SL-DestinationInfoList-r12
}

SL-DiscTxResourceReqPerFreqList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13

SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqDiscTx-r13				INTEGER (1..maxFreq)					OPTIONAL,
	discTxResourceReq-r13				INTEGER (1..63)
}

SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Dest-r12)) OF SL-DestinationIdentity-r12

SL-DestinationIdentity-r12 ::=	BIT STRING (SIZE (24))

SL-DiscSysInfoReportFreqList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-DiscSysInfoReportFreq-r13)) OF SL-DiscSysInfoReport-r13

SL-V2X-CommFreqList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF INTEGER (0..maxFreqV2X-1-r14)

SL-V2X-CommTxFreqList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14

SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqCommTx-r14				INTEGER (0.. maxFreqV2X-1-r14)			OPTIONAL,
	v2x-TypeTxSync-r14					SL-TypeTxSync-r14						OPTIONAL,
	v2x-DestinationInfoList-r14			SL-DestinationInfoList-r12				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SidelinkUEInformation field descriptions
carrierFreqCommTx
Indicates the index of the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit V2X sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21 and so on. If SIB26 is broadcast and the number of entries included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList of SIB21 is N, the value N+1 corresponds to the frequency of the first entry which is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, the value N+2 corresponds to the frequency of the second entry which is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, and so on. The value 0 corresponds the PCell's frequency.
carrierFreqDiscTx
Indicates the frequency by the index of the entry in field discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19. Value 1 corresponds to the first entry in discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19, value 2 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on.
commRxInterestedFreq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to receive sidelink communication.
commTxResourceReq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit non-relay related sidelink communication as well as the one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources. NOTE 1.
commTxResourceReqRelay
Indicates the relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the sidelink relay UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources.
commTxResourceReqRelayUC
Indicates the relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the sidelink relay UE or sidelink remote UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources i.e. either contains the unicast destination identity of the sidelink relay UE or of the sidelink remote UE.
commTxResourceReqUC
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication as well as the sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources. NOTE 1.
destinationInfoList
Indicates the destination(s) for relay or non-relay related one-to-one or one-to-many sidelink communication. For one-to-one sidelink communication the destination is identified by the ProSe UE ID for unicast communication, while for one-to-many the destination it is identified by the ProSe Layer-2 Group ID as specified in TS 23.303 [68].
discRxInterest
Indicates that the UE is interested to monitor sidelink discovery announcements.
discSysInfoReportFreqList
Indicates, for one or more frequencies, a list of sidelink discovery related parameters acquired from system Information of cells on configured inter-frequency carriers.
discTxResourceReq
Indicates the number of separate discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting sidelink discovery announcement(s).
discTxResourceReqAddFreq
Indicates, for any frequencies in addition to the one covered by discTxResourceReq, the number of separate discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting sidelink discovery announcement(s).
discTxResourceReqPS
Indicates the number of separate PS related discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting PS related sidelink discovery announcement(s).
p2x-CommTxType
Indicates that the requested transmission resource pool is for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
reliabilityInfoListSL
Indicates the reliability(ies) (i.e., PPPRs as specified in TS 36.300 [9]), associated with the reported traffic to be transmitted for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList
Indicates the index(es) of the frequency(ies) on which the UE is interested to receive V2X sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21 and so on. If SIB26 is broadcast and the number of entries included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList of SIB21 is N, the value N+1 corresponds to the frequency of the first entry which is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, the value N+2 corresponds to the frequency of the second entry which is included in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, and so on. The value 0 corresponds the PCell's frequency.
v2x-DestinationInfoList
Indicates the destination(s) for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-TypeTxSync
Indicates the synchronization reference used by the UE.

NOTE 1:	When configuring commTxResourceReq, commTxResourceReqUC, commTxResourceReqRelay and commTxResourceReqRelayUC, E-UTRAN configures at most maxSL-Dest-r12 destinations in total (i.e. as included in the four fields together).

–	SystemInformation
The SystemInformation message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks or Positioning System Information Blocks. All the SIBs or posSIBs included are transmitted with the same periodicity. SystemInformation-BR and SystemInformation-MBMS use the same structure as SystemInformation.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channels: BCCH and BR-BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SystemInformation message
-- ASN1START

SystemInformation-BR-r13 ::=	SystemInformation

SystemInformation-MBMS-r14 ::=	SystemInformation

SystemInformation ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		systemInformation-r8				SystemInformation-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture-r15		CHOICE {
			posSystemInformation-r15			PosSystemInformation-r15-IEs,
			criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
		}
	}
}
SystemInformation-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sib-TypeAndInfo						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE {
		sib2								SystemInformationBlockType2,
		sib3								SystemInformationBlockType3,
		sib4								SystemInformationBlockType4,
		sib5								SystemInformationBlockType5,
		sib6								SystemInformationBlockType6,
		sib7								SystemInformationBlockType7,
		sib8								SystemInformationBlockType8,
		sib9								SystemInformationBlockType9,
		sib10								SystemInformationBlockType10,
		sib11								SystemInformationBlockType11,
		...,
		sib12-v920							SystemInformationBlockType12-r9,
		sib13-v920							SystemInformationBlockType13-r9,
		sib14-v1130							SystemInformationBlockType14-r11,
		sib15-v1130							SystemInformationBlockType15-r11,
		sib16-v1130							SystemInformationBlockType16-r11,
		sib17-v1250							SystemInformationBlockType17-r12,
		sib18-v1250							SystemInformationBlockType18-r12,
		sib19-v1250							SystemInformationBlockType19-r12,
		sib20-v1310							SystemInformationBlockType20-r13,
		sib21-v1430							SystemInformationBlockType21-r14,
		sib24-v1530							SystemInformationBlockType24-r15,
		sib25-v1530							SystemInformationBlockType25-r15,
		sib26-v1530							SystemInformationBlockType26-r15
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

PosSystemInformation-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	posSIB-TypeAndInfo-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE {
		posSib1-1-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib1-2-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib1-3-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib1-4-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib1-5-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib1-6-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib1-7-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-1-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-2-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-3-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-4-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-5-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-6-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-7-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-8-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-9-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-10-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-11-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-12-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-13-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-14-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-15-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-16-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-17-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-18-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib2-19-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		posSib3-1-r15					SystemInformationBlockPos-r15,
		...
	},
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell and defines the scheduling of other system information. SystemInformationBlockType1-BR uses the same structure as SystemInformationBlockType1.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channels: BCCH and BR-BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SystemInformationBlockType1 message
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 ::=	SystemInformationBlockType1

SystemInformationBlockType1 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cellAccessRelatedInfo				SEQUENCE {
		plmn-IdentityList					PLMN-IdentityList,
		trackingAreaCode					TrackingAreaCode,
		cellIdentity						CellIdentity,
		cellBarred							ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
		intraFreqReselection				ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed},
		csg-Indication						BOOLEAN,
		csg-Identity						CSG-Identity			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	},
	cellSelectionInfo					SEQUENCE {
		q-RxLevMin							Q-RxLevMin,
		q-RxLevMinOffset					INTEGER (1..8)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	},
	p-Max								P-Max						OPTIONAL,			-- Need OP
	freqBandIndicator					FreqBandIndicator,
	schedulingInfoList					SchedulingInfoList,
	tdd-Config							TDD-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
	si-WindowLength						ENUMERATED {
											ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20,
											ms40},
	systemInfoValueTag					INTEGER (0..31),
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-IEs)			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v920-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList					MultiBandInfoList		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	freqBandIndicator-v9e0				FreqBandIndicator-v9e0		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond FBI-max
	multiBandInfoList-v9e0				MultiBandInfoList-v9e0		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond mFBI-max
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v10j0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	freqBandInfo-r10					NS-PmaxList-r10				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-v10j0				MultiBandInfoList-v10j0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v10l0-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	freqBandInfo-v10l0					NS-PmaxList-v10l0			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-v10l0				MultiBandInfoList-v10l0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType1-v920-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ims-EmergencySupport-r9				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cellSelectionInfo-v920				CellSelectionInfo-v920		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v1130-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1130-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	tdd-Config-v1130				TDD-Config-v1130			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR
	cellSelectionInfo-v1130			CellSelectionInfo-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType1-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1250-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellAccessRelatedInfo-v1250					SEQUENCE {
		category0Allowed-r12						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	},
	cellSelectionInfo-v1250					CellSelectionInfo-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ2
	freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond mFBI
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType1-v1310-IEs	OPTIONAL				
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1310-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	hyperSFN-r13								BIT STRING (SIZE (10))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	eDRX-Allowed-r13							ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cellSelectionInfoCE-r13					CellSelectionInfoCE-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	bandwidthReducedAccessRelatedInfo-r13	SEQUENCE {
		si-WindowLength-BR-r13					ENUMERATED {
													ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms120,
													ms160, ms200, spare},
		si-RepetitionPattern-r13				ENUMERATED {everyRF, every2ndRF, every4thRF,
															every8thRF},
		schedulingInfoList-BR-r13				SchedulingInfoList-BR-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SI-BR
		fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR-r13	CHOICE {
			subframePattern10-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
			subframePattern40-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapBR-r13			BIT STRING (SIZE (10))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		startSymbolBR-r13						INTEGER (1..4),
		si-HoppingConfigCommon-r13				ENUMERATED {on,off},
		si-ValidityTime-r13						ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,			-- Need OP
		systemInfoValueTagList-r13				SystemInfoValueTagList-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond BW-reduced
	nonCriticalExtension						SystemInformationBlockType1-v1320-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1320-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	freqHoppingParametersDL-r13				SEQUENCE {
		mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB-r13				ENUMERATED {nb2, nb4}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeA-r13	CHOICE {
			interval-FDD-r13					ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
			interval-TDD-r13					ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeB-r13	CHOICE {
			interval-FDD-r13					ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16},
			interval-TDD-r13					ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40}
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset-r13			INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Hopping
	nonCriticalExtension						SystemInformationBlockType1-v1350-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1350-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13				CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension					SystemInformationBlockType1-v1360-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1360-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360				CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond QrxlevminCE1
	nonCriticalExtension						SystemInformationBlockType1-v1430-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1430-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eCallOverIMS-Support-r14				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	tdd-Config-v1430						TDD-Config-v1430			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR
	cellAccessRelatedInfoList-r14			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-1-r14)) OF
											CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension					SystemInformationBlockType1-v1450-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1450-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	tdd-Config-v1450						TDD-Config-v1450		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR
	nonCriticalExtension					SystemInformationBlockType1-v1530-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1530-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	hsdn-Cell-r15						ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530			CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	crs-IntfMitigConfig-r15				CHOICE {
		crs-IntfMitigEnabled-15				NULL,
		crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs-r15			ENUMERATED {n6, n24}
	}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cellBarred-CRS-r15					ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
	plmn-IdentityList-v1530				PLMN-IdentityList-v1530		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	posSchedulingInfoList-r15			PosSchedulingInfoList-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15		SEQUENCE {
		cellBarred-5GC-r15					ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
		cellBarred-5GC-CRS-r15				ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
		cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF
											CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15
	}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ims-EmergencySupport5GC-r15			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	eCallOverIMS-Support5GC-r15			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-v1540-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-v1540-IEs ::= 	SEQUENCE {
	si-posOffset-r15								ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension							SEQUENCE {}			OPTIONAL
}

PLMN-IdentityList ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo

PLMN-IdentityInfo ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellReservedForOperatorUse				ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

PLMN-IdentityList-v1530 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1530

PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1530 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS-r15		ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

PLMN-IdentityList-r15::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-r15

PLMN-IdentityInfo-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-5GC-r15				CHOICE{
		plmn-Identity-r15					PLMN-Identity,
		plmn-Index-r15						INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11)
	},
	cellReservedForOperatorUse-r15			ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved},
	cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS-r15		ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

SchedulingInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo

SchedulingInfo ::=	SEQUENCE {
	si-Periodicity				ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512},
	sib-MappingInfo				SIB-MappingInfo
}

SchedulingInfoList-BR-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo-BR-r13

SchedulingInfo-BR-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	si-Narrowband-r13		INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
	si-TBS-r13				ENUMERATED {b152, b208, b256, b328, b408, b504, b600, b712, b808, b936}
}

SIB-MappingInfo ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type

SIB-Type ::=						ENUMERATED {
										sibType3, sibType4, sibType5, sibType6,
										sibType7, sibType8, sibType9, sibType10,
										sibType11, sibType12-v920, sibType13-v920,
										sibType14-v1130, sibType15-v1130,
										sibType16-v1130, sibType17-v1250, sibType18-v1250,
										..., sibType19-v1250, sibType20-v1310, sibType21-v1430,
										sibType24-v1530, sibType25-v1530, sibType26-v1530}

SystemInfoValueTagList-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13

SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13 ::=		INTEGER (0..3)

CellSelectionInfo-v920 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	q-QualMin-r9						Q-QualMin-r9,
	q-QualMinOffset-r9					INTEGER (1..8)						OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

CellSelectionInfo-v1130 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	q-QualMinWB-r11						Q-QualMin-r9
}

CellSelectionInfo-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12		Q-QualMin-r9
}

CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityList-r14				PLMN-IdentityList,
	trackingAreaCode-r14				TrackingAreaCode,
	cellIdentity-r14					CellIdentity
}

CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityList-r15			PLMN-IdentityList-r15,
	ran-AreaCode-r15					RAN-AreaCode-r15 OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	trackingAreaCode-5GC-r15			TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15,
	cellIdentity-5GC-r15				CellIdentity-5GC-r15
}

CellIdentity-5GC-r15 ::= CHOICE{
	cellIdentity-r15	CellIdentity,
	cellId-Index-r15	INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11)
}

PosSchedulingInfoList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF PosSchedulingInfo-r15

PosSchedulingInfo-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	posSI-Periodicity-r15		ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512},
	posSIB-MappingInfo-r15		PosSIB-MappingInfo-r15
}

PosSIB-MappingInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF PosSIB-Type-r15

PosSIB-Type-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	encrypted-r15		ENUMERATED { true }				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	gnss-id-r15			GNSS-ID-r15						OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	sbas-id-r15			SBAS-ID-r15						OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	posSibType-r15		ENUMERATED { 	posSibType1-1,
										posSibType1-2,
										posSibType1-3,
										posSibType1-4,
										posSibType1-5,
										posSibType1-6,
										posSibType1-7,
										posSibType2-1,
										posSibType2-2,
										posSibType2-3,
										posSibType2-4,
										posSibType2-5,
										posSibType2-6,
										posSibType2-7,
										posSibType2-8,
										posSibType2-9,
										posSibType2-10,
										posSibType2-11,
										posSibType2-12,
										posSibType2-13,
										posSibType2-14,
										posSibType2-15,
										posSibType2-16,
										posSibType2-17,
										posSibType2-18,
										posSibType2-19,
										posSibType3-1,
										...},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType1 field descriptions
bandwithReducedAccessRelatedInfo
Access related information for BL UEs and UEs in CE. NOTE 3.
category0Allowed
The presence of this field indicates category 0 UEs are allowed to access the cell.
cellAccessRelatedInfoList
This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE 4.
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC
This field contains a PLMN list and a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN for PLMNs that provides connectivity to 5GC. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE4
cellBarred, cellBarred-CRS
barred means the cell is barred, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellBarred-5GC, cellBarred-5GC-CRS
barred means the cell is barred for connectivity to 5GC, as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. 
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 2.
cellId-Index
The index of the cell ID in the PLMN lists for EPC, indicates UE the corresponding cell ID is used for 5GC. Value 1 indicates the cell ID of the 1st PLMN list for EPC in the SIB1. Value 2 indicates the cell ID of the 2nd PLMN list for EPC, and so on.
cellReservedForOperatorUse, cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS
As defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellSelectionInfoCE
Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable. NOTE 3.
cellSelectionInfoCE1
Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if cellSelectionInfoCE is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR. NOTE 3.
crs-IntfMitigConfig
crs-IntfMitigEnabled indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates number of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this field is configured and the field cellBarred in SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred.
csg-Identity
Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to.
csg-Indication
If set to TRUE the UE is only allowed to access the cell if it is a CSG member cell, if selected during manual CSG selection or to obtain limited service, see TS 36.304 [4].
eCallOverIMS-Support
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via EPC for UEs as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent, eCall over IMS via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell. NOTE 2.
eCallOverIMS-Support5GC
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via 5GC as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent, eCall over IMS via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell. NOTE 2.
eDRX-Allowed
The presence of this field indicates if idle mode extended DRX is allowed in the cell. The UE shall stop using extended DRX in idle mode if eDRX-Allowed is not present.
encrypted
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is encrypted as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR
The set of valid subframes for FDD downlink or TDD transmissions, see TS 36.213 [23].
If this field is present, SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 is transmitted in RRCConnectionReconfiguration, and if RRCConnectionReconfiguration does not include systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated, UE may assume the valid subframes in fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR are not indicated as MBSFN subframes. If this field is not present, the set of valid subframes is the set of non-MBSFN subframes as indicated by mbsfn-SubframeConfigList. If neither this field nor mbsfn-SubframeConfigList is present, all subframes are considered as valid subframes for FDD downlink transmission, all DL subframes according to the uplink-downlink configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are considered as valid subframes for TDD DL transmission, and all UL subframes according to the uplink-downlink configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are considered as valid subframes for TDD UL transmission.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.
fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapBR
The set of valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions for BL UEs, see TS 36.213 [23].
If the field is not present, then UE considers all uplink subframes as valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.
freqBandIndicatorPriority
If the field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall prioritize the frequency bands in the multiBandInfoList field in decreasing priority order. Only if the UE does not support any of the frequency band in multiBandInfoList, the UE shall use the value in freqBandIndicator field. Otherwise, the UE applies frequency band according to the rules defined in multiBandInfoList. NOTE 2.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency band in freqBandIndicator. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
freqHoppingParametersDL
Downlink frequency hopping parameters for BR versions of SI messages, MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging, MPDCCH/PDSCH of RAR/Msg4 and unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH. If not present, the UE is not configured downlink frequency hopping.
gnss-ID
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is for a specific GNSS.
hsdn-Cell
This field indicates this is a HSDN cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
hyperSFN
Indicates hyper SFN which increments by one when the SFN wraps around.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services via EPC for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode. NOTE 2.
ims-EmergencySupport5GC
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode via 5GC. If absent, IMS emergency call via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode. NOTE 2.
intraFreqReselection
Used to control cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. NOTE 2.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1, that the cell belongs to. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions. The UE shall ignore the rule defined in this field description if freqBandIndicatorPriority is present and supported by the UE.
multiBandInfoList-v10j0
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency bands in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN. If plmn-IdentityList-v1530 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). NOTE 2.
plmn-Index
Index of the PLMN in the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1 for EPC, indicating the same PLMN ID is connected to 5GC. Value 1 indicates the 1st PLMN in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, value 2 indicates the 2nd PLMN in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMNs are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 6.
p-Max
Value applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2. NOTE 2.
posSIB-MappingInfo
List of the posSIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
posSibType
The positioning SIB type is defined in TS 36.355 [54].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present or the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset. Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter Qrxlevminoffset in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
sbas-ID
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is for a specific SBAS.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message. There is no mapping information of SIB2; it is always present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList list.
si-HoppingConfigCommon
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for BR versions of SI messages and MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging.
si-Narrowband
This field indicates the index of a narrowband used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in CE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..[maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1]) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
si-RepetitionPattern
Indicates the radio frames within the SI window used for SI message transmission. Value everyRF corresponds to every radio frame, value every2ndRF corresponds to every 2 radio frames, and so on. The first transmission of the SI message is transmitted from the first radio frame of the SI window.
si-Periodicity, posSI-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf8 denotes 8 radio frames, rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, and so on. If the si-posOffset is configured, the posSI-Periodicity of rf8 cannot be used.
si-posOffset
This field, if present and set to true indicates that the SI messages in PosSchedulingInfoList are scheduled with an offset of 8 radio frames compared to SI messages in SchedulingInfoList. si-posOffset may be present only if the shortest configured SI message periodicity for SI messages in SchedulingInfoList is 80ms.
si-TBS
This field indicates the transport block size information used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in CE, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1, for a 6 PRB bandwidth and a QPSK modulation.
schedulingInfoList-BR
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
si-ValidityTime
Indicates system information validity timer. If set to TRUE, the timer is set to 3h, otherwise the timer is set to 24h.
si-WindowLength, si-WindowLength-BR
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2 milliseconds and so on. In case si-WindowLength-BR-r13 is present and the UE is a BL UE or a UE in CE, the UE shall use si-WindowLength-BR-r13 and ignore the original field si-WindowLength (without suffix). UEs other than BL UEs or UEs in CE shall ignore the extension field si-WindowLength-BR-r13.
startSymbolBR
For BL UEs and UEs in CE, indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any MPDCCH, PDSCH scheduled on the same cell except the PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, see TS 36.213 [23]. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise.
systemInfoValueTagList
Indicates SI message specific value tags for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
systemInfoValueTagSI
SI message specific value tag as specified in clause 5.2.1.3. Common for all SIBs within the SI message other than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1, SIB1-MBMS, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. Change of MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1 and SIB1-MBMS is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
tdd-Config
Specifies the TDD specific physical channel configurations. NOTE 2.
trackingAreaCode/trackingAreaCode-5GC
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. NOTE2. NOTE 5.

NOTE 1:	The value the UE applies for parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4] depends on the q-QualMin fields signalled by E-UTRAN and supported by the UE. In case multiple candidate options are available, the UE shall select the highest priority candidate option according to the priority order indicated by the following table (top row is highest priority).
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
q-QualMinWB
Value of parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]
Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols – (q-QualMin – q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin

NOTE 2:	E-UTRAN sets this field to the same value for all instances of SIB1 message that are broadcasted within the same cell.
NOTE 3:	E-UTRAN configures this field only in the BR version of SIB1 message.
NOTE 4:	E-UTRAN configures at most 6 EPC PLMNs in total (i.e. across all the PLMN lists except for PLMN lists in cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC in SIB1). E-UTRAN configures at most 6 5GC PLMNs in total (i.e. across all the PLMN lists in cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC in SIB1).
NOTE 5:	E-UTRAN configures only one value for this parameter per PLMN.
NOTE 6:	E-UTRAN configures plmn-Index only if the cellBarred is set to notBarred.

Conditional presence
Explanation
BW-reduced
The field is optional present, Need OR, if schedulingInfoSIB1-BR in MIB is set to a value greater than 0. Otherwise the field is not present.
FBI-max
The field is mandatory present if freqBandIndicator (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxFBI. Otherwise the field is not present.
mFBI
The field is optional present, Need OR, if multiBandInfoList is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
mFBI-max
The field is mandatory present if one or more entries in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix, introduced in -v8h0) is set to maxFBI. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if SIB3 is being broadcast and threshServingLowQ is present in SIB3; otherwise optionally present, Need OP.
RSRQ2
The field is mandatory present if q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
Hopping
The field is mandatory present if si-HoppingConfigCommon field is broadcasted and set to on. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need OP.
QrxlevminCE1
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 is set below -140 dBm. Otherwise the field is not present.
TDD
This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR
The field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth in systemInformationBlockType3 is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.
SI-BR
The field is mandatory present if schedulingInfoSIB1-BR is included in MIB with a value greater than 0. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS contains information relevant for receiving service from MBMS-dedicated cell and defines the scheduling of other system information.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channels: BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS message
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellAccessRelatedInfo-r14				SEQUENCE {
		plmn-IdentityList-r14					PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-r14,
		trackingAreaCode-r14						TrackingAreaCode,
		cellIdentity-r14							CellIdentity
	},
	freqBandIndicator-r14					FreqBandIndicator-r11,
	multiBandInfoList-r14					MultiBandInfoList-r11				OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	schedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14			SchedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14,
	si-WindowLength-r14						ENUMERATED {
												ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20,ms40, ms80},
	systemInfoValueTag-r14					INTEGER (0..31),
	nonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14				NonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14		OPTIONAL, --Need OR
	pdsch-ConfigCommon-r14					PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
	systemInformationBlockType13-r14		SystemInformationBlockType13-r9	OPTIONAL, --Need OR
	cellAccessRelatedInfoList-r14		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-1-r14)) OF
											CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-r14 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Identity

SchedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo-MBMS-r14

SchedulingInfo-MBMS-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	si-Periodicity-r14						ENUMERATED {
												rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512},
	sib-MappingInfo-r14						SIB-MappingInfo-MBMS-r14
}

SIB-MappingInfo-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type-MBMS-r14

SIB-Type-MBMS-r14 ::=					ENUMERATED {
											sibType10, sibType11, sibType12-v920, sibType13-v920,
											sibType15-v1130, sibType16-v1130, ...}


NonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioFrameAllocationPeriod-r14		ENUMERATED {rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf512},
	radioFrameAllocationOffset-r14		INTEGER (0..7),
	subframeAllocation-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE(9))
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS field descriptions
cellAccessRelatedInfoList
This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE 2.
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 1.
freqBandIndicator
A list of as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency band in freqBandIndicator.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1, that the cell belongs to. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field.
nonMBSFN-SubframeConfig
Defines the non-MBSFN subframes within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN. NOTE 1.
radioFrameAllocationPeriod, radioFrameAllocationOffset
Radio-frames that contain non-MBSFN subframes occur when equation SFN mod radioFrameAllocationPeriod = radioFrameAllocationOffset is satisfied. Value rf4 for radioframeAllocationPeriod denotes 4 radio frames, rf8 detones 8 radion frames, and so on. 
schedulingInfoList-MBMS
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages on MBMS-dedicated cell.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
si-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, rf32 denotes 32 radio frames, and so on.
si-WindowLength
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2 milliseconds and so on. 
subframeAllocation
Defines the subframes that are allocated for non-MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset. "0" denotes that the corresponding subframe is a MBSFN subframe. "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is a non-MBSFN subframe. If E-UTRAN configures a value other than "0" for additionalNonMBSFNSubframes within MasterInformationBlock-MBMS, subframeAllocation configuration should also indicate subframes pointed out by additionalNonMBSFNSubframes as non-MBSFN subframes.
systemInformationBlockType13
E-UTRAN does not configure this field if schedulingInfoList–MBMS indicates that SystemInformationBlockType13 is present.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. Change of MIB and SIB1 is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
trackingAreaCode
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. NOTE1.

NOTE 1:	E-UTRAN sets this field to the same value for all instances of SIB1-MBMS message that are broadcasted within the same cell.
–	UEAssistanceInformation
The UEAssistanceInformation message is used for the indication of UE assistance information to the eNB.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
UEAssistanceInformation message
-- ASN1START

UEAssistanceInformation-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ueAssistanceInformation-r11			UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	powerPrefIndication-r11				ENUMERATED	{normal, lowPowerConsumption}	OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEAssistanceInformation-v1430-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UEAssistanceInformation-v1430-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bw-Preference-r14						BW-Preference-r14						OPTIONAL,
	sps-AssistanceInformation-r14			SEQUENCE {
		trafficPatternInfoListSL-r14			TrafficPatternInfoList-r14			OPTIONAL,
		trafficPatternInfoListUL-r14			TrafficPatternInfoList-r14			OPTIONAL
	}			OPTIONAL,
	rlm-Report-r14							SEQUENCE {
		rlm-Event-r14							ENUMERATED {earlyOutOfSync, earlyInSync},
		excessRep-MPDCCH-r14					ENUMERATED {excessRep1, excessRep2}	OPTIONAL
	}																				OPTIONAL,
	delayBudgetReport-r14					DelayBudgetReport-r14					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UEAssistanceInformation-v1450-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEAssistanceInformation-v1450-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	overheatingAssistance-r14				OverheatingAssistance-r14				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UEAssistanceInformation-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEAssistanceInformation-v1530-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sps-AssistanceInformation-v1530			SEQUENCE {
		trafficPatternInfoListSL-v1530			TrafficPatternInfoList-v1530
	}			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

BW-Preference-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	dl-Preference-r14		ENUMERATED	{mhz1dot4, mhz5, mhz20 }				OPTIONAL,
	ul-Preference-r14		ENUMERATED	{mhz1dot4, mhz5}						OPTIONAL
}

TrafficPatternInfoList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxTrafficPattern-r14)) OF TrafficPatternInfo-r14

TrafficPatternInfo-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	trafficPeriodicity-r14			ENUMERATED {
										sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, sf500,
										sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000},
	timingOffset-r14				INTEGER (0..10239),
	priorityInfoSL-r14				SL-Priority-r13								OPTIONAL,
	logicalChannelIdentityUL-r14	INTEGER (3..10)								OPTIONAL,
	messageSize-r14					BIT STRING (SIZE (6))
}

TrafficPatternInfoList-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxTrafficPattern-r14)) OF TrafficPatternInfo-v1530

TrafficPatternInfo-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	trafficDestination-r15			SL-DestinationIdentity-r12					OPTIONAL,
	reliabilityInfoSL-r15			SL-Reliability-r15							OPTIONAL
}

DelayBudgetReport-r14::=	CHOICE {
	type1							ENUMERATED {
										msMinus1280, msMinus640, msMinus320, msMinus160,
										msMinus80, msMinus60, msMinus40, msMinus20, ms0, ms20,												ms40, ms60, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280},

	type2							ENUMERATED {
										msMinus192, msMinus168,msMinus144, msMinus120,
										msMinus96, msMinus72, msMinus48, msMinus24, ms0, ms24,												ms48, ms72, ms96, ms120, ms144, ms168, ms192}
}

OverheatingAssistance-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
		reducedUE-Category			SEQUENCE {
			reducedUE-CategoryDL		INTEGER (0..19),
			reducedUE-CategoryUL		INTEGER (0..21)
		}		OPTIONAL,
		reducedMaxCCs				SEQUENCE {
			reducedCCsDL				INTEGER (0..31),
			reducedCCsUL				INTEGER (0..31)
		}		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions
delayBudgetReport
Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX or coverage enhancement configuration.
dl-Preference
Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PDSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth, and mhz20 corresponds to CE mode usage in 20MHz bandwidth or normal coverage.
excessRep-MPDCCH
Indicates the excess number of repetitions on MPDCCH. Value excessRep1 and excessRep2 indicate the excess number of repetitions defined in TS 36.133 [16].
logicalChannelIdentityUL
Indicates the logical channel identity associated with the reported traffic pattern in the uplink logical channel.
messageSize
Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 36.321 [6], table 6.1.3.1-1.
powerPrefIndication
Value lowPowerConsumption indicates the UE prefers a configuration that is primarily optimised for power saving. Otherwise the value is set to normal.
priorityInfoSL
Indicates the traffic priority (i.e., PPPP) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
reducedCCsDL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and PSCell/SCells of NR in (NG)EN-DC.
reducedCCsUL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and PSCell/SCells of NR in (NG)EN-DC.
reducedUE-CategoryDL, reducedUE-CategoryUL
Indicates that UE prefers a configuration corresponding to the reduced UE category, to address overheating. The reduced UE DL category and reduced UE UL category should be indicated according to supported combinations for UE UL and DL Categories, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-6.
reliabilityInfoSL
Indicates the traffic reliability (i.e., PPPR) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
rlm-Event
This field provides the RLM event ("early-out-of-sync" or "early-in-sync").
rlm-Report
This field provides the RLM report for BL UEs and UEs in CE.
sps-AssistanceInformation
Indicates the UE assistance information to assist E-UTRAN to configure SPS.
timingOffset
This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a SL/UL logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
trafficDestination
Indicates the destination associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
trafficPatternInfoListSL
This field provides the traffic characteristics of sidelink logical channel(s) that are setup for V2X sidelink communication. If trafficPatternInfoListSL-v1530 is included, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in trafficPatternInfoListSL-r14.
trafficPatternInfoListUL
This field provides the traffic characteristics of uplink logical channel(s).
trafficPeriodicity
This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a SL/UL logical channel. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 ms, sf50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.
type1
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the connected mode DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
type2
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the coverage enhancement configuration with respect to the current configuration so that the Uu air interface delay changes by the indicated amount. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms24 corresponds to 24 milliseconds, msMinus24 corresponds to -24 milliseconds and so on.
ul-Preference
Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PUSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, and mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth.

–	UECapabilityEnquiry
The UECapabilityEnquiry message is used to request the transfer of UE radio access capabilities for E‑UTRA as well as for other RATs.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
UECapabilityEnquiry message
-- ASN1START

UECapabilityEnquiry ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8				UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-CapabilityRequest				UE-CapabilityRequest,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	requestedFrequencyBands-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1310-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1310-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	requestReducedFormat-r13			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	requestSkipFallbackComb-r13			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	requestedMaxCCsDL-r13				INTEGER (2..32)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	requestedMaxCCsUL-r13				INTEGER (2..32)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13	ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1430-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1430-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	requestDiffFallbackCombList-r14		BandCombinationList-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1510-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1510-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1530-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	requestSTTI-SPT-Capability-r15		ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,
	eutra-nr-only-r15					ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1550-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1550-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	requestedCapabilityNR-r15			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	requestedCapabilityCommon-r15		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

UE-CapabilityRequest ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF RAT-Type

-- ASN1STOP

UECapabilityEnquiry field descriptions
eutra-nr-only
Indicates that the UE is requested to provide UE capabilities related to (NG)EN-DC only as specified in TS38.331 [82].
requestDiffFallbackCombList
List of CA band combinations for which the UE is requested to provide different capabilities for their fallback band combinations in conjunction with the capabilities supported for the CA band combinations in this list. The UE shall exclude fallback band combinations for which their supported UE capabilities are the same as the CA band combination indicated in this list.
requestReducedFormat
Indicates that the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations in the supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of the supportedBandCombination-r10. The E-UTRAN includes this field if requestSkipFallbackComb or requestDiffFallbackCombList is included in the message.
requestSkipFallbackComb
Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude fallback CA band combinations in capability signalling. 
ue-CapabilityRequest
List of the RATs for which the UE is requested to transfer the UE radio access capabilities i.e. E-UTRA, UTRA, GERAN-CS, GERAN-PS, CDMA2000. A separate RAT-Type value applies for some EUTRA-NR capabilities that are transferred by a separate UE capability container, used in case of MRDC.
requestedFrequencyBands
List of frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and non CA bands.
requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC
Interpreted as FreqBandList IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. It concerns a list of NR and/ or E-UTRA frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide its supported NR CA and/or MR-DC band combinations (i.e. within the UE capability containers for NR and MR-DC, as requested by E-UTRAN) and feature sets corresponding to the MR-DC band combinations (i.e. within the UE capability containers for LTE and NR, as requested by E-UTRAN).
requestedCapabilityCommon
Contains the filter common for all requested MR-DC related capability containers as defined by UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon IE in TS 38.331 [82].
requestedCapabilityNR
Interpreted as UE-CapabilityRequestFilterNR IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82], in which the field frequencyBandList is omitted.
requestedMaxCCsDL, requestedMaxCCsUL
Indicates the maximum number of CCs for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and non-CA bands.
requestReducedIntNonContComb
Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.5.21. 
requestSTTI-SPT-Capability
Indicates that the UE is requested to provide its supported short TTI and SPT capabilities in capability signalling. 

–	UECapabilityInformation
The UECapabilityInformation message is used to transfer of UE radio access capabilities requested by the E‑UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
UECapabilityInformation message
-- ASN1START

UECapabilityInformation ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			ueCapabilityInformation-r8			UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList		UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioPagingInfo-r12				UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UECapabilityInformation field descriptions
ue-RadioPagingInfo
This field contains UE capability information used for paging.

–	UEInformationRequest
The UEInformationRequest is the command used by E-UTRAN to retrieve information from the UE.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
UEInformationRequest message
-- ASN1START

UEInformationRequest-r9		::=				SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier		RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions				CHOICE {
		c1								CHOICE {
			ueInformationRequest-r9				UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rach-ReportReq-r9					BOOLEAN,
	rlf-ReportReq-r9					BOOLEAN,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	logMeasReportReq-r10				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailReportReq-r11			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v1250-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mobilityHistoryReportReq-r12		ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationRequest-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationRequest-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	idleModeMeasurementReq-r15			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	flightPathInfoReq-r15				FlightPathInfoReportConfig-r15	 	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UEInformationRequest field descriptions
rach-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.

–	UEInformationResponse
The UEInformationResponse message is used by the UE to transfer the information requested by the E-UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB2 (when logged measurement information is included)
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E-UTRAN
UEInformationResponse message
-- ASN1START

UEInformationResponse-r9	::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ueInformationResponse-r9			UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rach-Report-r9							SEQUENCE {
		numberOfPreamblesSent-r9				NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11,
		contentionDetected-r9					BOOLEAN
	}																OPTIONAL,
	rlf-Report-r9							RLF-Report-r9			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rlf-Report-v9e0						RLF-Report-v9e0					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationResponse-v1020-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	logMeasReport-r10					LogMeasReport-r10					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationResponse-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailReport-r11				ConnEstFailReport-r11				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationResponse-v1250-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mobilityHistoryReport-r12			MobilityHistoryReport-r12			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UEInformationResponse-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UEInformationResponse-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measResultListIdle-r15				MeasResultListIdle-r15			OPTIONAL,
	flightPathInfoReport-r15			FlightPathInfoReport-r15		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

RLF-Report-r9 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	measResultLastServCell-r9			SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r9						RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r9						RSRQ-Range						OPTIONAL
	},
	measResultNeighCells-r9				SEQUENCE {
		measResultListEUTRA-r9				MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListUTRA-r9				MeasResultList2UTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListGERAN-r9				MeasResultListGERAN				OPTIONAL,
		measResultsCDMA2000-r9				MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9		OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	locationInfo-r10				LocationInfo-r10					OPTIONAL,
		failedPCellId-r10					CHOICE {
			cellGlobalId-r10					CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
			pci-arfcn-r10						SEQUENCE {
				physCellId-r10						PhysCellId,
				carrierFreq-r10						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
			}
		}																	OPTIONAL,
		reestablishmentCellId-r10		CellGlobalIdEUTRA					OPTIONAL,
		timeConnFailure-r10				INTEGER (0..1023)					OPTIONAL,
		connectionFailureType-r10		ENUMERATED {rlf, hof}				OPTIONAL,
		previousPCellId-r10				CellGlobalIdEUTRA					OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	failedPCellId-v1090				SEQUENCE {
			carrierFreq-v1090				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
		}																	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	basicFields-r11					SEQUENCE {
			c-RNTI-r11						C-RNTI,
			rlf-Cause-r11					ENUMERATED {
												t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
												rlc-MaxNumRetx, t312-Expiry-r12},
			timeSinceFailure-r11			TimeSinceFailure-r11
		}																	OPTIONAL,
		previousUTRA-CellId-r11			SEQUENCE {
			carrierFreq-r11					ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
			physCellId-r11					CHOICE {
				fdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
				tdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
			},
			cellGlobalId-r11				CellGlobalIdUTRA				OPTIONAL
		}																	OPTIONAL,
		selectedUTRA-CellId-r11			SEQUENCE {
			carrierFreq-r11					ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
			physCellId-r11					CHOICE {
				fdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
				tdd-r11							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
			}
		}																	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	failedPCellId-v1250				SEQUENCE {
			tac-FailedPCell-r12				TrackingAreaCode
		}																	OPTIONAL,
		measResultLastServCell-v1250	RSRQ-Range-v1250					OPTIONAL,
		lastServCellRSRQ-Type-r12		RSRQ-Type-r12						OPTIONAL,
		measResultListEUTRA-v1250		MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1-r13	ENUMERATED {qci1}					OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultLastServCell-v1360	RSRP-Range-v1360					OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	logMeasResultListBT-r15			LogMeasResultListBT-r15				OPTIONAL,
		logMeasResultListWLAN-r15		LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

RLF-Report-v9e0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	measResultListEUTRA-v9e0			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0
}

MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r9

MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0

MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250

MeasResult2EUTRA-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r9						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	measResultList-r9					MeasResultListEUTRA
}

MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL
}

MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rsrq-Type-r12						RSRQ-Type-r12		OPTIONAL
}

MeasResultList2UTRA-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2UTRA-r9

MeasResult2UTRA-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r9						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	measResultList-r9					MeasResultListUTRA
}

MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9

MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r9						CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	measResultList-r9					MeasResultsCDMA2000
}

LogMeasReport-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	absoluteTimeStamp-r10				AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	traceReference-r10					TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10		OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10							OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	logMeasInfoList-r10					LogMeasInfoList-r10,
	logMeasAvailable-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	logMeasAvailableBT-r15			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
		logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL
	]]
}

LogMeasInfoList-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeasReport-r10)) OF LogMeasInfo-r10

LogMeasInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	locationInfo-r10					LocationInfo-r10				OPTIONAL,
	relativeTimeStamp-r10				INTEGER (0..7200),
	servCellIdentity-r10				CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
	measResultServCell-r10				SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r10						RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r10						RSRQ-Range
	},
	measResultNeighCells-r10			SEQUENCE {
		measResultListEUTRA-r10				MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9		OPTIONAL,
		measResultListUTRA-r10				MeasResultList2UTRA-r9		OPTIONAL,
		measResultListGERAN-r10				MeasResultList2GERAN-r10	OPTIONAL,
		measResultListCDMA2000-r10			MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9	OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultListEUTRA-v1090			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultListMBSFN-r12				MeasResultListMBSFN-r12		OPTIONAL,
		measResultServCell-v1250			RSRQ-Range-v1250			OPTIONAL,
		servCellRSRQ-Type-r12				RSRQ-Type-r12				OPTIONAL,
		measResultListEUTRA-v1250			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	inDeviceCoexDetected-r13			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultServCell-v1360			RSRP-Range-v1360			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	logMeasResultListBT-r15				LogMeasResultListBT-r15		OPTIONAL,
		logMeasResultListWLAN-r15			LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	anyCellSelectionDetected-r15		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultListMBSFN-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MeasResultMBSFN-r12

MeasResultMBSFN-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-Area-r12					SEQUENCE {
		mbsfn-AreaId-r12				MBSFN-AreaId-r12,
		carrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
	},
	rsrpResultMBSFN-r12				RSRP-Range,
	rsrqResultMBSFN-r12				MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12,
	signallingBLER-Result-r12		BLER-Result-r12					OPTIONAL,
	dataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12		DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12		OPTIONAL,
	...
}

DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF DataBLER-MCH-Result-r12

DataBLER-MCH-Result-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	mch-Index-r12						INTEGER (1..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN),
	dataBLER-Result-r12					BLER-Result-r12
}

BLER-Result-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	bler-r12							BLER-Range-r12,
	blocksReceived-r12					SEQUENCE {
		n-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
		m-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
	}
}

BLER-Range-r12 ::=						INTEGER(0..31)

MeasResultList2GERAN-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellListGERAN)) OF MeasResultListGERAN

ConnEstFailReport-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	failedCellId-r11					CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
	locationInfo-r11					LocationInfo-r10					OPTIONAL,
	measResultFailedCell-r11			SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r11						RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r11						RSRQ-Range						OPTIONAL
	},
	measResultNeighCells-r11			SEQUENCE {
		measResultListEUTRA-r11				MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListUTRA-r11				MeasResultList2UTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListGERAN-r11				MeasResultListGERAN				OPTIONAL,
		measResultsCDMA2000-r11				MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9		OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	numberOfPreamblesSent-r11			NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11,
	contentionDetected-r11				BOOLEAN,
	maxTxPowerReached-r11				BOOLEAN,
	timeSinceFailure-r11				TimeSinceFailure-r11,
	measResultListEUTRA-v1130			MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultFailedCell-v1250		RSRQ-Range-v1250					OPTIONAL,
		failedCellRSRQ-Type-r12			RSRQ-Type-r12						OPTIONAL,
		measResultListEUTRA-v1250		MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultFailedCell-v1360		RSRP-Range-v1360					OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	logMeasResultListBT-r15			LogMeasResultListBT-r15				OPTIONAL,
		logMeasResultListWLAN-r15		LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11::=			INTEGER (1..200)

TimeSinceFailure-r11 ::=				INTEGER (0..172800)

MobilityHistoryReport-r12 ::=	VisitedCellInfoList-r12

FlightPathInfoReport-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	flightPath-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWayPoint-r15)) OF WayPointLocation-r15	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

WayPointLocation-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	wayPointLocation-r15						LocationInfo-r10,
	timeStamp-r15							AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10 		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UEInformationResponse field descriptions
absoluteTimeStamp
Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by E-UTRAN within absoluteTimeInfo.
anyCellSelectionDetected
This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
bler
Indicates the measured BLER value. The coding of BLER value is defined in TS 36.133 [16].
blocksReceived
Indicates total number of MCH blocks, which were received by the UE and used for the corresponding BLER calculation, within the measurement period as defined in TS 36.133 [16].
carrierFreq
In case the UE includes carrierFreq-v9e0 and/ or carrierFreq-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of carrierFreq-r9 and/ or carrierFreq-r10 respectively to maxEARFCN. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE sets the ARFCN according to the band used when obtaining the concerned measurement results.
connectionFailureType
This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
contentionDetected
This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for at least one of the transmitted preambles, see TS 36.321 [6]. 
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
dataBLER-MCH-ResultList
Includes a BLER result per MCH on subframes using dataMCS, with the applicable MCH(s) listed in the same order as in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1
This field is used to indicate the radio link failure occurred while a bearer with QCI value equal to 1 was configured, see TS 24.301 [35].
failedCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which connection establishment failed.
failedPCellId
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. The UE sets the EARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
inDeviceCoexDetected
Indicates that measurement logging is suspended due to IDC problem detection.
logMeasResultListBT
This field refers to the Bluetooth measurement results.
logMeasResultListWLAN
This field refers to the WLAN measurement results.
maxTxPowerReached
This field is used to indicate whether or not the maximum power level was used for the last transmitted preamble, see TS 36.321 [6].
mch-Index
Indicates the MCH by referring to the entry as listed in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
measResultFailedCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure happened. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultFailedCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultLastServCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the PCell, where radio link failure or handover failure happened. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, when operating in CE Mode B, measResultLastServCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultListEUTRA
If measResultListEUTRA-v9e0, measResultListEUTRA-v1090 or measResultListEUTRA-v1130 is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r9, measResultListEUTRA-r10 and/ or measResultListEUTRA-r11 respectively.
measResultListEUTRA-v1250
If included in RLF-Report-r9 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r9;
If included in LogMeasInfo-r10 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r10;
If included in ConnEstFailReport-r11 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r11;
measResultListIdle
This field indicates the measurement results done during IDLE mode at network request.
measResultServCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultServCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
mobilityHistoryReport
This field is used to indicate the time of stay in 16 most recently visited E-UTRA cells or of stay out of E-UTRA.
numberOfPreamblesSent
This field is used to indicate the number of RACH preambles that were transmitted. Corresponds to parameter PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER in TS 36.321 [6].
previousPCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRC-Connection-Reconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfowas received).
previousUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the source UTRA cell of the last successful handover to E-UTRAN, when RLF occurred at the target PCell. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception on the concerned cell.
reestablishmentCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
relativeTimeStamp
Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
rlf-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
selectedUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the UTRA cell that the UE selects after RLF is detected, while T311 is running. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the band selected for transmission/ reception on the concerned cell.
signallingBLER-Result
Includes a BLER result of MBSFN subframes using signallingMCS. 
tac-FailedPCell
This field is used to indicate the Tracking Area Code of the PCell in which RLF is detected.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
timeConnFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (establishment) failure. Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
timeStamp
Includes time stamps for the waypoints that describe planned locations for the UE.
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58].
wayPointLocation
Includes location coordinates for a UE for Aerial UE operation. The waypoints describe planned locations for the UE.

–	ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)
The ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of handover related CDMA2000 information when requested by the higher layers.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message
-- ASN1START

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ulHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8		ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-Type						CDMA2000-Type,
	meid								BIT STRING (SIZE (56))					OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfo						DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
	nonCriticalExtension				ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

ULHandoverPreparationTransfer field descriptions
meid
The 56 bit mobile identification number provided by the CDMA2000 Upper layers.

–	ULInformationTransfer
The ULInformationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB2 or SRB1(only if SRB2 not established yet). If SRB2 is suspended, the UE does not send this message until SRB2 is resumed
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
ULInformationTransfer message
-- ASN1START

ULInformationTransfer ::=			SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ulInformationTransfer-r8			ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoType					CHOICE {
		dedicatedInfoNAS					DedicatedInfoNAS,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000,
		dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD			DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
	},
	nonCriticalExtension				ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	ULInformationTransferMRDC
The ULInformationTransferMRDC message is used for the uplink transfer of MR DC information (i.e. for the case the SCG employs another RAT e.g. for transferring the NR RRC Measurement Report message).
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
ULInformationTransferMRDC message
-- ASN1START

ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15			ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}
-- ASN1STOP

ULInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message as defined in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport and the NR RRC FailureInformation messages.


–	WLANConnectionStatusReport
The WLANConnectionStatusReport message is used to inform the successful connection to WLAN or failure of the WLAN connection or connection attempt(s).
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E-UTRAN
WLANConnectionStatusReport message
-- ASN1START

WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13		WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-Status-r13					WLAN-Status-r13,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			WLANConnectionStatusReport-v1430-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

WLANConnectionStatusReport-v1430-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-Status-v1430				WLAN-Status-v1430,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

WLANConnectionStatusReport field descriptions
wlan-Status
Indicates the connection status to WLAN and the cause of failures. If the wlan-Status-v1430 is included, E-UTRAN ignores the wlan-Status-r13.

6.3	RRC information elements
6.3.1	System information blocks
–	SystemInformationBlockPos
The IE SystemInformationBlockPos contains positioning assistance data as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
SystemInformationBlockPos information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockPos-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	assistanceDataSIB-Element-r15		OCTET STRING,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockPos field descriptions
assistanceDataSIB-Element
Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

–	SystemInformationBlockType2
The IE SystemInformationBlockType2 contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs.
NOTE:	UE timers and constants related to functionality for which parameters are provided in another SIB are included in the corresponding SIB.
SystemInformationBlockType2 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType2 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ac-BarringInfo						SEQUENCE {
		ac-BarringForEmergency				BOOLEAN,
		ac-BarringForMO-Signalling			AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ac-BarringForMO-Data				AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	radioResourceConfigCommon			RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB,
	ue-TimersAndConstants				UE-TimersAndConstants,
	freqInfo							SEQUENCE {
		ul-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ul-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
																			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		additionalSpectrumEmission			AdditionalSpectrumEmission
	},
	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList			MBSFN-SubframeConfigList			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	timeAlignmentTimerCommon			TimeAlignmentTimer,
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2-v8h0-IEs)						OPTIONAL,
	[[	ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r9		AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r9		AC-BarringConfig				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	ac-BarringForCSFB-r10				AC-BarringConfig			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ac-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12			AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	voiceServiceCauseIndication-r12		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	acdc-BarringForCommon-r13			ACDC-BarringForCommon-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		acdc-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13		ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[
		udt-RestrictingForCommon-r13		UDT-Restricting-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		udt-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13		UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cIoT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13		CIOT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		useFullResumeID-r13					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	unicastFreqHoppingInd-r13			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		videoServiceCauseIndication-r14		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	plmn-InfoList-r15					PLMN-InfoList-r15				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	cp-EDT-r15							ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		up-EDT-r15							ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		idleModeMeasurements-r15			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		reducedCP-LatencyEnabled-r15		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	mbms-ROM-ServiceIndication-r15	ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF AdditionalSpectrumEmission	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType2-v9e0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ul-FreqMax
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType2-v9i0-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v9i0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
-- Following field is for any non-critical extensions from REL-9
	nonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2-v10m0-IEs)						OPTIONAL,
	dummy		SEQUENCE {}		OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v10m0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	freqInfo-v10l0						SEQUENCE {
		additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0			AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
	}														OPTIONAL,
	multiBandInfoList-v10l0				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF
				AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension		SystemInformationBlockType2-v10n0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v10n0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
-- Following field is for non-critical extensions up-to REL-12
	lateNonCriticalExtension	OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension		SystemInformationBlockType2-v13c0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType2-v13c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	uplinkPowerControlCommon-v13c0	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
-- Following field is for non-critical extensions from REL-13
	nonCriticalExtension		SEQUENCE {}									OPTIONAL
}

AC-BarringConfig ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ac-BarringFactor					ENUMERATED {
											p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40,
											p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95},
	ac-BarringTime						ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512},
	ac-BarringForSpecialAC				BIT STRING (SIZE(5))
}

MBSFN-SubframeConfigList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig

MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1430

AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12

AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityIndex-r12					INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	ac-BarringInfo-r12						SEQUENCE {
		ac-BarringForEmergency-r12			BOOLEAN,
		ac-BarringForMO-Signalling-r12		AC-BarringConfig	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ac-BarringForMO-Data-r12			AC-BarringConfig	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12			ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ac-BarringForCSFB-r12				AC-BarringConfig		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r12		AC-BarringConfig		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r12		AC-BarringConfig		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

ACDC-BarringForCommon-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	acdc-HPLMNonly-r13						BOOLEAN,
	barringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13			BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13
}

ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-r13

ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityIndex-r13				INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	acdc-OnlyForHPLMN-r13				BOOLEAN,
	barringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13		BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13
}

BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxACDC-Cat-r13)) OF BarringPerACDC-Category-r13

BarringPerACDC-Category-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	acdc-Category-r13				INTEGER (1..maxACDC-Cat-r13),
	acdc-BarringConfig-r13			SEQUENCE {
		ac-BarringFactor-r13			ENUMERATED {
											p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40,
											p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95},
		ac-BarringTime-r13				ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512}
	}										OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

UDT-Restricting-r13	::= SEQUENCE {
	udt-Restricting-r13					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL, --Need OR
	udt-RestrictingTime-r13				ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512} OPTIONAL --Need OR
}

UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-r13

UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityIndex-r13			INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	udt-Restricting-r13				UDT-Restricting-r13			OPTIONAL	--Need OR
}

CIOT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF CIOT-OptimisationPLMN-r13

CIOT-OptimisationPLMN-r13::= SEQUENCE {
	up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13	ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

PLMN-InfoList-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Info-r15

PLMN-Info-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	upperLayerIndication-r15			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType2 field descriptions
ac-BarringFactor
If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value, access is allowed. Otherwise the access is barred. The values are interpreted in the range [0,1): p00 = 0, p05 = 0.05, p10 = 0.10,…, p95 = 0.95. Values other than p00 can only be set if all bits of the corresponding ac-BarringForSpecialAC are set to 0.
ac-BarringForCSFB
Access class barring for mobile originating CS fallback.
ac-BarringForEmergency
Access class barring for AC 10.
ac-BarringForMO-Data
Access class barring for mobile originating calls.
ac-BarringForMO-Signalling
Access class barring for mobile originating signalling.
ac-BarringForSpecialAC
Access class barring for AC 11-15. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and so on.
ac-BarringTime
Mean access barring time value in seconds.
acdc-BarringConfig
Barring configuration for an ACDC category. If the field is absent, access to the cell is considered as not barred for the ACDC category in accordance with clause 5.3.3.13.
acdc-Category
Indicates the ACDC category as defined in TS 24.105 [72].
acdc-OnlyForHPLMN
Indicates whether ACDC is applicable for UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. TRUE indicates that ACDC is applicable only for UEs in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. FALSE indicates that ACDC is applicable for both UEs in their HPLMN and UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN.
additionalSpectrumEmission
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs. NOTE 1.
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity
If present, the field indicates that attach without PDN connectivity as specified in TS 24.301 [35] is supported for this PLMN.
barringPerACDC-CategoryList
A list of barring information per ACDC category according to the order defined in TS 22.011 [10]. The first entry in the list corresponds to the highest ACDC category of which applications are the least restricted in access attempts at a cell, the second entry in the list corresponds to the ACDC category of which applications are restricted more than applications of the highest ACDC category in access attempts at a cell, and so on. The last entry in the list corresponds to the lowest ACDC category of which applications are the most restricted in access attempts at a cell.
cIoT-EPS-OptimisationInfo
A list of CIoT EPS related parameters. Value 1 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the value indicates paramters for PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 1.
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to establish the connection with Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS 24.301 [35].
cp-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
idleModeMeasurements
This field indicates that the eNB can process indication of IDLE mode measurements from UE.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Defines the subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
NOTE 1. If the cell is a FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell, EUTRAN includes mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430. If a FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell does not use sub-frames #4 or #9 as MBSFN sub-frames, mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 is still included and indicates all sub-frames as non-MBSFN sub-frames.
multiBandInfoList
A list of AdditionalSpectrumEmission i.e. one for each additional frequency band included in multiBandInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1, listed in the same order. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList.
plmn-IdentityIndex
Index of the PLMN across the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 1.
plmn-InfoList
If E-UTRAN includes this field, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as PLMNs across the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. I.e. the first entry corresponds to the first entry of the combined list that results from concatenating the entries included in the second to the original plmn-IdentityList field.
reducedCP-LatencyEnabled
If present, reduced control plane latency is enabled. UEs supporting reduced CP latency transmit Msg3 according to timing as specified in TS 36.213 [23] when transmitting RRCConnectionResumeRequest in Msg3.
mbms-ROM-ServiceIndication
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to send MBMSInterestIndication message for the purpose of indicating receive only mode MBMS service parameters.
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating calls.
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating calls.
udt-Restricting
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should indicate to the higher layers to restrict unattended data traffic TS 22.101 [77] irrespective of the UE being in RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED. The UE shall not indicate to the higher layers if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11]. 
udt-RestrictingTime
If present and when the udt-Restricting changes from TRUE, the UE runs a timer for a period equal to rand * udt-RestrictingTime, where rand is a random number drawn that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1 value in seconds. The timer stops if udt-Restricting changes to TRUE. Upon timer expiry, the UE indicates to the higher layers that the restriction is alleviated. 
unicastFreqHoppingInd
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to indicate support of frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH/PUSCH as described in TS 36.321 [6]. This field is included only in the BR version of SI message carrying SystemInformationBlockType2.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth. NOTE 1.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1, applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency. NOTE 1.
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to resume the connection with User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS 24.301 [35].
up-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.
upperLayerIndication
Indication to be provided to upper layers.
useFullResumeID
This field indicates if the UE indicates full resume ID of 40 bits in RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
videoServiceCauseIndication
Indicates whether the UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL video calls. 
voiceServiceCauseIndication
Indicates whether UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL voice calls.

Conditional presence
Explanation
ul-FreqMax
The field is mandatory present if ul-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is present and set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.

NOTE 1:	E-UTRAN sets this field to the same value for all instances of SI message that are broadcasted within the same cell.

–	SystemInformationBlockType3
The IE SystemInformationBlockType3 contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection (i.e. applicable for more than one type of cell re-selection but not necessarily all) as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related.
SystemInformationBlockType3 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType3 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cellReselectionInfoCommon			SEQUENCE {
		q-Hyst								ENUMERATED {
												dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
												dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24},
		speedStateReselectionPars			SEQUENCE {
			mobilityStateParameters				MobilityStateParameters,
			q-HystSF						SEQUENCE {
				sf-Medium						ENUMERATED {
														dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0},
				sf-High							ENUMERATED {
														dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}
			}
		}																OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	},
	cellReselectionServingFreqInfo		SEQUENCE {
		s-NonIntraSearch					ReselectionThreshold		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		threshServingLow					ReselectionThreshold,
		cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority
	},
	intraFreqCellReselectionInfo		SEQUENCE {
		q-RxLevMin							Q-RxLevMin,
		p-Max								P-Max						OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		s-IntraSearch						ReselectionThreshold		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		allowedMeasBandwidth				AllowedMeasBandwidth		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		presenceAntennaPort1				PresenceAntennaPort1,
		neighCellConfig						NeighCellConfig,
		t-ReselectionEUTRA					T-Reselection,
		t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	},
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType3-v10j0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	[[	s-IntraSearch-v920					SEQUENCE {
			s-IntraSearchP-r9					ReselectionThreshold,
			s-IntraSearchQ-r9					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		s-NonIntraSearch-v920				SEQUENCE {
			s-NonIntraSearchP-r9				ReselectionThreshold,
			s-NonIntraSearchQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		q-QualMin-r9						Q-QualMin-r9				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		threshServingLowQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9	OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	q-QualMinWB-r11						Q-QualMin-r9				OPTIONAL	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	]],
	[[	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12			Q-QualMin-r9				OPTIONAL			-- Cond RSRQ
	]],
	[[	cellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310 CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		redistributionServingInfo-r13			RedistributionServingInfo-r13 OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
		cellSelectionInfoCE-r13					CellSelectionInfoCE-r13		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		t-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13				T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13	OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13				CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360			CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360	OPTIONAL		-- Cond QrxlevminCE1
	]],
	[[	cellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460		CellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	cellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15			CellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 			CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		crs-IntfMitigNeighCellsCE-r15		ENUMERATED {enabled}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	]]
}

RedistributionServingInfo-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	redistributionFactorServing-r13		INTEGER(0..10),
	redistributionFactorCell-r13		ENUMERATED{true}				OPTIONAL,	--Need OP
	t360-r13							ENUMERATED {min4, min8, min16, min32,infinity,
											spare3,spare2,spare1},
	redistrOnPagingOnly-r13				ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL	--Need OP
}

CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellReselectionSubPriority-r13				CellReselectionSubPriority-r13
}

-- Late non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType3-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	freqBandInfo-r10					NS-PmaxList-r10				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-v10j0				MultiBandInfoList-v10j0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType3-v10l0-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType3-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	freqBandInfo-v10l0					NS-PmaxList-v10l0			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-v10l0				MultiBandInfoList-v10l0		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

CellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	s-SearchDeltaP-r14					ENUMERATED {dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15}
}

CellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	cellEquivalentSize-r15				INTEGER(2..16)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType3 field descriptions
allowedMeasBandwidth
If absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock applies.
cellEquivalentSize
The number of cell count used for mobility state estimation for this cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. 
cellSelectionInfoCE
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE, applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
cellSelectionInfoCE1
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B, applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if cellSelectionInfoCE in SIB3 is present.
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for cells.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for Cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
crs-IntfMitigNeighCellsCE
For BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, this field indicates CRS interference mitigation, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, is enabled in any of the intra-frequency neibhour cells, and the UE shall perform intra-frequency neighbour cell RRM measurements in the center 6 PRBs.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs, applicable for the intra-frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency band from freqBandIndicator in SystemInformationBlockType1. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
intraFreqcellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
multiBandInfoList-v10j0
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs, applicable for the intra-frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency bands in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) or multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
p-Max
Value applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.
redistrOnPagingOnly
If this field is present and the UE is redistribution capable, the UE shall only wait for the paging message to trigger E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in clause 5.2.4.10 of TS 36.304 [4].
q-Hyst
Parameter Qhyst in TS 36.304 [4], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 36.304 [4]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhyst as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
redistributionFactorCell
If redistributionFactorCell is present, redistributionFactorServing is only applicable for the serving cell otherwise it is applicable for serving frequency
redistributionFactorServing
Parameter redistributionFactorServing in TS 36.304 [4].
s-IntraSearch
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-IntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-IntraSearch nor s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SIntraSearchP.
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-IntraSearch.
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearch
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-NonIntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-NonIntraSearch nor s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-NonIntraSearch.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This parameter is only applicable for UEs supporting relaxed monitoring as specified in TS 36.306 [5]. Value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB, dB9 corresponds to 9 dB and so on.
speedStateReselectionPars
Speed dependent reselection parameters, see TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is absent, i.e, mobilityStateParameters is also not present, UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
t360
Parameter "T360" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value min4 corresponds to 4 minutes, value min8 corresponds to 8 minutes, and so on.
threshServingLow
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

NOTE 1:	The value the UE applies for parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4] depends on the q-QualMin fields signalled by E-UTRAN and supported by the UE. In case multiple candidate options are available, the UE shall select the highest priority candidate option according to the priority order indicated by the following table (top row is highest priority).
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
q-QualMinWB
Value of parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]
Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols – (q-QualMin – q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin

Conditional presence
Explanation
QrxlevminCE1
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 is set below -140 dBm. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType4
The IE SystemInformationBlockType4 contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-frequency cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters as well as blacklisted cells.
SystemInformationBlockType4 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType4 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqNeighCellList				IntraFreqNeighCellList		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	intraFreqBlackCellList				IntraFreqBlackCellList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csg-PhysCellIdRange					PhysCellIdRange				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond CSG
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	[[	intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15		IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

IntraFreqNeighCellList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo

IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF PhysCellIdRange

IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellId								PhysCellId,
	q-OffsetCell							Q-OffsetRange,
	...
}

IntraFreqBlackCellList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellIdRange

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType4 field descriptions
csg-PhysCellIdRange
Set of physical cell identities reserved for CSG cells on the frequency on which this field was received. The received csg-PhysCellIdRange applies if less than 24 hours has elapsed since it was received and the UE is camped on a cell of the same primary PLMN where this field was received. The 3 hour validity restriction (clause 5.2.1.3) does not apply to this field. The UE shall not apply any stored csg-PhysCellIdRange when it is in any cell selection state defined in TS 36.304 [4].
intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighbCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
CSG
This field is optional, need OP, for non-CSG cells, and mandatory for CSG cells.

–	SystemInformationBlockType5
The IE SystemInformationBlockType5 contains information relevant only for inter-frequency cell re-selection i.e. information about other E‑UTRA frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType5 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType5 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList			InterFreqCarrierFreqList,
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING	(CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType5-v8h0-IEs)				OPTIONAL,
	[[	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250	InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12	InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280	InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310		InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310	InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350		InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350	InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360	InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	scptm-FreqOffset-r14				INTEGER (1..8)					OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530		InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530	InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		measIdleConfigSIB-r15				MeasIdleConfigSIB-r15			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- Late non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType5-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType5-v9e0-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType5-v9e0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType5-v10j0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType5-v10j0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v10j0	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType5-v10l0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType5-v10l0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v10l0	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10l0				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension			SystemInformationBlockType5-v13a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType5-v13a0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- Late non critical extensions from REL-10 upto REL-12
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0	InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	-- Late non critical extensions from REL-13
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo

InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250

InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1310

InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1350

InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1360

InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1530

InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12

InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0

InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1310

InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1350

InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1360

InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1530

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	q-RxLevMin							Q-RxLevMin,
	p-Max								P-Max							OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	t-ReselectionEUTRA					T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold,
	allowedMeasBandwidth				AllowedMeasBandwidth,
	presenceAntennaPort1				PresenceAntennaPort1,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	neighCellConfig						NeighCellConfig,
	q-OffsetFreq						Q-OffsetRange					DEFAULT dB0,
	interFreqNeighCellList				InterFreqNeighCellList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	interFreqBlackCellList				InterFreqBlackCellList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	q-QualMin-r9					Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		threshX-Q-r9					SEQUENCE {
			threshX-HighQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
			threshX-LowQ-r9					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL		-- Cond RSRQ
	]],
	[[	q-QualMinWB-r11					Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	]]
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList					MultiBandInfoList				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond dl-FreqMax
	multiBandInfoList-v9e0				MultiBandInfoList-v9e0	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	freqBandInfo-r10					NS-PmaxList-r10				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-v10j0				MultiBandInfoList-v10j0		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10l0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	freqBandInfo-v10l0					NS-PmaxList-v10l0			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-v10l0				MultiBandInfoList-v10l0		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12	Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL	-- Cond RSRQ2
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	q-RxLevMin-r12						Q-RxLevMin,
	p-Max-r12							P-Max							OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-r12				T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF-r12			SpeedStateScaleFactors			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-High-r12					ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low-r12						ReselectionThreshold,
	allowedMeasBandwidth-r12			AllowedMeasBandwidth,
	presenceAntennaPort1-r12			PresenceAntennaPort1,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12			CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	neighCellConfig-r12					NeighCellConfig,
	q-OffsetFreq-r12					Q-OffsetRange					DEFAULT dB0,
	interFreqNeighCellList-r12			InterFreqNeighCellList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	interFreqBlackCellList-r12			InterFreqBlackCellList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	q-QualMin-r12						Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-Q-r12						SEQUENCE {
		threshX-HighQ-r12					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
		threshX-LowQ-r12					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ
	q-QualMinWB-r12						Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	multiBandInfoList-r12				MultiBandInfoList-r11			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12		Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ2
...
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1310	::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellReselectionSubPriority-r13		CellReselectionSubPriority-r13		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	redistributionInterFreqInfo-r13		RedistributionInterFreqInfo-r13		OPTIONAL, --Need OP
	cellSelectionInfoCE-r13				CellSelectionInfoCE-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13			T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1350	::= SEQUENCE {
	cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13			CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1360	::= SEQUENCE {
	cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360		CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360	OPTIONAL	-- Cond QrxlevminCE1
}

InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1530	::= SEQUENCE {
	hsdn-Indication-r15					BOOLEAN,
	interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15		InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530			CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

InterFreqNeighCellList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo

InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF PhysCellIdRange

InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::=			SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	q-OffsetCell						Q-OffsetRange
}

InterFreqBlackCellList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellIdRange

RedistributionInterFreqInfo-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	redistributionFactorFreq-r13			RedistributionFactor-r13	OPTIONAL,	--Need OP
	redistributionNeighCellList-r13			RedistributionNeighCellList-r13		OPTIONAL	--Need OP
}

RedistributionNeighCellList-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF RedistributionNeighCell-r13

RedistributionNeighCell-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r13									PhysCellId,
	redistributionFactorCell-r13					RedistributionFactor-r13
}

RedistributionFactor-r13 ::=	INTEGER(1..10)

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType5 field descriptions
cellSelectionInfoCE
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE, applicable for inter-frequency neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
cellSelectionInfoCE1
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-UTRAN includes this IE only in an entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 if cellSelectionInfoCE is present in the corresponding entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 is present.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
hsdn-Indication
Indicates whether there are deployed HSDN cells or not on the the DL carrier frequency indicated by dl-CarrierFreq-r12. 
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring inter-frequencies. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0, interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0 and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt
List of additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include interFreqCarrierFreqListExt even if interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e without suffix) does not include maxFreq entries. If E-UTRAN includes InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310, InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350, InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360 and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12.
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. E-UTRAN indicates at most maxMultiBands frequency bands (i.e. the total number of entries across both multiBandInfoList and multiBandInfoList-v9e0 is below this limit).
multiBandInfoList-v10j0
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for the frequency bands in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
p-Max
Value applicable for the neighbouring E-UTRA cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
redistributionFactorFreq
Parameter redistributionFactorFreq in TS 36.304 [4].
redistributionFactorCell
Parameter redistributionFactorCell in TS 36.304 [4].
reducedMeasPerformance
Value TRUE indicates that the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. 
scptm-FreqOffset
Parameter QoffsetSCPTM in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value QoffsetSCPTM = field value * 2 [dB]. If the field is not present, the UE uses infinite dBs for the SC-PTM frequency offset with cell ranking as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

NOTE 1:	The value the UE applies for parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4] depends on the q-QualMin fields signalled by E-UTRAN and supported by the UE. In case multiple candidate options are available, the UE shall select the highest priority candidate option according to the priority order indicated by the following table (top row is highest priority).
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
q-QualMinWB
Value of parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]
Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols – (q-QualMin – q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin

Conditional presence
Explanation
dl-FreqMax
The field is mandatory present if, for the corresponding entry in InterFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix), dl-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
QrxlevminCE1
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 is set below -140 dBm. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
RSRQ2
The field is mandatory present for all EUTRA carriers listed in SIB5 if q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType6
The IE SystemInformationBlockType6 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about UTRA frequencies and UTRA neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency.
SystemInformationBlockType6 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType6 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD				CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD				CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	t-ReselectionUTRA					T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionUTRA-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING	(CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType6-v8h0-IEs)					OPTIONAL,
	[[	carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF
										CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-FDD
		carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF
										CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-TDD
		carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12	CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-FDD
		carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12	CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL		-- Cond UTRA-TDD
	]]
}

SystemInformationBlockType6-v8h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-FDD-v8h0 OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UTRA-FDD
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD

CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin							INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA							INTEGER (-50..33),
	q-QualMin							INTEGER (-24..0),
	...,
	[[	threshX-Q-r9					SEQUENCE {
			threshX-HighQ-r9				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
			threshX-LowQ-r9					ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL		-- Cond RSRQ
	]]
}

CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-FDD-v8h0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	multiBandInfoList					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF
									CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12

CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12			CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	threshX-High-r12					ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low-r12						ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin-r12						INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA-r12						INTEGER (-50..33),
	q-QualMin-r12						INTEGER (-24..0),
	threshX-Q-r12						SEQUENCE {
			threshX-HighQ-r12				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
			threshX-LowQ-r12				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
	}																OPTIONAL,		-- Cond RSRQ
	multiBandInfoList-r12				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD

CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin							INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA							INTEGER (-50..33),
	...
}

CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF
									CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12

CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	cellReselectionPriority-r12			CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	threshX-High-r12					ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low-r12						ReselectionThreshold,
	q-RxLevMin-r12						INTEGER (-60..-13),
	p-MaxUTRA-r12						INTEGER (-50..33),
	reducedMeasPerformance-r12			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...
}

FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD ::=				INTEGER (1..86)

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType6 field descriptions
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 and/or carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier entries.
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e. without suffix).
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier entries.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq in the CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD for which UTRA cell reselection parameters are common.
p-MaxUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value * 2+1 [dBm].
reducedMeasPerformance
Value TRUE indicates that the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
t-ReselectionUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionUTRAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
 Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
 Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
UTRA-FDD
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD is present. Otherwise it is not present.
UTRA-TDD
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD is present. Otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType7
The IE SystemInformationBlockType7 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about GERAN frequencies relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters for each frequency.
SystemInformationBlockType7 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType7 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	t-ReselectionGERAN					T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionGERAN-SF				SpeedStateScaleFactors				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	carrierFreqsInfoList				CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN

CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqs						CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	commonInfo							SEQUENCE {
		cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		ncc-Permitted						BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
		q-RxLevMin							INTEGER (0..45),
		p-MaxGERAN							INTEGER (0..39)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		threshX-High						ReselectionThreshold,
		threshX-Low							ReselectionThreshold
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType7 field descriptions
carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
carrierFreqsInfoList
Provides a list of neighbouring GERAN carrier frequencies, which may be monitored for neighbouring GERAN cells. The GERAN carrier frequencies are organised in groups and the cell reselection parameters are provided per group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
commonInfo
Defines the set of cell reselection parameters for the group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if the BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
p-MaxGERAN
Maximum allowed transmission power for GERAN on an uplink carrier frequency, see TS 45.008 [28]. Value in dBm. Applicable for the neighbouring GERAN cells on this carrier frequency. If pmaxGERAN is absent, the maximum power according to the UE capability is used.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], minimum required RX level in the GSM cell. The actual value of Qrxlevmin in dBm = (field value * 2)  115.
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionGERAN
Parameter "TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionGERAN-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

–	SystemInformationBlockType8
The IE SystemInformationBlockType8 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about CDMA2000 frequencies and CDMA2000 neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType8 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType8 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	systemTimeInfo						SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	searchWindowSize					INTEGER (0..15)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	parametersHRPD						SEQUENCE {
		preRegistrationInfoHRPD				PreRegistrationInfoHRPD,
		cellReselectionParametersHRPD		CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	parameters1XRTT						SEQUENCE {
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT			CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		longCodeState1XRTT					BIT STRING (SIZE (42))			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cellReselectionParameters1XRTT		CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	[[	csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r9			BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond NCL-HRPD
		cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond NCL-1XRTT
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond REG-1XRTT
		ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9			AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9	OPTIONAL	-- Cond REG-1XRTT
	]],
	[[	csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r10			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Cond REG-1XRTT
	]],
	[[	sib8-PerPLMN-List-r11				SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandClassList						BandClassListCDMA2000,
	neighCellList						NeighCellListCDMA2000,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000			T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF			SpeedStateScaleFactors				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandClassList						BandClassListCDMA2000,
	neighCellList-r11					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-r11,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000				T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF			SpeedStateScaleFactors				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE {
	neighCellList-v920						NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920
}

NeighCellListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000

NeighCellCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	neighCellsPerFreqList				NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000
}

NeighCellCDMA2000-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	neighFreqInfoList-r11				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-r11
}

NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000

NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	arfcn								ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000,
	physCellIdList						PhysCellIdListCDMA2000
}

NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	arfcn								ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000,
	physCellIdList-r11					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..40)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000
}

NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-v920

NeighCellCDMA2000-v920 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	neighCellsPerFreqList-v920			NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920
}

NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920

NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellIdList-v920					PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920
}

PhysCellIdListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000

PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..24)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000

BandClassListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassInfoCDMA2000

BandClassInfoCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	cellReselectionPriority				CellReselectionPriority				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	threshX-High						INTEGER (0..63),
	threshX-Low							INTEGER (0..63),
	...
}

AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ac-Barring0to9-r9					INTEGER (0..63),
	ac-Barring10-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring11-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring12-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring13-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring14-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-Barring15-r9						INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-BarringMsg-r9					INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-BarringReg-r9					INTEGER (0..7),
	ac-BarringEmg-r9					INTEGER (0..7)
}

SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF SIB8-PerPLMN-r11

SIB8-PerPLMN-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r11					INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	parametersCDMA2000-r11				CHOICE {
		explicitValue						ParametersCDMA2000-r11,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}
}

ParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	systemTimeInfo-r11					CHOICE	{
		explicitValue						SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	searchWindowSize-r11				INTEGER (0..15),
	parametersHRPD-r11					SEQUENCE {
		preRegistrationInfoHRPD-r11			PreRegistrationInfoHRPD,
		cellReselectionParametersHRPD-r11	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	parameters1XRTT-r11					SEQUENCE {
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-r11		CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT			OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
		csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-Ext-r11	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920	OPTIONAL, -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
		longCodeState1XRTT-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (42))	OPTIONAL, -- Cond PerPLMN-LC
		cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-r11	CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r11			AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9			OPTIONAL, -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
		csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r11		BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r11			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType8 field descriptions
ac-BarringConfig1XRTT
Contains the access class barring parameters the UE uses to calculate the access class barring factor, see C.S0097 [53].
ac-Barring0to9
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the parameter "PSIST" in C.S0004 [34] for access overload classes 0 through 9.
ac-BarringEmg
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for emergency calls and emergency message transmissions for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the parameter "PSIST_EMG" in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringMsg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for message transmissions. It is the parameter "MSG_PSIST" in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringN
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload class N (N = 10 to 15). It is the parameter "PSIST" in C.S0004 [34] for access overload class N.
ac-BarringReg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for autonomous registrations. It is the parameter "REG_PSIST" in C.S0004 [34].
bandClass
Identifies the Frequency Band in which the Carrier can be found. Details can be found in C.S0057 [24, Table 1.5].
bandClassList
List of CDMA2000 frequency bands.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT
Cell reselection parameters applicable only to CDMA2000 1xRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system. The field is not present if cellReselectionParameters1XRTT is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system. The field is not present if cellReselectionParametersHRPD is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
csfb-DualRxTxSupport
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB, which enables UEs capable of dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB to switch off their 1xRTT receiver/transmitter while camped in E-UTRAN [51].
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT
Contains the parameters the UE will use to determine if it should perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration/Re-Registration. This field is included if either CSFB or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT is supported.
csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx CSFB [51].
longCodeState1XRTT
The state of long code generation registers in CDMA2000 1XRTT system as defined in C.S0002 [12], clause 1.3, at ms, where t equals to the cdma-SystemTime. This field is required for reporting CGI for 1xRTT, SRVCC handover and enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT operation. Otherwise this IE is not needed. This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of longCodeState1XRTT should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
neighCellList
List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The total number of neighbouring cells in neighCellList for each RAT (1XRTT or HRPD) is limited to 32.
neighCellList-v920
Extended List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The combined total number of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells in both neighCellList and neighCellList-v920 is limited to 32 for HRPD and 40 for 1xRTT.
neighCellsPerFreqList
List of carrier frequencies and neighbour cell ids in each frequency within a CDMA2000 Band, see C.S0002 [12] or C.S0024 [26].
neighCellsPerFreqList-v920
Extended list of neighbour cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 Frequency Band as the corresponding instance in "NeighCellListCDMA2000".
parameters1XRTT
Parameters applicable for interworking with CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
parametersCDMA2000
Provides the corresponding SIB8 parameters for the CDMA2000 network associated with the PLMN indicated in plmn-Identity. A choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters are signalled explicitly or set to the (default) values common for all PLMNs i.e. the values not included in sib8-PerPLMN-List.
parametersHRPD
Parameters applicable only for interworking with CDMA2000 HRPD systems.
physCellIdList
Identifies the list of CDMA2000 cell ids, see C.S0002 [12] or C.S0024 [26].
physCellIdList-v920
Extended list of CDMA2000 cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 ARFCN as the corresponding instance in "NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000".
plmn-Identity
Indicates the PLMN associated with this CDMA2000 network. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn_identityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. A PLMN which identity is not indicated in the sib8-PerPLMN-List, does not support inter-working with CDMA2000.
preRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
searchWindowSize
The search window size is a CDMA2000 parameter to be used to assist in searching for the neighbouring pilots. For values see C.S0005 [25], Table 2.6.6.2.1-1, and C.S0024 [26], Table 8.7.6.2-4. This field is required for a UE with rx-ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based redirection and enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS 36.304 [4].
sib8-PerPLMN-List
This field provides the values for the interworking CDMA2000 networks corresponding, if any, to the UE's RPLMN.
systemTimeInfo
Information on CDMA2000 system time. This field is required for a UE with rx-ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based redirection and enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS 36.304 [4]. This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of systemTimeInfo should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
For the field included in ParametersCDMA2000, a choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters are signalled explicitly or set to the (default) value common for all PLMNs i.e. the value not included in sib8-PerPLMN-List.
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the high threshold used in reselection towards this CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5 dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the low threshold used in reselection towards this CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5 dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000
Parameter "TreselectionCDMA_HRPD" or "TreselectionCDMA_1xRTT" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionCDMA-HRPD" or TreselectionCDMA-1xRTT" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
NCL-1XRTT
The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParameters1xRTT is present; otherwise it is not present.
NCL-HRPD
The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParametersHRPD is present; otherwise it is not present.
PerPLMN-LC
The field is optional present, need OR, when systemTimeInfo is included in SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.
REG-1XRTT
The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is present; otherwise it is not present.
REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is included in SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType9
The IE SystemInformationBlockType9 contains a home eNB name (HNB Name).
SystemInformationBlockType9 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	hnb-Name							OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..48))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType9 field descriptions
hnb-Name
Carries the name of the home eNB, coded in UTF-8 with variable number of bytes per character, see TS 22.011 [10].

–	SystemInformationBlockType10
The IE SystemInformationBlockType10 contains an ETWS primary notification.
SystemInformationBlockType10 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	messageIdentifier					BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	serialNumber						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	warningType							OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	dummy								OCTET STRING (SIZE (50))	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType10 field descriptions
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45), contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same equivalent IE.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup. The first octet (which is equivalent to the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.50) contains the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.3.24, and so on.

–	SystemInformationBlockType11
The IE SystemInformationBlockType11 contains an ETWS secondary notification.
SystemInformationBlockType11 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	messageIdentifier					BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	serialNumber						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	warningMessageSegmentType			ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
	warningMessageSegmentNumber			INTEGER (0..63),
	warningMessageSegment				OCTET STRING,
	dataCodingScheme					OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Segment1
	...,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType11 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.52), contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.3, and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44), contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.53. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB11, otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType12
The IE SystemInformationBlockType12 contains a CMAS notification.
SystemInformationBlockType12 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType12-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	messageIdentifier-r9				BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	serialNumber-r9						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	warningMessageSegmentType-r9		ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
	warningMessageSegmentNumber-r9		INTEGER (0..63),
	warningMessageSegment-r9			OCTET STRING,
	dataCodingScheme-r9					OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Segment1
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	warningAreaCoordinatesSegment-r15		OCTET STRING	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType12 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.52), contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.3, and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45), contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
warningAreaCoordinatesSegment
If present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [98]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37] and so on.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB12, otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType13
The IE SystemInformationBlockType13 contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information associated with one or more MBSFN areas.
SystemInformationBlockType13 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType13-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaInfoList-r9				MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9,
	notificationConfig-r9				MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9,
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	
	notificationConfig-v1430			MBMS-NotificationConfig-v1430		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType13 field descriptions
notificationConfig
Indicates the MBMS notification related configuration parameters. The UE shall ignore this field when dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock is set to n6.

–	SystemInformationBlockType14
The IE SystemInformationBlockType14 contains the EAB parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType14 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType14-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eab-Param-r11							CHOICE {
		eab-Common-r11							EAB-Config-r11,
		eab-PerPLMN-List-r11					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF EAB-ConfigPLMN-r11
	}														OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	eab-PerRSRP-r15					ENUMERATED {thresh0, thresh1, thresh2, thresh3}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

EAB-ConfigPLMN-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	eab-Config-r11						EAB-Config-r11				OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

EAB-Config-r11 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	eab-Category-r11					ENUMERATED {a, b, c},
	eab-BarringBitmap-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType14 field descriptions
eab-BarringBitmap
Extended access class barring for AC 0-9. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 0, the second bit is for AC 1, and so on.
eab-Category
Indicates the category of UEs for which EAB applies. Value a corresponds to all UEs, value b corresponds to the UEs that are neither in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to it, and value c corresponds to the UEs that are neither in the PLMN listed as most preferred PLMN of the country where the UEs are roaming in the operator-defined PLMN selector list on the USIM, nor in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to their HPLMN, see TS 22.011 [10].
eab-Common
The EAB parameters applicable for all PLMN(s).
eab-PerPLMN-List
The EAB parameters per PLMN, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s) listed across the plmn-IdentityList fields in SystemInformationBlockType1.
eab-PerRSRP
Access barring per RSRP. Value thresh0 means access to the cell is barred when in enhanced coverage as specified in TS 36.304 [4] and does not apply to UEs satisfying S criteria for normal coverage. Value thresh1 is compared to the first entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList, value thresh2 is compared to the second entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList and so on.

–	SystemInformationBlockType15
The IE SystemInformationBlockType15 contains the MBMS Service Area Identities (SAI) of the current and/ or neighbouring carrier frequencies.
SystemInformationBlockType15 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType15-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-SAI-IntraFreq-r11					MBMS-SAI-List-r11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11				MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140		MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140	OPTIONAL	-- Cond InterFreq
	]],
	[[	mbms-IntraFreqCarrierType-r14		MBMS-CarrierType-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		mbms-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14	
											MBMS-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

MBMS-SAI-List-r11 ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSAI-MBMS-r11)) OF MBMS-SAI-r11

MBMS-SAI-r11 ::=						INTEGER (0..65535)

MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11

MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140

MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r11						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	mbms-SAI-List-r11						MBMS-SAI-List-r11
}

MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		multiBandInfoList-r11				MultiBandInfoList-r11			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

MBMS-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-CarrierType-r14

MBMS-CarrierType-r14 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierType-r14							ENUMERATED {mbms, fembmsMixed, fembmsDedicated},
	frameOffset-r14							INTEGER (0..3)					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType15 field descriptions
carrierType
Indicates whether the carrier is pre-Rel-14 MBMS carrier (mbms) or FeMBMS/Unicast mixed carrier (fembmsMixed) or MBMS-dedicated carrier (fembmsDedicated).
frameOffset
For MBMS-dedicated carrier, the frameOffset gives the radio frame which contains PBCH by SFN mod 4 = frameOffset.
mbms-InterFreqCarrierTypeList
Indicates whether this is an feMBMS carrier. The field is included only if mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 is included. The number of entries is the same in both fields and carrier type relates to the frequency indicated in mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 in the corresponding entry index.
mbms-IntraFreqCarrierType
Contains indication whether the carrier is pre-Rel-14 MBMS carrier, FeMBMS/Unicast mixed carrier or MBMS-dedicated carrier.
mbms-SAI-InterFreqList
Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional bands, if any, that provide MBMS services and the corresponding MBMS SAIs.
mbms-SAI-IntraFreq
Contains the list of MBMS SAIs for the current frequency. A duplicate MBMS SAI indicates that this and all following SAIs are not offered by this cell but only by neighbour cells on the current frequency. For MBMS service continuity, the UE shall use all MBMS SAIs listed in mbms-SAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBMS frequencies of interest.
mbms-SAI-List
Contains a list of MBMS SAIs for a specific frequency.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency bands applicable for the cells participating in the MBSFN transmission.

Conditional presence
Explanation
InterFreq
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 is present. Otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType16
The IE SystemInformationBlockType16 contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC, the GPS and the local time.
NOTE:	The UE may use the time information for numerous purposes, possibly involving upper layers e.g. to assist GPS initialisation, to synchronise the UE clock (a.o. to determine MBMS session start/ stop).
SystemInformationBlockType16 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType16-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	timeInfo-r11							SEQUENCE {
		timeInfoUTC-r11						INTEGER (0..549755813887),
		dayLightSavingTime-r11				BIT STRING (SIZE (2))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		leapSeconds-r11						INTEGER (-127..128)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		localTimeOffset-r11					INTEGER (-63..64)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	timeReferenceInfo-r15				TimeReferenceInfo-r15	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType16 field descriptions
dayLightSavingTime
It indicates if and how daylight saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time. The semantics is the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.301 [35] and TS 24.008 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3, i.e. the value part of the Daylight Saving Time IE, and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3.
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). NOTE 1.
This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.

NOTE 1:	The UE may use this field together with the leapSeconds field to obtain GPS time as follows: GPS Time (in seconds) = timeInfoUTC (in seconds) - 2,524,953,600 (seconds) + leapSeconds, where 2,524,953,600 is the number of seconds between 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 and 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 6 January, 1980 (start of GPS time).
–	SystemInformationBlockType17
The IE SystemInformationBlockType17 contains information relevant for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN.
SystemInformationBlockType17 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType17-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List-r12		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF
										WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		wlan-OffloadConfigCommon-r12		WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		wlan-Id-List-r12					WLAN-Id-List-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		...
}

WLAN-Id-List-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r12)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12

WLAN-Identifiers-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ssid-r12						OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..32))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	bssid-r12						OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	hessid-r12						OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType17 field descriptions
bssid
Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
hessid
Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier (HESSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
ssid
Service Set Identifier (SSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List
The WLAN offload configuration per PLMN includes the same number of entries, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s) listed across the plmn-IdentityList fields in SystemInformationBlockType1.

–	SystemInformationBlockType18
The IE SystemInformationBlockType18 indicates E-UTRAN supports the sidelink UE information procedure and may contain sidelink communication related resource configuration information.
SystemInformationBlockType18 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType18-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
	commConfig-r12						SEQUENCE {
		commRxPool-r12						SL-CommRxPoolList-r12,
		commTxPoolNormalCommon-r12			SL-CommTxPoolList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		commTxPoolExceptional-r12			SL-CommTxPoolList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		commSyncConfig-r12					SL-SyncConfigList-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	commTxPoolNormalCommonExt-r13			SL-CommTxPoolListExt-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed-r13			ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		commTxAllowRelayCommon-r13				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType18 field descriptions
commRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
commSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information. E-UTRAN configures commSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
commTxAllowRelayCommon
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to transmit relay related sidelink communication data using the transmission pools included in SystemInformationBlockType18 i.e. either via commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt or via commTxPoolExceptional.
commTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.4.
commTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE or when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting sidelink via a frequency other than the primary.
commTxPoolNormalCommonExt
Indicates transmission resource pool(s) in addition to the pool(s) indicated by field commTxPoolNormalCommon, by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE or when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting sidelink via a frequency other than the primary. E-UTRAN configures commTxPoolNormalCommonExt only when it configures commTxPoolNormalCommon.
commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to request transmission pools for non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication.

–	SystemInformationBlockType19
The IE SystemInformationBlockType19 indicates E-UTRAN supports the sidelink UE information procedure and may contain sidelink discovery related resource configuration information.
SystemInformationBlockType19 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType19-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
	discConfig-r12						SEQUENCE {
		discRxPool-r12						SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12,
		discTxPoolCommon-r12				SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		discTxPowerInfo-r12				SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Tx
		discSyncConfig-r12					SL-SyncConfigList-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discInterFreqList-r12				SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	discConfig-v1310				SEQUENCE {
			discInterFreqList-v1310			SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			gapRequestsAllowedCommon		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		discConfigRelay-r13				SEQUENCE {
			relayUE-Config-r13				SL-DiscConfigRelayUE-r13,
			remoteUE-Config-r13				SL-DiscConfigRemoteUE-r13
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		discConfigPS-13					SEQUENCE {
			discRxPoolPS-r13				SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12,
			discTxPoolPS-Common-r13			SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12

SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-CarrierFreqInfo-v1310

SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	plmn-IdentityList-r12			PLMN-IdentityList4-r12			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

SL-DiscConfigRelayUE-r13	::= SEQUENCE {	
	threshHigh-r13			RSRP-RangeSL4-r13						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	threshLow-r13			RSRP-RangeSL4-r13						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	hystMax-r13				ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf}	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ThreshHigh
	hystMin-r13				ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond ThreshLow
}

SL-DiscConfigRemoteUE-r13	::= SEQUENCE {	
	threshHigh-r13			RSRP-RangeSL4-r13						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	hystMax-r13				ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ThreshHigh
	reselectionInfoIC-r13	ReselectionInfoRelay-r13
}

ReselectionInfoRelay-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	q-RxLevMin-r13					Q-RxLevMin,
	-- Note that the mapping of invidual values may be different for PC5, but the granularity/
	-- number of values is same as for Uu
	filterCoefficient-r13			FilterCoefficient,
	minHyst-r13					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3,
										dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

SL-CarrierFreqInfo-v1310::=	SEQUENCE {
	discResourcesNonPS-r13			SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discResourcesPS-r13				SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discConfigOther-r13			SL-DiscConfigOtherInterFreq-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

PLMN-IdentityList4-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF	PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12

PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12 ::=		CHOICE	{
	plmn-Index-r12					INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	plmnIdentity-r12				PLMN-Identity
}

SL-DiscTxResourcesInterFreq-r13 ::=	CHOICE {
	acquireSI-FromCarrier-r13		NULL,
	discTxPoolCommon-r13			SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12,
	requestDedicated-r13			NULL,
	noTxOnCarrier-r13				NULL
}

SL-DiscConfigOtherInterFreq-r13::=	SEQUENCE {
	txPowerInfo-r13					SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Tx
	refCarrierCommon-r13			ENUMERATED {pCell}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discSyncConfig-r13				SL-SyncConfigListNFreq-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discCellSelectionInfo-r13		CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	discRxResourcesInterFreq-r13	SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discTxResourcesInterFreq-r13	SL-DiscTxResourcesInterFreq-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType19 field descriptions
discCellSelectionInfo
Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent, the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency. See TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4.
discInterFreqList
Indicates the neighbouring frequencies on which sidelink discovery announcement is supported. May also provide further information i.e. reception resource pool and/ or transmission resource pool, or an indication how resources could be obtained.
discRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
discRxPoolPS
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
discRxResourcesInterFreq
Indicates the resource pool configuration for receiving discovery announcements on a carrier frequency.
discSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information. E-UTRAN configures discSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
discTxPoolCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
discTxPoolPS-Common
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
discTxResourcesInterFreq
For the concerned frequency, either provides the UE with a pool of sidelink discovery announcement transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_IDLE, or indicates whether such transmission is allowed, and if so how the UE may obtain the required resources. Value noTxOnCarrier indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency. Value acquireSI-FromCarrier indicates that the required resources are to be obtained by autonomously acquiring SIB19 and other relevant SIBs from the concerned frequency. Value requestDedicated indicates, that for the concerned carrier, the required sidelink discovery resources are to be obtained by means of a dedicated resource request using the SidelinkUEInformation message.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities for the neighbouring frequency indicated by carrierFreq. Absence of the field indicates the same PLMN identities as listed across the plmn-IdentityList fields (without suffix) in SystemInformationBlockType1.
plmn-Index
Index of the corresponding entry across the plmn-IdentityList fields (without suffix) within SystemInformationBlockType1.
refCarrierCommon
Indicates if the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED)/ serving cell (RRC_IDLE) is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
reselectionInfoIC
Includes the parameters used by the UE when selecting/ reselecting a sidelink relay UE.
SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12.
threshHigh, threshLow (relayUE)
Indicates when a sidelink remote UE or sidelink relay UE that is in network coverage may use the broadcast PS related sidelink discovery Tx resource pool, if broadcast, or request Tx resources by dedicated signalling otherwise. For remote UEs, this parameter is used similarly for relay related sidelink communication.

Conditional presence
Explanation
ThreshHigh
The field is mandatory present if threshHigh is included in the corresponding IE. Otherwise the field is not present and UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ThreshLow
The field is mandatory present if threshLow is included. Otherwise the field is not present UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
Tx
The field is mandatory present if discTxPoolCommon is included. Otherwise the field is optional present, need OR.

–	SystemInformationBlockType20
The IE SystemInformationBlockType20 contains the information required to acquire the control information associated transmission of MBMS using SC-PTM.
SystemInformationBlockType20 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType20-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r13		ENUMERATED {rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
	sc-mcch-Offset-r13				INTEGER (0..10),
	sc-mcch-FirstSubframe-r13		INTEGER (0..9),
	sc-mcch-duration-r13			INTEGER (2..9)	OPTIONAL,
	sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-r13	ENUMERATED {rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256,
										rf512, rf1024, r2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768,												rf65536},
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	br-BCCH-Config-r14					SEQUENCE {
			dummy								ENUMERATED {rf1},
			dummy2								ENUMERATED {rf1},
			mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MCCH-r14		INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
			mpdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MCCH-r14	ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
															r32, r64, r128, r256},
			mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH-r14			CHOICE {
				fdd-r14								ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4,
																v5, v8, v10},
				tdd-r14								ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20}
			},
			mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MCCH-r14	ENUMERATED {off, ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB},
			sc-mcch-CarrierFreq-r14				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
			sc-mcch-Offset-BR-r14				INTEGER (0..10),
			sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR-r14		ENUMERATED {rf32, rf128, rf512, rf1024,
													rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384},
			sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR-r14	ENUMERATED { rf32, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024,
													rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768,
													rf65536, rf131072, rf262144, rf524288,
													rf1048576}
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo-r14			SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-SC-MTCH-r14
											ENUMERATED { r16, r32 }		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-SC-MTCH-r14
											ENUMERATED {
												r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,
												r1536, r2048}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1470		ENUMERATED {rf1} 				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1470	ENUMERATED {rf1} 				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-r14::=	SEQUENCE	{
	onDurationTimerSCPTM-r14			ENUMERATED {psf10, psf20, psf100, psf300,
												psf500, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600},
	drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r14		ENUMERATED {psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf8, psf16,
												psf32, psf64, psf128, psf256, ps512,
												psf1024, psf2048, psf4096, psf8192, psf16384},
	schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r14	CHOICE {
		sf10									INTEGER(0..9),
		sf20									INTEGER(0..19),
		sf32									INTEGER(0..31),
		sf40									INTEGER(0..39),
		sf64									INTEGER(0..63),
		sf80									INTEGER(0..79),
		sf128									INTEGER(0..127),
		sf160									INTEGER(0..159),
		sf256									INTEGER(0..255),
		sf320									INTEGER(0..319),
		sf512									INTEGER(0..511),
		sf640									INTEGER(0..639),
		sf1024									INTEGER(0..1023),
		sf2048									INTEGER(0..2047),
		sf4096									INTEGER(0..4095),
		sf8192									INTEGER(0..8191)
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType20 field descriptions
br-BCCH-Config-r14
The field is present if SystemInformationBlockType20 is sent on BR-BCCH. Otherwise the field is absent.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for listening to SC-MCCH scheduling in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 MPDCCH sub-frame, psf1 corresponds to 1 MPDCCH sub-frame and so on.
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MCCH
Narrowband for MPDCCH for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MCCH
The maximum number of MPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH
Configuration of the starting subframes of the MPDCCH search space for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MCCH
Frequency hopping configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Indicates the duration in subframes during which SC-MCCH may be scheduled in MPDCCH sub-frames, see TS 36.321 [6].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-SC-MTCH
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for SC-MTCH to UEs in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-SC-MTCH
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for SC-MTCH CE to UEs in mode B, see TS 36.213 [23].
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames.
sc-mcch-CarrierFreq
Downlink carrier used for all multicast SC-MCCH transmissions.
sc-mcch-duration
Indicates, starting from the subframe indicated by sc-mcch-FirstSubframe, the duration in subframes during which SC-MCCH may be scheduled in PDCCH sub-frames, see TS 36.321 [6]. Absence of this IE means that SC-MCCH is only scheduled in the subframe indicated by sc-mcch-FirstSubframe.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf2 corresponds to 2 radio frames, value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames and so on. In case sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1470 is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-r13.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR
Defines periodically appearing boundaries for BL UE or UE in CE, i.e. radio frames for which (H-SFN*1024 + SFN) mod sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR = 0 if hyperSFN is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or radio frames for which SFN mod sc-mcchModificationPeriod-BR = 0 otherwise.The contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-FirstSubframe
Indicates the first subframe in which SC-MCCH is scheduled
sc-mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the radio frames in which SC-MCCH is scheduled i.e. SC-MCCH is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod = sc-mcch-Offset.
sc-mcch-Offset-BR
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR, the boundary of the SC-MCCH repetition period for BL UE or UE in CE: (H-SFN*1024 + SFN) mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR = sc-mcch-Offset-BR if hyperSFN is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or radio frames for which (SFN mod mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR) = sc-mcch-Offset-BR otherwise.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information, in radio frames. Value rf2 corresponds to 2 radio frames, rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames and so on. In case sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1470 is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r13.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information for BL UE or UE in CE, in radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MCCH. If this field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MCCH reception.

–	SystemInformationBlockType21
The IE SystemInformationBlockType21 contains V2X sidelink communication configuration.
SystemInformationBlockType21 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType21-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	sl-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14				SL-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...
}

SL-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	v2x-CommRxPool-r14					SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon-r14		SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon-r14		SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional-r14		SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-SyncConfig-r14					SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r14			SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14		SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	zoneConfig-r14						SL-ZoneConfig-r14					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	typeTxSync-r14						SL-TypeTxSync-r14					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14		SL-Priority-r13						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	anchorCarrierFreqList-r14			SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	offsetDFN-r14						INTEGER (0..1000)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cbr-CommonTxConfigList-r14			SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}


-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType21 field descriptions
anchorCarrierFreqList
Indicates carrier frequencies which may include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
cbr-CommonTxConfigList
Indicates the common list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmissions parameter configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference for the PCell. Value 0 corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication. zoneID is not configured in the pools in this field.
thresSL-TxPrioritization
Indicates the threshold used to determine whether SL V2X transmission is prioritized over uplink transmission if they overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). This value shall overwrite thresSL-TxPrioritization configured in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration if any.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on the carrier frequency on which this field is broadcast.
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive V2X sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE and in RRC_CONNECTED.
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit V2X sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.13.
v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication when in RRC_IDLE or when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting V2X sidelink communication via a frequency other than the primary. E-UTRAN configures one resource pool per zone.
v2x-InterFreqInfoList
Indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of neighboring frequencies for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig
Indicates V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous resource selection.
v2x-SyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information for V2X sidelink communication. E-UTRAN configures v2x-SyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs to transmit synchronisation information.
zoneConfig
Indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication in 5.10.13.2.

–	SystemInformationBlockType24
The IE SystemInformationBlockType24 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about NR frequencies and NR neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency.
SystemInformationBlockType24 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType24-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqListNR-r15				CarrierFreqListNR-r15				OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	t-ReselectionNR-r15					T-Reselection,
	t-ReselectionNR-SF-r15				SpeedStateScaleFactors				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

CarrierFreqListNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CarrierFreqNR-r15

CarrierFreqNR-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
	multiBandInfoList-r15				MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoListSUL-r15			MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	measTimingConfig-r15				MTC-SSB-NR-r15						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15			ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240},
	ss-RSSI-Measurement-r15				SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15		OPTIONAL, 		-- Cond RSRQ2
	cellReselectionPriority-r15			CellReselectionPriority		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	cellReselectionSubPriority-r15		CellReselectionSubPriority-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	threshX-High-r15					ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Low-r15						ReselectionThreshold,
	threshX-Q-r15						SEQUENCE {
			threshX-HighQ-r15				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9,
			threshX-LowQ-r15				ReselectionThresholdQ-r9
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond RSRQ
	q-RxLevMin-r15						INTEGER (-70..-22),
	q-RxLevMinSUL-r15					INTEGER (-70..-22)				OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
	p-MaxNR-r15							P-MaxNR-r15,
	ns-PmaxListNR-r15					NS-PmaxListNR-r15					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	q-QualMin-r15						INTEGER (-43..-12)				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r15			BOOLEAN,
	maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15				MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	threshRS-Index-r15					ThresholdListNR-r15				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	multiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1550		MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-1-v1550	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		multiBandNsPmaxListNR-SUL-v1550	MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1550		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		ssb-ToMeasure-r15				SSB-ToMeasure-r15				OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]]
}

MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-1-v1550	::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-1-r15)) OF NS-PmaxListNR-r15

MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1550	::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-r15)) OF NS-PmaxListNR-r15

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType24 field descriptions
carrierFreqListNR
List of carrier frequencies of NR carriers. These frequencies correspond to GSCN values as specified in TS 38.101 [85].
cellReselectionPriority
The field concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds with parameter "priority" in TS 36.304 [4].
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
The field indicates whether the UE may use, to derive the SSB index of a cell on the indicated SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, the timing of any detected cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing. If this field is set to TRUE, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same NR carrier frequency as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
maxRS-IndexCellQual
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. Corresponds to the parameter nrofSS-BlocksToAverage in TS 38.304 [92].
measTimingConfig
Used to configure measurement timing configurations, i.e., timing occasions at which the UE measures SSBs. If the field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5ms in this frequency.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply. The UE shall select the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field to represent the NR neighbour carrier frequency. The network always includes this field.
multiBandInfoListSUL
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply. The UE shall select the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoListSUL field to represent the NR neighbour carrier frequency.
multiBandNsPmaxListNR
Indicates the NS-PmaxListNR configuration for the NR frequency band(s) listed in multiBandInfoList. The first entry corresponds to the second listed band in multiBandInfoList, and second entry corresponds to the third listed band in multiBandInfoList, and so on. 
multiBandNsPmaxListNR-SUL
Indicates the NS-PmaxListNR configuration for the NR SUL frequency band(s) listed in multiBandInfoListSUL. The first entry corresponds to the first listed band in multiBandInfoListSUL, and second entry corresponds to the second listed band in multiBandInfoListSUL, and so on.
ns-PmaxListNR
Indicates a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, corresponds to the first listed band in the multiBandInfoList.
p-MaxNR
Indicates the maximum power for NR (see TS 38.104 [91]) the UE can use in NR SCG.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for NR neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. 
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for NR neighbour cells.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminSUL" in TS 38.304 [92], applicable for NR neighbouring cells.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [89]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
ss-RSSI-Measurements
Indicates the SSB-based RSSI measurement configuration. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is defined in TS 38.215 [89], clause 5.1.3.
threshRS-Index
List of thresholds for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. Corresponds to the parameter absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation in TS 38.304 [92].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
RSRQ2
The field is optional Need OP if the threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType25
The IE SystemInformationBlockType25 contains the UAC parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType25 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType25-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	uac-BarringForCommon-r15				UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	uac-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15			UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	uac-BarringInfoSetList-r15			UAC-BarringInfoSetList-r15,
	uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15		CHOICE {
		plmnCommon-r15							UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15,
		individualPLMNList-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN-r11)) OF UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15
		}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	...
}

UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF UAC-BarringPerPLMN-r15

UAC-BarringPerPLMN-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityIndex-r15		INTEGER (1.. maxPLMN-r11),
	uac-AC-BarringListType-r15		CHOICE{
		uac-ImplicitAC-BarringList-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(maxAccessCat-1-r15)) OF UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15,
		uac-ExplicitAC-BarringList-r15		UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15
		}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxAccessCat-1-r15)) OF UAC-BarringPerCat-r15

UAC-BarringPerCat-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	accessCategory-r15					INTEGER (1..maxAccessCat-1-r15),
	uac-barringInfoSetIndex-r15		UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15
}

UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15 ::=	INTEGER (1..maxBarringInfoSet-r15)
UAC-BarringInfoSetList-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBarringInfoSet-r15)) OF UAC-BarringInfoSet-r15


UAC-BarringInfoSet-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	uac-BarringFactor-r15		ENUMERATED {
									p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40,
									p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95},
	uac-BarringTime-r15			ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512},
	uac-BarringForAccessIdentity-r15			BIT STRING (SIZE(7))
}

UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15::=	ENUMERATED {a, b, c}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType25 field descriptions
accessCategory
The Access Category according to TS 22.261 [96].
uac-AC-BarringListType
Access control parameters for each access category valid only for a specific PLMN. UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.16.2.
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo 
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [96]. The field is forwarded to upper layers, if present.
uac-BarringFactor
Represents the probability that access attempt would be allowed during access barring check.
uac-BarringForAccessIdentity
Indicates whether access attempt is allowed for each Access Identity. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 1, bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 2, bit 2 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 11, bit 3 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 12 and so on. Value 0 means that access attempt is allowed for the corresponding access identity.
uac-BarringForCommon
Common access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.16.2.
uac-barringInfoSetIndex
Index of the entry in field uac-BarringInfoSetList. Value 1 corresponds to the first entry in uac-BarringInfoSetList, value 2 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on. An index value referring to an entry not included in uac-BarringInfoSetList indicates no barring.
uac-BarringInfoSetList
List of access control parameter sets. Each access category can be configured with access parameters corresponding to a particular set by uac-barringInfoSetIndex. Association of an access category with an index that has no corresponding entry in the uac-BarringInfoSetList is valid configuration and indicates no barring.
uac-BarringPerPLMN-List
Access control parameters for each access category valid only for a specific PLMN.
uac-BarringTime
The minimum time before a new access attempt is to be performed after an access attempt was barred at access barring check for the same access category.

–	SystemInformationBlockType26
The IE SystemInformationBlockType26 contains V2X sidelink communication configurations which can be used jointly with those included in SystemInformationBlockType21.
SystemInformationBlockType26 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType26-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r15			SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r15			SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15		SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	syncFreqList-r15					SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	slss-TxMultiFreq-r15				ENUMERATED{true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15		SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	threshS-RSSI-CBR-r14				INTEGER (0..45)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType26 field descriptions
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList included in SIB21, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList included in SIB21. The configurations in this field apply to all the resource pools on all the carrier frequencies included in SIB26 for V2X sidelink communication transmission. The mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15 included in this field also applies to all the resource pools on all the carrier frequencies included in SIB21 for V2X sidelink communication transmission.
slss-TxMultiFreq
Value TRUE indicates the UE transmits SLSS on multiple carrier frequencies for V2X sidelink communication. If this field is absent, the UE transmits SLSS only on the synchronisation carrier frequency.
syncFreqList
Indicates a list of candidate carrier frequencies that can be used for the synchronisation of V2X sidelink communication.
threshS-RSSI-CBR
Indicates the S-RSSI threshold for determining the contribution of a sub-channel to the CBR measurement, as specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value 0 corresponds to -112 dBm, value 1 to -110 dBm, value n to (-112 + n*2) dBm, and so on. If included, the threshS-RSSI-CBR in SL-CommResourcePoolV2X in SIB26 is absent.
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList
Indicates the configuration information for the carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission on the carrier frequency where the field is broadcast.
v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig
Indicates the configuration information for sidelink packet duplication for V2X sidelink communication. 
v2x-InterFreqInfoList
If this field includes a carrier frequency which is included in SIB21 and some configuration(s) for that carrier are already included in SIB21, the corresponding configuration(s) for that carrier frequency are not included in this field.

6.3.2	Radio resource control information elements
–	AntennaInfo
The IE AntennaInfoCommon and the AntennaInfoDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific antenna configuration respectively.
AntennaInfo information elements
-- ASN1START

AntennaInfoCommon ::=				SEQUENCE {
	antennaPortsCount					ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}
}

AntennaInfoDedicated ::=			SEQUENCE {
	transmissionMode					ENUMERATED {
											tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6,
											tm7, tm8-v920},
	codebookSubsetRestriction			CHOICE {
		n2TxAntenna-tm3						BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm3						BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
		n2TxAntenna-tm4						BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm4						BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
		n2TxAntenna-tm5						BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm5						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
		n2TxAntenna-tm6						BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm6						BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
	}		OPTIONAL,															-- Cond TM
	ue-TransmitAntennaSelection			CHOICE{
		release							NULL,
		setup							ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
	}
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	codebookSubsetRestriction-v920		CHOICE {
		n2TxAntenna-tm8-r9					BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
		n4TxAntenna-tm8-r9					BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
	}		OPTIONAL															-- Cond TM8
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	transmissionMode-r10				ENUMERATED {
											tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6, tm7, tm8-v920,
											tm9-v1020, tm10-v1130, spare6, spare5, spare4,
											spare3, spare2, spare1},
	codebookSubsetRestriction-r10		BIT STRING			OPTIONAL,			-- Cond TMX
	ue-TransmitAntennaSelection		CHOICE{
		release							NULL,
		setup							ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop}
	}
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0::=	SEQUENCE {
	maxLayersMIMO-r10			ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX-r12	BOOLEAN
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ce-UE-TxAntennaSelection-config-r14			ENUMERATED {on}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::=	CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		transmissionModeDL-MBSFN-r15		ENUMERATED {tm9, tm10}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN-r15 	ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm6, tm8, tm9,
														tm10}		OPTIONAL,	--_Need OR
		codebookSubsetRestriction			CHOICE {
			n2TxAntenna-tm3-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
			n4TxAntenna-tm3-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
			n2TxAntenna-tm4-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
			n4TxAntenna-tm4-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
			n2TxAntenna-tm5-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
			n4TxAntenna-tm5-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
			n2TxAntenna-tm6-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
			n4TxAntenna-tm6-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
			n2TxAntenna-tm8-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
			n4TxAntenna-tm8-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
			n2TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15			BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
			n4TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15			BIT STRING (SIZE (96)),
			n8TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15			BIT STRING (SIZE (109))
		}		OPTIONAL, 															-- Cond TM
		maxLayersMIMO-STTI-r15			ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers}	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer-r15	BOOLEAN,
		slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer-r15	BOOLEAN
	}
}

AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530 ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								CHOICE {
		ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config-r15			NULL,	
		ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs-r15			ENUMERATED {two, three}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

AntennaInfo field descriptions
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with a) tm8 with 4 CRS ports, tm9 or tm10 with 4 CSI-RS ports and b) PMI/RI reporting.
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of cell specific antenna ports where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.2.1.
ce-ue-TxAntennaSelection-config
Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for non-BL UE in CE Mode A, see TS 36.212 [22].
codebookSubsetRestriction
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.3.4.2.3. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1b. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8 or tm9. Furthermore, E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
maxLayersMIMO
Indicates the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing used to determine the rank indication bit width and Kc determination of the soft buffer size for the corresponding serving cell according to TS 36.212 [22]. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm9 or tm10 for the corresponding serving cell. When configuring the field for a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm3 or tm4, EUTRAN only configures value fourLayers: For a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm9 or tm10, EUTRAN only configures the field only if intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList or FeatureSetDL-PerCC is indicated for the band and the band combination of the corresponding serving cell or the UE supports maxLayersMIMO-Indication.
maxLayersMIMO-STTI
Indicates the maximum number of layers, for each serving cell, to be used when determining if the shifted DMRS pattern is applicable TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.2.
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer, slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer
Indicates the table to be used in case of dynamic TX diversity fallback for TM9 and 10 for up to 2-layer/4-layer slot or subslot PDSCH operation, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.22.
transmissionMode
Points to one of Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
transmissionModeDL-MBSFN
Indicates, for MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable. 
transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN
Indicates, for non-MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc. for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable.
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection
For value setup, the field indicates whether UE transmit antenna selection control is closed-loop or open-loop as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.7.
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config
Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select one antenna among four antennas to transmit SRS for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. When ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config and ue-TransmitAntennaSelection are configured simultaneously for a given serving cell, the UE selects one of the first two antennas for PUSCH transmission and selects one antenna among four antennas at each SRS instance for SRS transmission for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. 
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs
Presence of the field indicates configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select two antennas among four antennas to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Further, the field indicates the number of antenna pairs to select from for SRS transmission for a given serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Value two indicates the UE to select one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. Value three indicates the UE to select one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. EUTRAN does not simultaneously configure ue-TransmitAntennaSelection and ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs for a given serving cell.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TM
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TM8
The field is optional present, need OR, if AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to tm8. If AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to a value other than tm8, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
TMX
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. The field is optionally present, need OR, if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm8 or tm9. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	AntennaInfoUL
The IE AntennaInfoUL is used to specify the UL antenna configuration.
AntennaInfoUL information elements
-- ASN1START

AntennaInfoUL-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	transmissionModeUL-r10				ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, spare6, spare5,
													spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	fourAntennaPortActivated-r10			ENUMERATED {setup}			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	transmissionModeUL-STTI-r15			ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

AntennaInfoUL field descriptions
fourAntennaPortActivated
Parameter indicates if four antenna ports are used. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. E-UTRAN optionally configures fourAntennaPortActivated only if transmissionModeUL is set to tm2.
transmissionModeUL
Points to one of UL Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
transmissionModeUL-STTI
Indicates the UL transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1 and tm2 to transmission mode 2 for slot or subslot operation.

–	AUL-Config
The IE AUL-Config is used to specify the autonomous uplink configuration.
AUL-Config information element
-- ASN1START

AUL-Config-r15 ::=	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		aul-CRNTI-r15							C-RNTI,
		aul-Subframes-r15						BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
		aul-HARQ-Processes-r15					INTEGER (1..16),
		transmissionModeUL-AUL-r15				ENUMERATED {tm1,tm2},	
		aul-StartingFullBW-InsideMCOT-r15		BIT STRING (SIZE (5)),
		aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideMCOT-r15		BIT STRING (SIZE (7)),
		aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideMCOT-r15 	ENUMERATED {o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1},
		aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideMCOT-r15	ENUMERATED {o16, o25, o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1},
		aul-RetransmissionTimer-r15				ENUMERATED {psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf12, psf20, psf28, psf37, psf44, psf68, psf84, psf100,
												psf116, psf132, psf164, psf324},
		endingSymbolAUL-r15						INTEGER(12..13),
		subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing-r15			INTEGER(2..4),
		contentionWindowSizeTimer-r15			ENUMERATED {n0, n5, n10}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

AUL-Config field descriptions
aul-CRNTI
AUL C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
aul-HARQ-Processes
This field indicates which HARQ process IDs are configured for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. In case tm1 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to field value. In case tm2 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to double of the field value. The largest value of the HARQ process ID is equal to the number of configured HARQ processes.
aul-RetransmissionTimer
This timer is used to restrict both new transmission and retransmission for the same HARQ process for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. Value psf4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH subframes etc.
aul-StartingFullBW-InsideMCOT
This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 34, second bit corresponds to value 43, third bit corresponds to value 52, fourth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1. 
aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideMCOT
This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 16, second bit corresponds to value 25, third bit corresponds to value 34, fourth bit corresponds to value 43, fifth bit corresponds to value 52, sixth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1.
aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideMCOT
This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o34 corresponds to 34, and the value o43 corresponds to 43 and so on.
aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideCOT
This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o16 corresponds to 16, the value o25 corresponds to 25 and so on.
aul-Subframes
This field indicates which subframes are allowed for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod 4 = 0. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is not allowed for AUL. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is allowed for AUL.
contentionWindowSizeTimer
This field indicates contention window size adjustment timer as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.2.2. The value n0 corresponds to 0ms, value n5 corresponds to 5ms, value n10 corresponds to 10ms. The value is set to n0 or n5 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier cannot be guaranteed. The value is set to n0 or n10 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier can be guaranteed.
endingSymbolAUL
This field indicates PUSCH ending symbol of the last AUL subframe in an AUL burst as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 4.1.3.
subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing
This field is COT sharing indication parameter X indicating if subframe n+X is an applicable subframe for UL to DL sharing as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.1.3.
transmissionModeUL-AUL
This field indicates which UL transmission mode is used for AUL as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2.

–	CQI-ReportAperiodic
The IE CQI-ReportAperiodic is used to specify the aperiodic CQI reporting configuration.
CQI-ReportAperiodic information elements
-- ASN1START

CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10	::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
		aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10			SEQUENCE {	
			trigger1-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
			trigger2-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}
}

CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250	::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250			SEQUENCE {	
			trigger-SubframeSetIndicator-r12	ENUMERATED {s1, s2},
			trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r12	BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
			trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r12	BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
		}
	}
}

CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310	::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310			SEQUENCE {	
			trigger1-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger2-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger3-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger4-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger5-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger6-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		aperiodicCSI-Trigger2-r13		CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE {	
				trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r13	BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
				trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r13	BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
				trigger3-SubframeSetIndicator-r13	BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
				trigger4-SubframeSetIndicator-r13	BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
				trigger5-SubframeSetIndicator-r13	BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
				trigger6-SubframeSetIndicator-r13	BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
			}
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11	::=		SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic,
	trigger01-r11						BOOLEAN,
	trigger10-r11						BOOLEAN,
	trigger11-r11						BOOLEAN
}

CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310	::=		SEQUENCE {
	trigger001-r13						BOOLEAN,
	trigger010-r13						BOOLEAN,
	trigger011-r13						BOOLEAN,
	trigger100-r13						BOOLEAN,
	trigger101-r13						BOOLEAN,
	trigger110-r13						BOOLEAN,
	trigger111-r13						BOOLEAN
}

CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14	::=		SEQUENCE {
	triggers-r14						CHOICE {
		oneBit-r14							SEQUENCE {
			trigger1-Indicator-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
		},
		twoBit-r14							SEQUENCE {
			trigger01-Indicator-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
			trigger10-Indicator-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
			trigger11-Indicator-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
		},
		threeBit-r14						SEQUENCE {
			trigger001-Indicator-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger010-Indicator-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger011-Indicator-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger100-Indicator-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) ,
			trigger101-Indicator-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger110-Indicator-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
			trigger111-Indicator-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
		}
	}																OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CQI-ReportModeAperiodic ::=				ENUMERATED {
											rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31,
											rm32-v1250, rm10-v1310, rm11-v1310
}

-- ASN1STOP

CQI-ReportAperiodic field descriptions
aperiodicCSI-Trigger
Indicates for which serving cell(s) the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when one or more SCells are configured. trigger1-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 10 while trigger1-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 010, trigger2-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 11 while trigger2-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 011, trigger3-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1A and table 7.2.1-1D, and so on. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means no aperiodic CSI report is triggered) or value 1 (means the aperiodic CSI report is triggered). At most 5 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperidociCSI-Trigger-r10 and in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250 and at most 32 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310. E-UTRAN configures value 1 only for cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9. One value applies for all serving cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9 and belonging to the same PUCCH group (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator
For a serving cell configured with csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered for the serving cell if the aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 01 or 001, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C or table 7.2.1.-1E. Value s1 corresponds to CSI subframe set 1 and value s2 corresponds to CSI subframe set 2.
trigger001
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 001, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-E.
trigger001-IndicatorN.. trigger111-IndicatorN
Indicates for which eMIMO-Type the aperiodic CSI report is triggered (the corresponding CSI process, CSI subframe set}-pair(s) and/or a serving cell) as applicable, See TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1A, 7.2.1-1B, and 7.2.1-1C.
trigger01
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 01, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E.
trigger010, trigger011, trigger100, trigger101, Trigger110, Trigger111
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 010, 011, 100, 101, 110 or 111, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E.
trigger10, trigger11
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 10 or 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1B. EUTRAN configures at most 5 CSI processes, across all serving frequencies within each CG, to be triggered by a CSI request field set to value 10. The same restriction applies for value 11. In case E-UTRAN simultaneously triggers CSI requests for more than 5 CSI processes some limitations apply, see TS 36.213 [23].
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator
If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 10, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 010, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator
If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 011, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger3-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger4-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 101, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger5-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 110, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger6-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 111, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex =1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).

–	CQI-ReportBoth
The IE CQI-ReportBoth is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration common to both periodic and aperiodic configurations.
CQI-ReportBoth information elements
-- ASN1START

CQI-ReportBoth-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11		CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11		CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-ProcessToReleaseList-r11		CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-ProcessToAddModList-r11			CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportBoth-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r12		CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r12		CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportBoth-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13	CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13	CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-Config-r11

CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12

CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11

CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310

CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-Process-r11

CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-ProcessId-r11

CQI-ReportBothProc-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId-r11			CSI-ProcessId-r11				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	pmi-RI-Report-r11					ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

CQI-ReportBoth field descriptions
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-IM-Config only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-ProcessToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
pmi-RI-Report
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId
CSI process whose RI value the UE inherits when reporting RI, in the same subframe, for CSI reporting. E-UTRAN ensures that the CSI process that inherits the RI value is configured in accordance with the conditions specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2.1 and 7.2.2.

–	CQI-ReportConfig
The IE CQI-ReportConfig is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration.
CQI-ReportConfig information elements
-- ASN1START

CQI-ReportConfig ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportModeAperiodic			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic	OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset				INTEGER (-1..6),
	cqi-ReportPeriodic				CQI-ReportPeriodic	OPTIONAL				-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cqi-Mask-r9						ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,		-- Cond cqi-Setup
	pmi-RI-Report-r9				ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL		-- Cond PMIRI
}

CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10				CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset			INTEGER (-1..6),
	cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10				CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pmi-RI-Report-r9					ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond PMIRIPCell
	csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10			MeasSubframePattern-r10,
			csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10			MeasSubframePattern-r10
		}
	}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1130			CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130,
	cqi-ReportBoth-r11					CQI-ReportBoth-r11
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12			BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportBoth-v1250					CQI-ReportBoth-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250	CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	altCQI-Table-r12			ENUMERATED {
									allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
									csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		cqi-ReportBoth-v1310				CQI-ReportBoth-v1310		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310			CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1310			CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1310	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1320			CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1320	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		cqi-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14		CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15		ENUMERATED {
										allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
										csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

CQI-ReportConfig-r15 ::=	CHOICE {
	release					NULL,
	setup					SEQUENCE {
		cqi-ReportConfig-r10			CQI-ReportConfig-r10			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1130			CQI-ReportConfig-v1130			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250		CQI-ReportConfig-v1250			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1310			CQI-ReportConfig-v1310			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1320			CQI-ReportConfig-v1320			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1430			CQI-ReportConfig-v1430			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15		ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
										csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	}
}

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10			CQI-ReportModeAperiodic OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10				INTEGER (-1..6),
	cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10			CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pmi-RI-Report-r10					ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL	-- Cond PMIRISCell
}

CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15				CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15				ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
											csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}		OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

CQI-ReportConfig field descriptions
altCQI-Table, altCQI-Table-1024QAM
Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-Table-r12 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 or in CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 in the same serving cell simultaneously. If altCQI-Table-r12 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured.
cqi-Mask
Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
cqi-ReportAperiodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 is configured.
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
cqi-ReportPeriodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportPeriodic for sTTI within CQI-ReportConfig.
csi-MeasSubframeSets
Indicates the two CSI subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 1 and value 1 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 2. CSI subframe set 1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2, and CSI subframe set 2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. EUTRAN does not configure csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 if either csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 for PCell or eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
csi-MeasSubframeSet1, csi-MeasSubframeSet2
Indicates the CSI measurement subframe sets. csi-MeasSubframeSet1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. E-UTRAN only configures the two CSI measurement subframe sets for the PCell.
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
pmi-RI-Report
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.

Conditional presence
Explanation
cqi-Setup
This field is not present for an Scell except for the PSCell, while it is conditionally present for the PCell and the PSCell according to the following. The field is optional present, need OR, if the cqi-ReportPeriodic in the cqi-ReportConfig is set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRI
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is included. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is absent, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRIPCell
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup, or cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release and cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRISCell
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is included in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is absent in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	CQI-ReportPeriodic
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodic is used to specify the periodic CQI reporting configuration elements.
CQI-ReportPeriodic information elements
-- ASN1START

CQI-ReportPeriodic ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex				INTEGER (0..1185),
		cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
		cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic			CHOICE {
			widebandCQI							NULL,
			subbandCQI							SEQUENCE {
				k									INTEGER (1..4)
			}
		},
		ri-ConfigIndex						INTEGER (0..1023)	OPTIONAL,				-- Need OR
		simultaneousAckNackAndCQI			BOOLEAN
	}
}

CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10			INTEGER (0..1184),
		cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10		INTEGER (0..1184)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex				INTEGER (0..1023),
		cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r10		CHOICE {
			widebandCQI-r10						SEQUENCE {
				csi-ReportMode-r10		ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			},
			subbandCQI-r10						SEQUENCE {
				k								INTEGER (1..4),
				periodicityFactor-r10				ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
			}
		},
		ri-ConfigIndex					INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL,				-- Need OR
		simultaneousAckNackAndCQI		BOOLEAN,
		cqi-Mask-r9						ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,				-- Need OR
		csi-ConfigIndex-r10				CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r10		INTEGER (0..1023),
				ri-ConfigIndex2-r10				INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
			}
		}		OPTIONAL																-- Need ON
	}
}


CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11		ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cri-ReportConfig-r13			CRI-ReportConfig-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5-r13		ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL-- Need OR
}

CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1320 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	periodicityFactorWB-r13			ENUMERATED {n2, n4}			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 ::=	CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexDormant-r15		INTEGER (0..1023),
		ri-ConfigIndexDormant-r15			INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		csi-SubframePatternDormant-r15		CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15			MeasSubframePattern-r10,
				csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15			MeasSubframePattern-r10
			}
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-FormatIndicatorDormant-r15	CHOICE {
			widebandCQI-r15				SEQUENCE {
				csi-ReportMode-r15			ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			},
			subbandCQI-r15				SEQUENCE {
				k-r15						INTEGER (1..4),
				periodicityFactor-r15		ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
			}
		}															OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	}
}

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11,
	cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex-r11			INTEGER (0..1023),
	cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r11	CHOICE {
		widebandCQI-r11				SEQUENCE {
			csi-ReportMode-r11			ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		},
		subbandCQI-r11				SEQUENCE {
			k							INTEGER (1..4),
			periodicityFactor-r11		ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
		}
	},
	ri-ConfigIndex-r11				INTEGER (0..1023)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-ConfigIndex-r11				CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r11		INTEGER (0..1023),
			ri-ConfigIndex2-r11				INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	cri-ReportConfig-r13			CRI-ReportConfig-r13				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	periodicityFactorWB-r13			ENUMERATED {n2, n4}			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexShort-r15	INTEGER (0..1023),
		ri-ConfigIndexShort-r15			INTEGER (0..1023)		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		cqi-FormatIndicatorShort-r15	CHOICE {
			widebandCQI-Short-r15			SEQUENCE {
				csi-ReportModeShort-r15		ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			},
			subbandCQI-Short-r15		SEQUENCE {
				k-r15						INTEGER (1..4),
				periodicityFactor-r15		ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
			}
		}															OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	}
}

CRI-ReportConfig-r13 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		cri-ConfigIndex-r13					CRI-ConfigIndex-r13,
		cri-ConfigIndex2-r13				CRI-ConfigIndex-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}
}

CRI-ConfigIndex-r13 ::=				INTEGER (0..1023)

-- ASN1STOP

CQI-ReportPeriodic field descriptions
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic
Parameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.2-1. Depending on transmissionMode, reporting mode is implicitly given from the table.
cqi-Mask
Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration Index ICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
Parameter for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. E-UTRAN does not apply value 1185. One value applies for all CSI processes.
cqi-ReportAperiodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 is configured.
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt
A set of periodic CQI related parameters for which E-UTRAN may configure different values for each CSI process. For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
cri-ConfigIndex
Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1. EUTRAN configures the field if subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured).
cri-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets. E-UTRAN configures cri-ConfigIndex2 only if cri-ConfigIndex is configured.
cri-ReportConfig
E-UTRAN configures the field only if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to "beamformed" and if multiple references to RS configuration using non-zero power transmission are configured (i.e. if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured).
csi-ConfigIndex
E-UTRAN configures csi-ConfigIndex only for PCell and only if csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured. The UE shall release csi-ConfigIndex if csi-SubframePatternConfig is released.
csi-ProcessToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-ReportMode
Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
K
Parameter: K, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
periodicityFactor, periodicityFactorWB
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2. EUTRAN configures field periodicityFactorWB only when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to nonPrecoded and with cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic set to widebandCQI.
ri-ConfigIndex
Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1.
ri-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: RI Config Index IRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. E-UTRAN configures ri-ConfigIndex2 only if ri-ConfigIndex is configured.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-CQI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. TRUE indicates that simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3
Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CQI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 3, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2 and 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format3. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5
Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CSI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 4 and format 5, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format4 or format5. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.

–	CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId is used to identify a periodic CQI reporting configuration that E-UTRAN may configure in addition to the configuration specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10. These additional configurations are specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId information elements
-- ASN1START

CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

–	CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig
The IE CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig is used to specify the configuration when the cross carrier scheduling is used in a cell.
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig information elements
-- ASN1START

CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	schedulingCellInfo-r10				CHOICE {
		own-r10								SEQUENCE {					-- No cross carrier scheduling
			cif-Presence-r10						BOOLEAN
		},
		other-r10								SEQUENCE {					-- Cross carrier scheduling
			schedulingCellId-r10				ServCellIndex-r10,
			pdsch-Start-r10						INTEGER (1..4)
		}
	}
}

CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	schedulingCellInfo-r13				CHOICE {
		own-r13								SEQUENCE {					-- No cross carrier scheduling
			cif-Presence-r13						BOOLEAN
		},
		other-r13							SEQUENCE {					-- Cross carrier scheduling
			schedulingCellId-r13				ServCellIndex-r13,
			pdsch-Start-r13						INTEGER (1..4),
			cif-InSchedulingCell-r13				INTEGER (1..7)
		}
	}
}

CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	schedulingCellId-r14							ServCellIndex-r13,
	cif-InSchedulingCell-r14						INTEGER (1..7)
}
-- ASN1STOP

CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig field descriptions
cif-Presence
The field is used to indicate whether carrier indicator field is present (value TRUE) or not (value FALSE) in PDCCH/ EPDCCH DCI formats, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1. 
cif-InSchedulingCell
The field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate this cell, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1. In case of carrier indicator field is present, the CIF value is 0.
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned SCell, see TS 36.213 [23]. clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], Tables 6 and 7-1.
schedulingCellId
Indicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell. In case the UE is configured with crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL, schedulingCellId indicated in crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL only indicates which cell signals the uplink grants.

–	CSI-IM-Config
The IE CSI-IM-Config is the CSI Interference Measurement (IM) configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6.
CSI-IM-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-IM-Config-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigId-r11			CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
	resourceConfig-r11			INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeConfig-r11			INTEGER (0..154),
	...,
	[[	interferenceMeasRestriction-r13		BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250			CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250,
	resourceConfig-r12			INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeConfig-r12			INTEGER (0..154),
	...,
	[[	interferenceMeasRestriction-r13	BOOLEAN				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310		CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-IM-Config field descriptions
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 for 4 REs.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.

–	CSI-IM-ConfigId
The IE CSI-IM-ConfigId is used to identify a CSI-IM configuration that is configured by the IE CSI-IM-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-IM-ConfigId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r12)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250 ::=				INTEGER (maxCSI-IM-r12)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310 ::=				INTEGER (minCSI-IM-r13..maxCSI-IM-r13)
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r13)

-- ASN1STOP

–	CSI-Process
The IE CSI-Process is the CSI process configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-Process information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-Process-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-ProcessId-r11			CSI-ProcessId-r11,
	csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11		CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
	csi-IM-ConfigId-r11			CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11,
	p-C-AndCBSRList-r11			P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a,
	cqi-ReportBothProc-r11		CQI-ReportBothProc-r11					OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId-r11	INTEGER (0..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11	CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc-r12	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r12		CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12	CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310	CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310	CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		eMIMO-Type-r13					CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	dummy				CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		eMIMO-Hybrid-r14				CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		advancedCodebookEnabled-r14		BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	eMIMO-Type-v1480				CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	feCOMP-CSI-Enabled-v1530		BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		eMIMO-Type-v1530				CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-Process field descriptions
advancedCodebookEnabled
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23]. EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured with semiOpenLoop.
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. EUTRAN may configure the field only if the number of CSI-RS ports for non-zero power transmission CSI-RS configuration is 4.
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
If csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
applies for CSI subframe set 1. If csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 or csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for CSI subframe set 1 or CSI subframe set 2. Otherwise, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for all subframes. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 is configured
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is configured only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is for CSI subframe set 2. E-UTRAN shall set cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 the same as in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12 is configured.
cqi-ReportBothProc
Includes CQI configuration parameters applicable for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting, for which CSI process specific values may be configured. E-UTRAN configures the field if and only if cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId is included and/ or if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc is included.
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId
Refers to a periodic CQI reporting configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. Value 0 refers to the set of parameters defined by the REL-10 CQI reporting configuration fields, while the other values refer to the additional configurations E-UTRAN assigns by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 (and as covered by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId).
csi-IM-ConfigId
Refers to a CSI-IM configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. If csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250 or csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (i.e., UE ignores csi-IM-ConfigId-r11 and csi-IM-ConfigId-r12).
csi-IM-ConfigIdList
 Refers to one or two CSI-IM configurations that are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. csi-IM-ConfigIdList can include 2 entries only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. 
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eMIMO-Type
Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
feCOMP-CSI-Enabled
Parameter: FeCoMPCSIEnabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. Refers to CSI feedback based on FeCoMP. E-UTRAN only configures the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type-r13 set to beamformed with two NZP CSI-RS resources using the IE CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 which contains the two NZP CSI-RS reources configued with csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13.
p-C-AndCBSRList
The UE shall ignore p-C-AndCBSRList-r11 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured,

–	CSI-ProcessId
The IE CSI-ProcessId is used to identify a CSI process that is configured by the IE CSI-Process. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-ProcessId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-ProcessId-r11 ::=		INTEGER (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

–	CSI-RS-Config
The IE CSI-RS-Config is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration.
CSI-RS-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-r10					CHOICE {
		release						NULL,
		setup						SEQUENCE {
			antennaPortsCount-r10			ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
			resourceConfig-r10				INTEGER (0..31),
			subframeConfig-r10				INTEGER (0..154),
			p-C-r10							INTEGER (-8..15)
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10		ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12			OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-Config-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2-r12		ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12			OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-List-r12	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12)) OF ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12
		}
	}															OPTIONAL				-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-Config-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eMIMO-Type-r13				CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-Config-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dummy								CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	eMIMO-Hybrid-r14					CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	advancedCodebookEnabled-r14		BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-Config-v1480 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eMIMO-Type-v1480				CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-Config-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eMIMO-Type-v1530				CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-Config-r15 ::=		CHOICE {
	release					NULL,
	setup					SEQUENCE {
		csi-RS-Config-r10			CSI-RS-Config-r10				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1250		CSI-RS-Config-v1250			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1310		CSI-RS-Config-v1310			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1430		CSI-RS-Config-v1430			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	}
}

ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 ::=	CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12
}

ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r12		BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r12			INTEGER (0..154)
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-Config field descriptions
advancedCodebookEnabled
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23]. EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured with semiOpenLoop.
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where value an1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, an2 to 2 antenna ports and so on, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell, concerning the CSI-RS included in discovery signals.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eMIMO-Type
Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
p-C
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5. The UE shall ignore p-C-r10 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 and TM 1 – 9 are configured for the serving cell.
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7.
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.

–	CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed is used to specify the beamforming configuration of EBF/ FD-MIMO.
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE	{
	csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r13	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	channelMeasRestriction-r13				ENUMERATED {on}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r14			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r14					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r14	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	channelMeasRestriction-r14				ENUMERATED {on}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
																			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430	CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14				CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14	OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11
																			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430	CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14				CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14	OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430::=		SEQUENCE {
	transmissionComb-r14					NZP-TransmissionComb-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	frequencyDensity-r14					NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-NZP-mode-r14						ENUMERATED {semiPersistent, aperiodic},
	activatedResources-r14					INTEGER (0..4)
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed field descriptions
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList
The field indicates the alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 per CSI-RS resource. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured.
activatedResources
The number of activated CSI-RS resources, which concerns a subset of the aperiodic CSI-RS resources (for both semi-persistent and aperiodic mode). E-UTRAN configures at most the minimum between nMaxResource as configured by MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r1430 and the number of resources as configured by csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14.
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed
The field indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-18 to Table 7.2.4-20, is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. E-UTRAN configures the field only for a process referring to a single RS configuration using non-zero power transmission (i.e a process for which csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured). Field alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed corresponds to parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1 in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
csi-IM-ConfigIdList
E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdList only if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed
If csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13 is configured, E-UTRAN configures the same total number of entries for NZP, csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13 and p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13.
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList
The field is used to configure NZP configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI RS reporting for which MAC controls activation. EUTRAN configures this field only when the UE is configured to use 2, 4 or and 8 ports CSI-RS, in which case EUTRAN configures the number of entries to be the same as the number of NZP resource configurations. For all these entries the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig. EUTRAN always configures this field together with csi-RS-NZP-Activation. Furthermore, for a given process, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure the periodic NZP configuration(s) and NZP CSI RS configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent reporting.
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO
The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using 12 and 16 ports CSI-RS.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed)
Indicates the NZP configuration(s)in addition to the original NZP configuration, as defined by csi-RS-Config-r10 (TM9) or csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 (TM10). I.e. extends the size of the NZP configuration list (originally a single entry i.e. list of size 1) using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList
E-UTRAN does not configure the field p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.

–	CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration for EBF/ FD-MIMO.
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						CHOICE {
		nonPrecoded-r13				CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13,
		beamformed-r13				CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13
	}
}

CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						CHOICE {
		nonPrecoded-v1430				CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430,
		beamformed-v1430				CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430
	}
}

CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						CHOICE {
		nonPrecoded-v1480				CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480,
		beamformed-v1480				CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430
	}
}

CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						CHOICE {
		nonPrecoded-v1530				CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530
	}
}

CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14
}

CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						SEQUENCE {
		periodicityOffsetIndex-r14			INTEGER (0..1023)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		eMIMO-Type2-r14						CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}


-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO field descriptions
periodicityOffsetIndex
This parameter is associated with the first EMIMO configuration of the hybrid eMIMO configuration.

–	CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded is used to specify the non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO configuration.

-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p-C-AndCBSRList-r13						P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	codebookConfigN1-r13					ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8},
	codebookConfigN2-r13					ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8},
	codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O1-r13	ENUMERATED {n4, n8}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O2-r13	ENUMERATED {n4, n8}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	codebookConfig-r13						INTEGER (1..4),
	csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13				CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430			CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	codebookConfigN1-v1430					ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16},
	codebookConfigN2-v1430					ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7},
	nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1430	CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430
}

CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1480			CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	codebookConfigN1-v1480					ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16} 		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	codebookConfigN2-r1480					ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1480	CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430
}

CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	p-C-AndCBSRList-r15						P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15			OPTIONAL 	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded field descriptions
codebookConfig
Indicates a sub-set of the codebook entry, see TS 36.213 [23].
codebookConfigNx
Indicates the number of antenna ports per polarization in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference signals. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN configures the field in accordance with the restrictions as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13.
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-Ox
Indicates the spatial over-sampling rate in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference signals. Value n4 corresponds to 4 and value n8 corresponds to 8, see TS 36.213 [23].
csi-IM-ConfigId(List)
E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdList only if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO
The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using more than 8 ports CSI-RS as defined in TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5-1.

–	CSI-RS-ConfigNZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero power transmission that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11			CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
	antennaPortsCount-r11			ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8},
	resourceConfig-r11				INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeConfig-r11				INTEGER (0..154),
	scramblingIdentity-r11			INTEGER (0..503),
	qcl-CRS-Info-r11				SEQUENCE {
		qcl-ScramblingIdentity-r11		INTEGER (0..503),
		crs-PortsCount-r11				ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11	CHOICE {
				release						NULL,
				setup						SEQUENCE {
					subframeConfigList			MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
				}
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310		CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	transmissionComb-r14			NZP-TransmissionComb-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		frequencyDensity-r14			NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430	CHOICE {
				release						NULL,
				setup						SEQUENCE {
					subframeConfigList-v1430	MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430
				}
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]]
}

CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						SEQUENCE {
		nzp-resourceConfigList-r13		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13,
		cdmType-r13						ENUMERATED {cdm2, cdm4}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}
}

CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- All extensions are for Non-Precoded so could be grouped by setup/ release choice
	nzp-resourceConfigListExt-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..4)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13,
	cdmType-v1430					ENUMERATED {cdm8 }			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

NZP-ResourceConfig-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	resourceConfig-r13				ResourceConfig-r13,
	...,
	[[	transmissionComb-r14		NZP-TransmissionComb-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		frequencyDensity-r14		NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

ResourceConfig-r13 ::=				INTEGER (0..31)

NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 ::=			INTEGER (0..2)
NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 ::=			ENUMERATED {d1, d2, d3}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ConfigNZP field descriptions
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.
cdmType
Parameter: CDMType, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.2.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. UE shall ignore CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 if CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 is signalled.
frequencyDensity
Indicates the freqency-domain density reduction. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If qcl-CRS-Info-r11 is absent, the field is released.
nzp-resourceConfigList
Indicate a list of non-zero power transmission CSI-RS resources using parameter resourceConfig.
qcl-CRS-Info
Indicates CRS antenna ports that is quasi co-located with the CSI-RS antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5. EUTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
scramblingIdentity
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
transmissionComb
Indicates the transmission combining offset. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].

–	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 ::=				INTEGER (minCSI-RS-NZP-r13..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)

-- ASN1STOP

–	CSI-RS-ConfigZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration, for which UE assumes zero transmission power, that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZP information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11		CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
	resourceConfigList-r11		BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	subframeConfig-r11			INTEGER (0..154),
	...
}

CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 ::=	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11
}

-- ASN1STOP

CSI-RS-ConfigZP field descriptions
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList
Indicates the aperiodic zero power CSI-RS present in a given subframe. See 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.9-2. First entry in the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 00, second entry in the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 01 and so on.
resourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.

–	CSI-RS-ConfigZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration for which UE assumes zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
CSI-RS-ConfigZPId information elements
-- ASN1START

CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 ::=					INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

–	DataInactivityTimer
The IE DataInactivityTimer is used to control Data inactivity operation. Corresponds to the timer for data inactivity monitoring in TS 36.321 [6]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds and so on.
DataInactivityTimer information element
-- ASN1START

DataInactivityTimer-r14 ::=				ENUMERATED {
											s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20, s40, s50, s60,
											s80, s100, s120, s150, s180}

-- ASN1STOP

–	DMRS-Config
The IE DMRS-Config is the DMRS configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency.
DMRS-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

DMRS-Config-r11 ::=		CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						SEQUENCE {
		scramblingIdentity-r11		INTEGER (0..503),
		scramblingIdentity2-r11		INTEGER (0..503)
	}
}
DMRS-Config-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		dmrs-tableAlt-r13				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

DMRS-Config field descriptions
scramblingIdentity, scramblingIdentity2
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1.
dmrs-tableAlt
The field indicates whether to use an alternative table for DMRS upon PDSCH transmission, see TS 36.213 [23].

–	DRB-Identity
The IE DRB-Identity is used to identify a DRB used by a UE.
DRB-Identity information elements
-- ASN1START

DRB-Identity ::=					INTEGER (1..32)

-- ASN1STOP

–	EPDCCH-Config
The IE EPDCCH-Config specifies the subframes and resource blocks for EPDCCH monitoring that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell.
EPDCCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

EPDCCH-Config-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE{
	config-r11		CHOICE {
		release						NULL,
		setup						SEQUENCE {
			subframePatternConfig-r11	CHOICE {
				release						NULL,
				setup						SEQUENCE {
					subframePattern-r11			MeasSubframePattern-r10
				}
			}																OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
			startSymbol-r11				INTEGER (1..4)						OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
			setConfigToReleaseList-r11	EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
			setConfigToAddModList-r11	EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL -- Need ON
		}
	}
}

EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11

EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11

EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	setConfigId-r11					EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11,
	transmissionType-r11			ENUMERATED {localised, distributed},
	resourceBlockAssignment-r11		SEQUENCE{
		numberPRB-Pairs-r11				ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8},
		resourceBlockAssignment-r11		BIT STRING (SIZE(4..38))
	},
	dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r11	INTEGER (0..503),
	pucch-ResourceStartOffset-r11	INTEGER (0..2047),
	re-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11		PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	...,
	[[	csi-RS-ConfigZPId2-r12		CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	numberPRB-Pairs-v1310			CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							ENUMERATED {n6}
		}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		mpdcch-config-r13				CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				csi-NumRepetitionCE-r13			ENUMERATED {sf1, sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32},
				mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig-r13	ENUMERATED {on,off},
				mpdcch-StartSF-UESS-r13			CHOICE {
					fdd-r13							ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4,
																v5, v8, v10},
					tdd-r13							ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10,
																v20, spare1}
				},
				mpdcch-NumRepetition-r13		ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
															r32, r64, r128, r256},
				mpdcch-Narrowband-r13			INTEGER (1.. maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)
			}
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11 ::=	INTEGER (0..1)

-- ASN1STOP

EPDCCH-Config field descriptions
csi-NumRepetitionCE
Number of subframes for CSI reference resource, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes and so on.
csi-RS-ConfigZPId2
Indicates the rate matching parameters in addition to those indicated by re-MappingQCL-ConfigId. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt
The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter  or  defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.1.
EPDCCH-SetConfig
Provides EPDCCH configuration set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4. E-UTRAN configures at least one EPDCCH-SetConfig when EPDCCH-Config is configured. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, EUTRAN does not configure more than one EPDCCH-SetConfig.
mpdcch-Narrowband
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8B.5. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..[maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1]) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-NumRepetition
Maximum numbers of repetitions for UE-SS for MPDCCH, see TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]. E-UTRAN does not configure the value on if freqHoppingParametersDL is not present in SystemInformationBlockType1.
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS
Starting subframe configuration for an MPDCCH UE-specific search space, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
numberPRB-Pairs
Indicates the number of physical resource-block pairs used for the EPDCCH set. Value n2 corresponds to 2 physical resource-block pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 physical resource-block pairs and so on. Value n8 is not supported if dl-Bandwidth is set to 6 resource blocks. EUTRAN configures value up to n6 only for BL UEs or UEs in CE. Value n6 is only applicable to BL UEs or UEs in CE .
pucch-ResourceStartOffset
PUCCH format 1a, 1b and 3 resource starting offset for the EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
re-MappingQCL-ConfigId
Indicates the starting OFDM symbol, the related rate matching parameters and quasi co-location assumption for EPDCCH when the UE is configured with tm10. This field provides the identity of a configured PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource-block pair for EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4. The size of resourceBlockAssignment is specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4, and based on numberPRB-Pairs and the signalled value of dl-Bandwidth. If numberPRB-Pairs-v1310 field is present, the total number of physical resource-block pairs is 6 and it is composed of one subset of 2 physical resource-block pairs and another subset of 4 physical resource-block pairs, and the resourceBlockAssignment field defines the subset of 2 physical resource-block pairs.
setConfigId
Indicates the identity of the EPDCCH configuration set.
startSymbol
Indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH on the same cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.1. If not present, the UE shall release the configuration and shall derive the starting OFDM symbol of EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH from PCFICH. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for UEs configured with tm10.
subframePatternConfig
Configures the subframes which the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH, except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4. If the field is not configured when EPDCCH is configured, the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH in all subframes except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.
transmissionType
Indicates whether distributed or localized EPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8A.1.

–	EIMTA-MainConfig
The IE EIMTA-MainConfig is used to specify the eIMTA-RNTI used for eIMTA and the subframes used for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. The IE EIMTA-MainConfigServCell is used to specify the eIMTA related parameters applicable for the concerned serving cell.
EIMTA-MainConfig information element
-- ASN1START

EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 ::=	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		eimta-RNTI-r12				C-RNTI,
		eimta-CommandPeriodicity-r12	ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80},
		eimta-CommandSubframeSet-r12	BIT STRING (SIZE(10))
	}
}

EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 ::=	CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex-r12			INTEGER (1..5),
		eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r12		ENUMERATED {sa2, sa4, sa5},
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1250		CHOICE {
				release								NULL,
				setup								SEQUENCE {
				subframeConfigList-r12				MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
			}
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

EIMTA-MainConfig field descriptions
eimta-CommandPeriodicity
Configures the periodicity to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 13.1. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
eimta-CommandSubframeSet
Configures the subframe(s) to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI within the periodicity configured by eimta-CommandPeriodicity. The 10 bits correspond to all subframes in the last radio frame within each periodicity. The left most bit is for subframe 0 and so on. Each bit can be of value 0 or 1. The value of 1 means that the corresponding subframe is configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, and the value of 0 means otherwise. In case of TDD as PCell, only the downlink and the special subframes indicated by the UL/ DL configuration in SIB1 can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. In case of FDD as PCell, any of the ten subframes can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI.
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig
Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex
Index of I, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.4. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Configure the MBSFN subframes for the UE on this serving cell. An uplink subframe indicated by the DL/UL subframe configuration in SIB1 can be configured as MBSFN subframe.

–	LogicalChannelConfig
The IE LogicalChannelConfig is used to configure the logical channel parameters.
LogicalChannelConfig information element
-- ASN1START

LogicalChannelConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-SpecificParameters				SEQUENCE {
		priority							INTEGER (1..16),
		prioritisedBitRate					ENUMERATED {
												kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128,
												kBps256, infinity, kBps512-v1020, kBps1024-v1020,
												kBps2048-v1020, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1},
		bucketSizeDuration					ENUMERATED {
												ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare2,
												spare1},
		logicalChannelGroup					INTEGER (0..3)			OPTIONAL			-- Need OR
	}		OPTIONAL,																	-- Cond UL
	...,
	[[	logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9			ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL		-- Cond SRmask
	]],
	[[	logicalChannelSR-Prohibit-r12		BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	laa-UL-Allowed-r14					BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		bitRateQueryProhibitTimer-r14	ENUMERATED {
											s0, s0dot4, s0dot8, s1dot6, s3, s6, s12,
											s30}				OPTIONAL		--Need OR
	]],
	[[	allowedTTI-Lengths-r15		CHOICE	{
			release			NULL,
			setup			SEQUENCE {
				shortTTI-r15		BOOLEAN,
				subframeTTI-r15		BOOLEAN
			}
		}										OPTIONAL,								-- Need ON
		logicalChannelSR-Restriction-r15 CHOICE	{
			release			NULL,
			setup			ENUMERATED {spucch, pucch}
		}										OPTIONAL,								-- Need ON
		channellAccessPriority-r15			CHOICE {
			release									NULL,
			setup									INTEGER (1..4)
		}										OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		lch-CellRestriction-r15				BIT STRING (SIZE (maxServCell-r13)) OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

LogicalChannelConfig field descriptions
allowedTTI-Lengths
Indicates the allowed TTI lengths for the logical channel. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the logical channel using any TTI length.
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer
The timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.18, in seconds. Value s0 means 0s, s0dot4 means 0.4s and so on. 
bucketSizeDuration
Bucket Size Duration for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on.
channelAccessPriority
Indicates the channel access priority class for the logical channel. UE shall select the lowest channel access priority class (i.e. highest signalled value) of the logical channel with MAC SDU multiplexed into the MAC PDU. MAC CEs except padding BSR apply the highest channel access priority class (i.e. lowest signalled value) , as defined in TS 36.300 [9]. 
laa-UL-Allowed
Indicates whether the data of a logical channel is allowed to be transmitted via UL of LAA SCells. Value TRUE indicates that the logical channel is allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells. Value FALSE indicates that the logical channel is not allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells.
lch-CellRestriction
Indicates cells which are restricted for the logical channel, The bit is set to 1 if the cell is restricted and to 0 if the cell is not restricted, for each cell. The least significant bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 0, the next bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 1, and so on. If the cell is restricted for the logical channel, then data for the logical channel is not allowed to be sent using that cell. If the field is not included, no cells are restricted. See also TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.3.1. The restriction is only active when PDCP duplication using CA is activated.
logicalChannelGroup
Mapping of logical channel to logical channel group for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Mask
Controlling SR triggering on a logical channel basis when an uplink grant is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit
Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. E-UTRAN only (optionally) configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) if logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Restriction
Defines the restricted SR configuration for the logical channel. Value spucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on SPUCCH and value pucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on PUCCH. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the SR on any SR resource.
prioritisedBitRate
Prioritized Bit Rate for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in kilobytes/second. Value kBps0 corresponds to 0 kB/second, kBps8 corresponds to 8 kB/second, kBps16 corresponds to 16 kB/second and so on. Infinity is the only applicable value for SRB1 and SRB2
priority
Logical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.
shortTTI, subframeTTI
For short TTIs and subframe TTIs respectively: Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to transmit using this TTI length for the logical channel and the value FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit using this TTI length for the logical channel. If not configured for a TTI length, then the UE is allowed to transmit this logical channel using this TTI length.

Conditional presence
Explanation
SRmask
The field is optionally present if ul-SpecificParameters is present, need OR; otherwise it is not present.
UL
The field is mandatory present for UL logical channels; otherwise it is not present.

–	LWA-Configuration
The IE LWA-Configuration is used to setup/modify/release LTE-WLAN Aggregation.
-- ASN1START

LWA-Configuration-r13 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		lwa-Config-r13					LWA-Config-r13
	}
}

LWA-Config-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lwa-MobilityConfig-r13			WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	lwa-WT-Counter-r13				INTEGER (0..65535)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	wt-MAC-Address-r14		OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

LWA-Configuration field descriptions
lwa-MobilityConfig
Indicates the parameters used for WLAN mobility.
lwa-WT-Counter
Indicates the parameter used by UE for WLAN authentication.
wt-MAC-Address
Indicates the WT MAC address of the WT handling the LWA operation for the UE. The UE uses this MAC address in uplink transmissions to enable routing of LWA uplink data from the AP to the WT. E-UTRAN configures the field only if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is configured for at least one LWA bearer.

–	LWIP-Configuration
The IE LWIP-Configuration is used to add, modify or release DRBs that are using LWIP Tunnel.
-- ASN1START

LWIP-Configuration-r13 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		lwip-Config-r13					LWIP-Config-r13
	}
}

LWIP-Config-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lwip-MobilityConfig-r13			WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	tunnelConfigLWIP-r13			TunnelConfigLWIP-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

LWIP-Configuration field descriptions
lwip-MobilityConfig
Indicates the WLAN mobility set for LWIP.
tunnelConfigLWIP
Indicates the parameters used for establishing the LWIP tunnel.

–	MAC-MainConfig
The IE MAC-MainConfig is used to specify the MAC main configuration for signalling and data radio bearers. All MAC main configuration parameters can be configured independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), unless explicitly specified otherwise.
MAC-MainConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MAC-MainConfig ::=					SEQUENCE {
	ul-SCH-Config						SEQUENCE {
		maxHARQ-Tx							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8,
												n10, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
												spare2, spare1}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		periodicBSR-Timer					PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		retxBSR-Timer						RetxBSR-Timer-r12,
		ttiBundling							BOOLEAN
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	drx-Config							DRX-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	timeAlignmentTimerDedicated			TimeAlignmentTimer,
	phr-Config							CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			periodicPHR-Timer					ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200,
															sf500, sf1000, infinity},
			prohibitPHR-Timer					ENUMERATED {sf0, sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100,
																sf200, sf500, sf1000},
			dl-PathlossChange					ENUMERATED {dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity}
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	sr-ProhibitTimer-r9					INTEGER (0..7)			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	mac-MainConfig-v1020				SEQUENCE {
			sCellDeactivationTimer-r10			ENUMERATED {
													rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128,
													spare}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			extendedBSR-Sizes-r10				ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			extendedPHR-r10						ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	stag-ToReleaseList-r11				STAG-ToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		stag-ToAddModList-r11				STAG-ToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		drx-Config-v1130					DRX-Config-v1130		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	e-HARQ-Pattern-r12					BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		dualConnectivityPHR					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				phr-ModeOtherCG-r12					ENUMERATED {real, virtual}
			}
		}														OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		logicalChannelSR-Config-r12		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12		ENUMERATED {sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1}
			}
		}															OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	drx-Config-v1310					DRX-Config-v1310		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		extendedPHR2-r13					BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset-r13	CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup
											CHOICE {
			sf5120									INTEGER(0..1),
			sf10240									INTEGER(0..3)
			}
		}										OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	drx-Config-r13						CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								DRX-Config-r13
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	skipUplinkTx-r14					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				skipUplinkTxSPS-r14					ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
				skipUplinkTxDynamic-r14				ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			}
		}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		dataInactivityTimerConfig-r14		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				dataInactivityTimer-r14				DataInactivityTimer-r14
			}
		}												OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	rai-Activation-r14					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	shortTTI-AndSPT-r15				CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				drx-Config-r15					DRX-Config-r15				OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				periodicBSR-Timer-r15			ENUMERATED {
													sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40,
													sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640,
													sf1280, sf2560, infinity}
																			OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				proc-Timeline-r15				ENUMERATED {nplus4set1, nplus6set1,
												nplus6set2, nplus8set2 }	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				ssr-ProhibitTimer-r15			INTEGER (0..7)				OPTIONAL -- Need ON
			}
		}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig-r15	BOOLEAN 		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		dormantStateTimers-r15				CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				sCellHibernationTimer-r15			ENUMERATED {
					rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, spare}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
				dormantSCellDeactivationTimer-r15	ENUMERATED {
					rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64,
					rf128, rf320, rf640, rf1280, rf2560,
					rf5120, rf10240, spare3, spare2, spare1}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			}
		}																 OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	stag-Id-r11							STAG-Id-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...
}

DRX-Config ::=						CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		onDurationTimer						ENUMERATED {
												psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
												psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
												psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
												psf200},
		drx-InactivityTimer					ENUMERATED {
												psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
												psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
												psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
												psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750,
												psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, psf0-v1020,
												spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6,
												spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1},
		drx-RetransmissionTimer				ENUMERATED {
												psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
												psf24, psf33},
		longDRX-CycleStartOffset		CHOICE {
			sf10							INTEGER(0..9),
			sf20							INTEGER(0..19),
			sf32							INTEGER(0..31),
			sf40							INTEGER(0..39),
			sf64							INTEGER(0..63),
			sf80							INTEGER(0..79),
			sf128							INTEGER(0..127),
			sf160							INTEGER(0..159),
			sf256							INTEGER(0..255),
			sf320							INTEGER(0..319),
			sf512							INTEGER(0..511),
			sf640							INTEGER(0..639),
			sf1024							INTEGER(0..1023),
			sf1280							INTEGER(0..1279),
			sf2048							INTEGER(0..2047),
			sf2560							INTEGER(0..2559)
		},
		shortDRX							SEQUENCE {
			shortDRX-Cycle						ENUMERATED	{
													sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20,
													sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
													sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640},
			drxShortCycleTimer					INTEGER (1..16)
		}		OPTIONAL													-- Need OR
	}
}

DRX-Config-v1130 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130			ENUMERATED {psf0-v1130}	OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130			CHOICE {
		sf60-v1130								INTEGER(0..59),
		sf70-v1130								INTEGER(0..69)
	}																OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	shortDRX-Cycle-v1130					ENUMERATED	{sf4-v1130}	OPTIONAL	--Need OR
}
DRX-Config-v1310 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310		SEQUENCE {
		sf60-v1310								INTEGER(0..59)
	}																OPTIONAL	--Need OR	
}

DRX-Config-r13 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	onDurationTimer-v1310					ENUMERATED {psf300, psf400, psf500, psf600,
													psf800, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600}
													OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310			ENUMERATED {psf40, psf64, psf80, psf96, psf112,
													psf128, psf160, psf320}
														OPTIONAL,	--Need OR
	drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13			ENUMERATED {psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
														psf24, psf33, psf40, psf64, psf80, psf96,
														psf112, psf128, psf160, psf320}
														OPTIONAL	--Need OR
}

DRX-Config-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15		ENUMERATED {
													tti10, tti20, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96,
													tti112,tti128, tti160, tti320} OPTIONAL, --Need OR
	drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15	ENUMERATED {
												tti0, tti1, tti2, tti4, tti6, tti8, tti16,
												tti24, tti33, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96, tti112,
											 	tti128, tti160, tti320}	OPTIONAL --Need OR
}

PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 ::=					ENUMERATED {
												sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
												sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560,
												infinity, spare1}

RetxBSR-Timer-r12 ::=							ENUMERATED {
												sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120,
												sf10240, spare2, spare1}

STAG-ToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-Id-r11

STAG-ToAddModList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-ToAddMod-r11

STAG-ToAddMod-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	stag-Id-r11					STAG-Id-r11,
	timeAlignmentTimerSTAG-r11	TimeAlignmentTimer,
	...
}

STAG-Id-r11::=				INTEGER (1..maxSTAG-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

MAC-MainConfig field descriptions
dl-PathlossChange
DL Pathloss Change and the change of the required power backoff due to power management (as allowed by P-MPRc, see TS 36.101 [42]) for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB3 corresponds to 3 dB and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
dormantSCellDeactivationTimer
SCell deactivation timer for UEs supporting dormant state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell). Field dormantSCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN configures the values in DRX-Config-v1130 only if the UE indicates support for IDC indication. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-v1130, drx-Config-v1310 and drx-Config-r13 only if drx-Config (without suffix) is configured. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-r13 only if UE supports CE or if the UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell.
drx-InactivityTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. In case drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130 or drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore drx-RetransmissionTimer (i.e. without suffix).
drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti10 corresponds to 10 TTIs, value tti20 corresponds to 20 TTIs and so on.
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 correponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti0 corresponds to 0 TTIs and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value tti1 corresponds to 1 TTI and so on.
drxShortCycleTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in multiples of shortDRX-Cycle. A value of 1 corresponds to shortDRX-Cycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * shortDRX-Cycle and so on.
dualConnectivityPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using Dual Connectivity Power Headroom Report MAC Control Element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). For both LTE DC and (NG)EN-DC, if PHR functionality is configured, E-UTRAN always configures the value setup for this field and configures phr-Config and dualConnectivityPHR. For LTE DC, E-UTRAN configures the field for both CGs while for (NG)EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures the field only for MCG.
e-HARQ-Pattern
TRUE indicates that enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling is enabled for FDD. E-UTRAN enables this field only when ttiBundling is set to TRUE.
eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset
Indicates longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. The value of drxStartOffset, in number of subframes, is indicated by the value of eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset multiplied by 2560 plus the offset value configured in longDRX-CycleStartOffset. E-UTRAN only configures value setup when the value in longDRX-CycleStartOffset is sf2560.
extendedBSR-Sizes
If value setup is configured, the BSR index indicates extended BSR size levels as defined in TS 36.321 [6], Table 6.1.3.1-2.
extendedPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headroom Report MAC control element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if more than one and up to eight Serving Cell(s) with uplink is configured and none of the serving cells with uplink configured has a servingCellIndex higher than seven and if PUCCH on SCell is not configured and if dual connectivity is not configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR only if phr-Config is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR if phr-Config is released.
extendedPHR2
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headeroom Report MAC Control Element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if any of the serving cells with uplink configured has a servingCellIndex higher than seven in case dual connectivity is not configured or if PUCCH SCell (with any number of serving cells with uplink configured) is configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR2 only if phr-Config is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR2 if phr-Config is released.
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Timer used to delay the transmission of an SR for logical channels enabled by logicalChannelSR-Prohibit. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on. See TS 36.321 [6].
longDRX-CycleStartOffset
longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6] unless eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset is configured. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. If shortDRX-Cycle is configured, the value of longDRX-Cycle shall be a multiple of the shortDRX-Cycle value. The value of drxStartOffset value is in number of sub-frames. In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix). In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix).
maxHARQ-Tx
Maximum number of transmissions for UL HARQ in TS 36.321 [6].
mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig
TRUE indicates E-UTRAN may send UL HARQ-ACK feedback or UL grant corresponding to a new transmission for early termination of PUSCH transmission, or positive acknowledgement of completed PUSCH transmissions as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.212 [22]. In case of acknowledgement of RRC Connection Release, MPDCCH monitoring is terminated.
onDurationTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on. In case onDurationTimer-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore onDurationTimer (i.e. without suffix).
periodicBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on.
periodicPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
phr-ModeOtherCG
Indicates the mode (i.e. real or virtual) used for the PHR of the activated cells that are part of the other Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), when DC is configured.
proc-Timeline
Minimum processing timeline for short TTI with subslot operation. Value nplus4set1 indicates processing time n+4 for set 1, value nplus6set1 indicates processing time n+6 for set 1, value nplus6set2 indicates processing time n+6 for set and value nplus8set2 indicates processing time n+8 for set 2. See also UE capability min-Proc-TimelineSubslot for sTTI.
prohibitPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf0 corresponds to 0 subframes and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, sf100 corresponds to 100 subframes and so on.
rai-Activation
Activation of release assistance indication (RAI) in TS 36.321 [6] for BL UEs.
retxBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf640 corresponds to 640 sub-frames, sf1280 corresponds to 1280 sub-frames and so on.
sCellDeactivationTimer
SCell deactivation timer in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. If the field is absent, the UE shall delete any existing value for this field and assume the value to be set to infinity. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell). Field sCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
sCellHibernationTimer
SCell hibernation timer for UEs supporting dormant SCell state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell). Field sCellHibernationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
shortDRX-Cycle
Short DRX cycle in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 sub-frames, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on. In case shortDRX-Cycle-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore shortDRX-Cycle (i.e. without suffix). Short DRX cycle is not configured for UEs in CE.
skipUplinkTxDynamic
If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for an uplink grant other than a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission in the UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6].
skipUplinkTxSPS
If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission in the UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures skipUplinkTxSPS when there is at least one SPS configuration with semiPersistSchedIntervalUL shorter than sf10 or when at least one SPS-ConfigUL-STTI is configured for the cell group.
sr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for SR transmission on PUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR period of any serving cell with PUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, Value 2 corresponds to 2*SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23], table 10.1.5-1.
ssr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for prohibiting SR transmission on SPUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR period of any serving cell with SPUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, value 2 corresponds to 2 SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23], table 10.1.5-1.
stag-Id
Indicates the TAG of an SCell, see TS 36.321 [6]. Uniquely identifies the TAG within the scope of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). If the field is not configured for an SCell (e.g. absent in MAC-MainConfigSCell), the SCell is part of the PTAG.
stag-ToAddModList, stag-ToReleaseList
Used to configure one or more STAGs. E-UTRAN ensures that a STAG contains at least one SCell with configured uplink. If, due to SCell release a reconfiguration would result in an 'empty' TAG, E-UTRAN includes release of the concerned TAG.
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG
Indicates the value of the time alignment timer for an STAG, see TS 36.321 [6].
ttiBundling
TRUE indicates that TTI bundling TS 36.321 [6] is enabled while FALSE indicates that TTI bundling is disabled. TTI bundling can be enabled for FDD and for TDD for configurations 0, 1 and 6 and additionally for configurations 2 and 3 when symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14 is configured. The functionality is performed independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), but E-UTRAN does not configure TTI bundling for the SCG. For a TDD PCell, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously enable TTI bundling and semi-persistent scheduling in this release of specification. Furthermore, for a Cell Group, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and SCells with configured uplink, and E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and eIMTA.

–
–	P-C-AndCBSR
The IE P-C-AndCBSR is used to specify the power control and codebook subset restriction configuration.
P-C-AndCBSR information elements
-- ASN1START

P-C-AndCBSR-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p-C-r11						INTEGER (-8..15),
	codebookSubsetRestriction-r11	BIT STRING
}

P-C-AndCBSR-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p-C-r13						INTEGER (-8..15),
	cbsr-Selection-r13			CHOICE{
		nonPrecoded-r13				SEQUENCE {
			codebookSubsetRestriction1-r13				BIT STRING,
			codebookSubsetRestriction2-r13				BIT STRING
		},
		beamformedK1a-r13			SEQUENCE {
			codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13				BIT STRING
		},
		beamformedKN-r13			SEQUENCE {
			codebookSubsetRestriction-r13				BIT STRING
		}
	},
	...
}

P-C-AndCBSR-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p-C-r15						INTEGER (-8..15),
	codebookSubsetRestriction4-r15	BIT STRING
}

P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r11

P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r13

P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r15

-- ASN1STOP

P-C-AndCBSR field descriptions
cbsr-Selection
Indicates which codebook subset restriction parameter(s) are to be used. E-UTRAN applies values nonPrecoded when eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedK1a when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to TRUE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured and alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE.
codebookSubsetRestriction
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.211 [21]. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction1
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction1, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1d. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction1 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction2
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction2, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1e. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction2 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction3
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction3, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1f. The UE shall ignore codebookSubsetRestriction-r11 or codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 if codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13 is configured. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction3 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction4
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction4, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction4 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
p-C
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair
E-UTRAN includes a single entry if the UE is configured with TM9. If the UE is configured with TM10 and E-UTRAN includes 2 entries, this indicates that the subframe patterns configured for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting (i.e. as defined by field csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2, or as defined by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12) are to be used for this CSI process, while including a single entry indicates that the subframe patterns are not to be used for this CSI process. For a UE configured with TM10, E-UTRAN does not include 2 entries with csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 for CSI processes concerning a secondary frequency. Furthermore, E-UTRAN includes 2 entries when configuring both cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex and cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2.

–	PDCCH-ConfigSCell
The IE PDCCH-ConfigSCell specifies PDCCH monitoring parameters that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell.
PDCCH-ConfigSCell information element
-- ASN1START

PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A-r13	ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B-r14	ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4}	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B-r14	ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4}	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A-r14				ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A-r14				ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0A-r14		
								PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4A-r14		
								PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0B-r14		
								PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4B-r14		
								PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
}

PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n33, n66, n100}

PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n50, n100, n150}				

PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL1-r13		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL2-r13		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL3-r13		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL4-r13		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r13		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13
	}
}

PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL1-r14		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL2-r14		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL3-r14		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL4-r14		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14,
		pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r14		PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

PDCCH-ConfigSCell field descriptions
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B
Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 0B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on.
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B
Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 4B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. 
skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0/1A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 4A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
pdcch-candidateReductionALx
Indicates reduced (E)PDCCH monitoring requirements on UE specific search space of the x-th aggregation level, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1. Value n0 corresponds to 0%, value n33 corresponds to 33% and so on.
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Formatx
Indicates number of blind detections on UE specific search space for each aggregation layer as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The field can only be present when the UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell. If pdcch-CandidateReductions-Formatx is not configured, pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13 applies to the corresponding DCIs (if configured).

–	PDCP-Config
The IE PDCP-Config is used to set the configurable PDCP parameters for data radio bearers.
PDCP-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PDCP-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	discardTimer						ENUMERATED {
											ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500,
											ms750, ms1500, infinity
	}															OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Setup
	rlc-AM								SEQUENCE {
		statusReportRequired				BOOLEAN
	}															OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Rlc-AM
	rlc-UM								SEQUENCE {
		pdcp-SN-Size						ENUMERATED {len7bits, len12bits}
	}															OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Rlc-UM
	headerCompression					CHOICE {
		notUsed								NULL,
		rohc								SEQUENCE {
			maxCID								INTEGER (1..16383)				DEFAULT 15,
			profiles							SEQUENCE {
				profile0x0001						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0002						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0003						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0004						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0006						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0101						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0102						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0103						BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0104						BOOLEAN
			},
			...
		}
	},
	...,
	[[	rn-IntegrityProtection-r10		ENUMERATED {enabled}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond RN
	]],
	[[	pdcp-SN-Size-v1130				ENUMERATED {len15bits}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond Rlc-AM2
	]],
	[[	ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG-r12		BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		t-Reordering-r12				ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms120, ms140,
										ms160, ms180, ms200, ms220, ms240, ms260, ms280, ms300,
										ms500, ms750, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10,
										spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3,
										spare2, spare1}					OPTIONAL	-- Cond SetupS
	]],
	[[	ul-DataSplitThreshold-r13		CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						ENUMERATED {
										b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400, b12800,
										b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600, b819200,
										spare1}
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdcp-SN-Size-v1310				ENUMERATED {len18bits}	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Rlc-AM3
		statusFeedback-r13				CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE {
				statusPDU-TypeForPolling-r13		ENUMERATED {type1, type2}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1-r13		ENUMERATED {
										ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90,
										ms100, ms150, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms5000,
										ms10000, ms20000, ms50000}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2-r13		ENUMERATED {
										ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90,
										ms100, ms150, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms5000,
										ms10000, ms20000, ms50000}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset-r13	ENUMERATED {
										ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms25, ms50, ms100, ms250, ms500,
										ms2500, ms5000, ms25000}	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
			}
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	ul-LWA-Config-r14			CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE {
				ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN-r14		BOOLEAN,
				ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold-r14	ENUMERATED {
										b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400,
										b12800, b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600,
										b819200 }			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			}
		}														OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression-r14		CHOICE {
			notUsed-r14							NULL,
			rohc-r14								SEQUENCE {
				maxCID-r14								INTEGER (1..16383)		DEFAULT 15,
				profiles-r14							SEQUENCE {
					profile0x0006-r14						BOOLEAN
				},
				...
			}
		}													OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	]],
	[[	uplinkDataCompression-r15	SEQUENCE {
			bufferSize-r15				ENUMERATED {kbyte2, kbyte4, kbyte8, spare1},
			dictionary-r15				ENUMERATED {sip-SDP, operator}	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
			...
		}															OPTIONAL,-- Cond Rlc-AM4
		pdcp-DuplicationConfig-r15	CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE {
				pdcp-Duplication-r15		ENUMERATED {configured, activated}
			}
		}													OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

PDCP-Config field descriptions
bufferSize
Indicates the buffer size applied for UDC specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value kbyte2 means 2048 bytes, kbyte4 means 4096 bytes and so on. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure bufferSize for a DRB except for handover cases.
dictionary
Indicates which pre-defined dictionary is used for UDC as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The value sip-SDP means that UE shall prefill the buffer with standard dictionary for SIP and SDP defined in TS 36.323 [8], and the value operator means that UE shall prefill the buffer with operator-defined dictionary.
discardTimer
Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 means 50 ms, ms100 means 100 ms and so on.
headerCompression
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split and LWA DRBs E-UTRAN configures only notUsed. E-UTRAN only configures this field when neither uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression nor uplinkDataCompression is configured.
If headerCompression is configured, the UE shall apply the configured ROHC profile(s) in both uplink and downlink.
maxCID
Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as indicated by the UE.
pdcp-Duplication
Parameter for configuring PDCP duplication as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value configured indicates that PDCP duplication is configured but initially deactivated and value activated indicates that PDCP duplication is configured and activated upon configuration. For EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures PDCP duplication for MCG DRB only if PDCP duplication is not configured for any split DRB.
pdcp-SN-Size
Indicates the PDCP Sequence Number length in bits. For RLC UM: value len7bits means that the 7-bit PDCP SN format is used and len12bits means that the 12-bit PDCP SN format is used. For RLC AM: value len15bits means that the 15-bit PDCP SN format is used, value len18bits means that the 18-bit PDCP SN format is used, otherwise if the field is not included upon setup of the PCDP entity 12-bit PDCP SN format is used, as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
profiles
The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile 0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with the same 8 LSB's is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied. E-UTRAN does not configure ROHC while t-Reordering is configured (i.e. for split DRBs, for LWA bearers or upon reconfiguration from split or LWA to MCG DRB).
statusFeedback
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP Status Report periodically or by E-UTRAN polling as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN configures this field only for LWA DRB.
statusPDU-TypeForPolling
Indicates the PDCP Control PDU option when it is triggered by E-UTRAN polling. Value type1 indicates using the legacy PDCP Control PDU for PDCP status reporting and value type2 indicates using the LWA specific PDCP Control PDU for LWA status reporting as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1
Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type1 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2
Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type2 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset
Indicates the value of the offset for type2 Status PDU periodicity, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms1 means 1 ms, ms2 means 2 ms and so on.
t-Reordering
Indicates the value of the reordering timer, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0 ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms20 means 20 ms and so on.
rn-IntegrityProtection
Indicates that integrity protection or verification shall be applied for all subsequent packets received and sent by the RN on the DRB.
statusReportRequired
Indicates whether or not the UE shall send a PDCP Status Report upon re-establishment of the PDCP entity and upon PDCP data recovery as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via SCG as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for split DRBs. For PDCP duplication, if this field is set to TRUE, the primary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity. If this field is not configured or set to FALSE, the primary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity.
ul-DataSplitThreshold
Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b100 means 100 Bytes, b200 means 200 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for split DRBs.
ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via the LWAAP entity as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E‑UTRAN only configures this field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for LWA DRBs.
ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold
Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b0 means 0 Bytes, b100 means 100 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for LWA DRBs.
uplinkDataCompression
Indicates the UDC configuration that the UE shall apply. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for a DRB, if headerCompression or uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression is already configured for the DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for the split and LWA DRBs.The maximum number of DRBs where uplinkDataCompression can be applied is two. In this version of the specification, for existing DRBs, E-UTRAN can only configure uplinkDataCompression via handover procedure.
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression
Indicates the ROHC configuration that the UE shall apply uplink-only ROHC operations, see TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures this field when headerCompression is not configured.
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split and LWA DRBs E-UTRAN configures only notUsed.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Rlc-AM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. The field is optional, need ON, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity at handover, at the first reconfiguration after RRC re-establishment or at SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment or PDCP data recovery for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM2
The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM3
The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM, if pdcp-SN-Size-v1130 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM4
The field is optionally present, need ON, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. The field is optional, need OP, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity at handover. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall continue to use the existing value.
Rlc-UM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC UM. It is optionally present, Need ON, upon handover within E-UTRA, upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment and upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. Otherwise the field is not present.
RN
The field is optionally present when signalled to the RN, need OR. Otherwise the field is not present.
Setup
The field is mandatory present in case of radio bearer setup. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS
The field is mandatory present in case of setup of or reconfiguration to a split DRB or LWA DRB. The field is optionally present upon reconfiguration of a split DRB or LWA DRB or upon DRB type change from split to MCG DRB or from LWA to LTE only, need ON. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	PDSCH-Config
The IE PDSCH-ConfigCommon and the IE PDSCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PDSCH configuration respectively.
PDSCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PDSCH-ConfigCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	referenceSignalPower				INTEGER (-60..50),
	p-b									INTEGER (0..3)
}

PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13	ENUMERATED {
											r16, r32 }					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13	ENUMERATED {
											r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,
											r1536, r2048}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated::=		SEQUENCE {
	p-a									ENUMERATED {
											dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
											dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-r11				DMRS-Config-r11					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	qcl-Operation						ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11	RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11		RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tbsIndexAlt-r12						ENUMERATED {a26, a33}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-v1310				DMRS-Config-v1310					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14			ENUMERATED {bw5, bw20}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14			ENUMERATED {on}						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14				ENUMERATED {on}						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14		ENUMERATED {range1, range2}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	tbsIndexAlt2-r14						ENUMERATED {b33}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	qcl-Operation-v1530						ENUMERATED {typeC}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	tbs-IndexAlt3-r15							ENUMERATED {a37}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	-- eNote (ToDo): Clarify that eMTC fields (i.e. fields starting with ce-) do not apply
	-- for SCell (merging issue)
	ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig-r15			ENUMERATED {on}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config-r15					ENUMERATED {on}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15	ENUMERATED {on}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	altMCS-TableScalingConfig-r15		ENUMERATED {oDot5, oDot625, oDot75, oDot875}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tbsIndexAlt2-r14						ENUMERATED {b33}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11

RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11

PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pdsch-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11	PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11,
	optionalSetOfFields-r11				SEQUENCE {
		crs-PortsCount-r11					ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
		crs-FreqShift-r11					INTEGER (0..5),
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				subframeConfigList					MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
			}
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-Start-r11						ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11				CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
	qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11			CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430	CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE {
				subframeConfigList-v1430	MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430
			}
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	codewordOneConfig-v1530				CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SEQUENCE {
				crs-PortsCount-v1530					ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1},
				crs-FreqShift-v1530						INTEGER (0..5),
				mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1530			MBSFN-SubframeConfigList	OPTIONAL,
				mbsfn-SubframeConfigListExt-v1530		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL,
				pdsch-Start-v1530						ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned},
				csi-RS-ConfigZPId-v1530					CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11,
				qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530			CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11	OPTIONAL
			}
		}																OPTIONAL 	-- Cond TypeC
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

PDSCH-Config field descriptions
altMCS-TableScalingConfig
Presence of the field indicates activation of 6-bit MCS table (i.e., altMCS-Table) for UE indicating support for altMCS-Table, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. The indicated value configures the parameter altMCS-Table-Scaling where value oDot5 corresponds to scaling factor 0.5, value oDot625 corresponds to scaling factor 0.625 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23].
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig
Configures the UE supporting alternative CQI table to use the alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [23].
ce-HARQ-AckBundling
Activation of PDSCH HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config
Activation of 64 QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig
Activation of flexible starting PRB for PDSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz.
ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth
Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz, and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz. If this field is absent, the UE shall release any existing value and set the maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B to 1.4 MHz. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. The max bandwidth can by configured to 5MHz for BL UEs and 5MHz or 20MHz for UEs in CE.
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses
Configuration of 10 (instead of 8) DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-SchedulingEnhancement
Activation of dynamic HARQ-ACK delay for HD-FDD for PDSCH in CE mode A controlled by the DCI, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value range1 corresponds to the first range of HARQ-ACK delays, and value range2 corresponds to second range of HARQ-ACK delays.
codewordOneConfig
The field corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. If absent, the UE applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If optionalSetOfFields is absent, the fields mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 and mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 are released.
optionalSetOfFields
If absent, the UE releases the configuration provided previously, if any, and applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530, this field corresponds to codeword 0, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.
p-a
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
p-b
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause Table 5.2-1.
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.7-1. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on. If the field pdsch-Start-v1530 is also configured, E-UTRAN ensures that this value is the same as pdsch-Start (i.e., without suffix).
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
Indicates the CSI-RS resource that is quasi co-located with the PDSCH antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.9. E-UTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB or qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC, the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 corresponds to codeword 0, and the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530 corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10..
qcl-Operation
Indicates the quasi co-location behaviour to be used by the UE, type A, type B, or type C, as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. In case qcl-Operation-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the field qcl-Operation (without suffix). E-UTRAN configures qcl-Operation-v1530 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency and QCL type C is configured.
referenceSignalPower
Parameter: Reference-signal power, which provides the downlink reference-signal EPRE, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. The actual value in dBm.
re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList, re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures at least one PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
tbsIndexAlt
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 26 and 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1), to all subframes scheduled by DCI format 2C or 2D. Value a26 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 26A, and value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If this field is not configured, the UE shall use ITBS 26 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2 configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead.
tbsIndexAlt2
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead.
tbs-IndexAlt3
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TypeC
The field is optional, need ON when qcl-Operation is configured with typeC. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. 

–	PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId
The IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId is used to identify a set of PDSCH parameters related to resource element mapping and quasi co-location, as configured by the IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency.
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId information elements
-- ASN1START

PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 ::=		INTEGER (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PerCC-GapIndicationList
The IE PerCC-GapIndicationList is used to specify the UE measurement gap preference.
PerCC-GapIndication information elements
-- ASN1START
PerCC-GapIndicationList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF PerCC-GapIndication-r14

PerCC-GapIndication-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	servCellId-r14								ServCellIndex-r13,		
	gapIndication-r14							ENUMERATED {gap, ncsg, nogap-noNcsg}
}

-- ASN1STOP

PerCC-GapIndication field descriptions
servCellId
This field identifies the serving cell for which the measurement gap perference is provided.
gapIndication
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap preference per component carrier (serving cell) by the UE both in non-CA and CA configurations. Value gap indicates that a measurement gap is needed for the associated servCellId, value nogap-noNcsg indicates that neither a measurement gap nor a ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId, value ncsg indicates that ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId. The UE shall indicate the per CC measurement gap preference consistently for the same non-CA or CA configuration and measurement configuration during the same RRC connection.

–	PHICH-Config
The IE PHICH-Config is used to specify the PHICH configuration.
PHICH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PHICH-Config ::=					SEQUENCE {
	phich-Duration						ENUMERATED {normal, extended},
	phich-Resource						ENUMERATED {oneSixth, half, one, two}
}

-- ASN1STOP

PHICH-Config field descriptions
phich-Duration
Parameter: PHICH-Duration, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.9.3-1.
phich-Resource
Parameter: Ng, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.9. Value oneSixth corresponds to 1/6, half corresponds to 1/2 and so on.

–	PhysicalConfigDedicated
The IE PhysicalConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific physical channel configuration.
PhysicalConfigDedicated information element
-- ASN1START

PhysicalConfigDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pdsch-ConfigDedicated				PDSCH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	pucch-ConfigDedicated				PUCCH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	pusch-ConfigDedicated				PUSCH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	uplinkPowerControlDedicated			UplinkPowerControlDedicated		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH				TPC-PDCCH-Config				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH				TPC-PDCCH-Config				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	cqi-ReportConfig					CQI-ReportConfig				OPTIONAL,		-- Cond CQI-r8
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated		SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	antennaInfo							CHOICE {
		explicitValue						AntennaInfoDedicated,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond AI-r8
	schedulingRequestConfig				SchedulingRequestConfig			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	cqi-ReportConfig-v920				CQI-ReportConfig-v920		OPTIONAL,		-- Cond CQI-r8
		antennaInfo-v920					AntennaInfoDedicated-v920	OPTIONAL		-- Cond AI-r8
	]],
	[[	antennaInfo-r10					CHOICE {
			explicitValue-r10				AntennaInfoDedicated-r10,
			defaultValue					NULL
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond AI-r10
		antennaInfoUL-r10				AntennaInfoUL-r10				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cif-Presence-r10				BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-r10			CQI-ReportConfig-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond CQI-r10
		csi-RS-Config-r10				CSI-RS-Config-r10				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020		PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1020		PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		schedulingRequestConfig-v1020	SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020
								SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
							SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020	
									UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	additionalSpectrumEmissionCA-r10			CHOICE {
			release									NULL,
			setup									SEQUENCE {
				additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell-r10		AdditionalSpectrumEmission
			}
		}			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11
									CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11
									CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	
									CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11	CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		epdcch-Config-r11				EPDCCH-Config-r11				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130		PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	-- UL configuration
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1130			CQI-ReportConfig-v1130			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1130		PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130		PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130
									UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	antennaInfo-v1250				AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond AI-r10
		eimta-MainConfig-r12			EIMTA-MainConfig-r12			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12		EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1250		PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250		CQI-ReportConfig-v1250			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250
									UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250		PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1250					CSI-RS-Config-v1250			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1310			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13			PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13			PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13
										PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1310					CQI-ReportConfig-v1310	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310
								SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13
						SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310
						SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
				SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1310				CSI-RS-Config-v1310				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		ce-Mode-r13					CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						ENUMERATED {ce-ModeA,ce-ModeB}
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	cqi-ReportConfig-v1320					CQI-ReportConfig-v1320	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14	CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		must-Config-r14						CHOICE{
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				k-max-r14						ENUMERATED {l1, l3},
				p-a-must-r14					ENUMERATED {
													dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
													dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
			}
		}															OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-EnhancementsConfig-r14		PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		ce-pdsch-pusch-EnhancementConfig-r14		ENUMERATED {on}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		antennaInfo-v1430				AntennaInfoDedicated-v1430		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1430		PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1430		PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1430		PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond PeriodicSRSPCell
		soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond PeriodicSRSExt		
		soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond AperiodicSRS
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond AperiodicSRSExt
		csi-RS-Config-v1430				CSI-RS-Config-v1430				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14				CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1430					CQI-ReportConfig-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		semiOpenLoop-r14						BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	csi-RS-Config-v1480					CSI-RS-Config-v1480			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15		PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15	OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1530			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530		OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1530			PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530		OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1530				CQI-ReportConfig-v1530			OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
		antennaInfo-v1530					AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530		OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1530					CSI-RS-Config-v1530				OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530
									UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		semiStaticCFI-Config-r15		CHOICE{
			release							NULL,
			setup							CHOICE{
				cfi-Config-r15					CFI-Config-r15,
				cfi-PatternConfig-r15 			CFI-PatternConfig-r15
			}
		}														OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
		blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15	CHOICE{
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15		BOOLEAN,
				blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	BOOLEAN,
				maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n4,n6}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n4,n6}		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	INTEGER(1..16)	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	INTEGER(1..16)	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n0, n1}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n0, n1}	OPTIONAL -- Need ON
			}
		}														OPTIONAL	 -- Need ON
	]],
	[[	spucch-Config-v1550				SPUCCH-Config-v1550			OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	]]
}

PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370			PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370		OPTIONAL		-- Cond PUCCH-Format4or5
}

PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pucch-ConfigDedicated-v13c0			PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0	
}

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
	nonUL-Configuration-r10					SEQUENCE {
		antennaInfo-r10
											AntennaInfoDedicated-r10	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10
									CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-r10						CSI-RS-Config-r10		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-r10				PDSCH-ConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	-- UL configuration
	ul-Configuration-r10					SEQUENCE {
		antennaInfoUL-r10						AntennaInfoUL-r10		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10
								PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond PUSCH-SCell1
		uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10
								UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10			CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10
										SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020
									SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
							SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond CommonUL
	...,
	[[	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11
									CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11	
									CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11
									CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11
										CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		epdcch-Config-r11					EPDCCH-Config-r11			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	-- UL configuration
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1130				CQI-ReportConfig-v1130		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130
									PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond PUSCH-SCell1
		uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130
									UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	antennaInfo-v1250					AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		eimta-MainConfigSCell-r12
										EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250			CQI-ReportConfig-v1250		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1250
									UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1250					CSI-RS-Config-v1250			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	pucch-Cell-r13						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond PUCCH-SCell1
		pucch-SCell							CHOICE{
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13
											PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
				schedulingRequestConfig-r13			
									SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
				tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SCell-r13		
											TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
				pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13		
										PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond PUSCH-SCell
				uplinkPowerControlDedicated-r13		
								UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
			}
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13
						CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Cross-Carrier-Config
		pdcch-ConfigSCell-r13				PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1310				CQI-ReportConfig-v1310		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1310			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310
								SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13
							SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310
						SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
					SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1310					CSI-RS-Config-v1310			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		laa-SCellConfiguration-r13			LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	cqi-ReportConfig-v1320				CQI-ReportConfig-v1320	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	laa-SCellConfiguration-v1430		LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430
																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14		SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON

		uplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430		UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated						OPTIONAL,		-- Cond PeriodicSRS
		soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13						OPTIONAL,		-- Cond PeriodicSRSExt		
		soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14						OPTIONAL,		-- Cond AperiodicSRS
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14 			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond AperiodicSRSExt
		must-Config-r14						CHOICE{
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				k-max-r14						ENUMERATED {l1, l3},
				p-a-must-r14					ENUMERATED {
													dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
													dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
			}
		}															OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1430			PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1430						CSI-RS-Config-v1430			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14				CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-v1430					CQI-ReportConfig-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		semiOpenLoop-r14						BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430		PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	csi-RS-Config-v1480					CSI-RS-Config-v1480				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15		PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1530			PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		dummy								CQI-ReportConfig-v1530			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r15			CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cqi-ShortConfigSCell-r15			CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-v1530					CSI-RS-Config-v1530				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1530
									UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		laa-SCellConfiguration-v1530		LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1530			PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530 	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond AUL
		semiStaticCFI-Config-r15		CHOICE{
			release							NULL,
			setup							CHOICE{
				cfi-Config-r15					CFI-Config-r15,
				cfi-PatternConfig-r15 			CFI-PatternConfig-r15
			}
		}														OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
		blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15	CHOICE{
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15		BOOLEAN,
				blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	BOOLEAN,
				maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n4,n6}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n4,n6}		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	INTEGER(1..16)	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	INTEGER(1..16)	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n0, n1}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n0, n1}	OPTIONAL -- Need ON
			}
		}														OPTIONAL	 -- Need ON
	]],
	[[	spucch-Config-v1550				SPUCCH-Config-v1550			OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	]]
}

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pucch-SCell-v1370				CHOICE{
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370		PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370		OPTIONAL	-- Cond PUCCH-Format4or5
		}
	}
}

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pucch-SCell-v13c0				CHOICE{
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			pucch-ConfigDedicated-v13c0		PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0
		}
	}
}

CFI-Config-r15	::= SEQUENCE {
	cfi-SubframeNonMBSFN-r15		INTEGER (1..4)						OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
	cfi-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN-r15		INTEGER (1..3)					OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
	cfi-SubframeMBSFN-r15			INTEGER (1..2)						OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
	cfi-SlotSubslotMBSFN-r15		INTEGER (1..2)						OPTIONAL	 -- Need ON
}

CFI-PatternConfig-r15	::= SEQUENCE {
	cfi-PatternSubframe-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..4)	OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
	cfi-PatternSlotSubslot-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..3)	OPTIONAL	 -- Need ON
}

LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	subframeStartPosition-r13				ENUMERATED {s0, s07},
	laa-SCellSubframeConfig-r13				BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
}

LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-UL-r14	CHOICE {
		release									NULL,
		setup									SEQUENCE {
			crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14		CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14
		}
	}													OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL
	lbt-Config-r14								LBT-Config-r14			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	pdcch-ConfigLAA-r14							PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology-r14			ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430
						SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
}

LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	aul-Config-r15							AUL-Config-r15		OPTIONAL, 		-- Need ON
	pusch-ModeConfigLAA-r15					PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15	OPTIONAL 	-- Need OR
}

PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		laa-PUSCH-Mode1	BOOLEAN,
		laa-PUSCH-Mode2	BOOLEAN,
		laa-PUSCH-Mode3	BOOLEAN
}

LBT-Config-r14 ::=		CHOICE{
	maxEnergyDetectionThreshold-r14				INTEGER(-85..-52),
	energyDetectionThresholdOffset-r14			INTEGER(-13..20)
}


CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310

CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13

CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11

CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::=	CHOICE {
	release					NULL,
	setup					SEQUENCE {
		antennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15		AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		antennaInfoUL-STTI-r15				AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15				OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1530			PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530			OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		schedulingRequestConfig-v1530		SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15	UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 	OPTIONAL,	--Need ON
		cqi-ReportConfig-r15				CQI-ReportConfig-r15				OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		csi-RS-Config-r15					CSI-RS-Config-r15					OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15	CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r15	CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11		CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r15			CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14			OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		eimta-MainConfig-r12				EIMTA-MainConfig-r12				OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		eimta-MainConfigServCell-r15		EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		semiOpenLoopSTTI-r15				BOOLEAN,
		slotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15		SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		slotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15		SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		spdcch-Config-r15					SPDCCH-Config-r15					OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		spucch-Config-r15					SPUCCH-Config-r15					OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig-r15		BOOLEAN,
		shortProcessingTime-r15				BOOLEAN,
		shortTTI-r15						ShortTTI-r15						OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	}
}

SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{
	srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14					
								SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14
															OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r14
												SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10
}

SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{
	srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14
								SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14
															OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r14
											SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13
}

ShortTTI-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	dl-STTI-Length-r15					ShortTTI-Length-r15 			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ul-STTI-Length-r15					ShortTTI-Length-r15 			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

ShortTTI-Length-r15 ::=					ENUMERATED {slot, subslot}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysicalConfigDedicated field descriptions
absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology
Presence of this field indicates absence on a long term basis (e.g. by level of regulation) of any other technology sharing the carrier; absence of this field indicates the potential presence of any other technology sharing the carrier, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. 
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell
E-UTRAN does not configure this field in this release of the specification.
antennaInfo
A choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration as specified in clause 9.2.4.
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Enables HARQ-less/blind slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Enables HARQ-less/blind subframe PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
cqi-ShortConfigSCell
Indicates whether the CSI (CQI/PMI/RI/PTI/CRI) reporting resource configured by cqi-ShortConfigSCell is available upon receiving the SCell activation command for this SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field when transmission mode 1-8 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
ce-Mode
Indicates the CE mode as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement-Config
Activation of new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
csi-RS-Config
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. For a serving frequency, EUTRAN configures a maximum number of CSI-RS-ConfigNZP in accordance with transmission mode (including CSI processes), eMIMO (including class) and associated UE capabilities (e.g. k-Max, n-MaxList).
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList
The aperiodic ZP CSI-RS for PDSCH rate matching. The field subframeConfig is applicable to semi-persistent CSI RS reporting. In other cases, the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig.
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
dl-STTI-Length, ul-STTI-Length
Indicates the DL and UL short TTI lengths. Value slot corresponds to 7 OFDM symbols and value subslot corresponds to 2 or 3 OFDM symbols. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on the same cell. If one SCell is configured with short TTI in the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell, the cell carrying PUCCH shall be configured with short TTI. E-UTRAN can configure different value of dl-STTI-Length and ul-STTI-Length for serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on different cells. E-UTRAN does not configure the combination {slot,subslot} for {DL,UL}. 
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eimta-MainConfigPCell, eimta-MainConfigSCell
If E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for one serving cell in a frequency band, E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for all serving cells residing on the frequency band. E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
energyDetectionThresholdOffset
Indicates the offset to the default maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dB. Value -13 corresponds to -13dB, value -12 corresponds to -12dB, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dB) as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
epdcch-Config
indicates the EPDCCH-Config for the cell. E-UTRAN does not configure EPDCCH-Config for an SCell that is configured with value other for schedulingCellInfo in CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig.
k-max
Indicates the maximum number of interfering spatial layers signaled in the assistance information for MUST. Value l1 corresponds to 1 layer, Value l3 corresponds to 3 layers.
laa-PUSCH-Mode1, laa-PUSCH-Mode2, laa-PUSCH-Mode3
Indicates whether LAA PUSCH mode 1, 2 and/or 3 is configured as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.
laa-SCellSubframeConfig
A bit-map indicating LAA SCell subframe configuration, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated as MBSFN subframe. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
Starting from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #4, #6, #7, #8, and #9.
maxEnergyDetectionThreshold
Indicates the absolute maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dBm. Value -85 corresponds to -85 dBm, value -84 corresponds to -84 dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If the field is not configured, the UE shall use a default maximum energy detection threshold value as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions. 
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for subframe PDSCH repetitions. 
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the number of HARQ processes for slot/subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the number of HARQ processes for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
p-a-must
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130
For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280
For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
pucch-Cell
If present, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on the PUCCH SCell. If absent, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on PCell or PSCell, or if the cell concerns the PUCCH SCell, on the concerned cell. If this field is not modified upon change of PUCCH SCell, the UE shall always send the PUCCH feedback of the concerned SCell using the configured PUCCH SCell.
pucch-ConfigDedicated
E-UTRAN configures pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pucch-ConfigDedicated (i.e., without suffix) is not configured. UE shall ignore pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 when pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured.
pucch-SCell
If present, the concerned SCell is the PUCCH SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field upon SCell addition i.e. this field is only released when the SCell is released. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13
E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pusch-ConfigDedicated is not configured.
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250
E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 only if tpc-SubframeSet is configured.
pusch-EnhancementsConfig
Indicates that the UE shall transmit in the PUSCH enhancement mode if pusch-EnhancementsConfig is set to setup, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the RV cycling sequence for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the RV cycling sequence for subframe PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
semiOpenLoop, semiOpenLoopSTTI
Value TRUE indicates that semi-open-loop transmission is used for deriving CSI reporting and corresponding PDSCH transmission (DMRS).
semiStaticCFI-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
semiStaticCFI-SlotSubslotMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in MBSFN subframes.
semiStaticCFI-SubframeMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in MBSFN subframes.
semiStaticCFI- SubframeNonMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
shortProcessingTime
Indicates whether short processing time is configured as specific in TS 36.321 [6]. An SCell can only be configured with short processing if the cell carrying PUCCH for that SCell is configured with short processing time.
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList
Indicates periodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList
Indicates periodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList
Indicates aperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
soundingRS-UL-DedicatedApUpPTsExtList
Indicates aperiodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
srs-CC-SetIndexList
Indicates the srs-CC-SetIndex list which the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic and soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt belongs to.
srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig
Indicates whether SRS triggering via DCI7 is configured.
subframeStartPosition
Indicates possible starting positions of transmission in the first subframe of the DL transmission burst, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value s0 means the starting position is subframe boundary, s07 means the starting position is either subframe boundary or slot boundary.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group
Indicates Type A trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell. E-UTRAN configures the UE with either typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group or typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group, if any.
uplinkPowerControlDedicated
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicated (without suffix) is configured.
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 is configured for this serving cell.

Conditional presence
Explanation
AI-r8
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
AI-r10
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
AperiodicSRS
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
AperiodicSRSExt
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
AUL
The field is optionally present, need ON, if aul-config-r15 is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
CommonUL
The field is mandatory present if ul-Configuration of RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON.
CQI-r8
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
CQI-r10
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
Cross-Carrier-Config
The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL
The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 and crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 are absent or schedulingCellInfo is set to 'own'. Otherwise the field is not present.
PeriodicSRS
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PeriodicSRSPCell
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PeriodicSRSExt
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PUCCH-Format4or5
The field is mandatory present with pucch-Format-v1370 set to setup if pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured and pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 indicates PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PUCCH-SCell1
The field is optionally present, need OR, for SCell not configured with pucch-configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present.
PUSCH-SCell
The field is optionally present, need ON, if pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 and pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 are absent. Otherwise the field is not present
PUSCH-SCell1
The field is optionally present, need ON, for SCell not configured with pucch-configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present if cellIdentification is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON.
SRS-Trigger-TypeA
The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

NOTE 1:	During handover, the UE performs a MAC reset, which involves reverting to the default CQI/ SRS/ SR configuration in accordance with clause 5.3.13 and TS 36.321 [6], clauses 5.9 and 5.2. Hence, for these parts of the dedicated radio resource configuration, the default configuration (rather than the configuration used in the source PCell) is used as the basis for the delta signalling that is included in the message used to perform handover.
NOTE 2:	Since delta signalling is not supported for the common SCell configuration, E-UTRAN can only add or release the uplink of an SCell by releasing and adding the concerned SCell.
–	P-Max
The IE P-Max is used to limit the UE's uplink transmission power on a carrier frequency and is used to calculate the parameter Pcompensation defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Corresponds to parameter PEMAX or PEMAX,c in TS 36.101 [42]. The UE transmit power on one serving cell shall not exceed the configured maximum UE output power of the serving cell determined by this value as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clauses 6.2.5 or 6.2.5A, or, when transmitting sidelink discovery announcements within the coverage of the concerned cell, as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.5D.
P-Max information element
-- ASN1START

P-Max ::=				INTEGER (-30..33)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PRACH-Config
The IE PRACH-ConfigSIB and IE PRACH-Config are used to specify the PRACH configuration in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively.
PRACH-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

PRACH-ConfigSIB ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..837),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo
}

PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13		RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13,
	mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13			CHOICE {
		fdd-r13								ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8,
												v10},
		tdd-r13								ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond MP
	prach-HoppingOffset-r13				INTEGER (0..94)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	prach-ParametersListCE-r13			PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13
}

PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF EDT-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15
}

PRACH-Config ::=					SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..837),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PRACH-Config-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13		RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond MP
	mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13			CHOICE {
		fdd-r13								ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8,
												v10},
		tdd-r13								ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond MP
	prach-HoppingOffset-r13				INTEGER (0..94)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	prach-ParametersListCE-r13			PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond MP
	initial-CE-level-r13					INTEGER (0..3)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PRACH-Config-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed-r14				INTEGER (0..837),
	zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed-r14		INTEGER (0..12),
	prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed-r14				INTEGER (0..63),
	prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed-r14				INTEGER (0..94)
}

PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	prach-ConfigIndex-r10					INTEGER (0..63)
}

PRACH-ConfigInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	prach-ConfigIndex					INTEGER (0..63),
	highSpeedFlag						BOOLEAN,
	zeroCorrelationZoneConfig			INTEGER (0..15),
	prach-FreqOffset					INTEGER (0..94)
}

PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF PRACH-ParametersCE-r13

PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	prach-ConfigIndex-r13					INTEGER (0..63),
	prach-FreqOffset-r13						INTEGER (0..94),
	prach-StartingSubframe-r13				ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128,
														sf256}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13
								ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt-r13		ENUMERATED {n1,n2,n4,n8,n16,n32,n64,n128},
	mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF
													INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
	mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA-r13				ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
														r32, r64, r128, r256},
	prach-HoppingConfig-r13					ENUMERATED {on,off}
}

EDT-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15		SEQUENCE {
		prach-ConfigIndex-r15				INTEGER (0..63),
		prach-FreqOffset-r15					INTEGER (0..94),
		prach-StartingSubframe-r15			ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128, sf256}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)
	}	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..3)) OF RSRP-Range

-- ASN1STOP

PRACH-Config field descriptions
edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE
Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. If included, the number of entries is same as number of entries in prach-ParametersListCE. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 1, and so on. The parameters maxNumPreambleAttemptCE, numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt, mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA, prach-HoppingConfig included in prach-ParametersListCE for CE level X are also applicable for EDT.
initial-CE-level
Indicates initial PRACH CE level at random access, see TS 36.321 [6]. If not configured, UE selects PRACH CE level based on measured RSRP level, see TS 36.321 [6].
highSpeedFlag
Parameter: High-speed-flag, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2]. TRUE corresponds to Restricted set and FALSE to Unrestricted set.
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE
Maximum number of preamble transmission attempts per CE level. See TS 36.321 [6].
If the field is absent, the UE shall use the default value n3.
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor
Narrowbands to monitor for MPDCCH for RAR, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 6.2. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..[maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1]) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA
Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 and Msg4, see TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA
Starting subframe configuration for MPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, PDSCH with contention resolution and PDSCH with CCCH MAC SDU, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt
Number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level, See TS 36.211 [21].
prach-ConfigIndex
Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed
Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndexHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-ConfigIndex.
prach-FreqOffset
Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndex.
prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed
Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffsetHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-FreqOffset.
prach-HoppingConfig
Coverage level specific frequency hopping configuration for PRACH. 
prach-HoppingOffset
Parameter: PRACH frequency hopping offset, expressed as a number of resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
prach-ParametersListCE
Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 1, and so on.
prach-StartingSubframe
PRACH starting subframe periodicity, expressed in number of subframes available for preamble transmission (PRACH opportunities), see TS 36.211 [21]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf4 corresponds to 4 subframes and so on. EUTRAN configures the PRACH starting subframe periodicity larger than or equal to the number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level (numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt).
If the field is absent, the value is determined implicitly in TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
rootSequenceIndex
Parameter: RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed
The field indicates starting logical root sequence index used to derive the 64 random access preambles based on restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore rootSequenceIndex.
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList
The criterion for BL UEs and UEs in CE to select PRACH resource set. Up to 3 RSRP threshold values are signalled to determine the CE level for PRACH, see TS 36.213 [23]. The first element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2 and so on, see TS 36.321 [6]. The UE shall ignore this field if only one CE level, i.e. CE level 0, is configured in prach-ParametersListCE. The number of RSRP thresholds present in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList is equal to the number of CE levels configured in prach-ParametersListCE minus one.
A UE that supports powerClass-14dBm shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as follows:
RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold - min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max is the value of p-Max field in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR.
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig
Parameter: NCS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-2, for preamble format 0..3 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-3, for preamble format 4.
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed
The field indicates NCS configuration for the restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore zeroCorrelationZoneConfig.

Conditional presence
Explanation
MP
The field is mandatory present.


–	PresenceAntennaPort1
The IE PresenceAntennaPort1 is used to indicate whether all the neighbouring cells use Antenna Port 1. When set to TRUE, the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells.
PresenceAntennaPort1 information element
-- ASN1START

PresenceAntennaPort1 ::=				BOOLEAN

-- ASN1STOP

–	PUCCH-Config
The IE PUCCH-ConfigCommon and IE PUCCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PUCCH configuration respectively.
PUCCH-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

PUCCH-ConfigCommon ::=				SEQUENCE {
	deltaPUCCH-Shift					ENUMERATED {ds1, ds2, ds3},
	nRB-CQI								INTEGER (0..98),
	nCS-AN								INTEGER (0..7),
	n1PUCCH-AN							INTEGER (0..2047)
}

PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13					N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0-r13	ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level1-r13	ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level2-r13	ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r13	ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14	ENUMERATED {n64, n128}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ackNackRepetition					CHOICE{
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			repetitionFactor					ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
			n1PUCCH-AN-Rep						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	},
	tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode				ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pucch-Format-r10					CHOICE {
		format3-r10						PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13,
		channelSelection-r10				SEQUENCE {
			n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10					CHOICE {
				release								NULL,
				setup								SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r10				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10
				}
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r10							INTEGER (0..2047)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v1130					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nPUCCH-Param-r11					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nPUCCH-Identity-r11					INTEGER (0..503),
			n1PUCCH-AN-r11						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nkaPUCCH-Param-r12					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nkaPUCCH-AN-r12						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
--Release 8
	ackNackRepetition-r13				CHOICE{
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			repetitionFactor-r13				ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1},
			n1PUCCH-AN-Rep-r13				INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	},
	tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode-r13			ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing}	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
--Release 10
	pucch-Format-r13					CHOICE {
		format3-r13								SEQUENCE {
			n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13		CHOICE {	
				release											NULL,
				setup											SEQUENCE {
					n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
				}
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		},
		channelSelection-r13				SEQUENCE {
			n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r13					CHOICE {
				release								NULL,
				setup								SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r13				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10,
					dummy1			SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
				}
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		},
		format4-r13							SEQUENCE {
			format4-resourceConfiguration-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format4-resource-r13,
			format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF Format4-resource-r13 OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		},
		format5-r13				SEQUENCE {
			format5-resourceConfiguration-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format5-resource-r13,
			format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13	Format5-resource-r13 OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r13		ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r13						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r13							INTEGER (0..2047)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
--Release 11
	nPUCCH-Param-r13					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nPUCCH-Identity-r13					INTEGER (0..503),
			n1PUCCH-AN-r13						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
--Release 12
	nkaPUCCH-Param-r13					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nkaPUCCH-AN-r13						INTEGER (0..2047)
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
--Release 13
	spatialBundlingPUCCH-r13			BOOLEAN,
	spatialBundlingPUSCH-r13			BOOLEAN,
	harq-TimingTDD-r13					BOOLEAN,
	codebooksizeDetermination-r13		ENUMERATED {dai,cc}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	maximumPayloadCoderate-r13			INTEGER (0..7)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pucch-NumRepetitionCE-r13			CHOICE {
		release						NULL,
		setup						CHOICE {
			modeA						SEQUENCE {
				pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13					ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8},
				pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13					ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8}
			},
			modeB						SEQUENCE {
				pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13					ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32},
				pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13					ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32}
			}
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL	--Need ON
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pucch-Format-v1370					CHOICE {
		release	NULL,
		setup	PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13
	}
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	channelSelection-v13c0				SEQUENCE {
		n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v13c0					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-v13c0			SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
			}
		}
	}
}

PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13		CHOICE {	
		release											NULL,
		setup											SEQUENCE {
			n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
		}
	}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14		ENUMERATED {r64,r128}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	n1PUCCH-AN-SPT-r15					INTEGER (0..2047)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI-r15	ENUMERATED {dai,cc}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

Format4-resource-r13	::=				SEQUENCE {
	startingPRB-format4-r13						INTEGER (0..109),
	numberOfPRB-format4-r13					INTEGER (0..7)
}

Format5-resource-r13	::=				SEQUENCE {
	startingPRB-format5-r13						INTEGER (0..109),
	cdm-index-format5-r13						INTEGER (0..1)
}



N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10	::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)

N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)

-- ASN1STOP

PUCCH-Config field descriptions
ackNackRepetition
Parameter indicates whether ACK/NACK repetition is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
cdm-index-format5
Parameter see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.2c, for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
codebooksizeDetermination, codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI
Parameter indicates whether HARQ codebook size is determined with downlink assignment indicator based solution or number of configured CCs, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.2.2.6, 5.2.3.1 and 5.3.3.1.2, and TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.3, 10.1.3.2.3, 10.1.3.2.3.1, 10.1.3.2.3.2 and 10.1.3.2.4.
deltaPUCCH-Shift
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.1, where ds1 corresponds to value 1, ds2 corresponds to value 2 etc.
dummy1
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
harq-TimingTDD
Parameter indicates for a TDD SCell when aggregated with a TDD PCell of different UL/DL configurations whether deriving the HARQ timing for such a cell is done in the same way as the DL HARQ timing of an FDD SCell with a TDD PCell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.2.
maximumPayloadCoderate
Maximum payload or code rate for multi P-CSI on each PUCCH resource, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1.
n1PUCCH-AN
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List
Parameter:  for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.1 and 10.1.3.2.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1
Parameter: for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. E-UTRAN configures this field only when pucch-Format is set to channelSelection.
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep, n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1
Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n3PUCCH-AN-List, n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1
Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. 
n1PUCCH-AN-SPT
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. Indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset for short processing time.
nCS-An
Parameter: see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.
nkaPUCCH-AN
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3.
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12 indicates PUCCH format 1a/1b starting offset for the subframe set , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3. E-UTRAN configures nkaPUCCH-AN only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
nPUCCH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
nRB-CQI
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.
numberOfPRB-format4
Parameter see TS 36.213 [23], Table 10.1.1-2, for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList
Starting offsets of the PUCCH resource(s) indicated by SIB1-BR. The first entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE. See TS 36.213 [23].
pucch-Format
Parameter indicates one of the PUCCH formats for transmission of HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. For TDD, if the UE is configured with PCell only, the channelSelection indicates the transmission of HARQ-ACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-5, 10.1.3-6, and 10.1.3-7 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUCCH, and in 7.3 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUSCH. E-UTRAN only configures pucch-Format-v1370 when pucch-Format-r13 is configured and set to format4 or format5.
pucch-NumRepetitionCE
Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a and for PUCCH format 2/2a/2b for CE modes A and B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. The UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13, if received, for CE mode B in this release of specification. For UE in CE mode B supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14 is included then the UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13.
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level1, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level2, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3
Number of repetitions for PUCCH carrying HARQ response to PDSCH containing Msg4 for PRACH CE levels 0, 1, 2 and 3, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 repetition, value n2 corresponds to 2 repetitions, and so on. For BL UEs or non-BL UEs in enhanced coverage supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14 is included then the UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r13.
repetitionFactor
Parameter  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1, where n2 corresponds to repetition factor 2, n4 to 4.
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
Parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH or simultaneous SPUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH transmissions are configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1 and 5.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this field for the PCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PSCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PSCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PUCCH SCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PUCCH SCell is configured.
spatialBundlingPUCCH
Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUCCH, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.3.1.
spatialBundlingPUSCH
Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUSCH, see see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.2.6.
startingPRB-format4
Parameter see TS 36.211 [21], clause5.4.3 for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
startingPRB-format5
Parameter see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.3 for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode
Parameter indicates one of the TDD ACK/NACK feedback modes used, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3 and 10.1.3. The value bundling corresponds to use of ACK/NACK bundling whereas, the value multiplexing corresponds to ACK/NACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-2, 10.1.3-3, and 10.1.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]. The same value applies to both ACK/NACK feedback modes on PUCCH as well as on PUSCH.
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2.
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
The field is mandatory present for TDD if the pucch-Format is not present. If the pucch-Format is present, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. It is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	PUSCH-Config
The IE PUSCH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the common PUSCH configuration and the reference signal configuration for PUSCH and PUCCH. The IE PUSCH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration.
PUSCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

PUSCH-ConfigCommon ::=				SEQUENCE {
	pusch-ConfigBasic					SEQUENCE {
		n-SB								INTEGER (1..4),
		hoppingMode							ENUMERATED {interSubFrame, intraAndInterSubFrame},
		pusch-HoppingOffset					INTEGER (0..98),
		enable64QAM							BOOLEAN
	},
	ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH			UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
}

PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	enable64QAM-v1270						ENUMERATED {true}
}

PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13	ENUMERATED {
											r8, r16, r32 }					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13	ENUMERATED {
											r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024,
											r1536, r2048}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pusch-HoppingOffset-v1310
									INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated ::=			SEQUENCE {
	betaOffset-ACK-Index				INTEGER (0..15),
	betaOffset-RI-Index					INTEGER (0..15),
	betaOffset-CQI-Index				INTEGER (0..15)
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	betaOffsetMC-r10					SEQUENCE {	
		betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r10			INTEGER (0..15),
		betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r10			INTEGER (0..15),
		betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r10			INTEGER (0..15)
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	groupHoppingDisabled-r10			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pusch-DMRS-r11						CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			nPUSCH-Identity-r11					INTEGER (0..509),
			nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r11				INTEGER (0..509)
		}
	}
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250::=		SEQUENCE {
	uciOnPUSCH							CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup									SEQUENCE {
			betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffsetMC-r12						SEQUENCE {	
				betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12	INTEGER (0..15),
				betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12		INTEGER (0..15),
				betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12	INTEGER (0..15)
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}
	}
}
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	betaOffset-ACK-Index-r13				INTEGER (0..15),
	betaOffset2-ACK-Index-r13				INTEGER (0..15)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	betaOffset-RI-Index-r13					INTEGER (0..15),
	betaOffset-CQI-Index-r13				INTEGER (0..15),
	betaOffsetMC-r13						SEQUENCE {	
		betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r13				INTEGER (0..15),
		betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-r13			INTEGER (0..15)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r13				INTEGER (0..15),
		betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r13				INTEGER (0..15)
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	groupHoppingDisabled-r13				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r13				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pusch-DMRS-r11							CHOICE {
		release									NULL,
		setup									SEQUENCE {
			nPUSCH-Identity-r13						INTEGER (0..509),
			nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r13					INTEGER (0..509)
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	uciOnPUSCH								CHOICE {
		release									NULL,
		setup									SEQUENCE {
			betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13			INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13			INTEGER (0..15)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13			INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13			INTEGER (0..15),
			betaOffsetMC-r12						SEQUENCE {	
				betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13	INTEGER (0..15),
				betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13	INTEGER (0..15)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
				betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13		INTEGER (0..15),
				betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13	INTEGER (0..15)
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pusch-HoppingConfig-r13					ENUMERATED {on}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14					ENUMERATED {on}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14				ENUMERATED {bw5}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	tdd-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14						TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	ul-DMRS-IFDMA-r14						BOOLEAN,
	enable256QAM-r14						Enable256QAM-r14				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15	CHOICE {
		release				NULL,
		setup				SEQUENCE {
			offsetCE-ModeB-r15			INTEGER (-1..3) 	OPTIONAL		-- Cond CE-ModeB
		}
	},
	ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config-r15	CHOICE {
		release				NULL,
		setup				SEQUENCE {
			locationCE-ModeB-r15			INTEGER (0..5)		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond CE-ModeB
			sixToneCyclicShift-r15		INTEGER (0..3),
			threeToneCyclicShift-r15		INTEGER (0..2)
		}
	}		OPTIONAL -- Need ON
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	groupHoppingDisabled-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	enable256QAM-r14						Enable256QAM-r14				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	uci-OnPUSCH-r15						CHOICE {
		release									NULL,
		setup									SEQUENCE {
			betaOffsetAUL-r15								INTEGER (0..15)
		}
	}
}

TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 ::=					CHOICE {
	release									NULL,
	setup									SEQUENCE {
		symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14						ENUMERATED {sym1, sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5, sym6}																					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config-r14				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}
}

Enable256QAM-r14 ::=					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								CHOICE {
			tpc-SubframeSet-Configured-r14		SEQUENCE {
					subframeSet1-DCI-Format0-r14										BOOLEAN,
					subframeSet1-DCI-Format4-r14										BOOLEAN,
					subframeSet2-DCI-Format0-r14										BOOLEAN,
					subframeSet2-DCI-Format4-r14										BOOLEAN
			},
			tpc-SubframeSet-NotConfigured-r14	SEQUENCE {
					dci-Format0-r14		BOOLEAN,
					dci-Format4-r14		BOOLEAN
			}
		}
}

PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh-r14			INTEGER (1..100)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh-r14			CHOICE {
			interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14				ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
			interval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14				ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH ::=		SEQUENCE {
	groupHoppingEnabled					BOOLEAN,
	groupAssignmentPUSCH				INTEGER (0..29),
	sequenceHoppingEnabled				BOOLEAN,
	cyclicShift							INTEGER (0..7)
}

-- ASN1STOP

PUSCH-Config field descriptions
betaOffset-ACK-Index, betaOffset2-ACK-Index, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC
Parameter: ,, and , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-1. betaOffset-ACK-Index and betaOffset2-ACK-Index are used for single-codeword and betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC and betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC are used for multiple-codeword. If betaOffset2-ACK-Index is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index is used. If betaOffset-ACK2-Index-MC is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC is used. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: ,,and respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-1. betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 and betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 are used for single-codeword, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 are used for multiple-codeword. If betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is used. If betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is used. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffsetAUL
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.3.
betaOffset-CQI-Index, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-3. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-3. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffset-RI-Index, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-2. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-2. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig
Activation of flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. offsetCE-ModeB indicates starting PRB offset when flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode B is enabled. See TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz.
ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth
Maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz. If this field is not configured, the maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A set to 1.4 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1.
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS
Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config
Activation of PUSCH sub-PRB allocation in CE mode A or B, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
cyclicShift
Parameters: cyclicShift, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 5.5.2.1.1-2.
dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config
Indicates the UE not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS, see TS36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.2.
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated
Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.
enable256QAM
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per uplink power control subframe set and DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories 16 to 20 indicated in ue-CategoryUL-v1430, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are not configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories 16 to 20 indicated in ue-CategoryUL-v1430, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed.
enable64QAM
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UE categories 5 and 8 indicated in ue-Category and UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM and can fallback to category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6, while FALSE indicates that 64QAM is not allowed. If enable64QAM-v1270 is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM but cannot fallback category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6. E-UTRAN configures enable64QAM-v1270 only when enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE.
interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUSCH stays at the same PRBs before hopping to other PRBs. For interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
groupAssignmentPUSCH
Parameter: SS See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
groupHoppingDisabled
Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
groupHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Group-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
hoppingMode
Parameter: Hopping-mode, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
locationCE-ModeB
PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB allocation is enabled in CE mode B.
nDMRS-CSH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.1.
nPUSCH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
n-SB
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
pusch-HoppingConfig
For BL UEs and UEs in CE, frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast PUSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]
pusch-hoppingOffset
Except for BL UEs and UEs in CE, parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. For BL UEs and UEs in CE, the pusch-hoppingOffset-v1310 indicates the parameter, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. . In case pusch-hoppingOffset-v1310 is signalled, the BL UEs and UEs in CE shall ignore pusch-hoppingOffset (i.e. without suffix).
pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh
Indicates the freqeuncy domain hopping offset between PRBs for PUSCH in frequency hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. Value 1 corresponds to 1 PRB, value 2 corresponds to 2 PRBs, and so on.
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA
Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN does not configure value r8. If the field is not configured, the UE shall apply the default value as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0.
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB
Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
sequenceHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Sequence-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.4.
sixToneCyclicShift, threeToneCyclicShift
Cyclic shift for PUSCH reference signal sequence of six/three subcarriers in CE mode A or B.
symPUSCH-UpPTS
Indicates the number of data symbols that configured for PUSCH transmission in UpPTS. Values sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5 and sym6 can be used for normal cyclic prefix, if dmrsLess-UpPTS is set to true, otherwise, values sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5 can be used for normal cyclic prefix and values sym1, sym2, sym3 and sym4 can be used for extended cyclic prefix, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
ul-DMRS-IFDMA
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
Used to specify parameters needed for the transmission on PUSCH (or PUCCH).

Conditional presence
Explanation
CE-ModeB
The field is optionally present, need ON, for CE Mode B. Otherwise, the field is not present.

–	RACH-ConfigCommon
The IE RACH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the generic random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigCommon information element
-- ASN1START

RACH-ConfigCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	preambleInfo						SEQUENCE {
		numberOfRA-Preambles				ENUMERATED {
												n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
												n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
												n60, n64},
		preamblesGroupAConfig				SEQUENCE {
			sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA			ENUMERATED {
													n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28,
													n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56,
													n60},
			messageSizeGroupA						ENUMERATED {b56, b144, b208, b256},
			messagePowerOffsetGroupB			ENUMERATED {
													minusinfinity, dB0, dB5, dB8, dB10, dB12,
													dB15, dB18},
			...
		}			OPTIONAL													-- Need OP
	},
	powerRampingParameters				PowerRampingParameters,
	ra-SupervisionInfo					SEQUENCE {
		preambleTransMax					PreambleTransMax,
		ra-ResponseWindowSize				ENUMERATED {
												sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5, sf6, sf7,
												sf8, sf10},
		mac-ContentionResolutionTimer		ENUMERATED {
												sf8, sf16, sf24, sf32, sf40, sf48,
												sf56, sf64}
	},
	maxHARQ-Msg3Tx						INTEGER (1..8),
	...,
	[[	preambleTransMax-CE-r13			PreambleTransMax					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		rach-CE-LevelInfoList-r13		RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	edt-SmallTBS-Subset-r15			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL		-- Cond EDT-OR
	]]
}

RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	txFailParams-r12				SEQUENCE {
		connEstFailCount-r12					ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4},
		connEstFailOffsetValidity-r12			ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240,
														s300, s420, s600, s900},
		connEstFailOffset-r12					INTEGER (0..15)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}
}

RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	powerRampingParameters-r11				PowerRampingParameters,
	ra-SupervisionInfo-r11					SEQUENCE {
		preambleTransMax-r11					PreambleTransMax
	},
	...
}

RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13

RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	preambleMappingInfo-r13				SEQUENCE {
		firstPreamble-r13					INTEGER(0..63),
		lastPreamble-r13					INTEGER(0..63)
	},
	ra-ResponseWindowSize-r13			ENUMERATED {sf20, sf50, sf80, sf120, sf180,
													sf240, sf320, sf400},

	mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r13	ENUMERATED {sf80, sf100, sf120,
													sf160, sf200, sf240, sf480, sf960},
	rar-HoppingConfig-r13				ENUMERATED {on,off},
	...,
	[[	edt-Parameters-r15			SEQUENCE {
			edt-LastPreamble-r15		INTEGER(0..63),
			edt-SmallTBS-Enabled-r15	BOOLEAN,
			edt-TBS-r15				ENUMERATED {b328, b408, b504, b600, b712,
												b808, b936, b1000or456},
			mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15	ENUMERATED {sf240, sf480, sf960,
													sf1920, sf3840, sf5760, sf7680, sf10240}		OPTIONAL -- Need OP
			}	OPTIONAL		-- Cond EDT
	]]
}

PowerRampingParameters ::=			SEQUENCE {
	powerRampingStep					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6},
	preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower	ENUMERATED {
											dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112,
											dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-102,
											dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94,
											dBm-92, dBm-90}
}

PreambleTransMax ::=				ENUMERATED {
											n3, n4, n5, n6, n7,	n8, n10, n20, n50,
											n100, n200}

-- ASN1STOP

RACH-ConfigCommon field descriptions
connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset. 
connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
connEstFailOffsetValidity
Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
edt-LastPreamble
Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. For the concerned CE level, if PRACH resources configured by edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 are different from the PRACH resources configured by PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 for all CE levels and edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 for all other CE levels, the preambles for EDT are the preambles firstPreamble-r13 to edt-LastPreamble-r15, otherwise the preambles for EDT are the preambles lastPreamble-r13 +1 to edt-LastPreamble-r15.
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates UE performing EDT is allowed to select TBS smaller than edt-TBS for Msg3 in the corresponding CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
edt-SmallTBS-Subset
Presence indicates only two of the TBS values can be used according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. When the field is not present, any of the TBS values according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level can be used. This field is applicable for a CE level only when edt-SmallTBS-Enabled is included for the corresponding CE level.
edt-TBS
Largest TBS for Msg3 for a CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. Value in bits. Value b328 corresponds to 328 bits, b408 corresponds to 408 bits and so on. Additionally, value b1000or456 corresponds to 1000 bits for CE levels 0 and 1, and 456 bits for CE levels 2 and 3. See TS 36.213 [23].
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer
Timer for contention resolution in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on. mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx
Maximum number of Msg3 HARQ transmissions in TS 36.321 [6], used for contention based random access. Value is an integer.
messagePowerOffsetGroupB
Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on.
messageSizeGroupA
Threshold for preamble selection in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in bits. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b144 corresponds to 144 bits and so on.
numberOfRA-Preambles
Number of non-dedicated random access preambles in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.
powerRampingStep
Power ramping factor in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower
Initial preamble power in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dBm. Value dBm-120 corresponds to -120 dBm, dBm-118 corresponds to -118 dBm and so on.
preambleMappingInfo
Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level, except for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. When random access preambles group B is used, firstPreamble-r13 is set to 0 and lastPreamble-r13 is set to numberOfRA-Preambles-1.
preamblesGroupAConfig
Provides the configuration for preamble grouping in TS 36.321 [6]. If the field is not signalled, the size of the random access preambles group A, as specified in TS 36.321 [6], is equal to numberOfRA-Preambles.
preambleTransMax, preambleTransMax-CE
Maximum number of preamble transmission in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n3 corresponds to 3, n4 corresponds to 4 and so on.
rach-CE-LevelInfoList
Provides RACH information for each coverage level. The first entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 0, the second entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes rach-CE-LevelInfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE.
ra-ResponseWindowSize
Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
rar-HoppingConfig
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for RAR/Msg3/Msg4 for a CE level, see TS 36.211 [21].
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA
Size of the random access preambles group A in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.

Conditional presence
Explanation
EDT
The field is mandatory present if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2 is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
EDT-OR
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2 is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	RACH-ConfigDedicated
The IE RACH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the dedicated random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigDedicated information element
-- ASN1START

RACH-ConfigDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ra-PreambleIndex					INTEGER (0..63),
	ra-PRACH-MaskIndex					INTEGER (0..15)
}

-- ASN1STOP

RACH-ConfigDedicated field descriptions
ra-PRACH-MaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
ra-PreambleIndex
Explicitly signalled Random Access Preamble for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].

–	RadioResourceConfigCommon
The IE RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB and IE RadioResourceConfigCommon are used to specify common radio resource configurations in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively, e.g., the random access parameters and the static physical layer parameters.
RadioResourceConfigCommon information element
-- ASN1START

RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rach-ConfigCommon					RACH-ConfigCommon,
	bcch-Config						BCCH-Config,
	pcch-Config						PCCH-Config,
	prach-Config						PRACH-ConfigSIB,
	pdsch-ConfigCommon					PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
	pusch-ConfigCommon					PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
	pucch-ConfigCommon					PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon			SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
	uplinkPowerControlCommon			UplinkPowerControlCommon,
	ul-CyclicPrefixLength				UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
	...,
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	rach-ConfigCommon-v1250			RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270		PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	bcch-Config-v1310				BCCH-Config-v1310					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		pcch-Config-v1310				PCCH-Config-v1310					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		freqHoppingParameters-r13		FreqHoppingParameters-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310		PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310		PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		prach-ConfigCommon-v1310		PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310		PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	highSpeedConfig-r14				HighSpeedConfig-r14					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		prach-Config-v1430				PRACH-Config-v1430					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430		PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	prach-Config-v1530				PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond EDT
		ce-RSS-Config-r15				RSS-Config-r15						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		wus-Config-r15 					WUS-Config-r15						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		highSpeedConfig-v1530			HighSpeedConfig-v1530				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1540	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	wus-Config-v1560				WUS-Config-v1560					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rach-ConfigCommon					RACH-ConfigCommon					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	prach-Config						PRACH-Config,
	pdsch-ConfigCommon					PDSCH-ConfigCommon					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pusch-ConfigCommon					PUSCH-ConfigCommon,
	phich-Config						PHICH-Config						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	pucch-ConfigCommon					PUCCH-ConfigCommon					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon			SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	uplinkPowerControlCommon			UplinkPowerControlCommon			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	antennaInfoCommon					AntennaInfoCommon					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	p-Max								P-Max								OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	tdd-Config							TDD-Config							OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
	ul-CyclicPrefixLength				UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
	...,
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	tdd-Config-v1130				TDD-Config-v1130					OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD3
	]],
	[[	pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270		PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	
		prach-Config-v1310				PRACH-Config-v1310					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		freqHoppingParameters-r13		FreqHoppingParameters-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310		PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310		PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310		PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	highSpeedConfig-r14				HighSpeedConfig-r14					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		prach-Config-v1430				PRACH-Config-v1430					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430		PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		tdd-Config-v1430				TDD-Config-v1430					OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD3
	]],
	[[
		tdd-Config-v1450				TDD-Config-v1450					OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD3
	]],
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		highSpeedConfig-v1530			HighSpeedConfig-v1530				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	basicFields-r12						RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10,
	pucch-ConfigCommon-r12				PUCCH-ConfigCommon,
	rach-ConfigCommon-r12				RACH-ConfigCommon,
	uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12	UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12,
	...,
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1310
									UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1530	
									UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v12f0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	basicFields-v12f0					RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v1440 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	basicFields-v1440					RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
	nonUL-Configuration-r10					SEQUENCE {
		-- 1: Cell characteristics
		dl-Bandwidth-r10						ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
		-- 2: Physical configuration, general
		antennaInfoCommon-r10					AntennaInfoCommon,
		mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r10			MBSFN-SubframeConfigList	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		-- 3: Physical configuration, control
		phich-Config-r10						PHICH-Config,
		-- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
		pdsch-ConfigCommon-r10					PDSCH-ConfigCommon,
		tdd-Config-r10							TDD-Config					OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDDSCell
	},
	-- UL configuration
	ul-Configuration-r10				SEQUENCE {
		ul-FreqInfo-r10						SEQUENCE {
			ul-CarrierFreq-r10					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			ul-Bandwidth-r10					ENUMERATED {n6, n15,
													n25, n50, n75, n100}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10		AdditionalSpectrumEmission
		},
		p-Max-r10							P-Max							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10		UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10,
		-- A special version of IE UplinkPowerControlCommon may be introduced
		-- 3: Physical configuration, control
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r10		SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
		ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r10			UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
		-- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
		prach-ConfigSCell-r10					PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR-NoR11
		pusch-ConfigCommon-r10				PUSCH-ConfigCommon
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	ul-CarrierFreq-v1090				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	rach-ConfigCommonSCell-r11			RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ULSCell
		prach-ConfigSCell-r11				PRACH-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UL
		tdd-Config-v1130					TDD-Config-v1130				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD2
		uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130
								UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130			OPTIONAL	-- Cond UL
	]],
	[[	pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270		PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	pucch-ConfigCommon-r13				PUCCH-ConfigCommon		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UL
		uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310
								UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310	OPTIONAL	-- Cond UL
	]],
	[[	highSpeedConfigSCell-r14		HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		prach-Config-v1430				PRACH-Config-v1430					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UL
	ul-Configuration-r14				SEQUENCE {
		ul-FreqInfo-r14						SEQUENCE {
			ul-CarrierFreq-r14					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			ul-Bandwidth-r14					ENUMERATED {n6, n15,
													n25, n50, n75, n100}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
			additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r14		AdditionalSpectrumEmission
		},
		p-Max-r14							P-Max							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r14		SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon,
		ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r14			UL-CyclicPrefixLength,
		prach-ConfigSCell-r14					PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR-NoR11		
		uplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430
					UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ULSRS
	harq-ReferenceConfig-r14					ENUMERATED {sa2,sa4,sa5}	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	soundingRS-FlexibleTiming-r14 			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430		OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	]],
	[[	uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1530	UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530		OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- UL configuration
	ul-Configuration-v10l0				SEQUENCE {
		additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v10l0		AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
	}
}

RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ul-Configuration-v1440				SEQUENCE {
		ul-FreqInfo-v1440						SEQUENCE {
			additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v1440		AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
		}
	}
}

BCCH-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	modificationPeriodCoeff				ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16}
}

BCCH-Config-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	modificationPeriodCoeff-v1310		ENUMERATED {n64}
}

FreqHoppingParameters-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dummy			ENUMERATED {nb2, nb4}				OPTIONAL,
	dummy2			CHOICE {
		interval-FDD-r13						ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
		interval-TDD-r13						ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	dummy3			CHOICE {
		interval-FDD-r13						ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16},
		interval-TDD-r13						ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40}
	}																								OPTIONAL,
	interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeA-r13	CHOICE {
		interval-FDD-r13						ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8},
		interval-TDD-r13						ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond MP-A
	interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeB-r13	CHOICE {
		interval-FDD-r13						ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16},
		interval-TDD-r13						ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond MP-B
	dummy4				INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)			OPTIONAL
}

PCCH-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	defaultPagingCycle					ENUMERATED {
											rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
	nB									ENUMERATED {
											fourT, twoT, oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT,
											oneSixteenthT, oneThirtySecondT}
}

PCCH-Config-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	paging-narrowBands-r13				INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
	mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging-r13		ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256},
	nB-v1310							ENUMERATED {one64thT, one128thT, one256thT}
																			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UL-CyclicPrefixLength ::=			ENUMERATED {len1, len2}

HighSpeedConfig-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag-r14			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14	ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

HighSpeedConfig-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA-r15			ENUMERATED {true}
}

HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14	ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

RadioResourceConfigCommon field descriptions
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell
The UE requirements related to additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL configured.
defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
harq-ReferenceConfig
Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the advanced receiver in SFN scenario as specified in TS 36.101 [6].
highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA
If the field is present, the UE in CE mode A shall apply the measurement gap sharing table associated with high-velocity scenario for measurements, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeX
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which MPDCCH or PDSCH for CE mode X stays at the same narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on.
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeX
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUCCH or PUSCH for CE mode X stays at the same narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on.
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, n8 corresponds to value 8, n16 corresponds to value 16, and n64 corresponds to value 64.
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging
Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1.
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB
The number of narrowbands for MPDCCH/PDSCH frequency hopping. Value nb2 corresponds to 2 narrowbands and value nb4 corresponds to 4 narrowbands.
nB
Parameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS 36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of 'T' as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT corresponds to 2 * T and so on. In case nB-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore nB (i.e. without suffix). EUTRAN configures nB-v1310 only in the BR version of SI message.
paging-narrowBands
Number of narrowbands used for paging, see TS 36.304 [4], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
p-Max
Pmax to be used in the target cell. If absent, for the band used in the target cell, the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2. In case the UE is configured with uplink intra-band contiguous CA and the UE indicates ue-CA-PowerClass-N in that band combination, then the p-Max in RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell for that SCell, if present, also applies for that band combination whenever that SCell is activated.
prach-ConfigSCell
Indicates a PRACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
rach-ConfigCommonSCell
Indicates a RACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
soundingRS-FlexibleTiming
Indicates the SRS flexible timing (if configured) for aperiodic SRS triggered by DL grant. If the SRS transmission is collided with ACK/NACK, postpone once to the next configured SRS transmission opportunity.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1, applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency.
ul-CyclicPrefixLength
Parameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.2.1, where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.

Conditional presence
Explanation
EDT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
MP-A
The field is mandatory present for CE mode A. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR.
MP-B
The field is mandatory present for CE mode B. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR.
TDD
The field is optional for TDD, Need ON; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD2
If tdd-Config-r10 is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD3
If tdd-Config is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR-NoR11
If prach-ConfigSCell-r11 is absent, the field is optional for TDD, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDDSCell
This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and LAA SCell, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
UL
If the SCell is part of the STAG or concerns the PSCell or PUCCH SCell and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ULSCell
For the PSCell (IE is included in RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell) the field is absent. Otherwise, if the SCell is part of the STAG and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ULSRS
If ul-Configuration-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	RadioResourceConfigDedicated
The IE RadioResourceConfigDedicated is used to setup/modify/release RBs, to modify the MAC main configuration, to modify the SPS configuration and to modify dedicated physical configuration.
RadioResourceConfigDedicated information element
-- ASN1START

RadioResourceConfigDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	srb-ToAddModList					SRB-ToAddModList			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond HO-Conn
	drb-ToAddModList					DRB-ToAddModList			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	drb-ToReleaseList					DRB-ToReleaseList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	mac-MainConfig						CHOICE {
			explicitValue					MAC-MainConfig,
			defaultValue					NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,																-- Cond HO-toEUTRA2
	sps-Config							SPS-Config					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	physicalConfigDedicated				PhysicalConfigDedicated		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	rlf-TimersAndConstants-r9		RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	measSubframePatternPCell-r10	MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	neighCellsCRS-Info-r11			NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	naics-Info-r12				NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	neighCellsCRS-Info-r13			NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond CRSIM
		rlf-TimersAndConstants-r13		RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	sps-Config-v1430				SPS-Config-v1430					OPTIONAL	-- Cond SPS
	]],
	[[	srb-ToAddModListExt-r15			SRB-ToAddModListExt-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		srb-ToReleaseListExt-r15		INTEGER (4)							OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON

		sps-Config-v1530				SPS-Config-v1530					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON

		crs-IntfMitigConfig-r15	CHOICE {
			release					NULL,
			setup 					CHOICE {				crs-IntfMitigEnabled-15		NULL,
				crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs-r15	ENUMERATED {n6, n24}
			}
		}											OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		neighCellsCRS-Info-r15			NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		drb-ToAddModList-r15			DRB-ToAddModList-r15		OPTIONAL, 		-- Need ON
		drb-ToReleaseList-r15			DRB-ToReleaseList-r15		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		dummy							SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..2)	OPTIONAL 	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	sps-Config-v1540				SPS-Config-v1540					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physicalConfigDedicated-v1370		PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physicalConfigDedicated-v13c0		PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an PSCell
	physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12		PhysicalConfigDedicated		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-Config-r12							SPS-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	naics-Info-r12							NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell-r13		NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	sps-Config-v1430				SPS-Config-v1430				OPTIONAL	-- Cond SPS2
	]],
	[[	sps-Config-v1530				SPS-Config-v1530				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15			BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		neighCellsCRS-Info-r15				NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	sps-Config-v1540				SPS-Config-v1540				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370		PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0		PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12				DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	mac-MainConfigSCG-r12				MAC-MainConfig					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12		RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15			DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	srb-ToAddModListSCG-r15			SRB-ToAddModList					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		srb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15			SRB-ToReleaseList-r15				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	-- NE-DC additions for release of RLC bearer config for DRBs
		drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15		DRB-ToReleaseList-r15		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an SCell
	physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10		PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	mac-MainConfigSCell-r11			MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11			OPTIONAL	-- Cond SCellAdd
	]],
	[[	naics-Info-r12				NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell-r13			NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370	PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15			BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		neighCellsCRS-Info-r15				NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		sps-Config-v1530					SPS-Config-v1530			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0	PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0
}

SRB-ToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SRB-ToAddMod

SRB-ToAddModListExt-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF SRB-ToAddMod

SRB-ToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	srb-Identity						INTEGER (1..2),
	rlc-Config							CHOICE {
		explicitValue						RLC-Config,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,																-- Cond Setup
	logicalChannelConfig				CHOICE {
		explicitValue						LogicalChannelConfig,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,																-- Cond Setup
	...,
	[[	pdcp-verChange-r15				ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,			-- Cond NR-PDCP
		rlc-Config-v1530				RLC-Config-v1530		OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
		rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15	RLC-BearerConfig-r15	OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
		srb-Identity-v1530				INTEGER (4)				OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	rlc-Config-v1560					RLC-Config-v1510		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

DRB-ToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod
DRB-ToAddModList-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddMod

DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12
DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12

DRB-ToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eps-BearerIdentity					INTEGER (0..15)			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond DRB-Setup
	drb-Identity						DRB-Identity,
	pdcp-Config							PDCP-Config				OPTIONAL,		-- Cond PDCP
	rlc-Config							RLC-Config				OPTIONAL,		-- Cond SetupM
	logicalChannelIdentity				INTEGER (3..10)			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond DRB-SetupM
	logicalChannelConfig				LogicalChannelConfig	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond SetupM
	...,
	[[	drb-TypeChange-r12					ENUMERATED {toMCG}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
		rlc-Config-v1250					RLC-Config-v1250		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	rlc-Config-v1310					RLC-Config-v1310		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		drb-TypeLWA-r13						BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		drb-TypeLWIP-r13					ENUMERATED {lwip, lwip-DL-only,
											lwip-UL-only, eutran}		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	rlc-Config-v1430					RLC-Config-v1430		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		lwip-UL-Aggregation-r14				BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,		-- Cond LWIP
		lwip-DL-Aggregation-r14				BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,		-- Cond LWIP
		lwa-WLAN-AC-r14			ENUMERATED {ac-bk, ac-be, ac-vi, ac-vo}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond UL-LWA
	]],
	[[	rlc-Config-v1510					RLC-Config-v1510		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	rlc-Config-v1530					RLC-Config-v1530		OPTIONAL, 		-- Need ON
		rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15		RLC-BearerConfig-r15	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		logicalChannelIdentity-r15		INTEGER (32..38)			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-Identity-r12					DRB-Identity,
	drb-Type-r12						CHOICE {
		split-r12							NULL,
		scg-r12								SEQUENCE {
			eps-BearerIdentity-r12				INTEGER (0..15)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
			pdcp-Config-r12						PDCP-Config		OPTIONAL	-- Cond PDCP-S
		}
	}															OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SetupS2
	rlc-ConfigSCG-r12					RLC-Config				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SetupS
	rlc-Config-v1250						RLC-Config-v1250			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r12		INTEGER (3..10)			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-SetupS
	logicalChannelConfigSCG-r12			LogicalChannelConfig	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SetupS
	...,
	[[	rlc-Config-v1430					RLC-Config-v1430		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15		INTEGER (32..38)	OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
		rlc-Config-v1530					RLC-Config-v1530		OPTIONAL, 		-- Need ON
		rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15		RLC-BearerConfig-r15	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	rlc-Config-v1560					RLC-Config-v1510		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

DRB-ToReleaseList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity
DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-Identity

SRB-ToReleaseList-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..2)

MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup							MeasSubframePattern-r10
}

NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11
}

CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11

CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r11						PhysCellId,
	antennaPortsCount-r11				ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1},
	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList,
	...,
	[[	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430	MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r13
}

CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r13

CRS-AssistanceInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r13						PhysCellId,
	antennaPortsCount-r13				ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1},
	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r13		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430	MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r15
}

CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r15

CRS-AssistanceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r15						PhysCellId,
	crs-IntfMitigEnabled-15				ENUMERATED {enabled}				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 ::=		CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		neighCellsToReleaseList-r12		NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12			OPTIONAL	,	-- Need ON
		neighCellsToAddModList-r12		NeighCellsToAddModList-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		servCellp-a-r12					P-a								OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF PhysCellId

NeighCellsToAddModList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF NeighCellsInfo-r12

NeighCellsInfo-r12	::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r12					PhysCellId,
	p-b-r12						INTEGER (0..3),
	crs-PortsCount-r12				ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare},
	mbsfn-SubframeConfig-r12		MBSFN-SubframeConfigList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	p-aList-r12					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12)) OF P-a,
	transmissionModeList-r12		BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
	resAllocGranularity-r12			INTEGER (1..4),
	...
}
P-a ::= ENUMERATED {	dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
									dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}

RLC-BearerConfig-r15 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		rlc-Config-r15						RLC-Config-r15				OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
		logicalChannelIdentityConfig-r15 	CHOICE {
			logicalChannelIdentity-r15			INTEGER (1..10),
			logicalChannelIdentityExt-r15		INTEGER (32..38)
		},
		logicalChannelConfig-r15			LogicalChannelConfig		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

RadioResourceConfigDedicated field descriptions
crs-IntfMitigConfig
crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of this field indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates number of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this field is configured and the field cellBarred in SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred.
crs-PortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports for cell-specific reference signal used by the signaled neighboring cell where n1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, n2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.1.
drb-Identity
In case of DC, the DRB identity is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG DRB can not use the same value as used for an MCG or split DRB. For a split DRB the same identity is used for the MCG- and SCG parts of the configuration.
drb-ToAddModList
When drb-ToAddModList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModList (without suffix).
drb-ToAddModListSCG
When an SCG is configured, E-UTRAN configures at least one SCG or split DRB. When drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModListSCG (without suffix). When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be (re-)configured.
drb-ToReleaseList
When drb-ToReleaseList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToReleaseList (without suffix).
drb-ToReleaseListSCG
When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be released.
drb-Type
This field indicates whether the DRB is split or SCG DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure split and SCG DRBs simultaneously for the UE.
drb-TypeChange
Indicates that a split/SCG DRB is reconfigured to an MCG DRB (i.e. E-UTRAN only signals the field in case the DRB type changes).
drb-TypeLWA
Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured as an LWA DRB or an LWA DRB is reconfigured not to use WLAN resources. NOTE 1
drb-TypeLWIP
Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured to use LWIP Tunnel in UL and DL (value lwip), DL only (value lwip-DL-only), UL only (value lwip-UL-only) or not to use LWIP Tunnel (value eutran).
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
logicalChannelConfig
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2.
logicalChannelIdentity, LogicalChannelIdentityExt
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. Value 4 is not configured for DRBs if SRB4 is configured. When logicalChannelIdentity-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentity (without suffix).
logicalChannelIdentitySCG
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. When logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentitySCG (without suffix).
lwa-WLAN-AC
For LWA bearers, indicates the corresponding WLAN access category for uplink. AC-BK (value ac-bk) corresponds to Background access category, AC-BE (value ac-be) corresponds to Best Effort access category, AC-VI (value ac-vi) corresponds to Video access category and AC-VO (value ac-vo) corresponds to Voice access category as defined by IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. If lwa-WLAN-AC is not configured, it is left up to UE to decide which IEEE 802.11 AC value to use when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN in the uplink.
lwip-DL-Aggregation, lwip-UL-Aggregation
Indicates whether LWIP is configured to utilize LWIP aggregation in DL or UL.
mac-MainConfig
Although the ASN.1 includes a choice that is used to indicate whether the mac-MainConfig is signalled explicitly or set to the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2, EUTRAN does not apply "defaultValue".
mbsfn-SubframeConfig
Defines the MBSFN subframe configuration used by the signaled neighboring cell. If absent, UE assumes no MBSFN configuration for the neighboring cell.
measSubframePatternPCell
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for the PCell measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link monitoring).
neighCellsCRS-Info, neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell, neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell
This field contains assistance information used by the UE to mitigate interference from CRS while performing RRM/RLM/CSI measurement or data demodulation or DL control channel demodulation. When the received CRS assistance information is for a cell with CRS non-colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference. When the received CRS assistance information is for a cell with CRS colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference RRM/RLM (as specified in TS 36.133 [16]) and for CSI (as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) on the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternPCell, measSubframePatternConfigNeigh, csi-MeasSubframeSet1 if configured, and the CSI subframe set 1 if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured. The UE may use CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference from the cells in the CRS-AssistanceInfoList for the demodulation purpose or DL control channel demodulation as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. EUTRAN does not configure neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 or neighCellsCRS-Info-r13 if eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
neighCellsToAddModList
This field contains assistance information used by the UE to cancel and suppress interference of a neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes that the transmission parameters listed in the sub-fields are used by the neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes the neighbour cell is subframe and SFN synchronized to the serving cell, has the same system bandwidth, UL/DL and special subframe configuration, and cyclic prefix length as the serving cell.
p-aList
Indicates the restricted subset of power offset for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM PDSCH transmissions for the neighbouring cell by using the parameter, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
p-b
Parameter: , indicates the cell-specific ratio used by the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
pdcp-verChange
Indicates that the PDCP version of the SRB is changed from NR PDCP to E-UTRA PDCP. Network only configures this version change for during handover, resume and first reconfiguration after re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG.
physicalConfigDedicated
The default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4.
resAllocGranularity
Indicates the resource allocation and precoding granularity in PRB pair level of the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary
The configuration of a secondary RLC bearer within the same Cell Group as may e.g. be used in case of PDCP duplication using CA. The configuration comprises a (secondary) RLC entity, a logical channel identity and a logical channel configuration. E-UTRAN may configure this for SRB1, SRB2 and DRBs. For SRBs, E-UTRAN only configures the field for MCG (i.e. if included in radioResourceConfigDedicated. E-UTRAN configures the same RLC mode (AM/ UM) as used for the original RLC entity. The primary RLC entity is configured by RLC-Config.
rlc-Config
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is used, and may reconfigure the RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs.
servCellp-a
Indicates the power offset for QPSK C-RNTI based PDSCH transmissions used by the serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
sps-Config
The default SPS configuration is specified in 9.2.3. Except for handover or releasing SPS for MCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Config for MCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for MCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). Except for SCG change or releasing SPS for SCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Config for SCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for SCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). In one serving cell, sps-Config-v1530 is not present simultaneously with either sps-Config (without suffix) or sps-Config-r12.
srb-Identity
Value 1 is applicable for SRB1 only. Value 2 is applicable for SRB2 only. Value 4 is applicable for SRB4 only, if configured. For a split SRB the same identity is used for the MCG and NR SCG RLC bearer configurations. If srb-Identity-v1530 is received, the UE shall ignore srb-Identity (i.e. without suffix).
srb-Identity-v1530
E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG.
srb-ToAddModListExt
The field is to configure SRB4.
srb-ToAddModList
E-UTRAN configures the same RAT type (i.e. EUTRA or NR) for PDCP configuration of SRB1 and SRB2.
transmissionModeList
Indicates a subset of transmission mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, for the signaled neighboring cell for which NeighCellsInfo applies. When TM10 is signaled, other signaled transmission parameters in NeighCellsInfo are not applicable to up to 8 layer transmission scheme of TM10. E-UTRAN may indicate TM9 when TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used in the signalled neighbour cell and TM9 or TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used in the serving cell. UE behaviour with NAICS when TM10 is used is only defined when QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used for the serving cell and all signalled neighbour cells. The first/ leftmost bit is for transmission mode 1, the second bit is for transmission mode 2, and so on.

NOTE 1:	It is up to eNB to ensure that the field indicating LWA bearer type is set to FALSE when LWA bearer is no longer used (e.g. during handover or re-establishment where LWA configuration is released).

Conditional presence
Explanation
CRSIM
The field is optionally present, need ON, if neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 is not present; otherwise it is not present.
DRB-Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being set up and the UE is connected to EPC; otherwise it is not present.
DRB-SetupM
The field is:
-	mandatory present:
-	for the UE without SCG: upon setup of MCG DRB;
-	for E-UTRA DC, upon setup of MCG or split DRB;
-	for (NG)EN-DC:
-	upon setup of MCG RLC bearer;
-	optionally present, Need ON:
-	for E-UTRA DC, upon change from SCG to MCG DRB;
-	for (NG)EN-DC:
-	upon change of keyToUse, as defined in TS 38.331 [82], for a DRB configured with an MCG RLC bearer;
-	when configured with MCG RLC bearer, upon change of S-KgNB without handover;
-	not present otherwise.
DRB-SetupS
The field is:
-	mandatory present:
-	for E-UTRA DC:
-	upon setup of SCG or split DRB;
-	upon change from MCG to split DRB;
-	for NE-DC:
-	upon setup of SCG RLC bearer;
-	optionally present, Need ON:
-	for E-UTRA DC, upon change from MCG to SCG DRB;
-	for NE-DC, upon change of keyToUse, as defined in TS 38.331 [82], for a DRB configured with an SCG RLC bearer;
-	not present otherwise.
HO-Conn
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message or in case of RRC connection establishment (excluding RRConnectionResume); otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. Upon connection establishment/ re-establishment only SRB1 is applicable (excluding RRConnectionResume).
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present
-	in case of handover to E-UTRA or
-	when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with the configuration for at least one MCG bearer or split data bearer;
In case of RRC connection establishment (excluding RRConnectionResume); and RRC connection re-establishment the field is not present; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
LWIP
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if drb-TypeLWIP-r13 is configured and not set to eutran; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
NR-PDCP
The field is optional present, Need ON, when the SRB is configured with NR-PDCP prior to reception of this reconfiguration message. Otherwise it is not present.
PDCP
The field is mandatory present:
- when connected to E-UTRA/EPC:
- for the bearers configured with E-UTRA PDCP, if the corresponding DRB is being setup;
the field is optionally present, need ON: :
- when connected to E-UTRA/EPC:
- for the bearers configured with E-UTRA PDCP, upon reconfiguration of the corresponding split DRB or LWA DRB, upon the corresponding DRB type change from split to MCG bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from MCG to split bearer or LWA bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from LWA to LTE only bearer, upon handover within E-UTRA and upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment but in all these cases only when fullConfig is not included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message;
otherwise it is not present.
PDCP-S
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCG change; otherwise it is not present.
RLC-Setup
This field is optionally present if the corresponding DRB is being setup, need ON; otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd
The field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding SRB/DRB is being setup; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of an MCG or split DRB, or upon setup of MCG RLC bearer; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS
The field is mandatory present:
-	for E-UTRA DC:
-	upon setup of an SCG or split DRB,
-	upon change from MCG to split DRB;
-	for NE-DC, upon setup of SCG RLC bearer;
otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS2
The field is:
- mandatory present:
- for E-UTRA DC:
- upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, as well as upon change from MCG to split or SCG DRB.
- optionally present, need ON:
- for E-UTRA DC:
- for an SCG DRB
otherwise the field is not present.
SPS
The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config (without suffix) is not configured; otherwise it is not present.
SPS2
The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config-r12 is not configured; otherwise it is not present.
UL-LWA
The field is optionally present, need ON if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	RCLWI-Configuration
The IE RCLWI-Configuration is used to add, modify or release the RCLWI configuration.
-- ASN1START

RCLWI-Configuration-r13 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		rclwi-Config-r13					RCLWI-Config-r13
	}
}

RCLWI-Config-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	command								CHOICE {
		steerToWLAN-r13						SEQUENCE {
			mobilityConfig-r13					WLAN-Id-List-r12
		},
		steerToLTE-r13						NULL
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RLC-Config
The IE RLC-Config is used to specify the RLC configuration of SRBs and DRBs.
RLC-Config information element
-- ASN1START

RLC-Config ::=				CHOICE {
	am									SEQUENCE {
		ul-AM-RLC							UL-AM-RLC,
		dl-AM-RLC							DL-AM-RLC
	},
	um-Bi-Directional					SEQUENCE {
		ul-UM-RLC							UL-UM-RLC,
		dl-UM-RLC							DL-UM-RLC
	},
	um-Uni-Directional-UL				SEQUENCE {
		ul-UM-RLC							UL-UM-RLC
	},
	um-Uni-Directional-DL				SEQUENCE {
		dl-UM-RLC							DL-UM-RLC
	},
	...
}

RLC-Config-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12			BOOLEAN,
	dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12			BOOLEAN
}

RLC-Config-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13					BOOLEAN,
	dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13					BOOLEAN,
	pollPDU-v1310								PollPDU-v1310		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

RLC-Config-v1430 ::=				CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		pollByte-r14						PollByte-r14
	}
}

RLC-Config-v1510 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	reestablishRLC-r15				ENUMERATED {true}
}

RLC-Config-v1530 ::=				CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15			ENUMERATED {true}
	}
}

RLC-Config-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mode-r15								CHOICE {
		am-r15								SEQUENCE {
			ul-AM-RLC-r15						UL-AM-RLC-r15,
			dl-AM-RLC-r15						DL-AM-RLC-r15
		},
		um-Bi-Directional-r15				SEQUENCE {
			ul-UM-RLC-r15						UL-UM-RLC,
			dl-UM-RLC-r15						DL-UM-RLC-r15
		},
		um-Uni-Directional-UL-r15			SEQUENCE {
			ul-UM-RLC-r15						UL-UM-RLC
		},
		um-Uni-Directional-DL-r15			SEQUENCE {
			dl-UM-RLC-r15						DL-UM-RLC-r15
		}
	},
	reestablishRLC-r15					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

UL-AM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	t-PollRetransmit					T-PollRetransmit,
	pollPDU								PollPDU,
	pollByte							PollByte,
	maxRetxThreshold					ENUMERATED {
											t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32}
}

UL-AM-RLC-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	t-PollRetransmit-r15				T-PollRetransmit,
	pollPDU-r15							PollPDU-r15,
	pollByte-r15						PollByte-r14,
	maxRetxThreshold-r15				ENUMERATED {
											t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32},
	extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15			BOOLEAN
}

DL-AM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	t-Reordering						T-Reordering,
	t-StatusProhibit					T-StatusProhibit
}

DL-AM-RLC-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	t-Reordering-r15					T-Reordering,
	t-StatusProhibit-r15				T-StatusProhibit,
	extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15			BOOLEAN
}

UL-UM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	sn-FieldLength						SN-FieldLength
}

DL-UM-RLC ::=						SEQUENCE {
	sn-FieldLength						SN-FieldLength,
	t-Reordering						T-Reordering
}

DL-UM-RLC-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	sn-FieldLength-r15					SN-FieldLength-r15,
	t-Reordering-r15					T-Reordering
}

SN-FieldLength ::=					ENUMERATED {size5, size10}

SN-FieldLength-r15 ::=				ENUMERATED {size5, size10, size16-r15}

T-PollRetransmit ::=				ENUMERATED {
										ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
										ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
										ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
										ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
										ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
										ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
										ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
										ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
										ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310,
										ms1000-v1310, ms2000-v1310, ms4000-v1310,
										spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}

PollPDU ::=							ENUMERATED {
										p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, pInfinity}

PollPDU-v1310 ::=					ENUMERATED {
										p512, p1024, p2048, p4096, p6144, p8192, p12288, p16384}

PollPDU-r15 ::=						ENUMERATED {
										p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, p512, p1024,
										p2048-r15, p4096-r15, p6144-r15, p8192-r15,
										p12288-r15, p16384-r15, pInfinity}

PollByte ::=						ENUMERATED {
										kB25, kB50, kB75, kB100, kB125, kB250, kB375,
										kB500, kB750, kB1000, kB1250, kB1500, kB2000,
										kB3000, kBinfinity, spare1}

PollByte-r14 ::=					ENUMERATED {
										kB1, kB2, kB5, kB8, kB10, kB15, kB3500,
										kB4000, kB4500, kB5000, kB5500, kB6000, kB6500,
										kB7000, kB7500, kB8000, kB9000, kB10000, kB11000, kB12000,
										kB13000, kB14000, kB15000, kB16000, kB17000, kB18000,
										kB19000, kB20000, kB25000, kB30000, kB35000, kB40000}

T-Reordering ::=					ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
										ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
										ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms110,
										ms120, ms130, ms140, ms150, ms160, ms170,
										ms180, ms190, ms200, ms1600-v1310}

T-StatusProhibit ::=				ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
										ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
										ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
										ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
										ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
										ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
										ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
										ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
										ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310,
										ms1000-v1310, ms1200-v1310, ms1600-v1310, ms2000-v1310, ms2400-v1310, spare2,
										spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

RLC-Config field descriptions
dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field, ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field
Indicates the RLC LI field size. Value TRUE means that 15 bit LI length shall be used, otherwise 11 bit LI length shall be used; see TS 36.322 [7]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am.
maxRetxThreshold
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value t1 corresponds to 1 retransmission, t2 to 2 retransmissions and so on.
reestablishRLC
Indicates that RLC shall be re-established. For a UE configured with (NG)EN-DC, E-UTRAN may include this field for the (primary) RLC entity of an MCG RLC bearer of a DRB (used upon change from SN terminated split to MN terminated MCG RLC bearer). For a UE configured with NE-DC, E-UTRAN may include this field for the (primary) RLC entity of an SCG RLC bearer of a DRB or of an SRB (used upon key refresh for MN terminated split RB).
pollByte
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value kB25 corresponds to 25 kBytes, kB50 to 50 kBytes and so on. kBInfinity corresponds to an infinite amount of kBytes. In case pollByte-r14 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollByte (i.e. without suffix).
pollPDU
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value p4 corresponds to 4 PDUs, p8 to 8 PDUs and so on. pInfinity corresponds to an infinite number of PDUs. In case pollPDU-r13 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollPDU (i.e. without suffix). E-UTRAN enables pollPDU-v1310 field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am.
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery
Indicates that out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP is configured for this RLC entity as specified in TS 36.322 [7].
sn-FieldLength
Indicates the UM RLC SN field size, see TS 36.322 [7], in bits. Value size5 means 5 bits, size10 means 10 bits.
t-PollRetransmit
Timer for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5ms, ms10 means 10ms and so on. EUTRAN configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports CE.
t-Reordering
Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on.
t-StatusProhibit
Timer for status reporting in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on. EUTRAN configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports operation in CE.
ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN, dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN
Indicates whether or not the UE shall use the extended SN and SO length for AM bearer. Value TRUE means that 16 bit SN length and 16 bit SO length shall be used, otherwise 10 bit SN length and 15 bit SO length shall be used; see TS 36.322 [7].

–	RLF-TimersAndConstants
The IE RLF-TimersAndConstants contains UE specific timers and constants applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED.
RLF-TimersAndConstants information element
-- ASN1START

RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9 ::=			CHOICE {
	release									NULL,
	setup									SEQUENCE {
		t301-r9								ENUMERATED {
												ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
												ms2000},
		t310-r9								ENUMERATED {
												ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
		n310-r9								ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
		t311-r9								ENUMERATED {
												ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
												ms20000, ms30000},
		n311-r9								ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
		...
	}
}

RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 ::=			CHOICE {
	release									NULL,
	setup									SEQUENCE {
		t301-v1310								ENUMERATED {
													ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000,
													ms6000, ms8000, ms10000},
		...,
		[[	t310-v1330							ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000}	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		]]
	}
}

RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		t313-r12							ENUMERATED {
												ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
		n313-r12							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
		n314-r12							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
		...
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

RLF-TimersAndConstants field descriptions
n3xy
Constants are described in clause 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in clause 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 only if UE supports ce-ModeB. UE shall use the extended values t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330, if present, and ignore the values signaled by t3xy-r9.

–	RN-SubframeConfig
The IE RN-SubframeConfig is used to specify the subframe configuration for an RN.
RN-SubframeConfig information element
-- ASN1START

RN-SubframeConfig-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	subframeConfigPattern-r10			CHOICE {
		subframeConfigPatternFDD-r10	BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
		subframeConfigPatternTDD-r10	INTEGER (0..31)
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rpdcch-Config-r10				SEQUENCE {
		resourceAllocationType-r10		ENUMERATED {type0, type1, type2Localized, type2Distributed,
													spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
		resourceBlockAssignment-r10			CHOICE {
			type01-r10							CHOICE {
				nrb6-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
				nrb15-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(8)),
				nrb25-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(13)),
				nrb50-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(17)),
				nrb75-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(19)),
				nrb100-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(25))
			},
			type2-r10							CHOICE {
				nrb6-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(5)),
				nrb15-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
				nrb25-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(9)),
				nrb50-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(11)),
				nrb75-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(12)),
				nrb100-r10							BIT STRING (SIZE(13))
			},
			...
		},
		demodulationRS-r10				CHOICE {
			interleaving-r10				ENUMERATED {crs},
			noInterleaving-r10				ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs}
		},
		pdsch-Start-r10					INTEGER (1..3),
		pucch-Config-r10				CHOICE {
			tdd								CHOICE {
				channelSelectionMultiplexingBundling	SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-List-r10			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)
				},
				fallbackForFormat3				SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10				INTEGER (0..2047),
					n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10				INTEGER (0..2047)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
				}
			},
			fdd								SEQUENCE {
				n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10				INTEGER (0..2047),
				n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10				INTEGER (0..2047)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			}
		},
		...
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

RN-SubframeConfig field descriptions
demodulationRS
Indicates which reference signals are used for R-PDCCH demodulation according to TS 36.216 [55], clause 7.4.1. Value interleaving corresponds to cross-interleaving and value noInterleaving corresponds to no cross-interleaving according to TS 36.216 [55], clauses 7.4.2 and 7.4.3.
n1PUCCH-AN-List
Parameter: , see TS 36.216, [55], clause 7.5.1. This parameter is only applicable for TDD. Configures PUCCH HARQ-ACK resources if the RN is configured to use HARQ-ACK channel selection, HARQ-ACK multiplexing or HARQ-ACK bundling.
n1PUCCH-AN-P0, n1PUCCH-AN-P1
Parameter: , for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.216, [55], clause 7.5.1, for FDD and [55], clause 7.5.2 for TDD. 
pdsch-Start
Parameter: DL-StartSymbol, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.4-1.
resourceAllocationType
Represents the resource allocation used: type 0, type 1 or type 2 according to TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Value type0 corresponds to type 0, value type1 corresponds to type 1, value type2Localized corresponds to type 2 with localized virtual resource blocks and type2Distributed corresponds to type 2 with distributed virtual resource blocks.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the resource block assignment bits according to TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Value type01 corresponds to type 0 and type 1, and the value type2 corresponds to type 2. Value nrb6 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 6 resource blocks, value nrb15 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 15 resource blocks, and so on.
subframeConfigPatternFDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationFDD, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.2-1. Defines the DL subframe configuration for eNB-to-RN transmission, i.e. those subframes in which the eNB may indicate downlink assignments for the RN. The radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first bit of the subframeConfigPatternFDD corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 4 = 0.
subframeConfigPatternTDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationTDD, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.2-2. Defines the DL and UL subframe configuration for eNB-RN transmission.

–	RSS-Config
The IE RSS-Config is used to specify the RSS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21].
RSS-Config information element
-- ASN1START

RSS-Config-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	duration-r15					ENUMERATED {sf8, sf16, sf32, sf40},
	freqLocation-r15					INTEGER (0..98),
	periodicity-r15					ENUMERATED {ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280},
	powerBoost-r15					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB4dot8, dB6},
	timeOffset-r15					INTEGER (0..31)
}

-- ASN1STOP

RSS-Config field descriptions
duration
Duration of RSS in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, value sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on. 
freqLocation
Frequency location (lowest PRB number) of RSS. 
periodicity
Periodicity of RSS. Value ms160 corresponds to 160 ms, value ms320 corresponds to 320 ms and so on.
powerBoost
Power offset of RSS relative to CRS in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, value dB4dot8 corresponds to 4.8 dB and so on.
timeOffset
Time offset of RSS in frames. The actual value of time offset is based on the value of periodicity, as follows:
For periodicity 160 ms, only value range 0 to 15 are applicable. Actual value = timeOffset * 1 frame.
For periodicity 320 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 1 frame.
For periodicity 640 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 2 frames.
For periodicity 1280 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 4 frames.

–	SchedulingRequestConfig
The IE SchedulingRequestConfig is used to specify the Scheduling Request related parameters
SchedulingRequestConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SchedulingRequestConfig ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex				INTEGER (0..2047),
		sr-ConfigIndex						INTEGER (0..157),
		dsr-TransMax						ENUMERATED {
												n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
	}
}

SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10		INTEGER (0..2047)			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13 ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r13			INTEGER (0..2047),
		sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r13		INTEGER (0..2047)			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		sr-ConfigIndex-r13					INTEGER (0..157),
		dsr-TransMax-r13					ENUMERATED {
												n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
	}
	
}

SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530 ::=	CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH-r15			INTEGER (0..1319)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH-r15		INTEGER (0..3959) 		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15	SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		sr-ConfigIndexSlot-r15				INTEGER (0..36)			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		sr-ConfigIndexSubslot-r15			INTEGER (0..122)		OPTIONAL, 		-- Need OR
		dssr-TransMax-r15					ENUMERATED {
												n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
	}
}

SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319)

-- ASN1STOP

SchedulingRequestConfig field descriptions
dsr-TransMax
Parameter for SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. The value n4 corresponds to 4 transmissions, n8 corresponds to 8 transmissions and so on. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured.
dssr-TransMax
Parameter for SPUCCH SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured. 
sr-ConfigIndex, sr-ConfigIndexSlot, sr-ConfigIndexSubslot
Parameter. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The values 156 and 157 are not applicable for Release 8.
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
Parameter:  for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. E-UTRAN configures sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1 only if sr-PUCCHResourceIndex is configured.
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH
Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH
Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is disabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList
Resource configuration for SR using subslot-SPUCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.

–	SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PDSCH configuration when sTTI is used.
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		altCQI-TableSTTI-r15			ENUMERATED {
											allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
											csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI-r15	ENUMERATED {
											allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1,
											csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		resourceAllocation-r15			ENUMERATED {
							resourceAllocationType0,resourceAllocationType2}	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		tbsIndexAlt-STTI-r15			ENUMERATED {a33}			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		tbsIndexAlt2-STTI-r15			ENUMERATED {b33}			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		tbsIndexAlt3-STTI-r15			ENUMERATED {a37}			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
			...
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config field descriptions
altCQI-TableSTTI, altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for aperiodic CSI reporting for slot or subslot PDSCH for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure the same value for altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 in SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 if the value of altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 if the value of altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. If both altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured.
resourceAllocation
Parameter indicates resource allocation type for slot-PDSCH or subslot-PDSCH.
tbsIndexAlt-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F and 7-1G. Value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
tbsIndexAlt2-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1B/7-1C/7-1D. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
tbsIndexAlt3-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F/7-1G. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A. If this field does not configure an alternative TBS index for ITBS 37, the UE shall use ITBS 37 specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 for all slots/subslots instead.

–	SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration when sTTI is used.
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index-r15		INTEGER(0..15)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index-r15		INTEGER(0..15)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15)	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index-r15 	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index-r15			INTEGER(0..15)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15)	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index-r15		INTEGER(0..15)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index-r15		INTEGER(0..15)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot-r15		Enable256QAM-r14	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		resourceAllocationOffset-r15		INTEGER (1..2)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot-r15		BOOLEAN,
		...
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config field descriptions
betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index
Parameter: and for single-codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-1. If betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index is configured; betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index/betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index is used. The values apply for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. It is indicated in DCI format 7-0A/7-0B which of the two values taken by betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index-r15/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index-r15/ betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index-r15 to use. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index
Parameter: , for single codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-2. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index
Parameter: , for single codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-3. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot
Indicates that 256QAM for slot or subslot is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1.
resourceAllocationOffset
Indicates an RB resource allocation offset of 1 or 2 PRBs for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH. When the field is absent, the UE assumes no offset is used (i.e. offset = 0).
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.

–	SoundingRS-UL-Config
The IE SoundingRS-UL-Config is used to specify the uplink Sounding RS configuration for periodic and aperiodic sounding.
SoundingRS-UL-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-BandwidthConfig					ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3, bw4, bw5, bw6, bw7},
		srs-SubframeConfig					ENUMERATED {
												sc0, sc1, sc2, sc3, sc4, sc5, sc6, sc7,
												sc8, sc9, sc10, sc11, sc12, sc13, sc14, sc15},
		ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission	BOOLEAN,
		srs-MaxUpPts						ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
		srs-HoppingBandwidth				ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
		freqDomainPosition					INTEGER (0..23),
		duration							BOOLEAN,
		srs-ConfigIndex						INTEGER (0..1023),
		transmissionComb					INTEGER (0..1),
		cyclicShift							ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	srs-AntennaPort-r10					SRS-AntennaPort
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		transmissionComb-v1310				INTEGER (2..3)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cyclicShift-v1310					ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		transmissionCombNum-r13				ENUMERATED {n2, n4}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-UpPtsAdd-r13						ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4},
		srs-Bandwidth-r13					ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
		srs-HoppingBandwidth-r13			ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3},
		freqDomainPosition-r13				INTEGER (0..23),
		duration-r13						BOOLEAN,
		srs-ConfigIndex-r13					INTEGER (0..1023),
		transmissionComb-r13				INTEGER (0..3),
		cyclicShift-r13						ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7,
														cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11},
		srs-AntennaPort-r13					SRS-AntennaPort,
		transmissionCombNum-r13				ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-ConfigIndexAp-r10				INTEGER (0..31),
		srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r10			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r10	OPTIONAL,--Need ON
		srs-ActivateAp-r10					CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r10			SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r10		SRS-ConfigAp-r10,
					...
				}
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-v1310		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-v1310	OPTIONAL,--Need ON
		srs-ActivateAp-v1310				CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-v1310		SRS-ConfigAp-v1310	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-v1310	SRS-ConfigAp-v1310	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
				}
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-UpPtsAdd-r13					ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4},
		srs-ConfigIndexAp-r13				INTEGER (0..31),
		srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r13	OPTIONAL,--Need ON
		srs-ActivateAp-r13					CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r13			SRS-ConfigAp-r13,
					srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r13		SRS-ConfigAp-r13
				}
		}																	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430 ::=	CHOICE{
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {		
		srs-SubframeIndication-r14			INTEGER (1..4)	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	}
}

SRS-ConfigAp-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	srs-AntennaPortAp-r10				SRS-AntennaPort,
	srs-BandwidthAp-r10					ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
	freqDomainPositionAp-r10			INTEGER (0..23),
	transmissionCombAp-r10				INTEGER (0..1),
	cyclicShiftAp-r10					ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
}

SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE {
	transmissionCombAp-v1310			INTEGER (2..3)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cyclicShiftAp-v1310					ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	transmissionCombNum-r13				ENUMERATED {n2, n4}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

SRS-ConfigAp-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	srs-AntennaPortAp-r13				SRS-AntennaPort,
	srs-BandwidthAp-r13					ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3},
	freqDomainPositionAp-r13			INTEGER (0..23),
	transmissionCombAp-r13				INTEGER (0..3),
	cyclicShiftAp-r13					ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7,
											cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11},
	transmissionCombNum-r13				ENUMERATED {n2, n4}
}

SRS-AntennaPort ::=					ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

SoundingRS-UL-Config field descriptions
ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-SRS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. For SCells without PUCCH configured, this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
cyclicShift, cyclicShiftAp
Parameter: n_SRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.1, where cs0 corresponds to 0 etc.
duration
Parameter: Duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.213 [21], clause 8.2. FALSE corresponds to "single" and value TRUE to "indefinite".
freqDomainPosition, freqDomainPositionAp
Parameter:  for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2.
srs-AntennaPort, srs-AntennaPortAp
Indicates the number of antenna ports used for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3. UE shall release srs-AntennaPort if SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is released.
srs-Bandwidth, srs-BandwidthAp
Parameter:  for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4. For LAA SCell only bw0 is applied.
srs-BandwidthConfig
Parameter: SRS Bandwidth Configuration. See TS 36.211, [21], tables 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4. Actual configuration depends on UL bandwidth. bw0 corresponds to value 0, bw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0 / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4
Parameters indicate the resource configurations for aperiodic sounding reference signal transmissions triggered by DCI formats 0, 1A, 2B, 2C, 4. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2.
srs-ConfigIndex, srs-ConfigIndexAp
Parameter: ISRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.213 [23], tables 8.2-1 and 8.2-2, for periodic and TS 36.213 [23], tables 8.2-4 an8.2-5, for aperiodic SRS transmission.
srs-HoppingBandwidth
Parameter: SRS hopping bandwidth  for periodic sounding reference signal transmission except for an LAA SCell, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2, where hbw0 corresponds to value 0, hbw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-MaxUpPts
Parameter: srsMaxUpPts, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2. If this field is present, reconfiguration of  applies for UpPts, otherwise reconfiguration does not apply.
srs-SubframeConfig
Parameter: SRS SubframeConfiguration except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.211, [21], table 5.5.3.3-1, applies for FDD whereas TS 36.211 [21], table 5.5.3.3-2, applies for TDD. sc0 corresponds to value 0, sc1 corresponds to value 1 and so on.
srs-SubframeIndication
Parameter: SRS subframe indication in SRS parameter set configuration for aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission on an LAA SCell configured with uplink, see TS 36.213 [23]. 
srs-UpPtsAdd
The field only applies for TDD and frame structure type 3, see TS 36.211 [21]. If E-UTRAN configures both soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt srs-UpPtsAdd in both fields is set to the same value. If E-UTRAN configures soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and/or soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt, srs-UpPtsAdd in all fields are set to the same value.
transmissionComb, transmissionCombAp
Parameter:  for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	SPDCCH-Config
The IE SPDCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPDCCH configuration.
SPDCCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SPDCCH-Config-r15 ::=		CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						SEQUENCE {
		spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication-r15		ENUMERATED {n0,n1,n2}	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		spdcch-SetConfig-r15				SPDCCH-Set-r15 			OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	}
}

SPDCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPDCCH-Elements-r15

SPDCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		spdcch-SetConfigId-r15				INTEGER (0..3)		 	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15			ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs}	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		transmissionType-r15				ENUMERATED {localised, distributed} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		spdcch-NoOfSymbols-r15				INTEGER (1..2) 		 	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r15		INTEGER (0..503)	 	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		dci7-CandidatesPerAL-PDCCH-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF
												DCI7-Candidates-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		dci7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF
												DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		resourceBlockAssignment-r15			SEQUENCE{
			numberRB-InFreq-domain-r15			INTEGER (2..100),
			resourceBlockAssignment-r15			BIT STRING (SIZE(98))
		}										 					OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		subslotApplicability-r15			BIT STRING (SIZE(5))	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		al-StartingPointSPDCCH-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF
												INTEGER(0..49)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		subframeType-r15					ENUMERATED {mbsfn, nonmbsfn, all} 	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		rateMatchingMode-r15				ENUMERATED {m1, m2, m3, m4}		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		...
	}
}

DCI7-Candidates-r15 ::= 						INTEGER (0..6)
DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF DCI7-Candidates-r15

-- ASN1STOP

SPDCCH-Config field descriptions
al-StartingPointSPDCCH
Indicates the starting SCCE index for an aggregation level, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.6.
dci7-Candidates
Number of candidates in each aggregation level for DCI format 7. The number of PDCCH/SPDCCH candidate(s) M_DCI format 7^((L)) at aggregation level L for monitoring DCI format 7 in PDCCH and SPDCCH region shall conform to the following restriction:
•	less than or equal to 2 for aggregation level 4 and 8,
•	less than or equal to 6 for aggregation level 1 and 2
dci7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH
SPDCCH candidates configured per aggregation level in SPDCCH region 
dmrs-ScramblingSeqSPDCCH
The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.1.
numberRB-InFreq-domain
Indicates the number of resource-blocks in the frequency domain used for the SPDCCH set. There is no restriction on the number of RBs in the frequency domain that can be configured to an SPDCCH resouce set (up to 100), but at least two need to be configured to contain at least one SCCE. The granularity of resource block allocation in frequency domain for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is one in case spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to crs. The granularity of resource block allocation for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is two in case sPDCCH-SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to dmrs.
rateMatchingMode
Indicates, per resource-set, the mode of SPDCCH rate-matching operation
•	Mode 1: UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in theSPDCCH resouce-set), otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set.
•	Mode 2: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set
•	Mode 3: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is found in the resource-set, otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set.
•	Mode 4: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is not found in the resource-set, otherwise UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in the SPDCCH resource-set)
If the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is found on a candidate belonging to two SPDCCH resource sets, the DCI format 7 is assumed to be found in both resource sets.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource block in frequency for SPDCCH set, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4. The value range is dependent on the combinatorial number defined in 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4 with the assumption of no limitation in the number of RBs in frequency domain configured by the set. 
spdcch-NoOfSymbols
Indicates the number of OFDM symbols that the CRS based SPDCCH is mapped over.
spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication
For the up to two resource sets configured with the same subframeType applicability, the SPDCCH-L1-ReuseIndication defines the allowed combinations for the two resource sets: {1,1}, {2,0} or {0,2} corresponding to the values n0, n1 and n2 repsectively. In case one resource set is configured, the allowed combinations are {2, 0} or {0,2} corresponding to n1 or n2. EUTRAN does not configure n0 in case one resource set is configured.
spdcch-SetConfigId
Indicates the ID of the SPDCCH set configured in SPDCCH-Elements. Maximum two sets can be configured for MBSFN and two for non-MBSFN. 
spdcch-SetReferenceSig
Indicates CRS or DMRS based SPDCCH set.
subframeType
Indicates applicable subframe type(s) for the SPDCCH set. CRS-based SPDCCH is only applied to non-MBSFN subframe.
subslotApplicability
Indicates the set of subslots within the subframe where SPDCCH candidate set per aggregation levels applies, see DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH. The bitmap applies to the 5 DL subslot indices in a DL subframe. The first element in the sequence DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH applies to the indicated subslotApplicability. The second element in the sequence (if present) applies to the complement of the subslotApplicability.
transmissionType
Indicates whether distributed or localized SPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8A.1.

–	SPS-Config
The IE SPS-Config is used to specify the semi-persistent scheduling configuration.
SPS-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SPS-Config ::=	SEQUENCE {
	semiPersistSchedC-RNTI			C-RNTI					OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	sps-ConfigDL					SPS-ConfigDL			OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigUL					SPS-ConfigUL			OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
}

SPS-Config-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ul-SPS-V-RNTI-r14					C-RNTI					OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	sl-SPS-V-RNTI-r14					C-RNTI					OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14		SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14		SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14		SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14		SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigUL

SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14

SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigSL-r14

SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14

SPS-Config-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	semiPersistSchedC-RNTI-r15		C-RNTI						OPTIONAL,			-- Need OR
	sps-ConfigDL-r15					SPS-ConfigDL				OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15	SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15	SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15		SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15		SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SPS-Config-v1540 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sps-ConfigDL-STTI-r15				SPS-ConfigDL-STTI-r15				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-r15

SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15

SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL

SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15

SPS-ConfigDL ::=	CHOICE{
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		semiPersistSchedIntervalDL			ENUMERATED {
												sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
												sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, spare6,
												spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1},
		numberOfConfSPS-Processes			INTEGER (1..8),
		n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList			N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList,
		...,
		[[	twoAntennaPortActivated-r10		CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r10	N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList
				}
			}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		]]
	}
}

SPS-ConfigUL ::=	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		semiPersistSchedIntervalUL			ENUMERATED {
												sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80,
												sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1-v1430,
												sf2-v1430, sf3-v1430, sf4-v1430, sf5-v1430,
												spare1},
		implicitReleaseAfter				ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8},
		p0-Persistent						SEQUENCE {
			p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent			INTEGER (-126..24),
			p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent				INTEGER (-8..7)
		}		OPTIONAL,												-- Need OP
		twoIntervalsConfig					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
		...,
		[[	p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12		CHOICE {
				release								NULL,
				setup								SEQUENCE {
					p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (-126..24),
					p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12				INTEGER (-8..7)
				}
			}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
		]],
		[[	numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes-r13			INTEGER (1..8)		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		]],
		[[	fixedRV-NonAdaptive-r14					ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			sps-ConfigIndex-r14						SPS-ConfigIndex-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430		ENUMERATED {
											sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, sf500,
											sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000, spare5,
											spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR

		]],
		[[ cyclicShiftSPS-r15				ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}
												OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- eNote (TBC) that no separate STTI field is required (alike in merged CR)
			harq-ProcID-Offset-r15				INTEGER (0..7) 			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15			ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
			tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15		TPC-PDCCH-Config 		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
			totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
			sps-ConfigIndex-r15					SPS-ConfigIndex-r15		OPTIONAL	-- Cond SPS
		]]
	}
}

SPS-ConfigSL-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sps-ConfigIndex-r14				SPS-ConfigIndex-r14,
	semiPersistSchedIntervalSL-r14	ENUMERATED {
										sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400,
										sf500, sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000,
										spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}

SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 ::=			INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)

SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 ::=			INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)

N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)

N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047)

SPS-ConfigDL-STTI-r15 ::=	CHOICE{
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI-r15		ENUMERATED {
												sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12, sTTI16,
												sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240,
												spare2, spare1},
		numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI-r15		INTEGER (1..12),
		twoAntennaPortActivated-r15			CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					n1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r15		N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15
				}
			}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		sTTI-StartTimeDL-r15					INTEGER (0..5),
		tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS-r15		TPC-PDCCH-Config 			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		...
	}
}

SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-r15 ::=	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI-r15		ENUMERATED {
												sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12, sTTI16,
 												sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240,
												spare2, spare1},
		implicitReleaseAfter					ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8},
		p0-Persistent-r15					SEQUENCE {
			p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent-r15		INTEGER (-126..24),
			p0-UE-SPUSCH-Persistent-r15			INTEGER (-8..7)
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		twoIntervalsConfig-r15					ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
		p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15		CHOICE {
				release							NULL,
				setup							SEQUENCE {
					p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15			INTEGER (-126..24),
					p0-UE-SPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15				INTEGER (-8..7)
				}
			} 															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI-r15	INTEGER (1..12)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		sTTI-StartTimeUL-r15				INTEGER (0..5),
		tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15		TPC-PDCCH-Config 			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI-r15				ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}																				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		ifdma-Config-SPS-r15				BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		harq-ProcID-offset-r15				INTEGER (0..15) 			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15		ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		sps-ConfigIndex-r15		SPS-ConfigIndex-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n6, n12}		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15	ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6}	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		...
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SPS-Config field descriptions
cyclicShiftSPS, cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI,
Indicates the cyclic shift to be used for the UE-specific reference signal in case of UL SPS, see TS 36.211 [5] clause 5.2.1.1.
fixedRV-NonAdaptive
If this field is present and skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, non-adaptive retransmissions on configured uplink grant uses redundancy version 0, otherwise the redundancy version for each retransmission is updated based on the sequence of redundancy versions as described in TS 36.321 [6].
harq-ProcID-offset
If configured, this field indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.1.
Ifdma-Config-SPS
Indicated  to be used for the UE-specific reference signal in case of UL SPS see TS 36.211 [5], clause 5.2,1.1.
implicitReleaseAfter
Number of empty transmissions before implicit release, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.10.2. Value e2 corresponds to 2 transmissions, e3 corresponds to 3 transmissions and so on. If skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, the UE shall ignore this field.
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList, n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1
List of parameter:  for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. Field n1-PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1 is applicable only if the twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b in PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 is set to true. Otherwise the field is not configured.
numberOfConfSPS-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6].
numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI
The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in DL, see TS 36.321 [6].
numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI
The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in UL, see TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent, p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH for p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent. If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1.
p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2, p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12 for p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2.
p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH for p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent. If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1.
p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2 for p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2.
rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the RV sequence of slot or subslot PUSCH for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} , value ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}.
rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the RV sequence of PUSCH for subframe UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} , value ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}.
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
Semi-persistent Scheduling C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6]. If sps-Config is present for more than one cells in the same cell group, semiPersistSchedC-RNTI is present in only one sps-Config.
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames.
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI
Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1 corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1 equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7 symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. SPS for sTTI is not supported for TDD.
semiPersistSchedIntervalSL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in sidelink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames, sf50 corresponds to 50 sub-frames and so on.
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, when the configured Semi-persistent scheduling interval is greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames. If semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores semiPersistSchedIntervalUL i.e. without suffix).
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI
Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1 corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1 equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7 symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. SPS for sTTI is not supported for TDD.
sl-SPS-V-RNTI
SL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for V2X sidelink communication, see TS 36.321 [6].
sps-ConfigIndex
Indicates the index of one of multiple SL/UL SPS configurations.
sps-ConfigDL-STTI
If sps-ConfigDL-sTTI-r15 is signalled, the UE ignores sps-ConfigDL.
sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList
Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList
Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList
Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. If this list includes more than one entry, E-UTRAN includes totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions in each entry.
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList
Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList
Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. If this list includes more than one entry, E-UTRAN includes totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions in each entry.
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList
Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sTTI-StartTimeDL
Indicates the DL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6].
sTTI-StartTimeUL
Indicates the UL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6].
tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the TBS scaling factor of subslot PUSCH for UL SPS repetitions. Value n6 corresponds to 1/6 and value n12 corresponds to 1/12. 
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL SPS and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH is not configured.
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for subframe UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL SPS and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH is not configured.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS
PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-ConfigDL-STTI is configured.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS
PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-ConfigUL-STTI is configured. If a UE is configured with multiple UL SPS configurations in a serving cell, the same TPC index for DCI format 3/3A applies to all the UL SPS configurations in the serving cell.
twoIntervalsConfig
Trigger of two-intervals-Semi-Persistent Scheduling in uplink. See TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.10. If this field is present and the configured Semi-persistent scheduling interval greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, two-intervals-SPS is enabled for uplink. Otherwise, two-intervals-SPS is disabled.
ul-SPS-V-RNTI
UL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for UEs capable of multiple uplink SPS configurations and which support V2X communication, see TS 36.321 [6].

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
SPS
This field is optional present if sps-ConfigIndex-r14 is not configured, need OR; otherwise it is not present.

–	SPUCCH-Config
The IE SPUCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPUCCH configuration.
SPUCCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START


SPUCCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		spucch-Set-r15					SPUCCH-Set-r15		OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
		twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b-r15	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		dummy							SEQUENCE {
			n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
		}
	}
}

SPUCCH-Config-v1550 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3-v1550		SEQUENCE {
			n3SPUCCH-AN-List-v1550		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)
		}
	}
}

SPUCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPUCCH-Elements-r15

SPUCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List-r15		INTEGER (0..1319)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List-r15	INTEGER (0..3959)		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15			INTEGER (0..549) 		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n4SPUCCHSlot-Resource-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n4SPUCCHSubslot-Resource-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH-r15		INTEGER (0..7)			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH-r15	INTEGER (0..7)			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
		n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH-r15 	INTEGER (0..7)		OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OR
		n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH-r15	INTEGER (0..7)		OPTIONAL 	-- Need OR
	}
}

N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	n4startingPRB-r15		 		INTEGER (0..109),
	n4numberOfPRB-r15				INTEGER (0..7)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SPUCCH-Config field descriptions
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List
Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is enabled. Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List
Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is disabled. Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List
Resource configuration for subslot-SPUCCH format 1. Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n3SPUCCH-AN-List
Resource index for slot-SPUCCH format 3: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH
Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission.
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH
Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission in case of multiple resource configuration.
n4numberOfPRB, n4numberOfPRBSubslot
Parameter see TS 36.213 [23], Table 10.1.1-2 for determining SPUCCH resource(s) of SPUCCH format 4.
n4startingPRB
Parameter see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4A.3 for determining SPUCCH resource(s) of SPUCCH format 4.
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for SPUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2.
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.

–	SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for A-SRS trigger and TPC according to TS 36.212 [22].
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 ::=					CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		srs-TPC-RNTI-r14									BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
		startingBitOfFormat3B-r14							INTEGER (0..31),
		fieldTypeFormat3B-r14								INTEGER (1..4),
		srs-CC-SetIndexlist-r14							SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA

	}
}

SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cc-SetIndex-r14				INTEGER (0..3),
	cc-IndexInOneCC-Set-r14		INTEGER (0..7)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions
cc-IndexInOneCC-Set
Indicates the CC index in one CC set for Type A associated with the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell
cc-SetIndex
Indicates the CC set index for Type A associated with the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell.
fieldTypeFormat3B
The type of a field within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell, which indicates how many bits in the field are for SRS request (0 or 1/2) and how many bits in the field are for TPC (1 or 2). Note that for Type A, there is a common SRS request field for all SCells in the set, but each SCell has its own TPC command bits. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A. EUTRAN configures this field with the same value for all PUSCH-less SCells.
srs-CC-SetIndexlist
Indicates the index of the SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config for Type A trigger by the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell. Each set may contain at most 8 CCs.
srs-TPC-RNTI
RNTI for SRS trigger and power control using DCI format 3B, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.1.3.1.
startingBitOfFormat3B
The starting bit position of a block within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell.

Conditional presence
Explanation
SRS-Trigger-TypeA
The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	TDD-Config
The IE TDD-Config is used to specify the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
TDD-Config information element
-- ASN1START

TDD-Config ::=						SEQUENCE {
	subframeAssignment					ENUMERATED {
											sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6},
	specialSubframePatterns				ENUMERATED {
											ssp0, ssp1, ssp2, ssp3, ssp4,ssp5, ssp6, ssp7,
											ssp8}
}

TDD-Config-v1130 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	specialSubframePatterns-v1130		ENUMERATED {ssp7,ssp9}
}

TDD-Config-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	specialSubframePatterns-v1430		ENUMERATED {ssp10}
}

TDD-Config-v1450 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	specialSubframePatterns-v1450		ENUMERATED {ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS}
}

TDD-ConfigSL-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	subframeAssignmentSL-r12				ENUMERATED {
											none, sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}
}

SubframeAssignment-r15 ::=		ENUMERATED {sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}

-- ASN1STOP

TDD-Config field descriptions
specialSubframePatterns
Indicates Configuration as in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-1, where ssp0 points to Configuration 0, ssp1 to Configuration 1 etc. Value ssp7 points to Configuration 7 for extended cyclic prefix, value ssp9 points to Configuration 9 for normal cyclic prefix and value ssp10 points to Configration 10 for normal cyclic prefix. Value ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS corresponds to ssp10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS. E-UTRAN signals ssp7 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8) to ssp4. E-UTRAN signals value ssp9 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp5. E-UTRAN signals value ssp10 or ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp0 or ssp5. If specialSubframePatterns-v1130, specialSubframePatterns-v1430, or specialSubframePatterns-v1450 is present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns (without suffix). If specialSubframePatterns-v1430 or specialSubframePatterns-v1450 is present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns-v1130. E-UTRAN does not simultanuosly configure TDD-Config-v1430 and TDD-Config-v1450.
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency band.
subframeAssignmentSL
Indicates UL/ DL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. The value none means that no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable (i.e. the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL is transmitted is an FDD UL carrier or the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X is transmitted is a carrier for V2X sidelink communication).

–	TimeAlignmentTimer
The IE TimeAlignmentTimer is used to control how long the UE considers the serving cells belonging to the associated TAG to be uplink time aligned. Corresponds to the Timer for time alignment in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf500 corresponds to 500 sub-frames, sf750 corresponds to 750 sub-frames and so on.
TimeAlignmentTimer information element
-- ASN1START

TimeAlignmentTimer ::=					ENUMERATED {
												sf500, sf750, sf1280, sf1920, sf2560, sf5120,
												sf10240, infinity}
-- ASN1STOP

–	TimeReferenceInfo
TimeReferenceInfo information elements
-- ASN1START

TimeReferenceInfo-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	time-r15							ReferenceTime-r15,
	uncertainty-r15						INTEGER (0..12)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	timeInfoType-r15					ENUMERATED {localClock}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	referenceSFN-r15					INTEGER (0..1023)			OPTIONAL	-- Cond TimeRef
}

ReferenceTime-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	refDays-r15							INTEGER (0..72999),
	refSeconds-r15						INTEGER (0..86399),
	refMilliSeconds-r15					INTEGER (0..999),
	refQuarterMicroSeconds-r15			INTEGER (0..3999)
}

-- ASN1STOP

TimeReferenceInfo field descriptions
referenceSFN
This field indicates the reference SFN for time reference information. The time field indicates the time at the ending boundary of the SFN indicated by referenceSFN. The UE considers the frame indicated by the referenceSFN nearest to the frame where the field is received.
If the time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16 and the referenceSFN field is not included, the time field indicates the time at the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted.
time, timeInfoType
This field indicates time reference with 0.25 us granularity. The indicated time is referenced at the network, i.e., without compensating for RF propagation delay. The indicated time in 0.25 us unit from the origin is refDays*86400*1000*4000 + refSeconds*1000*4000 + refMilliSeconds*4000 + refQuarterMicroSeconds. The refDays field specifies the sequential number of days (with day count starting at 0) from the origin of the time field. If timeInfoType is not included, the origin of the time field is 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 6 January, 1980 (start of GPS time). If timeInfoType is set to localClock, the interpretation of the origin of the time is unspecified and left up to upper layers.
If time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16, this field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of time should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
uncertainty
This field indicates the number of LSBs which may be inaccurate in the refQuarterMicroSeconds field. If uncertainty is absent, the uncertainty of refQuarterMicroSeconds is not specified.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TimeRef
The field is mandatory present if TimeReferenceInfo is included in DLInformationTransfer message; otherwise the field is not present.

–	TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for PUCCH and PUSCH power control according to TS 36.212 [22]. The power control function can either be setup or released with the IE.
TPC-PDCCH-Config information element
-- ASN1START

TPC-PDCCH-Config ::=					CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		tpc-RNTI							BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
		tpc-Index							TPC-Index
	}
}

TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::=					CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell-r13		TPC-Index
	}
}

TPC-Index ::=							CHOICE {
	indexOfFormat3							INTEGER (1..15),
	indexOfFormat3A							INTEGER (1..31)
}

-- ASN1STOP

TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions
indexOfFormat3
Index of N when DCI format 3 is used. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.6.
IndexOfFormat3A
Index of M when DCI format 3A is used. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7.
tpc-Index
Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a).
tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell
Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a).
tpc-RNTI
RNTI for power control using DCI format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].

–	TunnelConfigLWIP
The IE TunnelConfigLWIP is used to setup/release LWIP Tunnel.
-- ASN1START

TunnelConfigLWIP-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ip-Address-r13			IP-Address-r13,
	ike-Identity-r13			IKE-Identity-r13,
	...,
	[[	lwip-Counter-r13	INTEGER (0..65535)		OPTIONAL	-- Cond LWIP-Setup
	]]
}

IKE-Identity-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	idI-r13					OCTET STRING
}

IP-Address-r13 ::= CHOICE {
	ipv4-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
	ipv6-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (128))
}

-- ASN1STOP

TunnelConfigLWIP field descriptions
ip-Address
Parameter indicates the LWIP-SeGW IP Address to be used by the UE for initiating LWIP Tunnel establishment [32].
ike-Identity
Parameter indicates the IKE Identity elements (IDi) to be used in IKE Authentication Procedures [32].
lwip-Counter
Indicates the parameter used by UE for computing the security keys used in LWIP tunnel establishment, as specified in TS 33.401 [32].

Conditional presence
Explanation
LWIP-Setup
The field is mandatory present upon setup of LWIP tunnel. Otherwise the field is optional, Need ON.

–	UplinkPowerControl
The IE UplinkPowerControlCommon and IE UplinkPowerControlDedicated are used to specify parameters for uplink power control in the system information and in the dedicated signalling, respectively.
UplinkPowerControl information elements
-- ASN1START

UplinkPowerControlCommon ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p0-NominalPUSCH						INTEGER (-126..24),
	alpha								Alpha-r12,
	p0-NominalPUCCH						INTEGER (-127..-96),
	deltaFList-PUCCH					DeltaFList-PUCCH,
	deltaPreambleMsg3					INTEGER (-1..6)
}

UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r10				ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
														deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r10				ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1}
}

UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13			ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14,deltaF13, deltaF12,
										deltaF11, deltaF10, spare1}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13				ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, deltaF10, deltaF9,
										deltaF8, deltaF7, spare1}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaFList-SPUCCH-r15		DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15
}

UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
-- For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12				ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
														deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12				ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1},
	p0-NominalPUCCH-r12						INTEGER (-127..-96),
	deltaFList-PUCCH-r12					DeltaFList-PUCCH
}


UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p0-NominalPUSCH-r10					INTEGER (-126..24),
	alpha-r10							Alpha-r12
}

UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaPreambleMsg3-r11				INTEGER (-1..6)
}

UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
-- For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
	p0-NominalPUCCH							INTEGER (-127..-96),
	deltaFList-PUCCH						DeltaFList-PUCCH,
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12				ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1,
											deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5,
											deltaF6}						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12				ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2,
											spare2, spare1}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13					ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14,
												deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, deltaF10,
												spare1}							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13						ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11,
												deltaF10, deltaF9, deltaF8, deltaF7,
												spare1}							OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS-r14						INTEGER (-126..24)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS-r14						INTEGER (-126..24)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	alpha-SRS-r14								Alpha-r12					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p0-UE-PUSCH							INTEGER (-8..7),
	deltaMCS-Enabled					ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
	accumulationEnabled					BOOLEAN,
	p0-UE-PUCCH							INTEGER (-8..7),
	pSRS-Offset							INTEGER (0..15),
	filterCoefficient					FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE {
	deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10		DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pSRS-OffsetAp-r10					INTEGER (0..15)						OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pSRS-Offset-v1130						INTEGER (16..31)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130						INTEGER (16..31)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130			DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	set2PowerControlParameter		CHOICE {
		release							NULL,
		setup							SEQUENCE {
			tpc-SubframeSet-r12					BIT STRING (SIZE(10)),
			p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12		INTEGER (-126..24),
			alpha-SubframeSet2-r12				Alpha-r12,
			p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12			INTEGER (-8..7)
		}
	}
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
	alpha-UE-r15				Alpha-r12 							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	p0-UE-PUSCH-r15				INTEGER (-16..15) 					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	accumulationEnabledSTTI-r15		BOOLEAN,
	deltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15	DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	uplinkPower-CSIPayload			BOOLEAN
}

UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p0-UE-PeriodicSRS-r14						INTEGER (-8..7)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	p0-UE-AperiodicSRS-r14						INTEGER (-8..7)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	accumulationEnabled-r14						BOOLEAN
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	p0-UE-PUSCH-r10						INTEGER (-8..7),
	deltaMCS-Enabled-r10					ENUMERATED {en0, en1},
	accumulationEnabled-r10				BOOLEAN,
	pSRS-Offset-r10						INTEGER (0..15),
	pSRS-OffsetAp-r10					INTEGER (0..15)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	filterCoefficient-r10				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4,
	pathlossReferenceLinking-r10		ENUMERATED {pCell, sCell}
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
--Release 8
	p0-UE-PUCCH							INTEGER (-8..7),
--Release 10
	deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10		DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

Alpha-r12 ::=						ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1}

DeltaFList-PUCCH ::=				SEQUENCE {
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format1b				ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF3, deltaF5},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format2				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format2a				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2},
	deltaF-PUCCH-Format2b				ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2}
}

DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15 ::= CHOICE {
		release					NULL,
		setup					SEQUENCE {
	deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2,
										deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6}	OPTIONAL, --Need OR
	deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1a-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4,
										deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8}	OPTIONAL, --Need OR
	deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6,
										deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10}	OPTIONAL,--Need OR
	deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format3-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7,
										deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10, deltaF11}	OPTIONAL,--Need OR
	deltaF-slotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF13, deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16,
										deltaF17, deltaF18, deltaF19, deltaF20}	OPTIONAL,
--Need OR
	deltaF-slotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13,
											deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17}	OPTIONAL,
--Need OR
	deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1and1a-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8,
												deltaF9, deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12}	OPTIONAL,
--Need OR
	deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9,
											deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13}	OPTIONAL,
--Need OR
	deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17, deltaF18,
											deltaF19, deltaF20, deltaF21, deltaF22}	OPTIONAL,
--Need OR
	deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15	ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13,
												deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17}	OPTIONAL,
--Need OR
	...
	}
}

DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1-r10		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format22a2b-r10	ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format3-r10		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	...

}

DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-1}
}

DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1-r15		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1a-r15		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1b-r15		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format3-r15		ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

UplinkPowerControl field descriptions
accumulationEnabled, accumulationEnabledTTI
Parameter: Accumulation-enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 5.1.1.1 and 5.1.3.1. TRUE corresponds to "enabled" whereas FALSE corresponds to "disabled".
alpha
Parameter: α See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
alpha-SRS
Parameter: αSRS. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for SRS power control on a PUSCH-less SCell.
alpha-SubframeSet2
Parameter: α. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
alpha-UE
Parameter: αUE See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1.
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the PUCCH formats 1, 1b, 2, 2a, 2b, 3, 4, 5 and 1b with channel selection. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2, where deltaF-2 corresponds to -2 dB, deltaF0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on.
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-slotSPUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the SPUCCH formats 1, 1a, 1b, 3 and 4. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2 where deltaF-2 corresponds to -2 dB, deltaF0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on. In case both an A and a B configuration exist, configuration A is used in case SPUCCH carries ≤ 22 HARQ-ACK bits, and B otherwise.
deltaMCS-Enabled
Parameter: Ks See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. en0 corresponds to value 0 corresponding to state "disabled". en1 corresponds to value 1.25 corresponding to "enabled".
deltaPreambleMsg3
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the PUCCH formats 1, 1a/1b, 1b with channel selection, 2/2a/2b and 3 when two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH transmission. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1, where dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB-1 corresponds to -1 dB, dB-2 corresponds to -2 dB. EUTRAN configures the field deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 for the PCell and/or the PSCell only.
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the SPUCCH formats 1, 1a/1b, 1b with channel selection and 3 when two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH transmission. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1 where dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB-1 corresponds to -1 dB, dB-2 corresponds to -2 dB.
filterCoefficient
Specifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. The same filtering mechanism applies as for quantityConfig described in 5.5.3.2.
p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23], clause5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
p0-NominalPUCCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1, unit dBm.
p0-NominalPUSCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-UE-AperiodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
p0-UE-PeriodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
p0-UE-PUCCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1. Unit dB
p0-UE-PUSCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet. If p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 is included, the UE ignores p0-UE-PUSCH (i.e., without suffix).
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
pathlossReferenceLinking
Indicates whether the UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of the PCell or of the SCell that corresponds with this uplink (i.e. according to the cellIdentification within the field sCellToAddMod). For SCells part of an STAG E-UTRAN sets the value to sCell.
pSRS-Offset, pSRS-OffsetAp
Parameter: PSRS_OFFSET for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission repectively. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1. For Ks=1.25, the actual parameter value is pSRS-Offset value – 3. For Ks=0, the actual parameter value is -10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-Offset value.
If pSRS-Offset-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-Offset (i.e., without suffix). Likewise, if pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-OffsetAp-r10. For Ks=0, E-UTRAN does not set values larger than 26.
tpc-SubframeSet
Indicates the uplink subframes (including UpPTS in special subframes) of the uplink power control subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 1, and value 1 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 2.
uplinkPower-CSIPayload
Indicates whether the UE shall derive BPRE based on the actual value of O_CQI for slot/subslot-PUSCH. If not present, the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values shall be used for the derivation of BPRE for slot/subslot-PUSCH.

–	WLAN-Id-List
The IE WLAN-Id-List is used to list WLAN(s) for configuration of WLAN measurements and WLAN mobility set.
-- ASN1START

WLAN-Id-List-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r13)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12

-- ASN1STOP

–	WLAN-MobilityConfig
The IE WLAN-MobilityConfig is used for configuration of WLAN mobility set and WLAN Status Reporting. E-UTRAN configures at least one WLAN identifier in the WLAN-MobilityConfig.
-- ASN1START

WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	wlan-ToReleaseList-r13				WLAN-Id-List-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	wlan-ToAddList-r13					WLAN-Id-List-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	associationTimer-r13				ENUMERATED {s10, s30,
										s60, s120, s240}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	successReportRequested-r13			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	wlan-SuspendConfig-r14			WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

WLAN-MobilityConfig field descriptions
associationTimer
Indicates the maximum time for connection to WLAN before connection failure reporting is initiated. Value s10 means 10 seconds, value s30 means 30 seconds and so on. E-UTRAN includes associationTimer only upon change in WLAN mobility set, lwa-WT-Counter or lwip-Counter.
successReportRequested
Indicates whether the UE shall report successful connection to WLAN. Applicable to LWA and LWIP.
wlan-ToAddList
Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be added to the WLAN mobility set.
wlan-ToReleaseList
Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be removed from the WLAN mobility set.

–	WUS-Config
The IE WUS-Config is used to specify the WUS configuration. For the UEs supporting WUS, E-UTRAN uses WUS to indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4].
WUS-Config information element
-- ASN1START

WUS-Config-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	maxDurationFactor-r15					ENUMERATED {one32th, one16th, one8th, one4th},
	numPOs-r15						ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1}		DEFAULT n1,
	freqLocation-r15					ENUMERATED {n0, n2, n4, spare1},
	timeOffsetDRX-r15				ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
	timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r15		ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
	timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r15		ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

WUS-Config-v1560 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	powerBoost-r15					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB1dot8, dB3, dB4dot8}
}

-- ASN1STOP

WUS-Config field descriptions
freqLocation
Frequency location of WUS within paging narrowband for BL UEs and UEs in CE. Value n0 corresponds to WUS in the 1st and 2nd PRB, value n2 represents the 3rd and 4th PRB, and value n4 represents the 5th and 6th PRB.
maxDurationFactor
Maximum WUS duration, expressed as a ratio of Rmax associated with Type 1-CSS, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value one32th corresponds to Rmax * 1/32, value one16th corresponds to Rmax * 1/16 and so on.
The value in TS 36.213 [23] considered by the UE is : maxDuration = Max (signalled value * Rmax, 1) where Rmax is the value of mpdcch-NumRepetitionPaging for the carrier.
numPOs
Number of consecutive Paging Occasions (PO) mapped to one WUS, applicable to UEs configured to use extended DRX, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 PO, value n2 corresponds to 2 POs and so on. 
powerBoost
Power offset of WUS relative to CRS in dB, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 5.2. Value db0 corresponds to 0dB, value db1dot8 corresponds to 1.8dB, and so on.
timeOffsetDRX
Minimum time gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the first associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
timeOffset-eDRX-Short
When eDRX is used, the short non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures timeOffset-eDRX-Short to a value longer than or equal to timeOffsetDRX.
timeOffset-eDRX-Long
When eDRX is used, the long non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms1000 corresponds to 1000 ms and value ms2000 corresponds to 2000 ms.
If the field is absent, UE uses timeOffset-eDRX-Short for monitoring WUS.

6.3.3	Security control information elements
–	NextHopChainingCount
The IE NextHopChainingCount is used to update the KeNB key and corresponds to parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32], clause 7.2.8.4.
NextHopChainingCount information element
-- ASN1START

NextHopChainingCount ::=					INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SecurityAlgorithmConfig
The IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is used to configure AS integrity protection algorithm (SRBs) and AS ciphering algorithm (SRBs and DRBs). For RNs, the IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is also used to configure AS integrity protection algorithm for DRBs between the RN and the E-UTRAN.
SecurityAlgorithmConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SecurityAlgorithmConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cipheringAlgorithm					CipheringAlgorithm-r12,
	integrityProtAlgorithm				ENUMERATED {
											eia0-v920, eia1, eia2, eia3-v1130, spare4, spare3,
											spare2, spare1, ...}
}

CipheringAlgorithm-r12 ::=				ENUMERATED {
											eea0, eea1, eea2, eea3-v1130, spare4, spare3,
											spare2, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

SecurityAlgorithmConfig field descriptions
cipheringAlgorithm
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SRBs and DRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32], clause 5.1.3.2.
integrityProtAlgorithm
Indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for SRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32], clause 5.1.4.2. For RNs, also indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for integrity protection-enabled DRB(s).

–	ShortMAC-I
The IE ShortMAC-I is used to identify and verify the UE at RRC connection re-establishment. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the security configuration of the source PCell, as specified in 5.3.7.4.
ShortMAC-I information element
-- ASN1START

ShortMAC-I ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE (16))

-- ASN1STOP

6.3.4	Mobility control information elements
–	AdditionalSpectrumEmission
If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0), the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission i.e. without suffix) shall be set to value 32, if signalled. UE supporting an LTE band assigned NS values larger than 32 as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4, needs to support extension signaling (as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0).
AdditionalSpectrumEmission information element
-- ASN1START

AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::=		INTEGER (1..32)

AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 ::=	INTEGER (33..288)

-- ASN1STOP

–	AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR
The IE AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR is used to indicate NR emission requirements to be fulfilled by the UE (see TS 38.101-1 [85], clause 6.5.3.3, and TS 38.101-2 [100], clause 6.5.3.2 and TS 38.101-3 [101], clause 6.5B.2)
AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR information element
-- ASN1START

AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15 ::=		INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000
The IE ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 used to indicate the CDMA2000 carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 band, see C.S0002 [12].
ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 ::=			INTEGER (0..2047)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) E-UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [42]. If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0), the UE shall only consider this extension (and hence ignore the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA i.e. without suffix, if signalled). In dedicated signalling, E-UTRAN only provides an EARFCN corresponding to an E-UTRA band supported by the UE.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::=				INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN)

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			INTEGER (maxEARFCN-Plus1..maxEARFCN2)

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 ::=				INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN2)

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	For fields using the original value range, as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA i.e. without suffix, value maxEARFCN indicates that the E-UTRA carrier frequency is indicated by means of an extension. In such a case, UEs not supporting the extension consider the field to be set to a not supported value.

–	ARFCN-ValueGERAN
The IE ARFCN-ValueGERAN is used to specify the ARFCN value applicable for a GERAN BCCH carrier frequency, see TS 45.005 [20].
ARFCN-ValueGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueGERAN ::=			INTEGER (0..1023)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ARFCN-ValueNR
The IE ARFCN-ValueNR is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) NR carrier frequency, as defined in TS 38.101 [85].
ARFCN-ValueNR information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 ::=				INTEGER (0.. 3279165)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ARFCN-ValueUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink (Nd, FDD) or bi-directional (Nt, TDD) UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
ARFCN-ValueUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

ARFCN-ValueUTRA ::=					INTEGER (0..16383)

-- ASN1STOP

–	BandclassCDMA2000
The IE BandclassCDMA2000 is used to define the CDMA2000 band in which the CDMA2000 carrier frequency can be found, as defined in C.S0057 [24], table 1.5-1.
BandclassCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

BandclassCDMA2000 ::=					ENUMERATED {
											bc0, bc1, bc2, bc3, bc4, bc5, bc6, bc7, bc8,
											bc9, bc10, bc11, bc12, bc13, bc14, bc15, bc16,
											bc17, bc18-v9a0, bc19-v9a0, bc20-v9a0, bc21-v9a0,
											spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
											spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

–	BandIndicatorGERAN
The IE BandIndicatorGERAN indicates how to interpret an associated GERAN carrier ARFCN, see TS 45.005 [20]. More specifically, the IE indicates the GERAN frequency band in case the ARFCN value can concern either a DCS 1800 or a PCS 1900 carrier frequency. For ARFCN values not associated with one of these bands, the indicator has no meaning.
BandIndicatorGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

BandIndicatorGERAN ::=			ENUMERATED {dcs1800, pcs1900}

-- ASN1STOP

–	CarrierFreqCDMA2000
The IE CarrierFreqCDMA2000 used to provide the CDMA2000 carrier information.
CarrierFreqCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandClass							BandclassCDMA2000,
	arfcn							ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	CarrierFreqGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqGERAN is used to provide an unambiguous carrier frequency description of a GERAN cell.
CarrierFreqGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	arfcn							ARFCN-ValueGERAN,
	bandIndicator					BandIndicatorGERAN
}

-- ASN1STOP

CarrierFreqGERAN field descriptions
arfcn
GERAN ARFCN of BCCH carrier.
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.

–	CarrierFreqsGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqListGERAN is used to provide one or more GERAN ARFCN values, as defined in TS 45.005 [43], which represents a list of GERAN BCCH carrier frequencies.
CarrierFreqsGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqsGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	startingARFCN						ARFCN-ValueGERAN,
	bandIndicator						BandIndicatorGERAN,
	followingARFCNs						CHOICE {
		explicitListOfARFCNs				ExplicitListOfARFCNs,
		equallySpacedARFCNs					SEQUENCE {
			arfcn-Spacing						INTEGER (1..8),
			numberOfFollowingARFCNs				INTEGER (0..31)
		},
		variableBitMapOfARFCNs				OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..16))
	}
}

ExplicitListOfARFCNs ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..31)) OF ARFCN-ValueGERAN

-- ASN1STOP

CarrierFreqsGERAN field descriptions
arfcn-Spacing
Space, d, between a set of equally spaced ARFCN values.
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
explicitListOfARFCNs
The remaining ARFCN values in the set are explicitly listed one by one.
followingARFCNs
Field containing a representation of the remaining ARFCN values in the set.
numberOfFollowingARFCNs
The number, n, of the remaining equally spaced ARFCN values in the set. The complete set of (n+1) ARFCN values is defined as: {s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod 1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}.
startingARFCN
The first ARFCN value, s, in the set.
variableBitMapOfARFCNs
Bitmap field representing the remaining ARFCN values in the set. The leading bit of the first octet in the bitmap corresponds to the ARFCN = ((s + 1) mod 1024), the next bit to the ARFCN = ((s + 2) mod 1024), and so on. If the bitmap consists of N octets, the trailing bit of octet N corresponds to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024). The complete set of ARFCN values consists of ARFCN = s and the ARFCN values, where the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to "1".

–	CarrierFreqListMBMS
The IE CarrierFreqListMBMS is used to indicate the E-UTRA ARFCN values of the one or more MBMS frequencies the UE is interested to receive.
CarrierFreqListMBMS information element
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqMBMS-r11)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9

-- ASN1STOP

–	CDMA2000-Type
The IE CDMA2000-Type is used to describe the type of CDMA2000 network.
CDMA2000-Type information element
-- ASN1START

CDMA2000-Type ::=					ENUMERATED {type1XRTT, typeHRPD}

-- ASN1STOP

–	CellIdentity
The IE CellIdentity is used to unambiguously identify a cell within a PLMN.
CellIdentity information element
-- ASN1START

CellIdentity ::=					BIT STRING (SIZE (28))

-- ASN1STOP

–	CellIndexList
The IE CellIndexList concerns a list of cell indices, which may be used for different purposes.
CellIndexList information element
-- ASN1START

CellIndexList ::=						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellIndex

CellIndex ::=							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas)

-- ASN1STOP

–	CellReselectionPriority
The IE CellReselectionPriority concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN)/ bandclass (CDMA2000), as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds with parameter "priority" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value 0 means: lowest priority. The UE behaviour for the case the field is absent, if applicable, is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
CellReselectionPriority information element
-- ASN1START

CellReselectionPriority ::=				INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

–	CellSelectionInfoCE
The IE CellSelectionInfoCE contains cell selection information for CE. The q-RxLevMinCE corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin_CE in TS 36.304 [4]. The q-QualMinRSRQ-CE corresponds to parameter Qqualmin_CE in TS 36.304 [4]. If q-QualMinRSRQ-CE is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
CellSelectionInfoCE information element
-- ASN1START

CellSelectionInfoCE-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	q-RxLevMinCE-r13				Q-RxLevMin,
	q-QualMinRSRQ-CE-r13			Q-QualMin-r9						OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	powerClass14dBm-Offset-r15			ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellSelectionInfoCE field descriptions
powerClass14dBm-Offset
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClass-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. E-UTRAN configures this field only if cellSelectionInfoCE-r13 is configured. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].

–	CellSelectionInfoCE1
The IE CellSelectionInfoCE1 contains cell selection information for BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. The q-RxLevMinCE1 corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin_CE1 in TS 36.304 [4]. If delta-RxLevMinCE1 is not included, actual value Qrxlevmin_CE1 = q-RxLevMinCE1 * 2 [dBm]. If delta-RxLevMinCE1 is included, the actual value Qrxlevmin_CE1 = (q-RxLevMinCE1 + delta-RxLevMinCE1) * 2 [dBm]. The q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1 corresponds to parameter Qqualmin_CE1 in TS 36.304 [4]. If q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
CellSelectionInfoCE1 information element
-- ASN1START

CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	q-RxLevMinCE1-r13				Q-RxLevMin,
	q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1-r13			Q-QualMin-r9						OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	delta-RxLevMinCE1-v1360					INTEGER (-8..-1)
}
-- ASN1STOP

–	CellReselectionSubPriority
The IE CellReselectionSubPriority indicates a fractional value to be added to the value of cellReselectionPriority to obtain the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency for E-UTRA. Value oDot2 corresponds to 0.2, oDot4 corresponds to 0.4 and so on.
CellReselectionSubPriority information element
-- ASN1START

CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 ::=			ENUMERATED {oDot2, oDot4, oDot6, oDot8}

-- ASN1STOP

–	CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT
The IE CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT is used to indicate whether or not the UE shall perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration.
-- ASN1START

CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sid									BIT STRING (SIZE (15)),
	nid									BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	multipleSID							BOOLEAN,
	multipleNID							BOOLEAN,
	homeReg								BOOLEAN,
	foreignSIDReg						BOOLEAN,
	foreignNIDReg						BOOLEAN,
	parameterReg						BOOLEAN,
	powerUpReg							BOOLEAN,
	registrationPeriod					BIT STRING (SIZE (7)),
	registrationZone					BIT STRING (SIZE (12)),
	totalZone							BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
	zoneTimer							BIT STRING (SIZE (3))
}

CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	powerDownReg-r9						ENUMERATED {true}
}

-- ASN1STOP


CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT field descriptions
foreignNIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT NID roamer registration indicator.
foreignSIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT SID roamer registration indicator.
homeReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Home registration indicator.
multipleNID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple NID storage indicator.
multipleSID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple SID storage indicator.
nid
Used along with the sid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
parameterReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameter-change registration indicator.
powerDownReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-down registration indicator. If set to TRUE, the UE that has a valid / current CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration will perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT power down registration when it is switched off.
powerUpReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-up registration indicator.
registrationPeriod
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration period.
registrationZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration zone.
sid
Used along with the nid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
totalZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Number of registration zones to be retained.
zoneTimer
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Zone timer length.

–	CellGlobalIdEUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdEUTRA specifies the Evolved Cell Global Identifier (ECGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in E-UTRA.
CellGlobalIdEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellIdentity							CellIdentity
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdEUTRA field descriptions
cellIdentity
Identity of the cell within the context of the PLMN.
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.

–	CellGlobalIdUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdUTRA specifies the global UTRAN Cell Identifier, the globally unique identity of a cell in UTRA.
CellGlobalIdUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellIdentity							BIT STRING (SIZE (28))
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdUTRA field descriptions
cellIdentity
UTRA Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the identified PLMN as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the common PLMN broadcast in the MIB, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].

–	CellGlobalIdGERAN
The IE CellGlobalIdGERAN specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in GERAN.
CellGlobalIdGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdGERAN ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	locationAreaCode						BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	cellIdentity						BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdGERAN field descriptions
cellIdentity
Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the GERAN location area as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell, as defined in TS 23.003 [27]..

–	CellGlobalIdCDMA2000
The IE CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in CDMA2000.
CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 ::=				CHOICE {
	cellGlobalId1XRTT						BIT STRING (SIZE (47)),
	cellGlobalIdHRPD						BIT STRING (SIZE (128))
}

-- ASN1STOP

CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 field descriptions
cellGlobalId1XRTT
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 1xRTT cell, corresponds to BASEID, SID and NID parameters (in that order) defined in C.S0005 [25].
cellGlobalIdHRPD
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 HRPD cell, corresponds to SECTOR ID parameter defined in C.S0024 [26], clause 14.9.

–	CellSelectionInfoNFreq
The IE CellSelectionInfoNFreq includes the parameters used for cell selection on a neighbouring frequency, see TS 36.304 [4].
CellSelectionInfoNFreq information element
-- ASN1START

CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- Cell selection information as in SIB1
	q-RxLevMin-r13					Q-RxLevMin,
	q-RxLevMinOffset					INTEGER (1..8)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	-- Cell re-selection information as in SIB3
	q-Hyst-r13							ENUMERATED {
											dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
											dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24},
	q-RxLevMinReselection-r13			Q-RxLevMin,
	t-ReselectionEUTRA-r13				T-Reselection
}

-- ASN1STOP


–	CSG-Identity
The IE CSG-Identity is used to identify a Closed Subscriber Group.
CSG-Identity information element
-- ASN1START

CSG-Identity ::=					BIT STRING (SIZE (27))

-- ASN1STOP

–	FreqBandIndicator
The IE FreqBandIndicator indicates the E-UTRA operating band as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1. If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator-v9e0), the UE shall only consider this extension (and hence ignore the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator i.e. without suffix, if signalled).
FreqBandIndicator information element
-- ASN1START

FreqBandIndicator ::=					INTEGER (1..maxFBI)

FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 ::=				INTEGER (maxFBI-Plus1..maxFBI2)

FreqBandIndicator-r11 ::=				INTEGER (1..maxFBI2)

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	For fields using the original value range, as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator i.e. without suffix, value maxFBI indicates that the frequency band is indicated by means of an extension. In such a case, UEs not supporting the extension consider the field to be set to a not supported value.

–	FreqBandIndicatorNR
The IE FreqBandIndicatorNR indicates the NR operating band as defined in TS 38.101 [85].
FreqBandIndicatorNR information element
-- ASN1START

FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15 ::=			INTEGER (1.. maxFBI-NR-r15)

-- ASN1STOP

–	MobilityControlInfo
The IE MobilityControlInfo includes parameters relevant for network controlled mobility to/within E‑UTRA.
MobilityControlInfo information element
-- ASN1START

MobilityControlInfo ::=		SEQUENCE {
	targetPhysCellId					PhysCellId,
	carrierFreq							CarrierFreqEUTRA					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEUTRA2
	carrierBandwidth					CarrierBandwidthEUTRA				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	additionalSpectrumEmission			AdditionalSpectrumEmission			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO-toEUTRA
	t304								ENUMERATED {
											ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
											ms2000, ms10000-v1310},
	newUE-Identity						C-RNTI,
	radioResourceConfigCommon			RadioResourceConfigCommon,
	rach-ConfigDedicated				RACH-ConfigDedicated				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...,
	[[	carrierFreq-v9e0				CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	drb-ContinueROHC-r11			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO
	]],
	[[	mobilityControlInfoV2X-r14	MobilityControlInfoV2X-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		handoverWithoutWT-Change-r14	ENUMERATED {keepLWA-Config, sendEndMarker}	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO
		makeBeforeBreak-r14				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		rach-Skip-r14					RACH-Skip-r14						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		sameSFN-Indication-r14			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO-SFNsynced
	]],
	[[
		mib-RepetitionStatus-r14		BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-r14		INTEGER (0..31)						OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO-SFNsynced
	]]
}

MobilityControlInfo-v10l0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0	AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	t307-r12							ENUMERATED {
											ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000,
											ms2000, spare1},
	ue-IdentitySCG-r12					C-RNTI							OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCGEst,
	rach-ConfigDedicated-r12			RACH-ConfigDedicated			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	cipheringAlgorithmSCG-r12		CipheringAlgorithm-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	makeBeforeBreakSCG-r14			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		rach-SkipSCG-r14				RACH-Skip-r14					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

MobilityControlInfoV2X-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional-r14		SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	v2x-CommRxPool-r14					SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	v2x-CommSyncConfig-r14				SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	cbr-MobilityTxConfigList-r14		SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14	OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

CarrierBandwidthEUTRA ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {
												n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10,
												spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	ul-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {
												n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10,
												spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}	OPTIONAL -- Need OP
}

CarrierFreqEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	ul-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA				OPTIONAL	-- Cond FDD
}

CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL	-- Cond FDD
}

RACH-Skip-r14 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	targetTA-r14					CHOICE {
		ta0-r14							NULL,
		mcg-PTAG-r14						NULL,
		scg-PTAG-r14						NULL,
		mcg-STAG-r14					STAG-Id-r11,
		scg-STAG-r14					STAG-Id-r11
	},
	ul-ConfigInfo-r14				SEQUENCE {
		numberOfConfUL-Processes-r14			INTEGER (1..8),
		ul-SchedInterval-r14			ENUMERATED {sf2, sf5, sf10},
		ul-StartSubframe-r14			INTEGER (0..9),
		ul-Grant-r14					BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
	}																OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

MobilityControlInfo field descriptions
additionalSpectrumEmission
For a UE with no SCells configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. For a UE with SCell(s) configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall, in case all SCells configured for UL in that band are released after handover completion, apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs.
carrierBandwidth
Provides the parameters Downlink bandwidth, and Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
carrierFreq
Provides the EARFCN to be used by the UE in the target cell.
cbr-MobilityTxConfigList
Indicates the list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmission parameter configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
cipheringAlgorithmSCG
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SCG DRBs. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: Downlink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset, for this handover, the header compression protocol context for the RLC UM bearers configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. E-UTRAN includes the field only in case of a handover within the same eNB.
handoverWithoutWT-Change
Indicates whether UE performs handover where LWA configuration is retained with the same WT If sendEndMarker is configured, the LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication is used as defined in [8]. If value keepLWA-Config is configured, LWA end marker is not used and UE shall only retain the LWA configuration.
makeBeforeBreak
Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission to the target intra-frequency PCell while rach-Skip is configured.
makeBeforeBreakSCG
Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PSCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission to the target intra-frequency PSCell while rach-SkipSCG is configured.
mib-RepetitionStatus
Indicates whether additional MIB repetition is enabled in the target cell or not. Value TRUE indicates additional MIB repetition is enabled in the target cell. Value FALSE indicates additional MIB repetition is not enabled in the target cell. The absence of this field indicates additional MIB repetition may or may not be enabled in the target cell. See 5.2.1.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1. This field is applicable to BL UE or UE in CE.
mobilityControlInfoV2X
Indicates the sidelink configurations of the target cell for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
numberOfConfUL-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for preallocated uplink grant, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. This field is applicable if a UE is configured with asynchronous HARQ, otherwise it shall be ignored.
rach-ConfigDedicated
The dedicated random access parameters. If absent the UE applies contention based random access as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
rach-Skip
This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PCell is skipped.
rach-SkipSCG
This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PSCell is skipped.
sameSFN-Indication
This field indicates that the target cell has the same SFN as the source cell and that the BL UE or UE in CE is not required to acquire MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell during handover to obtain the SFN of the target cell, as specified in clause 5.3.5.4.
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR
Indicates the index to the tables that define SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information. The tables are specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.6-1 and Table 7.1.7.2.7-1. Value 0 means SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not scheduled. If absent when sameSFN-Indication is present, UE assumes that SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information in target cell may be different from source cell.
t304
Timer T304 as described in clause 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
t307
Timer T307 as described in clause 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on.
targetTA
This field refers to the timing adjustment indication, see TS 36.213 [23], indicating the NTA value which the UE shall use for the target PTAG of handover or the target PSTAG of SCG change. ta0 corresponds to NTA=0. mcg-PTAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of the PTAG associated with MCG. scg-PTAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of the PTAG associated with SCG. mcg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a MCG STAG indicated by the STAG-Id. scg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a SCG STAG indicated by the STAG-Id.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. For TDD, the parameter is absent and it is equal to downlink bandwidth. If absent for FDD, apply the same value as applies for the downlink bandwidth.
ul-Grant
Indicates the resources of the target PCell/PSCell to be used for the uplink transmission of PUSCH [23], clause 8.8.
ul-SchedInterval
Indicates the scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
ul-StartSubframe
Indicates the subframe in which the UE may initiate the uplink transmission, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. Value 0 corresponds to subframe number 0, 1 correponds to subframe number 1 and so on. The subframe indicating a valid uplink grant according to the calculation of UL grant configured by ul-StartSubframe and ul-SchedInterval, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20, is the same across all radio frames.
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates reception pools for receiving V2X sidelink communication during handover. 
v2x-CommSyncConfig
Indicates synchronization configurations for performing V2X sidelink communication during handover.
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the transmission resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit V2X sidelink communication during handover.

Conditional presence
Explanation
FDD
The field is mandatory with default value (the default duplex distance defined for the concerned band, as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) in case of "FDD"; otherwise the field is not present.
HO
This field is optionally present, need OP, in case of handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
HO-SFNsynced
This field is optionally present, need OP, in case of source E-UTRA and target E-UTRA cells are SFN synchronised.
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2
The field is absent if carrierFreq-v9e0 is present. Otherwise it is mandatory present in case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA and optionally present, need ON, in all other cases.
SCGEst
This field is mandatory present in case of SCG establishment; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.

–	MobilityParametersCDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The MobilityParametersCDMA2000 contains the parameters provided to the UE for handover and (enhanced) CSFB to 1xRTT support, as defined in C.S0097 [53].
MobilityParametersCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

MobilityParametersCDMA2000 ::=			OCTET STRING

-- ASN1STOP

–	MobilityStateParameters
The IE MobilityStateParameters contains parameters to determine UE mobility state.
MobilityStateParameters information element
-- ASN1START

MobilityStateParameters ::=			SEQUENCE {
	t-Evaluation						ENUMERATED {
											s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	t-HystNormal						ENUMERATED {
											s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	n-CellChangeMedium					INTEGER (1..16),
	n-CellChangeHigh					INTEGER (1..16)
}

-- ASN1STOP

MobilityStateParameters field descriptions
n-CellChangeHigh
The number of cell changes to enter high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 36.304 [4].
n-CellChangeMedium
The number of cell changes to enter medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 36.304 [4].
t-Evaluation
The duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
t-HystNormal
The additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.

–	MultiBandInfoList
MultiBandInfoList information element
-- ASN1START

MultiBandInfoList ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator

MultiBandInfoList-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo-v9e0

MultiBandInfoList-v10j0 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF NS-PmaxList-r10

MultiBandInfoList-v10l0 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF NS-PmaxList-v10l0

MultiBandInfoList-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11

MultiBandInfo-v9e0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	freqBandIndicator-v9e0				FreqBandIndicator-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MultiFrequencyBandListNR
The IE MultiFrequencyBandListNR is used to configure a list of one or multiple NR frequency bands.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR information element
-- ASN1START

MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-r15)) OF FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15

-- ASN1STOP

–	NS-PmaxList
The IE NS-PmaxList concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs, for a given frequency band. E-UTRAN does not include the same value of additionalSpectrumEmission in SystemInformationBlockType2 within this list.
NS-PmaxList information element
-- ASN1START

NS-PmaxList-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-r10)) OF NS-PmaxValue-r10

NS-PmaxList-v10l0 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-r10)) OF NS-PmaxValue-v10l0

NS-PmaxValue-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	additionalPmax-r10					P-Max							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	additionalSpectrumEmission			AdditionalSpectrumEmission
}

NS-PmaxValue-v10l0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0	AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	NS-PmaxListNR
The IE NS-PmaxListNR concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 38.101 [85], table 6.2.3-1 for a given frequency band.
NS-PmaxListNR information element
-- ASN1START

NS-PmaxListNR-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF NS-PmaxValueNR-r15

NS-PmaxValueNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	additionalPmaxNR-r15					P-MaxNR-r15					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	additionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15		AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	PhysCellId
The IE PhysCellId is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, as defined in TS 36.211 [21].
PhysCellId information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellId ::=						INTEGER (0..503)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PhysCellIdRange
The IE PhysCellIdRange is used to encode either a single or a range of physical cell identities. The range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range. For fields comprising multiple occurrences of PhysCellIdRange, E-UTRAN may configure overlapping ranges of physical cell identities.
PhysCellIdRange information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdRange ::=				SEQUENCE {
	start							PhysCellId,
	range							ENUMERATED {
										n4, n8, n12, n16, n24, n32, n48, n64, n84,
										n96, n128, n168, n252, n504, spare2,
										spare1}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysCellIdRange field descriptions
range
Indicates the number of physical cell identities in the range (including start). Value n4 corresponds with 4, n8 corresponds with 8 and so on. The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the physical cell identity value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest physical cell identity in the range.

–	PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList
The IE PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList is used to encode one or more of PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD. While the IE PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD is used to encode either a single physical layer identity or a range of physical layer identities, i.e. primary scrambling codes. Each range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range.
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPhysCellIdRange-r9)) OF PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9

PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		start-r9							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		range-r9							INTEGER (2..512)				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList field descriptions
range
Indicates the number of primary scrambling codes in the range (including start). The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the primary scrambling code value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest primary scrambling code in the range.

–	PhysCellIdCDMA2000
The IE PhysCellIdCDMA2000 identifies the PNOffset that represents the "Physical cell identity" in CDMA2000.
PhysCellIdCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdCDMA2000 ::=			INTEGER (0..maxPNOffset)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PhysCellIdGERAN
The IE PhysCellIdGERAN contains the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC).
PhysCellIdGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE {
	networkColourCode					BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
	baseStationColourCode				BIT STRING (SIZE (3))
}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysCellIdGERAN field descriptions
baseStationColourCode
Base station Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
networkColourCode
Network Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].

–	PhysCellIdNR
The IE PhysCellIdNR indicates the physical layer identity (PCI) of an NR cell.
PhysCellIdNR information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdNR-r15 ::=			INTEGER (0.. 1007)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the primary scrambling code, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD ::=				INTEGER (0..511)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the cell parameters ID (TDD), as specified in TS 25.331 [19]. Also corresponds to the Initial Cell Parameter Assignment in TS 25.223 [46].
PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD information element
-- ASN1START

PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD ::=				INTEGER (0..127)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PLMN-Identity
The IE PLMN-Identity identifies a Public Land Mobile Network. Further information regarding how to set the IE are specified in TS 23.003 [27].
PLMN-Identity information element
-- ASN1START

PLMN-Identity ::=					SEQUENCE {
	mcc									MCC					OPTIONAL,					-- Cond MCC
	mnc									MNC
}

MCC ::=								SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF
											MCC-MNC-Digit

MNC ::=								SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..3)) OF
											MCC-MNC-Digit

MCC-MNC-Digit ::=					INTEGER (0..9)


-- ASN1STOP

PLMN-Identity field descriptions
mcc
The first element contains the first MCC digit, the second element the second MCC digit and so on. If the field is absent, it takes the same value as the mcc of the immediately preceding IE PLMN-Identity. See TS 23.003 [27].
mnc
The first element contains the first MNC digit, the second element the second MNC digit and so on. See TS 23.003 [27].

Conditional presence
Explanation
MCC
This IE is mandatory when PLMN-Identity is included in CellGlobalIdEUTRA, in CellGlobalIdUTRA, in CellGlobalIdGERAN or in RegisteredMME. This IE is also mandatory in the first occurrence of the IE PLMN-Identity within the IE PLMN-IdentityList. Otherwise it is optional, need OP.

–	PLMN-IdentityList3
Includes a list of PLMN identities.
PLMN-IdentityList3 information element
-- ASN1START

PLMN-IdentityList3-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PLMN-Identity

-- ASN1STOP

–	PmaxNR
The IE PmaxNR concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 38.101 [85], table 6.2.3-1 for a given frequency band.
PmaxNR information element
-- ASN1START

P-MaxNR-r15 ::=				INTEGER (-30..33)

-- ASN1STOP

–	PreRegistrationInfoHRPD
-- ASN1START

PreRegistrationInfoHRPD ::=			SEQUENCE {
	preRegistrationAllowed				BOOLEAN,
	preRegistrationZoneId				PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD	OPTIONAL, -- cond PreRegAllowed
	secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList	SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD

PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD ::=			INTEGER (0..255)

-- ASN1STOP

PreRegistrationInfoHRPD field descriptions
preRegistrationAllowed
TRUE indicates that a UE shall perform a CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration. FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to perform CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration in the current cell.
preRegistrationZoneID
ColorCode (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. It is used to control when the UE should register or re-register.
secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList
List of SecondaryColorCodes (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. They are used to control when the UE should re-register.

Conditional presence
Explanation
PreRegAllowed
The field is mandatory in case the preRegistrationAllowed is set to true. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	Q-QualMin
The IE Q-QualMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRQ level in the (E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
Q-QualMin information element
-- ASN1START

Q-QualMin-r9 ::=					INTEGER (-34..-3)

-- ASN1STOP

–	Q-RxLevMin
The IE Q-RxLevMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRP level in the (E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
		Q-RxLevMin information element
-- ASN1START

Q-RxLevMin ::=						INTEGER (-70..-22)

-- ASN1STOP

–	Q-OffsetRange
The IE Q-OffsetRange is used to indicate a cell, CSI-RS resource or frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating candidates for cell re-selection or when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
Q-OffsetRange information element
-- ASN1START

Q-OffsetRange ::=						ENUMERATED {
												dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18, dB-16, dB-14,
												dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4, dB-3,
												dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
												dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18,
												dB20, dB22, dB24}

-- ASN1STOP

–	Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT
The IE Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT is used to indicate a frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value in dB.
Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT information element
-- ASN1START

Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT ::=					INTEGER (-15..15)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ReselectionThreshold
The IE ReselectionThreshold is used to indicate an Rx level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold = field value * 2 [dB].
ReselectionThreshold information element
-- ASN1START

ReselectionThreshold ::=				INTEGER (0..31)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ReselectionThresholdQ
The IE ReselectionThresholdQ is used to indicate a quality level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold = field value [dB].
ReselectionThresholdQ information element
-- ASN1START

ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 ::=			INTEGER (0..31)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SCellIndex
The IE SCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify an SCell.
SCellIndex information element
-- ASN1START

SCellIndex-r10 ::=						INTEGER (1..7)
SCellIndex-r13 ::=						INTEGER (1..31)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ServCellIndex
The IE ServCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify a serving cell (i.e. the PCell or an SCell). Value 0 applies for the PCell, while the SCellIndex that has previously been assigned applies for SCells.
ServCellIndex information element
-- ASN1START

ServCellIndex-r10 ::=					INTEGER (0..7)
ServCellIndex-r13 ::=				INTEGER (0..31)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SpeedStateScaleFactors
The IE SpeedStateScaleFactors concerns factors, to be applied when the UE is in medium or high speed state, used for scaling a mobility control related parameter.
SpeedStateScaleFactors information element
-- ASN1START

SpeedStateScaleFactors ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sf-Medium							ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0},
	sf-High								ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0}
}
-- ASN1STOP

SpeedStateScaleFactors field descriptions
sf-High
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in High Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.
sf-Medium
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in Medium Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.

–	SystemInfoListGERAN
The IE SystemInfoListGERAN contains system information of a GERAN cell.
SystemInfoListGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInfoListGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGERAN-SI)) OF
										OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..23))

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInfoListGERAN field descriptions
SystemInfoListGERAN
Each OCTET STRING contains one System Information (SI) message as defined in TS 44.018 [45], table 9.1.1, excluding the L2 Pseudo Length, the RR management Protocol Discriminator and the Skip Indicator or a complete Packet System Information (PSI) message as defined in TS 44.060 [36], table 11.2.1.

–	SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000
The IE SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 informs the UE about the absolute time in the current cell. The UE uses this absolute time knowledge to derive the CDMA2000 Physical cell identity, expressed as PNOffset, of neighbour CDMA2000 cells.
NOTE:	The UE needs the CDMA2000 system time with a certain level of accuracy for performing measurements as well as for communicating with the CDMA2000 network (HRPD or 1xRTT).
SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation			BOOLEAN,
	cdma-SystemTime						CHOICE {
		synchronousSystemTime				BIT STRING (SIZE (39)),
		asynchronousSystemTime				BIT STRING (SIZE (49))
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 field descriptions
asynchronousSystemTime
The CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-Window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is not aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 49 bits and the unit is 8 CDMA chips based on 1.2288 Mcps.
cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation
TRUE indicates that there is no drift in the timing between E‑UTRA and CDMA2000. FALSE indicates that the timing between E-UTRA and CDMA2000 can drift. NOTE 1
synchronousSystemTime
CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 39 bits and the unit is 10 ms based on a 1.2288 Mcps chip rate.

NOTE 1:	The following table shows the recommended combinations of the cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation field and the choice of cdma-SystemTime included by E-UTRAN for FDD and TDD:

FDD/TDD
cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation
synchronousSystemTime
asynchronousSystemTime
FDD
FALSE
Not Recommended
Recommended
FDD
TRUE
Recommended
Recommended
TDD
FALSE
Not Recommended
Recommended
TDD
TRUE
Recommended
Recommended

–	ThresholdNR
The IE ThresholdNR and IE ThresholdListNR contain thresholds for NR related inter-RAT measurements.
ThresholdNR information element
-- ASN1START

ThresholdNR-r15 ::=				CHOICE{
	nr-RSRP-r15							RSRP-RangeNR-r15,
	nr-RSRQ-r15							RSRQ-RangeNR-r15,
	nr-SINR-r15							RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15
}

ThresholdListNR-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE{
	nr-RSRP-r15							RSRP-RangeNR-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nr-RSRQ-r15							RSRQ-RangeNR-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nr-SINR-r15							RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	TrackingAreaCode
The IE TrackingAreaCode is used to identify a tracking area within the scope of a PLMN, see TS 24.301 [35].
TrackingAreaCode information element
-- ASN1START

TrackingAreaCode ::=				BIT STRING (SIZE (16))
TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15 ::=		BIT STRING (SIZE (24))

-- ASN1STOP

–	T-Reselection
The IE T-Reselection concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionRAT for E-UTRA, UTRA, GERAN or CDMA2000. Value in seconds. For value 0, behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies.
T-Reselection information element
-- ASN1START

T-Reselection ::=					INTEGER (0..7)

-- ASN1STOP

–	T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE
The IE T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionEUTRA_CE as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds. For value 0, behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies.
T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE information element
-- ASN1START

T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13 ::=				INTEGER (0..15)

-- ASN1STOP

6.3.5	Measurement information elements
–	AllowedMeasBandwidth
The IE AllowedMeasBandwidth is used to indicate the maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [47]. The values mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100 indicate 6, 15, 25, 50, 75 and 100 resource blocks respectively.
AllowedMeasBandwidth information element
-- ASN1START

AllowedMeasBandwidth ::=				ENUMERATED {mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100}

-- ASN1STOP

–	BT-NameList
The IE BT-NameList is used to indicate the names of the Bluetooth beacon which the UE is configured to measure.
BT-NameList information element
-- ASN1START

BT-NameListConfig-r15 ::=		CHOICE{
	release						NULL,
	setup						BT-NameList-r15
}

BT-NameList-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBT-Name-r15)) OF BT-Name-r15

BT-Name-r15 ::=		OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..248))

-- ASN1STOP

BT-NameList field descriptions
bt-Name
If configured, the UE only performs Bluetooth measurements according to the names identified. For each name, it refers to LOCAL NAME defined in Bluetooth specification [93].

–	CSI-RSRP-Range
The IE CSI-RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in CSI-RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for CSI-RSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
CSI-RSRP-Range information element
-- ASN1START

CSI-RSRP-Range-r12 ::=						INTEGER(0..97)

-- ASN1STOP

–	Hysteresis
The IE Hysteresis is a parameter used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition. The actual value is field value * 0.5 dB, except if included in reportConfigEUTRA and associated to eventV1 or eventV2. If included in reportConfigEUTRA and associated to eventV1 or eventV2, the actual value is field value divided by 100.
Hysteresis information element
-- ASN1START

Hysteresis ::=							INTEGER (0..30)

-- ASN1STOP

–	LocationInfo
The IE LocationInfo is used to transfer detailed location information available at the UE to correlate measurements and UE position information.
LocationInfo information element
-- ASN1START

LocationInfo-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	locationCoordinates-r10					CHOICE {
		ellipsoid-Point-r10						OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidPointWithAltitude-r10			OCTET STRING,
	...,
		ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle-r11					OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse-r11				OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid-r11	OCTET STRING,
		ellipsoidArc-r11										OCTET STRING,
		polygon-r11												OCTET STRING
	},
	horizontalVelocity-r10					OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	gnss-TOD-msec-r10						OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	verticalVelocityInfo-r15		CHOICE {
			verticalVelocity-r15				OCTET STRING,
			verticalVelocityAndUncertainty-r15	OCTET STRING
	}			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

LocationInfo field descriptions
ellipsoidArc
Parameter EllipsoidArc defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoid-Point
Parameter Ellipsoid-Point defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitude
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitude defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle
Parameter Ellipsoid-PointWithUncertaintyCircle defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
gnss-TOD-msec
Parameter Gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
horizontalVelocity
Parameter HorizontalVelocity defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
polygon
Parameter Polygon defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
verticalVelocityAndUncertainty
Parameter verticalVelocityAndUncertainty corresponds to horizontalWithVerticalVelocityAndUncertainty defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
verticalVelocity
Parameter verticalVelocity corresponds to horizontalWithVerticalVelocity defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

–	LogMeasResultListBT
The IE LogMeasResultListBT covers measured results for Bluetooth.
LogMeasResultListBT information element
-- ASN1START

LogMeasResultListBT-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBT-IdReport-r15)) OF LogMeasResultBT-r15

LogMeasResultBT-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bt-Addr-r15						BIT STRING (SIZE (48)),
	rssi-BT-r15						INTEGER (-128..127)			OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

LogMeasResultListBT field descriptions
bt-Addr
This field indicates the Bluetooth public address of the Bluetooth beacon as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rssi-BT
This field provides the beacon received signal strength indicator (RSSI) in dBm as defined in TS 36.355 [54].

–	LogMeasResultListWLAN
The IE LogMeasResultListWLAN covers measured results for WLAN.
LogMeasResultListWLAN information element
-- ASN1START

LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14)) OF LogMeasResultWLAN-r15

LogMeasResultWLAN-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-Identifiers-r15			WLAN-Identifiers-r12,
	rssiWLAN-r15					WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13				OPTIONAL,
	rtt-WLAN-r15					WLAN-RTT-r15 					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

LogMeasResultListWLAN field descriptions
rssiWLAN
Measured WLAN RSSI result in dBm.
rtt-WLAN
This field provides the measured round trip time between the target device and WLAN AP and optionally the accuracy expressed as the standard deviation of the delay. Units for each of these are 1000ns, 100ns, 10ns, 1ns, and 0.1ns as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
wlan-Identifiers
Indicates the WLAN parameters used for identification of the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.

–	MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR
The IE MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR indicates the maximum number of RS indices to be considered/ averaged to derive the cell quality for RRM.
MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR information element
-- ASN1START

MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15::=				INTEGER (1..maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15)

-- ASN1STOP

–	MBSFN-RSRQ-Range
The IE MBSFN-RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in MBSFN RSRQ measurements. Integer value for MBSFN RSRQ measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
MBSFN-RSRQ-Range information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..31)
-- ASN1STOP

–	MeasConfig
The IE MeasConfig specifies measurements to be performed by the UE, and covers intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT mobility as well as configuration of measurement gaps.
MeasConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MeasConfig ::=						SEQUENCE {
	-- Measurement objects
	measObjectToRemoveList				MeasObjectToRemoveList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	measObjectToAddModList				MeasObjectToAddModList				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Reporting configurations
	reportConfigToRemoveList			ReportConfigToRemoveList			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	reportConfigToAddModList			ReportConfigToAddModList			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Measurement identities
	measIdToRemoveList					MeasIdToRemoveList					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	measIdToAddModList					MeasIdToAddModList					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	-- Other parameters
	quantityConfig						QuantityConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	measGapConfig						MeasGapConfig						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	s-Measure							RSRP-Range							OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	preRegistrationInfoHRPD				PreRegistrationInfoHRPD				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	speedStatePars			CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			mobilityStateParameters				MobilityStateParameters,
			timeToTrigger-SF					SpeedStateScaleFactors
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	measObjectToAddModList-v9e0			MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	allowInterruptions-r11				BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	measScaleFactor-r12			CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						MeasScaleFactor-r12
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measIdToRemoveListExt-r12			MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measIdToAddModListExt-r12			MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12		BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[
		measObjectToRemoveListExt-r13		MeasObjectToRemoveListExt-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measObjectToAddModListExt-r13		MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measIdToAddModList-v1310			MeasIdToAddModList-v1310		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measIdToAddModListExt-v1310			MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	measGapConfigPerCC-List-r14			MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measGapSharingConfig-r14			MeasGapSharingConfig-r14		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	fr1-Gap-r15								BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		mgta-r15								BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	measGapConfigDensePRS-r15			MeasGapConfigDensePRS-r15	OPTIONAL,	 -- Need ON
		heightThreshRef-r15	CHOICE {
			release					NULL,
			setup					INTEGER (0..31)
		}										OPTIONAL	--Need ON
	]]
}

MeasIdToRemoveList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId

MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId-v1250

MeasObjectToRemoveList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId

MeasObjectToRemoveListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId-v1310

ReportConfigToRemoveList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId

-- ASN1STOP

MeasConfig field descriptions
allowInterruptions
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when an SCell is configured.
fr1-Gap
Indicates whether the gap is only applicable for measurements on FR1. E-UTRAN includes this field only when the UE is configured with (NG)EN-DC.
heightThreshRef
Reference height threshold for eventH1 and eventH2 in reportConfig. Value 0 refers to -420m, value 1 refers to –120m, and so on until value 30 refers to 8880m. The actual value is height in meters relative to sea level. Value 31 is reserved.
measGapConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gaps. E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List, if any.
measGapConfigDensePRS
Used to setup and release additional measurement gap pattern with dense PRS configuration as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. E-UTRAN configures this field only when UE indicates the preference of measurement gap configuration for dense PRS, i.e., measPRS-Offset-r15.
measGapConfigPerCC-List
Used to setup and release serving cell sepecific measurement gaps. E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List, if any.
measGapSharingConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gap sharing for intra- and inter-frequency measurement as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
measIdToAddModList
List of measurement identities. Field measIdToAddModListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. If E-UTRAN includes measIdToAddModList-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measIdToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes measIdToAddModListExt-v1310, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measIdToAddModListExt-r12.
measIdToRemoveList
List of measurement identities to remove. Field measIdToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measObjectToAddModList
If E-UTRAN includes measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measObjectToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). Field measObjectToAddModListExt includes additional measurement object identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measObjectToRemoveList
List of measurement objects to remove. Field measObjectToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement object identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Value TRUE indicates that the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. If widebandRSRQ-Meas is enabled for the frequency in MeasObjectEUTRA, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols with wider bandwidth for concerned frequency in accordance with TS 36.214 [48].
measScaleFactor
Even if reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA, E-UTRAN may configure this field. The UE behavior is specified in TS 36.133 [16].
mgta
Indicates whether a timing advance value of 0.5 ms is applicable to the measurement gap configuration provided by E-UTRAN according to TS 38.133 [16]. E-UTRAN sets mgta to TRUE only when the UE is configured to perform NR measurements.
preRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
reportConfigToRemoveList
List of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
s-Measure
PCell (or PSCell, if the UE is in NE-DC) quality threshold controlling whether or not the UE is required to perform measurements of intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighbouring cells. Value "0" indicates to disable s-Measure.
timeToTrigger-SF
The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the scaling factor applicable for the UE's speed state.

–	MeasDS-Config
The IE MeasDS-Config specifies information applicable for discovery signals measurement.
MeasDS-Config information elements
-- ASN1START

MeasDS-Config-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12			CHOICE {
			ms40-r12						INTEGER(0..39),
			ms80-r12						INTEGER(0..79),
			ms160-r12						INTEGER(0..159),
			...
		},
		ds-OccasionDuration-r12		CHOICE {
			durationFDD-r12				INTEGER(1..maxDS-Duration-r12),
			durationTDD-r12				INTEGER(2..maxDS-Duration-r12)
		},
		measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12	MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12	MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		...
	}
}

MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12

MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12

MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12 ::=			INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)

MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measCSI-RS-Id-r12				MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
	physCellId-r12					INTEGER (0..503),
	scramblingIdentity-r12			INTEGER (0..503),
	resourceConfig-r12				INTEGER (0..31),
	subframeOffset-r12				INTEGER (0..4),
	csi-RS-IndividualOffset-r12		Q-OffsetRange,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasDS-Config field descriptions
csi-RS-IndividualOffset
CSI-RS individual offset applicable to a specific CSI-RS resource. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
dmtc-PeriodOffset
Indicates the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) periodicity (dmtc-Periodicity) and offset (dmtc-Offset) for this frequency. For DMTC periodicity, value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, ms80 corresponds to 80ms and so on. The value of DMTC offset is in number of subframe(s). The duration of a DMTC occasion is 6ms.
ds-OccasionDuration
Indicates the duration of discovery signal occasion for this frequency. Discovery signal occasion duration is common for all cells transmitting discovery signals on one frequency. If the carrierFreq in the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in [42], the UE shall ignore the field ds-OccasionDuration for the carrier frequency and apply a value 1 instead.
measCSI-RS-ToAddModList
List of CSI-RS resources to add/ modify in the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList
List of CSI-RS resources to remove from the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
physCellId
Indicates the physical cell identity where UE may assume that the CSI-RS and the PSS/SSS/CRS corresponding to the indicated physical cell identity are quasi co-located with respect to average delay and doppler shift.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2. If the carrierFreq in the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in TS 36.101 [42], E-UTRAN does not configure the values {0, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 18, 19}.
scramblingIdentity
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
subframeOffset
Indicates the subframe offset between SSS of the cell indicated by physCellId and the CSI-RS resource in a discovery signal occasion. The field subframeOffset is set to values 0 if the carrierFreq in the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in TS 36.101 [42].

–	MeasGapConfig
The IE MeasGapConfig specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/ release of measurement gaps.
MeasGapConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MeasGapConfig ::=					CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		gapOffset							CHOICE {
				gp0									INTEGER (0..39),
				gp1									INTEGER (0..79),
				
				...,
				gp2-r14								INTEGER (0..39),
				gp3-r14								INTEGER (0..79),
				gp-ncsg0-r14						INTEGER (0..39),
				gp-ncsg1-r14						INTEGER (0..79),
				gp-ncsg2-r14						INTEGER (0..39),
				gp-ncsg3-r14						INTEGER (0..79),
				gp-nonUniform1-r14					INTEGER (0..1279),
				gp-nonUniform2-r14					INTEGER (0..2559),
				gp-nonUniform3-r14					INTEGER (0..5119),
				gp-nonUniform4-r14					INTEGER (0..10239),
				gp4-r15								INTEGER (0..19),
				gp5-r15								INTEGER (0..159),
				gp6-r15								INTEGER (0..19),
				gp7-r15								INTEGER (0..39),
				gp8-r15								INTEGER (0..79),
				gp9-r15								INTEGER (0..159),
				gp10-r15							INTEGER (0..19),
				gp11-r15							INTEGER (0..159)
		}
	}
}


-- ASN1STOP

MeasGapConfig field descriptions
gapOffset
Value gapOffset of gp0 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "0" with MGRP = 40ms, gapOffset of gp1 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "1" with MGRP = 80ms, gapOffset of gp2 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "2" with MGRP = 40ms and MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp3 Gap Pattern Id "3" with MGRP = 80ms and MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg0 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "0" with VIRP = 40ms and ML = 4ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg1 corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "1" with VIRP = 80ms and ML = 4ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg2 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "2" with VIRP = 40ms and ML = 3ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg3 corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "3" with VIRP = 80ms and ML =3ms. gapOffset of gp-nonUniform1 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "1" with LMGRP = 1280ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform2 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "2" with LMGRP = 2560ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform3 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "3" with LMGRP = 5120ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform4 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "4" with LMGRP = 10240ms. Also used to specify the measurement gap pattern to be applied, as defined in TS 36.133 [16]. For Gap Patterns (including non-uniform gap patterns, but excluding NCSG patterns), E-UTRAN includes the same gapOffset value (gap pattern id and gap offset) for all serving cells that are configured with a Gap Pattern. For NCSG Patterns, E-UTRAN includes gapOffset value indicating VIRP and gap offset consistent with the Gap Pattern configuration (MGRP and gap offset). Value gapOffset of gp4, gp5,…,gp11 are corresponding to gap pattern with Gap Pattern ID 4, 5,..11 respectively, see TS 38.133 [84], Table 9.1.2-1. Value gp4, gp5, …, gp11 can be applied for (NG)EN-DC, see TS 38.133 [84], Table 9.1.2-2.
servCellId
Identifies the serving cell for which measurement gap configuration is provided (setup) or deleted (release).

–	MeasGapConfigDensePRS
The IE MeasGapConfigDensePRS specifies the additional measurement gap pattern configuration for RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. Measurement gaps are configured according to applicability rules specified in 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3.
MeasGapConfigDensePRS information element
-- ASN1START

MeasGapConfigDensePRS-r15 ::= 	CHOICE {
	release							NULL,
	setup							SEQUENCE {
		gapOffsetDensePRS-r15			CHOICE {
			rstd0-r15						INTEGER (0..79),
			rstd1-r15						INTEGER (0..159),
			rstd2-r15						INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd3-r15						INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd4-r15						INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd5-r15						INTEGER (0..159),
			rstd6-r15						INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd7-r15						INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd8-r15						INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd9-r15						INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd10-r15						INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd11-r15						INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd12-r15						INTEGER (0..319),
			rstd13-r15						INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd14-r15						INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd15-r15						INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd16-r15						INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd17-r15						INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd18-r15						INTEGER (0..1279),
			rstd19-r15						INTEGER (0..639),
			rstd20-r15						INTEGER (0..1279),
			...
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasGapConfigDensePRS field descriptions
gapOffsetDensePRS
Indicates the gap offset for performing RSTD measurements with dense PRS configurations as specified in 5.5.2.9a corresponding to measurement gap pattern ID specified in TS 36.133 [16]. 

–	MeasGapConfigPerCC-List
The IE MeasGapConfigPerCC-List specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/ release of measurement gaps.
MeasGapConfigPerCC-List information element
-- ASN1START

MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14 ::=	CHOICE {
	release						NULL,
	setup						SEQUENCE {
		measGapConfigToRemoveList-r14	MeasGapConfigToRemoveList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measGapConfigToAddModList-r14	MeasGapConfigToAddModList-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	}
}

MeasGapConfigToRemoveList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF ServCellIndex-r13

MeasGapConfigToAddModList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasGapConfigPerCC-r14

MeasGapConfigPerCC-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	servCellId-r14				ServCellIndex-r13,
	measGapConfigCC-r14			MeasGapConfig
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasGapConfigPerCC-List field descriptions
measGapConfigToAddModList
List of serving cells and corresponding serving cell specific measurement gap configuration to add /modify.
measGapConfigToRemoveList
List of serving cells for which measurement gap configuration is removed.

–	MeasGapSharingConfig
The IE MeasGapSharingConfig specifies the measurement gap sharing scheme and controls setup/ release of measurement gap sharing.
MeasGapSharingConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MeasGapSharingConfig-r14 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		measGapSharingScheme-r14				ENUMERATED {scheme00, scheme01, scheme10, scheme11}	
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasGapSharingConfig field descriptions
measGapSharingScheme
Indicates the measurement gaps sharing scheme for BL UEs in CE mode A and CE mode B and for (NG)EN-DC (for the measurement gap configured by E-UTRAN). For BL UEs, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.13.2.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3. For (NG)EN-DC, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.17.1.1-1. Value scheme00 corresponds to "00", value scheme01 corresponds to "01", and so on.

–	MeasId
The IE MeasId is used to identify a measurement configuration, i.e., linking of a measurement object and a reporting configuration.
MeasId information element
-- ASN1START

MeasId ::=							INTEGER (1..maxMeasId)

MeasId-v1250 ::=					INTEGER (maxMeasId-Plus1..maxMeasId-r12)

-- ASN1STOP

–	MeasIdleConfig
The IE MeasIdleConfig is used to convey information to UE about measurements requested to be done while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
MeasIdleConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MeasIdleConfigSIB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15	EUTRA-CarrierList-r15,
	...
}

MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15	EUTRA-CarrierList-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	measIdleDuration-r15		ENUMERATED {sec10, sec30, sec60, sec120,
												sec180, sec240, sec300, spare},
	...
}

EUTRA-CarrierList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r15)) OF MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r15

MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r15::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	allowedMeasBandwidth-r15			AllowedMeasBandwidth,
	validityArea-r15					CellList-r15					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	measCellList-r15					CellList-r15					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	reportQuantities					ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both},
	qualityThreshold-r15				SEQUENCE {
		idleRSRP-Threshold-r15				RSRP-Range					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		idleRSRQ-Threshold-r15				RSRQ-Range-r13				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																	OPTIONAL, 	-- Need OP
	...
}

CellList-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF PhysCellIdRange

-- ASN1STOP

MeasIdleConfig field descriptions
allowedMeasBandwidth
If absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock of serving cell applies.
carrierFreq
Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE mode.
measIdleCarrierListEUTRA
Indicates the E-UTRA carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE mode.
measIdleDuration
Indicates the duration for performing measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE mode for measurements assigned via RRCConnectionRelease. Value sec10 correspond to 10 seconds, value sec30 to 30 seconds and so on.
qualityThreshold
Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for IDLE mode measurements. If absent, PCell and up to maxCellMeasIdle strongest identified cells are considered for idle mode measurement reporting.
reportQuantities
Indicates which measurement quantities UE is requested to report in the idle mode measurement report. In this version of the specification, E-UTRAN always configures the value 'both'.
measCellList
Indicates the list of cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for IDLE mode measurements.
validityArea
Indicates the list of cells within which UE is requested to do IDLE mode measurements. If the UE reselects to a cell whose physical cell identity does not match any entry in validityArea for the corresponding carrier frequency, the measurements are no longer required. E-UTRAN configures this field only in RRCConnectionRelease.

–	MeasIdToAddModList
The IE MeasIdToAddModList concerns a list of measurement identities to add or modify, with for each entry the measId, the associated measObjectId and the associated reportConfigId. Field measIdToAddModListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
MeasIdToAddModList information element
-- ASN1START

MeasIdToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod

MeasIdToAddModList-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod-v1310

MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddModExt-r12

MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod-v1310

MeasIdToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measId								MeasId,
	measObjectId						MeasObjectId,
	reportConfigId						ReportConfigId
}

MeasIdToAddModExt-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measId-v1250						MeasId-v1250,
	measObjectId-r12					MeasObjectId,
	reportConfigId-r12					ReportConfigId
}

MeasIdToAddMod-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measObjectId-v1310			MeasObjectId-v1310		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasIdToAddModList field descriptions
measObjectId
If the measObjectId-v1310 is included, the measObjectId or measObjectId-r12 is ignored by the UE.

–	MeasObjectCDMA2000
The IE MeasObjectCDMA2000 specifies information applicable for inter-RAT CDMA2000 neighbouring cells.
MeasObjectCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectCDMA2000 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-Type						CDMA2000-Type,
	carrierFreq							CarrierFreqCDMA2000,
	searchWindowSize					INTEGER (0..15)						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT				DEFAULT 0,
	cellsToRemoveList					CellIndexList						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cellsToAddModList					CellsToAddModListCDMA2000			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				PhysCellIdCDMA2000					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

CellsToAddModListCDMA2000 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModCDMA2000

CellsToAddModCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellIdCDMA2000
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectCDMA2000 field descriptions
carrierInfo
Identifies CDMA2000 carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.
cdma2000-Type
The type of CDMA2000 network: CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
physCellId
CDMA2000 Physical cell identity of a cell in neighbouring cell list expressed as PNOffset.
searchWindowSize
Provides the search window size to be used by the UE for the neighbouring pilot, see C.S0005 [25].

–	MeasObjectEUTRA
The IE MeasObjectEUTRA specifies information applicable for intra-frequency or inter-frequency E‑UTRA cells.
MeasObjectEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	allowedMeasBandwidth				AllowedMeasBandwidth,
	presenceAntennaPort1				PresenceAntennaPort1,
	neighCellConfig						NeighCellConfig,
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRange				DEFAULT dB0,
	-- Cell list
	cellsToRemoveList					CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	cellsToAddModList					CellsToAddModList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	-- Black list
	blackCellsToRemoveList				CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	blackCellsToAddModList				BlackCellsToAddModList		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				PhysCellId					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[measCycleSCell-r10				MeasCycleSCell-r10		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		measSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10	MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10	OPTIONAL							-- Need ON
	]],
	[[widebandRSRQ-Meas-r11				BOOLEAN	OPTIONAL		-- Cond WB-RSRQ
	]],
	[[	altTTT-CellsToRemoveList-r12	CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		altTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12	AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		t312-r12						CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							ENUMERATED {ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200,
											ms300, ms400, ms500, ms1000}
		}														OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		reducedMeasPerformance-r12		BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		measDS-Config-r12				MeasDS-Config-r12			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	
		whiteCellsToRemoveList-r13		CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		whiteCellsToAddModList-r13		WhiteCellsToAddModList-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		rmtc-Config-r13				RMTC-Config-r13			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		carrierFreq-r13					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	
		tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList-r14	Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		tx-ResourcePoolToAddList-r14	Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		fembms-MixedCarrier-r14				BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL			-- Need ON
	]],
	[[
		measSensing-Config-r15			MeasSensing-Config-r15		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-v9e0					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}

CellsToAddModList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod

CellsToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	cellIndividualOffset				Q-OffsetRange
}

BlackCellsToAddModList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF BlackCellsToAddMod

BlackCellsToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellIdRange						PhysCellIdRange
}

MeasCycleSCell-r10 ::=				ENUMERATED {sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512,
													sf640, sf1024, sf1280, spare1}

MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10 ::=	CHOICE {
	release									NULL,
	setup									SEQUENCE {
		measSubframePatternNeigh-r10			MeasSubframePattern-r10,
		measSubframeCellList-r10				MeasSubframeCellList-r10	OPTIONAL	-- Cond always
	}
}

MeasSubframeCellList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF PhysCellIdRange

AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12

AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex-r12							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellIdRange-r12						PhysCellIdRange
}

WhiteCellsToAddModList-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF WhiteCellsToAddMod-r13

WhiteCellsToAddMod-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex-r13							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellIdRange-r13						PhysCellIdRange
}

RMTC-Config-r13 ::=	CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		rmtc-Period-r13					ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640},
		rmtc-SubframeOffset-r13			INTEGER(0..639)					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		measDuration-r13				ENUMERATED {sym1, sym14, sym28, sym42, sym70},
		...
	}
}

Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14)) OF SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectEUTRA field descriptions
altTTT-CellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list for which the alternative time to trigger specified by alternativeTimeToTrigger in reportConfigEUTRA, if configured, applies.
altTTT-CellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the list of cells for alternative time to trigger.
blackCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the black list of cells.
blackCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the black list of cells.
carrierFreq
Identifies E‑UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. CarrierFreq-r13 is included only when the extension list measObjectToAddModListExt-r13 is used. If carrierFreq-r13 is present, carrierFreq (i.e., without suffix) shall be set to value maxEARFCN.
cellIndex
Entry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the cell list.
fembms-MixedCarrier
If this field is set to TRUE, the cells on the carrier frequency indicated by the measObject are FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cells.
measCycleSCell
The parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObject and is in deactivated state, see TS 36.133 [16], clause 8.3.3. E-UTRAN configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObject, but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured. Value sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, sf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
measDS-Config
Parameters applicable to discovery signals measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
measDuration
Number of consecutive symbols for which the Physical Layer reports samples of RSSI, see TS 36.214 [48]. Value sym1 corresponds to one symbol, sym14 corresponds to 14 symbols, and so on.
measSubframeCellList
List of cells for which measSubframePatternNeigh is applied.
measSubframePatternNeigh
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern applicable to neighbour cell RSRP and RSRQ measurements on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq. For cells in measSubframeCellList the UE shall assume that the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternNeigh are non-MBSFN subframes, and have the same special subframe configuration as PCell.
offsetFreq
Offset value applicable to the carrier frequency. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
physCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
physCellIdRange
Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
reducedMeasPerformance
If set to TRUE, the EUTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
rmtc-Config
Parameters applicable to RSSI and channel occupancy measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
rmtc-Period
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) periodicity for this frequency. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms periodicity, ms80 corresponds to 80 ms periodicity and so on, see TS 36.214 [48].
rmtc-SubframeOffset
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) subframe offset for this frequency. The value of rmtc-SubframeOffset should be smaller than the value of rmtc-Period, see TS 36.214 [48]. For inter-frequency measurements, this field is optional present and if it is not configured, the UE chooses a random value as rmtc-SubframeOffset for measDuration which shall be selected to be between 0 and the configured rmtc-Period with equal probability.
t312
The value of timer T312. Value ms0 represents 0 ms, ms50 represents 50 ms and so on.
tx-ResourcePoolToAddList
List of transmission pools identities to be added to the list of pools configured for CBR measurements and for which poolReportId is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated, SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26.
tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList
List of transmission resource pools identities to be removed from the list of pools configured for CBR measurements and for which poolReportId is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated, SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26.
widebandRSRQ-Meas
If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16].
whiteCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the white list of cells.
whiteCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the white list of cells.

Conditional presence
Explanation
always
The field is mandatory present.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need ON, if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field, if configured.

–	MeasObjectGERAN
The IE MeasObjectGERAN specifies information applicable for inter-RAT GERAN neighbouring frequencies.
MeasObjectGERAN information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectGERAN ::=					SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqs						CarrierFreqsGERAN,
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT		DEFAULT 0,
	ncc-Permitted						BIT STRING(SIZE (8))		DEFAULT '11111111'B,
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				PhysCellIdGERAN				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectGERAN field descriptions
ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
carrierFreqs
If E-UTRAN includes cellForWhichToReportCGI, it includes only one GERAN ARFCN value in carrierFreqs.

–	MeasObjectId
The IE MeasObjectId used to identify a measurement object configuration.
MeasObjectId information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectId ::=					INTEGER (1..maxObjectId)

MeasObjectId-v1310 ::=			INTEGER (maxObjectId-Plus1-r13..maxObjectId-r13)

MeasObjectId-r13 ::=				INTEGER (1..maxObjectId-r13)

-- ASN1STOP

–	MeasObjectNR
The IE MeasObjectNR specifies information applicable for inter-RAT NR neighbouring cells.
MeasObjectNR information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectNR-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
	rs-ConfigSSB-r15					RS-ConfigSSB-NR-r15,
	threshRS-Index-r15					ThresholdListNR-r15				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15				MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	offsetFreq-r15						Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT			DEFAULT 0,
	blackCellsToRemoveList-r15			CellIndexList					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	blackCellsToAddModList-r15			CellsToAddModListNR-r15			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	quantityConfigSet-r15				INTEGER (1.. maxQuantSetsNR-r15),
	cellsForWhichToReportSFTD-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF PhysCellIdNR-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	cellForWhichToReportCGI-r15			PhysCellIdNR-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r15			BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		ss-RSSI-Measurement-r15				SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		bandNR-r15					CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

RS-ConfigSSB-NR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	measTimingConfig-r15			MTC-SSB-NR-r15,

	subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15	ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240},
	...,
	[[	ssb-ToMeasure-r15			CHOICE {
			release						NULL,
			setup						SSB-ToMeasure-r15
		}											OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

CellsToAddModListNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModNR-r15

CellsToAddModNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex-r15					INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId-r15					PhysCellIdNR-r15
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectNR field descriptions
bandNR
Indicates the frequency band of the NR carrier frequency configured in this MeasObjectNR. This field is always set to setup when the network configures measurements with this MeasObjectNR.
carrierFreq
Identifies the SSB frequency to be measured. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same SSB frequency.
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
The field indicates whether the UE may use, to derive the SSB index of a cell on the indicated SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, the timing of the NR serving cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing if configured. Otherwise, the field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
quantityConfigSet
Indicates the n-th element of quantityConfigNRList provided in MeasConfig.
rs-ConfigSSB
Indicates the SSB configuration for measuring the set of SS blocks within the SMTC measurement duration.
threshRS-Index
List of thresholds for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index.

–	MeasObjectToAddModList
The IE MeasObjectToAddModList concerns a list of measurement objects to add or modify
MeasObjectToAddModList information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectToAddModList ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod

MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddModExt-r13

MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0

MeasObjectToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measObjectId						MeasObjectId,
	measObject							CHOICE {
		measObjectEUTRA						MeasObjectEUTRA,
		measObjectUTRA						MeasObjectUTRA,
		measObjectGERAN						MeasObjectGERAN,
		measObjectCDMA2000					MeasObjectCDMA2000,
		...,
		measObjectWLAN-r13					MeasObjectWLAN-r13,
		measObjectNR-r15					MeasObjectNR-r15
	}
}

MeasObjectToAddModExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measObjectId-r13					MeasObjectId-v1310,
	measObject-r13							CHOICE {
		measObjectEUTRA-r13						MeasObjectEUTRA,
		measObjectUTRA-r13						MeasObjectUTRA,
		measObjectGERAN-r13						MeasObjectGERAN,
		measObjectCDMA2000-r13					MeasObjectCDMA2000,
		...,
		measObjectWLAN-v1320					MeasObjectWLAN-r13,
		measObjectNR-r15						MeasObjectNR-r15
	}
}

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measObjectEUTRA-v9e0				MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL	-- Cond eutra
}

-- ASN1STOP

Conditional presence
Explanation
eutra
The field is optional present, need OR, if for the corresponding entry in MeasObjectToAddModList or MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13 field measObject is set to measObjectEUTRA and its sub-field carrierFreq is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	MeasObjectUTRA
The IE MeasObjectUTRA specifies information applicable for inter-RAT UTRA neighbouring cells.
MeasObjectUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
	offsetFreq							Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT		DEFAULT 0,
	cellsToRemoveList					CellIndexList				OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	cellsToAddModList					CHOICE {
		cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD			CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD,
		cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD			CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD
	}																OPTIONAL,			-- Need ON
	cellForWhichToReportCGI				CHOICE {
		utra-FDD							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		utra-TDD							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	csg-allowedReportingCells-v930			CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	reducedMeasPerformance-r12				BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD

CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD
}

CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD

CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellIndex							INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas),
	physCellId							PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
}

CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9			PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}
-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectUTRA field descriptions
carrierFreq
Identifies UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD
List of UTRA FDD cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD
List of UTRA TDD cells to add/modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
csg-allowedReportingCells
One or more ranges of physical cell identities for which UTRA-FDD reporting is allowed.
reducedMeasPerformance
If set to TRUE the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].

–	MeasObjectWLAN
The IE MeasObjectWLAN specifies information applicable for inter-RAT WLAN measurements. E-UTRAN configures at least one WLAN identifier in the MeasObjectWLAN.
-- ASN1START

MeasObjectWLAN-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r13					CHOICE {
		bandIndicatorListWLAN-r13		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Bands-r13)) OF WLAN-BandIndicator-r13,
		carrierInfoListWLAN-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-CarrierInfo-r13)) OF WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	wlan-ToAddModList-r13				WLAN-Id-List-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	wlan-ToRemoveList-r13				WLAN-Id-List-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

WLAN-BandIndicator-r13 ::=	ENUMERATED {band2dot4, band5, band60-v1430, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasObjectWLAN field descriptions
bandIndicatorListWLAN
Includes the list of WLAN bands. Value band2dot4 indicates the 2.4GHz band, value band5 indicates the 5GHz band and value band60 indicates the 60GHz band.
carrierInfoListWLAN
Includes the list of WLAN carrier information for the measurement object.
wlan-ToAddModList
Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be added to the measurement configuration.
wlan-ToRemoveList
Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be removed from the measurement configuration.

–	MeasResults
The IE MeasResults covers measured results for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter- RAT mobility.
MeasResults information element
-- ASN1START

MeasResults ::=						SEQUENCE {
	measId								MeasId,
	measResultPCell						SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult							RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult							RSRQ-Range
	},
	measResultNeighCells				CHOICE {
		measResultListEUTRA					MeasResultListEUTRA,
		measResultListUTRA					MeasResultListUTRA,
		measResultListGERAN					MeasResultListGERAN,
		measResultsCDMA2000					MeasResultsCDMA2000,
		...,
		measResultNeighCellListNR-r15			MeasResultCellListNR-r15
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultForECID-r9				MeasResultForECID-r9			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	locationInfo-r10					LocationInfo-r10				OPTIONAL,
		measResultServFreqList-r10			MeasResultServFreqList-r10		OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measId-v1250						MeasId-v1250					OPTIONAL,
		measResultPCell-v1250				RSRQ-Range-v1250				OPTIONAL,
		measResultCSI-RS-List-r12			MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12		OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultForRSSI-r13				MeasResultForRSSI-r13			OPTIONAL,
		measResultServFreqListExt-r13		MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13	OPTIONAL,
		measResultSSTD-r13					MeasResultSSTD-r13				OPTIONAL,
		measResultPCell-v1310				SEQUENCE {
			rs-sinr-Result-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13
		}																	OPTIONAL,
		ul-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13			UL-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13		OPTIONAL,
		measResultListWLAN-r13				MeasResultListWLAN-r13			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultPCell-v1360				RSRP-Range-v1360				OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultListCBR-r14				MeasResultListCBR-r14			OPTIONAL,
		measResultListWLAN-r14				MeasResultListWLAN-r14			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultServFreqListNR-r15		MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15	OPTIONAL,
		measResultCellListSFTD-r15		MeasResultCellListSFTD-r15			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	logMeasResultListBT-r15				LogMeasResultListBT-r15			OPTIONAL,
		logMeasResultListWLAN-r15			LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15		OPTIONAL,
		measResultSensing-r15			MeasResultSensing-r15				OPTIONAL,
		heightUE-r15						INTEGER (-400..8880)		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultListEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA

MeasResultEUTRA ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							PhysCellId,
	cgi-Info							SEQUENCE {
		cellGlobalId						CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
		trackingAreaCode					TrackingAreaCode,
		plmn-IdentityList					PLMN-IdentityList2				OPTIONAL
	}															OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult							RSRP-Range						OPTIONAL,
		rsrqResult							RSRQ-Range						OPTIONAL,
		...,
		[[	additionalSI-Info-r9				AdditionalSI-Info-r9		OPTIONAL
		]],
		[[	primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,
			measResult-v1250					RSRQ-Range-v1250			OPTIONAL
		]],
		[[	rs-sinr-Result-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13			OPTIONAL,
			cgi-Info-v1310						SEQUENCE {				
				freqBandIndicator-r13				FreqBandIndicator-r11		OPTIONAL,
				multiBandInfoList-r13				MultiBandInfoList-r11		OPTIONAL,
				freqBandIndicatorPriority-r13		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
			}																OPTIONAL
		]],
		[[
			measResult-v1360					RSRP-Range-v1360					OPTIONAL
		]],
		[[
			cgi-Info-5GC-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15		OPTIONAL
		]]
	}
}

MeasResultListIdle-r15	::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxIdleMeasCarriers-r15)) OF MeasResultIdle-r15

MeasResultIdle-r15	::= SEQUENCE {
	measResultServingCell-r15					SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r15					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r15					RSRQ-Range-r13
	},
	measResultNeighCells-r15		CHOICE {
		measResultIdleListEUTRA-r15		MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15,
		...
	}																	OPTIONAL,
	...
}

MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r15

MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	physCellId-r15						PhysCellId,
	measResult-r15						SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r15						RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r15						RSRQ-Range-r13
	},
	...
}

MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultServFreqNR-r15

MeasResultServFreqNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
	measResultSCell-r15					MeasResultCellNR-r15				OPTIONAL,
	measResultBestNeighCell-r15			MeasResultCellNR-r15				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

MeasResultCellListNR-r15::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15

MeasResultCellNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	pci-r15								PhysCellIdNR-r15,
	measResultCell-r15					MeasResultNR-r15,
	measResultRS-IndexList-r15			MeasResultSSB-IndexList-r15				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	cgi-Info-r15						CGI-InfoNR-r15				OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultNR-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rsrpResult-r15						RSRP-RangeNR-r15						OPTIONAL,
	rsrqResult-r15						RSRQ-RangeNR-r15						OPTIONAL,
	rs-sinr-Result-r15					RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15						OPTIONAL,
	...
}

MeasResultSSB-IndexList-r15::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)) OF MeasResultSSB-Index-r15

MeasResultSSB-Index-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ssb-Index-r15						RS-IndexNR-r15,
	measResultSSB-Index-r15				MeasResultNR-r15					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

MeasResultServFreqList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasResultServFreq-r10

MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultServFreq-r13

MeasResultServFreq-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	servFreqId-r10						ServCellIndex-r10,
	measResultSCell-r10					SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResultSCell-r10					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultSCell-r10					RSRQ-Range
	}															OPTIONAL,
	measResultBestNeighCell-r10			SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r10						PhysCellId,
		rsrpResultNCell-r10					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultNCell-r10					RSRQ-Range
	}															OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultSCell-v1250				RSRQ-Range-v1250	OPTIONAL,
		measResultBestNeighCell-v1250		RSRQ-Range-v1250	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	measResultSCell-v1310				SEQUENCE {
			rs-sinr-Result-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13
		}		OPTIONAL,
		measResultBestNeighCell-v1310		SEQUENCE {
			rs-sinr-Result-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13
		}		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultServFreq-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	servFreqId-r13						ServCellIndex-r13,
	measResultSCell-r13					SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResultSCell-r13					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultSCell-r13					RSRQ-Range-r13,
		rs-sinr-Result-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13	OPTIONAL
	}															OPTIONAL,
	measResultBestNeighCell-r13			SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r13						PhysCellId,
		rsrpResultNCell-r13					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultNCell-r13					RSRQ-Range-r13,
		rs-sinr-Result-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13	OPTIONAL
	}															OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	measResultBestNeighCell-v1360		SEQUENCE {
			rsrpResultNCell-v1360				RSRP-Range-v1360
		}														OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCSI-RS-r12

MeasResultCSI-RS-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measCSI-RS-Id-r12				MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
	csi-RSRP-Result-r12				CSI-RSRP-Range-r12,
	...
}

MeasResultListUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultUTRA

MeasResultUTRA ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							CHOICE {
		fdd									PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		tdd									PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
	},
	cgi-Info							SEQUENCE {
		cellGlobalId						CellGlobalIdUTRA,
		locationAreaCode					BIT STRING (SIZE (16))			OPTIONAL,
		routingAreaCode						BIT STRING (SIZE (8))			OPTIONAL,
		plmn-IdentityList					PLMN-IdentityList2				OPTIONAL
	}															OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		utra-RSCP							INTEGER (-5..91)				OPTIONAL,
		utra-EcN0							INTEGER (0..49)					OPTIONAL,
		...,
		[[	additionalSI-Info-r9				AdditionalSI-Info-r9				OPTIONAL
		]],
		[[	primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
		]]
	}
}

MeasResultListGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultGERAN

MeasResultGERAN ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq							CarrierFreqGERAN,
	physCellId							PhysCellIdGERAN,
	cgi-Info							SEQUENCE {
		cellGlobalId						CellGlobalIdGERAN,
		routingAreaCode						BIT STRING (SIZE (8))			OPTIONAL
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		rssi								INTEGER (0..63),
		...
	}
}

MeasResultsCDMA2000 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	preRegistrationStatusHRPD			BOOLEAN,
	measResultListCDMA2000				MeasResultListCDMA2000
}

MeasResultListCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCDMA2000

MeasResultCDMA2000 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	physCellId							PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
	cgi-Info							CellGlobalIdCDMA2000				OPTIONAL,
	measResult							SEQUENCE {
		pilotPnPhase						INTEGER	(0..32767)				OPTIONAL,
		pilotStrength						INTEGER (0..63),
		...
	}
}

MeasResultListWLAN-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultWLAN-r13

MeasResultListWLAN-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14)) OF MeasResultWLAN-r13

MeasResultWLAN-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-Identifiers-r13					WLAN-Identifiers-r12,
	carrierInfoWLAN-r13						WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13	OPTIONAL,
	bandWLAN-r13							WLAN-BandIndicator-r13	OPTIONAL,
	rssiWLAN-r13							WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13,
	availableAdmissionCapacityWLAN-r13		INTEGER (0..31250)		OPTIONAL,
	backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN-r13			WLAN-backhaulRate-r12	OPTIONAL,
	backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN-r13			WLAN-backhaulRate-r12	OPTIONAL,
	channelUtilizationWLAN-r13				INTEGER (0..255)		OPTIONAL,
	stationCountWLAN-r13					INTEGER (0..65535)		OPTIONAL,
	connectedWLAN-r13						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,
	...
}

MeasResultListCBR-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Report-r14)) OF MeasResultCBR-r14

MeasResultCBR-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	poolIdentity-r14		SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14,
	cbr-PSSCH-r14			SL-CBR-r14,
	cbr-PSCCH-r14			SL-CBR-r14				OPTIONAL
}

MeasResultSensing-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sl-SubframeRef-r15			INTEGER (0..10239),
	sensingResult-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..400)) OF SensingResult-r15
}

SensingResult-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	resourceIndex-r15			INTEGER (1..2000)
}

MeasResultForECID-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult-r9				INTEGER (0..4095),
	currentSFN-r9							BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}

PLMN-IdentityList2 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..5)) OF PLMN-Identity

AdditionalSI-Info-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	csg-MemberStatus-r9				ENUMERATED {member}				OPTIONAL,
	csg-Identity-r9						CSG-Identity						OPTIONAL
}
MeasResultForRSSI-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rssi-Result-r13							RSSI-Range-r13,
	channelOccupancy-r13					INTEGER (0..100),
	...
}

UL-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxQCI-r13)) OF UL-PDCP-DelayResult-r13


UL-PDCP-DelayResult-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	qci-Id-r13							ENUMERATED {qci1, qci2, qci3, qci4, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	excessDelay-r13						INTEGER (0..31),
	...
}

CGI-InfoNR-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityInfoList-r15			PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-r15			OPTIONAL,
	frequencyBandList-15				MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15		OPTIONAL,
	noSIB1-r15							SEQUENCE {
		ssb-SubcarrierOffset-r15				INTEGER (0..15),
		pdcch-ConfigSIB1-r15					INTEGER (0..255)
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	...
}

CellIdentityNR-r15 ::=				BIT STRING (SIZE (36))

PLMN-IdentityListNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-NR-r15)) OF PLMN-Identity

PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-NR-r15)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-r15

PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityList-r15				PLMN-IdentityListNR-r15,
	trackingAreaCode-r15				TrackingAreaCodeNR-r15			OPTIONAL,
	ran-AreaCode-r15					RAN-AreaCode-r15				OPTIONAL,
	cellIdentity-r15					CellIdentityNR-r15
}

TrackingAreaCodeNR-r15 ::=			BIT STRING (SIZE (24))

-- ASN1STOP

MeasResults field descriptions
availableAdmissionCapacityWLAN
Indicates the available admission capacity of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Downlink Speed times Downlink Load defined in Wi-Fi Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Uplink Speed times Uplink Load defined in Wi-Fi Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
bandWLAN
Indicates the WLAN band.
carrierFreq
Indicates the carrier frequency. Within MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15, UE only includes measurements with the same carrier frequency.
carrierInfoWLAN
Indicates the WLAN channel information.
cbr-PSSCH
Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSSCH of the pool indicated by poolIdentity. If adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to TRUE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity, this field indicates the CBR measurement of both the PSSCH and PSCCH resources which are measured together.
cbr-PSCCH
Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSCCH of the pool indicated by poolIdentity. This field is only included if adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to FALSE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity.
channelOccupancy
Indicates the percentage of samples when the RSSI was above the configured channelOccupancyThreshold for the associated reportConfig.
channelUtilizationWLAN
Indicates WLAN channel utilization as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
connectedWLAN
Indicates whether the UE is connected to the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
csg-MemberStatus
Indicates whether or not the UE is a member of the CSG of the neighbour cell.
currentSFN
Indicates the current system frame number when receiving the UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement results from lower layer.
excessDelay
Indicates excess queueing delay ratio in UL, according to excess delay ratio measurement report mapping table, as defined in TS 36.314 [71], Table 4.2.1.1.1-1.
heightUE
Indicates height of the UE in meters relative to the sea level. Value 0 corresponds to sea level (i.e., negative value indicates depth of the UE below sea level). Value -400 corresponds to -400 m, value -399 corresponds to -399 m and so on.
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
measId
Identifies the measurement identity for which the reporting is being performed. If the measId-v1250 is included, the measId (i.e. without a suffix) is ignored by eNB.
measResult
Measured result of an E‑UTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
measResultCSI-RS-List
Measured results of the CSI-RS resources in discovery signals measurement. 
measResultListCDMA2000
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a CDMA2000 measurement identity.
measResultListEUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an E‑UTRA measurement identity. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResult-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultListGERAN
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells or frequencies for a GERAN measurement identity.
measResultListSFTD
List of measured SFTD results for the reported cells for a NR measurement identity.
measResultListUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a UTRA measurement identity.
measResultListWLAN
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best WLAN outside the WLAN mobility set and connected WLAN, if any, for a WLAN measurement identity.
measResultPCell
Measured result of the PCell. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, when operating in CE Mode B, measResultPCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultsCDMA2000
Contains the CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration status and the list of CDMA2000 measurements.
MeasResultServFreqList
Measured results of the serving frequencies: the measurement result of each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each serving frequency. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultBestNeighCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultServingCell
Measured results of the serving cell (i.e., PCell) from IDLE mode measurements.
noSIB1
Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.
pilotPnPhase
Indicates the arrival time of a CDMA2000 pilot, measured relative to the UE's time reference in units of PN chips, see C.S0005 [25]. This information is used in either SRVCC handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback procedure to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
pilotStrength
CDMA2000 Pilot Strength, the ratio of pilot power to total power in the signal bandwidth of a CDMA2000 Forward Channel. See C.S0005 [25] for CDMA2000 1xRTT and C.S0024 [26] for CDMA2000 HRPD.
poolIdentity
The identity of the transmission resource pool which is corresponding to the poolReportId configured in a resource pool for V2X sidelink communication.
plmn-IdentityList
The list of PLMN Identity read from broadcast information when the multiple PLMN Identities are broadcast.
preRegistrationStatusHRPD
Set to TRUE if the UE is currently pre-registered with CDMA2000 HRPD. Otherwise set to FALSE. This can be ignored by the eNB for CDMA2000 1xRTT.
qci-Id
Indicates QCI value for which excessDelay is provided, according to TS 36.314 [71].
resourceIndex
Indicates the available resource candidates within the [T1, T2] window as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. clause 14.1.1.6. Value 1 indicates the resource candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to sensingSubchannelNumber-1. Value 2 indicates the resource candidate on the first subframe following the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to sensingSubchannelNumber-1 (Value 101 indicates the resource candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 1 to sensingSubchannelNumber, if the numSubchannel of the resource pool is larger than sensingSubchannelNumber) and so on.
routingAreaCode
The RAC identity read from broadcast information, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
rsrpResult
Measured RSRP result of an E‑UTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rsrqResult
Measured RSRQ result of an E‑UTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rssi
GERAN Carrier RSSI. RXLEV is mapped to a value between 0 and 63, TS 45.008 [28]. When mapping the RXLEV value to the RSSI bit string, the first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit.
rssi-Result
Measured RSSI result in dBm.
rs-sinr-Result
Measured RS-SINR result of an E‑UTRA or NR cell. The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rssiWLAN
Measured WLAN RSSI result in dBm.
sl-SubframeRef
Indicates the subframe corresponding to n+T1 used to obtain the sensing measurement results (see TS 36.213 [23]). Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of DFN#0 in milliseconds.
stationCountWLAN
Indicates the total number stations currently associated with this WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult
UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result of the PCell, provided by lower layers. If ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD-r13 is set to TRUE, the measurement mapping is according to EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16] and measurement result includes NTAoffset, else the measurement mapping is according to EUTRAN FDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16].
utra-EcN0
According to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD. Fourteen spare values. The field is not present for TDD.
utra-RSCP
According to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. Thirty-one spare values.
wlan-Identifiers
Indicates the WLAN parameters used for identification of the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.

–	MeasResultCellSFTD
The IE MeasResultCellSFTD consists of SFN and radio frame boundary difference between the PCell and an NR cell as specified in TS 38.215 [89] and TS 38.133 [84].
MeasResultCellSFTD information element
-- ASN1START

MeasResultCellListSFTD-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD-r15

MeasResultCellSFTD-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r15							PhysCellIdNR-r15,
	sfn-OffsetResult-r15					INTEGER (0..1023),
	frameBoundaryOffsetResult-r15			INTEGER (-30720..30719),
	rsrpResult-r15							RSRP-RangeNR-r15						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasResultCellSTD field descriptions
physCellId
Indicates the physical layer identity (PCI) of an NR cell.
sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [89].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [89].
rsrpResult
Measured RSRP result of an NR cell.

–	MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC
The IE MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC is used to provide measurement information concerning E-UTRA measurements upon SCG failure detected by a UE configured with NE-DC.
MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC information element
-- ASN1START

MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measResultFreqListEUTRA-r15		MeasResultList3EUTRA-r15,
	...
}

MeasResultList3EUTRA-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult3EUTRA-r15

MeasResult3EUTRA-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r15						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	measResultServingCell-r15			MeasResultEUTRA					OPTIONAL,
	measResultNeighCellList-r15		MeasResultListEUTRA				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MeasResultSSTD
The IE MeasResultSSTD consists of SFN, radio frame and subframe boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and TS 36.133 [16].
MeasResultSSTD information element
-- ASN1START

MeasResultSSTD-r13 ::=						SEQUENCE {
	sfn-OffsetResult-r13						INTEGER (0..1023),
	frameBoundaryOffsetResult-r13				INTEGER (-5..4),
	subframeBoundaryOffsetResult-r13			INTEGER (0..127)
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasResultSSTD field descriptions
sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214 [48].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214 [48].
subframeBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the subframe boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to the mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].

–	MeasScaleFactor

The IE MeasScaleFactor specifies the factor for scaling the measurement performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16].
MeasScaleFactor information element
-- ASN1START

MeasScaleFactor-r12 ::=			ENUMERATED {sf-EUTRA-cf1, sf-EUTRA-cf2}

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	If the reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA and the measScaleFactor is included in the measConfig, E-UTRAN can configure any of the values for the measScaleFactor as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
–	MeasSensing-Config
The IE MeasSensing-Config specifies the input factors for sensing measurement as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
MeasSensing-Config information element
-- ASN1START

MeasSensing-Config-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
		sensingSubchannelNumber-r15		INTEGER (1..20),
		sensingPeriodicity-r15			ENUMERATED {ms20, ms50, ms100, ms200,
											ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600,
											ms700, ms800, ms900, ms1000},
		sensingReselectionCounter-r15	INTEGER (5..75),
		sensingPriority-r15				INTEGER (1..8)
}

-- ASN1STOP

MeasSensing-Config field descriptions
sensingReselectionCounter
Indicate the value of SL_RESOURCE_RESELECTION_COUNTER, which is used to derive, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.6.
sensingSubchannelNumber
Indicate the number of sub-channels, i.e., parameter, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.6.
sensingPeriodicity
Indicate the resource reservation interval, i.e., parameter, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.6.
sensingPriority
Indicate the priority, i.e., parameter  as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.6.

–	MTC-SSB-NR
The IE MTC-SSB-NR specifies the measurement timing configuration (MTC) applicable for SSB based NR measurements i.e. the time occasions for performing these measurments, see 5.5.2.13.
MTC-SSB-NR information elements
-- ASN1START

MTC-SSB-NR-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	periodicityAndOffset-r15		CHOICE {
		sf5-r15						INTEGER (0..4),
		sf10-r15						INTEGER (0..9),
		sf20-r15						INTEGER (0..19),
		sf40-r15						INTEGER (0..39),
		sf80-r15						INTEGER (0..79),
		sf160-r15					INTEGER (0..159)
	},
	ssb-Duration-r15					ENUMERATED {sf1, sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5 }
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	QuantityConfig
The IE QuantityConfig specifies the measurement quantities and layer 3 filtering coefficients for E-UTRA and inter-RAT measurements.
QuantityConfig information element
-- ASN1START

QuantityConfig ::=					SEQUENCE {
	quantityConfigEUTRA					QuantityConfigEUTRA					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	quantityConfigUTRA					QuantityConfigUTRA					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	quantityConfigGERAN					QuantityConfigGERAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	quantityConfigCDMA2000				QuantityConfigCDMA2000				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	quantityConfigUTRA-v1020		QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	quantityConfigEUTRA-v1250		QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	quantityConfigEUTRA-v1310		QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1310			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		quantityConfigWLAN-r13			QuantityConfigWLAN-r13				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	quantityConfigNRList-r15		QuantityConfigNRList-r15			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

QuantityConfigEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	filterCoefficientRSRP				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4,
	filterCoefficientRSRQ				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP-r12		FilterCoefficient					OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	filterCoefficientRS-SINR-r13		FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityUTRA-FDD				ENUMERATED {cpich-RSCP, cpich-EcN0},
	measQuantityUTRA-TDD				ENUMERATED {pccpch-RSCP},
	filterCoefficient					FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	filterCoefficient2-FDD-r10			FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigGERAN ::=				SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityGERAN					ENUMERATED {rssi},
	filterCoefficient					FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc2
}

QuantityConfigCDMA2000 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityCDMA2000				ENUMERATED {pilotStrength, pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength}
}

QuantityConfigNRList-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15

QuantityConfigNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityCellNR-r15				QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15,
	measQuantityRS-IndexNR-r15			QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15				OPTIONAL
}

QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	filterCoeff-RSRP-r15				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4,
	filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4,
	filterCoefficient-SINR-r13			FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

QuantityConfigWLAN-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	measQuantityWLAN-r13				ENUMERATED {rssiWLAN},
	filterCoefficient-r13				FilterCoefficient					DEFAULT fc4
}

-- ASN1STOP

QuantityConfig field descriptions
filterCoefficient2-FDD
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for the UTRAN FDD measurement quantity, which is not included in measQuantityUTRA-FDD, when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is present in ReportConfigInterRAT.
filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for CSI-RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRQ
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRQ.
filterCoefficientRS-SINR
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RS-SINR.
measQuantityCDMA2000
Measurement quantity used for CDMA2000 measurements. pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength is only applicable for MeasObjectCDMA2000 of cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT.
measQuantityRS-IndexNR
Specifies L3 filter configurations for measurement results of an NR RS index for a particular RS Type (e.g. SS/PBCH block) and the configurable measurement quantities (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ and SINR).
measQuantityGERAN
Measurement quantity used for GERAN measurements.
measQuantityCellINR
Specifies L3 filter configurations for measurement results of an NR cell for a particular RS Type (e.g. SS/PBCH block) and the configurable measurement quantities (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ and SINR).
measQuantityUTRA
Measurement quantity used for UTRA measurements.
measQuantityWLAN
Measurement quantity used for WLAN measurements.
quantityConfigCDMA2000
Specifies quantity configurations for CDMA2000 measurements.
quantityConfigEUTRA
Specifies filter configurations for E‑UTRA measurements.
quantityConfigGERAN
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for GERAN measurements.
quantityConfigUTRA
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for UTRA measurements. Field quantityConfigUTRA-v1020 is applicable only when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is configured.
quantityConfigWLAN
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for WLAN measurements.

–	ReportConfigEUTRA
The IE ReportConfigEUTRA specifies criteria for triggering of an E‑UTRA measurement reporting event. The E‑UTRA measurement reporting events concerning CRS are labelled AN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on.
Event A1:	Serving becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event A2:	Serving becomes worse than absolute threshold;
Event A3:	Neighbour becomes amount of offset better than PCell/ PSCell;
Event A4:	Neighbour becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event A5:	PCell/ PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 AND Neighbour becomes better than another absolute threshold2;
Event A6:	Neighbour becomes amount of offset better than SCell.
The E‑UTRA measurement reporting events concerning CSI-RS are labelled CN with N equal to 1 and 2.
Event C1:	CSI-RS resource becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event C2:	CSI-RS resource becomes amount of offset better than reference CSI-RS resource.
The E-UTRA measurement reporting events concerning CBR are labelled VN with N equal to 1 and 2.
Event V1:	CBR becomes larger than absolute threshold;
Event V2:	CBR becomes smaller than absolute threshold.
The E-UTRA reporting events concerning Aerial UE height are labelled HN with N equal to 1 and 2.
Event H1:	Aerial UE height becomes higher than absolute threshold;
Event H2:	Aerial UE height becomes lower than absolute threshold.
ReportConfigEUTRA information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	triggerType							CHOICE {
		event								SEQUENCE {
			eventId								CHOICE {
				eventA1								SEQUENCE {
					a1-Threshold						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				eventA2								SEQUENCE {
					a2-Threshold						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				eventA3								SEQUENCE {
					a3-Offset							INTEGER (-30..30),
					reportOnLeave						BOOLEAN
				},
				eventA4								SEQUENCE {
					a4-Threshold						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				eventA5								SEQUENCE {
					a5-Threshold1						ThresholdEUTRA,
					a5-Threshold2						ThresholdEUTRA
				},
				...,
				eventA6-r10							SEQUENCE {
					a6-Offset-r10						INTEGER (-30..30),
					a6-ReportOnLeave-r10				BOOLEAN
				},
				eventC1-r12							SEQUENCE {
					c1-Threshold-r12					ThresholdEUTRA-v1250,
					c1-ReportOnLeave-r12				BOOLEAN
				},
				eventC2-r12							SEQUENCE {
					c2-RefCSI-RS-r12					MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
					c2-Offset-r12						INTEGER (-30..30),
					c2-ReportOnLeave-r12				BOOLEAN
				},
				eventV1-r14							SEQUENCE {
					v1-Threshold-r14					SL-CBR-r14
				},
				eventV2-r14							SEQUENCE {
					v2-Threshold-r14					SL-CBR-r14
				},
				eventH1-r15							SEQUENCE {
					h1-ThresholdOffset-r15				INTEGER (0..300),
					h1-Hysteresis-15						INTEGER (1..16)
				},
				eventH2-r15							SEQUENCE {
					h2-ThresholdOffset-r15				INTEGER (0..300),
					h2-Hysteresis-15						INTEGER (1..16)
				}
			},
			hysteresis							Hysteresis,
			timeToTrigger						TimeToTrigger
		},
		periodical								SEQUENCE {
			purpose									ENUMERATED {
														reportStrongestCells, reportCGI}
		}
	},
	triggerQuantity						ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq},
	reportQuantity						ENUMERATED {sameAsTriggerQuantity, both},
	maxReportCells						INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
	reportInterval						ReportInterval,
	reportAmount						ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
	...,
	[[	si-RequestForHO-r9					ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond reportCGI
		ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical-r9		ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	includeLocationInfo-r10				ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		reportAddNeighMeas-r10				ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								TimeToTrigger
		}													OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		useT312-r12							BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		usePSCell-r12						BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		aN-Threshold1-v1250					RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		a5-Threshold2-v1250					RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		reportStrongestCSI-RSs-r12			BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		reportCRS-Meas-r12					BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		triggerQuantityCSI-RS-r12			BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	reportSSTD-Meas-r13					BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		rs-sinr-Config-r13					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				triggerQuantity-v1310				ENUMERATED {sinr}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				aN-Threshold1-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				a5-Threshold2-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				reportQuantity-v1310				ENUMERATED {rsrpANDsinr, rsrqANDsinr, all}
			}
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		useWhiteCellList-r13				BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		measRSSI-ReportConfig-r13			MeasRSSI-ReportConfig-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		includeMultiBandInfo-r13			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond reportCGI
		ul-DelayConfig-r13					UL-DelayConfig-r13			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD-r13	BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	
		purpose-v1430			ENUMERATED {reportLocation, sidelink, spare2, spare1}		
															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	
		maxReportRS-Index-r15		INTEGER (0..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	includeBT-Meas-r15				BT-NameListConfig-r15			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		includeWLAN-Meas-r15				WLAN-NameListConfig-r15			OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		purpose-r15				ENUMERATED {sensing}					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		numberOfTriggeringCells-r15			INTEGER	(2..maxCellReport)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond a3a4a5
		a4-a5-ReportOnLeave-r15				BOOLEAN						OPTIONAL	-- Cond a4a5
	]]
}

RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								RSRQ-Range-v1250
}

ThresholdEUTRA ::=					CHOICE{
	threshold-RSRP						RSRP-Range,
	threshold-RSRQ						RSRQ-Range
}

ThresholdEUTRA-v1250 ::=			CSI-RSRP-Range-r12

MeasRSSI-ReportConfig-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	channelOccupancyThreshold-r13			RSSI-Range-r13				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

ReportConfigEUTRA field descriptions
a3-Offset/ a6-Offset/ c2-Offset
Offset value to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event a3/ a6/ c2. The actual value is field value * 0.5 dB.
alternativeTimeToTrigger
Indicates the time to trigger applicable for cells specified in altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the associated measurement object, if configured
aN-ThresholdM/ cN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event number aN/ cN. If multiple thresholds are defined for event number aN/ cN, the thresholds are differentiated by M. E-UTRAN configures aN-Threshold1 only for events A1, A2, A4, A5 and a5-Threshold2 only for event A5.
c1-ReportOnLeave/ c2-ReportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a CSI-RS resource in csi-RS-TriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
c2-RefCSI-RS
Identity of the CSI-RS resource from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList of the associated measObject, to be used as the reference CSI-RS resource in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event c2.
channelOccupancyThreshold
RSSI threshold which is used for channel occupancy evaluation.
eventId
Choice of E‑UTRA event triggered reporting criteria. EUTRAN may set this field to eventC1 or eventC2 only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources. The eventC1 and eventC2 are not applicable for the eventId if RS-SINR is configured as triggerQuantity or reportQuantity.
h1-Hysteresis, h2-Hysteresis
This parameter is used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition for event H1 and event H2. The actual value is field value. If this field is configured UE shall ignore parameter hysteresis.
h1-ThresholdOffset, h2-ThresholdOffset
An offset value to heightThreshRef to obtain the threshold to be used in EUTRA height report triggering condition for event H1 and event H2. The value for h1-ThresholdOffset and h2-ThresholdOffset is expressed in meters such that granularity is 2meters. Value 0 corresponds to offset value 0m, value 1 corresponds to offset value 2m, value 2 correspond to offset value 4m, and so on.
includeMultiBandInfo
If this field is present, the UE shall acquire and include multi band information in the measurement report.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report concerning CRS, and max number of CSI-RS resources to include in the measurement report concerning CSI-RS.
measRSSI-ReportConfig
If this field is present, the UE shall perform measurement reporting for RSSI and channel occupancy and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN only sets this field to true when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
numberOfTriggeringCells
Indicates the number of cells detected that are required to fulfill an event for a measurement report to be triggered. This field is set only for the events concerning neighbor cells, i.e. eventA3, eventA4, eventA5.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI or reportSSTD-Meas is set to true, only value 1 applies.
reportCRS-Meas
Inidicates that UE shall include rsrp, rsrq together with csi-rsrp in the measurement report, if possible.
reportOnLeave/ a6-ReportOnLeave/ a4-a5-ReportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
reportQuantity
The quantities to be included in the measurement report. The value both means that both the rsrp and rsrq quantities are to be included in the measurement report. The value rsrpANDsinr and rsrqANDsinr mean that both rsrp and rs-sinr quantities, and both rsrq and rs-sinr quantities are to be included respectively in the measurement report. The value all means that rsrp, rsrq and rs-sinr are to be included in the measurement report. In case triggerQuantityCSI-RS is included, only value sameAsTriggerQuantity applies. If reportQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores reportQuantity i.e. without suffix).
reportSSTD-Meas
If this field is set to true, the UE shall measure SSTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN only sets this field to true when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
reportStrongestCSI-RSs
Indicates that periodical CSI-RS measurement report is performed. EUTRAN configures value TRUE only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources.
si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report.
ThresholdEUTRA
For RSRP: RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is field value – 140 dBm.
For RSRQ: RSRQ based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is (field value – 40)/2 dB.
For RS-SINR: RS-SINR based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is (field value -46)/2 dB.
For CSI-RSRP: CSI-RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is field value – 140 dBm.
EUTRAN configures the same threshold quantity for all the thresholds of an event.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report.
triggerQuantity
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CRS. EUTRAN sets the value according to the quantity of the ThresholdEUTRA for this event. The values rsrp, rsrq and sinr correspond to Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ) and Reference Signal Signal to Noise and Interference Ratio (RS-SINR), see TS 36.214 [48]. If triggerQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores triggerQuantity i.e. without suffix).
triggerQuantityCSI-RS
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CSI-RS. The value TRUE corresponds to CSI Reference Signal Received Power (CSI-RSRP), see TS 36.214 [48]. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE if and only if the measurement reporting event concerns CSI-RS.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical
If this field is present, the UE shall perform UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting and ignore the fields triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells. If the field is present, the only applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and purpose are periodical and reportStrongestCells respectively.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD
If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall perform UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting according to EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is configured, the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical shall be configured. The field is applicable for TDD only.
usePSCell
If this field is set to TRUE the UE shall use the PSCell instead of the PCell. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only for events A3 and A5, see 5.5.4.4 and 5.5.4.6.
useT312
If value TRUE is configured, the UE shall use the timer T312 with the value t312 as specified in the corresponding measObject. If the corresponding measObject does not include the timer T312 then the timer T312 is considered as not configured. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only if triggerType is set to event.
useWhiteCellList
Indicates whether only the cells included in the white-list of the associated measObject are applicable as specified in 5.5.4.1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for events A1, A2, C1 and C2.
ul-DelayConfig
If the field is present, E-UTRAN configures UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement and the UE shall ignore the fields triggerQuantity and maxReportCells. The applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and reportInterval are periodical and (one of the) ms1024, ms2048, ms5120 or ms10240 respectively.The reportInterval indicates the periodicity for performing and reporting of UL PDCP Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71].

Conditional presence
Explanation
reportCGI
The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
a3a4a5
This field is optional, need OR, in case eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5; otherwise, this field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value of this field.
a4a5
This field is optional, need OR, in case eventId is set to eventA4 or eventA5; otherwise, this field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value of this field.

–	ReportConfigId
The IE ReportConfigId is used to identify a measurement reporting configuration.
ReportConfigId information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigId ::=					INTEGER (1..maxReportConfigId)

-- ASN1STOP

–	ReportConfigInterRAT
The IE ReportConfigInterRAT specifies criteria for triggering of an inter-RAT measurement reporting event. The inter-RAT measurement reporting events for NR, UTRAN, GERAN and CDMA2000 are labelled BN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on. The inter-RAT measurement reporting events for WLAN are labelled WN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on.
Event B1:	Neighbour becomes better than absolute threshold;
Event B2:	PCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 AND Neighbour becomes better than another absolute threshold2.
Event W1:	WLAN becomes better than a threshold;
Event W2:	All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set become worse than a threshold1 and a WLAN outside WLAN mobility set becomes better than a threshold2;
Event W3:	All WLAN inside WLAN mobility set become worse than a threshold.
The b1 and b2 event thresholds for CDMA2000 are the CDMA2000 pilot detection thresholds are expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to [-2 x 10 log 10 Ec/Io] in units of 0.5dB, see C.S0005 [25] for details.
ReportConfigInterRAT information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigInterRAT ::=			SEQUENCE {
	triggerType							CHOICE {
		event								SEQUENCE {
			eventId								CHOICE {
				eventB1								SEQUENCE {
					b1-Threshold						CHOICE {
						b1-ThresholdUTRA					ThresholdUTRA,
						b1-ThresholdGERAN					ThresholdGERAN,
						b1-ThresholdCDMA2000				ThresholdCDMA2000
					}
				},
				eventB2								SEQUENCE {
					b2-Threshold1						ThresholdEUTRA,
					b2-Threshold2						CHOICE {
						b2-Threshold2UTRA					ThresholdUTRA,
						b2-Threshold2GERAN					ThresholdGERAN,
						b2-Threshold2CDMA2000				ThresholdCDMA2000
					}
				},
				...,
				eventW1-r13						SEQUENCE {
					w1-Threshold-r13			WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13
				},
				eventW2-r13						SEQUENCE {
					w2-Threshold1-r13			WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13,
					w2-Threshold2-r13			WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13
				},
				eventW3-r13						SEQUENCE {
					w3-Threshold-r13			WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13
				},
				eventB1-NR-r15							SEQUENCE {
					b1-ThresholdNR-r15					ThresholdNR-r15,
					reportOnLeave-r15					BOOLEAN
				},
				eventB2-NR-r15							SEQUENCE {
					b2-Threshold1-r15					ThresholdEUTRA,
					b2-Threshold2NR-r15					ThresholdNR-r15,
					reportOnLeave-r15					BOOLEAN
				}
			},
			hysteresis						Hysteresis,
			timeToTrigger					TimeToTrigger
		},
		periodical								SEQUENCE {
			purpose									ENUMERATED {
														reportStrongestCells,
														reportStrongestCellsForSON,
														reportCGI}
		}
	},
	maxReportCells					INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
	reportInterval					ReportInterval,	
	reportAmount					ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
	...,
	[[	si-RequestForHO-r9				ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Cond reportCGI
	]],
	[[	reportQuantityUTRA-FDD-r10		ENUMERATED {both}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	includeLocationInfo-r11			BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	b2-Threshold1-v1250				CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							RSRQ-Range-v1250
		}														OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	reportQuantityWLAN-r13			ReportQuantityWLAN-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	reportAnyWLAN-r14				BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	reportQuantityCellNR-r15		ReportQuantityNR-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		maxReportRS-Index-r15			INTEGER (0..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		reportQuantityRS-IndexNR-r15	ReportQuantityNR-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		reportRS-IndexResultsNR			BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		reportSFTD-Meas-r15				ENUMERATED {pSCell, neighborCells }	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

ThresholdUTRA ::=					CHOICE{
	utra-RSCP							INTEGER (-5..91),
	utra-EcN0							INTEGER (0..49)
}

ThresholdGERAN ::=				INTEGER (0..63)

ThresholdCDMA2000 ::=			INTEGER (0..63)

ReportQuantityNR-r15::=						SEQUENCE {
	ss-rsrp										BOOLEAN,
	ss-rsrq										BOOLEAN,
	ss-sinr										BOOLEAN
}

ReportQuantityWLAN-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	bandRequestWLAN-r13							ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	carrierInfoRequestWLAN-r13					ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN-r13	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN-r13			ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN-r13			ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	channelUtilizationRequestWLAN-r13			ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	stationCountRequestWLAN-r13					ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

ReportConfigInterRAT field descriptions
availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Available Admission Capacity in measurement reports.
backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Downlink Bandwidth in measurement reports.
backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Uplink Bandwidth in measurement reports.
bandRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include WLAN band in measurement reports.
bN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in inter RAT measurement report triggering condition for event number bN. If multiple thresholds are defined for event number bN, the thresholds are differentiated by M.
carrierInfoRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Carrier Information in measurement reports.
channelUtilizationRequest-WLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Channel Utilization in measurement reports.
eventId
Choice of inter-RAT event triggered reporting criteria.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report. In case purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. For inter-RAT WLAN, it is the maximum number of WLANs to include in the measurement report.
maxReportRS-Index
Max number of RS indices to include in the measurement report. E-UTRAN configures value 0 only if it sets reportRS-IndexResultsNR to FALSE.
Purpose
reportStrongestCellsForSON applies only in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectUTRA or measObjectCDMA2000.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI or reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. In case reportSFTD-Meas is configured, only value 1 applies.
reportAnyWLAN
Indicates UE to report any WLAN AP meeting the triggering requirements, even if it is not included in the corresponding MeasObjectWLAN. 
reportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
reportQuantityUTRA-FDD
The quantities to be included in the UTRA measurement report. The value both means that both the cpich RSCP and cpich EcN0 quantities are to be included in the measurement report.
reportRS-IndexResultsNR
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report beam measurement result of NR in the measurement report.
reportSFTD-Meas
If this field is set to pSCell, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 38.215 [89], in this case, the frequency of PSCell is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR. If the field is set to neighborCells, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the NR cells included in cellsForWhichToReportSFTD (if configured in the corresponding measObjectNR) or between the PCell and up to 3 strongest detected NR cells (if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is not configured in the corresponding measObjectNR), as specified in TS 38.215 [89]. E-UTRAN only includes this field when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells. If included, the UE shall ignore the maxReportCells field.
si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report. EUTRAN does not configure the field if reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectNR.
ss-rsrp
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-RSRP quantity of NR.
ss-rsrq
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-RSRQ quantity of NR.
ss-sinr
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-SINR quantity of NR.
stationCountRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Station Count in measurement reports.
b1-ThresholdGERAN, b2-Threshold2GERAN
The actual value is field value – 110 dBm.
b1-ThresholdUTRA, b2-Threshold2UTRA
utra-RSCP corresponds to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. utra-EcN0 corresponds to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD, and is not applicable for TDD.
For utra-RSCP: The actual value is field value – 115 dBm.
For utra-EcN0: The actual value is (field value – 49)/2 dB.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report.
triggerType
E-UTRAN does not configure the value periodical in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectWLAN.

Conditional presence
Explanation
reportCGI
The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	ReportConfigToAddModList
The IE ReportConfigToAddModList concerns a list of reporting configurations to add or modify
ReportConfigToAddModList information element
-- ASN1START

ReportConfigToAddModList ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod

ReportConfigToAddMod ::=	SEQUENCE {
	reportConfigId						ReportConfigId,
	reportConfig						CHOICE {
		reportConfigEUTRA					ReportConfigEUTRA,
		reportConfigInterRAT				ReportConfigInterRAT
	}
}


-- ASN1STOP

–	ReportInterval
The ReportInterval indicates the interval between periodical reports. The ReportInterval is applicable if the UE performs periodical reporting (i.e. when reportAmount exceeds 1), for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. Value ms120 corresponds with 120 ms, ms240 corresponds with 240 ms and so on, while value min1 corresponds with 1 min, min6 corresponds with 6 min and so on.
ReportInterval information element
-- ASN1START

ReportInterval ::=					ENUMERATED {
										ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240,
										min1, min6, min12, min30, min60, spare3, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RS-IndexNR
The IE RS-IndexNR is used to identify an NR Reference Signal.
RS-IndexNR information element
-- ASN1START

RS-IndexNR-r15 ::=			INTEGER (0.. maxRS-Index-1-r15)

-- ASN1STOP

–	RSRP-Range
The IE RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. A given field using RSRP-Range-v1360 shall only be signalled if the corresponding original field (using RSRP-Range i.e. without suffix) is set to value 0.
RSRP-Range information element
-- ASN1START

RSRP-Range ::=						INTEGER(0..97)

RSRP-Range-v1360 ::=				INTEGER(-17..-1)

RSRP-RangeSL-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..13)

RSRP-RangeSL2-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..7)

RSRP-RangeSL3-r12 ::=				INTEGER(0..11)

RSRP-RangeSL4-r13 ::=				INTEGER(0..49)

-- ASN1STOP

RSRP-Range field descriptions
RSRP-Range
For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, RSRP-Range-v1360 (i.e., with suffix) is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
RSRP-RangeSL
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -115dBm, value 2 to -110dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until value 12, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 13 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL2
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -110dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 10dBm) until value 6, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 7 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL3
Value 0 corresponds to -110dBm, value 1 to -105dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until value 10, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 11 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL4
Indicates the range for SD-RSRP. Value 0 corresponds to -130dBm, value 1 to -128dBm, value 2 to -126dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 2dBm) until value 48, which corresponds to -34dBm, while value 49 corresponds to +infinity.

–	RSRP-RangeNR
The IE RSRP-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RSRP measurements and thresholds. For RSRP measurements, integer value is according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84]. For thresholds, the actual value is (field value – 156) dBm, except for field value 127, in which case the actual value is infinity.
RSRP-RangeNR information element
-- ASN1START

RSRP-RangeNR-r15 ::=						INTEGER (0..127)

-- ASN1STOP

–	RSRQ-Range
The IE RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in RSRQ measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRQ measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. A given field using RSRQ-Range-v1250 shall only be signalled if the corresponding original field (using RSRQ-Range i.e. without suffix) is set to value 0 or 34. Only a UE indicating support of extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 or rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12 may report RSRQ-Range-v1250, and this may be done without explicit configuration from the E-UTRAN. If received, the UE shall use the value indicated by the RSRQ-Range-v1250 and ignore the value signalled by RSRQ-Range (without the suffix). RSRQ-Range-r13 covers the original range and extended RSRQ-Range-v1250. RSRQ-Range-r13 may be signalled without the corresponding original field and without any requirements for indicated support of extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 or rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12.
RSRQ-Range information element
-- ASN1START

RSRQ-Range ::=					INTEGER(0..34)

RSRQ-Range-v1250 ::=			INTEGER(-30..46)

RSRQ-Range-r13 ::=				INTEGER(-30..46)

-- ASN1STOP

–	RSRQ-RangeNR
The IE RSRQ-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RSRQ measurements and thresholds. For RSRQ measurements, integer value is according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84]. For thresholds, the actual value is (field value – 87) / 2 dB.
RSRQ-RangeNR information element
-- ASN1START

RSRQ-RangeNR-r15 ::=			INTEGER (0..127)

-- ASN1STOP

–	RSRQ-Type
The IE RSRQ-Type specifies the RSRQ value type used in RSRQ measurements, see TS 36.214 [48].
RSRQ-Type information element
-- ASN1START

RSRQ-Type-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	allSymbols-r12							BOOLEAN,
	wideBand-r12							BOOLEAN
}

-- ASN1STOP

RSRQ-Type field descriptions
allSymbols
Value TRUE indicates use of all OFDM symbols when performing RSRQ measurements.
wideBand
Value TRUE indicates use of a wider bandwidth when performing RSRQ measurements.

–	RS-SINR-Range
The IE RS-SINR-Range specifies the value range used in RS-SINR measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RS-SINR measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
RS-SINR-Range information element
-- ASN1START

RS-SINR-Range-r13 ::=						INTEGER(0..127)

-- ASN1STOP

–	RS-SINR-RangeNR
The IE RS-SINR-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RS-SINR measurements and thresholds. For RS-SINR measurements, integer value is according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84]. For thresholds, the actual value is (field value – 46) / 2 dB.
RS-SINR-RangeNR information element
-- ASN1START

RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15 ::=					INTEGER (0..127)

-- ASN1STOP

–	RSSI-Range-r13
The IE RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in RSSI measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSSI measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
RSSI-Range information element
-- ASN1START

RSSI-Range-r13 ::=						INTEGER(0..76)

-- ASN1STOP


–	SS-RSSI-Measurement

The IE SS-RSSI-Measurement specifies the configuration of NR SSB based RSSI measurements.
SS-RSSI-Measurement information element
-- ASN1START

SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	measurementSlots-r15				BIT STRING (SIZE(1..80)),
	endSymbol-r15						INTEGER(0..3)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SS-RSSI-Measurement field descriptions
endSymbol
Within a slot that is configured for RSSI measurements (see measurementSlots) the UE measures the RSSI from symbol 0 to symbol endSymbol. This field identifies the entry in Table 5.1.33-1 in TS 36.214 which determines the actual end symbol.
measurementSlots
Indicates the slots in which the UE can perform NR RSSI measurements. The length of the BIT STRING is equal to the number of slots in the configured SMTC window (determined by the ssb-duration and by the subcarrierSpacingSSB). The first (left-most / most significant) bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first slot in the SMTC window, the second bit in the bitmap corresponds to the second slot in the SMTC window, and so on. The UE measures in slots for which the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to 1.

–	SSB-ToMeasure
The IE SSB-ToMeasure is used to configure a pattern of SSBs.
SSB-ToMeasure information element
-- ASN1START

SSB-ToMeasure-r15 ::= 		CHOICE {
	shortBitmap-r15				BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
	mediumBitmap-r15				BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
	longBitmap-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (64))
}

-- ASN1STOP

SSB-ToMeasure field descriptions
longBitmap
Bitmap when maximum number of SS/PBCH blocks per half frame equals to 64 as defined in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1.
mediumBitmap
Bitmap when maximum number of SS/PBCH blocks per half frame equals to 8 as defined in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1.
shortBitmap
Bitmap when maximum number of SS/PBCH blocks per half frame equals to 4 as defined in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1.

–	TimeToTrigger
The IE TimeToTrigger specifies the value range used for time to trigger parameter, which concerns the time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report. Value ms0 corresponds to 0 ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, and so on.
TimeToTrigger information element
-- ASN1START

TimeToTrigger ::=					ENUMERATED {
										ms0, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms100, ms128, ms160, ms256,
										ms320, ms480, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2560,
										ms5120}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UL-DelayConfig
The IE UL-DelayConfig IE specifies the configuration of the UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement specified in TS 36.314 [71].
UL-DelayConfig information element
-- ASN1START

UL-DelayConfig-r13 ::=					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			delayThreshold-r13							ENUMERATED {
												ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80,
												ms90,ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms750, spare4,
												spare3, spare2, spare1}
		}
}

-- ASN1STOP

UL-DelayConfig field descriptions
delayThreshold
Indicates the delay threshold value used by UE to provide results of UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms30 means 30 ms and so on.

–	WLAN-CarrierInfo
The IE WLAN-CarrierInfo is used to identify the WLAN frequency band information, as specified in Annex E in [67].
WLAN-CarrierInfo information element
-- ASN1START

WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	operatingClass-r13			INTEGER (0..255)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	countryCode-r13				ENUMERATED {unitedStates, europe, japan, global, ...}
															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	channelNumbers-r13			WLAN-ChannelList-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

WLAN-ChannelList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Channels-r13)) OF WLAN-Channel-r13

WLAN-Channel-r13 ::=	INTEGER(0..255)

-- ASN1STOP

WLAN-CarrierInfo field descriptions
channelNumbers
Indicates the WLAN channels as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. Value 0 is not used.
countryCode
Indicates the country code of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
operatingClass
Indicates the Operating Class of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].

–	WLAN-NameList
The IE WLAN-NameList is used to indicate the names of the WLAN AP for which the UE is configured to measure.
WLAN-NameList information element
-- ASN1START

WLAN-NameListConfig-r15 ::=		CHOICE{
	release						NULL,
	setup						WLAN-NameList-r15
}

WLAN-NameList-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Name-r15)) OF WLAN-Name-r15

WLAN-Name-r15 ::=		OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..32))

-- ASN1STOP

WLAN-NameList field descriptions
WLAN-Name
If configured, the UE only performs WLAN measurements according to the names identified. For each name, it refers to Service Set Identifier (SSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].

–	WLAN-RSSI-Range
The IE WLAN-RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in WLAN RSSI measurements and thresholds. Integer value for WLAN RSSI measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -100dBm, value 2 to -99dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) until value 140, which corresponds to 39dBm, while value 141 corresponds to +infinity.
WLAN-RSSI-Range information element
-- ASN1START

WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13 ::=						INTEGER(0..141)

-- ASN1STOP

–	WLAN-RTT
The IE WLAN-RTT covers the measured round trip time between the target device and WLAN AP and optionally the accuracy expressed as the standard deviation of the delay.
WLAN-RTT information element
-- ASN1START

WLAN-RTT-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	rttValue-r15					INTEGER (0..16777215),
	rttUnits-r15					ENUMERATED { 	microseconds,
									hundredsofnanoseconds,
									tensofnanoseconds,
									nanoseconds,
									tenthsofnanoseconds,
									... },
	rttAccuracy-r15				INTEGER (0..255)							OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

WLAN-RTT field descriptions
rttValue
This field specifies the Round Trip Time (RTT) measurement between the target device and WLAN AP in units given by the field rttUnits as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rttUnits
This field specifies the Units for the fields rttValue and rttAccuracy. The available Units are 1000ns, 100ns, 10ns, 1ns, and 0.1ns as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rttAccuracy
This field provides the estimated accuracy of the provided rttValue expressed as the standard deviation in units given by the field rttUnits as defined in TS 36.355 [54].

–	WLAN-Status
The IE WLAN-Status indicates the current status of WLAN connection. The values are set as described in clause 5.6.15.2 and 5.6.15.4.
WLAN-Status information element
-- ASN1START

WLAN-Status-r13 ::=		ENUMERATED {successfulAssociation, failureWlanRadioLink, failureWlanUnavailable, failureTimeout}

WLAN-Status-v1430 ::=	ENUMERATED {suspended, resumed}

-- ASN1STOP

–	WLAN-SuspendConfig
The IE WLAN-SuspendConfig is used for configuration of WLAN suspend/resume functionality.
-- ASN1START

WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed-r14				BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport-r14		BOOLEAN		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

-- ASN1STOP

WLAN-SuspendConfig field descriptions
wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to use suspend-resume mechanism, i.e., to indicate WLAN being temporarily unavailable and WLAN being available again after temporary unavailability.
wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport
Indicates whether the UE shall trigger PDCP status report as defined in TS 36.323 [8] when WLAN is temporarily unavailable and UE reports this status. 

6.3.6	Other information elements
–	AbsoluteTimeInfo
The IE AbsoluteTimeInfo indicates an absolute time in a format YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS and using BCD encoding. The first/ leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the most significant digit of the year and so on.
AbsoluteTimeInfo information element
-- ASN1START

AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10 ::=				BIT STRING (SIZE (48))

-- ASN1STOP

–	AMF-Identifier
The IE AMF-Identifier (AMFI) comprises of an AMF Region ID, an AMF Set ID and an AMF Pointer as specified in 23.003 [27], clause 2.10.1.
AMF-Identifier information element
-- ASN1START

AMF-Identifier-r15 ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE (24))

-- ASN1STOP

–	AreaConfiguration
The AreaConfiguration indicates area for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. If not configured, measurement logging is not restricted to specific cells or tracking areas but applies as long as the RPLMN is contained in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport.
AreaConfiguration information element
-- ASN1START

AreaConfiguration-r10 ::=	CHOICE {
	cellGlobalIdList-r10			CellGlobalIdList-r10,
	trackingAreaCodeList-r10		TrackingAreaCodeList-r10
}

AreaConfiguration-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	trackingAreaCodeList-v1130		TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130
}

CellGlobalIdList-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellGlobalIdEUTRA

TrackingAreaCodeList-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF TrackingAreaCode

TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-perTAC-List-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF PLMN-Identity
}

-- ASN1STOP

AreaConfiguration field descriptions
plmn-Identity-perTAC-List
Includes the PLMN identity for each of the TA codes included in trackingAreaCodeList. The PLMN identity listed first in plmn-Identity-perTAC-List corresponds with the TA code listed first in trackingAreaCodeList and so on.

–	BandCombinationList
The IE BandCombinationList contains a list of CA band combinations.
BandCombinationList information element
-- ASN1START

BandCombinationList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombination-r14

BandCombination-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandIndication-r14

BandIndication-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-r14					FreqBandIndicator-r11,
	ca-BandwidthClassDL-r14			CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
	ca-BandwidthClassUL-r14			CA-BandwidthClass-r10			OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	C-RNTI
The IE C-RNTI identifies a UE having a RRC connection within a cell.
C-RNTI information element
-- ASN1START

C-RNTI ::=							BIT STRING (SIZE (16))

-- ASN1STOP

–	DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
The DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 is used to transfer UE specific CDMA2000 information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information.
DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 ::=				OCTET STRING

-- ASN1STOP

–	DedicatedInfoNAS
The IE DedicatedInfoNAS is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information.
DedicatedInfoNAS information element
-- ASN1START

DedicatedInfoNAS ::=		OCTET STRING

-- ASN1STOP

–	FilterCoefficient
The IE FilterCoefficient specifies the measurement filtering coefficient. Value fc0 corresponds to k = 0, fc1 corresponds to k = 1, and so on.
FilterCoefficient information element
-- ASN1START

FilterCoefficient ::=					ENUMERATED {
											fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5,
											fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13,
											fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

–	FlightPathInfoReportConfig
The IE FlightPathInfoReportConfig speficies flight path information report configuration.
FlightPathInfoReportConfig information element
-- ASN1START

FlightPathInfoReportConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {		
	maxWayPointNumber-r15				INTEGER (1..maxWayPoint-r15),
	includeTimeStamp-r15				ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

FlightPathInfoReportConfig field descriptions
maxWayPointNumber
Indicates the maximum number of way points UE can include in the flight path information report if this information is available at the UE. 
includeTimeStamp
Indicates whether time stamp of each way point can be reported in the flight path information report if time stamp information is available at the UE.

–	GNSS-ID
The IE GNSS-ID is used to indicate a specific GNSS (see also TS 36.355 [54]).
-- ASN1START

GNSS-ID-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	gnss-id-r15				ENUMERATED{gps, sbas, qzss, galileo, glonass, bds, ...},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	I-RNTI
The I-RNTI IE is used to identify the suspended UE context of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE.
I-RNTI information element
-- ASN1START

I-RNTI-r15 ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE(40))

-- ASN1STOP

–	LoggingDuration
The LoggingDuration indicates the duration for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. Value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes, value min20 corresponds to 20 minutes and so on.
LoggingDuration information element
-- ASN1START

LoggingDuration-r10 ::=			ENUMERATED {
									min10, min20, min40, min60, min90, min120, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

–	LoggingInterval
The LoggingInterval indicates the periodicity for logging measurement results. Value ms1280 corresponds to 1.28s, value ms2560 corresponds to 2.56s and so on.
LoggingInterval information element
-- ASN1START

LoggingInterval-r10 ::=			ENUMERATED {
									ms1280, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, ms20480,
									ms30720, ms40960, ms61440}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MeasSubframePattern
The IE MeasSubframePattern is used to specify a subframe pattern. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where SFN is that of PCell and x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is used.
MeasSubframePattern information element
-- ASN1START

MeasSubframePattern-r10 ::= CHOICE {
	subframePatternFDD-r10				BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
	subframePatternTDD-r10				CHOICE {
		subframeConfig1-5-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
		subframeConfig0-r10						BIT STRING (SIZE (70)),
		subframeConfig6-r10						BIT STRING (SIZE (60)),
		...
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MMEC
The IE MMEC identifies an MME within the scope of an MME Group within a PLMN, see TS 23.003 [27].
MMEC information element
-- ASN1START

MMEC ::=							BIT STRING (SIZE (8))

-- ASN1STOP


–	NeighCellConfig
The IE NeighCellConfig is used to provide the information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of neighbour cells.
NeighCellConfig information element
-- ASN1START

NeighCellConfig ::=			BIT STRING (SIZE (2))

-- ASN1STOP

NeighCellConfig field descriptions
neighCellConfig
Provides information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of neighbour cells of this frequency
00: Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and as the PCell otherwise
10: The MBSFN subframe allocations of all neighbour cells are identical to or subsets of that in the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and of that in the PCell otherwise
01: No MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells
11: Different UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells for TDD compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise
For TDD, 00, 10 and 01 are only used for same UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise.

–	NG-5G-S-TMSI
The IE NG-5G-S-TMSI contains a 5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity, a temporary UE identity provided by the AMF which uniquely identifies the UE within the tracking area, see TS 23.003 [27].
NG-5G-S-TMSI information element
-- ASN1START

NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15::=							BIT STRING (SIZE (48))

-- ASN1STOP

–	OtherConfig
The IE OtherConfig contains configuration related to other configuration.
OtherConfig information element
-- ASN1START

OtherConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE	{
	reportProximityConfig-r9			ReportProximityConfig-r9		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	idc-Config-r11					IDC-Config-r11					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11	PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		obtainLocationConfig-r11		ObtainLocationConfig-r11		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer-r14	ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20,
												s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3,
												spare2, spare1}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		sps-AssistanceInfoReport-r14		BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		delayBudgetReportingConfig-r14	CHOICE{
			release					NULL,
			setup					SEQUENCE{
				delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer-r14	ENUMERATED {
																s0, s0dot4, s0dot8,
																s1dot6, s3, s6, s12, s30}
			}
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		rlm-ReportConfig-r14			CHOICE {
			release					NULL,
			setup					SEQUENCE{
				rlmReportTimer-r14				ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, s30,
												s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3, spare2, spare1},
				rlmReportRep-MPDCCH-r14			ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			}
		}	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14	CHOICE{
			release					NULL,
			setup					SEQUENCE{
				overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer-r14	ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10,
														s20, s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600,
														spare3, spare2, spare1}
			}
		}	OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	measConfigAppLayer-r15		CHOICE{
			release					NULL,
			setup					SEQUENCE{
				measConfigAppLayerContainer-r15		OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..1000)),
				serviceType-r15						ENUMERATED {qoe, qoemtsi, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
			}
		}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON	
		ailc-BitConfig-r15				BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		bt-NameListConfig-r15		BT-NameListConfig-r15					OPTIONAL,	--Need ON
		wlan-NameListConfig-r15		WLAN-NameListConfig-r15					OPTIONAL		--Need ON
	]]
}

IDC-Config-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	idc-Indication-r11					ENUMERATED {setup}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	autonomousDenialParameters-r11		SEQUENCE {
			autonomousDenialSubframes-r11			ENUMERATED {n2, n5, n10, n15,
														n20, n30, spare2, spare1},
			autonomousDenialValidity-r11			ENUMERATED {
														sf200, sf500, sf1000, sf2000,
														spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
	}		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	idc-Indication-UL-CA-r11			ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Cond idc-Ind
	]],
	[[	idc-HardwareSharingIndication-r13	ENUMERATED {setup}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	idc-Indication-MRDC-r15		CHOICE{
			release					NULL,
			setup					CandidateServingFreqListNR-r15
		}			OPTIONAL	-- Cond idc-Ind
	]]
}

ObtainLocationConfig-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	obtainLocation-r11				ENUMERATED {setup}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 ::= CHOICE{
	release					NULL,
	setup					SEQUENCE{
		powerPrefIndicationTimer-r11		ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20,
											s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3,
											spare2, spare1}
	}
}

ReportProximityConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE {
	proximityIndicationEUTRA-r9		ENUMERATED {enabled}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	proximityIndicationUTRA-r9		ENUMERATED {enabled}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

CandidateServingFreqListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR-r15

-- ASN1STOP

OtherConfig field descriptions
ailc-BitConfig
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to provide assistance information bit for local cache. If configured, the UE shall only apply to a DRB configured with 12-bit PDCP SN format as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
autonomousDenialSubframes
Indicates the maximum number of the UL subframes for which the UE is allowed to deny any UL transmission. Value n2 corresponds to 2 subframes, n5 to 5 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN does not configure autonomous denial for frequencies on which SCG cells are configured.
autonomousDenialValidity
Indicates the validity period over which the UL autonomous denial subframes shall be counted. Value sf200 corresponds to 200 subframes, sf500 corresponds to 500 subframes and so on.
bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer
Prohibit timer for bandwidth preference indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
CandidateServingFreqListNR
Indicates the candidate NR serving frequencies that are subject to IDC indication for MR-DC.
delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for delay budget reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot4 means prohibit timer is set to 0.4 second, and so on.
idc-HardwareSharingIndication
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed indicate in InDeviceCoexIndication that the cause of the problems are due to hardware sharing, and whether the UE is allowed to omit the TDM assistance information.
idc-Indication
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to initiate transmission of the InDeviceCoexIndication message to the network.
idc-Indication-MRDC
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC using the InDeviceCoexIndication message.
idc-Indication-UL-CA
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA using the InDeviceCoexIndication message.
measConfigAppLayerContainer
The field contains configuration of application layer measurements, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [90] and clause 16.5 in TS 26.114 [99].
serviceType
Indicates the type of application layer measurement. Value qoe indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for streaming services, value qoemtsi indicates Enhanced Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for MTSI.
obtainLocation
Requests the UE to attempt to have detailed location information available using GNSS. E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeLocationInfo is configured for one or more measurements.
overheatingAssistanceConfig
Configuration for the UE to report assistance information to inform the eNB about UE detected internal overheating.
overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for overheating assistance information reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
powerPrefIndicationTimer
Prohibit timer for Power Preference Indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
reportProximityConfig
Indicates, for each of the applicable RATs (EUTRA, UTRA), whether or not proximity indication is enabled for CSG member cell(s) of the concerned RAT. Note.
rlmReportTimer
Prohibit timer for RLM event reporting, i.e. "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" event reporting, as specified in clause 5.6.10. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
rlmReportRep-MPDCCH
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to report excess repetitions on MPDCCH. 
sps-AssistanceInfoReport
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to report SPS-AssistanceInformation.

NOTE:	Enabling/ disabling of proximity indication includes enabling/ disabling of the related functionality e.g. autonomous search in connected mode.
Conditional presence
Explanation
idc-Ind
The field is optionally present if idc-Indication is present, need OR. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	RAN-AreaCode
The RAN-AreaCode IE indicates RAN area code of the cell.
RAN-AreaCode information element
-- ASN1START

RAN-AreaCode-r15 ::=					INTEGER (0..255)

-- ASN1STOP

–	RAND-CDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The RAND-CDMA2000 concerns a random value, generated by the eNB, to be passed to the CDMA2000 upper layers.
RAND-CDMA2000 information element
-- ASN1START

RAND-CDMA2000 ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE (32))

-- ASN1STOP

–	RAT-Type
The IE RAT-Type is used to indicate the radio access technology (RAT), including E‑UTRA, of the requested/ transferred UE capabilities. A separate value applies for some EUTRA-NR capabilities that are transferred by a separate UE capability container, used in case of MR-DC.
RAT-Type information element
-- ASN1START

RAT-Type ::=						ENUMERATED {
										eutra, utra, geran-cs, geran-ps, cdma2000-1XRTT,
										nr, eutra-nr, spare1, ...}

-- ASN1STOP

–	ResumeIdentity
The IE ResumeIdentity is used to identify the suspended UE context
ResumeIdentity information element
-- ASN1START

ResumeIdentity-r13 ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE(40))

-- ASN1STOP

–	RRC-TransactionIdentifier
The IE RRC-TransactionIdentifier is used, together with the message type, for the identification of an RRC procedure (transaction).
RRC-TransactionIdentifier information element
-- ASN1START

RRC-TransactionIdentifier ::=		INTEGER (0..3)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SBAS-ID
The IE SBAS‑ID is used to indicate a specific SBAS (see also TS 36.355 [54]).
-- ASN1START

SBAS-ID-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	sbas-id-r15				ENUMERATED { waas, egnos, msas, gagan, ...},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	ShortI-RNTI
The ShortI-RNTI IE is used to identify the suspended UE context of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE using fewer bits compared to I-RNTI.
ShortI-RNTI information element
-- ASN1START

ShortI-RNTI-r15 ::=						BIT STRING (SIZE(24))

-- ASN1STOP

–	S-NSSAI
The IE S-NSSAI identifies a Network Slice end to end and comprises a slice/service type and a slice differentiator, see TS 23.003 [27].
S-NSSAI information element
-- ASN1START

S-NSSAI-r15 ::=			CHOICE{
	sst							BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
	sst-SD						BIT STRING (SIZE (32))		
}

-- ASN1STOP

S-NSSAI field descriptions
sst
Indicates the S-NSSAI consists of Slice/Service Type, see TS 23.003 [27].
sst-SD
Indicates the S-NSSAI consists of Slice/Service Type and Slice Differentiator, see TS 23.003 [27].

–	S-TMSI
The IE S-TMSI contains an S-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity, a temporary UE identity provided by the EPC which uniquely identifies the UE within the tracking area, see TS 23.003 [27].
S-TMSI information element
-- ASN1START

S-TMSI ::=							SEQUENCE {
	mmec								MMEC,
	m-TMSI								BIT STRING (SIZE (32))
}

-- ASN1STOP

S-TMSI field descriptions
m-TMSI
The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the M-TMSI.

–	TraceReference
The TraceReference contains parameter Trace Reference as defined in TS 32.422 [58].
TraceReference information element
-- ASN1START

TraceReference-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r10				PLMN-Identity,
	traceId-r10						OCTET STRING (SIZE (3))
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList
The IE UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList contains list of containers, one for each RAT for which UE capabilities are transferred, if any.
UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList information element
-- ASN1START

UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList ::=SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF UE-CapabilityRAT-Container

UE-CapabilityRAT-Container ::= SEQUENCE {
	rat-Type							RAT-Type,
	ueCapabilityRAT-Container			OCTET STRING
}

-- ASN1STOP

UECapabilityRAT-ContainerList field descriptions
ueCapabilityRAT-Container
Container for the UE capabilities of the indicated RAT. The encoding is defined in the specification of each RAT:
For E‑UTRA: the encoding of UE capabilities is defined in IE UE-EUTRA-Capability.
For UTRA: the octet string contains the INTER RAT HANDOVER INFO message defined in TS 25.331 [19].
For GERAN CS: the octet string contains the concatenated string of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 and Mobile Station Classmark 3. The first 5 octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 2 and the following octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 3. The Mobile Station Classmark 2 is formatted as 'TLV' and is coded in the same way as the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet is the Mobile station classmark 2 IEI and its value shall be set to 33H. The second octet is the Length of mobile station classmark 2 and its value shall be set to 3. The octet 3 contains the first octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element, the octet 4 contains the second octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element and so on. For each of these octets, the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the octet contains b8 of the corresponding octet of the Mobile Station Classmark 2. The Mobile Station Classmark 3 is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the Mobile station classmark 3 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The sixth octet of this octet string contains octet 1 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3, the seventh of octet of this octet string contains octet 2 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3 and so on. Note.
For GERAN PS: the encoding of UE capabilities is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the MS Radio Access Capability information element in TS 24.008 [49].
For CDMA2000-1XRTT: the octet string contains the A21 Mobile Subscription Information and the encoding of this is defined in A.S0008 [33]. The A21 Mobile Subscription Information contains the supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class and band sub-class information.
For NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-NR-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82].
For EUTRA-NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-MRDC-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82]

NOTE:	The value part is specified by means of CSN.1, which encoding results in a bit string, to which final padding may be appended up to the next octet boundary TS 24.008 [49]. The first/ leftmost bit of the CSN.1 bit string is placed in the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the first octet. This continues until the last bit of the CSN.1 bit string, which is placed in the last/ rightmost/ least significant bit of the last octet.
–	UE-EUTRA-Capability
The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability is used to convey the E-UTRA UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5], and the Feature Group Indicators for mandatory features (defined in Annexes B.1 and C.1) to the network. The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability is transferred in E-UTRA or in another RAT.
NOTE 0:	For (UE capability specific) guidelines on the use of keyword OPTIONAL, see Annex A.3.5.
UE-EUTRA-Capability information element
-- ASN1START

UE-EUTRA-Capability ::=			SEQUENCE {
	accessStratumRelease			AccessStratumRelease,
	ue-Category						INTEGER (1..5),
	pdcp-Parameters					PDCP-Parameters,
	phyLayerParameters				PhyLayerParameters,
	rf-Parameters					RF-Parameters,
	measParameters					MeasParameters,
	featureGroupIndicators			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))					OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-Parameters				SEQUENCE {
		utraFDD							IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD				OPTIONAL,
		utraTDD128						IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128			OPTIONAL,
		utraTDD384						IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD384			OPTIONAL,
		utraTDD768						IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD768			OPTIONAL,
		geran							IRAT-ParametersGERAN				OPTIONAL,
		cdma2000-HRPD					IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD		OPTIONAL,
		cdma2000-1xRTT					IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT		OPTIONAL
	},
	nonCriticalExtension			UE-EUTRA-Capability-v920-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non critical extensions
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0		IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v9d0				PhyLayerParameters-v9d0			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v9e0					RF-Parameters-v9e0						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0		IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0				OPTIONAL,
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-9 extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10	OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v10f0					RF-Parameters-v10f0						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10i0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10i0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v10i0					RF-Parameters-v10i0						OPTIONAL,
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-10 extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10j0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11d0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10j0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v10j0					RF-Parameters-v10j0						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11d0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v11d0					RF-Parameters-v11d0						OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-v11d0				Other-Parameters-v11d0					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11x0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11x0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-11 extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12b0-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12b0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v12b0					RF-Parameters-v12b0						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12x0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12x0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-12 extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1370-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1370-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ce-Parameters-v1370					CE-Parameters-v1370						OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1370	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1370	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1380-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1380-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1380					RF-Parameters-v1380						OPTIONAL,
	ce-Parameters-v1380					CE-Parameters-v1380,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1380	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1380	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1390-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1390-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1390					RF-Parameters-v1390						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0a-IEs 			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0a-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0b-IEs)							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1470-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0b-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v13e0			PhyLayerParameters-v13e0,
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-13 extensions
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mbms-Parameters-v1470				MBMS-Parameters-v1470					OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1470			PhyLayerParameters-v1470				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1470					RF-Parameters-v1470						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v14a0				PhyLayerParameters-v14a0,
	-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-14 extensions
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14b0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14b0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v14b0				RF-Parameters-v14b0				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non critical extensions
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v920-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v920					PhyLayerParameters-v920,
	interRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920			IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920			IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920			OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v920		IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920	OPTIONAL,
	deviceType-r9							ENUMERATED {noBenFromBatConsumpOpt}	OPTIONAL,
	csg-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9	CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9,
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9,
	son-Parameters-r9						SON-Parameters-r9,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v940-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v940-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs)			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-v1020					INTEGER (6..8)							OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1020			PhyLayerParameters-v1020				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1020					RF-Parameters-v1020						OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1020				MeasParameters-v1020					OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndRel10-r10			BIT STRING (SIZE (32))					OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1020	IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020		OPTIONAL,
	ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10	UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10		OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020	IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1060-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1060-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1060	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1060	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060	OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1060					RF-Parameters-v1060						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1090-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1090-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1090					RF-Parameters-v1090						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1130-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1130-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-Parameters-v1130				PDCP-Parameters-v1130,
	phyLayerParameters-v1130			PhyLayerParameters-v1130				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1130					RF-Parameters-v1130,
	measParameters-v1130				MeasParameters-v1130,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130	IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130,
	otherParameters-r11					Other-Parameters-r11,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1130	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1130	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1170-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1170-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1170			PhyLayerParameters-v1170				OPTIONAL,
	ue-Category-v1170					INTEGER (9..10)							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1180-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1180-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1180					RF-Parameters-v1180						OPTIONAL,
	mbms-Parameters-r11					MBMS-Parameters-r11						OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1180	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1180	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-v11a0					INTEGER (11..12)						OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v11a0				MeasParameters-v11a0					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1250-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1250-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1250				PhyLayerParameters-v1250				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1250						RF-Parameters-v1250						OPTIONAL,
	rlc-Parameters-r12						RLC-Parameters-r12						OPTIONAL,
	ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250	UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250	OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryDL-r12						INTEGER (0..14)							OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryUL-r12						INTEGER (0..13)							OPTIONAL,
	wlan-IW-Parameters-r12					WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12					OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1250					MeasParameters-v1250					OPTIONAL,
	dc-Parameters-r12						DC-Parameters-r12						OPTIONAL,
	mbms-Parameters-v1250					MBMS-Parameters-v1250					OPTIONAL,
	mac-Parameters-r12						MAC-Parameters-r12						OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1250		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1250		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250	OPTIONAL,
	sl-Parameters-r12						SL-Parameters-r12						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1260-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1260-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategoryDL-v1260					INTEGER (15..16)						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1270-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1270-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1270					RF-Parameters-v1270						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1280-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1280-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1280			PhyLayerParameters-v1280				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1310-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategoryDL-v1310					ENUMERATED {n17, m1}					OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryUL-v1310					ENUMERATED {n14, m1}					OPTIONAL,
	pdcp-Parameters-v1310				PDCP-Parameters-v1310,
	rlc-Parameters-v1310				RLC-Parameters-v1310,
	mac-Parameters-v1310				MAC-Parameters-v1310					OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1310			PhyLayerParameters-v1310				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1310					RF-Parameters-v1310						OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1310				MeasParameters-v1310					OPTIONAL,
	dc-Parameters-v1310					DC-Parameters-v1310						OPTIONAL,
	sl-Parameters-v1310					SL-Parameters-v1310						OPTIONAL,
	scptm-Parameters-r13				SCPTM-Parameters-r13					OPTIONAL,
	ce-Parameters-r13					CE-Parameters-r13						OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13			IRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13,
	laa-Parameters-r13					LAA-Parameters-r13						OPTIONAL,
	lwa-Parameters-r13					LWA-Parameters-r13						OPTIONAL,
	wlan-IW-Parameters-v1310			WLAN-IW-Parameters-v1310,
	lwip-Parameters-r13					LWIP-Parameters-r13,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1310	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1310	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1310	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1310	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1320-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1320-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ce-Parameters-v1320					CE-Parameters-v1320						OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1320			PhyLayerParameters-v1320				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1320					RF-Parameters-v1320						OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1320	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1320	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1320	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1320	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1330-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1330-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategoryDL-v1330					INTEGER (18..19)						OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1330			PhyLayerParameters-v1330				OPTIONAL,
	ue-CE-NeedULGaps-r13				ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1340-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1340-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategoryUL-v1340					INTEGER (15)							OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1350-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1350-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategoryDL-v1350					ENUMERATED {oneBis}						OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryUL-v1350					ENUMERATED {oneBis}						OPTIONAL,
	ce-Parameters-v1350					CE-Parameters-v1350,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1360-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1360-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	other-Parameters-v1360				Other-Parameters-v1360					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1430-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1430			PhyLayerParameters-v1430,
	ue-CategoryDL-v1430					ENUMERATED {m2}								OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryUL-v1430					ENUMERATED {n16, n17, n18, n19, n20, m2}	OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryUL-v1430b				ENUMERATED {n21}							OPTIONAL,
	mac-Parameters-v1430				MAC-Parameters-v1430						OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1430				MeasParameters-v1430						OPTIONAL,
	pdcp-Parameters-v1430				PDCP-Parameters-v1430						OPTIONAL,
	rlc-Parameters-v1430				RLC-Parameters-v1430,
	rf-Parameters-v1430					RF-Parameters-v1430							OPTIONAL,
	laa-Parameters-v1430				LAA-Parameters-v1430						OPTIONAL,
	lwa-Parameters-v1430				LWA-Parameters-v1430						OPTIONAL,
	lwip-Parameters-v1430				LWIP-Parameters-v1430						OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-v1430				Other-Parameters-v1430,
	mmtel-Parameters-r14				MMTEL-Parameters-r14						OPTIONAL,
	mobilityParameters-r14				MobilityParameters-r14						OPTIONAL,
	ce-Parameters-v1430					CE-Parameters-v1430,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1430	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1430		OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1430	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1430		OPTIONAL,
	mbms-Parameters-v1430				MBMS-Parameters-v1430						OPTIONAL,
	sl-Parameters-v1430					SL-Parameters-v1430							OPTIONAL,
	ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1430	UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1430	OPTIONAL,
	highSpeedEnhParameters-r14			HighSpeedEnhParameters-r14					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1440-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1440-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lwa-Parameters-v1440				LWA-Parameters-v1440,
	mac-Parameters-v1440				MAC-Parameters-v1440,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1450-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1450-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1450			PhyLayerParameters-v1450		OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1450					RF-Parameters-v1450			OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-v1450				OtherParameters-v1450,
	ue-CategoryDL-v1450					INTEGER (20)					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1460-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1460-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategoryDL-v1460				INTEGER (21)							OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-v1460				Other-Parameters-v1460,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1510-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	irat-ParametersNR-r15					IRAT-ParametersNR-r15					OPTIONAL,
	featureSetsEUTRA-r15					FeatureSetsEUTRA-r15					OPTIONAL,
	pdcp-ParametersNR-r15					PDCP-ParametersNR-r15					OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1510		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1510	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1510		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1510	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1520-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1520-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measParameters-v1520					MeasParameters-v1520,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1530-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measParameters-v1530					MeasParameters-v1530					OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-v1530					Other-Parameters-v1530					OPTIONAL,
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530	OPTIONAL,
	mac-Parameters-v1530					MAC-Parameters-v1530					OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1530				PhyLayerParameters-v1530				OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1530						RF-Parameters-v1530						OPTIONAL,
	pdcp-Parameters-v1530					PDCP-Parameters-v1530					OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryDL-v1530						INTEGER (22..26)						OPTIONAL,
	ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1530	UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1530	OPTIONAL,
	rlc-Parameters-v1530					RLC-Parameters-v1530					OPTIONAL,
	sl-Parameters-v1530						SL-Parameters-v1530						OPTIONAL,
	extendedNumberOfDRBs-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	reducedCP-Latency-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	laa-Parameters-v1530					LAA-Parameters-v1530					OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategoryUL-v1530						INTEGER (22..26)						OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1530		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1530	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1530		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1530	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1540-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1540				PhyLayerParameters-v1540				OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-v1540					Other-Parameters-v1540,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1540		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1540	OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1540		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1540	OPTIONAL,
	sl-Parameters-v1540						SL-Parameters-v1540						OPTIONAL,
	irat-ParametersNR-v1540					IRAT-ParametersNR-v1540					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1550-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1550-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550	OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1550				PhyLayerParameters-v1550,
	mac-Parameters-v1550					MAC-Parameters-v1550,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1550		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1550,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1550		UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1550,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1560-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-ParametersNR-v1560				PDCP-ParametersNR-v1560,
	irat-ParametersNR-v1560				IRAT-ParametersNR-v1560,
	appliedCapabilityFilterCommon-r15		OCTET STRING							OPTIONAL,
	fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1560	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1560,
	tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1560	UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1560,
	nonCriticalExtension					UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1570-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1570-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	rf-Parameters-v1570				RF-Parameters-v1570					OPTIONAL,
	irat-ParametersNR-v1570			IRAT-ParametersNR-v1570					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-r9					PhyLayerParameters						OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndicators-r9				BIT STRING (SIZE (32))					OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9				BIT STRING (SIZE (32))					OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersGERAN-r9				IRAT-ParametersGERAN					OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-r9				IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920				OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-r9			IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920		OPTIONAL,
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9	OPTIONAL,
	...
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1060				PhyLayerParameters-v1020				OPTIONAL,
	featureGroupIndRel10-v1060				BIT STRING (SIZE (32))					OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1060		IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020		OPTIONAL,
	interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1060		IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10	OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1130					PhyLayerParameters-v1130			OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1130						MeasParameters-v1130				OPTIONAL,
	otherParameters-r11							Other-Parameters-r11				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-Parameters-r11					MBMS-Parameters-r11
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1250			PhyLayerParameters-v1250			OPTIONAL,
	measParameters-v1250				MeasParameters-v1250				OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1310			PhyLayerParameters-v1310			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1320 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1320			PhyLayerParameters-v1320			OPTIONAL,
	scptm-Parameters-r13				SCPTM-Parameters-r13				OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ce-Parameters-v1370					CE-Parameters-v1370					OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ce-Parameters-v1380					CE-Parameters-v1380
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1430			PhyLayerParameters-v1430			OPTIONAL,
	mmtel-Parameters-r14				MMTEL-Parameters-r14				OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1510 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-ParametersNR-r15						PDCP-ParametersNR-r15		OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530	OPTIONAL,
	reducedCP-Latency-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1540 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eutra-5GC-Parameters-r15					EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-r15		OPTIONAL,
	irat-ParametersNR-v1540						IRAT-ParametersNR-v1540			OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1550 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550	NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550	OPTIONAL
}

UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1560 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-ParametersNR-v1560					PDCP-ParametersNR-v1560
}

AccessStratumRelease ::=			ENUMERATED {
										rel8, rel9, rel10, rel11, rel12, rel13,
										rel14, rel15, ...}

FeatureSetsEUTRA-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	featureSetsDL-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-r15		OPTIONAL,
	featureSetsDL-PerCC-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-PerCC-r15		OPTIONAL,
	featureSetsUL-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetUL-r15		OPTIONAL,
	featureSetsUL-PerCC-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetUL-PerCC-r15		OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	featureSetsDL-v1550		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-v1550	OPTIONAL
	]]

}

MobilityParameters-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	makeBeforeBreak-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	rach-Less-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

DC-Parameters-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	drb-TypeSplit-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	drb-TypeSCG-r12							ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

DC-Parameters-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-TransferSplitUL-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ue-SSTD-Meas-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12	ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	longDRX-Command-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	extendedMAC-LengthField-r13		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	extendedLongDRX-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	shortSPS-IntervalFDD-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	shortSPS-IntervalTDD-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	skipUplinkDynamic-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	skipUplinkSPS-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	multipleUplinkSPS-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	dataInactMon-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-v1440 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rai-Support-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	min-Proc-TimelineSubslot-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..3)) OF ProcessingTimelineSet-r15	OPTIONAL,
	skipSubframeProcessing-r15			SkipSubframeProcessing-r15						OPTIONAL,
	earlyData-UP-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}							OPTIONAL,
	dormantSCellState-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}							OPTIONAL,
	directSCellActivation-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}							OPTIONAL,
	directSCellHibernation-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}							OPTIONAL,
	extendedLCID-Duplication-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}							OPTIONAL,
	sps-ServingCell-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}							OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-v1550 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	eLCID-Support-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

ProcessingTimelineSet-r15 ::=		ENUMERATED {set1, set2}

RLC-Parameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}
}

RLC-Parameters-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	extendedRLC-SN-SO-Field-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

RLC-Parameters-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	extendedPollByte-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

RLC-Parameters-v1530 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	flexibleUM-AM-Combinations-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	rlc-AM-Ooo-Delivery-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	rlc-UM-Ooo-Delivery-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PDCP-Parameters ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedROHC-Profiles				ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15,
	maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions		ENUMERATED {
											cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32,
											cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024,
											cs16384, spare2, spare1}				DEFAULT cs16,
	...
}

PDCP-Parameters-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-SN-Extension-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	supportRohcContextContinue-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PDCP-Parameters-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	pdcp-SN-Extension-18bits-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL
}

PDCP-Parameters-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedUplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles-r14		SEQUENCE {
		profile0x0006-r14						BOOLEAN
	},
	maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14		ENUMERATED {
											cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32,
											cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024,
											cs16384, spare2, spare1}				DEFAULT cs16
}

PDCP-Parameters-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	supportedUDC-r15					SupportedUDC-r15				OPTIONAL,
	pdcp-Duplication-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedUDC-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedStandardDic-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	supportedOperatorDic-r15			SupportedOperatorDic-r15	OPTIONAL
}

SupportedOperatorDic-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	versionOfDictionary-r15				INTEGER (0..15),
	associatedPLMN-ID-r15				PLMN-Identity
}

PhyLayerParameters ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported		BOOLEAN,
	ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported		BOOLEAN
}

PhyLayerParameters-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	enhancedDualLayerFDD-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	enhancedDualLayerTDD-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v9d0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	tm5-FDD-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	tm5-TDD-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1020 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	pmi-Disabling-r10						ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	crossCarrierScheduling-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC-r10			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10	NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10	OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1130 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	crs-InterfHandl-r11						ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	ePDCCH-r11								ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	multiACK-CSI-Reporting-r11				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	ss-CCH-InterfHandl-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect-r11				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	ul-CoMP-r11								ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1170 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig-r11	BIT STRING (SIZE (2))			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	enhanced-4TxCodebook-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE (2))			OPTIONAL,
	phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	pusch-FeedbackMode-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet-r12	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	csi-SubframeSet-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling-r12	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	discoverySignalsInDeactSCell-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	naics-Capability-List-r12				NAICS-Capability-List-r12		OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1280 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	alternativeTBS-Indices-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	aperiodicCSI-Reporting-r13				BIT STRING (SIZE (2))			OPTIONAL,
	codebook-HARQ-ACK-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (2))			OPTIONAL,
	crossCarrierScheduling-B5C-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	fdd-HARQ-TimingTDD-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-r13			INTEGER(5..32)					OPTIONAL,
	pucch-Format4-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	pucch-Format5-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	pucch-SCell-r13							ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	spatialBundling-HARQ-ACK-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBlindDecoding-r13				SEQUENCE {
		maxNumberDecoding-r13					INTEGER(1..32)				OPTIONAL,
		pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		skipMonitoringDCI-Format0-1A-r13		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	uci-PUSCH-Ext-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	crs-InterfMitigationTM10-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	pdsch-CollisionHandling-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1320 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	mimo-UE-Parameters-r13					MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1330 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA-r13	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB-r13	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs-r13		INTEGER (1.. maxServCell-r13)	OPTIONAL,
	crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13		INTEGER (1.. maxServCell-r13)	OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v13e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	mimo-UE-Parameters-v13e0				MIMO-UE-Parameters-v13e0	
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14			ENUMERATED {bw5, bw20}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-RetuningSymbols-r14					ENUMERATED {n0, n1}				OPTIONAL,
	ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-Enhancement-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-PUCCH-Enhancement-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ce-ClosedLoopTxAntennaSelection-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	tdd-TTI-Bundling-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	dmrs-LessUpPTS-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	mimo-UE-Parameters-v1430				MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430		OPTIONAL,
	alternativeTBS-Index-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	feMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14			FeMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14	OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1450 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	crs-LessDwPTS-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL}

PhyLayerParameters-v1470 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	mimo-UE-Parameters-v1470				MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1470		OPTIONAL,
	srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v14a0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ssp10-TDD-Only-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	stti-SPT-Capabilities-r15 				SEQUENCE {
		aperiodicCsi-ReportingSTTI-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-MBSFN-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		dmrs-PositionPattern-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		dmrs-SharingSubslotPDSCH-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		dmrs-RepetitionSubslotPDSCH-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		epdcch-SPT-differentCells-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		epdcch-STTI-differentCells-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		maxLayersSlotOrSubslotPUSCH-r15			ENUMERATED {oneLayer,twoLayers,fourLayers}
		OPTIONAL,
		maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-SPT-r15		INTEGER(5..32)					OPTIONAL,
		maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb77-r15		INTEGER(1..32)			OPTIONAL,
		maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb27-r15		INTEGER(1..32)			OPTIONAL,
		maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set1-r15	INTEGER(1..32)			OPTIONAL,
		maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set2-r15	INTEGER(1..32)			OPTIONAL,
		mimo-UE-ParametersSTTI-r15 				MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13			OPTIONAL,
		mimo-UE-ParametersSTTI-v1530			MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430		OPTIONAL,
		numberOfBlindDecodesUSS-r15				INTEGER(4..32)					OPTIONAL,
		pdsch-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Decoding-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		powerUCI-SlotPUSCH						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		powerUCI-SubslotPUSCH					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		subslotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		spdcch-differentRS-types-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		srs-DCI7-TriggeringFS2-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		sps-cyclicShift-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		spdcch-Reuse-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		sps-STTI-r15							ENUMERATED {slot, subslot, slotAndSubslot}
		OPTIONAL,
		tm8-slotPDSCH-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		tm9-slotSubslot-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		tm9-slotSubslotMBSFN-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		tm10-slotSubslot-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		tm10-slotSubslotMBSFN-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		txDiv-SPUCCH-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ul-AsyncHarqSharingDiff-TTI-Lengths-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
	}																			OPTIONAL,
	ce-Capabilities-r15					SEQUENCE {
		ce-CRS-IntfMitig-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-CQI-AlternativeTable-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-PDSCH-64QAM-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		ce-UL-HARQ-ACK-Feedback-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	shortCQI-ForSCellActivation-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	mimo-CBSR-AdvancedCSI-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	crs-IntfMitig-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ul-PowerControlEnhancements-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	urllc-Capabilities-r15					SEQUENCE {
		pdsch-RepSubframe-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pdsch-RepSlot-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pdsch-RepSubslot-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubframe-r15		INTEGER (0..6)				OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubframe-r15			INTEGER (0..31)				OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSlot-r15			INTEGER (0..6)				OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSlot-r15				INTEGER (0..31)				OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubslot-r15		INTEGER (0..6)				OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubslot-r15			INTEGER (0..31)				OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SlotRepPCell-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SlotRepPSCell-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SlotRepSCell-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPCell-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPSCell-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SubframeRepSCell-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPCell-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPSCell-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		pusch-SPS-SubslotRepSCell-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		semiStaticCFI-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		semiStaticCFI-Pattern-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
	}	OPTIONAL,
	altMCS-Table-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1540 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	stti-SPT-Capabilities-v1540 			SEQUENCE {
		slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM8-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}
	}												OPTIONAL,
	crs-IM-TM1-toTM9-OneRX-Port-v1540		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	cch-IM-RefRecTypeA-OneRX-Port-v1540		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-v1550 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dmrs-OverheadReduction-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	parametersTM9-r13						MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13		OPTIONAL,
	parametersTM10-r13						MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13		OPTIONAL,
	srs-EnhancementsTDD-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	srs-Enhancements-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	interferenceMeasRestriction-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-UE-Parameters-v13e0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	mimo-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13		MIMO-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13	OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	parametersTM9-v1430						MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430	OPTIONAL,
	parametersTM10-v1430					MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430	OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1470 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	parametersTM9-v1470					MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470,
	parametersTM10-v1470					MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470
}

MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	nonPrecoded-r13							MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13	OPTIONAL,
	beamformed-r13							MIMO-UE-BeamformedCapabilities-r13	OPTIONAL,
	channelMeasRestriction-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	dmrs-Enhancements-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	csi-RS-EnhancementsTDD-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nzp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo-r14			SEQUENCE {
		nMaxProc-r14							INTEGER(5..32),
		nMaxResource-r14						ENUMERATED {ffs1, ffs2, ffs3, ffs4}
	}																			OPTIONAL,
	nzp-CSI-RS-PeriodicInfo-r14				SEQUENCE {
		nMaxResource-r14						ENUMERATED {ffs1, ffs2, ffs3, ffs4}
	}																			OPTIONAL,
	zp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ul-dmrs-Enhancements-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	densityReductionNP-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	densityReductionBF-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	hybridCSI-r14							ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	semiOL-r14								ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	csi-ReportingNP-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts-r14		ENUMERATED {n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28}	OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	parametersTM9-r13						MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13		OPTIONAL,
	parametersTM10-r13						MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13		OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	parametersTM9-r15						MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15	OPTIONAL,
	parametersTM10-r15						MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15	OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	parametersTM9-v1430						MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430	OPTIONAL,
	parametersTM10-v1430					MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430	OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1470 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	parametersTM9-v1470						MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470,
	parametersTM10-v1470						MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	nonPrecoded-r13							MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13	OPTIONAL,
	beamformed-r13							MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13	OPTIONAL,
	dmrs-Enhancements-r13					ENUMERATED {different}				OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	csi-ReportingNP-r14						ENUMERATED {different}				OPTIONAL,
	csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14				ENUMERATED {different}				OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts-r14		ENUMERATED {n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28}	OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	nonPrecoded-r13							MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13	OPTIONAL,
	beamformed-r13							MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13	OPTIONAL,
	dmrs-Enhancements-r13					ENUMERATED {different}				OPTIONAL,
	csi-ReportingNP-r14						ENUMERATED {different}				OPTIONAL,
	csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14				ENUMERATED {different}				OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	config1-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	config2-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	config3-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	config4-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-UE-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	altCodebook-r13							ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	mimo-BeamformedCapabilities-r13			MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13
}

MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF MIMO-BeamformedCapabilities-r13

MIMO-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	k-Max-r13								INTEGER (1..8),
	n-MaxList-r13							BIT STRING (SIZE (1..7))		OPTIONAL
}

MIMO-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	relWeightTwoLayers-r13	ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot25, v1dot5, v1dot75, v2, v2dot5, v3, v4},
	relWeightFourLayers-r13	ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot25, v1dot5, v1dot75, v2, v2dot5, v3, v4}	OPTIONAL,
	relWeightEightLayers-r13	ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot25, v1dot5, v1dot75, v2, v2dot5, v3, v4}	OPTIONAL,
	totalWeightedLayers-r13	INTEGER (2..128)
}

NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-r10

NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info-r10	ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRA				SupportedBandListEUTRA
}

RF-Parameters-v9e0 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0				SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0				OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1020 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-r10			SupportedBandCombination-r10
}

RF-Parameters-v1060 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombinationExt-r10			SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10
}

RF-Parameters-v1090 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1090			SupportedBandCombination-v1090			OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v10f0 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	modifiedMPR-Behavior-r10					BIT STRING (SIZE (32))				OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v10i0 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v10i0			SupportedBandCombination-v10i0			OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v10j0 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	multiNS-Pmax-r10						ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1130 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1130			SupportedBandCombination-v1130			OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1180 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	freqBandRetrieval-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	requestedBands-r11						SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11						OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11			SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11		OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v11d0 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0		OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRA-v1250				SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombination-v1250			SupportedBandCombination-v1250			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250		OPTIONAL,
	freqBandPriorityAdjustment-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1270 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1270			SupportedBandCombination-v1270			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270		OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	eNB-RequestedParameters-r13			SEQUENCE {
		reducedIntNonContCombRequested-r13	ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL,
		requestedCCsDL-r13					INTEGER (2..32)							OPTIONAL,
		requestedCCsUL-r13					INTEGER (2..32)							OPTIONAL,
		skipFallbackCombRequested-r13		ENUMERATED {true}						OPTIONAL
	}																				OPTIONAL,
	maximumCCsRetrieval-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	skipFallbackCombinations-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	reducedIntNonContComb-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandListEUTRA-v1310			SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1310			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13		SupportedBandCombinationReduced-r13		OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1320 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRA-v1320			SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1320			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombination-v1320			SupportedBandCombination-v1320			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320	OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1380 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1380			SupportedBandCombination-v1380			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380	OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1390 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1390			SupportedBandCombination-v1390			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390	OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v12b0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	maxLayersMIMO-Indication-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1430			SupportedBandCombination-v1430			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430	OPTIONAL,
	eNB-RequestedParameters-v1430			SEQUENCE {
		requestedDiffFallbackCombList-r14		BandCombinationList-r14
	}																				OPTIONAL,
	diffFallbackCombReport-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1450 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1450			SupportedBandCombination-v1450			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450	OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1470 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v1470			SupportedBandCombination-v1470			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470	OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v14b0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandCombination-v14b0			SupportedBandCombination-v14b0			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0	OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1530 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sTTI-SPT-Supported-r15					ENUMERATED {supported} 					OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombination-v1530			SupportedBandCombination-v1530			OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530		SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530		OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530	SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530	OPTIONAL,
	powerClass-14dBm-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-v1570 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor-r15				ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot2, v1dot25},
	dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers-r15		INTEGER (0..10)
}

SkipSubframeProcessing-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	skipProcessingDL-Slot-r15			INTEGER (0..3)					OPTIONAL,
	skipProcessingDL-SubSlot-r15		INTEGER (0..3)					OPTIONAL,
	skipProcessingUL-Slot-r15			INTEGER (0..3)					OPTIONAL,
	skipProcessingUL-SubSlot-r15		INTEGER (0..3)					OPTIONAL
}

SPT-Parameters-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	frameStructureType-SPT-r15			BIT STRING (SIZE (3))			OPTIONAL,
	maxNumberCCs-SPT-r15				INTEGER (1..32)					OPTIONAL
}

STTI-SPT-BandParameters-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	dl-1024QAM-Slot-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-1-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-2-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousTx-differentTx-duration-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	sTTI-CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15			CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15		OPTIONAL,
	sTTI-CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15			CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15,
	sTTI-FD-MIMO-Coexistence				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	sTTI-MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCs-r15		MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13	OPTIONAL,
	sTTI-MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCs-v1530	MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430	OPTIONAL,
	sTTI-SupportedCombinations-r15			STTI-SupportedCombinations-r15	OPTIONAL,
	sTTI-SupportedCSI-Proc-r15				ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}			OPTIONAL,
	ul-256QAM-Slot-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ul-256QAM-Subslot-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	...
}

STTI-SupportedCombinations-r15 ::= 	SEQUENCE {
	combination-22-r15					DL-UL-CCs-r15					OPTIONAL,
	combination-77-r15					DL-UL-CCs-r15					OPTIONAL,
	combination-27-r15					DL-UL-CCs-r15					OPTIONAL,
	combination-22-27-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15		OPTIONAL,
	combination-77-22-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15		OPTIONAL,
	combination-77-27-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15		OPTIONAL
}

DL-UL-CCs-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	maxNumberDL-CCs-r15				INTEGER (1..32)						OPTIONAL,
	maxNumberUL-CCs-r15				INTEGER (1..32)						OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandCombination-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r10

SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParametersExt-r10

SupportedBandCombination-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1090

SupportedBandCombination-v10i0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v10i0

SupportedBandCombination-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1130

SupportedBandCombination-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1250

SupportedBandCombination-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1270

SupportedBandCombination-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1320

SupportedBandCombination-v1380 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1380

SupportedBandCombination-v1390 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1390

SupportedBandCombination-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1430

SupportedBandCombination-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1450

SupportedBandCombination-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1470

SupportedBandCombination-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v14b0

SupportedBandCombination-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1530

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r11

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v10i0

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1250

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1270

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1320

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1380

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1390

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1430

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1450

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1470

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v14b0

SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1530

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r13

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1320

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1380

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1390

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1430

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1450

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1470

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v14b0

SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1530

BandCombinationParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-r10

BandCombinationParametersExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10	SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10	OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-v1090

BandCombinationParameters-v10i0::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v10i0			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v10i0	OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1130 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	multipleTimingAdvance-r11		ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousRx-Tx-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	bandParameterList-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-v1130	OPTIONAL,
	...
}

BandCombinationParameters-r11 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-r11			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-r11,
	supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r11	SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10	OPTIONAL,
	multipleTimingAdvance-r11		ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousRx-Tx-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	bandInfoEUTRA-r11				BandInfoEUTRA,
	...
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1250::= SEQUENCE {
	dc-Support-r12					SEQUENCE {
		asynchronous-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
		supportedCellGrouping-r12		CHOICE {
				threeEntries-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE(3)),
				fourEntries-r12					BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
				fiveEntries-r12					BIT STRING (SIZE(15))
		}																OPTIONAL
	}																	OPTIONAL,
	supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP-r12		BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12))		OPTIONAL,
	commSupportedBandsPerBC-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBands))		OPTIONAL,
	...
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v1270			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v1270		OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	differentFallbackSupported-r13	ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	bandParameterList-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-r13,
	supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r13	SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10	OPTIONAL,
	multipleTimingAdvance-r13		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	simultaneousRx-Tx-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	bandInfoEUTRA-r13				BandInfoEUTRA,
	dc-Support-r13					SEQUENCE {
		asynchronous-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
		supportedCellGrouping-r13		CHOICE {
				threeEntries-r13				BIT STRING (SIZE(3)),
				fourEntries-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE(7)),
				fiveEntries-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE(15))
		}																OPTIONAL
	}																	OPTIONAL,
	supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP-r13		BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12))	OPTIONAL,
	commSupportedBandsPerBC-r13		BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBands))		OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v1320			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v1320		OPTIONAL,
	additionalRx-Tx-PerformanceReq-r13		ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1380 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v1380		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v1380		OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1390 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-CA-PowerClass-N-r13			ENUMERATED {class2}				OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v1430			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v1430		OPTIONAL,
	v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb-r13))		OPTIONAL,
	v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb-r13))		OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v1450			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v1450		OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v1470			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v1470		OPTIONAL,
	srs-MaxSimultaneousCCs-r14	INTEGER (1..31)				OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v14b0			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			BandParameters-v14b0		OPTIONAL
}

BandCombinationParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParameterList-v1530 		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 							BandParameters-v1530		OPTIONAL,
	spt-Parameters-r15				SPT-Parameters-r15				OPTIONAL
}
-- If an additional band combination parameter is defined, which is supported for MR-DC,
--  it shall be defined in the IE CA-ParametersEUTRA in TS 38.331 [82].

SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 ::=	BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthCombSet-r10))

BandParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-r10					FreqBandIndicator,
	bandParametersUL-r10			BandParametersUL-r10					OPTIONAL,
	bandParametersDL-r10			BandParametersDL-r10					OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-v1090					FreqBandIndicator-v9e0					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

BandParameters-v10i0::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParametersDL-v10i0		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v10i0
}

BandParameters-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedCSI-Proc-r11			ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}
}

BandParameters-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-r11					FreqBandIndicator-r11,
	bandParametersUL-r11			BandParametersUL-r10					OPTIONAL,
	bandParametersDL-r11			BandParametersDL-r10					OPTIONAL,
	supportedCSI-Proc-r11			ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}					OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParametersDL-v1270			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v1270
}

BandParameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-r13					FreqBandIndicator-r11,
	bandParametersUL-r13				BandParametersUL-r13				OPTIONAL,
	bandParametersDL-r13				BandParametersDL-r13				OPTIONAL,
	supportedCSI-Proc-r13			ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}			OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParametersDL-v1320			MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13
}

BandParameters-v1380 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	txAntennaSwitchDL-r13			INTEGER (1..32)					OPTIONAL,
	txAntennaSwitchUL-r13			INTEGER (1..32)					OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParametersDL-v1430			MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430	OPTIONAL,
	ul-256QAM-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList-r14		SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r13)) OF UL-256QAM-perCC-Info-r14		OPTIONAL,
	srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList-r14		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF
			SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-r14	OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE {
	must-CapabilityPerBand-r14		MUST-Parameters-r14		OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE {
	bandParametersDL-v1470			MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1470	OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE {
	srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList-v14b0		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF		SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-v14b0		OPTIONAL
}

BandParameters-v1530 ::= 	SEQUENCE {
	ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL,
	ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-2Pairs-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL,
	ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-3Pairs-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL,
	dl-1024QAM-r15									ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL,
	qcl-TypeC-Operation-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL,
	qcl-CRI-BasedCSI-Reporting-r15 					ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL,
	stti-SPT-BandParameters-r15 					STTI-SPT-BandParameters-r15	OPTIONAL
}

V2X-BandParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	v2x-FreqBandEUTRA-r14			FreqBandIndicator-r11,
	bandParametersTxSL-r14			BandParametersTxSL-r14				OPTIONAL,
	bandParametersRxSL-r14			BandParametersRxSL-r14				OPTIONAL
}

V2X-BandParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
	v2x-EnhancedHighReception-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

BandParametersTxSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	v2x-BandwidthClassTxSL-r14		V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14,
	v2x-eNB-Scheduled-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	v2x-HighPower-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

BandParametersRxSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	v2x-BandwidthClassRxSL-r14		V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14,
	v2x-HighReception-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF V2X-BandwidthClass-r14

UL-256QAM-perCC-Info-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ul-256QAM-perCC-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

FeatureSetDL-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mimo-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15	MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15			OPTIONAL,
	featureSetPerCC-ListDL-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id-r15
}

FeatureSetDL-v1550 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-1024QAM-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

FeatureSetDL-PerCC-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	fourLayerTM3-TM4-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-MRDC-r15		MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10					OPTIONAL,
	supportedCSI-Proc-r15						ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}				OPTIONAL
}

FeatureSetUL-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	featureSetPerCC-ListUL-r15	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxServCell-r13)) OF FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id-r15
}

FeatureSetUL-PerCC-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r15		MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10				OPTIONAL,
	ul-256QAM-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id-r15 ::=	INTEGER (0..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)

FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id-r15 ::=	INTEGER (0..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)

BandParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10

BandParametersUL-r13 ::= CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10

CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ca-BandwidthClassUL-r10				CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r10		MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10				OPTIONAL
}

CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r15		MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10				OPTIONAL
}

BandParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10

BandParametersDL-r13 ::= CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r13

CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ca-BandwidthClassDL-r10				CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10		MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10				OPTIONAL
}

CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v10i0 ::= SEQUENCE {
	fourLayerTM3-TM4-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE {
	intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12
}

CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r13 ::= SEQUENCE {
	ca-BandwidthClassDL-r13					CA-BandwidthClass-r10,
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r13			MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10				OPTIONAL,
	fourLayerTM3-TM4-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r13		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12
}

CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r15			MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10				OPTIONAL,
	fourLayerTM3-TM4-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r15		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF
	IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12				OPTIONAL
}

IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 ::= SEQUENCE {
	fourLayerTM3-TM4-perCC-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r12		MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10				OPTIONAL,
	supportedCSI-Proc-r12				ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}				OPTIONAL
}

CA-BandwidthClass-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ...}

V2X-BandwidthClass-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ..., c1-v1530}

MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers}

MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers}

MUST-Parameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	must-TM234-UpTo2Tx-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	must-TM89-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	must-TM10-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	must-TM89-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14	ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	must-TM10-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14	ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandListEUTRA ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA

SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0

SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250

SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1310

SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1320 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1320

SupportedBandEUTRA ::=				SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA							FreqBandIndicator,
	halfDuplex							BOOLEAN
}

SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	bandEUTRA-v9e0						FreqBandIndicator-v9e0		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dl-256QAM-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ul-64QAM-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandEUTRA-v1310 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-PowerClass-5-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}
SupportedBandEUTRA-v1320 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ue-PowerClass-N-r13			ENUMERATED {class1, class2, class4}		OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters ::=					SEQUENCE {
	bandListEUTRA						BandListEUTRA
}

MeasParameters-v1020 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandCombinationListEUTRA-r10			BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10
}

MeasParameters-v1130 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rsrqMeasWideband-r11			ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v11a0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	benefitsFromInterruption-r11			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v1250 ::=			SEQUENCE {	
	timerT312-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	incMonEUTRA-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	incMonUTRA-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	extendedMaxMeasId-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v1310 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rs-SINR-Meas-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	whiteCellList-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	extendedMaxObjectId-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ul-PDCP-Delay-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	extendedFreqPriorities-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	multiBandInfoReport-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	rssi-AndChannelOccupancyReporting-r13	ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ceMeasurements-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ncsg-r14								ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	shortMeasurementGap-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	perServingCellMeasurementGap-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	nonUniformGap-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v1520 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	measGapPatterns-r15					BIT STRING (SIZE (8))		OPTIONAL
}

MeasParameters-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	qoe-MeasReport-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	qoe-MTSI-MeasReport-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ca-IdleModeMeasurements-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ca-IdleModeValidityArea-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	heightMeas-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	multipleCellsMeasExtension-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

BandListEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF BandInfoEUTRA

BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandInfoEUTRA

BandInfoEUTRA ::=					SEQUENCE {
	interFreqBandList					InterFreqBandList,
	interRAT-BandList					InterRAT-BandList		OPTIONAL
}

InterFreqBandList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterFreqBandInfo

InterFreqBandInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	interFreqNeedForGaps				BOOLEAN
}

InterRAT-BandList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterRAT-BandInfo

InterRAT-BandInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	interRAT-NeedForGaps				BOOLEAN
}

IRAT-ParametersNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	en-DC-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}						OPTIONAL,
	eventB2-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}						OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandListEN-DC-r15		SupportedBandListNR-r15						OPTIONAL
}

IRAT-ParametersNR-v1540 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	sa-NR-r15 								ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	supportedBandListNR-SA-r15			SupportedBandListNR-r15				OPTIONAL
}

IRAT-ParametersNR-v1560 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ng-EN-DC-r15 							ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

IRAT-ParametersNR-v1570 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR1-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR2-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eutra-5GC-r15								ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	eutra-EPC-HO-EUTRA-5GC-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ho-EUTRA-5GC-FDD-TDD-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ho-InterfreqEUTRA-5GC-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	ims-VoiceOverMCG-BearerEUTRA-5GC-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	inactiveState-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	reflectiveQoS-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PDCP-ParametersNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rohc-Profiles-r15					ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15,
	rohc-ContextMaxSessions-r15			ENUMERATED {
											cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32,
											cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024,
											cs16384, spare2, spare1}			DEFAULT cs16,
	rohc-ProfilesUL-Only-r15				SEQUENCE {
		profile0x0006-r15						BOOLEAN
	},
	rohc-ContextContinue-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	outOfOrderDelivery-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	sn-SizeLo-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-MCG-Bearer-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-SCG-Bearer-r15	ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

PDCP-ParametersNR-v1560 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ims-VoNR-PDCP-SCG-NGENDC-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	profile0x0001-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0002-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0003-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0004-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0006-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0101-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0102-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0103-r15					BOOLEAN,
	profile0x0104-r15					BOOLEAN
}

SupportedBandListNR-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsNR-r15)) OF SupportedBandNR-r15

SupportedBandNR-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bandNR-r15							FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-FDD			SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	e-RedirectionUTRA-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128-r9					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN-r9					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	mfbi-UTRA-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-FDD

SupportedBandUTRA-FDD ::=			ENUMERATED {
										bandI, bandII, bandIII, bandIV, bandV, bandVI,
										bandVII, bandVIII, bandIX, bandX, bandXI,
										bandXII, bandXIII, bandXIV, bandXV, bandXVI, ...,
										bandXVII-8a0, bandXVIII-8a0, bandXIX-8a0, bandXX-8a0,
										bandXXI-8a0, bandXXII-8a0, bandXXIII-8a0, bandXXIV-8a0,
										bandXXV-8a0, bandXXVI-8a0, bandXXVII-8a0, bandXXVIII-8a0,
										bandXXIX-8a0, bandXXX-8a0, bandXXXI-8a0, bandXXXII-8a0}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-TDD128		SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128

SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128 ::=		ENUMERATED {
										a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
										o, p, ...}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD384 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-TDD384		SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD384
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD384 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384

SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384 ::=		ENUMERATED {
											a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
											o, p, ...}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD768 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListUTRA-TDD768		SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD768
}

SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD768 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768

SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768 ::=		ENUMERATED {
										a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n,
										o, p, ...}

IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

IRAT-ParametersGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListGERAN				SupportedBandListGERAN,
	interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN				BOOLEAN
}

IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dtm-r9								ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	e-RedirectionGERAN-r9				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandListGERAN ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandGERAN

SupportedBandGERAN ::=				ENUMERATED {
										gsm450, gsm480, gsm710, gsm750, gsm810, gsm850,
										gsm900P, gsm900E, gsm900R, gsm1800, gsm1900,
										spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD ::=	SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListHRPD				SupportedBandListHRPD,
	tx-ConfigHRPD						ENUMERATED {single, dual},
	rx-ConfigHRPD						ENUMERATED {single, dual}
}

SupportedBandListHRPD ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT ::=	SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandList1XRTT				SupportedBandList1XRTT,
	tx-Config1XRTT						ENUMERATED {single, dual},
	rx-Config1XRTT						ENUMERATED {single, dual}
}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	e-CSFB-1XRTT-r9						ENUMERATED {supported},
	e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT-r9			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cdma2000-NW-Sharing-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandList1XRTT ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000

IRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListWLAN-r13		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Bands-r13)) OF WLAN-BandIndicator-r13					OPTIONAL
}

CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqProximityIndication-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	interFreqProximityIndication-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	utran-ProximityIndication-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO-r9		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	reportCGI-NR-EN-DC-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eutra-CGI-Reporting-ENDC-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	utra-GERAN-CGI-Reporting-ENDC-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}


SON-Parameters-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rach-Report-r9						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	loggedMeasurementsIdle-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	standaloneGNSS-Location-r10				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	loggedMBSFNMeasurements-r12				ENUMERATED {supported}
}

UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	locationReport-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1530 ::= 	SEQUENCE {
	loggedMeasBT-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	loggedMeasWLAN-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	immMeasBT-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	immMeasWLAN-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	otdoa-UE-Assisted-r10					ENUMERATED {supported},
	interFreqRSTD-Measurement-r10			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	inDeviceCoexInd-r11						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	powerPrefInd-r11						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements-r11		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-v11d0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA-r11				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-v1360 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	inDeviceCoexInd-HardwareSharingInd-r13		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	bwPrefInd-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	rlm-ReportSupport-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

OtherParameters-v1450 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	overheatingInd-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-v1460 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	nonCSG-SI-Reporting-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	assistInfoBitForLC-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	timeReferenceProvision-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	flightPathPlan-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

Other-Parameters-v1540 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	inDeviceCoexInd-ENDC-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MBMS-Parameters-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbms-SCell-r11							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	mbms-NonServingCell-r11					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MBMS-Parameters-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbms-AsyncDC-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MBMS-Parameters-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	fembmsDedicatedCell-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	fembmsMixedCell-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5-r14	ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25-r14	ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

MBMS-Parameters-v1470 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	mbms-MaxBW-r14					CHOICE {
		implicitValue 					NULL,
		explicitValue 					INTEGER(2..20)
	},
	mbms-ScalingFactor1dot25-r14		ENUMERATED {n3, n6, n9, n12} 	OPTIONAL,
	mbms-ScalingFactor7dot5-r14		ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}		OPTIONAL
}

FeMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	unicast-fembmsMixedSCell-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	emptyUnicastRegion-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SCPTM-Parameters-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	scptm-ParallelReception-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	scptm-SCell-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	scptm-NonServingCell-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	scptm-AsyncDC-r13							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

CE-Parameters-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ce-ModeA-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ce-ModeB-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

CE-Parameters-v1320 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqA3-CE-ModeA-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	intraFreqA3-CE-ModeB-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	intraFreqHO-CE-ModeA-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	intraFreqHO-CE-ModeB-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

CE-Parameters-v1350 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	unicastFrequencyHopping-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

CE-Parameters-v1370 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tm9-CE-ModeA-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	tm9-CE-ModeB-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

CE-Parameters-v1380 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tm6-CE-ModeA-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

CE-Parameters-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ce-SwitchWithoutHO-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

LAA-Parameters-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-DL-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	csi-RS-DRS-RRM-MeasurementsLAA-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	downlinkLAA-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	endingDwPTS-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	secondSlotStartingPosition-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	tm9-LAA-r13									ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	tm10-LAA-r13								ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

LAA-Parameters-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-UL-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	uplinkLAA-r14								ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	twoStepSchedulingTimingInfo-r14				ENUMERATED {nPlus1, nPlus2, nPlus3}	OPTIONAL,
	uss-BlindDecodingAdjustment-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	uss-BlindDecodingReduction-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	outOfSequenceGrantHandling-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

LAA-Parameters-v1530 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	aul-r15										ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	laa-PUSCH-Mode1-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	laa-PUSCH-Mode2-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	laa-PUSCH-Mode3-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	wlan-IW-RAN-Rules-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies-r12						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

LWA-Parameters-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	lwa-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	lwa-SplitBearer-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	wlan-MAC-Address-r13		OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))		OPTIONAL,
	lwa-BufferSize-r13			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

LWA-Parameters-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	lwa-HO-WithoutWT-Change-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	lwa-UL-r14							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	wlan-PeriodicMeas-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	wlan-ReportAnyWLAN-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	wlan-SupportedDataRate-r14			INTEGER (1..2048)			OPTIONAL
}

LWA-Parameters-v1440 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	lwa-RLC-UM-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

WLAN-IW-Parameters-v1310 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rclwi-r13										ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

LWIP-Parameters-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	lwip-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

LWIP-Parameters-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	lwip-Aggregation-DL-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	lwip-Aggregation-UL-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

NAICS-Capability-List-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12)) OF NAICS-Capability-Entry-r12


NAICS-Capability-Entry-r12	::=	SEQUENCE {
	numberOfNAICS-CapableCC-r12				INTEGER(1..5),
	numberOfAggregatedPRB-r12				ENUMERATED {
												n50, n75, n100, n125, n150, n175,
												n200, n225, n250, n275, n300, n350,
												n400, n450, n500, spare},
	...
}

SL-Parameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	commSimultaneousTx-r12					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	commSupportedBands-r12					FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12	OPTIONAL,
	discSupportedBands-r12					SupportedBandInfoList-r12	OPTIONAL,
	discScheduledResourceAlloc-r12			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc-r12		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	disc-SLSS-r12							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	discSupportedProc-r12					ENUMERATED {n50, n400}		OPTIONAL
}

SL-Parameters-v1310 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	discSysInfoReporting-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	commMultipleTx-r13							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	discInterFreqTx-r13							ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	discPeriodicSLSS-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SL-Parameters-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	zoneBasedPoolSelection-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ue-AutonomousWithFullSensing-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ue-AutonomousWithPartialSensing-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	sl-CongestionControl-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	v2x-TxWithShortResvInterval-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	v2x-numberTxRxTiming-r14				INTEGER(1..16)						OPTIONAL,
	v2x-nonAdjacentPSCCH-PSSCH-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	slss-TxRx-r14							ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList-r14	V2X-SupportedBandCombination-r14	OPTIONAL
}

SL-Parameters-v1530 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	slss-SupportedTxFreq-r15 				ENUMERATED {single, multiple}		OPTIONAL,
	sl-64QAM-Tx-r15 						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	sl-TxDiversity-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	ue-CategorySL-r15						UE-CategorySL-r15					OPTIONAL,
	v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList-v1530	V2X-SupportedBandCombination-v1530	OPTIONAL
}

SL-Parameters-v1540 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sl-64QAM-Rx-r15 						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	sl-RateMatchingTBSScaling-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	sl-LowT2min-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	v2x-SensingReportingMode3-r15			ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

UE-CategorySL-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ue-CategorySL-C-TX-r15				INTEGER(1..5),
	ue-CategorySL-C-RX-r15				INTEGER(1..4)
}

V2X-SupportedBandCombination-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF V2X-BandCombinationParameters-r14

V2X-SupportedBandCombination-v1530	::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF V2X-BandCombinationParameters-v1530

V2X-BandCombinationParameters-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-BandParameters-r14

V2X-BandCombinationParameters-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-BandParameters-v1530

SupportedBandInfoList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandInfo-r12

SupportedBandInfo-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	support-r12								ENUMERATED {supported}	OPTIONAL
}

FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11

MMTEL-Parameters-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	delayBudgetReporting-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	pusch-Enhancements-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	recommendedBitRate-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	recommendedBitRateQuery-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	retuningInfo				SEQUENCE {
		rf-RetuningTimeDL-r14			ENUMERATED {n0, n0dot5, n1, n1dot5, n2, n2dot5, n3,
													n3dot5, n4, n4dot5, n5, n5dot5, n6, n6dot5,
													n7, spare1}		OPTIONAL,
		rf-RetuningTimeUL-r14			ENUMERATED {n0, n0dot5, n1, n1dot5, n2, n2dot5, n3,
													n3dot5, n4, n4dot5, n5, n5dot5, n6, n6dot5,
													n7, spare1}		OPTIONAL
	}
}

SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE {
	srs-FlexibleTiming-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

HighSpeedEnhParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	measurementEnhancements-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	demodulationEnhancements-r14	ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
	prach-Enhancements-r14			ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UE-EUTRA-Capability field descriptions
FDD/ TDD diff
accessStratumRelease
Set to rel15 in this version of the specification. NOTE 7.
-
additionalRx-Tx-PerformanceReq
Indicates whether the UE supports the additional Rx and Tx performance requirement for a given band combination as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
-
alternativeTBS-Indices
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS indices ITBS 26A and 33A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
-
alternativeTBS-Index
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS index ITBS 33B as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
No
alternativeTimeToTrigger
Indicates whether the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger.
No
altMCS-Table
Indicates whether the UE supports the 6-bit MCS table as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
-
aperiodicCSI-Reporting
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field size as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1 and/or aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and mode 1-1 as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field size. The second bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and mode 1-1.
No
aperiodicCsi-ReportingSTTI
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting for short TTI as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.
No
appliedCapabilityFilterCommon
Contains the filter, applied by the UE, common for all MR-DC related capability containers that are requested and as defined by UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon IE in TS 38.331 [82].
-
assistInfoBitForLC
Indicates whether the UE supports assistance information bit for local cache.
-
aul
Indicates whether the UE supports AUL as specified n TS 36.321 [6].
-
bandCombinationListEUTRA
One entry corresponding to each supported band combination listed in the same order as in supportedBandCombination. 
-
BandCombinationParameters-v1090, BandCombinationParameters-v10i0, BandCombinationParameters-v1270
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in BandCombinationParameters-r10.
-
BandCombinationParameters-v1130
The field is applicable to each supported CA bandwidth class combination (i.e. CA configuration in TS 36.101 [42], clause 5.6A.1) indicated in the corresponding band combination. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in BandCombinationParameters-r10.
-
bandEUTRA
E‑UTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.
-
bandListEUTRA
One entry corresponding to each supported E‑UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
bandParameterList-v1380
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries listed in the same order as the band entries in the corresponding band combination.
-
bandParametersUL, bandParametersDL
Indicates the supported parameters for the band. Each of CA-MIMO-ParametersUL and CA-MIMO-ParametersDL can be included only once for one band in a single band combination entry.
-
beamformed (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities concerning beamformed EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class B) applicable for the concerned band combination.
-
beamformed (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities concerning beamformed EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class B) applicable for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled.
TBD
benefitsFromInterruption
Indicates whether the UE power consumption would benefit from being allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
bwPrefInd
Indicates whether the UE supports maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference indication.
-
ca-BandwidthClass
The CA bandwidth class supported by the UE as defined in TS 36.101 [42], Table 5.6A-1.
The UE explicitly includes all the supported CA bandwidth class combinations in the band combination signalling. Support for one CA bandwidth class does not implicitly indicate support for another CA bandwidth class.
-
ca-IdleModeMeasurements
Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed during RRC_IDLE.
-
ca-IdleModeValidityArea
Indicates whether UE supports validity area for IDLE measurements during RRC_IDLE.
-
cch-IM-RefRecTypeA-OneRX-Port
This field defines whether the DL Category 1bis or the DL Category M2 UE supports Type A downlink control channel interference mitigation (CCH-IM) receiver "LMMSE-IRC + CRS-IC" for PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH/EPDCCH receive processing (Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements Type A in TS 36.101 [6]).
-
cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA, cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB, cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs
The field cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA defines whether the UE supports Type A downlink control channel interference mitigation (CCH-IM) receiver "LMMSE-IRC + CRS-IC" for PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH/EPDCCH receive processing (Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements Type A in the TS 36.101 [6]). The field cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB defines whether the UE supports Type B downlink CCH-IM receiver "E-LMMSE-IRC + CRS-IC" for PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH receive processing in synchronous networks (Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements Type B in the TS 36.101 [6]). The UE supporting the capability defined by cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB-r13 shall also support the capability defined by cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA-r13.

If the UE sets one or more of the fields cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA and cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB to "supported", the UE shall include the parameter cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs to indicate that the UE supports CCH-IM on at least one arbitrary downlink CC for up to cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs downlink CC CA configuration. The UE shall not include the parameter cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs if neither cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA nor cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB is present. The UE may not perform CCH-IM on more than 1 DL CCs. For example, the UE sets "cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs = 3" to indicate that UE supports CCH-IM on at least one DL CC for supported non-CA, 2DL CA and 3DL CA configurations. For CA scenarios, the CCH-IM is guaranteed to be supported on at least one arbitrary component carrier.
-
cdma2000-NW-Sharing
Indicates whether the UE supports network sharing for CDMA2000.
-
ce-ClosedLoopTxAntennaSelection
Indicates whether the UE supports UL closed-loop Tx antenna selection in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22].
Yes
ce-CQI-AlternativeTable
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [22].
-
ce-CRS-IntfMitig
Indicates whether UE supports CRS interference mitigation, i.e., value supported indicates UE does not rely on the CRS outside certain PRBs and subframes as defined in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and TS 36.213 [23] when operating in coverage enhancement mode.
-
ce-HARQ-AckBundling
Indicates whether the UE supports HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
Yes
ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode A and/or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
-
ceMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency RSRQ measurements and inter-frequency RSRP and RSRQ measurements in RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16] and TS 36.304 [4].
-
ce-PDSCH-64QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
-
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA, ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB,
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA, ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB
This field indicates whether UE supports flexible starting PRB for PDSCH/PUSCH when operating in coverage enhancement mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [22].
-
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-Enhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
No
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth
Indicates the maximum supported PDSCH/PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz. If the field is absent the maximum PDSCH/PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B is 1.4 MHz. If the setting of this parameter is 20 MHz, the max supported PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A is 5 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1.
Yes
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses
Indicates whether the UE supports 10 DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A.
Yes
ce-PUCCH-Enhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports repetition levels 64 and 128 for PUCCH in CE Mode B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and in TS 36.213 [23].
No
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS
Indicates whether the UE supports 2984 bits max UL TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A operation, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
Yes
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation
Indicates whether the UE supports sub-PRB resource allocation for PUSCH in CE mode A or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
-
ce-RetuningSymbols
Indicates the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B as specified in TS 36.211 [21]. Value n0 corresponds to 0 retuning symbols and value n1 corresponds to 1 retuning symbol. If the field is absent the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B is 2.
No
ce-SchedulingEnhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports dynamic HARQ-ACK delay for HD-FDD in CE mode A as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
No
ce-SRS-Enhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS combs 2 and 4 as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4 is not included.
Yes
ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS comb 2 but without support of SRS comb 4 as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-SRS-Enhancement is not included.
-
ce-SwitchWithoutHO
Indicates whether the UE supports switching between normal mode and enhanced coverage mode without handover.
-
ce-UL-HARQ-ACK-Feedback
This field indicates whether UE supports uplink HARQ ACK feedback when operating in coverage enhancement, as specified in TS36.213 [22].
-
channelMeasRestriction
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports channel measurement restriction.
TBD
codebook-HARQ-ACK
Indicates whether the UE supports determining HARQ ACK codebook size based on the DAI-ased solution and/or the number of configured CCs. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the DAI-based codebook size determination. The second bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the codebook determination based on the number of configured CCs.
No
commMultipleTx
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple transmissions of sidelink communication to different destinations in one SC period. If commMultipleTx-r13 is set to supported then the UE support 8 transmitting sidelink processes.
-
commSimultaneousTx
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink communication (on different carriers) in all bands for which the UE indicated sidelink support in a band combination (using commSupportedBandsPerBC).
-
commSupportedBands
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink communication, by an independent list of bands i.e. separate from the list of supported E-UTRA band, as indicated in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
commSupportedBandsPerBC
Indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous reception of EUTRA and sidelink communication. If the UE indicates support simultaneous transmission (using commSimultaneousTx), it also indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink communication. The first bit refers to the first band included in commSupportedBands, with value 1 indicating sidelink is supported.
-
configN (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO (class A) related configuration N for the concerned band combination.
-
configN (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO (class A) related configuration N for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled.
TBD
crossCarrierScheduling
Yes
crossCarrierScheduling-B5C
Indicates whether the UE supports cross carrier scheduling beyond 5 DL CCs.
No
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-DL
Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA cell(s) for downlink. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
-
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-UL
Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA cell(s) for uplink. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
-
crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, and PDSCH/EPDCCH RE mapping with zero power CSI-RS configured for discovery signals.
FFS
crs-IM-TM1-toTM9-OneRX-Port
Indicates whether the DL Cateogry 1bis UE ot the DL Category M2 UE supports CRS interference mitigation (IM) while operating in the following transmission modes (TM): TM 1, TM 2, …, TM 8 and TM 9. 
-
crs-InterfHandl
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference handling.
Yes
crs-InterfMitigationTM10
The field defines whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation in transmission mode 10. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM10 capability shall also support the crs-InterfHandl capability.
No
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation (IM) while operating in the following transmission modes (TM): TM 1, TM 2, …, TM 8 and TM 9. The UE shall not include the field if it does not support CRS IM in TMs 1-9. If the field is present, the UE supports CRS-IM on at least one arbitrary downlink CC for up to crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink CC CA configuration. The UE signals crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 value to indicate the maximum crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink CC CA configuration where UE may apply CRS IM. For example, the UE sets "crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 = 3" to indicate that the UE supports CRS-IM on at least one DL CC for supported non-CA, 2DL CA and 3DL CA configurations. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 capability shall also support the crs-InterfHandl-r11 capability.
-
crs-IntfMitig
Indicate whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1.
-
crs-LessDwPTS
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe configuration 10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS, i.e. ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS, as specified in TS 36.211 [17]. 
-
csi-ReportingAdvanced, csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates that for a particular transmission mode, the maximum number of CSI-RS ports supported by the UE for advanced CSI reporting is different in the concerned band of band combination than the value indicated by the field csi-ReportingAdvanced or csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM. The UE shall not include both csi-ReportingAdvanced and csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts for a particular transmission mode in the concerned band of band combination.
-
csi-ReportingAdvanced, csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of CSI-RS ports supported by the UE for advanced CSI reporting. The field csi-ReportingAdvanced indicates 32 CSI-RS ports whereas csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts indicates 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 or 28 CSI-RS ports. The UE shall not include both csi-ReportingAdvanced and csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts for a particular transmission mode. 
FFS
csi-ReportingNP (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, value different indicates that for a particular transmission mode, the CSI reporting on non-precoded CSI-RS with 20, 24, 28 or 32 antenna ports for the concerned band of band combination is different than the value indicated by field csi-ReportingNP in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.
-
csi-ReportingNP (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports CSI reporting on non-precoded CSI-RS with 20, 24, 28, or 32 antenna ports for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM, and the FD-MIMO processing capability condition as described in NOTE 8 is satisfied.
FFS
csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement. If this field is included, the UE shall also include crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
FFS
csi-RS-DRS-RRM-MeasurementsLAA
Indicates whether the UE supports performing RRM measurements on LAA cell(s) based on CSI-RS-based DRS. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
-
csi-RS-EnhancementsTDD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports CSI-RS enhancements applicable for TDD.
Yes
csi-SubframeSet
Indicates whether the UE supports REL-12 DL CSI subframe set configuration, REL-12 DL CSI subframe set dependent CSI measurement/feedback, configuration of up to 2 CSI-IM resources for a CSI process with no more than 4 CSI-IM resources for all CSI processes of one frequency if the UE supports tm10, configuration of two ZP-CSI-RS for tm1 to tm9, PDSCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations, and EPDCCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations if the UE supports EPDCCH. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD. 
Yes
dataInactMon
Indicates whether the UE supports the data inactivity monitoring as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
-
dc-Support
Including this field indicates that the UE supports synchronous DC and power control mode 1. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of single band entry indicates that the UE supports intra-band contiguous DC. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of two or more band entries, indicates that the UE supports DC for these bands and that the serving cells corresponding to a band entry shall belong to one cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG). Including field asynchronous indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC and power control mode 2. Including this field for a TDD/FDD band combination indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD DC for this band combination.
-
delayBudgetReporting
Indicates whether the UE supports delay budget reporting.
No
demodulationEnhancements
This field defines whether the UE supports advanced receiver in SFN scenario as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
-
densityReductionNP, densityReductionBF
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS density reduction with values 1, 1/2 and 1/3 for non-precoded CSI-RS and beamformed CSI-RS respectively.
FFS
deviceType
UE may set the value to "noBenFromBatConsumpOpt" when it does not foresee to particularly benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation. Absence of this value means that the device does benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation.
-
diffFallbackCombReport
Indicates that the UE supports reporting of UE radio access capabilities for the CA band combinations asked by the eNB as well as, if any, reporting of different UE radio access capabilities for their fallback band combination as specified in TS 36.306 [5]. The UE does not report fallback combinations if their UE radio access capabilities are the same as the ones for the CA band combination asked by the eNB.
-
differentFallbackSupported
Indicates that the UE supports different capabilities for at least one fallback case of this band combination.
-
directSCellActivation
Indicates whether the UE supports having an SCell configured in activated SCell state.
-
directSCellHibernation
Indicates whether the UE supports having an SCell configured in dormant SCell state.
-
discInterFreqTx
Indicates whether the UE support sidelink discovery announcements either a) on the primary frequency only or b) on other frequencies also, regardless of the UE configuration (e.g. CA, DC). The UE may set discInterFreqTx to supported when having a separate transmitter or if it can request sidelink discovery transmission gaps.
-
discoverySignalsInDeactSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports the behaviour on DL signals and physical channels when SCell is deactivated and discovery signals measurement is configured as specified in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.11A. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation and includes crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
FFS
discPeriodicSLSS
Indicates whether the UE supports periodic (i.e. not just one time before sidelink discovery announcement) Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink discovery.
-
discScheduledResourceAlloc
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on network scheduled resource allocation.
-
disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on UE autonomous resource selection.
-
disc-SLSS
Indicates whether the UE supports Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink discovery.
-
discSupportedBands
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink discovery. One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band, listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
discSupportedProc
Indicates the number of processes supported by the UE for sidelink discovery.
-
discSysInfoReporting
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of system information for inter-frequency/PLMN sidelink discovery.
-
dl-256QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in DL on the band.
-
dl-1024QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band or on the band within the band combination. When dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor and dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers are included, the UE supports 1024QAM in a set of CCs in a band combination if the CCs belong to bands indicated to support 1024QAM in that band combination and the 1024QAM processing capability condition as specified in equation 4.3.5.31-1 in TS 36.306 [5] is satisfied.
-
dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor
Indicates scaling factor for processing a CC configured with 1024QAM with respect to a CC not configured with 1024QAM as described in 4.3.5.31 in TS 36.306 [5]. Value v1 indicates 1, value v1dot2 indicates 1.2 and value v1dot25 indicates 1.25.
-
dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers
Indicates total number of weighted layers the UE can process for 1024QAM as described in 4.3.5.31 in TS 36.306 [5]. Actual value =  (10 + indicated value x 2), i.e., value 0 indicates 10 layers, value 1 indicates 12 layers and so on.
-
dl-1024QAM-Slot
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for slot TTI operation.
-
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-1
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with TA set 1.
-
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-2
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with TA set 2, dmrsBasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN
-
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-MBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for MBSFN subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.
-
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for non-MBSFN subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.
-
dmrs-Enhancements (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, that for the concerned band combination the DMRS enhancements are different than the value indicated by field dmrs-Enhancements in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.
-
dmrs-Enhancements (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports DMRS enhancements for the indicated transmission mode.
TBD
dmrs-LessUpPTS
Indicates whether the UE supports not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS.
No
dmrs-OverheadReduction
Indicates whether the UE supports OCC4 for rank 3 and 4 transmission as specified in clause 5.3.3.1.5C of TS 36.212 [22].
-
dmrs-PositionPattern
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink DMRS position pattern 'D D D' in subslot #5 with application of the 1/6 as the TBS scaling factor.
-
dmrs-RepetitionSubslotPDSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports back-to-back 3/4-layer DMRS reception in two consecutive subslots across subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.
-
dmrs-SharingSubslotPDSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports DMRS sharing in two consecutive subslots across subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.
-
dormantSCellState
Indicates whether UE supports Dormant SCell state (i.e. SCell state with CQI and RRM measurement reporting but no PDCCH monitoring).
-
downlinkLAA
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports downlink LAA operation including identification of downlink transmissions on LAA cell(s) for full downlink subframes, decoding of common downlink control signalling on LAA cell(s), CSI feedback for LAA cell(s), RRM measurements on LAA cell(s) based on CRS-based DRS.
-
drb-TypeSCG
Indicates whether the UE supports SCG bearer.
-
drb-TypeSplit
Indicates whether the UE supports split bearer except for PDCP data transfer in UL. 
-
dtm
Indicates whether the UE supports DTM in GERAN.
-
earlyData-UP
Indicates whether the UE supports UP-EDT.
-
e-CSFB-1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT or not.
Yes
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports concurrent enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT and PS handover/ redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.
Yes
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT for dual Rx/Tx configuration. This bit can only be set to supported if tx-Config1XRTT and rx-Config1XRTT are both set to dual.
Yes
e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling operation for FDD.
Yes
eLCID-Support
Indicates whether the UE supports LCID "10000" and MAC PDU subheader containing the eLCID field as described in TS 36.321 [6].
-
emptyUnicastRegion
Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception in subframes with empty unicast control region as described in TS 36.213 [23] clause 12. This field can be included only if unicast-fembmsMixedSCell and crossCarrierScheduling are included.
No
en-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports EN-DC.
-
endingDwPTS
Indicates whether the UE supports reception ending with a subframe occupied for a DwPTS-duration as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
-
Enhanced-4TxCodebook
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced 4Tx codebook.
No
enhancedDualLayerTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced dual layer (PDSCH transmission mode 8) for TDD or not.
-
ePDCCH
Indicates whether the UE can receive DCI on UE specific search space on Enhanced PDCCH.
Yes
epdcch-SPT-differentCells
Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and short processing time on different serving cells.
-
epdcch-STTI-differentCells
Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and sTTI on different serving cells.
-
e-RedirectionUTRA
Yes
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced redirection to UTRA TDD to multiple carrier frequencies both with and without using related SIB provided by RRCConnectionRelease or not.
Yes
eutra-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports E-UTRA/5GC. 
Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR1. 
Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR1. 
Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR2. 
Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2. 
Yes
eutra-CGI-Reporting-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports Intra-RAT report CGI procedure when it is configured with (NG) EN-DC wherein either MN and SN have different DRX cycles, or on-duration configured by MN does not contain on-duration configured by SN if their DRX cycles are same.
Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR FDD FR1. 
Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR1. 
Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR FDD FR2. 
Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR2. 
Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-EUTRA-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports handover between E-UTRA/EPC and E-UTRA/5GC. 
Yes
eventB2
Indicates whether the UE supports event B2. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this bit to supported.
-
extendedFreqPriorities
Indicates whether the UE supports extended E-UTRA frequency priorities indicated by cellReselectionSubPriority field. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this bit to supported.
-
extendedLCID-Duplication
Indicates whether the UE supports use of extended LCIDs 32-38 for PDCP duplication.
-
extendedLongDRX
Indicates whether the UE supports extended long DRX cycle values of 5.12s and 10.24s in RRC_CONNECTED.
-
extendedMAC-LengthField
Indicates whether the UE supports the MAC header with L field of size 16 bits as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.2.1.
-
extendedMaxMeasId
Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement identies as defined by maxMeasId-r12.
No
extendedMaxObjectId
Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement object identies as defined by maxObjectId-r13.
No
extendedNumberOfDRBs
Indicates whether the UE supports up to 15 DRBs. The UE shall support any combination of RLC AM and RLC UM entities for the configured DRBs.
-
extendedPollByte
Indicates whether the UE supports extended pollByte values as defined by pollByte-r14.
-
extended-RLC-LI-Field
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit RLC length indicator.
-
extendedRLC-SN-SO-Field
Indicates whether the UE supports 16 bits of RLC sequence number and segmentation offset.
-
extendedRSRQ-LowerRange
Indicates whether the UE supports the extended RSRQ lower value range from -34dB to -19.5dB in measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
fdd-HARQ-TimingTDD
Indicates whether UE supports FDD HARQ timing for TDD SCell when configured with TDD PCell.
Yes
featureGroupIndicators, featureGroupIndRel9Add, featureGroupIndRel10
The definitions of the bits in the bit string are described in Annex B.1 (for featureGroupIndicators and featureGroupIndRel9Add) and in Annex C.1 (for featureGroupIndRel10).
Yes
featureSetsDL-PerCC
In MR-DC, indicates a set of features that the UE supports on one component carrier in a bandwidth class for a band in a given band combination. The UE shall hence include at least as many FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id in this list as the number of carriers it supports according to the ca-bandwidthClassDL, except if indicating additional functionality by reducing the number of FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC-Id in the feature set. The order of the elements in this list is not relevant, i.e., the network may configure any of the carriers in accordance with any of the FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id in this list.
-
FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id
In MR-DC, indicates the index position of the FeatureSetDL-PerCC-r15 in the featureSetsDL-PerCC-r15 list. Value 0 corresponds to the first element in the list, value 1 corresponds to the second element in the list, and so on. Value 32 is not used.
-
featureSetsUL-PerCC
In MR-DC, indicates a set of features that the UE supports on one component carrier in a bandwidth class for a band in a given band combination. The UE shall hence include at least as many FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id in this list as the number of carriers it supports according to the ca-bandwidthClassUL, except if indicating additional functionality by reducing the number of FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC-Id in the feature set. The order of the elements in this list is not relevant, i.e., the network may configure any of the carriers in accordance with any of the FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id in this list.
-
FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id
In MR-DC, indicates the index position of the FeatureSetUL-PerCC-r15 in the featureSetsUL-PerCC-r15 list. Value 0 corresponds to the first element in the list, value 1 corresponds to the second element in the list, and so on. Value 32 is not used.
-
fembmsMixedCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cells on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message.

fembmsDedicatedCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from MBMS-dedicated cells on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message.

flexibleUM-AM-Combinations
Indicates whether the UE supports any combination of RLC UM and RLC AM bearers as long as the total number of bearers is at most 8, regardless of what FGI20 indicates.
-
flightPathPlan
Indicates whether UE supports reporting of flight path plan information.
-
fourLayerTM3-TM4
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4.
-
fourLayerTM3-TM4 (in FeatureSetDL-PerCC)
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4 for MR-DC within the indicated feature set. If this field is absent, UE supports two layer MIMO for TM3/TM4.
-
fourLayerTM3-TM4-perCC
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4 for the component carrier.
-
frameStructureType-SPT
This field indicates the supported FS-type(s) for short processing time. The UE capability is reported per band combination. The reported FS-type(s) apply to the reported maxNumberCCs-SPT-r15 for the given band combination.
-
freqBandPriorityAdjustment
Indicates whether the UE supports the prioritization of frequency bands in multiBandInfoList over the band in freqBandIndicator as defined by freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12.
-
freqBandRetrieval
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestedFrequencyBands.
-
halfDuplex
If halfDuplex is set to true, only half duplex operation is supported for the band, otherwise full duplex operation is supported.
-
heightMeas
Indicates whether UE supports the measurement events H1/H2.
-
ho-EUTRA-5GC-FDD-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports handover between E-UTRA/5GC FDD and E-UTRA/5GC TDD. 
No
ho-InterfreqEUTRA-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports inter frequency handover within E-UTRA/5GC. 
Yes
hybridCSI
Indicates whether the UE supports hybrid CSI transmission as described in TS 36.213 [23].
FFS
immMeasBT
Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC connected mode.
-
immMeasWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC connected mode.
-
ims-VoiceOverMCG-BearerEUTRA-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP for MCG bearer for E-UTRA/5GC.
No
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR1.
No
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR2.
No
inactiveState
Indicates whether the UE supports RRC_INACTIVE.
No
incMonEUTRA
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of E-UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
incMonUTRA
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
inDeviceCoexInd
Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication as well as autonomous denial functionality.
Yes
inDeviceCoexInd-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication for (NG)EN-DC operation. This field can be included only if inDeviceCoexInd is included. The UE supports inDeviceCoexInd-ENDC in the same duplexing modes as it supports inDeviceCoexInd.
-
inDeviceCoexInd-HardwareSharingInd
Indicates whether the UE supports indicating hardware sharing problems when sending the InDeviceCoexIndication, as well as omitting the TDM assistance information. A UE that supports hardware sharing indication shall also indicate support of LAA operation.
-
inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA
Indicates whether the UE supports UL CA related in-device coexistence indication. This field can be included only if inDeviceCoexInd is included. The UE supports inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA in the same duplexing modes as it supports inDeviceCoexInd.
-
interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation with different UL/DL configuration combinations. The first bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration and the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a superset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration; the second bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are neither superset nor subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration. This field is included only if UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation.
-
interferenceMeasRestriction
Indicates whether the UE supports interference measurement restriction.
TBD
interFreqBandList
One entry corresponding to each supported E‑UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
-
interFreqNeedForGaps
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating on the E‑UTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the E‑UTRA band given by the entry in interFreqBandList.
-
interFreqProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for inter-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.
-
interFreqRSTD-Measurement
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-frequency RSTD measurements for OTDOA positioning, as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
Yes
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring inter-frequency cell.
Yes
interRAT-BandList
One entry corresponding to each supported band of another RAT listed in the same order as in the interRAT-Parameters. The NR bands reported in SupportedBandListNR are excluded from this list.
-
interRAT-NeedForGaps
Indicates need for DL measurement gaps when operating on the E‑UTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the inter-RAT band given by the entry in the interRAT-BandList.
-
interRAT-ParametersWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements configured by MeasObjectWLAN with corresponding quantity and report configuration in the supported WLAN bands.
-
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-RAT PS handover to GERAN or not.
Yes
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList
Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), the maximum number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL and the maximum number of CSI processes supported. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list.The UE shall include the field only if it supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing in transmission mode3/4 for a subset of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the maximum number of supported layers for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the number of CSI processes for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedCSI-Proc-r11 in the corresponding band.
This field may also be included for bandwidth class A but in such a case without including any sub-fields in IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 (see NOTE 6).
-
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports eventA3 for intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
-
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports eventA3 for intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
-
intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating in CE on the E‑UTRA band given by the entry in supportedBandListEUTRA.

intraFreqHO-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports intra-frequency handover.
-
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports intra-frequency handover.
-
intraFreqProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for intra-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.
-
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring intra-frequency cell.
Yes
k-Max (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS resource configurations supported within a CSI process applicable for the concerned band combination.
No
k-Max (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS resource configurations supported within a CSI process applicable for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled.
TBD
laa-PUSCH-Mode1
Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 1 as defined in TS 36.213 [23].
-
laa-PUSCH-Mode2
Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 2 as defined in TS 36.213 [23].
-
laa-PUSCH-Mode3
Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 3 as defined in TS 36.213 [23].
-
locationReport
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of its geographical location information to eNB.
-
loggedMBSFNMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements for MBSFN. A UE indicating support for logged measurements for MBSFN shall also indicate support for logged measurements in Idle mode.
-
loggedMeasBT
Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC idle mode.
-
loggedMeasurementsIdle
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements in Idle mode.
-
loggedMeasWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC idle mode.
-
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Indicates whether the UE supports the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer as defined in TS 36.321 [6].
-
longDRX-Command
Indicates whether the UE supports Long DRX Command MAC Control Element.
-
lwa
Indicates whether the UE supports LTE-WLAN Aggregation (LWA). The UE which supports LWA shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13.
-
lwa-BufferSize
Indicates whether the UE supports the layer 2 buffer sizes for "with support for split bearers" as defined in Table 4.1-3 and 4.1A-3 of TS 36.306 [5] for LWA.
-
lwa-HO-WithoutWT-Change
Indicates whether the UE supports handover where LWA configuration is retained without WT change and using LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication for LWA operation.
-
lwa-RLC-UM
Indicates whether the UE supports RLC UM for LWA bearer.
-
lwa-SplitBearer
Indicates whether the UE supports the split LWA bearer (as defined in TS 36.300 [9]).
-
lwa-UL
Indicates whether the UE supports UL transmission over WLAN for LWA bearer.
-
lwip
Indicates whether the UE supports LTE/WLAN Radio Level Integration with IPsec Tunnel (LWIP). The UE which supports LWIP shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13.
-
lwip-Aggregation-DL, lwip-Aggregation-UL
Indicates whether the UE supports aggregation of LTE and WLAN over DL/UL LWIP. The UE that indicates support of LWIP aggregation over DL or UL shall also indicate support of lwip.
-
makeBeforeBreak
Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break handover, and whether the UE which indicates dc-Parameters supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break SeNB change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
-
maximumCCsRetrieval
Indicates whether UE supports reception of requestedMaxCCsDL and requestedMaxCCsUL.
-
maxLayersMIMO-Indication
Indicates whether the UE supports the network configuration of maxLayersMIMO. If the UE supports fourLayerTM3-TM4 or intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList or FeatureSetDL-PerCC for MR-DC, UE supports the configuration of maxLayersMIMO for these cases regardless of indicating maxLayersMIMO-Indication.
-
maxLayersSlotOrSubslotPUSCH
Indicates the maxiumum number of layers for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH transmission.
-
maxNumberCCs-SPT
Indicates the maximum number of supported CCs for short processing time. The UE capability is reported per band combination. The reported number of carriers applies to all the FS-type(s) frameStructureType-SPT-r15 supported in a given band combination. Absence of the field indicates that 0 number of CCs are supported for short processing time.
-
maxNumberDL-CCs, maxNumberUL-CCs
Indicates for each TTI combination "sTTI-SupportedCombinations", the maximum number of supported DL CCs/UL CCs for short TTI. Absence of the field indicates that 0 number of CCs are supported for short TTI.
-
maxNumberDecoding
Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE-specific search space per UE in one subframe for CA with more than 5 CCs as defined in TS 36.213 [23] which is supported by the UE. The number of blind decodes supported by the UE is the field value * 32. Only values 5 to 32 can be used in this version of the specification.
No
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions
Set to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE, excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2 (context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the UE supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles. If the UE indicates both maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions and maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14, same value shall be indicated.
-
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-SPT
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes to be updated across CCs.
No
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb77, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb27, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set1, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set2
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes to be updated across CCs. Comb77 is applicable for {slot, slot}, Comb27 for {subslot, slot}, Comb22-Set1 for
{subslot, subslot} processing timeline set 1 and the Comb22-Set2 for {subslot, subslot} processing timeline set 2.

mbms-AsyncDC
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell. The field indicates that the UE supports the feature for xDD if mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell are supported for xDD.
-
mbms-MaxBW
Indicates maximum supported bandwidth (T) for MBMS reception, see TS 36.213 [23]. clause 11.1. If the value is set to implicitValue, the corresponding value of T is calculated as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 11.1. If the value is set to explicitValue, the actual value of T = explicitValue * 40 MHz.
-
mbms-NonServingCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the mbms-SCell field.
Yes
mbms-ScalingFactor1dot25, mbms-ScalingFactor7dot5
Indicates parameter A(1.25 / A(7.5, i.e., scaling factor for processing one unit of bandwidth corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 1.25 kHz / 7.5 kHz, with respect to one unit of bandwidth corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 11.1. This field is included only if subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 / subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 is included. This field shall be included if mbms-MaxBW and subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 / subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 are included.
-
mbms-SCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).
Yes
measurementEnhancements
This field defines whether UE supports measurement enhancements in high speed scenario as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
-
measGapPatterns
Indicates whether the UE that supports NR supports gap patterns 4 to 11 in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16], and for independent measurement gap configuration on FR1 and per-UE gap in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS 38.133 [84]. The first/ leftmost bit covers pattern 4, and so on. Value 1 indicates that the UE supports the concerned gap pattern.
-
mfbi-UTRA
It indicates if the UE supports the signalling requirements of multiple radio frequency bands in a UTRA FDD cell, as defined in TS 25.307 [65].
-
MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList
A list of pairs of {k-Max, n-MaxList} values with the nth entry indicating the values that the UE supports for each CSI process in case n CSI processes would be configured.
No
MIMO-CapabilityDL
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL. The field may be absent for category 0 and category 1 UE in which case the number of supported layers is 1.
-
MIMO-CapabilityUL
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in UL. Absence of the field means that the number of supported layers is 1.
-
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC
A set of MIMO parameters provided per band of a band combination. In case a subfield is absent, the concerned capabilities are the same as indicated at the per UE level (i.e. by MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM).
-
mimo-CBSR-AdvancedCSI
Indicates whether UE supports CBSR for advanced CSI reporting with and without amplitude restriction as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.
-
min-Proc-TimelineSubslot
Minimum processing timeline for subslot operation. The minimum processing timeline can belong to one of two sets of associated processing and maximum TA operation. The sets supported can be different for 1os CRS-based SPDCCH, 2os CRS-based SPDCCH and DMRS-based SPDCCH. The sequence applies to:
1. 1os CRS based SPDCCH
2. 2os CRS based SPDCCH
3. DMRS based SPDCCH
-
modifiedMPR-Behavior
Field encoded as a bit map, where at least one bit N is set to "1" if UE supports modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour N, see TS 36.101 [42]. All remaining bits of the field are set to "0". The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 0, the next bit corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 1 and so on.
Absence of this field means that UE does not support any modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour.
-
multiACK-CSI-reporting
Indicates whether the UE supports multi-cell HARQ ACK and periodic CSI reporting and SR on PUCCH format 3.
Yes
multiBandInfoReport
Indicates whether the UE supports the acquisition and reporting of multi band information for reportCGI.
-
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC
Yes
multiNS-Pmax
Indicates whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for cells broadcasting NS-PmaxList.
-
multipleCellsMeasExtension
Indicates whether the UE supports numberOfTriggeringCells in the report configuration.
-
multipleTimingAdvance
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple timing advances for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. If the band combination comprised of more than one band entry (i.e., inter-band or intra-band non-contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances on different band entries are supported. If the band combination comprised of one band entry (i.e., intra-band contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances across component carriers of the band entry are supported.
-
multipleUplinkSPS
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple uplink SPS and reporting SPS assistance information. A UE indicating multipleUplinkSPS shall also support V2X communication via Uu, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
-
must-CapabilityPerBand
Indicates that UE supports MUST, as specified in 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1, on the band in the band combination.
-
must-TM234-UpTo2Tx-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM2/3/4 using up to 2Tx.
-
must-TM89-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to 1 interfering layer.
-
must-TM89-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to 3 interfering layers.
-
must-TM10-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to 1 interfering layer.
-
must-TM10-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to 3 interfering layers.
-
naics-Capability-List
Indicates that UE supports NAICS, i.e. receiving assistance information from serving cell and using it to cancel or suppress interference of neighbouring cell(s) for at least one band combination. If not present, UE does not support NAICS for any band combination. The field numberOfNAICS-CapableCC indicates the number of component carriers where the NAICS processing is supported and the field numberOfAggregatedPRB indicates the maximum aggregated bandwidth across these of component carriers (expressed as a number of PRBs) with the restriction that NAICS is only supported over the full carrier bandwidth. The UE shall indicate the combination of {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfNAICS-CapableCC} for every supported numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, e.g. if a UE supports {x CC, y PRBs} and {x-n CC, y-m PRBs} where n>=1 and m>=0, the UE shall indicate both.
-	For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 1, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100};
-	For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 2, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200};
-	For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 3, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300};
-	For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 4, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400};
-	For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 5, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500}.
No
ncsg
Indicates whether the UE supports measurement NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3, as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. If this field is included and the UE supports asynchronous DC, the UE shall support NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3. If this field is included but the UE does not support asynchronous DC, only NCSG Pattern Id 0 and 1 shall be supported
No
ng-EN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports NGEN-DC.
-
n-MaxList (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS ports supported within a CSI process applicable for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled. For k-Max values exceeding 1, the UE shall include the field and signal k-Max minus 1 bits. The first bit indicates n-Max2, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating 16. The second bit indicates n-Max3, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating 16. The third bit indicates n-Max4, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating 32. The fourth bit indicates n-Max5, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The fifth bit indicates n-Max6, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The sixt bit indicates n-Max7, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The seventh bit indicates n-Max8, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 64.
TBD
n-MaxList (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS ports supported within a CSI process applicable for band the concerned combination. Further details are as indicated for n-MaxList in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.
No
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List
One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
No
nonPrecoded (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the UE capabilities concerning non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class A) for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM, and the FD-MIMO processing capability condition as described in NOTE 8 is satisfied.
TBD
nonPrecoded (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities concerning non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class A) applicable for the concerned band combination.
-
nonUniformGap
Indicates whether the UE supports measurement non uniform Pattern Id 1, 2, 3 and 4 in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling
Indicate whether the UE supports TTI bundling operation without resource allocation restriction.
No
nonCSG-SI-Reporting
Indicates whether UE will report PLMN list from non-CSG cells.
-
numberOfBlindDecodesUSS
Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE specific search space in one subframe for CCs configured with sTTI operation supported by the UE. The number of blind decodes supported by the UE is the field value X*68. Field value ranges from 4 to 32.
-
otdoa-UE-Assisted
Indicates whether the UE supports UE-assisted OTDOA positioning, as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
Yes
outOfOrderDelivery
Same as "outOfOrderDelivery" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
No
outOfSequenceGrantHandling
Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH transmissions with out of sequence UL grants as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
-
overheatingInd
Indicates whether the UE supports overheating assistance information.
No
pdcch-CandidateReductions
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCCH candidate reduction on UE specific search space as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.
No
pdcp-Duplication
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP duplication.
-
pdcp-SN-Extension
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit length of PDCP sequence number.
-
pdcp-SN-Extension-18bits
Indicates whether the UE supports 18 bit length of PDCP sequence number.
-
pdcp-TransferSplitUL
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP data transfer split in UL for the drb-TypeSplit as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
-
pdsch-CollisionHandling
Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH collision handling as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. 
No
pdsch-RepSubframe
Indicates whether the UE supports subframe PDSCH repetition.
-
pdsch-RepSlot
Indicates whether the UE supports slot PDSCH repetition.
-
pdsch-RepSubslot
Indicates whether the UE supports subslot PDSCH repetition. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
-
pdsch-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Decoding
Indicates whether the UE supports decoding of PDSCH and slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH assigned with C-RNTI/SPS C-RNTI in the same subframe for a given carrier.
-
perServingCellMeasurementGap
Indicates whether the UE supports per serving cell measurement gap indication, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
-
phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a FDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations. This bit can only be set to supported only if the UE supports FDD PCell and phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell is set to supported.
No
phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a TDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations, and PUCCH format 3.
Yes
pmi-Disabling
Yes
powerClass-14dBm
Indicates whether the UE supports power class 14 dBm when operating in CE mode A or B for all the bands that are supported by the UE, as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
-
powerPrefInd
Indicates whether the UE supports power preference indication.
No
powerUCI-SlotPUSCH, powerUCI-SubslotPUSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports BPRE derivation based on the actual derived O_CQI. The parameter uplinkPower-CSIPayload configures the UE to derive BPRE based on either the actual value of O_CQI or the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values. If the UE does not support the capability, the UE will derive BPRE based on the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values.
-
prach-Enhancements
This field defines whether the UE supports random access preambles generated from restricted set type B in high speed scenoario as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
-
processingTimelineSet
Indicates, for each SPDCCH configuration, support for a set of TA values. Each set consists of two different processing timelines and associated maximum TA. Set 1 indicates support for n+4 and n+6 and set 2 indicates support for n+6 and n+8, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 8.1, The minimum processing timeline to use, out of the two options for a given set is configured by parameter proc-Timeline. Support of Set 1 implicitly means support of Set 2.
-
pucch-Format4
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 4.
Yes
pucch-Format5
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 5.
Yes
pucch-SCell
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH on SCell.
No
pusch-Enhancements
Indicates whether the UE supports the PUSCH enhancement mode as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
Yes
pusch-FeedbackMode
Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH feedback mode 3-2.
No
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSlot
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for slot PUSCH.
-
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSlot
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of slot PUSCH for each serving cell.
-
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubframe
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subframe PUSCH.
-
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubframe
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subframe PUSCH for each serving cell.
-
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubslot
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subslot PUSCH.
-
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubslot
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subslot PUSCH for each serving cell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
-
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PCell.
-
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PSCell.
-
pusch-SPS-SlotRepSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell.
-
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PCell.
-
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PSCell.
-
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell.
-
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
-
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PSCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
-
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
-
pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet
Indicates whether the UE supports subframe set dependent UL power control for PUSCH and SRS. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
Yes
qcl-CRI-BasedCSI-Reporting
Indicates whether the UE supports CRI based CSI feedback for the FeCoMP feature as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.
-
qcl-TypeC-Operation
The UE uses this field to indicate the support of all of the following three features: QCL Type-C operation for FeCoMP, the capability to support separate PDSCH RE mapping for different PDSCH CWs in non-coherent joint transmission and the capability to support handling new DMRS port to MIMO layer mapping for the CWs, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.
-
qoe-MeasReport
Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for streaming services.
-
qoe-MTSI-MeasReport
Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for MTSI services.

rach-Less
Indicates whether the UE supports RACH-less handover, and whether the UE which indicates dc-Parameters supports RACH-less SeNB change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
-
rach-Report
Indicates whether the UE supports delivery of rachReport.
-
rai-Support
Defines whether the UE supports release assistance indication (RAI) as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for BL UEs.
No
rclwi
Indicates whether the UE supports RCLWI, i.e. reception of rclwi-Configuration. The UE which supports RLCWI shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13. The UE which supports RCLWI and wlan-IW-RAN-Rules shall also support applying WLAN identifiers received in rclwi-Configuration for the access network selection and traffic steering rules when in RRC_IDLE.
-
recommendedBitRate
Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation message from the eNB to the UE as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13.
No
recommendedBitRateQuery
Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation query message from the UE to the eNB as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the recommendedBitRate field.
No
reducedCP-Latency
Indicates whether the UE supports reduced CP latency.
Yes
reducedIntNonContComb
Indicates whether the UE supports receiving requestReducedIntNonContComb that requests the UE to exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.5.21.
-
reducedIntNonContCombRequested
Indicates that the UE excluded supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5,] clause 4.3.5.21.
-
reflectiveQoS
Indicates whether the UE supports AS reflective QoS.
No
relWeightTwoLayers/ relWeightFourLayers/ relWeightEightLayers
Indicates relative weight of processing FD-MIMO with 2/ 4/ 8 layers with respect to non-FD-MIMO with the same number of layers, see NOTE 8. Value v1 corresponds to relative weight of 1, value v1dot25 corresponds to relative weight of 1.25 and so on. This field can be included only if the UE supports the corresponding number of layers (i.e., 2/ 4/ 8 layers).
-
reportCGI-NR-EN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC.
Yes
reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.
Yes
srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList
Indicates, for a particular pair of bands, the SRS carrier switching parameters when switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. If included, the UE shall include a number of entries as indicated in the following, and listed in the same order, as in bandParameterList for the concerned band combination:
-	For the first band, the UE shall include the same number of entries as in bandParameterList i.e. first entry corresponds to first band in bandParameterList and so on,
-	For the second band, the UE shall include one entry less i.e. first entry corresponds to the second band in bandParameterList and so on
-	And so on.
-
requestedBands
Indicates the frequency bands requested by E-UTRAN.
-
requestedCCsDL, requestedCCsUL
Indicates the maximum number of CCs requested by E-UTRAN.
-
requestedDiffFallbackCombList
Indicates the CA band combinations for which report of different UE capabilities is requested by E-UTRAN.
-
rf-RetuningTimeDL
Indicates the interruption time on DL reception within a band pair during the RF retuning for switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0 OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.
-
rf-RetuningTimeUL
Indicates the interruption time on UL transmission within a band pair during the RF retuning for switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0 OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.
-
rlc-AM-Ooo-Delivery
Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC AM.
-
rlc-UM-Ooo-Delivery
Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC UM.
-
rlm-ReportSupport
Indicates whether the UE supports RLM event and information reporting. 
-
rohc-ContextContinue
Same as "continueROHC-Context" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
No
rohc-ContextMaxSessions
Same as "maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions" defined in TS 38.306 [87]. 
No
rohc-Profiles
Same as "supportedROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
No
rohc-ProfilesUL-Only
Same as "uplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
No
rsrqMeasWideband
Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurements with wider bandwidth.
Yes
rsrq-OnAllSymbols
Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols and also support the extended RSRQ upper value range from -3dB to 2.5dB in measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
No
rs-SINR-Meas
Indicates whether the UE can perform RS-SINR measurements in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.214 [48].
-
rssi-AndChannelOccupancyReporting
Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
-
sa-NR
Indicates whether the UE supports standalone NR as specified in TS 38.331 [82].
No
scptm-AsyncDC
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include scptm-SCell and scptm-NonServingCell.
Yes
scptm-NonServingCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the scptm-SCell field.
Yes
scptm-Parameters
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports SC-PTM reception as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
Yes
scptm-SCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).
Yes
scptm-ParallelReception
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports parallel reception in the same subframe of DL-SCH transport blocks transmitted using C-RNTI/Semi-Persistent Scheduling C-RNTI and using SC-RNTI/G-RNTI as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
Yes
secondSlotStartingPosition
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of subframes with second slot starting position as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
-
semiOL
Indicates whether the UE supports semi-open-loop transmission for the indicated transmission mode.
FFS
semiStaticCFI
Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI for subframe/slot/sub-slot operation. 
-
semiStaticCFI-Pattern
Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI pattern for subframe/slot/sub-slot operation. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
-
shortCQI-ForSCellActivation
Indicates whether the UE supports additional CQI reporting periodicity after SCell activation.
-
shortMeasurementGap
Indicates whether the UE supports shorter measurement gap length (i.e. gp2 and gp3) in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16], and for independent measurement gap configuration on FR1 and per-UE gap in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS38.133 [84].
No
shortSPS-IntervalFDD
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in FDD mode.
-
shortSPS-IntervalTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in TDD mode.
-
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of PUSCH/PUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH/SPUCCH (if supported).
Yes
simultaneousRx-Tx
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous reception and transmission on different bands for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. This field is only applicable for inter-band TDD band combinations. A UE indicating support of simultaneousRx-Tx and dc-Support-r12 shall support different UL/DL configurations between PCell and PSCell.
-
simultaneousTx-DifferentTx-Duration
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of different transmission durations over different carriers. The different transmission durations can be of subframe, slot or subslot duration.
-
skipFallbackCombinations
Indicates whether UE supports receiving reception of requestSkipFallbackComb that requests UE to exclude fallback band combinations from capability signalling.
-
skipFallbackCombRequested
Indicates whether requestSkipFallbackComb is requested by E-UTRAN.
-
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0-1A
Indicates whether UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by not monitoring DCI Format 0 and 1A as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.
No
skipSubframeProcessing
This fields defines whether the UE supports aborting reception of PDSCH if the UE receives slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH during an ongoing PDSCH reception and instead starts receiving the slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH, as well as whether the UE supports aborting a PUSCH transmission if the UE gets a grant for a slot-PUSCH/ subslot-PUSCH transmission that overlaps with a grant received for a PUSCH transmission. The capability indicates the number of subframes that the UE may drop prior to the subframe in which it prioritizes the processing of slot/subslot PDSCH/PUSCH as described in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.1 and 8.0. Separate capability for UL and DL and per sTTI length in each direction: skipProcessingDL-Slot, skipProcessingDL-Subslot, skipProcessingUL-Slot and skipProcessingUL-Subslot.
-
skipUplinkDynamic
Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for an uplink grant indicated on PDCCH if no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].
-
skipUplinkSPS
Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].
-
sl-64QAM-Rx
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for the reception of V2X sidelink communication.
-
sl-64QAM-Tx
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication.
-
sl-CongestionControl
Indicates whether the UE supports Channel Busy Ratio measurement and reporting of Channel Busy Ratio measurement results to eNB for V2X sidelink communication.
-
sl-LowT2min
Indicates whether the UE supports 10ms as minimum value of T2 for resource selection procedure of V2X sidelink communication.
-
sl-RateMatchingTBSScaling
Indicates whether the UE supports rate matching and TBS scalling for V2X sidelink communication.
-
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM8
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM8 for slot PDSCH.

slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for slot PDSCH.

slss-SupportedTxFreq
Indicates whether the UE supports the SLSS transmission on single carrier or on multiple carriers in the case of sidelink carrier aggregation.
-
slss-TxRx
Indicates whether the UE supports SLSS/PSBCH transmission and reception in UE autonomous resource selection mode and eNB scheduled mode in a band for V2X sidelink communication.
-
sl-TxDiversity
Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.101 [42].
-
sn-SizeLo
Same as "shortSN" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
No
spatialBundling-HARQ-ACK
Indicates whether UE supports HARQ-ACK spatial bundling on PUCCH or PUSCH as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3.1 and 7.3.2.
No
spdcch-differentRS-types
Indicates whether the UE supports monitoring of sPDCCH on RB sets with different RS types within a TTI.
-
spdcch-Reuse
Indicates whether the UE supports L1 based SPDCCH reuse.
-
sps-CyclicShift
Indicates whether the UE supports RRC configuration of cyclic shift for DMRS for UL SPS using 1ms TTI.
-
sps-ServingCell
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple UL/DL SPS configurations simultaneously active on different serving cells as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
-
sps-STTI
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS in DL and/or UL for slot or subslot based PDSCH and PUSCH, respectively. 
-
srs-DCI7-TriggeringFS2
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS triggerring via DCI format 7 for FS2.
-
srs-Enhancements
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS enhancements.
TBD
srs-EnhancementsTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD specific SRS enhancements.
Yes
srs-FlexibleTiming
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration of soundingRS-FlexibleTiming-r14 for the corresponding band pair. For a TDD-TDD band pair, UE shall include at least one of srs-FlexibleTiming and/or srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig when rf-RetuningTimeDL or rf-RetuningTimeUL corresponding to the band pair is larger than 1 OFDM symbol.
-
srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration of harq-ReferenceConfig-r14 for the corresponding band pair. For a TDD-TDD band pair, UE shall include at least one of srs-FlexibleTiming and/or srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig when rf-RetuningTimeDL or rf-RetuningTimeUL corresponding to the band pair is larger than 1 OFDM symbol.
-
srs-MaxSimultaneousCCs
Indicates the maximum number of simultaneously configurable target CCs for SRS switching (i.e., CCs for which srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex is configured) supported by the UE.
-
srs-UpPTS-6sym
Indicates whether the UE supports up to 6-symbol SRS in UpPTS.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to GERAN CS.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to UTRA FDD CS.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to GERAN CS.
-
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps CS.
-
ss-CCH-InterfHandl
Indicates whether the UE supports synchronisation signal and common channel interference handling.
Yes
ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR1, ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR2
Indicates whether the UE can perform NR SS-SINR measurement for a frequency range (i.e. FR1 or FR2) as specified in TS 38.215 [89].
-
ssp10-TDD-Only
Indicates the UE supports special subframe configuration 10 when operating only in TDD carriers (i.e., not in TDD/FDD CA or TDD/FS3 CA). A UE including this field shall not include tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14.
-
standaloneGNSS-Location
Indicates whether the UE is equipped with a standalone GNSS receiver that may be used to provide detailed location information in RRC measurement report and logged measurements.
-
sTTI-SPT-Supported
Indicates whether the UE supports the features STTI and/or SPT. If the UE supports STTI and/or SPT features, the UE shall report the field sTTI-SPT-Supported set to supported in capability signalling, irrespective of whether requestSTTI-SPT-Capability field is present or not.
-
sTTI-FD-MIMO-Coexistence
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI feedback for more than 8 NZP CSI-RS ports on subframe based PUSCH in any serving cell and supporting STTI in any serving cell.
-
sTTI-SupportedCombinations
Indicates the different combinations of short TTI lengths, see field description for dl-STTI-Length and ul-STTI-Length, that the UE supports in a single PUCCH group or in two PUCCH groups. A short TTI length combination is reported for DL first followed by UL. In case of two PUCCH groups the support for the primary PUCCH group is indicated first.
-
subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5, subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25
Indicates the supported subcarrier spacings for MBSFN subframes in addition to 15 kHz subcarrier spacing. subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 and subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 indicates that the UE supports 1.25 and 7.5 kHz respectively for MBSFN subframes as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.12. This field is included only if fembmsMixedCell or fembmsDedicatedCell is included.
-
subslotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for subslot PDSCH.

supportedBandCombination
Includes the supported CA band combinations, if any, and may include all the supported non-CA bands.
-
supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11
Includes additional supported CA band combinations in case maximum number of CA band combinations of supportedBandCombination is exceeded.
-
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11.
-
SupportedBandCombinationExt, SupportedBandCombination-v1090, SupportedBandCombination-v10i0, SupportedBandCombination-v1130, SupportedBandCombination-v1250, SupportedBandCombination-v1270, SupportedBandCombination-v1320, SupportedBandCombination-v1380, SupportedBandCombination-v1390, SupportedBandCombination-v1430, SupportedBandCombination-v1450, SupportedBandCombination-v1470, SupportedBandCombination-v14b0, SupportedBandCombination-v1530
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandCombination-r10.
-
supportedBandCombinationReduced
Includes the supported CA band combinations, and may include the fallback CA combinations specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 4.3A. This field also indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestReducedFormat.
-
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13.
-
SupportedBandGERAN
GERAN band as defined in TS 45.005 [20].
No
SupportedBandList1XRTT
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class.
-
SupportedBandListEUTRA
Includes the supported E-UTRA bands. This field shall include all bands which are indicated in BandCombinationParameters.
-
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1310, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1320
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix).
-
SupportedBandListGERAN
No
SupportedBandListHRPD
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 HRPD band class.
-
SupportedBandListNR-SA
Includes the NR bands supported by the UE in NR-SA (for handover and redirection). The field is included in case the UE supports NR SA as specified in TS 38.331 [32] and not otherwise. The presence of this field also indicates that the UE can perform both NR SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurement in the included NR band(s) as specified in TS 38.215 [89].
No
supportedBandListEN-DC
Includes the NR bands supported by the UE in (NG)EN-DC. The field is included in case the parameter en-DC or ng-EN-DC is present and set to supported and not otherwise. The presence of this field also indicates that the UE can perform both NR SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurement in the included NR band(s) as specified in TS 38.215 [89].
-
supportedBandListWLAN
Indicates the supported WLAN bands by the UE.
-
SupportedBandUTRA-FDD
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.101 [17].
-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].
-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].
-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].
-
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet
The supportedBandwidthCombinationSet indicated for a band combination is applicable to all bandwidth classes indicated by the UE in this band combination.
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "1" if UE support Bandwidth Combination Set N for this band combination, see 36.101 [42]. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 0, the next bit corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 1 and so on. The UE shall neither include the field for a non-CA band combination, nor for a CA band combination for which the UE only supports Bandwidth Combination Set 0.
-
supportedCellGrouping
This field indicates for which mapping of serving cells to cell groups (i.e. MCG or SCG) the UE supports asynchronous DC. This field is only present for a band combination with more than two but less than six band entries where the UE supports asynchronous DC. If this field is not present but asynchronous operation is supported, the UE supports all possible mappings of serving cells to cell groups for the band combination. The bitmap size is selected based on the number of entries in the combinations, i.e., in case of three entries, the bitmap corresponding to threeEntries is selected and so on.
A bit in the bit string set to 1 indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC for the cell grouping option represented by the concerned bit position. Each bit position represents a different cell grouping option, as illustrated by a table, see NOTE 5. A cell grouping option is represented by a number of bits, each representing a particular band entry in the band combination with the left-most bit referring to the band listed first in the band combination, etc. Value 0 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a first cell group, while value 1 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a second cell group.
 It is noted that the mapping table does not include entries with all bits set to the same value (0 or 1) as this does not represent a DC scenario (i.e. indicating that the UE supports that all carriers of the corresponding band entry are in one cell group).
-
supportedCSI-Proc, sTTI-SupportedCSI-Proc
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes supported on a component carrier within a band. Value n1 corresponds to 1 CSI process, value n3 corresponds to 3 CSI processes, and value n4 corresponds to 4 CSI processes. If this field is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries listed in the same order as in BandParameters/STTI-SPT-BandParameters. If the UE supports at least 1 CSI process on any component carrier, then the UE shall include this field in all bands in all band combinations.
-
supportedCSI-Proc (in FeatureSetDL-PerCC)
In MR-DC, indicates the number of CSI processes for the component carrier in the corresponding bandwidth class. If the UE supports at least 1 CSI process, then the UE shall include this field.
-
supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-MRDC (in FeatureSetDL-PerCC)
In MR-DC, indicates the maximum number of supported layers in TM9/10 for the component carrier in the corresponding bandwidth class.
-
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP
If included, the UE supports NAICS for the band combination. The UE shall include a bitmap of the same length, and in the same order, as in naics-Capability-List, to indicate 2 CRS AP NAICS capability of the band combination. The first/ leftmost bit points to the first entry of naics-Capability-List, the second bit points to the second entry of naics-Capability-List, and so on.
For band combinations with a single component carrier, UE is only allowed to indicate {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfAggregatedPRB} = {1, 100} if NAICS is supported.
-
supportedOperatorDic
Indicates whether the UE supports operator defined dictionary. If UE supports operator defined dictionary, the UE shall report versionOfDictionary and associatedPLMN-ID of the stored operator defined dictionary. This parameter is not required to be present if the UE is in VPLMN. In this release of the specification, UE can only support one operator defined dictionary. The associatedPLMN-ID is only associated to the operator defined dictionary which has no relationship with UE's HPLMN ID.
-
supportRohcContextContinue
Indicates whether the UE supports ROHC context continuation operation where the UE does not reset the current ROHC context upon handover.
-
supportedROHC-Profiles
Indicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in both uplink and downlink.
-
supportedUplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles
Indicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in uplink and not in downlink, see TS 36.323 [8]
-
supportedStandardDic
Indicates whether the UE supports standard dictionary for SIP and SDP as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
-
supportedUDC
Indicates whether the UE supports UL data compression, see TS 36.323 [8].
-
tdd-SpecialSubframe
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe defined in TS 36.211 [21]. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11 if it supports the TDD special subframes ssp7 and ssp9. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 if it supports the TDD special subframe ssp10, except when ssp10-TDD-Only-r14 is included.
Yes
tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex
The presence of this field indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD CA in any supported band combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersUL and at least one TDD band with bandParametersUL. The first bit is set to "1" if UE supports the TDD PCell. The second bit is set to "1" if UE supports FDD PCell. This field is included only if the UE supports band combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersUL and at least one TDD band with bandParametersUL. If this field is included, the UE shall set at least one of the bits as "1". If this field is included with DC, then it is applicable within a CG, and the presence of this field indicates the capability of the UE to support TDD/FDD CA with at least one FDD band and at least one TDD band in the same CG, with the value indicating the support for TDD/FDD PCell (PSCell).
No
tdd-TTI-Bundling
The presence of this field indicates whether the UE supporting TDD special subframe configuration 10 also supports TTI bundling for TDD configuration 2 and 3 when PUSCH transimission in UpPTS is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. If this field is present, the tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 or ssp10-TDD-Only-r14 shall be present.
Yes
timeReferenceProvision
Indicates whether the UE supports provision of time reference in DLInformationTransfer message.
-
timerT312
Indicates whether the UE supports T312.
No
tm5-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in FDD.
-
tm5-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in TDD.
-
tm6-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm6 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeA is included.
Yes
tm8-slotPDSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM8 for slot PDSCH in TDD.
-
tm9-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeA is included.
Yes
tm9-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode B, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeB is included.
Yes
tm9-LAA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
-
tm9-slotSubslot
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM9 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for non-MBSFN.
-
tm9-slotSubslotMBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM9 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for MBSFN.
-
tm9-With-8Tx-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports for FDD when not operating in CE mode.
Yes
tm10-LAA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm10 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
-
tm10-slotSubslot
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM10 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for non-MBSFN.
-
tm10-slotSubslotMBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM10 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for MBSFN.
-
totalWeightedLayers
Indicates total number of weighted layers the UE can process for FD-MIMO. See NOTE 8.
-
twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH
No
twoStepSchedulingTimingInfo
Presence of this field indicates that the UE supports uplink scheduling using PUSCH trigger A and PUSCH trigger B (as defined in TS 36.213 [23]).
This field also indicates the timing between the PUSCH trigger B and the earliest time the UE supports performing the associated UL transmission. For reception of PUSCH trigger B in subframe N, value nPlus1 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in subframe N+1, value nPlus2 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in subframe N+2, and so on.
This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
-
txAntennaSwitchDL, txAntennaSwitchUL
The presence of txAntennaSwitchUL indicates the UE supports transmit antenna selection for this UL band in the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 8.2 and 8.7.
The field txAntennaSwitchDL indicates the entry number of the first-listed band with UL in the band combination that affects this DL. The field txAntennaSwitchUL indicates the entry number of the first-listed band with UL in the band combination that switches together with this UL. Value 1 means first entry, value 2 means second entry and so on. All DL and UL that switch together indicate the same entry number.
For the case of carrier switching, the antenna switching capability for the target carrier configuration is indicated as follows:
For UE configured with a set of component carriers belonging to a band combination Cbaseline = {b1(1),…,bx(1),…,by(0),…}, where "1/0" denotes whether the corresponding band has an uplink, if a component carrier in bx is to be switched to a component carrier in by (according to srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex), the antenna switching capability is derived based on band combination Ctarget = {b1(1),…,bx(0),…,by(1),…}.
-
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect
Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection.
Yes
txDiv-SPUCCH
Indicates whether the UE supports Tx diversity on SPUCCH format 1/1a/1b/3.
-
uci-PUSCH-Ext
Indicates whether the UE supports an extension of UCI delivering more than 22 HARQ-ACK bits on PUSCH as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.2.6 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.3.
No
ue-AutonomousWithFullSensing
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous resource selection mode with full sensing (i.e., continuous channel monitoring) for V2X sidelink communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].
-
ue-AutonomousWithPartialSensing
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous resource selection mode with partial sensing (i.e., channel monitoring in a limited set of subframes) for V2X sidelink communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].
-
ue-Category
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 12 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-CategoryDL
UE DL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n17 corresponds to UE category 17, value m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis, value m2 corresponds to UE category M2. For ASN.1 compatibility, a UE indicating DL category 0, m1 or m2 shall also indicate any of the categories (1..5) in ue-Category (without suffix), which is ignored by the eNB, a UE indicating UE category oneBis shall also indicate UE category 1 in ue-Category (without suffix), and a UE indicating UE category m2 shall also indicate UE category m1. The field ue-CategoryDL is set to values 0, m1, oneBis, m2, 4, 6, 7, 9 to 16, n17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-CategorySL-C-TX
UE SL category for V2X transmission as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 5 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-CategorySL-C-RX
UE SL category for V2X reception as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 4 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-CategoryUL
UE UL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n14 corresponds to UE category 14, value n16 corresponds to UE category 16 and so on. Value m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value m2 corresponds to UE category M2, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis. The field ue-CategoryUL is set to values m1, m2, 0, oneBis, 3, 5, 7, 8, 13, n14, 15, n16 to n21 or 22 to 26 in this version of the specification.
-
ue-CA-PowerClass-N
Indicates whether the UE supports UE power class N in the E-UTRA band combination, see TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.307 [78]. If ue-CA-PowerClass-N is not included, UE supports the default UE power class in the E-UTRA band combination, see TS 36.101 [42].
-
ue-CE-NeedULGaps
Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.306 [5].
-
ue-PowerClass-N, ue-PowerClass-5
Indicates whether the UE supports UE power class 1, 2, 4 or 5 in the E-UTRA band, see TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.307 [79]. UE includes either ue-PowerClass-N or ue-PowerClass-5. If neither ue-PowerClass-N nor ue-PowerClass-5 is included, UE supports the default UE power class in the E-UTRA band, see TS 36.101 [42].
-
ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports Rx - Tx time difference measurements.
No
ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported
No
ue-SSTD-Meas
Indicates whether the UE supports SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and TS 36.133 [16].
-
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported
Except for the supported band combinations for which bandParameterList-v1380 is included, TRUE indicates that the UE is capable of supporting UE transmit antenna selection such that all the supported bands in the band combination are affected by transmit antenna switching, as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.7. E-UTRAN ignores this field for band combinations for which bandParameterList-v1380 is included.
Yes
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among four antennas to transmit SRS for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
-
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-2Pairs
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
-
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-3Pairs
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
-
ul-64QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM in UL on the band. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports UL 64QAM, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. If the field is present for one band, the field shall be present for all bands including downlink only bands.
-
ul-256QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL on the band in the band combination. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList is not included.
-
ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList
Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), whether the UE supports 256QAM in the band combination. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM is not included.
-
ul-256QAM-Slot
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for slot TTI operation on the band. 
-
ul-256QAM-Subslot
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for subslot TTI operation on the band. 
-
ul-AsyncHarqSharingDiff-TTI-Lengths
Indicates whether the UE supports UL asynchronous HARQ sharing between different TTI lengths for an UL serving cell.
-
ul-CoMP
Indicates whether the UE supports UL Coordinated Multi-Point operation.
No
ul-dmrs-Enhancements
Indicates whether the UE supports UL DMRS enhancements as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.
FFS
ul-PDCP-Delay
Indicates whether the UE supports UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71].
-
ul-powerControlEnhancements
Indicates whether UE supports UplinkPowerControlDedicated.
-
uplinkLAA
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports uplink LAA operation.
-
uss-BlindDecodingAdjustment
Indicates whether the UE supports blind decoding adjustment on UE specific search space as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
-
uss-BlindDecodingReduction
Indicates whether the UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by not monitoring DCI format 0A/0B/4A/4B as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
-
unicastFrequencyHopping
Indicates whether the UE supports frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH (configured by mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig) and unicast PUSCH (configured by pusch-HoppingConfig).
-
unicast-fembmsMixedSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation.
No
utra-GERAN-CGI-Reporting-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards GERAN/UTRA cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC wherein either MN and SN have different DRX cycles, or on-duration configured by MN does not contain on-duration configured by SN if their DRX cycles are same.
Yes
utran-ProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for UTRAN CSG member cells.
-
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring UMTS cell.
Yes
v2x-BandwidthClassTxSL, v2x-BandwidthClassRxSL
The bandwidth class for V2X sidelink transmission and reception supported by the UE as defined in TS 36.101 [42], Table 5.6G.1-3.
The UE explicitly includes all the supported bandwidth class combinations for V2X sidelink transmission or reception in the band combination signalling. Support for one bandwidth class does not implicitly indicate support for another bandwidth class.
-
v2x-eNB-Scheduled
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using dynamic scheduling, SPS in eNB scheduled mode for V2X sidelink communication, reporting SPS assistance information and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42] in a band.
-
v2x-EnhancedHighReception
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 30 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 204 RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink communication.
-
v2x-HighPower
Indicates whether the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 2 V2X UE for V2X sidelink transmission in a band, see TS 36.101 [42].
-
v2x-HighReception
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 20 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 136 RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink communication.
-
v2x-nonAdjacentPSCCH-PSSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission and reception in the configuration of non-adjacent PSCCH and PSSCH for V2X sidelink communication.
-
v2x-numberTxRxTiming
Indicates the number of multiple reference TX/RX timings counted over all the configured sidelink carriers for V2X sidelink communication.
-
v2x-SensingReportingMode3
Indicates whether the UE supports sensing measurements and reporting of measurement results in eNB scheduled mode for V2X sidelink communication.
-
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList
Indicates the supported band combination list on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission and/or reception of V2X sidelink communication.

v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC, v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC
Indicates, for a particular band combination of EUTRA, the supported band combination list among v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission or reception of EUTRA and V2X sidelink communication respectively. The first bit refers to the first entry of v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList, with value 1 indicating V2X sidelink transmission/reception is supported.
-
v2x-TxWithShortResvInterval
Indicates whether the UE supports 20 ms and 50 ms resource reservation periods for UE autonomous resource selection and eNB scheduled resource allocation for V2X sidelink communication.
-
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice according to GSMA IR.58 profile in UTRA FDD.
-
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice in UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps.
-
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-MCG-Bearer
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only MCG RLC bearer.
Yes
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-SCG-Bearer
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only SCG RLC bearer when configured with EN-DC.
Yes
ims-VoNR-PDCP-SCG-NGENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only SCG RLC bearer when configured with NGEN-DC.
Yes
whiteCellList
Indicates whether the UE supports EUTRA white cell listing to limit the set of cells applicable for measurements.
-
wlan-IW-RAN-Rules
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules.
-
wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies.
-
wlan-MAC-Address
Indicates the WLAN MAC address of this UE.
-
wlan-PeriodicMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports periodic reporting of WLAN measurements.
-
wlan-ReportAnyWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of WLANs not listed in the measObjectWLAN.
-
wlan-SupportedDataRate
Indicates the maximum WLAN data rate supported by the UE over all LWA bearers. Actual value of supported data rate is field value * 10 Mbps (i.e., value 1 corresponds to 10 Mbps, value 2 corresponds to 20 Mbps and so on). 
-
zp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS transmission for the indicated transmission mode.
FFS

NOTE 1:	The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability does not include AS security capability information, since these are the same as the security capabilities that are signalled by NAS. Consequently, AS need not provide "man-in-the-middle" protection for the security capabilities.
NOTE 2:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal, as part of the additional capabilities for an XDD mode i.e. within UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-xNM, a different value compared to the value signalled elsewhere within UE-EUTRA-Capability (i.e. the common value, supported for both XDD modes). A '-' is used to indicate that it is not possible to signal different values (used for fields for which the field description is provided for other reasons). Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a capability for which it indicates support within the capability signalling.
NOTE 2a:	From REL-15 onwards, the UE is not allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD unless yes is indicated in column FDD/ TDD diff (i.e. no need to introduce field description solely for the purpose of indicate no).
NOTE 3:	The BandCombinationParameters for the same band combination can be included more than once.
NOTE 4:	UE CA and measurement capabilities indicate the combinations of frequencies that can be configured as serving frequencies.
NOTE 5:	The grouping of the cells to the first and second cell group, as indicated by supportedCellGrouping, is shown in the table below. The leading / leftmost bit of supportedCellGrouping corresponds to the Bit String Position 1.
Nr of Band Entries:
5
4
3
Length of Bit-String:
15
7
3
Bit String Position
Cell grouping option (0= first cell group, 1= second cell group)
1
00001
0001
001
2
00010
0010
010
3
00011
0011
011
4
00100
0100

5
00101
0101

6
00110
0110

7
00111
0111

8
01000


9
01001


10
01010


11
01011


12
01100


13
01101


14
01110


15
01111



NOTE 6:	UE includes the intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12 also for bandwidth class A because of the presence conditions in BandCombinationParameters-v1270. For example, if UE supports CA_1A_41D band combination, if UE includes the field intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12 for band 41, the UE includes intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12 also for band 1.
NOTE 7:	For a UE that indicates release X in field accessStratumRelease but supports a feature specified in release X+ N (i.e. early UE implementation), the ASN.1 comprehension requirement are specified in Annex F. 
NOTE 8:	For a UE that does not include mimo-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13, or for the case with no CC configured with FD-MIMO, the FD-MIMO processing capability condition is not applicable (i.e. considered as satisfied). For a UE that includes mimo-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13, the FD-MIMO processing capability condition is satisfied if the equation 4.3.28.13-1 in TS 36.306 [5] is satisfied.

–	UE-RadioPagingInfo
The UE-RadioPagingInfo IE contains UE capability information needed for paging.
UE-RadioPagingInfo information element
-- ASN1START

UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-v1250					INTEGER (0)			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	ue-CategoryDL-v1310						ENUMERATED {m1}		OPTIONAL,
		ce-ModeA-r13							ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,
		ce-ModeB-r13							ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	wakeUpSignal-r15						ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,
		wakeUpSignal-TDD-r15					ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,
		wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-r15			ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000}		OPTIONAL,
		wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-TDD-r15		ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000}		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

UE-RadioPagingInfo field descriptions
ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode A and/or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
ue-Category, ue-CategoryDL
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. A category M2 UE shall always include the field ue-CategoryDL-v1310 in this version of the specification.
wakeUpSignal, wakeUpSignal-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports WUS for paging, as specified in TS 36.213 [22] and TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is included, the minimum gap between WUS and associated PO for DRX is fixed as 40 ms.
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX, wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-TDD
Indicates the minimum gap the UE supports between WUS and associated PO for eDRX as specified in TS 36.213 [22] and TS 36.304 [4]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, ms240 corresponds to 240 ms and so on. If this field is included, the UE shall also indicate support of WUS for paging.


–	UE-TimersAndConstants
The IE UE-TimersAndConstants contains timers and constants used by the UE in either RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_IDLE.
UE-TimersAndConstants information element
-- ASN1START

UE-TimersAndConstants ::=			SEQUENCE {
	t300								ENUMERATED {
											ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
											ms2000},
	t301								ENUMERATED {
											ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500,
											ms2000},
	t310								ENUMERATED {
											ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000},
	n310								ENUMERATED {
											n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
	t311								ENUMERATED {
											ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
											ms20000, ms30000},
	n311								ENUMERATED {
											n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
	...,
	[[	t300-v1310						ENUMERATED {
											ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000, ms6000, ms8000,
											ms10000}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		t301-v1310						ENUMERATED {
											ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000, ms6000, ms8000,
											ms10000}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	t310-v1330							ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000}	
															OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	t300-r15						ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000, ms8000, ms10000, ms15000,
											ms25000, ms40000, ms60000}	OPTIONAL		-- Cond EDT
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

UE-TimersAndConstants field descriptions
n3xy
Constants are described in clause 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in clause 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes an extended value t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330 only in the Bandwidth Reduced (BR) version of the SIB. UEs that support Coverage Enhancement (CE) mode B shall use the extended values t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330, if present, and ignore the value signaled by t3xy (without the suffix).
t300-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use t300-r15, if present.

Conditional presence
Explanation
EDT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present in SIB2; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	VisitedCellInfoList
The IE VisitedCellInfoList includes the mobility history information of maximum of 16 most recently visited cells or time spent outside E-UTRA. The most recently visited cell is stored first in the list. The list includes cells visited in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED states.
VisitedCellInfoList information element
-- ASN1START

VisitedCellInfoList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellHistory-r12)) OF VisitedCellInfo-r12

VisitedCellInfo-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	visitedCellId-r12					CHOICE {
		cellGlobalId-r12						CellGlobalIdEUTRA,
		pci-arfcn-r12							SEQUENCE {
			physCellId-r12							PhysCellId,
			carrierFreq-r12							ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,
	timeSpent-r12						INTEGER (0..4095),
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

VisitedCellInfoList field descriptions
timeSpent
This field indicates the duration of stay in the cell or outside E-UTRA approximated to the closest second. If the duration of stay exceeds 4095s, the UE shall set it to 4095s. 

–	WLAN-OffloadConfig
The IE WLAN-OffloadConfig includes information for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. The fields are applicable to both RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules and RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies unless stated otherwise in the field description.
WLAN-OffloadConfig information element
-- ASN1START

WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	thresholdRSRP-r12						SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRP-Low-r12					RSRP-Range,
		thresholdRSRP-High-r12					RSRP-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdRSRQ-r12						SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRQ-Low-r12					RSRQ-Range,
		thresholdRSRQ-High-r12					RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-r12	SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low-r12			RSRQ-Range,
		thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High-r12			RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
	thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12			SEQUENCE {
			thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow-r12					RSRQ-Range,
			thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh-r12					RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
	thresholdRSRQ-WB-r12					SEQUENCE {
		thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low-r12							RSRQ-Range,
		thresholdRSRQ-WB-High-r12							RSRQ-Range
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OP

	thresholdChannelUtilization-r12			SEQUENCE {
		thresholdChannelUtilizationLow-r12		INTEGER (0..255),
		thresholdChannelUtilizationHigh-r12		INTEGER (0..255)
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdBackhaul-Bandwidth-r12			SEQUENCE {
		thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthLow-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
		thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthHigh-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
		thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthLow-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12,
		thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthHigh-r12	WLAN-backhaulRate-r12
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	thresholdWLAN-RSSI-r12						SEQUENCE {
		thresholdWLAN-RSSI-Low-r12					INTEGER (0..255),
		thresholdWLAN-RSSI-High-r12					INTEGER (0..255)
	}																	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	offloadPreferenceIndicator-r12			BIT STRING (SIZE (16))		OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	t-SteeringWLAN-r12						T-Reselection				OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	...
}

WLAN-backhaulRate-r12 ::=					ENUMERATED
										{r0, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256, r512,
										r1024, r2048, r4096, r8192, r16384, r32768, r65536, r131072,
										r262144, r524288, r1048576, r2097152, r4194304, r8388608,
										r16777216, r33554432, r67108864, r134217728, r268435456,
										r536870912, r1073741824, r2147483648, r4294967296}

-- ASN1STOP

WLAN-OffloadConfig field descriptions
offloadPreferenceIndicator
Indicates the offload preference indicator. Parameter: OPI in TS 24.312 [66]. Only applicable to RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies.
thresholdBackhaulDLBandwidth-High
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateDLWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulDLBandwidth-Low
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateDLWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulULBandwidth-High
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateULWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdBackhaulULBandwidth-Low
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshBackhRateULWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in kilobits/second. Value rN corresponds to N kbps.
thresholdChannelUtilization-High
Indicates the WLAN channel utilization (BSS load) threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshChUtilWLAN, High in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdChannelUtilization-Low
Indicates the WLAN channel utilization (BSS load) threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshChUtilWLAN, Low in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRP-High
Indicates the RSRP threshold (in dBm) used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, HighP in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRP-Low
Indicates the RSRP threshold (in dBm) used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, LowP in TS 36.304 [4].
thresholdRSRQ-High,thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh, thresholdRSRQ-WB-High, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High
Indicates the RSRQ threshold (in dB) used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, HighQ in TS 36.304 [4]. The UE shall only apply one of threshold values of thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh, thresholdRSRQ-WB-High and thresholdRSRQ-High as present in wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and forward this to upper layer. NOTE 1.
thresholdRSRQ-Low,thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow, thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low
Indicates the RSRQ threshold (in dB) used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshServingOffloadWLAN, LowQ in TS 36.304 [4].
The UE shall only apply one of threshold values of thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low, thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow, thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low and thresholdRSRQ-Low as present in wlan-OffloadConfigCommon and forward this to upper layer. NOTE 1.
thresholdWLAN-RSSI-High
Indicates the WLAN RSSI threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to WLAN. Parameter: ThreshWLANRSSI, High in TS 36.304 [4]. Value 0 corresponds to -128dBm, 1 corresponds to -127dBm and so on.
thresholdWLAN-RSSI-Low
Indicates the WLAN RSSI threshold used by the UE for traffic steering to E-UTRAN. Parameter: ThreshWLANRSSI, Low in TS 36.304 [4]. Value 0 corresponds to -128dBm, 1 corresponds to -127dBm and so on.
t-SteeringWLAN
Indicates the timer value during which the rules should be fulfilled before starting traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. Parameter: TsteeringWLAN in TS 36.304 [4]. Only applicable to RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules.

NOTE 1:	Within SIB17, E-UTRAN includes the fields corresponding to same RSRQ types as included in SIB1. E.g. if E-UTRAN includes q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols in SIB1 it also includes thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbols in SIB17. Within the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message E-UTRAN only includes thresholdRSRQ, setting the value according to the RSRQ type used for E-UTRAN. The UE shall apply the RSRQ fields (RSRQ threshold, high and low) corresponding to one RSRQ type i.e. the same as it applies for E-UTRAN.
6.3.7	MBMS information elements

–	MBMS-NotificationConfig
The IE MBMS-NotificationConfig specifies the MBMS notification related configuration parameters, that are applicable for all MBSFN areas.
MBMS-NotificationConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	notificationRepetitionCoeff-r9		ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
	notificationOffset-r9				INTEGER (0..10),
	notificationSF-Index-r9				INTEGER (1..6)
}

MBMS-NotificationConfig-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	notificationSF-Index-v1430				INTEGER (7..10)
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBMS-NotificationConfig field descriptions
notificationOffset
Indicates, together with the notificationRepetitionCoeff, the radio frames in which the MCCH information change notification is scheduled i.e. the MCCH information change notification is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod notification repetition period = notificationOffset.
notificationRepetitionCoeff
Actual change notification repetition period common for all MCCHs that are configured= shortest modification period/ notificationRepetitionCoeff. The 'shortest modificaton period' corresponds with the lowest value of mcch-ModificationPeriod of all MCCHs that are configured. Value n2 corresponds to coefficient 2, and so on.
notificationSF-Index
Indicates the subframe used to transmit MCCH change notifications on PDCCH. FDD: Value 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 correspond with subframe #1, #2, #3 #6, #7, and #8 respectively. Value 7, 8, 9 and 10 correspond with subframe #0, #4, #5 and #9 respectively. If notificationSF-Index-v1430 is included, UE ignores notificationSF-Index-r9. TDD: Value 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 correspond with subframe #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 respectively.

–	MBMS-ServiceList
The IE MBMS-ServiceList provides the list of MBMS services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive.
MBMS-ServiceList information element
-- ASN1START

MBMS-ServiceList-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13)) OF MBMS-ServiceInfo-r13

MBMS-ServiceInfo-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	tmgi-r13							TMGI-r9
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MBSFN-AreaId
The IE MBSFN-AreaId identifies an MBSFN area by means of a locally unique value at lower layers i.e. it concerns parameter NIDMBSFN in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.2.1.
MBSFN-AreaId information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-AreaId-r12 ::=					INTEGER (0..255)

-- ASN1STOP

–	MBSFN-AreaInfoList
The IE MBSFN-AreaInfoList contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information associated with one or more MBSFN areas.
MBSFN-AreaInfoList information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9

MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	mbsfn-AreaId-r9						MBSFN-AreaId-r12,
	non-MBSFNregionLength				ENUMERATED {s1, s2},
	notificationIndicator-r9			INTEGER (0..7),
	mcch-Config-r9						SEQUENCE {
		mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r9		ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256},
		mcch-Offset-r9					INTEGER (0..10),
		mcch-ModificationPeriod-r9		ENUMERATED {rf512, rf1024},
		sf-AllocInfo-r9					BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
		signallingMCS-r9				ENUMERATED {n2, n7, n13, n19}
	},
	...,
	[[	mcch-Config-r14				SEQUENCE {
			mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1430		ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8,
										rf16 }		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1430	ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128,
											rf256, spare7}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		subcarrierSpacingMBMS-r14		ENUMERATED {khz-7dot5, khz-1dot25}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBSFN-AreaInfoList field descriptions
mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. In case mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the mcch-ModificationPeriod-r9.
mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the radio frames in which MCCH is scheduled i.e. MCCH is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod mcch-RepetitionPeriod = mcch-Offset.
mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of MCCH information, in radio frames, Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. In case mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r9.
non-MBSFNregionLength
Indicates how many symbols from the beginning of the subframe constitute the non-MBSFN region. This value applies in all subframes of the MBSFN area used for PMCH transmissions as indicated in the MSI. The values s1 and s2 correspond with 1 and 2 symbols, respectively: see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.7-1.
notificationIndicator
Indicates which PDCCH bit is used to notify the UE about change of the MCCH applicable for this MBSFN area. Value 0 corresponds with the least significant bit as defined in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1 and so on.
sf-AllocInfo
Indicates the subframes of the radio frames indicated by the mcch-RepetitionPeriod and the mcch-Offset, that may carry MCCH. Value "1" indicates that the corresponding subframe is allocated. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/ leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #1 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #2, the third bit for #3, the fourth bit for #6, the fifth bit for #7 and the sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. Uplink subframes are not allocated. The last bit is not used.
signallingMCS
Indicates the MCS applicable for the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo and for each (P)MCH that is configured for this MBSFN area, for the first subframe allocated to the (P)MCH within each MCH scheduling period (which may contain the MCH scheduling information provided by MAC). Value n2 corresponds with the value 2 for parameter in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.1-1, and so on.
subcarrierSpacingMBMS
The value indicates subcarrier spacing for MBSFN subframes and khz-7dot5 refers to 7.5kHz subcarrier spacing and khz-1dot25 refers to 1.25 kHz subcarrier spacing as defined in TS36.211 [21], clause 6.12. These subframes do not have non-MBSFN region. If subcarrierSpacingMBMS is present, then non-MBSFNregionLength shall be ignored. EUTRAN configures parameter subcarrierSpacingMBMS only when the MBSFN subframes have subcarrier spacing other than 15kHz.

–	MBSFN-SubframeConfig
The IE MBSFN-SubframeConfig defines subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
MBSFN-SubframeConfig information element
-- ASN1START

MBSFN-SubframeConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioframeAllocationPeriod			ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32},
	radioframeAllocationOffset			INTEGER (0..7),
	subframeAllocation					CHOICE {
		oneFrame							BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
		fourFrames							BIT STRING (SIZE(24))
	}
}

MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	subframeAllocation-v1430				CHOICE {
		oneFrame-v1430						BIT STRING (SIZE(2)),
		fourFrames-v1430					BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

MBSFN-SubframeConfig field descriptions
fourFrames
A bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #6, #7, and #8 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
TDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. The last four bits are not used. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
fourFrames-v1430
A bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #4 and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
oneFrame
"1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #1, the second bit for #2, third bit for #3, fourth bit for #6, fifth bit for #7, sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only if eimta-MainConfig is configured. The last bit is not used.
oneFrame-v1430
"1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #4 and the second bit for #9.
radioFrameAllocationPeriod, radioFrameAllocationOffset
Radio-frames that contain MBSFN subframes occur when equation SFN mod radioFrameAllocationPeriod = radioFrameAllocationOffset is satisfied. Value n1 for radioframeAllocationPeriod denotes value 1, n2 denotes value 2, and so on. When fourFrames is used for subframeAllocation, the equation defines the first radio frame referred to in the description below. Values n1 and n2 are not applicable when fourFrames is used.
subframeAllocation
Defines the subframes that are allocated for MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.

–	PMCH-InfoList
The IE PMCH-InfoList specifies configuration of all PMCHs of an MBSFN area, while IE PMCH-InfoListExt includes additional PMCHs, i.e. extends the PMCH list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. The information provided for an individual PMCH includes the configuration parameters of the sessions that are carried by the concerned PMCH. For all PMCH that E-UTRAN includes in PMCH-InfoList, the list of ongoing sessions has at least one entry.
PMCH-InfoList information element
-- ASN1START

PMCH-InfoList-r9 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-Info-r9

PMCH-InfoListExt-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-InfoExt-r12

PMCH-Info-r9 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	pmch-Config-r9						PMCH-Config-r9,
	mbms-SessionInfoList-r9			MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9,
	...
}

PMCH-InfoExt-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	pmch-Config-r12						PMCH-Config-r12,
	mbms-SessionInfoList-r12			MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9,
	...
}

MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSessionPerPMCH)) OF MBMS-SessionInfo-r9

MBMS-SessionInfo-r9 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	tmgi-r9								TMGI-r9,
	sessionId-r9						OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	logicalChannelIdentity-r9			INTEGER (0..maxSessionPerPMCH-1),
	...
}

PMCH-Config-r9 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	sf-AllocEnd-r9						INTEGER (0..1535),
	dataMCS-r9							INTEGER (0..28),
	mch-SchedulingPeriod-r9			ENUMERATED {
										rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
	...
}

PMCH-Config-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	sf-AllocEnd-r12						INTEGER (0..1535),
	dataMCS-r12							CHOICE {
		normal-r12							INTEGER (0..28),
		higerOrder-r12						INTEGER (0..27)
	},
	mch-SchedulingPeriod-r12		ENUMERATED {
										rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
	...,
	[[	mch-SchedulingPeriod-v1430		ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

TMGI-r9 ::=						SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Id-r9							CHOICE {
		plmn-Index-r9						INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
		explicitValue-r9					PLMN-Identity
	},
	serviceId-r9						OCTET STRING (SIZE (3))
}

-- ASN1STOP

PMCH-InfoList field descriptions
dataMCS
Indicates the value for parameter in TS 36.213 [23], which defines the MCS applicable for the subframes of this (P)MCH as indicated by the field commonSF-Alloc. Value normal corresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1 and value higherOrder corresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1A. The MCS does however neither apply to the subframes that may carry MCCH i.e. the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo within SystemInformationBlockType13 nor for the first subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within each MCH scheduling period (which may contain the MCH scheduling information provided by MAC).
mch-SchedulingPeriod
Indicates the MCH scheduling period i.e. the periodicity used for providing MCH scheduling information at lower layers (MAC) applicable for an MCH. Value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames, rf16 corresponds to 16 radio frames and so on. The mch-SchedulingPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod mch-SchedulingPeriod = 0. E-UTRAN configures mch-SchedulingPeriod of the (P)MCH listed first in PMCH-InfoList to be smaller than or equal to mcch-RepetitionPeriod. In case mch-SchedulingPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore mch-SchedulingPeriod-r12.
plmn-Index
Index of the entry across the plmn-IdentityList fields within SystemInformationBlockType1.
sessionId
Indicates the optional MBMS Session Identity, which together with TMGI identifies a transmission or a possible retransmission of a specific MBMS session: see TS 29.061 [51], clauses 20.5, 17.7.11, and 17.7.15. The field is included whenever upper layers have assigned a session identity i.e. one is available for the MBMS session in E-UTRAN.
serviceId
Uniquely identifies the identity of an MBMS service within a PLMN. The field contains octet 3- 5 of the IE Temporary Mobile Group Identity (TMGI) as defined in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet contains the third octet of the TMGI, the second octet contains the fourth octet of the TMGI and so on.
sf-AllocEnd
Indicates the last subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within a period identified by field commonSF-AllocPeriod. The subframes allocated to (P)MCH corresponding with the nth entry in pmch-InfoList are the subsequent subframes starting from either the next subframe after the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the (n-1)th listed (P)MCH or, for n=1, the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc, through the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the nth listed (P)MCH. Value 0 corresponds with the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc. 

6.3.7a	SC-PTM information elements
–	SC-MTCH-InfoList
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each MBMS session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information.
SC-MTCH-InfoList information element
-- ASN1START

SC-MTCH-InfoList-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSC-MTCH-r13)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-r13

SC-MTCH-Info-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	mbmsSessionInfo-r13						MBMSSessionInfo-r13,
	g-RNTI-r13								BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
	sc-mtch-schedulingInfo-r13				SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	sc-mtch-neighbourCell-r13				BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13))	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...,
	[[	p-a-r13								ENUMERATED {
												dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77,
												dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

MBMSSessionInfo-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	tmgi-r13								TMGI-r9,
	sessionId-r13							OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-r13::=		SEQUENCE	{
	onDurationTimerSCPTM-r13				ENUMERATED {
												psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
												psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40,
												psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100,
												psf200},
	drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r13			ENUMERATED {
												psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf8,
												psf10, psf20, psf40,
												psf80, psf160, ps320,
												psf640, psf960,
												psf1280, psf1920, psf2560},
	schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r13	CHOICE {
		sf10									INTEGER(0..9),
		sf20									INTEGER(0..19),
		sf32									INTEGER(0..31),
		sf40									INTEGER(0..39),
		sf64									INTEGER(0..63),
		sf80									INTEGER(0..79),
		sf128									INTEGER(0..127),
		sf160									INTEGER(0..159),
		sf256									INTEGER(0..255),
		sf320									INTEGER(0..319),
		sf512									INTEGER(0..511),
		sf640									INTEGER(0..639),
		sf1024									INTEGER(0..1023),
		sf2048									INTEGER(0..2048),
		sf4096									INTEGER(0..4096),
		sf8192									INTEGER(0..8192)
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SC-MTCH-InfoList field descriptions
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH.
mbmsSessionInfo
Indicates the ongoing MBMS session in a SC-MTCH.
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
p-a
Parameter: , for the SC-MTCH per G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames. The E-UTRAN does not configure a maximum value 2048 for sf2048, 4096 for sf4096 or 8192 for sf8192.
sc-mtch-neighbourCell
Indicates neighbour cells which also provide this service on SC-MTCH. The first bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the first cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, otherwise it is set to 0. The second bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the second cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, and so on. If this field is absent, the UE shall assume that this service is not available on SC-MTCH in any neighbour cell.
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH. If this field is absent, the SC-MTCH may be scheduled in any subframe.

–	SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each MBMS session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information.
SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR information element
-- ASN1START

SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-BR-r14

SC-MTCH-Info-BR-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE	{
	sc-mtch-CarrierFreq-r14					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	mbmsSessionInfo-r14						MBMSSessionInfo-r13,
	g-RNTI-r14								BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
	sc-mtch-schedulingInfo-r14			SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-BR-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	sc-mtch-neighbourCell-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13))	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MTCH-r14				INTEGER (1.. maxAvailNarrowBands-r13),
	mpdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MTCH-r14			ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
															r32, r64, r128, r256},
	mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH-r14		CHOICE {
			fdd-r14								ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4,
																v5, v8, v10},
			tdd-r14								ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10,
																v20}
	},
	mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MTCH-r14		ENUMERATED {on, off},
	mpdcch-PDSCH-CEmodeConfig-SC-MTCH-r14		ENUMERATED {ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB},
	mpdcch-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-SC-MTCH-r14		ENUMERATED {bw1dot4, bw5},
	mpdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH-r14					ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter,
															threeEighth, oneHalf, fiveEighth,
															threeQuarter, sevenEighth},

	p-a-r14										ENUMERATED { dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3,
															dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1, dB2,
															dB3}				OPTIONAL,--	Need OR
	...
}

SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-BR-r14::=	SEQUENCE	{
	onDurationTimerSCPTM-r14				ENUMERATED {
												psf300, psf400, psf500, psf600,
												psf800, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600},
	drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r14			ENUMERATED {
												psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf8, psf16,
												psf32, psf64, psf128, psf256, ps512,
												psf1024, psf2048, psf4096, psf8192, psf16384},
	schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r14	CHOICE {
		sf10									INTEGER(0..9),
		sf20									INTEGER(0..19),
		sf32									INTEGER(0..31),
		sf40									INTEGER(0..39),
		sf64									INTEGER(0..63),
		sf80									INTEGER(0..79),
		sf128									INTEGER(0..127),
		sf160									INTEGER(0..159),
		sf256									INTEGER(0..255),
		sf320									INTEGER(0..319),
		sf512									INTEGER(0..511),
		sf640									INTEGER(0..639),
		sf1024									INTEGER(0..1023),
		sf2048									INTEGER(0..2047),
		sf4096									INTEGER(0..4095),
		sf8192									INTEGER(0..8191)
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR field descriptions
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 MPDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, psf1 corresponds to 1 MPDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 MPDCCH sub-frames and so on.
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH
mbmsSessionInfo
Indicates the ongoing MBMS session in a SC-MTCH.
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MTCH
Narrowband for MPDCCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MTCH
The maximum number of MPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH
Fractional period offset of starting subframes for MPDCCH search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-CEmodeConfig-SC-MTCH
Coverage enhancement mode configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MTCH
Frequency hopping configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-SC-MTCH
Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw1dot4 corresponds to 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth and value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz channel bandwidth. Corresponding maximum TBS are specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2.
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH
Starting subframes configuration of the MPDCCH search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf300 corresponds to 300 MPDCCH sub-frames, psf400 corresponds to 400 MPDCCH sub-frames and so on.
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames.
sc-mtch-CarrierFreq
Downlink carrier used for multicast SC-MTCH transmissions.
sc-mtch-neighbourCell
Indicates neighbour cells which also provide this service on SC-MTCH. The first bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the first cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, otherwise it is set to 0. The second bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the second cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, and so on. If this field is absent, the UE shall assume that this service is not available on SC-MTCH in any neighbour cell.
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH. If this field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MTCH reception.
p-a
Parameter:  for the SC-MTCH per G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.

–	SCPTM-NeighbourCellList
The IE SCPTM-NeighbourCellList indicates a list of neighbour cells where ongoing MBMS sessions provided via SC-MRB in the current cells are also provided.

-- ASN1START

SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13)) OF PCI-ARFCN-r13

PCI-ARFCN-r13 ::=					SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r13						PhysCellId,
		carrierFreq-r13						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCPTM-NeighbourCellList field description
carrierFreq
Indicates the frequency of the neighbour cell indicated by physCellId. Absence of the IE means that the neighbour cell is on the same frequency as the current cell.

6.3.8	Sidelink information elements
–	SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X
The IE SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X specifies the SL V2X anchor frequencies i.e. frequencies that include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X information element
-- ASN1START

SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList
The IE SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList indicates the list of PSSCH transmission parameters (such as MCS, sub-channel number, retransmission number, CR limit) in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList, and the list of CBR ranges in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList, to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cbr-RangeCommonConfigList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-r14)) OF SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14,
	sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-r14)) OF SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14
}

SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF SL-CBR-r14


SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cr-Limit-r14					INTEGER(0..10000),
	tx-Parameters-r14				SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14
}

SL-CBR-r14 ::=						INTEGER(0..100)

-- ASN1STOP

SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList field descriptions
cbr-RangeCommonConfigList
Indicates the list of CBR ranges. Each entry of the list indicates in SL-CBR-Levels-Config the upper bound of the CBR range for the respective entry. The upper bounds of the CBR ranges are configured in ascending order for consecutive entries of cbr-RangeCommonConfigList. For the first entry of cbr-RangeCommonConfigList the lower bound of the CBR range is 0. 
cr-Limit
Indicates the maximum limit on the occupancy ratio. Value 0 corresponds to 0, value 1 to 0.0001, value 2 to 0.0002, and so on (i.e. in steps of 0.0001) until value 10000, which corresponds to 1.
sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList
Indicates the list of available PSSCH transmission parameters (such as MCS, sub-channel number, retransmission number and CR limit) configurations.
SL-CBR
Value 0 corresponds to 0, value 1 to 0.01, value 2 to 0.02, and so on.
tx-Parameters
Indicates PSSCH transmission parameters.

–	SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList
The IE SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList indicates the mapping between PSSCH transmission parameter (such as MCS, PRB number, retransmission number, CR limit) sets by using the indexes of the configurations provided in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList, CBR ranges by an index to the entry of the CBR range configuration in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList, and PPPP ranges. It also indicates the default PSSCH transmission parameters to be used when CBR measurement results are not available.
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r14

SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	priorityThreshold-r14			SL-Priority-r13,
	defaultTxConfigIndex-r14		INTEGER(0..maxCBR-Level-1-r14),
	cbr-ConfigIndex-r14				INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14),
	tx-ConfigIndexList-r14			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-ConfigIndex-r14
}

Tx-ConfigIndex-r14 ::=				INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-1-r14)

SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-v1530

SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15						OPTIONAL		--Need OR
}

MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE{
	minMCS-PSSCH-r15			INTEGER (0..31),
	maxMCS-PSSCH-r15			INTEGER (0..31)
}

SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r15

SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	priorityThreshold-r15			SL-Priority-r13,
	defaultTxConfigIndex-r15		INTEGER(0..maxCBR-Level-1-r14),
	cbr-ConfigIndex-r15				INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14),
	tx-ConfigIndexList-r15			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-ConfigIndex-r14,
	mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList field descriptions
cbr-ConfigIndex
Indicates the CBR ranges to be used by an index to the entry of the CBR range configuration in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList. 
defaultTxConfigIndex
Indicates the PSSCH transmission parameters to be used by the UEs which do not have available CBR measurement results, by means of an index to the corresponding entry in tx-ConfigIndexList. Value 0 indicates the first entry in tx-ConfigIndexList. The field is ignored if the UE has available CBR measurement results.
mcs-PSSCH-RangeList
If included, this field applies to the PPPP(s) indicated by the priorityThreshold and each entry in this field sequentially corresponds to each CBR range indicated by cbr-ConfigIndex.
minMCS-PSSCH, maxMCS-PSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum MCS values which correspond to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 and Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.
priorityThreshold
Indicates the upper bound of PPPP range which is associated with the configurations in cbr-ConfigIndex and in tx-ConfigIndexList. The upper bounds of the PPPP ranges are configured in ascending order for consecutive entries of SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex in SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList. For the first entry of SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex, the lower bound of the PPPP range is 1.
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530
If included, E-UTRAN shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14.
tx-ConfigIndexList
Indicates the list of the PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by the indexes to the entries of the configurations in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. Each index in tx-ConfigIndexList sequentially maps to each CBR range indicated by cbr-ConfigIndex.

–	SL-CommConfig
The IE SL-CommConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink communication. In particular it concerns the transmission resource configuration for sidelink communication on the primary frequency.
SL-CommConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CommConfig-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	commTxResources-r12					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								CHOICE {
			scheduled-r12					SEQUENCE {
				sl-RNTI-r12						C-RNTI,
				mac-MainConfig-r12				MAC-MainConfigSL-r12,
				sc-CommTxConfig-r12				SL-CommResourcePool-r12,
				mcs-r12							INTEGER (0..28)				OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
			},
			ue-Selected-r12					SEQUENCE {
				-- Pool for normal usage
				commTxPoolNormalDedicated-r12	SEQUENCE {
					poolToReleaseList-r12			SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
					poolToAddModList-r12			SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
				}
			}
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	commTxResources-v1310				CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								CHOICE {
				scheduled-v1310						SEQUENCE {
					logicalChGroupInfoList-r13			LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13,
					multipleTx-r13						BOOLEAN
				},
				ue-Selected-v1310					SEQUENCE {
					commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt-r13	SEQUENCE {
						poolToReleaseListExt-r13			SL-TxPoolToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
						poolToAddModListExt-r13				SL-CommTxPoolToAddModListExt-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
					}
				}
			}
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		commTxAllowRelayDedicated-r13		BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLCG-r13)) OF SL-PriorityList-r13

SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12

SL-CommTxPoolToAddModListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-CommTxPoolToAddModExt-r13

SL-CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	poolIdentity-r12					SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12,
	pool-r12							SL-CommResourcePool-r12
}

SL-CommTxPoolToAddModExt-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	poolIdentity-v1310					SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310,
	pool-r13							SL-CommResourcePool-r12
}

MAC-MainConfigSL-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	periodic-BSR-TimerSL					PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	retx-BSR-TimerSL						RetxBSR-Timer-r12
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-CommConfig field descriptions
commTxAllowRelayDedicated
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to transmit relay related sidelink communication using the configured dedicated transmission resources i.e. either via scheduled or via UE selected resources.
commTxPoolNormalDedicated
Indicates a pool of transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_CONNECTED.
logicalChGroupInfoList
Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of increasing logical channel group identity.
mcs
Indicates the MCS as defined in TS 36.212 [23], clause 14.2.1. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE implementation.
multipleTx
Indicates whether the UE should perform multiple transmissions to different destinations in one SC period in accordance with TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.14.1.1. Value TRUE indicates that multiple transmissions should be performed.
sc-CommTxConfig
Indicates a pool of resources for SC when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. when indices included in DCI format 5 indicate the actual data resources to be used as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.9).
scheduled
Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific BSR from the UE.
ue-Selected
Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured by E-UTRAN.

–	SL-CommResourcePool
The IE SL-CommResourcePool and SL-CommResourcePoolV2X specifies the configuration information for an individual pool of resources for sidelink communication and V2X sidelink communication respectively. The IE covers the configuration of both the sidelink control information and the data.
SL-CommResourcePool information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CommTxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12

SL-CommTxPoolListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12

SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14

SL-CommRxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12

SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPool-r14)) OF SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14

SL-CommResourcePool-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sc-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	sc-Period-r12						SL-PeriodComm-r12,
	sc-TF-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	data-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	dataHoppingConfig-r12				SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
	ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12			SEQUENCE {
		data-TF-ResourceConfig-r12				SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
		trpt-Subset-r12						SL-TRPT-Subset-r12	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	rxParametersNCell-r12				SEQUENCE {
		tdd-Config-r12					TDD-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		syncConfigIndex-r12			INTEGER (0..15)
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	txParameters-r12					SEQUENCE {
		sc-TxParameters-r12				SL-TxParameters-r12,
		dataTxParameters-r12			SL-TxParameters-r12
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Tx
	...,
	[[	priorityList-r13				SL-PriorityList-r13			OPTIONAL	-- Cond Tx
	]]

}

SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sl-OffsetIndicator-r14				SL-OffsetIndicator-r12		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	sl-Subframe-r14						SubframeBitmapSL-r14,
	adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH-r14			BOOLEAN,
	sizeSubchannel-r14					ENUMERATED {
										n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n25, n30,
										n48, n50, n72, n75, n96, n100, spare13, spare12, spare11,
										spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
										spare3, spare2, spare1},
	numSubchannel-r14					ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n5, n8, n10, n15, n20, spare1},
	startRB-Subchannel-r14				INTEGER (0..99),
	startRB-PSCCH-Pool-r14				INTEGER (0..99)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	rxParametersNCell-r14				SEQUENCE {
		tdd-Config-r14					TDD-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		syncConfigIndex-r14				INTEGER (0..15)
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	dataTxParameters-r14				SL-TxParameters-r12			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Tx
	zoneID-r14							INTEGER (0..7)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	threshS-RSSI-CBR-r14					INTEGER (0..45)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	poolReportId-r14					SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r14			SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	resourceSelectionConfigP2X-r14		SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond P2X
	syncAllowed-r14						SL-SyncAllowed-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	restrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14	SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	sl-MinT2ValueList-r15		SL-MinT2ValueList-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-v1530	SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

SL-TRPT-Subset-r12 ::=			BIT STRING (SIZE (3..5))

SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14::=		INTEGER (1..maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14)

SL-MinT2ValueList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Prio-r13)) OF SL-MinT2Value-r15

SL-MinT2Value-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	priorityList-r15					SL-PriorityList-r13,
	minT2Value-r15						INTEGER (10..20)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-CommResourcePool field descriptions
adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH
Indicates whether a UE shall always transmit PSCCH and PSSCH in adjacent RBs (indicated by TRUE) or in non-adjacent RBs (indicated by FALSE) (see TS 36.213 [23]). 
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in MobilityControlInfoV2X, it refers to cbr-MobilityTxConfigList for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated, it refers to cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. Otherwise, it refers to cbr-CommonTxConfigList included in the SystemInformationBlockType21 of the serving cell / PCell for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
minT2Value
Indicates the minimum value of T2 that applies to the PPPP(s), as specified in TS 36.300 [9], included in priorityList.
numSubchannel
indicates the number of subchannels in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).
poolReportId
The identity of the transmission resource pool used for CBR measurement reporting, which is corresponding to the poolIdentity reported in measResultListCBR. This field is only present in the transmission pools configured in RRCConnectionReconfiguration and v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26. Otherwise, the field is absent.
resourceSelectionConfigP2X
Indicates the allowed resource selection mechanism(s), i.e. partial sensing and/or random selection, for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
restrictResourceReservationPeriod
If configured, the field restrictResourceReservationPeriod configured in v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig shall be ignored for transmission on this pool.
sc-Period
Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for SC and over which scheduled and UE selected data transmissions occur, see PSCCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf80 corresponds to 80 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN configures values sf40, sf80, sf160 and sf320 for FDD and for TDD config 1 to 5, values sf70, sf140 and sf280 for TDD config 0, and finally values sf60, sf120 and sf240 for TDD config 6.
sizeSubchannel
Indicates the number of PRBs of each subchannel in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value n5 denotes 5 PRBs; n6 denotes 6 PRBs and so on. E-UTRAN configures values n5, n6, n10, n15, n20, n25, n50, n75 and n100 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to TRUE; otherwise, E-UTRAN configures values n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n30, n48, n72 and n96 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to FALSE,
sl-minT2ValueList
Indicates a list of minimum value sets for the parameter T2 which is used for UE autonomous resource selection in this resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).
sl-OffsetIndicator
Indicates the offset of the first subframe of a resource pool, i.e., the starting subframe of the repeating bitmap sl-Subframe, within a SFN cycle. If absent, the resource pool starts from first subframe of SFN=0. This field is not applicable to V2X sidelink communication.
sl-Subframe
Indicates the bitmap of the resource pool, which is defined by repeating the bitmap within a SFN cycle (see TS 36.213 [23]).
startRB-PSCCH-Pool
Indicates the lowest RB index of the PSCCH pool (see TS 36.213 [23]). This field is absent when a pool is (pre)configured such that a UE always transmits SC and data in adjacent RBs in the same subframe.
startRB-Subchannel
Indicates the lowest RB index of the subchannel with the lowest index (see TS 36.213 [23]).
syncAllowed
Indicates the allowed synchronization reference(s) which is (are) allowed to use the configured resource pool.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of commSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType18 for sidelink communication, or by means of an index to the corresponding entry of v2x-SyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26 for V2X sidelink communication.
tdd-Config
TDD configuration associated with the reception pool of the cell indicated by syncConfigIndex. Absence of the field indicates that the duplex mode is FDD and no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable. 
threshS-RSSI-CBR
Indicates the S-RSSI threshold for determining the contribution of a sub-channel to the CBR measurement, as specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value 0 corresponds to -112 dBm, value 1 to -110 dBm, value n to (-112 + n*2) dBm, and so on.
trpt-Subset
Indicates the subset of T-RPT available (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.1.1). Consists of a bitmap which is used to indicate the set of available 'k' values to be used for sidelink communication (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.3). If T-RPT subset configuration is not signaled/ preconfigured then UE assumes the whole T-RPT set is available.
zoneID
Indicates the zone ID for which the UE shall use this resource pool as described in 5.10.13.2. The field is absent in v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, p2x- CommTxPoolNormal and v2x-CommRxPool in SIB21, in SIB26 or in mobilityControlInfoV2X. 

Conditional presence
Explanation
Tx
The field is mandatory present when included in commTxPoolNormalDedicated, commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt, commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt, commTxPoolExceptional, sc-CommTxConfig, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon or v2x-CommTxPoolNormal and p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList. Otherwise the field is not present.
P2X
The field is mandatory present when included in p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated in sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated for P2X related V2X sidelink communication or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig
The IE SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig specifies V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous resource selection.
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	pssch-TxConfigList-r14					SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14,
	thresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14				SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14,
	restrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14	SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	probResourceKeep-r14				ENUMERATED {v0, v0dot2, v0dot4, v0dot6, v0dot8,
													spare3,spare2, spare1},
	p2x-SensingConfig-r14					SEQUENCE {
		minNumCandidateSF-r14				INTEGER (1..13),
		gapCandidateSensing-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	sl-ReselectAfter-r14				ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n9,
												spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
												spare1}				OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig field descriptions
gapCandidateSensing
Indicates which subframe should be sensed when a certain subframe is considered as a candidate resource (see TS 36.213 [23]).
minNumCandidateSF
Indicates the minimum number of subframes that are included in the possible candidate resources.
p2x-SensingConfig
Indicates the sensing configuration for P2X related V2X sidelink communication transmission only. 
probResourceKeep
Indicates the probability with which the UE keeps the current resource when the resource reselection counter reaches zero for sensing based UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.321 [6]). 
pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates PSSCH TX parameters such as MCS, PRB number, retransmission number, associated to different UE absolute speeds and different synchronization reference types for UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.213 [23]).
restrictResourceReservationPeriod
Indicates which values are allowed for the signaling of the resource reservation period in PSCCH. 
sl-ReselectAfter
Indicates the number of consecutive skipped transmissions before triggering resource reselection for V2X sidelink communication (see TS 36.321 [6]).
thresPSSCH-RSRP-List
Indicates a list of 64 thresholds, and the threshold should be selected based on the priority in the decoded SCI and the priority in the SCI to be transmitted (see TS 36.213 [23]). A resource is excluded if it is indicated or reserved by a decoded SCI and PSSCH RSRP in the associated data resource is above a threshold. 

–	SL-CP-Len
The IE SL-CP-Len indicates the cyclic prefix length, see TS 36.211 [21].
SL-CP-Len information element
-- ASN1START

SL-CP-Len-r12 ::=				ENUMERATED {normal, extended}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-DiscConfig
The IE SL-DiscConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink discovery.
SL-DiscConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-DiscConfig-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	discTxResources-r12						CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								CHOICE {
			scheduled-r12					SEQUENCE {
				discTxConfig-r12					SL-DiscResourcePool-r12	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				discTF-IndexList-r12				SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
				discHoppingConfig-r12				SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12
														OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
			},
			ue-Selected-r12					SEQUENCE {
				discTxPoolDedicated-r12			SEQUENCE {
					poolToReleaseList-r12			SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
					poolToAddModList-r12			SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
				}													OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
			}
		}
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	discTF-IndexList-v1260				CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				discTF-IndexList-r12b				SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b
			}
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	discTxResourcesPS-r13			CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								CHOICE {
				scheduled-r13						SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13,
				ue-Selected-r13						SEQUENCE {
					discTxPoolPS-Dedicated-r13			SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13
				}
			}
		}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		discTxInterFreqInfo-r13			CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				discTxCarrierFreq-r13				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
				discTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13		SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
				discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13			SL-DiscTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
			}
		}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		gapRequestsAllowedDedicated-r13		BOOLEAN			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		discRxGapConfig-r13					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SL-GapConfig-r13
		}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		discTxGapConfig-r13					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SL-GapConfig-r13
		}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		discSysInfoToReportConfig-r13		CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SL-DiscSysInfoToReportFreqList-r13
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

SL-DiscSysInfoToReportFreqList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9

SL-DiscTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	discTxFreqToAddModList-r13				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-DiscTxResourceInfoPerFreq-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	discTxFreqToReleaseList-r13				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

SL-DiscTxResourceInfoPerFreq-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE	{
	discTxCarrierFreq-r13					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	discTxResources-r13						SL-DiscTxResource-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discTxResourcesPS-r13					SL-DiscTxResource-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13			SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	discCellSelectionInfo-r13					CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

SL-DiscTxResource-r13 ::=				CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								CHOICE {
		scheduled-r13					SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13,
		ue-Selected-r13					SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13
	}
}

SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12

SL-DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	poolIdentity-r12					SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12,
	pool-r12							SL-DiscResourcePool-r12
}

SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	discTxConfig-r13					SL-DiscResourcePool-r12	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
	discTF-IndexList-r13				SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b	OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
	discHoppingConfig-r13				SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12	OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
	...
}

SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	poolToReleaseList-r13			SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	poolToAddModList-r13			SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-r12

SL-TF-IndexPair-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	discSF-Index-r12					INTEGER (1.. 200)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	discPRB-Index-r12					INTEGER (1.. 50)		OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-r12b

SL-TF-IndexPair-r12b ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	discSF-Index-r12b					INTEGER (0..209)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	discPRB-Index-r12b					INTEGER (0..49)			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13 ::=	CHOICE {
	pCell								NULL,
	sCell								SCellIndex-r10
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-DiscConfig field descriptions
discCellSelectionInfo
Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent, the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency. See TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4.
discSysInfoToReportConfig
Indicates the request to start a SidelinkUEInformation procedure for reporting system information acquired during an inter-frequency discovery procedure.
discTF-IndexList
Indicates a list of time-frequency resource indices pair where each pair of indices corresponds to one discovery message. E-UTRAN only configures discTF-IndexList-r12b when configuring the UE with scheduled SL discovery Tx resources. When receiving discTF-IndexList-r12b, the UE shall only consider this field (and hence ignore discTF-IndexList-r12, if included or previously configured).
discTxConfig
Indicates the resources configuration used when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. the fields discSF-Index and discPRB-Index indicate the actual resources to be used).
discTxInterFreqInfo
Indicates frequency applicable for the resources indicated by discTxResources-r12 (i.e. original resource field may cover first inter-frequency), and possibly resource allocations on additional frequencies as may be indicated by field discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd.
discTxRefCarrierDedicated
Indicates if the PCell or an SCell is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
discTxResources
Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
discTxResourcesPS
Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for PS discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
SL-TF-IndexPair
A pair of indices, one for the time domain and one for the frequency domain, indicating the start of resources within the pool covered by discTxConfig, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.5.6 for one discovery message. The upper limits of discSF-Index and discPRB-Index are defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.

–	SL-DiscResourcePool
The IE SL-DiscResourcePool specifies the configuration information for an individual pool of resources for sidelink discovery.
SL-DiscResourcePool information element
-- ASN1START

SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12

SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12

SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	cp-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	discPeriod-r12				ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128,
											rf256, rf512, rf1024, rf16-v1310, spare},
	numRetx-r12					INTEGER (0..3),
	numRepetition-r12				INTEGER (1..50),
	tf-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	txParameters-r12				SEQUENCE {
		txParametersGeneral-r12		SL-TxParameters-r12,
		ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12	SEQUENCE {
			poolSelection-r12				CHOICE {
				rsrpBased-r12					SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12,
				random-r12						NULL
			},
			txProbability-r12			ENUMERATED {p25, p50, p75, p100}
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Tx
	rxParameters-r12				SEQUENCE {
		tdd-Config-r12					TDD-Config					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		syncConfigIndex-r12			INTEGER (0..15)
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	discPeriod-v1310				CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								ENUMERATED {rf4, rf6, rf7, rf8,
													rf12, rf14, rf24, rf28}
			}														OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		rxParamsAddNeighFreq-r13		CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				physCellId-r13					PhysCellIdList-r13
			}
		}															OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		txParamsAddNeighFreq-r13		CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				physCellId-r13					PhysCellIdList-r13,
				p-Max							P-Max					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
				tdd-Config-r13					TDD-Config				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR
				tdd-Config-v1130				TDD-Config-v1130		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD-OR
				freqInfo							SEQUENCE {
					ul-CarrierFreq						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
					ul-Bandwidth						ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
																			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
				additionalSpectrumEmission			AdditionalSpectrumEmission
				},
				referenceSignalPower				INTEGER (-60..50),
				syncConfigIndex-r13				INTEGER (0..15)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
			}
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	txParamsAddNeighFreq-v1370		CHOICE {
			release							NULL,
			setup							SEQUENCE {
				freqInfo-v1370					SEQUENCE {
					additionalSpectrumEmission-v1370		AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
				}
			}
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

PhysCellIdList-r13	::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-DiscCells-r13)) OF PhysCellId

SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	threshLow-r12							RSRP-RangeSL2-r12,
	threshHigh-r12							RSRP-RangeSL2-r12
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-DiscResourcePool field descriptions
discPeriod
Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for discovery message transmission/reception, see PSDCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. The extended values apply for PS discovery (not only for sidelink relaying). When broadcasting an extended value, E-UTRAN sets the original field to spare to ensure legacy UEs ignore the concerned pool entry.
numRepetition
Indicates the number of times subframeBitmap is repeated for mapping to subframes that occurs within a discPeriod. The highest value E-UTRAN uses is value 5 for FDD and TDD configuration 0, value 13 for TDD configuration 1, value 25 for TDD configuration 2, value 17 for TDD configuration 3, value 25 for TDD configuration 4, value 50 for TDD configuration 5 and value 7 for TDD configuration 6. E-UTRAN configures numRepetition and subframeBitmap such that the mapped subframes do not exceed the discPeriod.
poolSelection
Indicates the mechanism for selecting a (transmission) pool when multiple candidates are provided. E-UTRAN configures the same value (i.e. a pool selection method) for all candidate pools within one pool list (discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolDedicated) but the pool selection method in different pool lists may or may not be the same.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception or transmission pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of discSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType19.
threshLow, threshHigh
Specifies the thresholds used to select a resource pool in RSRP based pool selection. The E-UTRAN should configure threshLow and threshHigh such that the UE selects only one resource pool upon RSRP based pool selection. 
txProbability
Indicates the probability of transmitting announcement in a discovery period when configured with a pool of resources, see TS 36.321 [6].

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD-OR
The field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD.
Tx
The field is mandatory present when included in discTxPoolDedicated or discTxPoolCommon. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	SL-DiscSysInfoReport
The IE SL-DiscSysInfoReport contains the parameters related to sidelink discovery acquired from system information of inter-frequency cells (including inter-PLMN).
SL-DiscSysInfoReport information element
-- ASN1START

SL-DiscSysInfoReport-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityList-r13			PLMN-IdentityList			OPTIONAL,
	cellIdentity-13					CellIdentity				OPTIONAL,
	carrierFreqInfo-13				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9			OPTIONAL,
	discRxResources-r13				SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12		OPTIONAL,
	discTxPoolCommon-r13			SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12		OPTIONAL,
	discTxPowerInfo-r13				SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12	OPTIONAL,
	discSyncConfig-r13				SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13		OPTIONAL,
	discCellSelectionInfo-r13		SEQUENCE {
		q-RxLevMin-r13					Q-RxLevMin,
		q-RxLevMinOffset-r13			INTEGER (1..8)			OPTIONAL
	}															OPTIONAL,
	cellReselectionInfo-r13			SEQUENCE {
		q-Hyst-r13						ENUMERATED {
												dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
												dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24},
		q-RxLevMin-r13					Q-RxLevMin,
		t-ReselectionEUTRA-r13			T-Reselection
	}															OPTIONAL,
	tdd-Config-r13					TDD-Config					OPTIONAL,
	freqInfo-r13					SEQUENCE {
		ul-CarrierFreq-r13				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA				OPTIONAL,	
		ul-Bandwidth-r13				ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}
																		OPTIONAL,	
		additionalSpectrumEmission-r13	AdditionalSpectrumEmission		OPTIONAL
	}																OPTIONAL,
	p-Max-r13						P-Max	OPTIONAL,
	referenceSignalPower-r13		INTEGER (-60..50)	OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[
	freqInfo-v1370					SEQUENCE {
		additionalSpectrumEmission-v1370	AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
	}																OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-DiscSysInfoReport field descriptions
carrierFreqInfo
Indicates the frequency of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
cellIdentity
Indicated the identity of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates the list of PLMN identity of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery

–	SL-DiscTxPowerInfo
The IE SL-DiscTxPowerInfo specifies power control parameters for one or more power classes.
SL-DiscTxPowerInfo information element
-- ASN1START

SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12)) OF SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12

SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	discMaxTxPower-r12							P-Max,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-DiscTxPowerInfo field descriptions
discMaxTxPower
Indicates the P-Max parameter used to calculate the maximum transmit power a UE configured with the concerned range class, see TS 24.333 [70], clause 4.2.11. The first entry in SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList corresponds to UE range class 'short', the second entry corresponds to 'medium' and the third entry corresponds to 'long'.

–	SL-GapConfig
The IE SL-GapConfig indicates the gaps, requested or assigned, to enable the UE to receive or transmit sidelink discovery, intra or inter frequency (includings inter-PLMN).
SL-GapConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-GapConfig-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	gapPatternList-r13				SL-GapPatternList-r13
}

SL-GapPatternList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-GP-r13)) OF SL-GapPattern-r13

SL-GapPattern-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	gapPeriod-r13						ENUMERATED {sf40, sf60, sf70, sf80, sf120, sf140, sf160,
											sf240, sf280, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120,
											sf10240},
	gapOffset-r12						SL-OffsetIndicator-r12,
	gapSubframeBitmap-r13				BIT STRING (SIZE (1..10240)),
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-GapConfig field descriptions
gapOffset
Indicates the offset from the start of SFN 0 to the start of the first gapPeriod. If the SFN period is not an integer multiple of gapPeriod, no subframes within this period (i.e. from SFN 0 to offset) are considered part of the gap.
gapPeriod
Indicates the period by which gapSubframeBitmap is repeated.
gapSubframeBitmap
Indicates the subframes of one or more individual gaps, not only covering the subframes of the associated discovery resources but also including e.g. re-tuning and synchronisation delays. The UE and E-UTRAN signal bit strings of valid sizes only i.e. sizes equal to or less than gapPeriod. Value 1 indicates that the UE is allowed to use the subframe for sidelink discovery.

–	SL-GapRequest
The IE SL-GapRequest indicates the gaps requested by the UE to receive or transmit sidelink discovery, intra or inter frequency (includings inter-PLMN).
SL-GapRequest information element
-- ASN1START

SL-GapRequest-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-GapFreqInfo-r13

SL-GapFreqInfo-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r13					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9					OPTIONAL,
	gapPatternList-r13				SL-GapPatternList-r13
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-HoppingConfig
The IE SL-HoppingConfig indicates the hopping configuration used for sidelink.
SL-HoppingConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	hoppingParameter-r12				INTEGER (0..504),
	numSubbands-r12						ENUMERATED {ns1, ns2, ns4},
	rb-Offset-r12						INTEGER (0..110)
}

SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE	{
	a-r12									INTEGER (1..200),
	b-r12									INTEGER (1..10),
	c-r12									ENUMERATED {n1, n5}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-HoppingConfig field descriptions
a
Per cell parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
b
Per UE parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
c
Per cell parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
hoppingParameter
Affects the hopping performed as specificed in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.2 and 14.1.1.4. In case value 504 is received, the value used by the UE is 510.
numSubbands
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.3.6.
rb-Offset
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.3.6.

–	SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X
The IE SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of the neighboring frequency for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X information element
-- ASN1START

SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxFreqV2X-1-r14)) OF SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14

SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	plmn-IdentityList-r14				PLMN-IdentityList			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	v2x-CommCarrierFreq-r14			ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	sl-MaxTxPower-r14					P-Max				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	sl-Bandwidth-r14					ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-SchedulingPool-r14				SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-UE-ConfigList-r14		SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	additionalSpectrumEmissionV2X-r14		CHOICE {
			additionalSpectrumEmission-r14			AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
			additionalSpectrumEmission-v1440		AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0
		}				OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15	SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15	OPTIONAL	--Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X field descriptions
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates PLMN identities of this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication. If this field is not present, the UE considers this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication concerns the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
sl-MaxTxPower
Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmitting V2X sidelink communication on the corresponding frequency.
additionalSpectrumEmissionV2X
Indicates the additionalSpectrumEmission value defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4, for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList
Indicates the configuration information for the carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission. The configuration applies to the carrier frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration).
v2x-SchedulingPool
Indicates the resource pool for inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation. This field is configured in RRC dedicated signalling only when scheduled is configured in IE SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated.
v2x-UE-ConfigList
Indicates the inter-carrier resource configuration. If there is only one entry in the list without physCellId configured, the configuration is applied to the frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration); if the entry of this field includes physCellIdList, the configuration is applied to the cell(s) identified by physCellIdList (i.e. cell specific configuration).

–	SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList
The IE SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList indicates inter-frequency resource configuration per-carrier or per-cell.
SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellIntra)) OF SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14

SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	physCellIdList-r14					PhysCellIdList-r13					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	typeTxSync-r14						SL-TypeTxSync-r14					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-SyncConfig-r14					SL-SyncConfigListNFreqV2X-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-CommRxPool-r14					SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-CommTxPoolNormal-r14				SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	p2x-CommTxPoolNormal-r14				SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional-r14		SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14		SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	zoneConfig-r14						SL-ZoneConfig-r14					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	offsetDFN-r14						INTEGER (0..1000)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList field descriptions
offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 0 corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
p2x-CommTxPoolNormal
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication. 
physCellIdList
If configured, the resource configuration is applicable for the cell(s) identified by this field. Otherwise, the resource configuration is for a given carrier frequency. 
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on a carrier frequency. 
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may receive V2X sidelink communication. This field is absent within v2x-InterFreqInfoList included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration except if received with MobilityControlInfo or MobilityControlInfoV2X.
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.13.
v2x-CommTxPoolNormal
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication. 
v2x-SyncConfig
Indicates the synchronization configuration used for transmission/reception of SLSS on the given frequency. 

–	SL-OffsetIndicator
The IE SL-OffsetIndicator indicates the offset of the pool of resources relative to SFN 0 of the cell from which it was obtained or, when out of coverage, relative to DFN 0.
SL-OffsetIndicator information element
-- ASN1START

SL-OffsetIndicator-r12 ::=			CHOICE {
	small-r12								INTEGER (0..319),
	large-r12								INTEGER (0..10239)
}

SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12 ::=			INTEGER (0..39)

SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430 ::=		INTEGER (40..159)

SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 ::=			INTEGER (0..159)

-- ASN1STOP

SL-OffsetIndicator field descriptions
SL-OffsetIndicator
In sc-TF-ResourceConfig, it indicates the offset of the first period of pool of resources within a SFN cycle. For data-TF-ResourceConfig, it corresponds to the offsetIndicator as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.3.
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync
For sidelink discovery and sidelink communication, synchronisation resources are present in those SFN and subframes which satisfy the relation: (SFN*10+ Subframe Number) mod 40 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync. For V2X sidelink communication, synchronisation resources are present in those SFN and subframes which satisfy the relation: (SFN*10+ Subframe Number) mod 160 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync.

–	SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig
The IE SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig includes the configuration of resource selection for P2X related V2X sidelink communication. E-UTRAN configures at least one resource selection mechanism.
SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	partialSensing-r14				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	randomSelection-r14				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig field descriptions
partialSensing
Indicates that partial sensing is allowed for UE autonomous resource selection in a resource pool.
randomSelection
Indicates that random selection is allowed for UE autonomous resource selection in a resource pool.

–	SL-PeriodComm
The IE SL-PeriodComm indicates the period over which resources allocated in a cell for sidelink communication.
SL-PeriodComm information element
-- ASN1START

SL-PeriodComm-r12 ::=					ENUMERATED {sf40, sf60, sf70, sf80, sf120, sf140,
												sf160, sf240, sf280, sf320, spare6, spare5,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-Priority
The IE SL-Priority indicates the one or more priorities of resource pool used for sidelink communication, or of a logical channel group used in case of scheduled sidelink communication resources, see TS 36.321 [6].
SL-Priority information element
-- ASN1START

SL-PriorityList-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Prio-r13)) OF SL-Priority-r13

SL-Priority-r13 ::=			INTEGER (1..8)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList
The IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList indicates PSSCH transmission parameters. When lower layers select parameters from the range indicated in IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList, the UE considers both configurations in IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList and the CBR-dependent configurations represented in IE SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList. Only one IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfig is provided per typeTxSync.
SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPSSCH-TxConfig-r14)) OF SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14

SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	typeTxSync-r14				SL-TypeTxSync-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	thresUE-Speed-r14			ENUMERATED {kmph60, kmph80, kmph100, kmph120,
								kmph140, kmph160, kmph180, kmph200},
	parametersAboveThres-r14	SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14,
	parametersBelowThres-r14	SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14,
	...,
	[[	parametersAboveThres-v1530	SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		parametersBelowThres-v1530	SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	minMCS-PSSCH-r14			INTEGER (0..31),
	maxMCS-PSSCH-r14			INTEGER (0..31),
	minSubChannel-NumberPSSCH-r14		INTEGER (1..20),
	maxSubchannel-NumberPSSCH-r14		INTEGER (1..20),
	allowedRetxNumberPSSCH-r14	ENUMERATED {n0, n1, both, spare1},
	maxTxPower-r14				SL-TxPower-r14				OPTIONAL			-- Cond CBR
}

SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	minMCS-PSSCH-r15			INTEGER (0..31),
	maxMCS-PSSCH-r15			INTEGER (0..31)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList field descriptions
allowedRetxNumberPSSCH
Indicates the allowed retransmission number for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value n0 indicates no retransmission for a transport block allowed; the value n1 indicates that the UE shall perform one retransmission for a transport block; and the value both indicates that the UE may autonomously select no retransmission or one retransmission for a transport block.
maxTxPower
Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmission on PSSCH and PSCCH (see TS 36.213 [23]).
minMCS-PSSCH, maxMCS-PSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum MCS values used for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]). If included, minMCS-PSSCH-r14 and maxMCS-PSSCH-r14 correspond to the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 with 64QAM indices overridden by 16QAM used for transmission on PSSCH. If included, minMCS-PSSCH-r15 and maxMCS-PSSCH-r15 correspond to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 and Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.
minSubchannel-NumberPSSCH, maxSubchannel-NumberPSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum number of sub-channels which may be used for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]).
thresUE-Speed
Indicates a UE speed threshold. 
typeTxSync
Indicates the synchronization reference type (see TS 36.213 [23]). For configurations by the eNB, only gnss and enb can be configured; and for pre-configuration, only gnss and ue can be configured. If the field is absent, the configuration is applicable for all synchronization reference types.
parametersAboveThres
Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed above thresUE-Speed.
parametersBelowThres
Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed below thresUE-Speed.

Conditional presence
Explanation
CBR
The field is optionally present, need OR, in IE SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14, or in IE SL-CBR-PreconfigTxConfigList-r14. Otherwise the field is not present. Need OR.

–	SL-Reliability
The IE SL-Reliability indicates one or more reliabilities of a logical channel group used in case of scheduled sidelink communication resources or traffic reliability(ies) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication; see TS 36.321 [6].
SL-Reliability information element
-- ASN1START

SL-ReliabilityList-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Reliability-r15)) OF SL-Reliability-r15

SL-Reliability-r15 ::=			INTEGER (1..8)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList
The IE SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList indicates which values are allowed for the signaling of the resource reservation period in PSCCH for V2X sidelink communication, see TS 36.321 [6].
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReservationPeriod-r14)) OF SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14

SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14 ::=		ENUMERATED {v0dot2, v0dot5, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, spare4,spare3, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList field descriptions
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod
Value v0dot2 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 0.2, value v0dot5 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 0.5, value v1 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 1, and so on. Value v0dot2 and value v0dot5 are configured in a pool-specific manner only. E-UTRAN should not set value v0dot2 and v0dot5 for transmission pool for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.

–	SLSSID
The IE SLSSID identifies a cell and is used by the receiving UE to detect asynchronous neighbouring cells, and by transmitting UEs to extend the synchronisation signals beyond the cell's coverage area.
SLSSID information element
-- ASN1START

SLSSID-r12 ::=					INTEGER (0..167)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-SyncAllowed
The IE SL-SyncAllowed indicates the allowed the synchronization references for a transmission resource pool for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-SyncAllowed information element
-- ASN1START

SL-SyncAllowed-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	gnss-Sync-r14						ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	enb-Sync-r14						ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ue-Sync-r14							ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-SyncAllowed field descriptions
enb-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to eNB (i.e., synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to eNB). 
gnss-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to GNSS (i.e. synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to GNSS). 
ue-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is synchronized to a reference UE which is synchronized to neither GNSS nor eNB directly or indirectly. 

–	SL-SyncConfig
The IE SL-SyncConfig specifies the configuration information concerning reception of synchronisation signals from neighbouring cells as well as concerning the transmission of synchronisation signals for sidelink communication and sidelink discovery.
SL-SyncConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-SyncConfigList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-SyncConfig-r12)) OF SL-SyncConfig-r12

SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14)) OF SL-SyncConfig-r12

SL-SyncConfig-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	syncCP-Len-r12							SL-CP-Len-r12,
	syncOffsetIndicator-r12				SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	slssid-r12								SLSSID-r12,
	txParameters-r12							SEQUENCE {
		syncTxParameters-r12					SL-TxParameters-r12,
		syncTxThreshIC-r12						RSRP-RangeSL-r12,
		syncInfoReserved-r12						BIT STRING (SIZE (19))	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	rxParamsNCell-r12						SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r12							PhysCellId,
		discSyncWindow-r12				ENUMERATED {w1, w2}
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	syncTxPeriodic-r13					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	syncOffsetIndicator-v1430		SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		gnss-Sync-r14					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	syncOffsetIndicator2-r14		SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		syncOffsetIndicator3-r14		SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	slss-TxDisabled-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

SL-SyncConfigListNFreq-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-SyncConfig-r12)) OF SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13

SL-SyncConfigListNFreqV2X-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14)) OF SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13

SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	asyncParameters-r13					SEQUENCE {
		syncCP-Len-r13						SL-CP-Len-r12,
		syncOffsetIndicator-r13				SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
		slssid-r13							SLSSID-r12
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	txParameters-r13					SEQUENCE {
		syncTxParameters-r13				SL-TxParameters-r12,
		syncTxThreshIC-r13					RSRP-RangeSL-r12,
		syncInfoReserved-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (19))	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		syncTxPeriodic-r13					ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	rxParameters-r13					SEQUENCE {
		discSyncWindow-r13					ENUMERATED {w1, w2}
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	syncOffsetIndicator-v1430		SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		gnss-Sync-r14					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	syncOffsetIndicator2-r14		SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		syncOffsetIndicator3-r14		SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	slss-TxDisabled-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-SyncConfig field descriptions
discSyncWindow
Indicates the synchronization window over which the UE expects that SLSS or discovery resources indicated by the pool configuration (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.4). The value w1 denotes 5 milliseconds. The value w2 denotes the length corresponding to normal cyclic prefix divided by 2.
gnss-Sync
if configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to GNSS, by using slssid=0 and ignoring slssid-r12 configured. If not configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to eNB, by using the configured slssid-r12.
slss-TxDisabled
Value TRUE indicates that the carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
This parameter cannot be included in SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26.
syncCP-Len
In case of V2X sidelink communications this field is always configured to normal.
syncInfoReserved
Reserved for future use.
syncOffsetIndicator
E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 in preconfigSync within SL-Preconfiguration, if configured. If syncOffsetIndicator-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field syncOffsetIndicator-r12. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator2 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator2 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator3 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator3 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure all values in syncOffsetIndicator are same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies. For SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, all values in syncOffsetIndicator should be same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies.
syncTxPeriodic
Indicates whether in each discovery period in which UE transmits discovery, the UE transmits SLSS once or periodically (i.e. every 40ms). In the latter case (periodic) the UE also transmits the MasterInformationBlock-SL message alongside. E-UTRAN configures this field only for synchronisation configurations applicable for PS discovery.
syncTxThreshIC
Indicates the threshold used while in coverage. In case the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for transmission of sidelink communication/ discovery announcements/ V2X sidelink communication, or of the cell used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, is below the level indicated by this field, the UE may transmit SLSS (i.e. become synchronisation reference) when performing the corresponding sidelink transmission..
txParameters
Includes parameters relevant only for transmission. E-UTRAN includes the field in one entry per list, as included in commSyncConfig or discSyncConfig.

–	SL-TF-ResourceConfig
The IE SL-TF-ResourceConfig specifies a set of time/ frequency resources used for sidelink.
SL-TF-ResourceConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	prb-Num-r12							INTEGER (1..100),
	prb-Start-r12						INTEGER (0..99),
	prb-End-r12							INTEGER (0..99),
	offsetIndicator-r12					SL-OffsetIndicator-r12,
	subframeBitmap-r12					SubframeBitmapSL-r12
}

SubframeBitmapSL-r12 ::=		CHOICE {
	bs4-r12									BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
	bs8-r12									BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
	bs12-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (12)),
	bs16-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	bs30-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (30)),
	bs40-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
	bs42-r12								BIT STRING (SIZE (42))
}

SubframeBitmapSL-r14 ::=		CHOICE {
	bs10-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
	bs16-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	bs20-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
	bs30-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (30)),
	bs40-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (40)),
	bs50-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (50)),
	bs60-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (60)),
	bs100-r14								BIT STRING (SIZE (100))
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-TF-ResourceConfig field descriptions
prb-Start, prb-End, prb-Num
Sidelink transmissions on a sub-frame can occur on PRB with index greater than or equal to prb-Start and less than prb-Start + prb-Num, and on PRB with index greater than prb-End - prb-Num and less than or equal to prb-End. Even for neighbouring cells, prb-Start and prb-End are relative to PRB #0 of the cell from which it was obtained. See TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.3, 14.2.3 and 14.3.3.
subframeBitmap
Indicates the subframe bitmap indicating resources used for sidelink. For sidelink communication, E-UTRAN configures value bs40 for FDD and the following values for TDD: value bs42 for configuration0, value bs16 for configuration1, value bs8 for configuration2, value bs12 for configuration3, value bs8 for configuration4, value bs4 for configuration5 and value bs30 for configuration6. For V2X sidelink communication, E-UTRAN configures value bs16, bs20 or bs100 for FDD or Frame Structure Type 1 as defined in TS 36.211 [21],and the following values for TDD or Frame Structure Type 2 as defined in TS 36.211 [21]: value bs60 for configuration0, value bs40 for configuration1, value bs20 for configuration2, value bs30 for configuration3, value bs20 for configuration4, value bs10 for configuration5 and value bs50 for configuration6.

–	SL-TxPower
The IE SL-TxPower is used to limit the UE's sidelink transmission power on a carrier frequency. The unit is dBm. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity.
SL-TxPower information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TxPower-r14 ::=		CHOICE {
	minusinfinity-r14				NULL,
	txPower-r14						INTEGER (-41..31)
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-TypeTxSync
The IE SL-TypeTxSync indicates the synchronization reference type.
SL-TypeTxSync information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TypeTxSync-r14 ::=		ENUMERATED {gnss, enb, ue}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List
IE SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List indicates a threshold used for sensing based UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.213 [23]). A resource is excluded if it is indicated or reserved by a decoded SCI and PSSCH RSRP in the associated data resource is above the threshold defined by IE SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List.
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List information element
-- ASN1START

SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (64)) OF SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-r14

SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-r14 ::=		INTEGER (0..66)

-- ASN1STOP

SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List field descriptions
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP
Value 0 corresponds to minus infinity dBm, value 1 corresponds to -128dBm, value 2 corresponds to -126dBm, value n corresponds to (-128 + (n-1)*2) dBm and so on, value 66 corresponds to infinity dBm.

–	SL-TxParameters
The IE SL-TxParameters identifies a set of parameters configured for sidelink transmission, used for communication, discovery and synchronisation.
SL-TxParameters information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TxParameters-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	alpha-r12								Alpha-r12,
	p0-r12									P0-SL-r12
}

P0-SL-r12 ::=							INTEGER (-126..31)

-- ASN1STOP

SL-TxParameters field descriptions
alpha
Parameter(s): ,,,,,,, See TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1 and 14.4, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for sidelink power control.
p0
Parameter: ,,,,,,, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1 and 14.4, unit dBm.

–	SL-TxPoolIdentity
The IE SL-TxPoolIdentity identifies an individual pool entry configured for sidelink transmission, used for communication and discovery.
SL-TxPoolIdentity information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12 ::=			INTEGER (1.. maxSL-TxPool-r12)

SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310 ::=		INTEGER (maxSL-TxPool-r12Plus1-r13.. maxSL-TxPool-r13)

SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14 ::=		INTEGER (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-TxPoolToReleaseList
The IE SL-TxPoolToReleaseList is used to release one or more individual pool entries used for sidelink transmission, for communication and discovery.
SL-TxPoolToReleaseList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12

SL-TxPoolToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated
The IE SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated specifies the dedicated configuration information for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated information element
-- ASN1START

SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	commTxResources-r14					CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								CHOICE {
			scheduled-r14					SEQUENCE {
				sl-V-RNTI-r14			C-RNTI,
				mac-MainConfig-r14				MAC-MainConfigSL-r12,
				v2x-SchedulingPool-r14			SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
				mcs-r14							INTEGER (0..31)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
				logicalChGroupInfoList-r14		LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13
			},
			ue-Selected-r14					SEQUENCE {
				-- Pool for normal usage
				v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated-r14	SEQUENCE {
					poolToReleaseList-r14	SL-TxPoolToReleaseListV2X-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
					poolToAddModList-r14		SL-TxPoolToAddModListV2X-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
					v2x-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14		SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14
																			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
				}
			}
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r14			SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14			SL-Priority-r13						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	typeTxSync-r14						SL-TypeTxSync-r14					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList-r14		SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	commTxResources-v1530					CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								CHOICE {
				scheduled-v1530					SEQUENCE {
					logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530	LogicalChGroupInfoList-v1530	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
					mcs-r15							INTEGER (0..31)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
				},
				ue-Selected-v1530				SEQUENCE {
					v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15	SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15	OPTIONAL	--Need OR
				}
			}
		}																OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15	SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		syncFreqList-r15				SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		slss-TxMultiFreq-r15			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[
		slss-TxDisabled-r15			ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

LogicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLCG-r13)) OF SL-ReliabilityList-r15

SL-TxPoolToAddModListV2X-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-TxPoolToAddMod-r14

SL-TxPoolToAddMod-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	poolIdentity-r14					SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14,
	pool-r14							SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14
}

SL-TxPoolToReleaseListV2X-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14

-- ASN1STOP

SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated field descriptions
cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList
Indicates the dedicated list of CBR range division and the list of PSCCH TX configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
logicalChGroupInfoList
Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities and reliabilities, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of increasing logical channel group identity. If E-UTRAN includes logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in logicalChGroupInfoList–r14, and a logical channel group identity of the same entry in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14 and in logicalChGroupInfo-v1530 is associated with both the priorties (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14) and reliablities (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-v-1520) of that entry. If logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 is not included, this field indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorties.
mcs
Indicates the MCS as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.2.1. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE implementation. If included, mcs-r14 corresponds to the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 with 64QAM indices overridden by 16QAM used for transmission on PSSCH. If included, mcs-r15 corresponds to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] and the MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH. If this field is present, E-UTRAN shall configure both mcs-r14 and mcs-r15.
scheduled
Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific BSR from the UE.
sl-V-RNTI
Indicates the RNTI used for DCI dynamically scheduling sidelink resources for V2X sidelink communication.
slss-TxDisabled
Value TRUE indicates that the primary carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
thresSL-TxPrioritization
Indicates the threshold used to determine whether SL V2X transmission is prioritized over uplink transmission if they overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). This value shall overwrite thresSL-TxPrioritization configured in SIB21 or SL-V2X-Preconfiguration if any.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on PCell. 
ue-Selected
Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured by E-UTRAN. 
v2x-InterFreqInfoList
Indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of other carrier frequencies than the serving carrier frequency for V2X sidelink communication. For inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation, CIF=1 in DCI-5A corresponds to the first entry in this frequency list, CIF=2 corresponds to the second entry, and so on (see TS 36.213 [23]). CIF=0 in DCI-5A corresponds to the frequency where the DCI is received.
v2x-SchedulingPool
Indicates a pool of resources when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources for V2X sidelink communications.

–	SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList
The IE SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList specifies the configuration information for carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission using UE autonomous resource selection.
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig-r15

SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	priorityList-r15					SL-PriorityList-r13,
	threshCBR-FreqReselection-r15		SL-CBR-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	threshCBR-FreqKeeping-r15			SL-CBR-r14			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig field descriptions
priorityList
Indicates the list of PPPP(s) which is associated with the configurations in threshCBR-FreqReselection and in threshCBR-FreqKeeping. 
threshCBR-FreqReselection
Indicates the CBR threshold to determine whether the carrier frequency can be (re)selected for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.321 [6].
threshCBR-FreqKeeping
Indicates the CBR threshold to determine whether the UE can keep using the carrier which was selected for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.321 [6].

–	SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig
The IE SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig specifies the configuration information for sidelink packet duplication for V2X sidelink communication transmission.
SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	threshSL-Reliability-r15		SL-Reliability-r15,
	allowedCarrierFreqConfig-r15	SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreqList-r15		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...
}

SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreqList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Dest-r12)) OF SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreq

SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreq ::=	SEQUENCE {
	destinationInfoList-r15			SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	allowedCarrierFreqList-r15		SL-AllowedCarrierFreqList-r15			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

SL-AllowedCarrierFreqList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	allowedCarrierFreqSet1		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	allowedCarrierFreqSet2		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig field descriptions
allowedCarrierFreqList, allowedCarrierFreqSet1, allowedCarrierFreqSet2
Indicates, for V2X sidelink communication, the set of carrier frequencies applicable for the transmission of the MAC SDUs from the sidelink logical channels whose associated destination are included in destinationInfoList (see TS 36.321 [6]). If present, E-UTRAN shall ensure allowedCarrierFreqSet1 and allowedCarrierFreqSet2 do not include the same carrier frequency. 
threshSL-Reliability
Indicates the reliability threshold used to determine whether sidelinik packet duplication is configured and activated for V2X sidelink communication transmission. See TS 36.323 [8] and TS 36.321 [6].

–	SL-V2X-SyncFreqList
The IE SL-V2X-SyncFreqList specifies the list of candidate synchronisation carrier frequencies used for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-V2X-SyncFreqList information element
-- ASN1START

SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9

-- ASN1STOP

–	SL-ZoneConfig
The IE SL-ZoneConfig indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-ZoneConfig information element
-- ASN1START

SL-ZoneConfig-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	zoneLength-r14	ENUMERATED { m5, m10, m20, m50, m100, m200, m500, spare1},
	zoneWidth-r14	ENUMERATED { m5, m10, m20, m50, m100, m200, m500, spare1},
	zoneIdLongiMod-r14	INTEGER (1..4),
	zoneIdLatiMod-r14	INTEGER (1..4)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-ZoneConfig field descriptions
zoneLength
Indicates the length of each geographic zone. Value m5 corresponds to 5 meters, m10 corresponds to 10 meters and so on. 
zoneWidth
Indicates the width of each geographic zone. Value m5 corresponds to 5 meters, m10 corresponds to 10 meters and so on.
zoneIdLongiMod
Indicates the total number of zones that is configured with respect to longitude. 
zoneIdLatiMod
Indicates the total number of zones that is configured with respect to latitude.

6.4	RRC multiplicity and type constraint values
–	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions
-- ASN1START

maxAccessCat-1-r15			INTEGER ::=	63	-- Maximum number of Access Categories - 1
maxACDC-Cat-r13				INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of ACDC categories (per PLMN)
maxAvailNarrowBands-r13		INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of narrowbands
maxBandComb-r10				INTEGER ::=	128	-- Maximum number of band combinations.
maxBandComb-r11				INTEGER ::=	256	-- Maximum number of additional band combinations.
maxBandComb-r13				INTEGER ::=	384 -- Maximum number of band combinations in Rel-13
maxBands					INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of bands listed in EUTRA UE caps
maxBandsNR-r15				INTEGER ::= 1024	-- Maximum number of NR bands listed in EUTRA UE caps
maxBandwidthClass-r10		INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of supported CA BW classes per band
maxBandwidthCombSet-r10		INTEGER ::=	32	-- Maximum number of bandwidth combination sets per
											-- supported band combination
maxBarringInfoSet-r15		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of UAC barring information sets
maxBT-IdReport-r15			INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of Bluetooth IDs to report
maxBT-Name-r15				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of Bluetooth name
maxCBR-Level-r14			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of CBR levels
maxCBR-Level-1-r14			INTEGER ::= 15
maxCBR-Report-r14			INTEGER ::= 72	-- Maximum number of CBR results in a report
maxCDMA-BandClass			INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum value of the CDMA band classes
maxCE-Level-r13				INTEGER ::=	4	-- Maximum number of CE levels
maxCellBlack				INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of blacklisted physical cell identity
											-- ranges listed in SIB type 4 and 5
maxCellHistory-r12			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of visited EUTRA cells reported
maxCellInfoGERAN-r9		INTEGER ::=	32	-- Maximum number of GERAN cells for which system in-
											-- formation can be provided as redirection assistance
maxCellInfoUTRA-r9			INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of UTRA cells for which system
											-- information can be provided as redirection
											-- assistance
maxCellMeasIdle-r15			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-frequency
											-- cells per carrier measured in IDLE mode
maxCombIDC-r11				INTEGER ::= 128	-- Maximum number of reported UL CA or
											-- MR-DC combinations
maxCSI-IM-r11				INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-IM-r12				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
											-- (per carrier frequency)
minCSI-IM-r13				INTEGER ::= 5	-- Minimum number of CSI IM configurations from which
											-- REL-13 extension is used
maxCSI-IM-r13				INTEGER ::= 24	-- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-IM-v1310				INTEGER ::= 20	-- Maximum number of additional CSI-IM configurations
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-Proc-r11				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of CSI processes (per carrier
											-- frequency)
maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
											-- configurations using non-zero Tx power
											-- (per carrier frequency)
minCSI-RS-NZP-r13			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Minimum number of CSI RS resource from which
											-- REL-13 extension is used
maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13			INTEGER ::= 24	-- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
											-- configurations using non-zero Tx power
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310			INTEGER ::= 21	-- Maximum number of additional CSI RS resource
											-- configurations using non-zero Tx power
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
											-- configurations using zero Tx power(per carrier
											-- frequency)
maxCQI-ProcExt-r11			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of additional periodic CQI
											-- configurations (per carrier frequency)
maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10			INTEGER ::=	6	-- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies for
											-- which system information can be provided as
											-- redirection assistance
maxCellInter				INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-frequency
											-- cells listed in SIB type 5
maxCellIntra				INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of neighbouring intra-frequency
											-- cells listed in SIB type 4
maxCellListGERAN			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of lists of GERAN cells
maxCellMeas					INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of entries in each of the
											-- cell lists in a measurement object
maxCellReport				INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of reported cells/CSI-RS resources
maxCellSFTD				INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of cells for SFTD reporting
maxConfigSPS-r14			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of simultaneous SPS configurations
maxConfigSPS-r15			INTEGER ::= 6	-- Maximum number of simultaneous SPS configurations
											-- configured with SPS C-RNTI
maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12			INTEGER ::= 96	-- Maximum number of entries in the CSI-RS list
											-- in a measurement object
maxDRB						INTEGER ::= 11	-- Maximum number of Data Radio Bearers
maxDRBExt-r15				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of additional DRBs
maxDRB-r15					INTEGER ::= 15	-- Highest value of extended maximum number of DRBs
maxDS-Duration-r12			INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of subframes in a discovery signals
											-- occasion
maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12		INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of zero transmission power CSI-RS for
											-- a serving cell concerning discovery signals
maxEARFCN					INTEGER ::= 65535	-- Maximum value of EUTRA carrier frequency
maxEARFCN-Plus1				INTEGER ::= 65536	-- Lowest value extended EARFCN range
maxEARFCN2					INTEGER ::= 262143	-- Highest value extended EARFCN range
maxEPDCCH-Set-r11			INTEGER ::= 2	-- Maximum number of EPDCCH sets
maxFBI						INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum value of fequency band indicator
maxFBI-NR-r15				INTEGER ::= 1024	-- Highest value FBI range for NR.
maxFBI-Plus1				INTEGER ::= 65	-- Lowest value extended FBI range
maxFBI2						INTEGER ::= 256	-- Highest value extended FBI range
maxFeatureSets-r15			INTEGER ::= 256	-- Total number of feature sets (size of pool)
maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15	INTEGER ::= 32	-- Total number of CC-specific feature sets
												-- (size of the pool)
maxFreq						INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies
maxFreqIDC-r11				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies that are
											-- affected by the IDC problems
maxFreqIdle-r15				INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for
												-- IDLE mode measurements configured by eNB
maxFreqMBMS-r11				INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for which an
											-- MBMS capable UE may indicate an interest
maxFreqNR-r15				INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of NR carrier frequencies for
											-- which a UE may provide measurement results upon
											-- NR SCG failure
maxFreqV2X-r14				INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for which V2X
											-- sidelink communication can be configured
maxFreqV2X-1-r14			INTEGER ::= 7	-- Highest index of frequencies
maxGERAN-SI					INTEGER ::= 10	-- Maximum number of GERAN SI blocks that can be
											-- provided as part of NACC information
maxGNFG						INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of GERAN neighbour freq groups
maxIdleMeasCarriers-r15		INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-
												-- frequency carriers measured in IDLE mode
maxLCG-r13					INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of logical channel groups
maxLogMeasReport-r10		INTEGER ::= 520	-- Maximum number of logged measurement entries
											-- that can be reported by the UE in one message
maxMBSFN-Allocations		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of MBSFN frame allocations with
											-- different offset
maxMBSFN-Area				INTEGER ::= 8
maxMBSFN-Area-1				INTEGER ::= 7
maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13	INTEGER ::= 15	-- Maximum number of services which the UE can
										-- include in the MBMS interest indication
maxMeasId					INTEGER ::= 32
maxMeasId-Plus1				INTEGER ::= 33
maxMeasId-r12				INTEGER ::= 64
maxMultiBands				INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of additional frequency bands
											-- that a cell belongs to
maxMultiBandsNR-r15			INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of additional NR frequency bands
											-- that a cell belongs to
maxMultiBandsNR-1-r15		INTEGER ::= 31
maxNS-Pmax-r10				INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of NS and P-Max values per band
maxNAICS-Entries-r12		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of supported NAICS combination(s)
maxNeighCell-r12			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of neighbouring cells in NAICS
											-- configuration (per carrier frequency)
maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13		INTEGER ::=	8	-- Maximum number of SCPTM neighbour cells
maxNrofS-NSSAI-r15			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of S-NSSAI
maxObjectId					INTEGER ::= 32
maxObjectId-Plus1-r13		INTEGER ::= 33
maxObjectId-r13				INTEGER ::= 64
maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12		INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of power offsets for a neighbour cell
											-- in NAICS configuration
maxPageRec					INTEGER ::= 16	--
maxPhysCellIdRange-r9		INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of physical cell identity ranges
maxPLMN-r11					INTEGER ::=	6	-- Maximum number of PLMNs
maxPLMN-1-r14				INTEGER ::=	5	-- Maximum number of PLMNs minus one
maxPLMN-r15					INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of PLMNs for RNA configuration
maxPLMN-NR-r15				INTEGER ::= 12	-- Maximum number of NR PLMNs
maxPNOffset					INTEGER ::=	511	-- Maximum number of CDMA2000 PNOffsets
maxPMCH-PerMBSFN			INTEGER ::= 15
maxPSSCH-TxConfig-r14		INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of PSSCH TX configurations
maxQuantSetsNR-r15			INTEGER ::= 2	-- Maximum number of NR quantity configuration sets
maxQCI-r13					INTEGER ::= 6	-- Maximum number of QCIs
maxRAT-Capabilities			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of interworking RATs (incl EUTRA)
maxRE-MapQCL-r11			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of PDSCH RE Mapping configurations
											-- (per carrier frequency)
maxReportConfigId			INTEGER ::= 32
maxReservationPeriod-r14	INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of resource reservation periodicities
											-- for sidelink V2X communication
maxRS-Index-r15				INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of RS indices
maxRS-Index-1-r15			INTEGER ::= 63	-- Highest value of RS index as used to identify
											-- RS index in RRM reports.
maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15		INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of RS indices averaged to derive
											-- cell quality for RRM.
maxRS-IndexReport-r15		INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of RS indices for RRM.
maxRSTD-Freq-r10			INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of frequency layers for RSTD
											-- measurement
maxSAI-MBMS-r11				INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of MBMS service area identities
											-- broadcast per carrier frequency
maxSCell-r10				INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of SCells
maxSCell-r13				INTEGER ::= 31	-- Highest value of extended number range of SCells
maxSCellGroups-r15			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of SCell common parameter groups
maxSC-MTCH-r13				INTEGER ::= 1023	-- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell
maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14			INTEGER ::= 128	-- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell for feMTC
maxSL-CommRxPoolNFreq-r13	INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of individual sidelink communication
											-- Rx resource pools on neighbouring freq
maxSL-CommRxPoolPreconf-v1310	INTEGER ::= 12	-- Maximum number of additional preconfigured
												-- sidelink communication Rx resource pool entries
maxSL-TxPool-r12Plus1-r13	INTEGER ::= 5	-- First additional individual sidelink
												-- Tx resource pool
maxSL-TxPool-v1310			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of additional sidelink
												-- Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-TxPool-r13			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of individual sidelink
												-- Tx resource pools
maxSL-CommTxPoolPreconf-v1310	INTEGER ::= 7	-- Maximum number of additional preconfigured
												-- sidelink Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-Dest-r12			INTEGER ::= 16			-- Maximum number of sidelink destinations
maxSL-DiscCells-r13		INTEGER ::= 16			-- Maximum number of cells with similar sidelink
												-- configurations
maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12	INTEGER ::= 3		-- Maximum number of sidelink power classes
maxSL-DiscRxPoolPreconf-r13		INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of preconfigured sidelink
												-- discovery Rx resource pool entries
maxSL-DiscSysInfoReportFreq-r13	INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of frequencies to include in a
												-- SidelinkUEInformation for SI reporting
maxSL-DiscTxPoolPreconf-r13		INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of preconfigured sidelink
												-- discovery Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-GP-r13			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of gap patterns that can be requested
										-- for a frequency or assigned
maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14	INTEGER ::= 72	-- Maximum number of TX resource pools for CBR
												-- measurement and report
maxSL-Prio-r13			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of entries in sidelink priority list
maxSL-RxPool-r12			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of individual sidelink Rx resource pools
maxSL-Reliability-r15	INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of entries in sidelink reliability list
maxSL-SyncConfig-r12		INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of sidelink Sync configurations
maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12	INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of sidelink Time Freq resource index
											-- pairs
maxSL-TxPool-r12			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of individual sidelink Tx resource pools
maxSL-V2X-RxPool-r14		INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of RX resource pools for
												-- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14	INTEGER ::= 16		-- Maximum number of RX resource pools for
												-- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of TX resource pools for
												-- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14	INTEGER ::= 8		-- Maximum number of TX resource pools for
												-- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14	INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of sidelink Sync configurations
												-- for V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-r14		INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of CBR range configurations
												-- for V2X sidelink communication congestion
												-- control
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14	INTEGER ::= 3
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-r14		INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of TX parameter configurations
												-- for V2X sidelink communication congestion
												-- control
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-1-r14	INTEGER ::= 63
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-r14		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of CBR range configurations in
												-- pre-configuration for V2X sidelink
												-- communication congestion control
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-1-r14	INTEGER ::= 7
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-r14		INTEGER ::= 128	-- Maximum number of TX parameter
												-- configurations in pre-configuration for V2X
												-- sidelink communication congestion control
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-1-r14	INTEGER ::= 127
maxSTAG-r11					INTEGER ::= 3	-- Maximum number of STAGs
maxServCell-r10				INTEGER ::= 5	-- Maximum number of Serving cells
maxServCell-r13				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Highest value of extended number range of Serving cells
maxServCellNR-r15			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of NR serving cells
maxServiceCount			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of MBMS services that can be included
											-- in an MBMS counting request and response
maxServiceCount-1			INTEGER ::= 15
maxSessionPerPMCH			INTEGER ::= 29
maxSessionPerPMCH-1			INTEGER ::= 28
maxSIB						INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of SIBs
maxSIB-1					INTEGER ::= 31
maxSI-Message				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of SI messages
maxSimultaneousBands-r10	INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of simultaneously aggregated bands
maxSubframePatternIDC-r11	INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of subframe reservation patterns
											-- that the UE can simultaneously recommend to the
											-- E-UTRAN for use.
maxTrafficPattern-r14		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of periodical traffic patterns
											-- that the UE can simultaneously report to the
											-- E-UTRAN.
maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of UTRA FDD carrier frequencies
maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier			INTEGER ::= 16	-- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies
maxWayPoint-r15				INTEGER ::= 20	-- Maximum number of flight path information waypoints
maxWLAN-Id-r12				INTEGER ::=	16	-- Maximum number of WLAN identifiers
maxWLAN-Bands-r13			INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of WLAN bands
maxWLAN-Id-r13				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of WLAN identifiers
maxWLAN-Channels-r13		INTEGER ::= 16	-- maximum number of WLAN channels used in
											-- WLAN-CarrierInfo
maxWLAN-CarrierInfo-r13	INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of WLAN Carrier Information
maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14		INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of WLAN IDs to report
maxWLAN-Name-r15			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of WLAN name

-- ASN1STOP
NOTE: The value of maxDRB aligns with SA2.
–	End of EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

6.5	PC5 RRC messages
NOTE:	The messages included in this clause reflect the current status of the discussions. Additional messages may be included at a later stage.
6.5.1	General message structure
–	PC5-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the PC5 RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START

PC5-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	TDD-ConfigSL-r12
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP

–	SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message
The SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the UE via SL-BCH on the SBCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType
}

SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType ::=						MasterInformationBlock-SL

-- ASN1STOP

–	SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X
The SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the UE via SL-BCH on the SBCCH logical channel for V2X sidelink communication.
-- ASN1START

SBCCH-SL-BCH-Message-V2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType-V2X-r14
}

SBCCH-SL-BCH-MessageType-V2X-r14 ::=				MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X-r14

-- ASN1STOP

6.5.2	Message definitions
–	MasterInformationBlock-SL
The MasterInformationBlock-SL includes the information transmitted by a UE transmitting SLSS, i.e. acting as synchronisation reference, via SL-BCH.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: SBCCH
Direction: UE to UE
MasterInformationBlock-SL
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock-SL ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sl-Bandwidth-r12					ENUMERATED {
											n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	tdd-ConfigSL-r12					TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
	directFrameNumber-r12				BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
	directSubframeNumber-r12			INTEGER (0..9),
	inCoverage-r12						BOOLEAN,
	reserved-r12						BIT STRING (SIZE (19))
}


-- ASN1STOP

MasterInformationBlock-SL field descriptions
directFrameNumber
Indicates the frame number in which SLSS and SL-BCH are transmitted. The subframe in the frame corresponding to directFrameNumber is indicated by directSubframeNumber.
inCoverage
Value TRUE indicates that the UE transmitting the MasterInformationBlock-SL is in E-UTRAN coverage.
sl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.

–	MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X
The MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X includes the information transmitted by a UE transmitting SLSS, i.e. acting as synchronisation reference, via SL-BCH for V2X sidelink communication.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: SBCCH
Direction: UE to UE
MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	sl-Bandwidth-r14					ENUMERATED {
											n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	tdd-ConfigSL-r14					TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
	directFrameNumber-r14				BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
	directSubframeNumber-r14			INTEGER (0..9),
	inCoverage-r14						BOOLEAN,
	reserved-r14						BIT STRING (SIZE (27))
}


-- ASN1STOP

MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X field descriptions
directFrameNumber
Indicates the frame number in which SLSS and SL-BCH for V2X sidelink communication are transmitted. The subframe in the frame corresponding to directFrameNumber is indicated by directSubframeNumber.
inCoverage
Value TRUE indicates that the UE transmitting the MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X for V2X sidelink communication is in E-UTRAN coverage.
sl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.

–	End of PC5-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

6.6	Direct Indication Information
Direct Indication information is transmitted on MPDCCH using P-RNTI but without associated Paging message. Table 6.6-1 defines the Direct Indication information, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.14.
When bit n is set to 1, UE shall behave as if the corresponding field is set in the Paging message, see 5.3.2.3. Bit 1 is the least significant bit.
Table 6.6-1: Direct Indication information
Bit
Direct Indication information
1
systemInfoModification
2
etws-Indication
3
cmas-Indication
4
eab-ParamModification
5
systemInfoModification-eDRX
6, 7, 8
Not used, and shall be ignored by UE if received.

6.6a	Direct Indication FeMBMS
On MBMS-dedicated cell and on FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cell, a Direct Indication FeMBMS is transmitted on PDCCH together with 8-bit MCCH change notification using M-RNTI, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.4. Table 6.6a-1 defines the Direct Indication FeMBMS.
When the first bit is set to 1, UE shall behave as if systemInfoModification field is set in the Paging message and when the second bit is set to 1, UE shall behave as if both etws-Indication and cmas-Indication are set in the Paging message, see 5.3.2.3. Bit 1 is the least significant bit.
Table 6.6a-1: Direct Indication FeMBMS
Bit
Direct Indication FeMBMS
1
systemInfoModification
2
etws-Indication and cmas-Indication

6.7	NB-IoT RRC messages
6.7.1	General NB-IoT message structure
-- ASN1START

NBIOT-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject,
	SecurityModeCommand,
	SecurityModeComplete,
	SecurityModeFailure,
	AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	CellIdentity,
	C-RNTI,
	DedicatedInfoNAS,
	DRB-Identity,
	InitialUE-Identity,
	IntraFreqBlackCellList,
	IntraFreqNeighCellList,
	maxBands,
	maxCellBlack,
	maxCellInter,
	maxCellIntra,
	maxFBI2,
	maxFreq,
	maxMultiBands,
	maxPageRec,
	maxPLMN-r11,
	maxSAI-MBMS-r11,
	maxSIB,
	maxSIB-1,
	MBMS-SAI-r11,
	MBMS-SAI-List-r11,
	MBMSSessionInfo-r13,
	NextHopChainingCount,
	PagingUE-Identity,
	PLMN-Identity,
	P-Max,
	PowerRampingParameters,
	PreambleTransMax,
	PhysCellId,
	Q-OffsetRange,
	Q-QualMin-r9,
	Q-RxLevMin,
	ReestabUE-Identity,
	RegisteredMME,
	ReselectionThreshold,
	ResumeIdentity-r13,
	RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	RSRP-Range,
	ShortMAC-I,
	S-TMSI,
	SystemInformationBlockType16-r11,
	SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13,
	T-Reordering,
	TimeAlignmentTimer,
	TMGI-r9,
	TrackingAreaCode,
	DataInactivityTimer-r14

FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-BCH-Message-NB
The BCCH-BCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel in FDD.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-BCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-BCH-MessageType-NB
}


BCCH-BCH-MessageType-NB::=	MasterInformationBlock-NB


-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB
The BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel in TDD.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-BCH-Message-TDD-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-BCH-MessageType-TDD-NB-r15
}


BCCH-BCH-MessageType-TDD-NB-r15 ::=	MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB-r15

-- ASN1STOP

–	BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE via DL‑SCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-NB
}

BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		systemInformation-r13				SystemInformation-NB,
		systemInformationBlockType1-r13		SystemInformationBlockType1-NB
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	PCCH-Message-NB
The PCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE on the PCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

PCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					PCCH-MessageType-NB
}

PCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		paging-r13							Paging-NB
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	DL-CCCH-Message-NB
The DL-CCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE on the downlink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

DL-CCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-CCCH-MessageType-NB
}

DL-CCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishment-r13		RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB,
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject-r13	RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject,
		rrcConnectionReject-r13					RRCConnectionReject-NB,
		rrcConnectionSetup-r13					RRCConnectionSetup-NB,
		rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15				RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15,
		spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	DL-DCCH-Message-NB
The DL-DCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the UE on the downlink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

DL-DCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-DCCH-MessageType-NB
}

DL-DCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		dlInformationTransfer-r13				DLInformationTransfer-NB,
		rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r13		RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB,
		rrcConnectionRelease-r13				RRCConnectionRelease-NB,
		securityModeCommand-r13					SecurityModeCommand,
		ueCapabilityEnquiry-r13					UECapabilityEnquiry-NB,
		rrcConnectionResume-r13					RRCConnectionResume-NB,
		spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UL-CCCH-Message-NB
The UL-CCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E‑UTRAN on the uplink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START


UL-CCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					UL-CCCH-MessageType-NB
}

UL-CCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r13	RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB,
		rrcConnectionRequest-r13				RRCConnectionRequest-NB,
		rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13			RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB,
		rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15				RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP


–	SC-MCCH-Message-NB
The SC-MCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the E‑UTRAN to the NB-IoT UE on the SC-MCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

SC-MCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					SC-MCCH-MessageType-NB
}


SC-MCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		scptmConfiguration-r14						SCPTMConfiguration-NB-r14
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UL-DCCH-Message-NB
The UL-DCCH-Message-NB class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the E‑UTRAN on the uplink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START

UL-DCCH-Message-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					UL-DCCH-MessageType-NB
}

UL-DCCH-MessageType-NB ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r13	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB,
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r13	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB,
		rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r13				RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB,
		securityModeComplete-r13					SecurityModeComplete,
		securityModeFailure-r13						SecurityModeFailure,
		ueCapabilityInformation-r13					UECapabilityInformation-NB,
		ulInformationTransfer-r13					ULInformationTransfer-NB,
		rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13				RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB,
		spare8 NULL, spare7 NULL,
		spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
		spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

6.7.2	NB-IoT Message definitions

–	DLInformationTransfer-NB
The DLInformationTransfer-NB message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS dedicated information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1or SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
DLInformationTransfer-NB message
-- ASN1START

DLInformationTransfer-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			dlInformationTransfer-r13		DLInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

DLInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r13					DedicatedInfoNAS,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP


–	MasterInformationBlock-NB
The MasterInformationBlock-NB includes the system information transmitted on BCH in FDD.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
MasterInformationBlock-NB
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	systemFrameNumber-MSB-r13		BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
	hyperSFN-LSB-r13				BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
	schedulingInfoSIB1-r13			INTEGER (0..15),
	systemInfoValueTag-r13			INTEGER (0..31),
	ab-Enabled-r13					BOOLEAN,
	operationModeInfo-r13			CHOICE {
		inband-SamePCI-r13				Inband-SamePCI-NB-r13,
		inband-DifferentPCI-r13			Inband-DifferentPCI-NB-r13,
		guardband-r13					Guardband-NB-r13,
		standalone-r13					Standalone-NB-r13
	},
	additionalTransmissionSIB1-r15	BOOLEAN,
	spare							BIT STRING (SIZE (10))
}

Guardband-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	rasterOffset-r13				ChannelRasterOffset-NB-r13,
	spare							BIT STRING (SIZE (3))
}

Inband-SamePCI-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo-r13		INTEGER (0..31)
}

Inband-DifferentPCI-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r13			ENUMERATED {same, four},
	rasterOffset-r13				ChannelRasterOffset-NB-r13,
	spare							BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
}

Standalone-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	spare							BIT STRING (SIZE (5))
}

-- ASN1STOP


MasterInformationBlock-NB field descriptions
ab-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates that access barring is enabled.
additionalTransmissionSIB1
Value TRUE indicates that additional SIB1-NB transmissions are present. See TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
E-UTRAN only configures additionalTransmissionSIB1 to TRUE if schedulingInfoSIB1 indicates that the number of NPDSCH repetitions is 16, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 16.4.1.3-3. 
eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo
Information of the carrier containing NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH.
Each value is associated with an E-UTRA PRB index as an offset from the middle of the LTE system sorted out by channel raster offset. See TS 36.211[21] and TS 36.213 [23].
eutra-NumCRS-Ports
Number of E-UTRA CRS antenna ports, either the same number of ports as NRS or 4 antenna ports. See TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
hyperSFN-LSB
Indicates the 2 least significant bits of hyper SFN. The remaining bits are present in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.
operationModeInfo
Deployment scenario (in-band/guard-band/standalone) and related information. See TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
Inband-SamePCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell share the same physical cell id and have the same number of NRS and CRS ports.
Inband-DifferentPCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell have different physical cell id.
guardband indicates a guard-band deployment.
standalone indicates a standalone deployment.
schedulingInfoSIB1
This field contains an index to a table specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 16.4.1.3-3, that defines SystemInformationBlockType1-NB scheduling information.
systemFrameNumber-MSB
Defines the 4 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], the 6 least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly by decoding the NPBCH.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB-NB, SIB14-NB and SIB16-NB.

–	MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB
The MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB includes the system information transmitted on BCH in TDD.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB
-- ASN1START

MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	systemFrameNumber-MSB-r15				BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
	hyperSFN-LSB-r15						BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
	schedulingInfoSIB1-r15					INTEGER (0..15),
	systemInfoValueTag-r15					INTEGER (0..31),
	ab-Enabled-r15							BOOLEAN,
	operationModeInfo-r15				CHOICE {
		inband-SamePCI-r15					Inband-SamePCI-TDD-NB-r15,
		inband-DifferentPCI-r15				Inband-DifferentPCI-TDD-NB-r15,
		guardband-r15						GuardbandTDD-NB-r15,
		standalone-r15						StandaloneTDD-NB-r15
	},
	sib1-CarrierInfo-r15					ENUMERATED {anchor, non-anchor},
	spare									BIT STRING (SIZE (9))
}

GuardbandTDD-NB-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rasterOffset-r15					ChannelRasterOffset-NB-r13,
	sib-GuardbandInfo-r15				CHOICE {
		sib-GuardbandAnchor-r15				SIB-GuardbandAnchorTDD-NB-r15,
		sib-GuardbandGuardband-r15			SIB-GuardbandGuardbandTDD-NB-r15,
		sib-GuardbandInbandSamePCI-r15		SIB-GuardbandInbandSamePCI-TDD-NB-r15,
		sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI-r15		SIB-GuardbandInbandDiffPCI-TDD-NB-r15
	},	
	eutra-Bandwitdh-r15					ENUMERATED {bw5or10, bw15or20}
}

Inband-SamePCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo-r15			INTEGER (0..31),
	sib-InbandLocation-r15				ENUMERATED {lower, higher}
}

Inband-DifferentPCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r15					ENUMERATED {same, four},
	rasterOffset-r15						ChannelRasterOffset-NB-r13,
	sib-InbandLocation-r15					ENUMERATED {lower, higher},
	spare									BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
}

StandaloneTDD-NB-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sib-StandaloneLocation-r15				ENUMERATED {lower, higher},
	spare									BIT STRING (SIZE (5))
}

SIB-GuardbandAnchorTDD-NB-r15 ::= 		SEQUENCE {
	spare									BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

SIB-GuardbandGuardbandTDD-NB-r15 ::= 	SEQUENCE {
	sib-GuardbandGuardbandLocation-r15		ENUMERATED {same, opposite}
}

SIB-GuardbandInbandSamePCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	spare									BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

SIB-GuardbandInbandDiffPCI-TDD-NB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {
	sib-EUTRA-NumCRS-Ports-r15				ENUMERATED {same, four}
}

-- ASN1STOP

MasterInformationBlock-TDD-NB field descriptions
ab-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates that access barring is enabled.
eutra-Bandwidth
EUTRA system bandwidth. Value bw5or10 corresponds to bandwidth 5 or 10 MHz, value bw15or20 corresponds to bandwidth 15 or 20 MHz.
If the value of eutra-Bandwidth is bw5or10 and rasterOffset is set to khz7dot5 or khz-7dot5, the E-UTRA system bandwidth is 5 MHz.
If the value of eutra-Bandwidth is bw5or10 and rasterOffset is set to khz2dot5 or khz-2dot5, the E-UTRA system bandwidth is 10 MHz.
If the value of eutra-Bandwidth is bw15or20 and rasterOffset is set to khz7dot5 or khz-7dot5, the E-UTRA system bandwidth is 15 MHz.
If the value of eutra-Bandwidth is bw15or20 and rasterOffset is set to khz2dot5 or khz-2dot5, the E-UTRA system bandwidth is 20 MHz.
When the E-UTRA system bandwidth is 5 MHz or 15 MHz, if the value of sib-GuardbandInfo is sib-GuardbandInbandSamePCI or sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI, the offset between the anchor carrier and the non-anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission is 45 kHz.
eutra-CRS-SequenceInfo
Information of the carrier containing NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH.
Each value is associated with an E-UTRA PRB index as an offset from the middle of the LTE system sorted out by channel raster offset. See TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
eutra-NumCRS-Ports, sib-eutra-NumCRS-Ports
Number of E-UTRA CRS antenna ports, either the same number of ports as NRS or 4 antenna ports. See TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
hyperSFN-LSB
Indicates the 2 least significant bits of hyper SFN. The remaining bits are present in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.
operationModeInfo
Deployment scenario (in-band/guard-band/standalone) and related information. See TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
Inband-SamePCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell share the same physical cell id and have the same number of NRS and CRS ports.
Inband-DifferentPCI indicates an in-band deployment and that the NB-IoT and LTE cell have different physical cell id.
guardband indicates a guard-band deployment.
standalone indicates a standalone deployment.
When operationmodeInfo is set to guardband, if rasterOffset is set to khz-7dot5 or khz-2dot5, the guardband anchor carrier is at the higher edge of the LTE carrier. If rasterOffset is set to khz7dot5 or khz2dot5, the guardband anchor carrier is at the lower edge of the LTE carrier
schedulingInfoSIB1
This field contains an index to a table specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 16.4.1.3-5 or Table 16.4.1.3-7 when sib1-CarrierInfo is set to anchor or to non-anchor respectively, that defines SystemInformationBlockType1-NB scheduling information.
If sib1-CarrierInfo is set to non-anchor, E-UTRAN configures a value between 0 and 7. 
sib-GuardbandGuardbandLocation
Location of the non-anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to guardband and the non-anchor carrier is in guardband. See TS 36.213 [23].
Value same corresponds to the carrier adjacent to the anchor carrier on the outer side of the guardband, value opposite corresponds to the carrier closest to the edge of the LTE carrier in the opposite guardband.
sib-GuardbandInfo
Information of the carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to guardband. See TS 36.213 [23].
sib-GuardbandAnchor indicates the anchor carrier.
sib-GuardbandGuardband indicates a non-anchor carrier in guardband mode.
sib-GuardbandInbandSamePCI or sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI indicates a non-anchor carrier in inband mode, and at the edge of the LTE carrier and on the same side as the anchor carrier.
sib-InbandLocation
Location of the non-anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI, and sib1-CarrierInfo value and/or tdd-SI-CarrierInfo in SIB1-NB is set to non-anchor. See TS 36.213 [23].
Value lower corresponds to the lower adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier and value higher corresponds to the higher adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier.
If both sib1-CarrierInfo value and tdd-SI-CarrierInfo value in SIB1-NB are set to anchor, the UE ignores sib-InbandLocation.
sib-StandaloneLocation
Location of the non-anchor carrier used for SIB1 and/or SI transmission when operationmodeInfo is set to standalone, and sib1-CarrierInfo value and/or tdd-SI-CarrierInfo in SIB1-NB is set to non-anchor. See TS 36.213 [23].
Value lower corresponds to the lower adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier and value higher corresponds to the higher adjacent carrier relative to the anchor carrier.
If both sib1-CarrierInfo value and tdd-SI-CarrierInfo value in SIB1-NB are set to anchor, the UE ignores sib-StandaloneLocation.
sib1-CarrierInfo
Carrier used for SIB1 transmission. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.1.3. Value anchor corresponds to anchor carrier, value non-anchor corresponds to non-anchor carrier. 
systemFrameNumber-MSB
Defines the 4 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], the 6 least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly by decoding the NPBCH.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB-NB, SIB14-NB and SIB16-NB.

–	Paging-NB
The Paging-NB message is used for the notification of one or more UEs.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: PCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
Paging-NB message
-- ASN1START

Paging-NB ::=						SEQUENCE {
	pagingRecordList-r13				PagingRecordList-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInfoModification-r13			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	systemInfoModification-eDRX-r13		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

PagingRecordList-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord-NB-r13

PagingRecord-NB-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity-r13						PagingUE-Identity,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

Paging-NB field descriptions
systemInfoModification
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than for SystemInformationBlockType14-NB (SIB14-NB) and SystemInformationBlockType16-NB (SIB16-NB). This indication does not apply to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
systemInfoModification-eDRX
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than for SystemInformationBlockType14-NB (SIB14-NB) and SystemInformationBlockType16-NB (SIB16-NB). This indication applies only to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
ue-Identity
Provides the NAS identity of the UE that is being paged.

–	RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey information for resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main configuration and physical channel configuration) including any associated dedicated NAS information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		c1										CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r13		RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoNASList-r13			SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB-NB-r13)) OF
													DedicatedInfoNAS		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	fullConfig-r13						ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Reestab
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}	OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB field descriptions
dedicatedInfoNASList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list.
fullConfig
Indicates the full configuration option is applicable for the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Reestab
This field is optionally present, need ON upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment; otherwise the field is not present.

–	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection reconfiguration.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r13	RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture					SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB
The RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB message is used to re-establish SRB1.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB message
-- ASN1START


RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReestablishment-r13	RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1	NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13			RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
	nextHopChainingCount-r13					NextHopChainingCount,
	lateNonCriticalExtension					OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension						RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-v1430-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB-v1430-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-NAS-MAC							BIT STRING (SIZE (16))	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Reestablish-CP
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}				OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB field descriptions
dl-NAS-MAC
Downlink authentication token, see TS 33.401 [32]. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore the field nextHopChainingCount.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Reestablish-CP
This field is mandatory present for NB-IoT UE using the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation; otherwise the field is not present.

–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection re-establishment.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r13	RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture					SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-v1470-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measResultServCell-r14				MeasResultServCell-NB-r14		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB field descriptions
measResultServCell
This field refers to the last idle mode measurement results taken of the serving cell.

–	RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r13
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r13-IEs,
		later								CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r14
											RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r14-IEs,
			criticalExtensionsFuture		SEQUENCE {}
		}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity-r13						ReestabUE-Identity,
	reestablishmentCause-r13			ReestablishmentCause-NB-r13,
	cqi-NPDCCH-r14						CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14,
	earlyContentionResolution-r14		BOOLEAN,
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (20))
}

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity-r14						ReestabUE-Identity-CP-NB-r14,
	reestablishmentCause-r14			ReestablishmentCause-NB-r13,
	cqi-NPDCCH-r14						CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB-r14,
	earlyContentionResolution-r14		BOOLEAN,
	spare								BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
}

ReestablishmentCause-NB-r13 ::=			ENUMERATED {
											reconfigurationFailure, otherFailure,
											spare2, spare1}

ReestabUE-Identity-CP-NB-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	s-TMSI-r14								S-TMSI,
	ul-NAS-MAC-r14							BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
	ul-NAS-Count-r14						BIT STRING (SIZE (5))
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB field descriptions
earlyContentionResolution
Value TRUE indicates UE supports MAC PDU containing the UE contention resolution identity MAC control element without RRC response message. This field is always set to TRUE in this version of the specification.
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure.
eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
ul-NAS-Count
For description of this field see TS 33.401 [32].
ul-NAS-MAC
For description of this field see TS 33.401 [32].

–	RRCConnectionReject-NB
The RRCConnectionReject-NB message is used to reject the RRC connection establishment or RRC connection resume or to reject the EDT procedure.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionReject-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionReject-NB ::=				SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionReject-r13				RRCConnectionReject-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReject-NB-r13-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	extendedWaitTime-r13					INTEGER (1..1800),
	rrc-SuspendIndication-r13				ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionReject-NB field descriptions
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds.
rrc-SuspendIndication
If present, this field indicates that the UE should remain suspended and not release its stored context.

–	RRCConnectionRelease-NB
The RRCConnectionRelease-NB message is used to command the release of an RRC connection, or to complete an UP-EDT procedure.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionRelease-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionRelease-NB ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionRelease-r13			RRCConnectionRelease-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionRelease-NB-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	releaseCause-r13					ReleaseCause-NB-r13,
	resumeIdentity-r13					ResumeIdentity-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	extendedWaitTime-r13				INTEGER (1..1800)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	redirectedCarrierInfo-r13			RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1430-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1430-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	redirectedCarrierInfo-v1430			RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Redirection
	extendedWaitTime-CPdata-r14		INTEGER (1..1800)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond NoExtendedWaitTime
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1530-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1530-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	drb-ContinueROHC-r15					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UP-EDT
	nextHopChainingCount-r15				NextHopChainingCount		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond UP-EDT
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1550-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionRelease-NB-v1550-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	redirectedCarrierInfo-v1550			RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1550	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Redirection-TDD
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}		OPTIONAL
}

ReleaseCause-NB-r13 ::=					ENUMERATED {loadBalancingTAUrequired, other,
													rrc-Suspend, spare1}
RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13::=			CarrierFreq-NB-r13

RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430	::=		SEQUENCE {
	redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated-r14	ENUMERATED{
												dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
												dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24, dB26},
	t322-r14								ENUMERATED{
												min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180,
												spare1}
}

RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1550::=		CarrierFreq-NB-v1550

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionRelease-NB field descriptions
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues when UE initiates UP-EDT in the same cell, while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds.
extendedWaitTime-CPdata
Wait time for data transfer using the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation. Value in seconds. See TS 24.301 [35].
redirectedCarrierInfo
The redirectedCarrierInfo indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to a NB-IoT carrier frequency, by means of the cell selection upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated
Parameter "Qoffsetdedicatedfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4]. For NB-IoT carrier frequencies, a UE that supports multi-band cells considers the redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated to be common for all overlapping bands (i.e. regardless of the EARFCN that is used).
releaseCause
The releaseCause is used to indicate the reason for releasing the RRC Connection.
E-UTRAN should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired if the extendedWaitTime is present.
t322
Timer T322 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.

Conditional presence
Explanation
NoExtendedWaitTime
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the extendedWaitTime is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection-TDD
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included in TDD mode. Otherwise, the field is not present.
UP-EDT
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE supports UP-EDT and releaseCause is set to rrc-Suspend; otherwise the field is not present.

–	RRCConnectionRequest-NB
The RRCConnectionRequest-NB message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionRequest-NB ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionRequest-r13			RRCConnectionRequest-NB-r13-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionRequest-NB-r13-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-Identity-r13							InitialUE-Identity,
	establishmentCause-r13					EstablishmentCause-NB-r13,
	multiToneSupport-r13					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	multiCarrierSupport-r13					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	earlyContentionResolution-r14			BOOLEAN,
	cqi-NPDCCH-r14							CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14,
	spare									BIT STRING (SIZE (17))
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionRequest-NB field descriptions
earlyContentionResolution
Value TRUE indicates UE supports MAC PDU containing the UE contention resolution identity MAC control element without RRC response message. This field is always set to TRUE in this version of the specification.
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers.
eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
multiCarrierSupport
If present, this field indicates that the UE supports multi-carrier operation in the mode, FDD or TDD, used for access.
multiToneSupport
If present, this field indicates that the UE supports UL multi-tone transmissions on NPUSCH in the mode, FDD or TDD, used for access.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

–	RRCConnectionResume-NB
The RRCConnectionResume-NB message is used to resume the suspended RRC connection.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionResume-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionResume-NB ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionResume-r13				RRCConnectionResume-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1								NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionResume-NB-r13-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13		RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	nextHopChainingCount-r13				NextHopChainingCount,
	drb-ContinueROHC-r13					ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionResume-NB field descriptions
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 

–	RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection resumption
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions							CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13				RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture					SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	selectedPLMN-Identity-r13					INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11)	OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r13						DedicatedInfoNAS	OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension					OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension						RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-v1470-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measResultServCell-r14						MeasResultServCell-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension						SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB field descriptions
measResultServCell
This field refers to the last idle mode measurement results taken of the serving cell.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList included in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1-NB, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1-NB and so on.

–	RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB
The RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or to perform UP-EDT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13			RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB-r13-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	resumeID-r13								ResumeIdentity-r13,
	shortResumeMAC-I-r13						ShortMAC-I,
	resumeCause-r13								EstablishmentCause-NB-r13,
	earlyContentionResolution-r14				BOOLEAN,
	cqi-NPDCCH-r14								CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14,
	spare										BIT STRING (SIZE (4))
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB field descriptions
earlyContentionResolution
Value TRUE indicates UE supports MAC PDU containing the UE contention resolution identity MAC control element without RRC response message. This field is always set to TRUE in this version of the specification.
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers.
eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeID
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at eNB.
shortResumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at eNB.

–	RRCConnectionSetup-NB
The RRCConnectionSetup-NB message is used to establish SRB1 and SRB1bis.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCConnectionSetup-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionSetup-NB ::=		SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			rrcConnectionSetup-r13				RRCConnectionSetup-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionSetup-NB-r13-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13		RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB
The RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection establishment.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r13		RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-r13-IEs,
			criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	selectedPLMN-Identity-r13				INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11),
	s-TMSI-r13								S-TMSI							OPTIONAL,
	registeredMME-r13						RegisteredMME					OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r13					DedicatedInfoNAS,
	attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13		ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1430-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	gummei-Type-r14							ENUMERATED { mapped}	OPTIONAL,
	dcn-ID-r14								INTEGER (0..65535)			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1470-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	measResultServCell-r14						MeasResultServCell-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension						SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB field descriptions
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity
This field is used to indicate that the UE performs an Attach without PDN connectivity procedure, as indicated by the upper layers, TS 24.301 [35]. 
dcn-ID
The Dedicated Core Network Identity, see TS 23.401 [41].
gummei-Type
This field is used to indicate that the GUMMEI included is mapped (from 2G/3G identifiers) as indicated by the upper layers, TS 24.301 [35].
measResultServCell
This field refers to the last idle mode measurement results taken of the serving cell.
registeredMME
This field is used to transfer the GUMMEI of the MME where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList included in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1 and so on.
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports S1-U data transfer or the User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers, see TS 24.301 [35].

–	RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB
The RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB message is used to confirm the successful completion of the CP-EDT procedure.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15			RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r15				DedicatedInfoNAS				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	extendedWaitTime-r15				INTEGER (1..1800)				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	redirectedCarrierInfo-r15 			RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13	OPTIONAL, 	-- Need ON
	redirectedCarrierInfoExt-r15		RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Redirection
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB field descriptions
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Redirection
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included; otherwise the field is not present.

–	RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB
The RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB message is used to initiate CP-EDT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB0
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: CCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB message
-- ASN1START

RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15				RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB-r15-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	s-TMSI-r15							S-TMSI,
	establishmentCause-r15				ENUMERATED {mo-Data, mo-ExceptionData, delayTolerantAccess, spare1},
	cqi-NPDCCH-r15						CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14 			OPTIONAL,
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r15				DedicatedInfoNAS,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRCEarlyDataRequest-NB field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC early data request as provided by the upper layers.
eNB is not expected to reject a RRCEarlyDataRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.

–	SCPTMConfiguration-NB
The SCPTMConfiguration-NB message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via SC-MRB.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: UM
Logical channel: SC-MCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SCPTMConfiguration-NB message
-- ASN1START

SCPTMConfiguration-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sc-mtch-InfoList-r14			SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB-r14,
	scptm-NeighbourCellList-r14		SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCPTMConfiguration-NB field descriptions
sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell.
scptm-NeighbourCellList
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the UE shall assume that MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration-NB message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.

–	SystemInformation-NB
The SystemInformation-NB message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks. All the SIBs included are transmitted with the same periodicity.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SystemInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START

SystemInformation-NB ::=		SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		systemInformation-r13				SystemInformation-NB-r13-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}
SystemInformation-NB-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sib-TypeAndInfo-r13					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE {
		sib2-r13							SystemInformationBlockType2-NB-r13,
		sib3-r13							SystemInformationBlockType3-NB-r13,
		sib4-r13							SystemInformationBlockType4-NB-r13,
		sib5-r13							SystemInformationBlockType5-NB-r13,
		sib14-r13							SystemInformationBlockType14-NB-r13,
		sib16-r13							SystemInformationBlockType16-NB-r13,
		...,
		sib15-v1430							SystemInformationBlockType15-NB-r14,
		sib20-v1430							SystemInformationBlockType20-NB-r14,
		sib22-v1430							SystemInformationBlockType22-NB-r14,
		sib23-v1530							SystemInformationBlockType23-NB-r15
	},
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	SystemInformationBlockType1-NB
The SystemInformationBlockType1-NB message contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell and defines the scheduling of other system information.
Signalling radio bearer: N/A
RLC-SAP: TM
Logical channel: BCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
SystemInformationBlockType1-NB message
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType1-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	hyperSFN-MSB-r13					BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
	cellAccessRelatedInfo-r13			SEQUENCE {
		plmn-IdentityList-r13				PLMN-IdentityList-NB-r13,
		trackingAreaCode-r13				TrackingAreaCode,
		cellIdentity-r13					CellIdentity,
		cellBarred-r13						ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
		intraFreqReselection-r13			ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed}
	},
	cellSelectionInfo-r13				SEQUENCE {
		q-RxLevMin-r13						Q-RxLevMin,
		q-QualMin-r13						Q-QualMin-r9
	},
	p-Max-r13							P-Max					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	freqBandIndicator-r13				FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13,
	freqBandInfo-r13					NS-PmaxList-NB-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-r13				MultiBandInfoList-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	downlinkBitmap-r13					DL-Bitmap-NB-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SIB1
	eutraControlRegionSize-r13			ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3}			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond inband
	nrs-CRS-PowerOffset-r13				ENUMERATED {dB-6,      dB-4dot77, dB-3,
													dB-1dot77, dB0,       dB1,
													dB1dot23,  dB2,       dB3,
													dB4,       dB4dot23,  dB5,
													dB6,       dB7,       dB8,
													dB9}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond inband-SamePCI
	schedulingInfoList-r13				SchedulingInfoList-NB-r13,
	si-WindowLength-r13					ENUMERATED {ms160, ms320, ms480, ms640,
													ms960, ms1280, ms1600, spare1},
	si-RadioFrameOffset-r13				INTEGER (1..15)		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	systemInfoValueTagList-r13			SystemInfoValueTagList-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1350	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1350 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellSelectionInfo-v1350				CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1350	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Qrxlevmin
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1430	OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellSelectionInfo-v1430				CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1430		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1450					OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE {
	nrs-CRS-PowerOffset-v1450				ENUMERATED {dB-6,  dB-4dot77, dB-3,
													dB-1dot77, dB0,       dB1,
													dB1dot23,  dB2,       dB3,
													dB4,       dB4dot23,  dB5,
													dB6,       dB7,       dB8,
													dB9}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond inband-SamePCI-ExceptAnchor
	nonCriticalExtension				SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1530					OPTIONAL
}

SystemInformationBlockType1-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE {
	tdd-Parameters-r15						SEQUENCE {
		tdd-Config-r15							TDD-Config-NB-r15,
		tdd-SI-CarrierInfo-r15					ENUMERATED {anchor, non-anchor},
		tdd-SI-SubframesBitmap-r15				DL-Bitmap-NB-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD-SI-NonAnchor
	}	OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond TDD
	schedulingInfoList-v1530 			SchedulingInfoList-NB-v1530		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

PLMN-IdentityList-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-NB-r13

PLMN-IdentityInfo-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity-r13						PLMN-Identity,
	cellReservedForOperatorUse-r13			ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved},
	attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13		ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

SchedulingInfoList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message-NB-r13)) OF SchedulingInfo-NB-r13

SchedulingInfoList-NB-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message-NB-r13)) OF SchedulingInfo-NB-v1530

SchedulingInfo-NB-r13::=		SEQUENCE {
	si-Periodicity-r13				ENUMERATED {rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512,
												rf1024, rf2048, rf4096, spare},
	si-RepetitionPattern-r13		ENUMERATED {every2ndRF, every4thRF, every8thRF, every16thRF},
	sib-MappingInfo-r13				SIB-MappingInfo-NB-r13,
	si-TB-r13						ENUMERATED {b56, b120, b208, b256, b328, b440, b552, b680}
}

SchedulingInfo-NB-v1530::=		SEQUENCE {
	sib-MappingInfo-v1530				SIB-MappingInfo-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

SystemInfoValueTagList-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSI-Message-NB-r13)) OF
										SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13

SIB-MappingInfo-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type-NB-r13

SIB-MappingInfo-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SIB-Type-NB-v1530

SIB-Type-NB-r13 ::=					ENUMERATED {
										sibType3-NB-r13, sibType4-NB-r13, sibType5-NB-r13,
										sibType14-NB-r13, sibType16-NB-r13, sibType15-NB-r14,
										sibType20-NB-r14, sibType22-NB-r14}

SIB-Type-NB-v1530 ::=				ENUMERATED {
										sibType23-NB-r15, spare7, spare6, spare5,
										spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}

CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1350 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	delta-RxLevMin-v1350				INTEGER (-8..-1)
}

CellSelectionInfo-NB-v1430 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	powerClass14dBm-Offset-r14			ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}	OPTIONAL,	--	Need OP
	ce-authorisationOffset-r14			ENUMERATED {dB5, dB10, dB15, dB20, dB25, dB30, dB35}	OPTIONAL	--	Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType1-NB field descriptions
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity
If present, the field indicates that attach without PDN connectivity as specified in TS 24.301 [35] is supported for this PLMN.
ce-authorisationOffset
Parameter "Qoffsetauthorization" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in dB. Value dB5 corresponds to 5 dB, dB10 corresponds to 10 dB and so on.
If the field is absent, the value of 0 dB shall be used for "Qoffsetauthorization".
cellBarred
Barred means the cell is barred, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity.
cellReservedForOperatorUse
As defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellSelectionInfo
Cell selection information as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
downlinkBitmap
For FDD, NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration for downlink transmission as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.
For TDD, NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the anchor carrier as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4. If the bitmap is not present, the UE shall assume that all subframes are valid (except for subframes carrying NPSS/NSSS/NPBCH/SIB1-NB) as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.
eutraControlRegionSize
Indicates the control region size of the E-UTRA cell for the in-band operation mode, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit is in number of OFDM symbols.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4F for the frequency band in freqBandIndicator.
hyperSFN-MSB
Indicates the 8 most significant bits of hyper-SFN. Together with hyperSFN-LSB in MIB-NB, the complete hyper-SFN is built up. hyper-SFN is incremented by one when the SFN wraps around.
intraFreqReselection
Used to control cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator IE it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList IE.
nrs-CRS-PowerOffset
NRS power offset between NRS and E-UTRA CRS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.2. Unit in dB. Default value of 0.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.
powerClass14dBm-Offset
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4]. Only applicable for UE supporting powerClassNB-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. If the fied is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].
p-Max
Value applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-RxLevMin, delta-RxLevMin
Parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 36.304 [4]. If delta-RxLevMin is not included, actual value Qrxlevmin = q-RxLevMin * 2 [dBm]. If delta-RxLevMin is included, actual value Qrxlevmin = (q-RxLevMin + delta-RxLevMin) * 2 [dBm].
schedulingInfoList
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages.
si-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf256 denotes 256 radio frames, rf512 denotes 512 radio frames, and so on.
si-RadioFrameOffset
Offset in number of radio frames to calculate the start of the SI window.
If the field is absent, no offset is applied.
si-RepetitionPattern
Indicates the starting radio frames within the SI window used for SI message transmission. Value every2ndRF corresponds to every 2 radio frames, value every4thRF corresponds to every 4 radio frames and so on. The first transmission of the SI message is transmitted from the first radio frame of the SI window.
si-TB
This field indicates the transport block size in number of bits and the corresponding number of consecutive NB-IoT downlink subframes that are used to broadcast the SI message. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b120 corresponds to 120 bits and so on. TBS of 56 bits and 120 bits are transmitted over 2 sub-frames, other TBS are transmitted over 8 sub-frames, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 16.4.1.5.1-1.
si-WindowLength
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms160 denotes 160 milliseconds, ms320 denotes 320 milliseconds and so on.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message. There is no mapping information of SIB2-NB; it is always present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList list.
systemInfoValueTagList
Indicates SI message specific value tags. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SchedulingInfoList.
systemInfoValueTagSI
SI message specific value tag as specified in Clause 5.2.1.3. Common for all SIBs within the SI message other than SIB14-NB.
tdd-Config
Indicates the the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
tdd-SI-CarrierInfo
Carrier used for SI message transmission. Value anchor corresponds to anchor carrier, value non-anchor corresponds to non-anchor carrier. See TS 36.213 [23].
When tdd-SI-CarrierInfo set to value non-anchor then sib-GuardbandInfo in MIB-TDD-NB (in case of operationmodeInfo is set to guardband) or sib-InbandLocation in MIB-TDD-NB (in case of operationmodeInfo is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI) or sib-StandaloneLocation in MIB-TDD-NB (in case of operationmodeInfo is set to standalone) defines which non-anchor carrier is used (see MIB-NB-TDD).
tdd-SI-SubframesBitmap
NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the carrier carrying the SI message as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.
trackingAreaCode
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. 

Conditional presence
Explanation
inband
In FDD: The field is mandatory present if IE operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI. Otherwise the field is not present.
In TDD: The field is mandatory present if:
- IE operationModeInfo in MIB-TDD-NB is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI or
- IE operationModeInfo in MIB-TDD-NB is set to guardband and IE sib-GuardbandInfo in MIB-TDD-NB is set to sib-GuardbandInbandSamePCI or sib-GuardbandinbandDiffPCI and IE tdd-SI-CarrierInfo is set to non-anchor
inband-SamePCI
The field is mandatory present, if IE operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to inband-SamePCI. Otherwise the field is not present.
inband-SamePCI-ExceptAnchor
The field is optionally present if IE operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to a value other than inband-SamePCI, and at least one non-anchor carrier is inband carrier and uses the same PCI as the E-UTRA carrier. Otherwise the field is not present.
Qrxlevmin
This field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMin is set to the minimum value. Otherwise the field is not present.
SIB1
The field is mandatory present if IE additionalTransmissionSIB1 in MIB-NB is set to TRUE. Otherwise the field is optionally present, Need OP.
TDD
The field is mandatory present for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-SI-NonAnchor
The field is mandatory present for TDD if si-CarrierInfo is set to non-anchor; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	UECapabilityEnquiry-NB
The UECapabilityEnquiry-NB message is used to request the transfer of UE radio access capabilities for NB-IoT.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: E‑UTRAN to UE
UECapabilityEnquiry-NB message
-- ASN1START

UECapabilityEnquiry-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE {
			ueCapabilityEnquiry-r13				UECapabilityEnquiry-NB-r13-IEs,
			spare1								NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UECapabilityEnquiry-NB-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UECapabilityInformation-NB
The UECapabilityInformation-NB message is used to transfer of UE radio access capabilities requested by the E‑UTRAN.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
UECapabilityInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START

UECapabilityInformation-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE{
			ueCapabilityInformation-r13		UECapabilityInformation-NB-r13-IEs,
			criticalExtensionsFuture		SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UECapabilityInformation-NB-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-Capability-r13						UE-Capability-NB-r13,
	ue-RadioPagingInfo-r13					UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UECapabilityInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

UECapabilityInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ue-Capability-ContainerExt-r14			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs),
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UECapabilityInformation-NB field descriptions
ue-RadioPagingInfo
This field contains UE capability information used for paging.

–	ULInformationTransfer-NB
The ULInformationTransfer-NB message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS information.
Signalling radio bearer: SRB1 or SRB1bis
RLC-SAP: AM
Logical channel: DCCH
Direction: UE to E‑UTRAN
ULInformationTransfer-NB message
-- ASN1START

ULInformationTransfer-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
			ulInformationTransfer-r13		ULInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs,
			criticalExtensionsFuture		SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

ULInformationTransfer-NB-r13-IEs ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dedicatedInfoNAS-r13					DedicatedInfoNAS,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

6.7.3	NB-IoT information elements
6.7.3.1	NB-IoT System information blocks
–	SystemInformationBlockType2-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType2-NB contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs.
NOTE:	UE timers and constants related to functionality for which parameters are provided in another SIB are included in the corresponding SIB.
SystemInformationBlockType2-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType2-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigCommon-r13			RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB-r13,
	ue-TimersAndConstants-r13				UE-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13,
	freqInfo-r13							SEQUENCE {
		ul-CarrierFreq-r13						CarrierFreq-NB-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		additionalSpectrumEmission-r13			AdditionalSpectrumEmission
	},
	timeAlignmentTimerCommon-r13			TimeAlignmentTimer,
	multiBandInfoList-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF AdditionalSpectrumEmission		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	cp-Reestablishment-r14				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL		-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	servingCellMeasInfo-r14				ENUMERATED {true} 				OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		cqi-Reporting-r14					ENUMERATED {true} 				OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	enhancedPHR-r15						ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		freqInfo-v1530						SEQUENCE {
			tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-r15		TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15
		}	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond TDD
		cp-EDT-r15							ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		up-EDT-r15							ENUMERATED {true}		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType2-NB field descriptions
additionalSpectrumEmission
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4F.
cp-EDT
For FDD: This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.
cp-Reestablishment
This field indicates if the NB-IoT UE is allowed to trigger RRC connection re-establishment when AS security has not been activated.
cqi-Reporting
For FDD: This field indicates if downlink channel quality reporting in RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-NB, RRCConnectionRequest-NB and RRCConnectionResumeRequest-NB message is allowed.
enhancedPHR
For FDD: This field indicates if the NB-IoT UE is allowed to report enhanced PHR in MSG3 as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
multiBandInfoList
A list of additionalSpectrumEmission i.e. one for each additional frequency band included in multiBandInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB, listed in the same order.
servingCellMeasInfo
This field indicates if serving cell idle mode measurement reporting in RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB, RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB and RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB is allowed. 
tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset
Indicates the offset between the UL carrier frequency center with respect to DL carrier frequency center for the anchor carrier.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: Uplink carrier frequency as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 5.7.3F. If operationModeInfo in the MIB-NB is set to standalone and the field is absent, the value of the carrier frequency is determined by the TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.4-1, and the value of the carrier frequency offset is 0. If operationModeInfo in the MIB-NB is not set to standalone, the field is mandatory present.
For TDD: This field is absent and the uplink carrier frequency is same as the downlink frequency.
up-EDT
For FDD: This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT, see 5.3.3.1b.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
The field is mandatory present for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	SystemInformationBlockType3-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType3-NB contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, and inter-frequency cell re-selection as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related.
SystemInformationBlockType3-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType3-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cellReselectionInfoCommon-r13			SEQUENCE {
		q-Hyst-r13								ENUMERATED {
													dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10,
													dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24
													}
	},
	cellReselectionServingFreqInfo-r13		SEQUENCE {
		s-NonIntraSearch-r13					ReselectionThreshold
	},
	intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-r13		SEQUENCE {
		q-RxLevMin-r13							Q-RxLevMin,
		q-QualMin-r13							Q-QualMin-r9			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		p-Max-r13								P-Max					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		s-IntraSearchP-r13						ReselectionThreshold,
		t-Reselection-r13						T-Reselection-NB-r13
	},
	freqBandInfo-r13						NS-PmaxList-NB-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-r13					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF
												NS-PmaxList-NB-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension					OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-v1350	IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1350 OPTIONAL	-- Cond Qrxlevmin
	]],
	[[	intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-v1360	IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1360 OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	intraFreqCellReselectionInfo-v1430	IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1430 OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	cellReselectionInfoCommon-v1450		CellReselectionInfoCommon-NB-v1450	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	nsss-RRM-Config-r15					NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		npbch-RRM-Config-r15				ENUMERATED {enabled}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1350 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	delta-RxLevMin-v1350						INTEGER (-8..-1)
}

IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1360 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	s-IntraSearchP-v1360							ReselectionThreshold-NB-v1360
}

IntraFreqCellReselectionInfo-NB-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	powerClass14dBm-Offset-r14		ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ce-AuthorisationOffset-r14		ENUMERATED {dB5, dB10, dB15, dB20, dB25, dB30, dB35}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

CellReselectionInfoCommon-NB-v1450 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	s-SearchDeltaP-r14					ENUMERATED {dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType3-NB field descriptions
ce-AuthorisationOffset
Parameter "Qoffsetauthorization" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in dB. Value dB5 corresponds to 5 dB, dB10 corresponds to 10 dB and so on.
If the field is absent, the UE applies the value of ce-authorisationOffset in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB. 
multiBandInfoList
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4F, applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring NB-IoT cells if the UE selects the frequency band from freqBandIndicator in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.
npbch-RRM-Config
For FDD: Configuration for NPBCH-based RRM measurements. See TS 36.214 [24].
If enabled, NPBCH can be used in addition to NRS for RRM measurements for serving cell. 
nsss-RRM-Config
For FDD: Configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements for the serving cell.
powerClass14dBm-Offset
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClassNB-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].
p-Max
Value applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
q-Hyst
Parameter Qhyst in TS 36.304 [4], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-RxLevMin, delta-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If delta-RxLevMin is not included, actual value Qrxlevmin = q-RxLevMin * 2 [dBm]. If delta-RxLevMin is included, actual value Qrxlevmin = (q-RxLevMin + delta-RxLevMin) * 2 [dBm].
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4].
In case s-IntraSearchP-v1360 is included, the UE shall ignore s-IntraSearchP (i.e. without suffix).
s-NonIntraSearch
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4].
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This parameter is only applicable for UEs supporting relaxed monitoring as specified in TS 36.306 [5]. Value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB, dB9 corresponds to 9 dB and so on.
t-Reselection
Parameter "TreselectionNB-IoT_Intra" in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
Qrxlevmin
This field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMin is set to the minimum value. Otherwise the field is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType4-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType4-NB contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-frequency cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType4-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType4-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	intraFreqNeighCellList-r13			IntraFreqNeighCellList	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	intraFreqBlackCellList-r13			IntraFreqBlackCellList	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	nsss-RRM-Config-r15				NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		intraFreqNeighCellList-v1530	IntraFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

IntraFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-NB-v1530

IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nsss-RRM-Config-r15						NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15 	OPTIONAL	-- Cond NSSS-RRM
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType4-NB field descriptions
intraFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.
nsss-RRM-Config
For FDD: Configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements.
If intraFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 is present then for a cell which is included in intraFreqNeighCellList, the UE applies the nsss-RRM-Config configured in the corresponding entry of IntraFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530. Otherwise, the UE applies the nsss-RRM-Config configured in SystemInformationBlockType4-NB-r13.

Conditional presence
Explanation
NSSS-RRM
This field is optionally present, Need OR, when nsss-RRM-Config is present in SystemInformationBlockType4-NB. Otherwise, the field is not present, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	SystemInformationBlockType5-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType5-NB contains information relevant only for inter-frequency cell re-selection i.e. information about other NB-IoT frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType5-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType5-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	interFreqCarrierFreqList-r13			InterFreqCarrierFreqList-NB-r13,
	t-Reselection-r13						T-Reselection-NB-r13,
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	scptm-FreqOffset-r14				INTEGER (1..8)					OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]]
}


InterFreqCarrierFreqList-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-NB-r13


InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r13					CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
	q-RxLevMin-r13						Q-RxLevMin,
	q-QualMin-r13						Q-QualMin-r9					OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	p-Max-r13							P-Max							OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	q-OffsetFreq-r13					Q-OffsetRange					DEFAULT dB0,
	interFreqNeighCellList-r13			InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	interFreqBlackCellList-r13			InterFreqBlackCellList-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	multiBandInfoList-r13				MultiBandInfoList-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	delta-RxLevMin-v1350			INTEGER (-8..-1)		OPTIONAL	-- Cond Qrxlevmin
	]],
	[[	powerClass14dBm-Offset-r14		ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}
OPTIONAL,	--	Need OP
		ce-AuthorisationOffset-r14		ENUMERATED {dB5, dB10, dB15, dB20, dB25, dB30, dB35}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	]],
	[[	nsss-RRM-Config-r15				NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		interFreqNeighCellList-v1530	InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL -- Need OR
	]],
	[[	dl-CarrierFreq-v1550			CarrierFreq-NB-v1550	OPTIONAL -- Cond TDD
	]]
}

InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF PhysCellId

InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo-NB-v1530

InterFreqNeighCellInfo-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nsss-RRM-Config-r15						NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15 	OPTIONAL 	-- Cond NSSS-RRM
}

InterFreqBlackCellList-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellBlack)) OF PhysCellId

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType5-NB field descriptions
ce-AuthorisationOffset
Parameter "Qoffsetauthorization" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in dB. Value dB5 corresponds to 5 dB, dB10 corresponds to 10 dB and so on. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value of ce-authorisationOffset in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.
interFreqBlackCellList
List of blacklisted inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring inter-frequencies. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. 
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells. E-UTRAN may include interFreqNeighCellList when including InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 to provide cell specific NSSS-based measurement configuration. The UE that does not support NSSS-based RRM measurements shall ignore this field in this version of the specification.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands, with the associated additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4, in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common.
nsss-RRM-Config
For FDD: Configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements.
If InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530 is present then for a cell which is included in interFreqNeighCellList, the UE applies the nsss-RRM-Config configured in the corresponding entry of InterFreqNeighCellList-NB-v1530. Otherwise, the UE applies the nsss-RRM-Config configured in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo.
p-Max
Value applicable for the neighbouring NB-IoT cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to the UE capability.
powerClass14dBm-Offset
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClassNB-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4]
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-RxlevMin, delta-RxLevMin
Parameter "QRxLevmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If delta-RxLevMin is not included, actual value Qrxlevmin = q-RxLevMin * 2 [dBm]. If delta-RxLevMin is included, actual value Qrxlevmin = (q-RxLevMin + delta-RxLevMin) * 2 [dBm].
scptm-FreqOffset
Parameter QoffsetSCPTM in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value QoffsetSCPTM = field value * 2 [dB].
If the field is absent, the UE uses infinite dBs for the SC-PTM frequency offset with cell ranking as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
t-Reselection
Parameter "TreselectionNB-IoT_Inter" in TS 36.304 [4].

Conditional presence
Explanation
NSSS-RRM
This field is optionally present, Need OR, when nsss-RRM-Config is present in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. Otherwise, the field is not present, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
Qrxlevmin
This field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMin is set to the minimum value. Otherwise the field is not present.
TDD
The field is optionally present, Need OR, in TDD. Otherwise, the field is not present.

–	SystemInformationBlockType14-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType14-NB contains the AB parameters.
SystemInformationBlockType14-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType14-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ab-Param-r13					CHOICE {
		ab-Common-r13					AB-Config-NB-r13,
		ab-PerPLMN-List-r13				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF AB-ConfigPLMN-NB-r13
	}															OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension		OCTET STRING				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	ab-PerNRSRP-r15				ENUMERATED {thresh1, thresh2}	OPTIONAL	--	Need OR
	]]
}

AB-ConfigPLMN-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ab-Config-r13					AB-Config-NB-r13			OPTIONAL -- Need OR
}

AB-Config-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ab-Category-r13					ENUMERATED {a, b, c},
	ab-BarringBitmap-r13			BIT STRING (SIZE(10)),
	ab-BarringForExceptionData-r13	ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	ab-BarringForSpecialAC-r13		BIT STRING (SIZE(5))
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType14-NB field descriptions
ab-BarringBitmap
Access class barring for AC 0-9. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 0, the second bit is for AC 1, and so on.
ab-BarringForExceptionData
Indicates whether ExceptionData is subject to access barring.
ab-BarringForSpecialAC
Access class barring for AC 11-15. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and so on.
ab-Category
Indicates the category of UEs for which AB applies. Value a corresponds to all UEs, value b corresponds to the UEs that are neither in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to it, and value c corresponds to the UEs that are neither in the PLMN listed as most preferred PLMN of the country where the UEs are roaming in the operator-defined PLMN selector list on the USIM, nor in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to their HPLMN, see TS 22.011 [10].
ab-Common
The AB parameters applicable for all PLMN(s).
ab-PerNRSRP
Access barring per NRSRP. Value thresh1 corresponds to the first entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList, value thresh2 corresponds to the second entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList.
ab-PerPLMN-List
The AB parameters per PLMN, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s) occur in plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.

–	SystemInformationBlockType15-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType15-NB contains the MBMS Service Area Identities (SAI) of the current and/ or neighbouring carrier frequencies.
SystemInformationBlockType15-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType15-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	mbms-SAI-IntraFreq-r14					MBMS-SAI-List-r11				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r14				MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-NB-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-NB-r14

MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-NB-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r14						CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
	mbms-SAI-List-r14						MBMS-SAI-List-r11,
	multiBandInfoList-r14					AdditionalBandInfoList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType15-NB field descriptions
mbms-SAI-InterFreqList
Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional frequency bands, if any, that provide MBMS services and the corresponding MBMS SAIs.
mbms-SAI-IntraFreq
Contains the list of MBMS SAIs for the current frequency. A duplicate MBMS SAI indicates that this and all following SAIs are not offered by this cell but only by neighbour cells on the current frequency. For MBMS service continuity, the UE shall use all MBMS SAIs listed in mbms-SAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBMS frequencies of interest.
mbms-SAI-List
Contains a list of MBMS SAIs for a specific frequency.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency bands applicable for the cells participating in the SC-PTM transmission.

–	SystemInformationBlockType16-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType16-NB contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC, the GPS and the local time.
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType16-NB-r13 ::= SystemInformationBlockType16-r11

-- ASN1STOP

–	SystemInformationBlockType20-NB
For FDD, the IE SystemInformationBlockType20-NB contains the information required to acquire the control information associated with transmission of MBMS using SC-PTM.
SystemInformationBlockType20-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType20-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	npdcch-SC-MCCH-Config-r14				NPDCCH-SC-MCCH-Config-NB-r14,
	sc-mcch-CarrierConfig-r14				CHOICE {
		dl-CarrierConfig-r14					DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB-r14,
		dl-CarrierIndex-r14						INTEGER (0.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
	},
	sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r14			ENUMERATED {rf32, rf128, rf512, rf1024,
														rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384},
	sc-mcch-Offset-r14						INTEGER (0..10),
	sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-r14			ENUMERATED { rf32, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024,
													rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768,
													rf65536, rf131072, rf262144, rf524288,
													rf1048576, spare1},
	sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo-r14				SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	...
}

NPDCCH-SC-MCCH-Config-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	npdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MCCH-r14		ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
														r32, r64, r128, r256,
														r512, r1024, r2048},
	npdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH-r14				ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8,
														v16, v32, v48, v64},
	npdcch-Offset-SC-MCCH-r14				ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter,
														threeEighth, oneHalf, fiveEighth,
														threeQuarter, sevenEighth}
}

SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14::=	SEQUENCE	{
	onDurationTimerSCPTM-r14					ENUMERATED {
													pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4,
													pp8, pp16, pp32, spare},
	drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r14				ENUMERATED {
													pp0, pp1, pp2, pp3,
													pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32},
	schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r14		CHOICE {
		sf10										INTEGER(0..9),
		sf20										INTEGER(0..19),
		sf32										INTEGER(0..31),
		sf40										INTEGER(0..39),
		sf64										INTEGER(0..63),
		sf80										INTEGER(0..79),
		sf128										INTEGER(0..127),
		sf160										INTEGER(0..159),
		sf256										INTEGER(0..255),
		sf320										INTEGER(0..319),
		sf512										INTEGER(0..511),
		sf640										INTEGER(0..639),
		sf1024										INTEGER(0..1023),
		sf2048										INTEGER(0..2047),
		sf4096										INTEGER(0..4095),
		sf8192										INTEGER(0..8191)
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType20-NB field descriptions
dl-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier used for SC-MCCH. E-UTRAN cannot configure a downlink carrier operating in mixed operation mode.
dl-CarrierIndex
Index to a downlink carrier signalled in system information. Value '0' corresponds to the anchor carrier, value '1' corresponds to the first entry in dl-ConfigList in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, value '2' corresponds to the second entry in dl-ConfigList and so on.
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MCCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 NPDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 NPDCCH periods and so on.
npdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MCCH
The maximum number of NPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MCCH multicast search space, see TS 36.213 [23].
npdcch-Offset-SC-MCCH
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
npdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH
Starting subframes configuration of the NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MCCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 NPDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 NPDCCH periods and so on.
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames.
sc-mcch-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier that is used for SC-MCCH.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which (H-SFN * 1024 +SFN) mod sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the boundary of the repetition period: (H-SFN * 1024 +SFN) mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod = sc-mcch-Offset.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information, in radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MCCH. If the field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MCCH reception.

–	SystemInformationBlockType22-NB
The IE SystemInformationBlockType22-NB contains radio resource configuration for paging and random access procedure on non-anchor carriers.
SystemInformationBlockType22-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType22-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-ConfigList-r14 					DL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ul-ConfigList-r14 					UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	pagingWeightAnchor-r14				PagingWeight-NB-r14			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond pcch-config
	nprach-ProbabilityAnchorList-r14	NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchorList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond nprach-config
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	mixedOperationModeConfig-r15	SEQUENCE {
			dl-ConfigListMixed-r15			DL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond dl-ConfigList
			ul-ConfigListMixed-r15			UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond ul-ConfigList
			pagingDistribution-r15			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
			nprach-Distribution-r15			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL 	-- Need OR
		}																OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		ul-ConfigList-r15				UL-ConfigCommonListTDD-NB-r15	OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
	]]
}

DL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF
											DL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14

UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF
											UL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14

UL-ConfigCommonListTDD-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF
											UL-ConfigCommonTDD-NB-r15

DL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierConfig-r14				DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB-r14,
	pcch-Config-r14 					PCCH-Config-NB-r14			OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	...,
	[[	wus-Config-r15					WUS-ConfigPerCarrier-NB-r15		OPTIONAL	-- Cond WUS
	]]
}

PCCH-Config-NB-r14 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r14		ENUMERATED {
											r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
											r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
											spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
	pagingWeight-r14						PagingWeight-NB-r14	DEFAULT w1,
	...
}

PagingWeight-NB-r14	::=			ENUMERATED {w1, w2, w3, w4, w5, w6, w7, w8,
												w9, w10, w11, w12, w13, w14, w15, w16}

UL-ConfigCommon-NB-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-CarrierFreq-r14					CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
	nprach-ParametersList-r14 			NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	...,
	[[	nprach-ParametersListEDT-r15	NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
	]]
}

UL-ConfigCommonTDD-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-r15		TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15,
	nprach-ParametersListTDD-r15 		NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-r15	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	...
}

NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchorList-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF
												NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchor-NB-r14

NPRACH-ProbabilityAnchor-NB-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nprach-ProbabilityAnchor-r14			ENUMERATED {
												zero, oneSixteenth, oneFifteenth, oneFourteenth,
												oneThirteenth, oneTwelfth, oneEleventh, oneTenth,
												oneNinth, oneEighth, oneSeventh, oneSixth,
												oneFifth, oneFourth, oneThird, oneHalf}
														OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType22-NB field descriptions
dl-CarrierConfig
For FDD: Provides the configuration of the DL non-anchor carrier.
For TDD: Provides the configuration of the non-anchor carrier.
dl-ConfigList, dl-ConfigListMixed
For FDD: List of DL non-anchor carriers and associated configuration that can be used for paging and/or random access. E-UTRAN configures DL non-anchor carriers operating in mixed operation mode only in dl-ConfigListMixed and only a UE that supports mixed operation mode uses the carriers in dl-ConfigListMixed. A given carrier is either signalled in the dl-ConfigList or in dl-ConfigListMixed.
If dl-ConfigListMixed is present and at least one of the carriers in dl-ConfigListMixed is configured for paging:
-	If pagingDistribution is present, the UE supporting mixed operation mode creates a combined list of DL carriers for paging by appending dl-ConfigListMixed to the dl-ConfigList while maintaining the order among dl-ConfigList and dl-ConfigListMixed; the total number of signalled DL non-anchor carriers cannot be more than maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14.
-	If pagingDistribution is absent, the UE supporting mixed operation mode uses the list of DL carriers for paging provided in dl-ConfigListMixed and considers pagingWeightAnchor being set to w0, i.e. the anchor carrier is not used.
Otherwise, the pagingDistribution field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
For TDD: List of non-anchor carriers and associated configuration that can be used for paging and/or random access.
mixedOperationModeConfig
For FDD: Provides the configuration of DL and UL non-anchor carriers that can be used for paging and random access by a UE that supports mixed operation mode.
For TDD: This parameter is absent.
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6.
If the field is absent, the value of npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging configured in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB in IE pcch-Config applies.
nprach-Distribution
Indicates which UL carriers a UE supporting mixed operation mode uses for random access as defined in description of ul-ConfigList, ul-ConfigListMixed. 
nprach-ParametersList, nprach-ParametersList-EDT
Configure NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource on one non-anchor UL carrier. Up to three NPRACH resources can be configured on one non-anchor UL carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListEDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a maximum TBS signalled in the corresponding entry of edt-TBS-InfoList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB.
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB.
nprach-ParametersListTDD
For TDD: Configure NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource on one non-anchor UL carrier. Up to three NPRACH resources can be configured on one non-anchor UL carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries in nprach-ParametersListTDD, and listed in the same order, as in nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB..
nprach-ProbabilityAnchor
Configure the selection probability for the anchor carrier NPRACH resource, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value zero corresponds to a probability of 0, oneSixteenth corresponds to the probability of 1/16, oneFifteenth corresponds to the probability of 1/15, and so on.
If the field is absent, the selection probability of the anchor carrier NPRACH resource is 1.
All non-anchor carriers NPRACH resources have equal probability between them.
If there is no NPRACH resource defined on the anchor carrier for one repetition level in nprach-ParametersList-EDT, (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2-EDT), the UE shall use the value 'zero' and ignore the signalled value of nprach-ProbabilityAnchor for this repetition level for the NPRACH resources defined by nprach-ParametersList-EDT (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2-EDT).
nprach-ProbabilityAnchorList
Configures the selection probability for each NPRACH resource on the anchor carrier.
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB.
pagingDistribution
Indicates which DL carriers a UE supporting mixed operation mode monitors for paging as defined in description of dl-ConfigList, dl-ConfigListMixed.
pagingWeight
Weight of the non-anchor paging carrier for uneven paging load distribution across the carriers. Value w1 corresponds to a relative weight of 1, w2 corresponds to a relative weight of 2, and so on.
The paging load for a carrier 'i' is equal to w(i)/W where i is equal to 0 for the anchor carrier and equal to the index of the carrier in the dl-ConfigList / dl-ConfigListMixed for a non-anchor carrier, W is the sum of the weights of all paging carriers.
To avoid correlation between paging carrier and paging occasion, the weights should be assigned such that: nB * W <= 16384.
pagingWeightAnchor
Weight of the anchor carrier for uneven paging load distribution across the carriers. Value w1 corresponds to a relative weight of 1, w2 corresponds to a relative weight of 2, and so on.
If the field is absent, the (default) value of w0 is applied, i.e. the anchor carrier is not used for paging.
pcch-Config
Configure the PCCH parameters for the non-anchor DL carrier.
tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset
Indicates the offset between the UL carrier frequency center with respect to DL carrier frequency center for the non-anchor carrier.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: UL carrier frequency of the non-anchor carrier as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 5.7.3F.
For TDD: This field is absent and the uplink carrier frequency is same as the downlink frequency.
ul-ConfigList, ul-ConfigListMixed
For FDD: List of UL non-anchor carriers and associated configuration that can be used for random access. E-UTRAN configures UL non-anchor carriers operating in mixed operation mode only in ul-ConfigListMixed and only a UE that supports mixed operation mode uses the carriers in ul-ConfigListMixed. A given carrier is either signalled in the ul-ConfigList or in ul-ConfigListMixed.
If ul-ConfigListMixed is present and at least one of the carriers in ul-ConfigListMixed is configured for random access:
-	If nprach-Distribution is present, the UE supporting mixed operation mode creates a combined list of UL carriers for random access by appending ul-ConfigListMixed to the ul-ConfigList while maintaining the order among both ul-ConfigList and ul-ConfigListMixed; the total number of signalled UL non-anchor carriers cannot be more than maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14.
-	If nprach-Distribution is absent, the UE supporting mixed operation mode uses the list of UL carriers for random access provided in ul-ConfigListMixed and considers nprach-ProbabiliyAnchor being set to zero for each NPRACH resource, i.e. the anchor carrier is not used for random access.
Otherwise, the nprach-Distribution field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
For TDD: E-UTRAN configures ul-ConfigList-r15 and includes the same number of entries as in dl-ConfigList. The UL carrier frequency of the non-anchor carrier is same as the DL carrier frequency.
wus-ConfigPerCarrier
For FDD: Carrier specific WUS Configuration. 


Conditional presence
Explanation
dl-ConfigList
This field is optionally present, Need OR, if the field dl-ConfigList is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
EDT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
pcch-config
This field is optionally present, Need OP, if the field dl-ConfigList is present and at least one of the carriers in dl-ConfigList is configured for paging. Otherwise the field is not present and only the anchor carrier is used for paging.
nprach-config
This field is mandatory present, if the field ul-ConfigList is present and at least one of the carriers in ul-ConfigList is configured for random access. Otherwise the field is not present and only the anchor carrier is used for random access.
TDD
This field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD. Otherwise the field is not present.
ul-ConfigList
This field is optionally present, Need OR, if the field ul-ConfigList is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
WUS
This field is mandatory present, if the field wus-Config is present in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB. Otherwise the field is not present, Need OR.

–	SystemInformationBlockType23-NB
For FDD, the IE SystemInformationBlockType23-NB contains radio resource configuration for NPRACH resources using preamble format 2 on non-anchor carriers.
SystemInformationBlockType23-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SystemInformationBlockType23-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ul-ConfigList-v1530 					UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ul-ConfigListMixed-v1530 				UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	...
}

UL-ConfigCommonList-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)) OF
											UL-ConfigCommon-NB-v1530

UL-ConfigCommon-NB-v1530 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	nprach-ParametersListFmt2-r15 			NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15	OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
	nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT-r15 		NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15	OPTIONAL, -- Cond EDT
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SystemInformationBlockType23-NB field descriptions
nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT
Configures NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource format 2 on one UL carrier. Up to three NPRACH resources can be configured on one carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
The NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a TBS signalled in the corresponding entry of edt-TBS-InfoList.
E-UTRAN configures the NPRACH resources format 2 so that they do not overlap in time domain with the NPRACH resources configured in nprach-ParametersList and nprach-ParametersListEDT on the same UL carrier.
If there is no NPRACH resource in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT) on any UL carrier, including the anchor carrier, for one NPRACH repetition level, the UE uses the NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersList (respectively nprach-ParametersListEDT) for this NPRACH repetition level. Otherwise, the UE uses only NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT).
If E-UTRAN configures NPRACH resources format 2 in one NPRACH repetition level, the E-UTRAN configures NPRACH resources format 2 in all NPRACH repetition levels upwards.
ul-ConfigList, ul-ConfigListMixed
ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) is parallel to ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB.
E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries and in the same order in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB as in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB. The UE combines each entry in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB with the corresponding entry in ul-ConfigList (respectively ul-ConfigListMixed) in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB.

Conditional presence
Explanation
EDT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

6.7.3.2	NB-IoT Radio resource control information elements
–	CarrierConfigDedicated-NB
The IE CarrierConfigDedicated-NB is used to specify a carrier in NB-IoT.
CarrierConfigDedicated-NB information elements
-- ASN1START

CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierConfig-r13		DL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
	ul-CarrierConfig-r13		UL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13
}

DL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r13						CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
	downlinkBitmapNonAnchor-r13				CHOICE {
		useNoBitmap-r13							NULL,
		useAnchorBitmap-r13						NULL,
		explicitBitmapConfiguration-r13			DL-Bitmap-NB-r13,
		spare									NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	dl-GapNonAnchor-r13						CHOICE {
		useNoGap-r13							NULL,
		useAnchorGapConfig-r13					NULL,
		explicitGapConfiguration-r13			DL-GapConfig-NB-r13,
		spare									NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	inbandCarrierInfo-r13					SEQUENCE {
		samePCI-Indicator-r13					CHOICE	{
			samePCI-r13								SEQUENCE {
				indexToMidPRB-r13						INTEGER (-55..54)
			},
			differentPCI-r13						SEQUENCE {
				eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r13					ENUMERATED {same, four}
			}
		}							OPTIONAL,		-- Cond anchor-guardband-or-standalone
		eutraControlRegionSize-r13				ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3}	
	}								OPTIONAL,		-- Cond non-anchor-inband
	...,
	[[	nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor-v1330		ENUMERATED {dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6,
														dB-4, dB-2, dB0, dB3}	
									OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530				DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL 	-- Cond TDD1
	]],
	[[	dl-CarrierFreq-v1550				CarrierFreq-NB-v1550	OPTIONAL 	-- Cond TDD1
	]]
}

UL-CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ul-CarrierFreq-r13			CarrierFreq-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...,
	[[	tdd-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-r15		TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15		OPTIONAL		-- Cond TDD
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

CarrierConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions
dl-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier used for all unicast transmissions.
dl-CarrierFreq
DL carrier frequency. The downlink carrier is not in a E-UTRA PRB which contains E-UTRA PSS/SSS/PBCH.
dl-GapNonAnchor
Downlink transmission gap configuration for the anchor/ non-anchor carrier, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.2.3.4.
E-UTRAN may configure dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530 only if dl-GapNonAnchor-r13 is set to explicitGapConfiguration.
downlinkBitmapNonAnchor
For FDD: NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration for downlink transmission on the anchor/ non-anchor carrier. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.
For TDD: NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the anchor/ non-anchor carrier. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.
eutraControlRegionSize
Indicates the control region size of the E-UTRA cell for the in-band operation mode, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit is in number of OFDM symbols. If operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI, it should be set to the value broadcast in SIB1-NB.
eutra-NumCRS-Ports
Number of E-UTRA CRS antenna ports, either the same number of ports as NRS or 4 antenna ports. See TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
inbandCarrierInfo
Provides the configuration of the anchor/ non-anchor inband carrier. If operationModeInfo is set to standalone in the MIB-NB, E-UTRAN only configures this field if the UE supports mixed operation mode.
indexToMidPRB
The PRB index is signaled by offset from the middle of the EUTRA system.
nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor
Provides the power offset of the downlink narrowband reference-signal EPRE of the anchor/ non-anchor carrier relative to the anchor carrier, unit in dB. Value dB-12 corresponds to -12 dB, dB-10 corresponds to -10 dB and so on. See TS 36.213 [23], clause16.2.2.
samePCI-Indicator
This parameter specifies whether the anchor/ non-anchor carrier reuses the same PCI as the EUTRA carrier.
ul-CarrierConfig
Uplink anchor/ non-anchor carrier used for all unicast transmissions. 
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: UL carrier frequency as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 5.7.3F. If absent, the same TX-RX frequency separation and carrier frequency offset as for the anchor carrier applies.
For TDD: This field is absent and the uplink carrier frequency is equal to the downlink frequency.

Conditional presence
Explanation
non-anchor-inband
The field is mandatory present if the anchor/ non-anchor carrier is an inband carrier; otherwise it is not present.
anchor-guardband-or-standalone
The field is mandatory present if operationModeInfo is set to guardband or standalone in the MIB; otherwise it is not present.
TDD
The field is mandatory present for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD1
The field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	CarrierFreq-NB
The IE CarrierFreq-NB is used to provide the NB-IoT carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [42].
CarrierFreq-NB information elements
-- ASN1START

CarrierFreq-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreq-r13				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	carrierFreqOffset-r13		ENUMERATED {
									v-10, v-9, v-8,	v-7, v-6, v-5, v-4, v-3, v-2, v-1, v-0dot5,
									 v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9
									}	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

CarrierFreq-NB-v1550	::=		SEQUENCE {
	carrierFreqOffset-v1550		ENUMERATED {v-8dot5, v-4dot5, v3dot5, v7dot5}
}

-- ASN1STOP


CarrierFreq-NB field descriptions
carrierFreq
Provides the ARFCN applicable for the NB-IoT carrier frequency as defined in TS 36.101 [42], Table 5.7.3-1.
carrierFreqOffset
Offset of the NB-IoT channel number to EARFCN as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 5.7.3F. Value v-10 means -10, v-9 means -9, and so on. E-UTRAN may configure the values v-8dot5, v-4dot5, v3dot5 and v7dot5 only for a carrier in a TDD band.
For TDD, the UE shall use the value signalled in carrierFreqOffset-v1550, if present, and ignore the value signaled in carrierFreqOffset-r13.

–	ChannelRasterOffset-NB
The IE ChannelRasterOffset-NB is used to specify the NB-IoT offset from LTE channel raster. Unit in kHz in set { -7.5, -2.5, 2.5, 7.5} See TS 36.211[21] and TS 36.213 [23].
ChannelRasterOffset-NB information element
-- ASN1START

ChannelRasterOffset-NB-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {khz-7dot5, khz-2dot5, khz2dot5, khz7dot5}

-- ASN1STOP

–	DL-Bitmap-NB
The IE DL-Bitmap-NB is used to specify the set of NB-IoT downlink subframes for downlink transmission.
DL-Bitmap-NB information element
-- ASN1START

DL-Bitmap-NB-r13 ::=			CHOICE {
	subframePattern10-r13			BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
	subframePattern40-r13			BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}

-- ASN1STOP

DL-Bitmap-NB field descriptions
subframePattern10, subframePattern40
For FDD: NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration over 10ms or 40ms for inband and 10ms for standalone/guardband.
For TDD: NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration over 10ms or 40ms for inband and 10ms for standalone/guardband.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.

–	DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB
The IE DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the common configuration of a DL non-anchor carrier in NB-IoT.
DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB information elements
-- ASN1START

DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-CarrierFreq-r14					CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
	downlinkBitmapNonAnchor-r14			CHOICE {
		useNoBitmap-r14						NULL,
		useAnchorBitmap-r14					NULL,
		explicitBitmapConfiguration-r14		DL-Bitmap-NB-r13
	},
	dl-GapNonAnchor-r14					CHOICE {
		useNoGap-r14						NULL,
		useAnchorGapConfig-r14				NULL,
		explicitGapConfiguration-r14		DL-GapConfig-NB-r13
	},	
	inbandCarrierInfo-r14				SEQUENCE {
		samePCI-Indicator-r14				CHOICE	{
			samePCI-r14							SEQUENCE {
				indexToMidPRB-r14					INTEGER (-55..54)
			},
			differentPCI-r14					SEQUENCE {
				eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r14				ENUMERATED {same, four}
			}
		}	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond anchor-guardband-or-standalone
		eutraControlRegionSize-r14			ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3}	
	}	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond non-anchor-inband
	nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor-r14		ENUMERATED {dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6,
													dB-4, dB-2, dB0, dB3}	DEFAULT dB0,
	...,
	[[	dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530			DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL 	-- Cond TDD
	]],
	[[	dl-CarrierFreq-v1550			CarrierFreq-NB-v1550	OPTIONAL 	-- Cond TDD
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB field descriptions
dl-CarrierFreq
DL carrier frequency. The downlink carrier is not in a E-UTRA PRB which contains E-UTRA PSS/SSS/PBCH.
dl-GapNonAnchor
Downlink transmission gap configuration for the non-anchor carrier, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.2.3.4.
E-UTRAN may configure dl-GapNonAnchor-v1530 only if dl-GapNonAnchor-r14 is set to explicitGapConfiguration.
downlinkBitmapNonAnchor
For FDD: NB-IoT downlink subframe configuration for downlink transmission on the non-anchor carrier. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.
For TDD: NB-IoT downlink, uplink and special subframes configuration for transmission on the anchor/ non-anchor carrier. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.
eutraControlRegionSize
Indicates the control region size of the E-UTRA cell for the in-band operation mode, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit is in number of OFDM symbols. If operationModeInfo in MIB-NB is set to inband-SamePCI or inband-DifferentPCI, it should be set to the value broadcast in SIB1-NB.
eutra-NumCRS-Ports
Number of E-UTRA CRS antenna ports, either the same number of ports as NRS or 4 antenna ports. See TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22], and TS 36.213 [23].
inbandCarrierInfo
Provides the configuration of a non-anchor inband carrier. 
indexToMidPRB
The PRB index is signaled by offset from the middle of the EUTRA system.
nrs-PowerOffsetNonAnchor
Provides the downlink narrowband reference-signal EPRE offset of the non-anchor carrier relative to the downlink narrowband reference-signal EPRE of the anchor carrier, unit in dB. Value dB-12 corresponds to -12 dB, dB-10 corresponds to -10 dB and so on. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.2.
samePCI-Indicator
This parameter specifies whether the non-anchor carrier reuses the same PCI as the EUTRA carrier.

Conditional presence
Explanation
non-anchor-inband
The field is mandatory present if the non-anchor carrier is an inband carrier; otherwise it is not present.
anchor-guardband-or-standalone
The field is mandatory present, if operationModeInfo is set to guardband or standalone in the MIB; otherwise it is not present.
TDD
The field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	DL-GapConfig-NB
The IE DL-GapConfig-NB is used to specify the downlink gap configuration for NPDCCH and NPDSCH. Downlink gaps apply to all NPDCCH/NPDSCH transmissions except for BCCH.
DL-GapConfig-NB information element
-- ASN1START


DL-GapConfig-NB-r13	::=		SEQUENCE {
	dl-GapThreshold-r13			ENUMERATED {n32, n64, n128, n256},
	dl-GapPeriodicity-r13		ENUMERATED {sf64, sf128, sf256, sf512},
	dl-GapDurationCoeff-r13		ENUMERATED {oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth, oneHalf}
}

DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530	::=	SEQUENCE {
	dl-GapPeriodicity-v1530		ENUMERATED {sf1024}
}

-- ASN1STOP

DL-GapConfig-NB field descriptions
dl-GapDurationCoeff
Coefficient to calculate the gap duration of a DL transmission: dl-GapDurationCoeff * dl-GapPeriodicity, Duration in number of subframes. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.2.3.4.
dl-GapPeriodicity
Periodicity of a DL transmission gap in number of subframes. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.2.3.4.
Value sf64 corresponds to 64 subframes, value sf128 corresponds to 128 subframes, value sf256 corresponds to 256 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN may configure the value sf64 only in FDD mode and the value sf1024 only in TDD mode.
The UE shall use the value signalled in dl-GapPeriodicity-v1530, if present, and ignore the value signaled in dl-GapPeriodicity-r13.
dl-GapThreshold
Threshold on the maximum number of repetitions configured for NPDCCH before application of DL transmission gap configuration. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.2.3.4.

–	LogicalChannelConfig-NB
The IE LogicalChannelConfig-NB is used to configure the logical channel parameters.
LogicalChannelConfig-NB information element
-- ASN1START

LogicalChannelConfig-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	priority-r13						INTEGER (1..16)			OPTIONAL,		-- Cond UL
	logicalChannelSR-Prohibit-r13		BOOLEAN					OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP


LogicalChannelConfig-NB field descriptions
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit
Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. If logicalChannelSR-Prohibit is configured (i.e. indicates value TRUE), E-UTRAN also configures logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer. See TS 36.321 [6].
priority
Logical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.

Conditional presence
Explanation
UL
The field is mandatory present for UL logical channels; otherwise it is not present.

–	MAC-MainConfig-NB
The IE MAC-MainConfig-NB is used to specify the MAC main configuration for signalling and data radio bearers.
MAC-MainConfig-NB information element
-- ASN1START

MAC-MainConfig-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-SCH-Config-r13					SEQUENCE {
		periodicBSR-Timer-r13				PeriodicBSR-Timer-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		retxBSR-Timer-r13					RetxBSR-Timer-NB-r13
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	drx-Config-r13						DRX-Config-NB-r13				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	timeAlignmentTimerDedicated-r13		TimeAlignmentTimer,
	logicalChannelSR-Config-r13			CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r13	ENUMERATED {
													pp2, pp8, pp32, pp128, pp512,
													pp1024, pp2048, spare}
		}
	}																	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	rai-Activation-r14						ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		dataInactivityTimerConfig-r14	CHOICE {
			release								NULL,
			setup								SEQUENCE {
				dataInactivityTimer-r14				DataInactivityTimer-r14
			}
		}																OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	drx-Cycle-v1430					ENUMERATED {
									sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, sf10240}	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]],
	[[	ra-CFRA-Config-r14				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

PeriodicBSR-Timer-NB-r13 ::=		ENUMERATED {
										pp2, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp64, pp128, infinity, spare}

RetxBSR-Timer-NB-r13 ::=			ENUMERATED {
										pp4, pp16, pp64, pp128, pp256, pp512, infinity, spare}

DRX-Config-NB-r13 ::=				CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		onDurationTimer-r13					ENUMERATED {
												pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32, spare},
		drx-InactivityTimer-r13				ENUMERATED {
												pp0, pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32},
		drx-RetransmissionTimer-r13			ENUMERATED {
												pp0, pp1, pp2, pp4, pp6, pp8, pp16, pp24,
												pp33, spare7, spare6, spare5,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
		drx-Cycle-r13						ENUMERATED {
												sf256, sf512, sf1024, sf1536, sf2048, sf3072,
												sf4096, sf4608, sf6144, sf7680, sf8192, sf9216,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
		drx-StartOffset-r13					INTEGER (0..255),
		drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13		ENUMERATED {
												pp0, pp1, pp2, pp4, pp6, pp8, pp16, pp24,
												pp33, pp40, pp64, pp80, pp96,
												pp112, pp128, pp160, pp320}
	}
}


-- ASN1STOP

MAC-MainConfig-NB field descriptions
drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
drx-Cycle
longDRX-Cycle in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames, sf512 corresponds to 512 sub-frames and so on. In case drx-Cycle-v1430 is signalled, the UE shall ignore drx-Cycle-r13.
drx-StartOffset
drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is in number of sub-frames by step of (drx-cycle / 256).
drx-InactivityTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH period and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH period and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on.
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6].
Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH period and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on.
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Timer used to delay the transmission of an SR. See TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods, pp8 corresponds to 8 PDCCH periods and so on.
periodicBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6].
Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods, pp4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH periods and so on.
ra-CFRA-Config
Activation of contention free random access (CFRA), see TS 36.321 [6].
rai-Activation
Activation of release assistance indication (RAI) in TS 36.321 [6]. 
retxBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH periods, pp16 corresponds to 16 PDCCH periods and so on.
onDurationTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on.
timeAlignmentTimer
Indicates the value of the time alignment timer, see TS 36.321 [6].

–	NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB
The IE NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB specifies the subframes and resource blocks for NPDCCH monitoring.
NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB information element
-- ASN1START

NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	npdcch-NumRepetitions-r13			ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
													r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
													spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	npdcch-StartSF-USS-r13				ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64},
	npdcch-Offset-USS-r13				ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth}
}

NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	npdcch-StartSF-USS-v1530			ENUMERATED {v96, v128}
}

-- ASN1STOP

NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions
npdcch-NumRepetitions
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH UE specific search space (USS), see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6. UE monitors one set of values (consisting of aggregation level, number of repetitions and number of blind decodes) according to the configured maximum number of repetitions.
npdcch-Offset-USS
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH UE specific search space (USS), see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6.
npdcch-StartSF-USS
Starting subframe configuration for an NPDCCH UE-specific search space, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6. Value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, value 2 corresponds to 2 and so on. E-UTRAN may configure values v1dot5 and v2 only in FDD mode and values v96 and v128 only in TDD mode.
The UE shall use the value signalled in npdcch-StartSF-USS-v1530, if present, and ignore the value signalled in npdcch-StartSF-USS-r13.

–	NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB
The IE NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the common NPDSCH configuration.
NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB information element
-- ASN1START


NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	nrs-Power-r13					INTEGER (-60..50)
}

-- ASN1STOP

NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB field descriptions
nrs-Power
Provides the downlink narrowband reference-signal EPRE, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2. The actual value in dBm.

–	NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB
The IE NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB is used to specify the NPRACH configuration for the anchor and non-anchor carriers.
NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB information elements
-- ASN1START

NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	nprach-CP-Length-r13				ENUMERATED {us66dot7, us266dot7},
	rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13	RSRP-ThresholdsNPRACH-InfoList-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nprach-ParametersList-r13		NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r13
}

NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1330 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nprach-ParametersList-v1330			NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-v1330
}

NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1450 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r14			ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, spare1}
}

NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tdd-Parameters-r15					SEQUENCE {
		nprach-PreambleFormat-r15			ENUMERATED {
												fmt0, fmt1, fmt2, fmt0-a, fmt1-a},
		dummy								ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128,
												n256, n512, n1024},
		nprach-ParametersListTDD-r15		NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-r15
	}	OPTIONAL,		-- Cond TDD
	fmt2-Parameters-r15					SEQUENCE {
		nprach-ParametersListFmt2-r15		NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT-r15	NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 OPTIONAL	-- Cond EDT2
	}	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
	edt-Parameters-r15					SEQUENCE {
		edt-SmallTBS-Subset-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		edt-TBS-InfoList-r15				EDT-TBS-InfoList-NB-r15,
		nprach-ParametersListEDT-r15		NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	}	OPTIONAL		-- Cond EDT1
}

NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1550 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	tdd-Parameters-v1550				SEQUENCE {
		nprach-ParametersListTDD-v1550		NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-v1550
	}
}

NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF NPRACH-Parameters-NB-r13

NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-v1330 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF NPRACH-Parameters-NB-v1330

NPRACH-Parameters-NB-r13::=			SEQUENCE {
	nprach-Periodicity-r13					ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240,
														ms320, ms640, ms1280, ms2560},
	nprach-StartTime-r13					ENUMERATED {ms8, ms16, ms32, ms64,
														ms128, ms256, ms512, ms1024},
	nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r13				ENUMERATED {n0, n12, n24, n36, n2, n18, n34, spare1},
	nprach-NumSubcarriers-r13				ENUMERATED {n12, n24, n36, n48},
	nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart-r13	ENUMERATED {zero, oneThird, twoThird, one},
	maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13				ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, spare1},
	numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-r13	ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128},
	npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA-r13			ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
														r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
														spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
	npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r13				ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64},
	npdcch-Offset-RA-r13					ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth}
}

NPRACH-Parameters-NB-v1330 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers-r13		ENUMERATED {n8, n10, n11, n12, n20, n22, n23, n24,
														n32, n34, n35, n36, n40, n44, n46, n48}
}

NPRACH-ParametersList-NB-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF
											NPRACH-Parameters-NB-r14

NPRACH-Parameters-NB-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	nprach-Parameters-r14					SEQUENCE {
		nprach-Periodicity-r14					ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240,
															ms320, ms640, ms1280, ms2560}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-StartTime-r14					ENUMERATED {ms8, ms16, ms32, ms64,
															ms128, ms256, ms512, ms1024}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r14				ENUMERATED {n0, n12, n24, n36, n2, n18, n34, spare1}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-NumSubcarriers-r14				ENUMERATED {n12, n24, n36, n48}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart-r14	ENUMERATED {zero, oneThird, twoThird, one}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA-r14			ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
															r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
															spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r14				ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64}
														OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-Offset-RA-r14					ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers-r14		ENUMERATED {n8, n10, n11, n12, n20, n22, n23, n24,
															n32, n34, n35, n36, n40, n44, n46, n48}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-CarrierIndex-r14					INTEGER (1..maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
													OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		...
	}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF
											NPRACH-ParametersTDD-NB-r15

NPRACH-ParametersTDD-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nprach-Parameters-r15					SEQUENCE {
		nprach-Periodicity-r15					ENUMERATED {ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640,
															ms1280, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-StartTime-r15					ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms40, ms80,
															ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280,
															ms2560, ms5120, spare6, spare5,
															spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r15				ENUMERATED {n0, n12, n24, n36, n2, n18, n34, spare1}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-NumSubcarriers-r15				ENUMERATED {n12, n24, n36, n48}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart-r15	ENUMERATED {zero, oneThird, twoThird, one}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA-r15			ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
															r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
															spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r15				ENUMERATED {v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64, v96, v128}
														OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-Offset-RA-r15					ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers-r15		ENUMERATED {n8, n10, n11, n12, n20, n22, n23, n24,
															n32, n34, n35, n36, n40, n44, n46, n48}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		...
	}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

NPRACH-ParametersListTDD-NB-v1550 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF
												NPRACH-ParametersTDD-NB-v1550

NPRACH-ParametersTDD-NB-v1550 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-v1550			ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, spare1},
	numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-v1550	ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128,
															 n256, n512, n1024}
}

NPRACH-ParametersListFmt2-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF NPRACH-ParametersFmt2-NB-r15

NPRACH-ParametersFmt2-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	nprach-Parameters-r15					SEQUENCE {
		nprach-Periodicity-r15					ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms320,
															ms640, ms1280, ms2560, ms5120}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-StartTime-r15					ENUMERATED {ms8, ms16, ms32, ms64,
															ms128, ms256, ms512, ms1024}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-SubcarrierOffset-r15				ENUMERATED {n0, n36, n72, n108, n6, n54, n102, n42,
															n78, n90, n12, n24, n48, n84, n60, n18}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-NumSubcarriers-r15				ENUMERATED {n36, n72, n108, n144}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart-r15	ENUMERATED {zero, oneThird, twoThird, one}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA-r15			ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
															r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
															spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA-r15				ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8, v16, v32, v48, v64}
														OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-Offset-RA-r15					ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneFourth, threeEighth}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers-r15		ENUMERATED {
													n24, n30, n33, n36, n60, n66, n69, n72,
													n96, n102, n105, n108, n120, n132, n138, n144}
													OPTIONAL,	-- NEED OP
		npdcch-CarrierIndex-r15					INTEGER (1..maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
													OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		...
	}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

RSRP-ThresholdsNPRACH-InfoList-NB-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF RSRP-Range

EDT-TBS-InfoList-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF EDT-TBS-NB-r15

EDT-TBS-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	edt-SmallTBS-Enabled-r15		BOOLEAN,
	edt-TBS-r15						ENUMERATED {b328, b408, b504, b584, b680, b808, b936, b1000}
}

-- ASN1STOP

NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB field descriptions
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates UE performing EDT is allowed to select TBS smaller than edt-TBS for Msg3 according to the corresponding NPRACH resource, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
edt-SmallTBS-Subset
Presence indicates only two of the TBS values can be used according to edt-TBS corresponding to the NPRACH resource, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. When the field is not present, any of the TBS values according to edt-TBS corresponding to the NPRACH resource can be used. This field is applicable for a NPRACH resource only when edt-SmallTBS-Enabled is included for the corresponding NPRACH resource.
edt-TBS
Largest TBS for Msg3 for a NPRACH resource applicable to a UE performing EDT. Value in bits. Value b328 corresponds to 328 bits, value b408 corresponds to 408 bits and so on. See TS 36.213 [23].
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE
Maximum number of preamble transmission attempts per NPRACH resource. See TS 36.321 [6].
If the UE supports enhanced random access power control and maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r14 is included, the UE shall use maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r14 instead of maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13 for the first entry in nprach-ParametersList.
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13 applies to FDD and maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-v1550 applies to TDD.
npdcch-CarrierIndex
For FDD: Index of the carrier in the list of DL non anchor carriers. The first entry in the list has index '1', the second entry has index '2' and so on.
If the UE supports mixed operation mode and dl-ConfigListMixed is present in systemInformationBlockType22-NB,  the UE creates a combined list of DL carriers for random access by appending dl-ConfigListMixed to the dl-ConfigList while maintaining the order among both dl-ConfigList and dl-ConfigListMixed; only the first maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14 DL non-anchor carriers in the concatenated list can be used for random access.
If the field is absent in the entry in nprach-ParametersListEDT in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, the value of npdcch-CarrierIndex in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList applies, if present. If the field is absent in an entry in nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB, the value of npdcch-CarrierIndex in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 applies, if present. Otherwise, the DL anchor carrier is used.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and the same carrier is used in uplink and downlink.
npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 retransmission and Msg4, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6.
See NOTE.
npdcch-Offset -RA
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH common search space (CSS Type 2), see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6.
See NOTE.
npdcch-StartSF-CSS-RA
Starting subframe configuration for NPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, and Msg4, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6.
See NOTE.
nprach-CP-Length
Cyclic prefix length for NPRACH transmission (TCP), see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.6. Value us66dot7 corresponds to 66.7 microseconds and value us266dot7 corresponds to 266.7 microseconds. If the UE uses a NPRACH resource for preamble format 2, the UE ignores the value signalled in nprach-CP-Length and considers the value to be 800 microseconds.
nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers
The number of start subcarriers from which a UE can randomly select a start subcarrier as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
If nprach-Config-v1330 is not included in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB, the UE sets the value of nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers-r13 to the value signalled by nprach-NumSubcarriers-r13 for the corresponding NPRACH resource.
The start subcarrier indices that the UE is allowed to randomly select from, are given by:
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1].
See NOTE.
nprach-NumSubcarriers
Number of sub-carriers in a NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.6. In number of subcarriers.
See NOTE.
nprach-ParametersList, nprach-ParametersListEDT
Configures NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource. Up to three PRACH resources can be configured in nprach-ParametersList in a cell. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
The NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListEDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a TBS signalled in the corresponding entry of edt-TBS-InfoList.
For TDD: The UE shall use nprach-ParametersListTDD and ignore nprach-ParametersList.
nprach-ParametersListTDD
For TDD: Configure NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH. Up to three NPRACH resources can be configured in a cell. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
nprach-ParametersListFmt2, nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT
Configures NPRACH parameters for each NPRACH resource format 2. Up to three NPRACH resources can be configured on one carrier. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a different number of NPRACH repetitions.
The NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT are used to initiate EDT. Each NPRACH resource is associated with a TBS signalled in the corresponding entry of edt-TBS-InfoList.
E-UTRAN configures the NPRACH resources format 2 so that they do not overlap in time domain with the NPRACH resources configured in nprach-ParametersList and nprach-ParametersListEDT.
If there is no NPRACH resource in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT) on any UL carrier for one NPRACH repetition level, the UE uses the NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersList (respectively nprach-ParametersListEDT) for this NPRACH repetition level. Otherwise, the UE uses only NPRACH resources in nprach-ParametersListFmt2 (respectively nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT).
nprach-Periodicity
Periodicity of a NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21], clause10.1.6. Unit in millisecond.
See NOTE.
nprach-PreambleFormat
TDD: TDD preamble format, see TS 36.211 [21]. clause 10.1.6,
Value fmt0 corresponds to preamble format 0, value fmt1 corresponds to preamble format 1 and so on.
nprach-StartTime
Start time of the NPRACH resource in one period, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.6. Unit in millisecond.
See NOTE.
nprach-SubcarrierOffset
Frequency location of the NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.6. In number of subcarriers, offset from sub-carrier 0.
See NOTE.
nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart
Fraction for calculating the starting subcarrier index of the range reserved for indication of UE support for multi-tone Msg3 transmission, within the NPRACH resource, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.6. Multi-tone Msg3 transmission is not supported for {32, 64, 128} repetitions of NPRACH. For at least one of the NPRACH resources with the number of NPRACH repetitions other than {32, 64, 128}, the value of nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart should not be 0.
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to zero, no start subcarrier index for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH is allocated and the start subcarrier indexes for the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition are given by nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1].
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to oneThird or twoThird, the start subcarrier indexes for the two partitions are given by:
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, floor(nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers * nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart) -1]
for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition;
nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [floor(nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers * nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart), nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1]
for the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition;
If nprach-SubcarrierMSG3-RangeStart is equal to one, the start subcarrier indexes for the single-tone Msg3 NPRACH are given by nprach-SubcarrierOffset + [0, nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers - 1] and no start subcarrier index for the multi-tone Msg3 NPRACH partition is allocated.
See NOTE.
numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt
Number of NPRACH repetitions per attempt for each NPRACH resource, See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.6. numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-r13 applies to FDD and numRepetitionsPerPreambleAttempt-v1550 applies to TDD.
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList
The criterion for UEs to select a NPRACH resource. Up to 2 RSRP threshold values can be signalled. The first element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2. See TS 36.321 [6]. If absent, there is only one NPRACH resource.
A UE that supports powerClassNB-14dBm-r14 shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as follows:
RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold - min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max: is the value of p-Max field in SystemInformationBlockType1-NB.

NOTE:
-	If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies.
-	If the field is absent in the entry in nprach-ParametersListEDT, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList on the same UL carrier applies, if present. Otherwise, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies.
-	If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies. The field is mandatory present in nprach-ParametersListTDD in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB.
-	If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB, the value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies. Otherwise the value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of the first occurence of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in the non anchor carrier list applies. Otherwise, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies.
-	If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies.
-	If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT in SystemInformationBlockType23-NB, the value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 on the same UL carrier applies. Otherwise, the value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies. Otherwise the value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of the first occurence of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in the non anchor carrier list applies. Otherwise, the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies.
-	If the field is absent in an entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB, the value of the same field, if present, in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersListFmt2 in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies. Otherwise the value of the same field in the corresponding entry of nprach-ParametersList in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB applies.
Conditional presence
Explanation
EDT1
The field is mandatory present if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
EDT2
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD
This field is mandatory present for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	NPUSCH-Config-NB
The IE NPUSCH-ConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the common NPUSCH configuration. The IE NPUSCH-ConfigDedicated-NB is used to specify the UE specific NPUSCH configuration.
NPUSCH-Config-NB information element
-- ASN1START

NPUSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4-r13	SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF
														ACK-NACK-NumRepetitions-NB-r13,
	srs-SubframeConfig-r13				ENUMERATED {
											sc0, sc1, sc2, sc3, sc4, sc5, sc6, sc7,
											sc8, sc9, sc10, sc11, sc12, sc13, sc14, sc15
											}							OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	dmrs-Config-r13						SEQUENCE {
		threeTone-BaseSequence-r13			INTEGER (0..12)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		threeTone-CyclicShift-r13			INTEGER (0..2),
		sixTone-BaseSequence-r13			INTEGER (0..14)			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
		sixTone-CyclicShift-r13				INTEGER (0..3),
		twelveTone-BaseSequence-r13			INTEGER (0..30)			OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
	}		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	ul-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH-r13		UL-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH-NB-r13
}

UL-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	groupHoppingEnabled-r13					BOOLEAN,
	groupAssignmentNPUSCH-r13				INTEGER (0..29)
}

NPUSCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-r13			ACK-NACK-NumRepetitions-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	npusch-AllSymbols-r13				BOOLEAN							OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SRS
	groupHoppingDisabled-r13			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

ACK-NACK-NumRepetitions-NB-r13	::=	ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128}


-- ASN1STOP

NPUSCH-Config-NB field descriptions
ack-NACK-NumRepetitions
Number of repetitions for the ACK NACK resource unit carrying HARQ response to NPDSCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.2. If this field is absent and no value was configured via dedicated signalling, the value used for reception of Msg4 is used.
ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4
Number of repetitions for ACK/NACK HARQ response to NPDSCH containing Msg4 per NPRACH resource, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.2.
groupAssignmentNPUSCH
See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.3.
groupHoppingDisabled
See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.3.
groupHoppingEnabled
See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.3.
npusch-AllSymbols
If set to TRUE, the UE shall use all NB-IoT symbols for NPUSCH transmission. If set to FALSE, the UE punctures the NPUSCH transmissions in the symbols that collides with SRS. If the field is not present, the UE uses all NB-IoT symbols for NPUSCH transmission. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.3.6.
sixTone-BaseSequence
The base sequence of DMRS sequence in a cell for 6 tones transmission; see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.2. If absent, it is given by NB-IoT CellID mod 14. Value 14 is not used.
sixTone-CyclicShift
Define 4 cyclic shifts for the 6-tone case, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.2.
srs-SubframeConfig
SRS SubframeConfiguration. See TS 36.211 [21], table 5.5.3.3-1. Value sc0 corresponds to value 0, sc1 to value 1 and so on.
threeTone-BaseSequence
The base sequence of DMRS sequence in a cell for 3 tones transmission; see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.2. If absent, it is given by NB-IoT CellID mod 12. Value 12 is not used.
threeTone-CyclicShift
Define 3 cyclic shifts for the 3-tone case, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.2.
twelveTone-BaseSequence
The base sequence of DMRS sequence in a cell for 12 tones transmission; see TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.1.4.1.2. If absent, it is given by NB-IoT CellID mod 30. Value 30 is not used.
ul-ReferenceSignalsNPUSCH
Used to specify parameters needed for the transmission on NPUSCH.

Conditional presence
Explanation
SRS
This field is optionally present, need OP, if srs-SubframeConfig is broadcasted.
Otherwise, the IE is not present.

–	PDCP-Config-NB
The IE PDCP-Config-NB is used to set the configurable PDCP parameters for data radio bearers.
PDCP-Config-NB information element
-- ASN1START

PDCP-Config-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	discardTimer-r13			ENUMERATED {
									ms5120, ms10240, ms20480, ms40960,
									ms81920, infinity, spare2, spare1
									}	OPTIONAL,			-- Cond Setup
	headerCompression-r13		CHOICE {
		notUsed						NULL,
		rohc						SEQUENCE {
			maxCID-r13					INTEGER (1..16383)				DEFAULT 15,
			profiles-r13				SEQUENCE {
				profile0x0002				BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0003				BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0004				BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0006				BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0102				BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0103				BOOLEAN,
				profile0x0104				BOOLEAN
			},
			...
		}
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

PDCP-Config-NB field descriptions
discardTimer
Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5120 means 5120 ms, ms10240 means 10240 ms and so on.
headerCompression
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression except optionally upon RRC Connection Resumption.
maxCID
Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as indicated by the UE.
profiles
The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile 0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with the same 8 LSB's is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied.

Conditional presence
Explanation
Setup
The field is mandatory present in case of radio bearer setup. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.

–	PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB
The IE PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB is used to specify the UE specific physical channel configuration.
PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB information element
-- ASN1START

PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	carrierConfigDedicated-r13			CarrierConfigDedicated-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	npdcch-ConfigDedicated-r13			NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	npusch-ConfigDedicated-r13			NPUSCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	uplinkPowerControlDedicated-r13		UplinkPowerControlDedicated-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	twoHARQ-ProcessesConfig-r14		ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	interferenceRandomisationConfig-r14	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	npdcch-ConfigDedicated-v1530	NPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-NB-v1530		OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
	]],
	[[	additionalTxSIB1-Config-v1540	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL	-- Cond additionalSIB1
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions
carrierConfigDedicated
Anchor/ non-anchor carrier used for all unicast transmissions.
interferenceRandomisationConfig
For FDD: Interference randomisation enabled in connected mode, except for random access procedure in connected mode, see TS 36.211 [21]. For random access in connected mode interference randomisation on non-anchor is used and is not used on anchor carrier, see TS 36.211 [21].
For TDD: the parameter is not present.
npdcch-ConfigDedicated
NPDCCH configuration.
npusch-ConfigDedicated
UL unicast configuration.
twoHARQ-ProcessesConfig
Activation of two HARQ processes, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
uplink-PowerControlDedicated
UL power control parameter.
additionalTxSIB1-Config
Indicates if subframe #3 not containing additional SIB1 transmission is a NB-IoT DL subframe, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.4.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
The field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
additionalSIB1
This field is optionally present, Need OR, if additionalTransmissionSIB1 is set to TRUE in MasterInformationBlock-NB; otherwise it is not present.

–	RACH-ConfigCommon-NB
The IE RACH-ConfigCommon-NB is used to specify the generic random access parameters.
RACH-ConfigCommon-NB information element
-- ASN1START

RACH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	preambleTransMax-CE-r13				PreambleTransMax,
	powerRampingParameters-r13			PowerRampingParameters,
	rach-InfoList-r13					RACH-InfoList-NB-r13,
	connEstFailOffset-r13				INTEGER (0..15)					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...,
	[[	powerRampingParameters-v1450	PowerRampingParameters-NB-v1450	OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[ rach-InfoList-v1530				RACH-InfoList-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL -- Cond EDT
	]]
}

RACH-InfoList-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF RACH-Info-NB-r13

RACH-InfoList-NB-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13)) OF RACH-Info-NB-v1530

RACH-Info-NB-r13	::=		SEQUENCE {
	ra-ResponseWindowSize-r13			ENUMERATED {
											pp2, pp3, pp4, pp5, pp6, pp7, pp8, pp10},
	mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r13	ENUMERATED {
											pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32, pp64}
}

RACH-Info-NB-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15	ENUMERATED {
											pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32, pp64}
}

PowerRampingParameters-NB-v1450 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower-v1450		ENUMERATED {
													dBm-130, dBm-128, dBm-126, dBm-124, dBm-122,
													dBm-88, dBm-86, dBm-84,dBm-82, dBm-80}
													OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	powerRampingParametersCE1-r14				SEQUENCE {
		powerRampingStepCE1-r14						ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2, dB4, dB6},
		preambleInitialReceivedTargetPowerCE1-r14	ENUMERATED {
													dBm-130, dBm-128, dBm-126, dBm-124, dBm-122,
													dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112,
													dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-102,
													dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92,
													dBm-90, dBm-88, dBm-86, dBm-84,	dBm-82, dBm-80}
	} OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

RACH-ConfigCommon-NB field descriptions
connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer
Timer for contention resolution in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in PDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH periods and so on. mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
For FDD: The value considered by the UE is: mac-ContentionResolutionTimer = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period, 10.24s).
For TDD: The value considered by the UE is: mac-ContentionResolutionTimer = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period, 20.48s).
powerRampingParameters, powerRampingParametersCE1
Power ramping step and preamble initial received target power – same as TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.321 [6].
For FDD, if the UE does not support enhanced random access power control and more than one repetition level is configured in the cell, then the UE transmits NPRACH with max power except for the lowest repetition level. Otherwise, the UE uses NPRACH power ramping.
For FDD, if the UE supports enhanced random access power control and powerRampingParameters-v1450 is signalled, or for TDD, the UE uses NPRACH power ramping across repetition levels as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. If preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower-v1450 is present, the UE shall use preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower-v1450 instead of preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower (i.e. without suffix). If powerRampingParametersCE1 is present, the UE shall use powerRampingParametersCE1 instead of powerRampingParameters for NPRACH power ramping in the second repetition level.
preambleTransMax-CE
Maximum number of preamble transmission in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.
ra-ResponseWindowSize
Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in PDCCH periods. Value pp2 corresponds to 2 PDDCH periods, pp3 corresponds to 3 PDCCH periods and so on.
For FDD: The value considered by the UE is: ra-ResponseWindowSize = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period, 10.24s).
For TDD: The value considered by the UE is: ra-ResponseWindowSize = Min (signaled value x PDCCH period, 20.48s).

Conditional presence
Explanation
EDT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB
The IE RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB is used to specify common radio resource configurations in the system information, e.g., the random access parameters and the static physical layer parameters.
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB information element
-- ASN1START

RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rach-ConfigCommon-r13					RACH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13,
	bcch-Config-r13							BCCH-Config-NB-r13,
	pcch-Config-r13							PCCH-Config-NB-r13,
	nprach-Config-r13						NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-r13,
	npdsch-ConfigCommon-r13					NPDSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13,
	npusch-ConfigCommon-r13					NPUSCH-ConfigCommon-NB-r13,
	dl-Gap-r13								DL-GapConfig-NB-r13			OPTIONAL,		-- Need OP
	uplinkPowerControlCommon-r13			UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-r13,
	...,
	[[	nprach-Config-v1330					NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1330	OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	nprach-Config-v1450					NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1450	OPTIONAL		-- Cond EnhPowerControl
	]],
	[[	nprach-Config-v1530					NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1530	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
		dl-Gap-v1530						DL-GapConfig-NB-v1530		OPTIONAL, 	-- Cond TDD
		wus-Config-r15						WUS-Config-NB-r15			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	nprach-Config-v1550					NPRACH-ConfigSIB-NB-v1550	OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD1
	]]
}

BCCH-Config-NB-r13 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	modificationPeriodCoeff-r13				ENUMERATED {n16, n32, n64, n128}
}

PCCH-Config-NB-r13 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	defaultPagingCycle-r13					ENUMERATED {rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024},
	nB-r13									ENUMERATED {
												fourT, twoT, oneT, halfT, quarterT, one8thT,
												one16thT, one32ndT, one64thT,
												one128thT, one256thT, one512thT, one1024thT,
												spare3, spare2, spare1},
	npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13			ENUMERATED {
												r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128,
												r256, r512, r1024, r2048,
												spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
}

-- ASN1STOP

RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB-NB field descriptions
defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames, rf256 corresponds to 256 radio frames and so on.
dl-Gap
Downlink transmission gap configuration for the anchor carrier. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 10.2.3.4. If the field is absent, there is no gap.
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n16 corresponds to value 16, n32 corresponds to value 32, and so on. The BCCH modification period should be larger or equal to 40.96s.
nB
Parameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS 36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of 'T' as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT corresponds to 2 * T and so on.
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging
Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.6.
wus-Config
For FDD: WUS Configuration.

Conditional presence
Explanation
EnhPowerControl
This field is optional present, Need OR, if PowerRampingParameters-NB-v1450 is included in SIB2-NB. Otherwise the field is not present.
TDD
The field is optionally present, Need OR, for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD1
The field is mandatory present for TDD; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB
The IE RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB is used to setup/modify/release RBs, to modify the MAC main configuration, and to modify dedicated physical configuration.
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB information element
-- ASN1START

RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	srb-ToAddModList-r13					SRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	drb-ToAddModList-r13					DRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	drb-ToReleaseList-r13					DRB-ToReleaseList-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	mac-MainConfig-r13						CHOICE {
		explicitValue-r13						MAC-MainConfig-NB-r13,
		defaultValue-r13						NULL
	}																		OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	physicalConfigDedicated-r13				PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	rlf-TimersAndConstants-r13				RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	schedulingRequestConfig-r15			SchedulingRequestConfig-NB-r15	OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

SRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF SRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13

SRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rlc-Config-r13						CHOICE {
		explicitValue						RLC-Config-NB-r13,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,															-- Cond Setup
	logicalChannelConfig-r13			CHOICE {
		explicitValue						LogicalChannelConfig-NB-r13,
		defaultValue						NULL
	}		OPTIONAL,															-- Cond Setup
	...,
	[[	rlc-Config-v1430				RLC-Config-NB-v1430			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

DRB-ToAddModList-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-NB-r13)) OF DRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13

DRB-ToAddMod-NB-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	eps-BearerIdentity-r13				INTEGER (0..15)				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
	drb-Identity-r13					DRB-Identity,
	pdcp-Config-r13						PDCP-Config-NB-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Setup
	rlc-Config-r13						RLC-Config-NB-r13			OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Setup
	logicalChannelIdentity-r13			INTEGER (3..10)				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
	logicalChannelConfig-r13			LogicalChannelConfig-NB-r13	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond Setup
	...,
	[[	rlc-Config-v1430				RLC-Config-NB-v1430			OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
	]]
}

DRB-ToReleaseList-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-NB-r13)) OF DRB-Identity

-- ASN1STOP


RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB field descriptions
logicalChannelConfig
For SRB a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1.
logicalChannelIdentity
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL for a DRB. Value 3 is not used.
mac-MainConfig
The default MAC MAIN configuration is specified in 9.2.2.
physicalConfigDedicated
The default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4.
rlc-Config
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB1bis.
schedulingRequestConfig
For FDD: Scheduling request configuration.

Conditional presence
Explanation
DRB-Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being set up; otherwise it is not present.
Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding SRB/DRB is being setup; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.

–	RLC-Config-NB
The IE RLC-Config-NB is used to specify the RLC configuration of SRBs and DRBs.
RLC-Config-NB information element
-- ASN1START

RLC-Config-NB-r13 ::=	CHOICE	{
	am						SEQUENCE {
		ul-AM-RLC-r13				UL-AM-RLC-NB-r13,
		dl-AM-RLC-r13				DL-AM-RLC-NB-r13
	},
	...,
	um-Bi-Directional-r15		NULL,
	um-Uni-Directional-UL-r15	NULL,
	um-Uni-Directional-DL-r15	NULL
}

RLC-Config-NB-v1430 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	t-Reordering-r14			T-Reordering		OPTIONAL		-- Cond twoHARQ
}

UL-AM-RLC-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	t-PollRetransmit-r13		T-PollRetransmit-NB-r13,
	maxRetxThreshold-r13		ENUMERATED {t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32}
}

DL-AM-RLC-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	enableStatusReportSN-Gap-r13	ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL
}

T-PollRetransmit-NB-r13 ::=	ENUMERATED {
									ms250,	ms500,	ms1000,	ms2000,	ms3000,	ms4000,
									ms6000, ms10000, ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000,
									ms90000, ms120000, ms180000, ms300000-v1530}


-- ASN1STOP

RLC-Config-NB field descriptions
enableStatusReportSN-Gap
Indicates that status reporting due to detection of reception failure is enabled, as specified in TS 36.322 [7].
maxRetxThreshold
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value t1 corresponds to 1 retransmission, t2 to 2 retransmissions and so on.
t-PollRetransmit
Timer for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value msX means X ms, msY means Y ms and so on.
E-UTRAN may configure the value msX-v1530 (with suffix) only in TDD mode.
t-Reordering
Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds.

Conditional presence
Explanation
twoHARQ
The field is mandatory present if twoHARQ-ProcessesConfig is set to TRUE. Otherwise, the field is not present and, if previously configured, the timer is released.

–	RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB
The IE RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB contains UE specific timers and constants applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED.
RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB information element
-- ASN1START


RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13 ::=	CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		t301-r13							ENUMERATED {
												ms2500, ms4000, ms6000, ms10000,
												ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000},
		t310-r13							ENUMERATED {
												ms0, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms8000},
		n310-r13							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
		t311-r13							ENUMERATED {
												ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
												ms20000, ms30000},
		n311-r13							ENUMERATED {
												n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
		...,
		[[ t311-v1350						ENUMERATED {
												ms40000, ms60000, ms90000, ms120000}
														OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
		]],
		[[	t301-v1530						ENUMERATED {
												ms80000, ms100000, ms120000}
														OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
			t311-v1530						ENUMERATED {
												ms160000, ms200000}
														OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
		]]
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

RLF-TimersAndConstants-NB field descriptions
n3xy
Constants are described in clause 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in clause 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms200 corresponds with 200 ms and so on. The UE shall use the extended values t311-v1350, t301-v1530 and t311-v1530, if present, and ignore the value signaled by t311-r13, t301-r13 and t311-r13 respectively.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
The field is optionally present, Need OR, in TDD mode. Otherwise, the field is not present.

–	SchedulingRequestConfig-NB
The IE SchedulingRequestConfig-NB is used to specify the Scheduling Request related parameters.
SchedulingRequestConfig-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SchedulingRequestConfig-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config-r15			ENUMERATED {true}	OPTIONAL,
	sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config-r15			SR-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config-NB-r15	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	sr-SPS-BSR-Config-r15				SR-SPS-BSR-Config-NB-r15			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	...
}

SR-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config-NB-r15 ::= CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		sr-ProhibitTimer-r15				INTEGER (0..7)	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
		sr-NPRACH-Resource-r15				SR-NPRACH-Resource-NB-r15	OPTIONAL -- Need ON
	}
}

SR-NPRACH-Resource-NB-r15		::=	SEQUENCE {
	nprach-CarrierIndex-r15				INTEGER (0..maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14),
	nprach-ResourceIndex-r15			INTEGER (1..maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13),
	nprach-SubCarrierIndex-r15			CHOICE {
		nprach-Fmt0Fmt1-r15					INTEGER (0..47),
		nprach-Fmt2-r15						INTEGER (0..143)
	},
	p0-SR-r15							INTEGER (-126..24),
	alpha-r15							ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1}}

SR-SPS-BSR-Config-NB-r15	 ::= CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		semiPersistSchedC-RNTI-r15			C-RNTI,
		semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-r15		ENUMERATED {sf128, sf256, sf512, sf1024,
														sf1280, sf2048, sf2560, sf5120}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

SchedulingRequestConfig-NB field descriptions
alpha
Parameter: αc. Fractional power control parameter for SR without HARQ-ACK. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.1.2.1, where value al0 corresponds to 0, value al04 corresponds to 0.4, value al05 to 0.5, value al06 to 0.6, value al07 to 0.7, value al08 to 0.8, value al09 to 0.9 and value al1 corresponds to 1. 
nprach-CarrierIndex
Index of the carrier in the list of UL non anchor carriers in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB. The first entry in the list has index '1', the second entry has index '2' and so on. Value '0' indicates the anchor carrier. 
nprach-ResourceIndex
Index of the NPRACH resource in the list of NPRACH resources in NPRACH-ParametersList or NPRACH-ParametersList-Fmt2 for the UL carrier indicated by nprach-CarrierIndex. The first entry in the list has index '1', the second entry has index '2' and so on.
E-UTRAN configures a NPRACH resource in NPRACH-ParametersList-Fmt2 only to UEs that have reported support of NPRACH resource Format2.
nprach-SubCarrierIndex
Index of the subcarrier in the NPRACH resource in NPRACH-ParametersList or or NPRACH-ParametersList-Fmt2 for the indicated UL carrier.
E-UTRAN does not configure nprach-SubcarrierIndex to a smaller value than nprach-SubcarrierOffset + nprach-NumCBRA-StartSubcarriers for the indicated NPRACH resource.
p0-SR
Parameter:. Target power for SR without HARQ-ACK. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.1.2.1, unit dBm. 
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
Semi-persistent Scheduling C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf128 corresponds to 128 sub-frames, value sf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
sr-SPS-BSR-Config
Activation of SR with SPS BSR, see TS 36.321 [6].
E-UTRAN cannot configure sr-SPS-BSR together with sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config.
sr-NPRACH-Resource
NPRACH resource for physical layer SR without HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
sr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for SR transmission on the NPRACH resource for SR in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period, where the SR period is equal to the field nprach-Periodicity of the NPRACH resource. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, Value 2 corresponds to 2*SR period and so on. 
sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config
Activation of physical layer SR with HARQ ACK, see TS 36.213 [23].
sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config
Activation of physical layer SR without HARQ ACK, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
E-UTRAN cannot configure sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-Config together with sr-SPS-BSR.

–	TDD-Config-NB
The IE TDD-Config-NB is used to specify the TDD specific physical channel configuration.
TDD-Config information element
-- ASN1START

TDD-Config-NB-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	subframeAssignment-r15					ENUMERATED {
												sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5},
	specialSubframePatterns-r15				ENUMERATED {
												ssp0, ssp1, ssp2, ssp3, ssp4, ssp5, ssp6, ssp7,
												ssp8, ssp9, ssp10, ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS}
}

-- ASN1STOP

TDD-Config field descriptions
specialSubframePatterns
Indicates Configuration as in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-1 where ssp0 points to Configuration 0, ssp1 to Configuration 1 etc. Value ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS corresponds to ssp10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS.
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa1 points to Configuration1, sa2 to Configuration 2 and so on, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2.
E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency band.

–	TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB
The IE TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB is used to specify the offset between the UL carrier frequency center with respect to DL carrier frequency center. This information should be used to calculate the Mul value, see TS 36.101 [42].
TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB information element
-- ASN1START

TDD-UL-DL-AlignmentOffset-NB-r15 ::=				ENUMERATED {	khz-7dot5, khz0, khz7dot5}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UplinkPowerControl-NB
The IE UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB and IE UplinkPowerControlDedicated-NB are used to specify parameters for uplink power control in the system information and in the dedicated signalling, respectively.
UplinkPowerControl-NB information elements
-- ASN1START


UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p0-NominalNPUSCH-r13				INTEGER (-126..24),
	alpha-r13							ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1},
	deltaPreambleMsg3-r13				INTEGER (-1..6)
}

UplinkPowerControlDedicated-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	p0-UE-NPUSCH-r13						INTEGER (-8..7)
}

-- ASN1STOP


UplinkPowerControl-NB field descriptions
alpha
Parameter: αc(1). See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.1.1, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. 
deltaPreambleMsg3
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.1.1. Actual value = IE value * 2 [dB].
p0-NominalNPUSCH
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.1.1, unit dBm. 
p0-UE-NPUSCH
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 16.2.1.1, unit dB. 

–	WUS-Config-NB
The IE WUS-Config-NB is used to specify the WUS configuration. For UEs supporting WUS, E-UTRAN uses WUS to indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4].
WUS-Config-NB information element
-- ASN1START

WUS-Config-NB-r15 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	maxDurationFactor-r15			WUS-MaxDurationFactor-NB-r15,
	numPOs-r15						ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4}		DEFAULT n1,	
	numDRX-CyclesRelaxed-r15			ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8},	
	timeOffsetDRX-r15				ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
	timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r15		ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240},
	timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r15		ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	...	
}

WUS-ConfigPerCarrier-NB-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	maxDurationFactor-r15			WUS-MaxDurationFactor-NB-r15
}

WUS-MaxDurationFactor-NB-r15 ::= ENUMERATED {one128th, one64th, one32th, one16th,
											oneEighth, oneQuarter, oneHalf}
-- ASN1STOP

WUS-Config-NB field descriptions
maxDurationFactor
Maximum WUS duration, expressed as a ratio of Rmax for Type 1-CSS. Value one128th means Rmax * 1/128, value one64th means Rmax * 1/64 and so on.
The value  in TS 36.213 [23] considered by the UE is : maxDuration = Max (signalled value * Rmax, 1) where Rmax is the value of npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging for the carrier. 
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed
Maximum number of consecutive DRX cycles during which the UE may use WUS for synchronisation and skip serving cell measurements, see TS 36.133 [16]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 DRX cycle, value n2 corresponds to 2 DRX cycles and so on.
numPOs
Number of consecutive Paging Occasions (PO) mapped to one Wake Up Signal (WUS), applicable to UEs configured to use extended DRX, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 PO and value n2 corresponds to 2 POs and so on.
timeOffsetDRX
When DRX is used, non-zero gap from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.304 [4], clause 7.4 and TS 36.211 [21]. In milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
timeOffset-eDRX-Short
When eDRX is used, the short non-zero gap from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.304 [4], clause 7.4 and TS 36.211 [21]. In milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures timeOffset-eDRX-Short to a value longer than or equal to timeOffsetDRX.
timeOffset-eDRX-Long
When eDRX is used, the long non-zero gap from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.304 [4], clause 7.4 and TS 36.211 [21]. In milliseconds. Value ms1000 corresponds to 1000 ms, value ms2000 corresponds to 2000 ms.

6.7.3.3	NB-IoT Security control information elements
Void
6.7.3.4	NB-IoT Mobility control information elements
–	AdditionalBandInfoList-NB
AdditionalBandInfoList-NB information element
-- ASN1START

AdditionalBandInfoList-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13

-- ASN1STOP

–	FreqBandIndicator-NB
The IE FreqBandIndicator-NB indicates the E-UTRA operating band as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1.
FreqBandIndicator-NB information element
-- ASN1START

FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13 ::=			INTEGER (1.. maxFBI2)

-- ASN1STOP

–	MultiBandInfoList-NB
MultiBandInfoList-NB information element
-- ASN1START

MultiBandInfoList-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo-NB-r13

MultiBandInfo-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	freqBandIndicator-r13			FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	freqBandInfo-r13				NS-PmaxList-NB-r13				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	NS-PmaxList-NB
The IE NS-PmaxList-NB concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4F, for a given frequency band. E-UTRAN does not include the same value of additionalSpectrumEmission in SystemInformationBlockType2-NB within this list.
NS-PmaxList-NB information element
-- ASN1START

NS-PmaxList-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-NB-r13)) OF NS-PmaxValue-NB-r13

NS-PmaxValue-NB-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	additionalPmax-r13				P-Max						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	additionalSpectrumEmission-r13	AdditionalSpectrumEmission
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	ReselectionThreshold-NB
The IE ReselectionThreshold-NB is used to indicate an Rx level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold = field value * 2 [dB].
ReselectionThreshold-NB information element
-- ASN1START

ReselectionThreshold-NB-v1360 ::=			INTEGER (32..63)

-- ASN1STOP

–	T-Reselection-NB
The IE T-Reselection-NB concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionRAT for NB-IoT.
Value in seconds. s0 means 0 second and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, s3 means 3 seconds and so on.
T-Reselection-NB information element
-- ASN1START

T-Reselection-NB-r13 ::=		ENUMERATED {s0, s3, s6, s9, s12, s15, s18, s21}

-- ASN1STOP

6.7.3.5	NB-IoT Measurement information elements
–	CQI-NPDCCH-NB
The IE CQI-NPDCCH-NB represents the downlink channel quality measurement of the NB-IoT carrier where the random access response is received. The codepoints for the CQI-NPDCCH measurements are according to the mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. The value noMeasurements indicates no measurement reporting.
CQI-NPDCCH-NB information element
-- ASN1START

CQI-NPDCCH-NB-r14 ::=	ENUMERATED {
							noMeasurements, candidateRep-A, candidateRep-B, candidateRep-C,
							candidateRep-D, candidateRep-E, candidateRep-F, candidateRep-G,
							candidateRep-H, candidateRep-I, candidateRep-J, candidateRep-K,
							candidateRep-L}

-- ASN1STOP

–	CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB
The IE CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB represents the short version of the downlink channel quality measurement of the NB-IoT carrier where the random access response is received. The codepoints for the CQI-NPDCCH-Short measurements are according to the mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. The value noMeasurements indicates no measurement reporting.
CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB information element
-- ASN1START

CQI-NPDCCH-Short-NB-r14 ::=	ENUMERATED {
								noMeasurements, candidateRep-1, candidateRep-2, candidateRep-3}

-- ASN1STOP

–	MeasResultServCell-NB
The IE MeasResultServCell-NB covers the measured results for the serving cell.
MeasResultServCell-NB information element
-- ASN1START

MeasResultServCell-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	nrsrpResult-r14					NRSRP-Range-NB-r14,
	nrsrqResult-r14					NRSRQ-Range-NB-r14
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	NRSRP-Range-NB
The IE NRSRP-Range-NB specifies the value range used in NRSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for NRSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16], Table 9.1.22.9-1.
NRSRP-Range-NB information element
-- ASN1START

NRSRP-Range-NB-r14 ::=				INTEGER(0..113)

-- ASN1STOP

–	NRSRQ-Range-NB
The IE NRSRQ-Range-NB specifies the value range used in NRSRQ measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRQ measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16], Table 9.1.22.14-1. The UE shall not report values 0 and 34.
NRSRQ-Range-NB information element
-- ASN1START

NRSRQ-Range-NB-r14 ::=				INTEGER(-30..46)

-- ASN1STOP

–	NSSS-RRM-Config-NB
The IE NSSS-RRM-Config-NB provides the configuration for NSSS-based RRM measurements. See TS 36.133 [16], TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.214 [48]. The UE only perfoms NSSS-based RRM measurement on cells for which the configuration has been provided.
NSSS-RRM-Config-NB information element
-- ASN1START

NSSS-RRM-Config-NB-r15	::=				SEQUENCE {
	nsss-RRM-PowerOffset-r15			ENUMERATED {dB-3, db0, dB3},
	nsss-NumOccDiffPrecoders-r15		ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}	OPTIONAL 	-- 	Need OP
}
-- ASN1STOP

NSSS-RRM-Config-NB field descriptions
nsss-RRM-PowerOffset
NSSS to NRS ratio for the serving cell as specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value in dB. Value dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB, dB0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on.
nsss-NumOccDiffPrecoders
Number of consecutive NSSS occasions that use different precoders for NSSS transmission.See TS 36.211 [21]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 occasion, n2 corresponds to 2 occasions and so on.
For value n2, n4, and n8, UE may assume for nsss-NumOccDiffPrecoders consecutive NSSS occasions, E-UTRAN uses different precoders for NSSS transmission. For value n1, UE may assume that E-UTRAN always uses the same precoder.
If the field is absent, the UE makes no assumption on the antenna port(s) used for NSSS.

6.7.3.6	NB-IoT Other information elements
–	EstablishmentCause-NB
The IE EstablishmentCause-NB provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request or the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers.
EstablishmentCause-NB information element
-- ASN1START

EstablishmentCause-NB-r13 ::=			ENUMERATED {
											mt-Access, mo-Signalling, mo-Data, mo-ExceptionData,
											delayTolerantAccess-v1330, spare3, spare2, spare1}

-- ASN1STOP

–	UE-Capability-NB
The IE UE-Capability-NB is used to convey the NB-IoT UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5]. The IE UE-Capability-NB is transferred in NB-IoT only.
UE-Capability-NB information element
-- ASN1START

UE-Capability-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	accessStratumRelease-r13		AccessStratumRelease-NB-r13,
	ue-Category-NB-r13				ENUMERATED {nb1}					OPTIONAL,
	multipleDRB-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL,
	pdcp-Parameters-r13				PDCP-Parameters-NB-r13				OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-r13			PhyLayerParameters-NB-r13,
	rf-Parameters-r13				RF-Parameters-NB-r13,
	dummy							SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-NB-r14					ENUMERATED {nb2}				OPTIONAL,
	mac-Parameters-r14					MAC-Parameters-NB-r14			OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1430			PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1430		OPTIONAL,
	rf-Parameters-v1430					RF-Parameters-NB-v1430,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-Capability-NB-v1440-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-Capability-NB-v1440-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	phyLayerParameters-v1440			PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1440		OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-Capability-NB-v14x0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-Capability-NB-v14x0-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
-- Following field is only to be used for late REL-14 extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				UE-Capability-NB-v1530-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

UE-Capability-NB-v1530-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	earlyData-UP-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	rlc-Parameters-r15					RLC-Parameters-NB-r15,
	mac-Parameters-v1530				MAC-Parameters-NB-v1530,
	phyLayerParameters-v1530			PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1530		OPTIONAL,
	tdd-UE-Capability-r15				TDD-UE-Capability-NB-r15		OPTIONAL,	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

TDD-UE-Capability-NB-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-NB-r15					ENUMERATED {nb2}				OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParametersRel13-r15			PhyLayerParameters-NB-r13		OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParametersRel14-r15			PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1430		OPTIONAL,
	phyLayerParameters-v1530			PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1530		OPTIONAL,
	...
}

AccessStratumRelease-NB-r13 ::=		ENUMERATED {rel13, rel14, rel15, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

PDCP-Parameters-NB-r13		::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedROHC-Profiles-r13			SEQUENCE {
		profile0x0002						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0003						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0004						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0006						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0102						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0103						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0104						BOOLEAN
	},
	maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r13	ENUMERATED {cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12}	DEFAULT cs2,
	...
}

RLC-Parameters-NB-r15		::=		SEQUENCE {
	rlc-UM-r15							ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-NB-r14		::=		SEQUENCE {
	dataInactMon-r14					ENUMERATED {supported}					OPTIONAL,
	rai-Support-r14						ENUMERATED {supported}				OPTIONAL
}

MAC-Parameters-NB-v1530		::=		SEQUENCE {
	sr-SPS-BSR-r15						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-NB-r13	::=		SEQUENCE {
	multiTone-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	multiCarrier-r13						ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
	}

PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1430	::=		SEQUENCE {
	multiCarrier-NPRACH-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	twoHARQ-Processes-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1440	::=		SEQUENCE {
	interferenceRandomisation-r14		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

PhyLayerParameters-NB-v1530	::=		SEQUENCE {
	mixedOperationMode-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	sr-WithHARQ-ACK-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	sr-WithoutHARQ-ACK-r15				ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	nprach-Format2-r15					ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	additionalTransmissionSIB1-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL,
	npusch-3dot75kHz-SCS-TDD-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}			OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-NB-r13	::=			SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandList-r13				SupportedBandList-NB-r13,
	multiNS-Pmax-r13					ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

RF-Parameters-NB-v1430 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	powerClassNB-14dBm-r14				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

SupportedBandList-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBand-NB-r13

SupportedBand-NB-r13	::=			SEQUENCE {
	band-r13							FreqBandIndicator-NB-r13,
	powerClassNB-20dBm-r13				ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UE-Capability-NB field descriptions
FDD/TDD appl
FDD/TDD diff
accessStratumRelease
Set to rel15 in this version of the specification.
FDD/TDD
No
additionalTransmissionSIB1
Indicates whether the UE supports additional SIB1 transmission as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
FDD
-
dataInactMon
Indicates whether the UE supports the data inactivity monitoring as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
FDD/TDD
No
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
NA
NA
earlyData-UP
Indicates whether the UE supports EDT for User plane CIoT EPS optimisations, as defined in TS 24.301 [35].
FDD
-
interferenceRandomisation
For FDD: Indicates whether the UE supports interference randomisation in connected mode as defined in TS.36.211 [21].
FDD
-
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions
Set to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE, excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2 (context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the UE supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles.
FDD/TDD
No
mixedOperationMode
Defines whether the UE supports multi-carrier operation with mixed operation mode, standalone or inband/guardband, between the anchor carrier and the non-anchor carrier for unicast, paging, and random access as specified in TS 36.300 [9].
FDD
-
multiCarrier
Defines whether the UE supports multi -carrier operation.
FDD/TDD
Yes
multicarrier-NPRACH
Defines whether the UE supports NPRACH on non-anchor carrier as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
FDD/TDD
Yes
multipleDRB
Defines whether the UE supports multiple DRBs.
FDD/TDD
No
multiNS-Pmax
Defines whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for NB-IoT cells broadcasting NS-PmaxList-NB.
FDD/TDD
No
multiTone
Defines whether the UE supports UL multi-tone transmissions on NPUSCH.
FDD/TDD
Yes
nprach-Format2
Defines whether the UE supports NPRACH resources using preamble format 2.
FDD
-
npusch-3dot75kHz-SCS-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports NPUSCH with 3.75kHz SCS for TDD.
TDD
-
powerClassNB-14dBm
Defines whether the UE supports power class 14dBm in all the bands supported by the UE as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
If powerClassNB-20dBm is included, the UE shall not include the field powerClassNB-14dBm.
FDD/TDD
No
powerClassNB-20dBm
Defines whether the UE supports power class 20dBm in NB-IoT for the band, as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. If neither powerClassNB-14dBm nor powerClassNB-20dBm is included, UE supports power class 23 dBm in the NB-IoT band.
FDD/TDD
No
rai-Support
Defines whether the UE supports release assistance indication (RAI) as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
FDD/TDD
No
rlc-UM
Defines whether the UE supports RLC UM as specified in TS 36.322 [7].
FDD/TDD
No
supportedBandList
Includes the supported NB-IoT bands as defined in TS 36.101 [42].
FDD/TDD
No
sr-SPS-BSR	
Defines whether the UE supports SR using SPS BSR as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
FDD
-
sr-withHARQ-ACK	
Defines whether the UE supports physical layer SR with HARQ ACK as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
FDD
-
sr-withoutHARQ-ACK	
Defines whether the UE supports physical layer SR without HARQ ACK as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
FDD
-
supportedROHC-Profiles
List of supported ROHC profiles as defined in TS 36.323 [8].
FDD/TDD
No
twoHARQ-Processes
Defines whether the UE supports two HARQ processes operation in DL and UL as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
FDD/TDD
Yes
ue-Category-NB
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value nb1 corresponds to UE category NB1, value nb2 corresponds to UE category NB2.
A UE shall always include the field ue-Category-NB-r13 in this version of the specification.
FDD/TDD
Yes

NOTE 1:	The IE UE-Capability-NB does not include AS security capability information, since these are the same as the security capabilities that are signalled by NAS. Consequently AS need not provide "man-in-the-middle" protection for the security capabilities.
NOTE 2:	The column 'FDD/TDD appl' indicates the applicability to the xDD mode: 'FDD' means applicable to FDD only, 'TDD' means applicable to TDD only and 'FDD/TDD' means applicable to FDD and TDD.
NOTE 3:	The column 'FDD/TDD diff' indicates if the UE is allowed to signal a different value for FDD and TDD when the capability applies to both FDD and TDD modes. '-' is used when the capability applies to one mode only, 'No' is used for dual mode capabilities where a common value is signalled for both modes, and 'Yes' is used for dual mode capabilities where a separate value is signalled for each mode. Common capabilities and FDD capabilities are reported in the fields of UE-Capability-NB except field tdd-UE-Capability. TDD capabilities are reported in tdd-UE-Capability.
–	UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB
The IE UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB contains UE NB-IoT capability information needed for paging.
UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB information element
-- ASN1START

UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	ue-Category-NB-r13				ENUMERATED {nb1}			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[ multiCarrierPaging-r14		ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	mixedOperationMode-r15		ENUMERATED {supported}		OPTIONAL,
		wakeUpSignal-r15			ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,
		wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-r15	ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000}	OPTIONAL,
		multiCarrierPagingTDD-r15	ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB field descriptions
mixedOperationMode
Indicates whether the UE supports multi-carrier operation with mixed operation mode, standalone or inband/guardband, between the anchor carrier and non-anchor carrier for unicast, paging, and random access, as specified in TS 36.300 [9].
multiCarrierPaging
Indicates whether the UE supports paging on non-anchor carriers as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
multiCarrierPagingTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports paging on non-anchor carriers for TDD as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
ue-Category-NB
UE NB-IoT category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. A UE shall always include the field ue-Category-NB-r13 in this version of the specification.
wakeUpSignal
Indicates whether the UE supports WUS for paging in DRX in FDD as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is included, the minimum gap between WUS and associated PO for DRX is fixed as 40 ms.
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX
Indicates the minimum gap the UE supports between WUS and associated PO in case of eDRX in FDD, as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms240 corresponds to 240 ms and so on.
If this field is included, the UE shall also indicate support for WUS for paging in DRX,

–	UE-TimersAndConstants-NB
The IE UE-TimersAndConstants-NB contains timers and constants used by the UE in either RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_IDLE.
UE-TimersAndConstants-NB information element
-- ASN1START

UE-TimersAndConstants-NB-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	t300-r13							ENUMERATED {
											ms2500, ms4000, ms6000, ms10000,
											ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000},
	t301-r13							ENUMERATED {
											ms2500, ms4000, ms6000, ms10000,
											ms15000, ms25000, ms40000, ms60000},
	t310-r13							ENUMERATED {
											ms0, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms8000},
	n310-r13							ENUMERATED {
											n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
	t311-r13							ENUMERATED {
											ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000,
											ms20000, ms30000},
	n311-r13							ENUMERATED {
											n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
	...,
	[[ t311-v1350						ENUMERATED {
											ms40000, ms60000, ms90000, ms120000}
														OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	t300-v1530						ENUMERATED {
											ms80000, ms100000, ms120000}	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
		t301-v1530						ENUMERATED {
											ms80000, ms100000, ms120000}	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
		t311-v1530						ENUMERATED {
											ms160000, ms200000}				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond TDD
		t300-r15						ENUMERATED {ms6000, ms10000, ms15000, ms25000, ms40000,
											ms60000, ms80000, ms120000}	OPTIONAL		-- Cond EDT
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

UE-TimersAndConstants-NB field descriptions
n3xy
Constants are described in clause 7.4. n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in clause 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms200 corresponds with 200 ms and so on. The UE shall use the extended values t311-v1350, t300-v1530, t301-v1530 and t311-v1530, if present, and ignore the value signaled by t311-r13, t300-r13, t301-r13 and t311-r13 respectively.
t300-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use t300-r15, if present.

Conditional presence
Explanation
EDT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present in SIB2-NB; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD
The field is optionally present, Need OR, in TDD mode. Otherwise, the field is not present.

6.7.3.7	NB-IoT MBMS information elements
Void
6.7.3.7a	NB-IoT SC-PTM information elements
–	SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each MBMS session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information.
SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB information element
-- ASN1START

SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB-r14 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (0.. maxSC-MTCH-NB-r14)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-NB-r14

SC-MTCH-Info-NB-r14 ::=				SEQUENCE	{
	sc-mtch-CarrierConfig-r14			CHOICE {
		dl-CarrierConfig-r14					DL-CarrierConfigCommon-NB-r14,
		dl-CarrierIndex-r14					INTEGER (0.. maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14)
	},
	mbmsSessionInfo-r14					MBMSSessionInfo-r13,
	g-RNTI-r14							BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
	sc-mtch-SchedulingInfo-r14			SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14		OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	sc-mtch-NeighbourCell-r14			BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-NB-r14))	OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	npdcch-NPDSCH-MaxTBS-SC-MTCH-r14		ENUMERATED {n680, n2536},
	npdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MTCH-r14	ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16,
													r32, r64, r128, r256,
													r512, r1024, r2048, spare4,
													spare3, spare2, spare1},
	npdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH-r14			ENUMERATED {v1dot5, v2, v4, v8,
													v16, v32, v48, v64},
	npdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH-r14			ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter,
													threeEighth, oneHalf, fiveEighth,
													threeQuarter, sevenEighth},
	...
}

SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-NB-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE	{
	onDurationTimerSCPTM-r14				ENUMERATED {
												pp1, pp2, pp3, pp4,
												pp8, pp16, pp32, spare},
	drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r14			ENUMERATED {
												pp0, pp1, pp2, pp3,
												pp4, pp8, pp16, pp32},
	schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r14	CHOICE {
		sf10									INTEGER(0..9),
		sf20									INTEGER(0..19),
		sf32									INTEGER(0..31),
		sf40									INTEGER(0..39),
		sf64									INTEGER(0..63),
		sf80									INTEGER(0..79),
		sf128									INTEGER(0..127),
		sf160									INTEGER(0..159),
		sf256									INTEGER(0..255),
		sf320									INTEGER(0..319),
		sf512									INTEGER(0..511),
		sf640									INTEGER(0..639),
		sf1024									INTEGER(0..1023),
		sf2048									INTEGER(0..2047),
		sf4096									INTEGER(0..4095),
		sf8192									INTEGER(0..8191)
	},
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

SC-MTCH-InfoList-NB field descriptions
dl-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier used for SC-MTCH. E-UTRAN cannot configure a downlink carrier operating in mixed operation mode.
dl-CarrierIndex
Index to a downlink carrier signalled in system information. Value '0' corresponds to the anchor carrier, value '1' corresponds to the first entry in dl-ConfigList in SystemInformationBlockType22-NB, value '2' corresponds to the second entry in dl-ConfigList and so on.
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 NPDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 NPDCCH periods and so on.
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH.
mbmsSessionInfo
Indicates the ongoing MBMS session in a SC-MTCH.
npdcch-NPDSCH-MaxTBS-SC-MTCH
Maximum NPDSCH TBS for the SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value n680 corresponds to 680 bits and value n2536 corresponds to 2536 bits.
npdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MTCH
The maximum number of NPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MTCH multicast search space, see TS 36.213 [23].
npdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH
Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
npdcch-startSF-SC-MTCH
Starting subframes configuration of the NPDCCH multicast search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of NPDCCH periods. Value pp1 corresponds to 1 NPDCCH period, pp2 corresponds to 2 NPDCCH periods and so on.
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames.
sc-mtch-CarrierConfig
Downlink carrier that is used for SC-MTCH.
sc-mtch-NeighbourCell
Indicates neighbour cells which also provide this service on SC-MTCH. The first bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the first cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, otherwise it is set to 0. The second bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the second cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, and so on. If this field is absent, the UE shall assume that this service is not available on SC-MTCH in any neighbour cell.
sc-mtch-SchedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH.
If this field is absent, DRX is not used for the SC-MTCH.

–	SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB
The IE SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB indicates a list of neighbour cells where ongoing MBMS sessions provided via SC-MRB in the current cells are also provided.

-- ASN1START

SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-SCPTM-NB-r14)) OF PCI-ARFCN-NB-r14

PCI-ARFCN-NB-r14 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	physCellId-r14						PhysCellId,
	carrierFreq-r14						CarrierFreq-NB-r13		OPTIONAL	-- Need OP
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-NB field descriptions
physCellId
Physical Cell Identity of the neighbour cell.
carrierFreq
Carrier frequency of the neighbour cell.
Absence of the IE means that the neighbour cell is on the same frequency as the current cell.

6.7.4	NB-IoT RRC multiplicity and type constraint values
–	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions
-- ASN1START

maxNPRACH-Resources-NB-r13	INTEGER ::=	3	-- Maximum number of NPRACH resources for NB-IoT
maxNonAnchorCarriers-NB-r14	INTEGER ::= 15	-- Maximum number of non-anchor carriers for NB-IoT
maxDRB-NB-r13				INTEGER ::= 2	-- Maximum number of Data Radio Bearers for NB-IoT
maxNeighCell-SCPTM-NB-r14	INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of SCPTM neighbour cells
maxNS-Pmax-NB-r13			INTEGER ::= 4	-- Maximum number of NS and P-Max values per band
maxSC-MTCH-NB-r14			INTEGER ::= 64	-- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell for NB-IoT
maxSI-Message-NB-r13		INTEGER ::= 8	-- Maximum number of SI messages for NB-IoT

-- ASN1STOP

–	End of NBIOT-RRC-Definitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP


6.7.5	Direct Indication Information
Direct Indication information is transmitted on NPDCCH using P-RNTI but without associated Paging-NB message. Table 6.7.5-1 defines the Direct Indication information, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 6.4.3.3.
When bit n is set to 1, the UE shall behave as if the corresponding field is set in the Paging-NB message, see 5.3.2.3. Bit 1 is the least significant bit.
Table 6.7.5-1: Direct Indication information
Bit
Field in Direct Indication information
1
systemInfoModification
2
systemInfoModification-eDRX
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
Not used, and shall be ignored by UE if received

7	Variables and constants
7.1	UE variables
NOTE:	To facilitate the specification of the UE behavioural requirements, UE variables are represented using ASN.1. Unless explicitly specified otherwise, it is however up to UE implementation how to store the variables. The optionality of the IEs in ASN.1 is used only to indicate that the values may not always be available.
–	EUTRA-UE-Variables
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E‑UTRA UE variable definitions.
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-UE-Variables DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	AreaConfiguration-r10,
	AreaConfiguration-v1130,
	ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
	BT-NameList-r15,
	CarrierFreqGERAN,
	CellIdentity,
	CellList-r15,
	ConnEstFailReport-r11,
	EUTRA-CarrierList-r15,
	SpeedStateScaleFactors,
	C-RNTI,
	LoggingDuration-r10,
	LoggingInterval-r10,
	LogMeasInfo-r10,
	MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12,
	MeasId,
	MeasId-v1250,
	MeasIdToAddModList,
	MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12,
	MeasIdToAddModList-v1310,
	MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310,
	MeasObjectToAddModList,
	MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0,
	MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13,
	MeasResultListIdle-r15,
	MeasScaleFactor-r12,
	MobilityStateParameters,
	NeighCellConfig,
	PhysCellId,
	PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
	PhysCellIdGERAN,
	PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
	PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD,
	PLMN-Identity,
	PLMN-IdentityList3-r11,
	QuantityConfig,
	ReportConfigToAddModList,
	RLF-Report-r9,
	TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12,
	TraceReference-r10,
	Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14,
	VisitedCellInfoList-r12,
	maxCellMeas,
	maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12,
	maxMeasId,
	maxMeasId-r12,
	maxRS-Index-r15,
	PhysCellIdNR-r15,
	RS-IndexNR-r15,
	UL-DelayConfig-r13,
	WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13,
	WLAN-Identifiers-r12,
	WLAN-Id-List-r13,
	WLAN-NameList-r15,
	WLAN-Status-r13,
	WLAN-Status-v1430,
	WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14

FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP


–	VarConnEstFailReport
The UE variable VarConnEstFailReport includes the connection establishment failure information.
VarConnEstFailReport UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarConnEstFailReport-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	connEstFailReport-r11				ConnEstFailReport-r11,
	plmn-Identity-r11					PLMN-Identity
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarLogMeasConfig
The UE variable VarLogMeasConfig includes the configuration of the logging of measurements to be performed by the UE while in RRC_IDLE, covering intra-frequency, inter-frequency, inter-RAT mobility and MBSFN related measurements. If MBSFN logging is configured, the UE performs logging of measurements while in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. Otherwise, the UE performs logging of measurements only while in RRC_IDLE.
VarLogMeasConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarLogMeasConfig-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10
}

VarLogMeasConfig-r11 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,
	areaConfiguration-v1130			AreaConfiguration-v1130		OPTIONAL,
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10
}

VarLogMeasConfig-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,
	areaConfiguration-v1130			AreaConfiguration-v1130		OPTIONAL,
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10,
	targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12		TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12	OPTIONAL
}

VarLogMeasConfig-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	areaConfiguration-r10			AreaConfiguration-r10		OPTIONAL,
	areaConfiguration-v1130			AreaConfiguration-v1130		OPTIONAL,
	loggingDuration-r10				LoggingDuration-r10,
	loggingInterval-r10				LoggingInterval-r10,
	targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12			TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12		OPTIONAL,
	bt-NameList-r15				BT-NameList-r15					OPTIONAL,
	wlan-NameList-r15				WLAN-NameList-r15					OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarLogMeasReport
The UE variable VarLogMeasReport includes the logged measurements information.
VarLogMeasReport UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarLogMeasReport-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	traceReference-r10					TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10			OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10							OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	plmn-Identity-r10					PLMN-Identity,
	absoluteTimeInfo-r10				AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	logMeasInfoList-r10					LogMeasInfoList2-r10
}

VarLogMeasReport-r11 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	traceReference-r10					TraceReference-r10,
	traceRecordingSessionRef-r10		OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
	tce-Id-r10							OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
	plmn-IdentityList-r11				PLMN-IdentityList3-r11,
	absoluteTimeInfo-r10				AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10,
	logMeasInfoList-r10					LogMeasInfoList2-r10
}

LogMeasInfoList2-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeas-r10)) OF LogMeasInfo-r10

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarMeasConfig
The UE variable VarMeasConfig includes the accumulated configuration of the measurements to be performed by the UE, covering intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT mobility related measurements.
NOTE:	The amount of measurement configuration information, which a UE is required to store, is specified in clause 11.1. If the number of frequencies configured for a particular RAT exceeds the minimum performance requirements specified in TS 36.133 [16], it is up to UE implementation which frequencies of that RAT are measured. If the total number of frequencies for all RATs provided to the UE in the measurement configuration exceeds the minimum performance requirements specified in TS 36.133 [16], it is up to UE implementation which frequencies/RATs are measured.
VarMeasConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarMeasConfig ::=					SEQUENCE {
	-- Measurement identities
	measIdList							MeasIdToAddModList					OPTIONAL,
	measIdListExt-r12					MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12			OPTIONAL,
	measIdList-v1310						MeasIdToAddModList-v1310				OPTIONAL,
	measIdListExt-v1310					MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310			OPTIONAL,
	-- Measurement objects
	measObjectList						MeasObjectToAddModList				OPTIONAL,
	measObjectListExt-r13				MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13		OPTIONAL,
	measObjectList-v9i0					MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0			OPTIONAL,
	-- Reporting configurations
	reportConfigList					ReportConfigToAddModList			OPTIONAL,
	-- Other parameters
	quantityConfig						QuantityConfig						OPTIONAL,
	measScaleFactor-r12					MeasScaleFactor-r12					OPTIONAL,
	s-Measure							INTEGER (-140..-44)					OPTIONAL,
	speedStatePars						CHOICE {
		release								NULL,
		setup								SEQUENCE {
			mobilityStateParameters				MobilityStateParameters,
			timeToTrigger-SF					SpeedStateScaleFactors
		}
	}																		OPTIONAL,
	allowInterruptions-r11			BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarMeasIdleConfig
The UE variable VarMeasIdleConfig includes the configuration of the measurements to be performed by the UE while in RRC_IDLE for E-UTRA inter-frequency measurements. The UE performs logging of these measurements only while in RRC_IDLE.
VarMeasIdleConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarMeasIdleConfig-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15			EUTRA-CarrierList-r15			OPTIONAL,
	measIdleDuration-r15					ENUMERATED {sec10, sec30, sec60, sec120,
														sec180, sec240, sec300}
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarMeasIdleReport
The UE variable VarMeasIdleReport includes the logged measurements information.
VarMeasIdleReport UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarMeasIdleReport-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	measReportIdle-r15				MeasResultListIdle-r15
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarMeasReportList
The UE variable VarMeasReportList includes information about the measurements for which the triggering conditions have been met.
VarMeasReportList UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarMeasReportList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF VarMeasReport
VarMeasReportList-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId-r12)) OF VarMeasReport

VarMeasReport ::=					SEQUENCE {
	-- List of measurement that have been triggered
	measId								MeasId,
	measId-v1250						MeasId-v1250					OPTIONAL,
	cellsTriggeredList					CellsTriggeredList				OPTIONAL,
	csi-RS-TriggeredList-r12			CSI-RS-TriggeredList-r12		OPTIONAL,
	poolsTriggeredList-r14				Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14	OPTIONAL,
	numberOfReportsSent					INTEGER
}

CellsTriggeredList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CHOICE {
	physCellIdEUTRA							PhysCellId,
	physCellIdUTRA							CHOICE {
		fdd										PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD,
		tdd										PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
	},
	physCellIdGERAN							SEQUENCE {
		carrierFreq								CarrierFreqGERAN,
		physCellId								PhysCellIdGERAN
	},
	physCellIdCDMA2000						PhysCellIdCDMA2000,
	wlan-Identifiers-r13					WLAN-Identifiers-r12,
	physCellIdNR-r15						SEQUENCE {
		carrierFreq								ARFCN-ValueNR-r15,
		physCellId								PhysCellIdNR-r15,
		rs-IndexList-r15						SSB-IndexList-r15				OPTIONAL
	}
}

CSI-RS-TriggeredList-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12

SSB-IndexList-r15::=			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRS-Index-r15)) OF RS-IndexNR-r15

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarMobilityHistoryReport
The UE variable VarMobilityHistoryReport includes the mobility history information.
-- ASN1START
VarMobilityHistoryReport-r12 ::=	VisitedCellInfoList-r12

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarPendingRnaUpdate
The UE variable VarPendingRnaUpdate indicates whether there is a pending RNAU procedure or not. The setting of this BOOLEAN variable to TRUE means that there is a pending RANU procedure.
VarPendingRnaUpdate UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarPendingRnaUpdate-r15 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	pendingRnaUpdate					BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarRLF-Report
The UE variable VarRLF-Report includes the radio link failure information or handover failure information.
VarRLF-Report UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarRLF-Report-r10 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rlf-Report-r10							RLF-Report-r9,
	plmn-Identity-r10						PLMN-Identity
}

VarRLF-Report-r11 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rlf-Report-r10						RLF-Report-r9,
	plmn-IdentityList-r11				PLMN-IdentityList3-r11
}

-- ASN1STOP

–	VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input
The UE variable VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input specifies the input used to generate the shortResume-MAC-I during RRC Connection Resume procedure for RRC_INACTIVE.
VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input-r15 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cellIdentity-r15							CellIdentity,
	physCellId-r15							PhysCellId,
	c-RNTI-r15								C-RNTI
}

-- ASN1STOP

VarShortINACTIVE-MAC-Input field descriptions
cellIdentity
An input variable used to calculate the shortResume-MAC-I. Set to CellIdentity included in cellIdentity (without suffix) in SIB1 of the current cell.
c-RNTI
Set to C-RNTI that the UE had in the PCell it was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection.
physCellId
Set to the physical cell identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection.

–	VarShortMAC-Input
The UE variable VarShortMAC-Input specifies the input used to generate the shortMAC-I.
VarShortMAC-Input UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarShortMAC-Input ::=					SEQUENCE {
	cellIdentity							CellIdentity,
	physCellId								PhysCellId,
	c-RNTI									C-RNTI
}

-- ASN1STOP

VarShortMAC-Input field descriptions
cellIdentity
An input variable used to calculate the shortMAC-I. Set to CellIdentity included in cellIdentity (without suffix) in SIB1 of the current cell.
c-RNTI
Set to C-RNTI that the UE had in the PCell it was connected to prior to the failure.
physCellId
Set to the physical cell identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.

–	VarShortResumeMAC-Input
The UE variable VarShortResumeMAC-Input specifies the input used to generate the shortResumeMAC-I during RRC Connection Resume procedure.
VarShortResumeMAC-Input UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarShortResumeMAC-Input-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	cellIdentity-r13						CellIdentity,
	physCellId-r13							PhysCellId,
	c-RNTI-r13								C-RNTI,
	resumeDiscriminator-r13					BIT STRING(SIZE(1))
}

-- ASN1STOP

VarShortResumeMAC-Input field descriptions
cellIdentity
An input variable used to calculate the shortResumeMAC-I. Set to CellIdentity included in cellIdentity (without suffix) in SIB1 of the current cell.
c-RNTI
Set to C-RNTI that the UE had in the PCell it was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection.
physCellId
Set to the physical cell identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to suspension of the RRC connection.
resumeDiscriminator
A constant that allows differentiation in the calculation of the MAC-I for shortResumeMAC-I
The resumeDiscriminator is set to '1'

–	VarWLAN-MobilityConfig
The UE variable VarWLAN-MobilityConfig includes information about WLAN for access selection and mobility.
VarWLAN-MobilityConfig UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarWLAN-MobilityConfig ::=					SEQUENCE {
	wlan-MobilitySet-r13					WLAN-Id-List-r13			OPTIONAL,
	successReportRequested					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL,
	wlan-SuspendConfig-r14					WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

VarWLAN-MobilityConfig field descriptions
wlan-MobilitySet
Indicates the WLAN mobility set configured.
successReportRequested
Indicates whether the UE shall report successful connection to WLAN. Applicable to LWA and LWIP.

–	VarWLAN-Status
The UE variable VarWLAN-Status includes information about the status of WLAN connection for LWA, RCLWI or LWIP.
VarWLAN-Status UE variable
-- ASN1START

VarWLAN-Status-r13 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	status-r13								WLAN-Status-r13,
	status-r14								WLAN-Status-v1430	OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

VarWLAN-Status field descriptions
status
Indicates the connection status to WLAN and causes for connection failures.

–	Multiplicity and type constraint definitions
This clause includes multiplicity and type constraints applicable (only) for UE variables.
-- ASN1START

maxLogMeas-r10				INTEGER ::= 4060-- Maximum number of logged measurement entries
											-- that can be stored by the UE

-- ASN1STOP

–	End of EUTRA-UE-Variables
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

7.1a	NB-IoT UE variables
NOTE:	To facilitate the specification of the UE behavioural requirements, UE variables are represented using ASN.1. Unless explicitly specified otherwise, it is however up to UE implementation how to store the variables. The optionality of the IEs in ASN.1 is used only to indicate that the values may not always be available.
–	NBIOT-UE-Variables
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the NB-IoT UE variable definitions.
-- ASN1START

NBIOT-UE-Variables DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	VarShortMAC-Input,
	VarShortResumeMAC-Input-r13

FROM EUTRA-UE-Variables;

VarShortMAC-Input-NB-r13		::=	VarShortMAC-Input

VarShortResumeMAC-Input-NB-r13	::=	VarShortResumeMAC-Input-r13

-- ASN1STOP

–	End of NBIOT-UE-Variables
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

7.2	Counters
Counter
Reset
Incremented
When reaching max value





7.3	Timers
7.3.1	Timers (Informative)
Timer
Start
Stop
At expiry
T300
NOTE1

Transmission of RRCConnectionRequest or RRCConnectionResumeRequest or RRCEarlyDataRequest
Reception of RRCConnectionSetup, RRCConnectionReject or RRCConnectionResume or RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT, cell re-selection and upon abortion of connection establishment by upper layers
Perform the actions as specified in 5.3.3.6
T301
NOTE1

Transmission of RRCConnectionReestabilshmentRequest
Reception of RRCConnectionReestablishment or RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message as well as when the selected cell becomes unsuitable
Go to RRC_IDLE
T302
Reception of RRCConnectionReject while performing RRC connection establishment or reception of RRCConnectionRelease including waitTime
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection, or upon reception of RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT or upon reception of RRCConnectionReject message for E-UTRA/5GC.
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T303
Access barred while performing RRC connection establishment for mobile originating calls
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection, or upon reception of RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T304
Reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the MobilityControl Info or
reception of MobilityFromEUTRACommand message including CellChangeOrder
Criterion for successful completion of handover within E-UTRA, handover to E-UTRA or cell change order is met (the criterion is specified in the target RAT in case of inter-RAT)
In case of cell change order from E-UTRA or intra E-UTRA handover, initiate the RRC connection re-establishment procedure; In case of handover to E-UTRA, perform the actions defined in the specifications applicable for the source RAT.
T305
Access barred while performing RRC connection establishment for mobile originating signalling
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection, or upon reception of RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T306
Access barred while performing RRC connection establishment for mobile originating CS fallback.
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection, or upon reception of RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation as specified in 5.3.3.7
T307
Reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including MobilityControlInfoSCG
Successful completion of random access on the PSCell, upon initiating re-establishment and upon SCG release
Initiate the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13.
T308
Access barred due to ACDC while performing RRC connection establishment subject to ACDC
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED and upon cell re-selection, or upon reception of RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT
Inform upper layers about barring alleviation for ACDC as specified in 5.3.3.7
T309
When access attempt is barred at access barring check for an Access Category. The UE shall maintain one instance of this timer per Access Category.
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED, upon cell (re)selection, upon reception of RRCConnectionRelease, upon change of PCell while in RRC_CONNECTED, or upon reception of MobilityFromEUTRACommand.
Perform the actions as specified in 5.3.16.4.
T310
NOTE1
NOTE2
Upon detecting physical layer problems for the PCell i.e. upon receiving N310 consecutive out-of-sync indications from lower layers
Upon receiving N311 consecutive in-sync indications from lower layers for the PCell, upon triggering the handover procedure and upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
If security is not activated and the UE is not a NB-IoT UE that supports RRC connection re-establishment for the Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation: go to RRC_IDLE else: initiate the connection re-establishment procedure 
T311
NOTE1
Upon initiating the RRC connection re-establishment procedure
Selection of a suitable E-UTRA cell or a cell using another RAT.
Enter RRC_IDLE
T312
NOTE2
Upon triggering a measurement report for a measurement identity for which T312 has been configured, while T310 is running
Upon receiving N311 consecutive in-sync indications from lower layers, upon triggering the handover procedure, upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure, and upon the expiry of T310
If security is not activated: go to RRC_IDLE else: initiate the connection re-establishment procedure
T313
NOTE2
Upon detecting physical layer problems for the PSCell i.e. upon receiving N313 consecutive out-of-sync indications from lower layers
Upon receiving N314 consecutive in-sync indications from lower layers for the PSCell, upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure, upon SCG release and upon receiving RRCConnectionReconfiguration including MobilityControlInfoSCG
Inform E-UTRAN about the SCG radio link failure by initiating the SCG failure information procedure as specified in 5.6.13.
T320
Upon receiving t320 or upon cell (re)selection to E-UTRA from another RAT with validity time configured for dedicated priorities (in which case the remaining validity time is applied).
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED, when PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS, when the UE enters RRC_IDLE from RRC_INACTIVE, or upon cell (re)selection to another RAT (in which case the timer is carried on to the other RAT) , or upon reception of RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT
Discard the cell reselection priority information provided by dedicated signalling.
T321
Upon receiving measConfig including a reportConfig with the purpose set to reportCGI
Upon acquiring the information needed to set all fields of cellGlobalId for the requested cell, upon receiving measConfig that includes removal of the reportConfig with the purpose set to reportCGI and upon detecting that a cell is not broadcasting SIB1.
Initiate the measurement reporting procedure, stop performing the related measurements and remove the corresponding measId
T322
NOTE1
Upon receiving redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated included in RedirectedCarrierInfo
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED, when PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS, or upon cell (re)selection to another frequency or RAT, or upon reception of RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT
Release redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated.
T325
Timer (re)started upon receiving RRCConnectionReject message with deprioritisationTimer.

Stop deprioritisation of all frequencies or E-UTRA signalled by RRCConnectionReject.
T330
Upon receiving LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message
Upon log volume exceeding the suitable UE memory, upon initiating the release of LoggedMeasurementConfiguration procedure
Perform the actions specified in 5.6.6.4
T331
Upon receiving RRCConnectionRelease message including measIdleConfig.
Upon receiving RRCConnectionSetup, RRCConnectionResume or, if validityArea is configured, upon reselecting to cell that does not belong to validityArea.
Release the stored VarMeasIdleConfig. 
T340
NOTE2
Upon transmitting UEAssistanceInformation message with powerPrefIndication set to normal
Upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
No action.
T341
NOTE2
Upon transmitting UEAssistanceInformation message with bw-Preference.
Upon resuming an RRC connection or upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
No action.
T342
NOTE2
Upon transmitting DelayBudgetReport message.
Upon initiating the connection re-establishment and connection resume procedures
No action.
T350
Upon entering RRC_IDLE if t350 has been received in wlan-OffloadInfo.
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED, or upon cell reselection.
 Perform the actions specified in 5.6.12.4.
T351
Reception of RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including the associationTimer in WLAN-MobilityConfig.
Upon successful connection to WLAN, upon WLAN connection failure, upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED, upon triggering the handover procedure, or upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure.
Perform WLAN Connection Status Reporting specified in 5.6.15.2.
T360
Upon performing the redistribution target selection as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
Upon entering RRC_CONNECTED, upon receiving a Paging message including redistributionIndication; upon reselecting a cell not belonging to the redistribution target.
Stop considering a frequency or cell to be redistribution target, and perform the redistribution target selection if the condition specified in TS 36.304 [4] is met.
T370
Upon receiving SL-DiscConfig including a discSysInfoToReportConfig set to setup.
Upon initiating the transmission of SidelinkUEInformation including discSysInfoReportFreqList, upon receiving SL-DiscConfig including discSysInfoToReportConfig set to release, upon handover and re-establishment.
Release discSysInfoToReportConfig.
T314
NOTE2
Upon early detecting physical layer problems for the PCell i.e. upon receiving N310 consecutive "early-out-of-sync" indications from lower layers.
Upon receiving N311 consecutive in-sync indications from lower layers for the PCell, upon triggering the handover procedure and upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
Initiate the UE Assistance Information procedure to report early detection of physical layer problems in accordance with 5.6.10.
T315
NOTE2
Upon detecting physical layer improvements of the PCell i.e. upon receiving N311 consecutive "early-in-sync" indications from lower layers.
Upon receiving N310 consecutive "early-out-of-sync" indications from lower layers for the PCell.
Initiate the UE Assistance Information procedure to report detection of physical layer improvements in accordance with 5.6.10.
T343
NOTE2
Upon transmitting UEAssistanceInformation message with RLM-Report including earlyOutOfSync.
Upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
No action.
T344
NOTE2
Upon transmitting UEAssistanceInformation message with RLM-Report including earlyInSync.
Upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
No action.
T345	
Upon transmitting UEAssistanceInformation message with overheatingAssistance 
Upon initiating the connection re-establishment procedure
No action.
T380
Upon reception of periodic-RNAU-timer in RRCConnectionRelease.
Upon reception of RRCConnectionResume, RRCConnectionRelease or RRCConnectionSetup.
Initiate the RAN notification area update procedure
NOTE1:	Only the timers marked with "NOTE1" are applicable to NB-IoT.
NOTE2:	The behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies.

7.3.2	Timer handling
When the UE applies zero value for a timer, the timer shall be started and immediately expire unless explicitly stated otherwise.
7.4	Constants
Constant
Usage
N310
Maximum number of consecutive "out-of-sync" or "early-out-of-sync" indications for the PCell received from lower layers
N311
Maximum number of consecutive "in-sync" or "early-in-sync" indications for the PCell received from lower layers
N313
Maximum number of consecutive "out-of-sync" indications for the PSCell received from lower layers
N314
Maximum number of consecutive "in-sync" indications for the PSCell received from lower layers

8	Protocol data unit abstract syntax
8.1	General
The RRC PDU contents in clause 6, clause 9.3.2 and clause 10 are described using abstract syntax notation one (ASN.1) as specified in ITU-T Rec. X.680 [13] and X.681 [14]. Transfer syntax for RRC PDUs is derived from their ASN.1 definitions by use of Packed Encoding Rules, unaligned as specified in ITU-T Rec. X.691 [15].
The following encoding rules apply in addition to what has been specified in X.691:
-	When a bit string value is placed in a bit-field as specified in 15.6 to 15.11 in X.691, the leading bit of the bit string value shall be placed in the leading bit of the bit-field, and the trailing bit of the bit string value shall be placed in the trailing bit of the bit-field.
NOTE:	The terms 'leading bit' and 'trailing bit' are defined in ITU-T Rec. X.680. When using the 'bstring' notation, the leading bit of the bit string value is on the left, and the trailing bit of the bit string value is on the right.
-	When decoding types constrained with the ASN.1 Contents Constraint ("CONTAINING"), automatic decoding of the contained type should not be performed because errors in the decoding of the contained type should not cause the decoding of the entire RRC message PDU to fail. It is recommended that the decoder first decodes the outer PDU type that contains the OCTET STRING or BIT STRING with the Contents Constraint, and then decodes the contained type that is nested within the OCTET STRING or BIT STRING as a separate step.
-	When decoding a) RRC message PDUs, b) BIT STRING constrained with a Contents Constraint, or c) OCTET STRING constrained with a Contents Constraint, PER decoders are required to never report an error if there are extraneous zero or non-zero bits at the end of the encoded RRC message PDU, BIT STRING or OCTET STRING.
8.2	Structure of encoded RRC messages
An RRC PDU, which is the bit string that is exchanged between peer entities/ across the radio interface contains the basic production as defined in X.691.
RRC PDUs shall be mapped to and from PDCP SDUs (in case of DCCH) or RLC SDUs (in case of PCCH, BCCH, BR-BCCH, CCCH or MCCH) upon transmission and reception as follows:
-	when delivering an RRC PDU as an PDCP SDU to the PDCP layer for transmission, the first bit of the RRC PDU shall be represented as the first bit in the PDCP SDU and onwards; and
-	when delivering an RRC PDU as an RLC SDU to the RLC layer for transmission, the first bit of the RRC PDU shall be represented as the first bit in the RLC SDU and onwards; and
-	upon reception of an PDCP SDU from the PDCP layer, the first bit of the PDCP SDU shall represent the first bit of the RRC PDU and onwards; and
-	upon reception of an RLC SDU from the RLC layer, the first bit of the RLC SDU shall represent the first bit of the RRC PDU and onwards.
8.3	Basic production
The 'basic production' is obtained by applying UNALIGNED PER to the abstract syntax value (the ASN.1 description) as specified in X.691. It always contains a multiple of 8 bits.
8.4	Extension
The following rules apply with respect to the use of protocol extensions:
-	A transmitter compliant with this version of the specification shall, unless explicitly indicated otherwise on a PDU type basis, set the extension part empty. Transmitters compliant with a later version may send non-empty extensions;
-	A transmitter compliant with this version of the specification shall set spare bits to zero;
8.5	Padding
If the encoded RRC message does not fill a transport block, the RRC layer shall add padding bits. This applies to PCCH, BCCH and BR-BCCH.
Padding bits shall be set to 0 and the number of padding bits is a multiple of 8.

Figure 8.5-1: RRC level padding
9	Specified and default radio configurations
Specified and default configurations are configurations of which the details are specified in the standard. Specified configurations are fixed while default configurations can be modified using dedicated signalling.
9.1	Specified configurations
9.1.1	Logical channel configurations
9.1.1.1	BCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration
TM



NOTE:	RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.1.2	CCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration

Normal MAC headers are used

Logical channel configuration



priority
1
Highest priority

prioritisedBitRate
infinity


bucketSizeDuration
N/A


logicalChannelGroup
0


logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9
release

v920

9.1.1.3	PCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration
TM



NOTE:	RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.1.4	MCCH and MTCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
UM


sn-FieldLength
size5


t-Reordering
0



9.1.1.5	SBCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration
TM



NOTE:	RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.1.6	STCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration



discardTimer
Undefined
Up to UE implementation

pdcp-SN-Size
16


maxCID
15


profiles



t-Reordering (PDCP)
Undefined
Only used for V2X sidelink communication.
Selected by the receiving UE, up to UE implementation
V1520
RLC configuration

Uni-directional UM RLC
UM window size is set to 0



Uni-directional UM RLC
UM window size is set to 0 for sidelink communication
v1440
sn-FieldLength
5


logicalChannelIdentity
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

Logical channel configuration



priority
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

prioritisedBitRate
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

bucketSizeDuration
Undefined
Selected by the transmitting UE, up to UE implementation

logicalChannelGroup
3


t-Reordering
Undefined
Only used for V2X sidelink communication. 
Selected by the receiving UE, up to UE implementation
v1440
MAC configuration




9.1.1.7	SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
UM


sn-FieldLength
size5


t-Reordering
0



9.1.1.8	BR-BCCH configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDCP configuration
N/A


RLC configuration
TM


MAC configuration
TM



NOTE:	RRC will perform padding, if required due to the granularity of the TF signalling, as defined in 8.5.
9.1.2	SRB configurations
9.1.2.1	SRB1
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration



logicalChannelIdentity
1



9.1.2.1a	SRB1bis
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration



logicalChannelIdentity
3



9.1.2.2	SRB2
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration



logicalChannelIdentity
2



9.1.2.3	SRB4
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration



logicalChannelIdentity
4



9.2	Default radio configurations
The following clauses only list default values for REL-8 parameters included in protocol version v8.5.0. For all fields introduced in a later protocol version, the default value is "released" unless explicitly specified otherwise. If UE is to apply default configuration while it is configured with some critically extended fields, the UE shall apply the original version with only default values. For the following fields, introduced in a protocol version later than v8.5.0, the default corresponds with "value not applicable":
-	codeBookSubsetRestriction-v920;
-	pmi-RI-Report;
NOTE 1:	Value "N/A" indicates that the UE does not apply a specific value (i.e. upon switching to a default configuration, E-UTRAN can not assume the UE keeps the previously configured value). This implies that E-UTRAN needs to configure a value before invoking the related functionality.
NOTE 2:	In general, the signalling should preferably support a "release" option for fields introduced after v8.5.0. The "value not applicable" should be used restrictively, mainly limited to for fields which value is relevant only if another field is set to a value other than its default.
9.2.1	SRB configurations
9.2.1.1	SRB1
Parameters
Name
Value
NB-IoT
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration CHOICE
am
am


ul-RLC-Config
>t-PollRetransmit
>pollPDU
>pollByte
>maxRetxThreshold

ms45
infinity
infinity
t4

ms25000
N/A
N/A
t4


dl-RLC-Config
>t-Reordering
>t-StatusProhibit
>enableStatusReportSN-Gap

ms35
ms0
N/A

released
N/A
disabled


Logical channel configuration




priority
1
1
Highest priority

prioritisedBitRate
infinity
N/A


bucketSizeDuration
N/A
N/A


logicalChannelGroup
0
N/A


logicalChannelSR-Prohibit
N/A
TRUE



9.2.1.2	SRB2
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
RLC configuration CHOICE
am


ul-RLC-Config
>t-PollRetransmit
>pollPDU
>pollByte
>maxRetxThreshold

ms45
infinity
infinity
t4


dl-RLC-Config
>t-Reordering
>t-StatusProhibit

ms35
ms0


Logical channel configuration



priority
3


prioritisedBitRate
infinity


bucketSizeDuration
N/A


logicalChannelGroup
0



9.2.2	Default MAC main configuration
Parameters
Name
Value
NB-IoT
Semantics description
Ver
MAC main configuration




maxHARQ-tx
n5
N/A


periodicBSR-Timer
infinity
pp8


retxBSR-Timer
sf2560
infinity


ttiBundling
FALSE
N/A


drx-Config
release
N/A


phr-Config
release
N/A



9.2.3	Default semi-persistent scheduling configuration
SPS-Config
>sps-ConfigDL
>sps-ConfigUL

release
release



9.2.4	Default physical channel configuration
Parameters (not applicable for NB-IoT)
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated
>p-a

dB0


PUCCH-ConfigDedicated
>tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode
>ackNackRepetition

bundling
release

Only valid for TDD mode

PUSCH-ConfigDedicated
>betaOffset-ACK-Index
>betaOffset-RI-Index
>betaOffset-CQI-Index

10
12
15


UplinkPowerControlDedicated
>p0-UE-PUSCH
>deltaMCS-Enabled
>accumulationEnabled
>p0-UE-PUCCH
>pSRS-Offset
>filterCoefficient

0
en0 (disabled)
TRUE
0
7
fc4


tpc-pdcch-ConfigPUCCH
release


tpc-pdcch-ConfigPUSCH
release


CQI-ReportConfig
>CQI-ReportPeriodic
>cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
>nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset

release
N/A
N/A


SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated
release


AntennaInfoDedicated
>transmissionMode



>codebookSubsetRestriction
>ue-TransmitAntennaSelection

tm1, tm2



N/A
release

If the number of PBCH antenna ports is one, tm1 is used as default; otherwise tm2 is used as default

SchedulingRequestConfig
release



Parameters applicable for NB-IoT
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
NPUSCH-ConfigDedicated-NB
>ack-NACK-NumRepetitions
>npusch-AllSymbols

N/A
TRUE


UplinkPowerControlDedicated
>p0-UE-NPUSCH

0



9.2.5	Default values timers and constants
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
t310
ms1000


n310
n1


t311
ms1000


n311
n1



9.3	Sidelink pre-configured parameters
9.3.1	Specified parameters
This clause only list parameters which value is specified in the standard.
Parameters
Name
Value
Semantics description
Ver
preconfigSync
>syncTxParameters
>>alpha


0




preconfigComm
>sc-TxParameters
>>alpha
>dataTxParameters
>>alpha


0

0






v2x-CommPreconfigSync
>syncTxParameters
>>alpha


0


v2x-CommTxPoolList, p2x-CommTxPoolList
>dataTxParameters
>>alpha



0



9.3.2	Pre-configurable parameters
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E‑UTRA definitions of pre-configured sidelink parameters.
NOTE 1:	Upper layers are assumed to provide a set of pre-configured parameters that are valid at the current UE location if any, see TS 24.334 [69], clause 10.2.
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-Sidelink-Preconf DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
	AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	FilterCoefficient,
	maxCBR-Level-r14,
	maxCBR-Level-1-r14,
	maxFreq,
	maxFreqV2X-r14,
	maxSL-TxPool-r12,
	maxSL-CommRxPoolPreconf-v1310,
	maxSL-CommTxPoolPreconf-v1310,
	maxSL-DiscRxPoolPreconf-r13,
	maxSL-DiscTxPoolPreconf-r13,
	maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-r14,
	maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-1-r14,
	maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14,
	maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-r14,
	maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-1-r14,
	maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14,
	MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15,
	P-Max,
	ReselectionInfoRelay-r13,
	SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14,
	SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14,
	SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14,
	SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14,
	SL-CP-Len-r12,
	SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
	SL-OffsetIndicator-r12,
	SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430,
	SL-PeriodComm-r12,
	RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
	SL-MinT2ValueList-r15,
	SL-PriorityList-r13,
	SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	SL-TRPT-Subset-r12,
	SL-TxParameters-r12,
	SL-ZoneConfig-r14,
	P0-SL-r12,
	TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
	SubframeBitmapSL-r14,
	SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14,
	SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14,
	SL-SyncAllowed-r14,
	SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14,
	SL-Priority-r13,
	SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15,
	SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15,
	SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP


–	SL-Preconfiguration
The IE SL-Preconfiguration includes the sidelink pre-configured parameters.
SL-Preconfiguration information elements
-- ASN1START

SL-Preconfiguration-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	preconfigGeneral-r12				SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12,
	preconfigSync-r12					SL-PreconfigSync-r12,
	preconfigComm-r12					SL-PreconfigCommPoolList4-r12,
	...,
	[[	preconfigComm-v1310				SEQUENCE {
			commRxPoolList-r13			SL-PreconfigCommRxPoolList-r13,
			commTxPoolList-r13			SL-PreconfigCommTxPoolList-r13		OPTIONAL
		}																		OPTIONAL,
		preconfigDisc-r13				SEQUENCE {
			discRxPoolList-r13				SL-PreconfigDiscRxPoolList-r13,
			discTxPoolList-r13				SL-PreconfigDiscTxPoolList-r13		OPTIONAL
		}																		OPTIONAL,
		preconfigRelay-r13				SL-PreconfigRelay-r13				OPTIONAL
	]]

}

SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- PDCP configuration
	rohc-Profiles-r12					SEQUENCE {
		profile0x0001-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0002-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0004-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0006-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0101-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0102-r12						BOOLEAN,
		profile0x0104-r12						BOOLEAN
	},
	-- Physical configuration
	carrierFreq-r12						ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	maxTxPower-r12						P-Max,
	additionalSpectrumEmission-r12		AdditionalSpectrumEmission,
	sl-bandwidth-r12					ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100},
	tdd-ConfigSL-r12					TDD-ConfigSL-r12,
	reserved-r12						BIT STRING (SIZE (19)),
	...,
	[[	additionalSpectrumEmission-v1440		AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

SL-PreconfigSync-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	syncCP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	syncOffsetIndicator1-r12			SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	syncOffsetIndicator2-r12			SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12,
	syncTxParameters-r12				P0-SL-r12,
	syncTxThreshOoC-r12					RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
	filterCoefficient-r12				FilterCoefficient,
	syncRefMinHyst-r12					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12},
	syncRefDiffHyst-r12					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf},
	...,
	[[	syncTxPeriodic-r13					ENUMERATED {true}			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

SL-PreconfigCommPoolList4-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-PreconfigCommPool-r12

SL-PreconfigCommRxPoolList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-CommRxPoolPreconf-v1310)) OF SL-PreconfigCommPool-r12

SL-PreconfigCommTxPoolList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-CommTxPoolPreconf-v1310)) OF SL-PreconfigCommPool-r12

SL-PreconfigCommPool-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
-- This IE is same as SL-CommResourcePool with rxParametersNCell absent
	sc-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	sc-Period-r12						SL-PeriodComm-r12,
	sc-TF-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	sc-TxParameters-r12					P0-SL-r12,
	data-CP-Len-r12						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	data-TF-ResourceConfig-r12			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	dataHoppingConfig-r12				SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12,
	dataTxParameters-r12				P0-SL-r12,
	trpt-Subset-r12						SL-TRPT-Subset-r12,
	...,
	[[	priorityList-r13				SL-PriorityList-r13			OPTIONAL	-- For Tx
	]]
}

SL-PreconfigDiscRxPoolList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-DiscRxPoolPreconf-r13)) OF SL-PreconfigDiscPool-r13

SL-PreconfigDiscTxPoolList-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-DiscTxPoolPreconf-r13)) OF SL-PreconfigDiscPool-r13

SL-PreconfigDiscPool-r13 ::=		SEQUENCE {
-- This IE is same as SL-DiscResourcePool with rxParameters absent
	cp-Len-r13						SL-CP-Len-r12,
	discPeriod-r13				ENUMERATED {rf4, rf6, rf7, rf8, rf12, rf14, rf16, rf24, rf28,
										rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024, spare},
	numRetx-r13					INTEGER (0..3),
	numRepetition-r13				INTEGER (1..50),
	tf-ResourceConfig-r13			SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12,
	txParameters-r13				SEQUENCE {
		txParametersGeneral-r13		P0-SL-r12,
		txProbability-r13			ENUMERATED {p25, p50, p75, p100}
	}																OPTIONAL,
	...
}

SL-PreconfigRelay-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	reselectionInfoOoC-r13			ReselectionInfoRelay-r13
}

-- ASN1STOP

SL-Preconfiguration field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the carrier frequency for out of coverage sidelink communication and sidelink discovery. In case of FDD it is uplink carrier frequency and the corresponding downlink frequency can be determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1.
additionalSpectrumEmission
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4. If additionalSpectrumEmissionExt-r14 is configured, the UE only considers additionalSpectrumEmissionExt-r14 (and ignores additionalSpectrumEmission-r12).
commRxPoolList
Indicates a list of reception pools for sidelink communication in addition to the resource pools indicated by preconfigComm.
commTxPoolList
Indicates a list of transmission pools for sidelink communication in addition to the first resource pool within preconfigComm.
preconfigComm
Indicates a list of resource pools. The first resource pool in the list is used for both reception and transmission of sidelink communication. The other resource pools, if present, are only used for reception of sidelink communication.
syncRefDiffHyst
Hysteresis when evaluating a SyncRef UE using relative comparison. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB3 to 3 dB and so on, value dBinf corresponds to infinite dB.
syncRefMinHyst
Hysteresis when evaluating a SyncRef UE using absolute comparison. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB3 to 3 dB and so on.

NOTE 1:	The network may configure one or more of the reception only resource pools in preconfigComm to cover reception from in coverage UEs using scheduled resource allocation. For such a resource pool the network should set all bits of subframeBitmap to 1 and offsetIndicator to indicate the subframe immediately following the sidelink control information.
NOTE 2:	The network should ensure that the resources defined by the first entry in preconfigComm (used for transmission by an out of coverage UE) do not overlap with those of the pool(s) covering scheduled transmissions by in coverage UEs. Furthermore, the network should ensure that for none of the entries in preconfigComm the resources defined by sc-TF-ResourceConfig overlap.
–	SL-V2X-Preconfiguration
The IE SL-V2X-Preconfiguration includes the sidelink pre-configured parameters used for V2X sidelink communication.
SL-V2X-Preconfiguration information elements
-- ASN1START

SL-V2X-Preconfiguration-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	v2x-PreconfigFreqList-r14		SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqList-r14,
	anchorCarrierFreqList-r14		SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14				OPTIONAL,
	cbr-PreconfigList-r14			SL-CBR-PreconfigTxConfigList-r14				OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15	SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15			OPTIONAL,
		syncFreqList-r15			SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15						OPTIONAL,
		slss-TxMultiFreq-r15		ENUMERATED {true}							OPTIONAL,
		v2x-TxProfileList-r15		SL-V2X-TxProfileList-r15					OPTIONAL
	]]
}

SL-CBR-PreconfigTxConfigList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	cbr-RangeCommonConfigList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-r14)) OF SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14,
	sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-r14)) OF SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14
}

SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14

SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14		SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12,
	v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14			SL-PreconfigV2X-Sync-r14				OPTIONAL,
	v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14				SL-PreconfigV2X-RxPoolList-r14,
	v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14				SL-PreconfigV2X-TxPoolList-r14,
	p2x-CommTxPoolList-r14				SL-PreconfigV2X-TxPoolList-r14,
	v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14			SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14			OPTIONAL,
	zoneConfig-r14						SL-ZoneConfig-r14						OPTIONAL,
	syncPriority-r14					ENUMERATED {gnss, enb},
	thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14		SL-Priority-r13						OPTIONAL,
	offsetDFN-r14						INTEGER (0..1000)					OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15	SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15	OPTIONAL
	]]
}

SL-PreconfigV2X-RxPoolList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14

SL-PreconfigV2X-TxPoolList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 ::=		SEQUENCE {
-- This IE is same as SL-CommResourcePoolV2X with rxParametersNCell absent
	sl-OffsetIndicator-r14				SL-OffsetIndicator-r12		OPTIONAL,
	sl-Subframe-r14						SubframeBitmapSL-r14,
	adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH-r14			BOOLEAN,
	sizeSubchannel-r14					ENUMERATED {
										n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n25, n30,
										n48, n50, n72, n75, n96, n100, spare13, spare12, spare11,
										spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
										spare3, spare2, spare1},
	numSubchannel-r14					ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n5, n8, n10, n15, n20, spare1},
	startRB-Subchannel-r14				INTEGER (0..99),
	startRB-PSCCH-Pool-r14				INTEGER (0..99)				OPTIONAL,
	dataTxParameters-r14				P0-SL-r12,
	zoneID-r14							INTEGER (0..7)				OPTIONAL,
	threshS-RSSI-CBR-r14					INTEGER (0..45)				OPTIONAL,
	cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r14			SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-r14	OPTIONAL,
	resourceSelectionConfigP2X-r14		SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14	OPTIONAL,
	syncAllowed-r14						SL-SyncAllowed-r14				OPTIONAL,
	restrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14	SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14	OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	sl-MinT2ValueList-r15			SL-MinT2ValueList-r15			OPTIONAL,
		cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-v1530	SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-v1530	OPTIONAL
	]]
}

SL-PreconfigV2X-Sync-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	syncOffsetIndicators-r14			SL-V2X-SyncOffsetIndicators-r14,
	syncTxParameters-r14				P0-SL-r12,
	syncTxThreshOoC-r14					RSRP-RangeSL3-r12,
	filterCoefficient-r14				FilterCoefficient,
	syncRefMinHyst-r14					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12},
	syncRefDiffHyst-r14					ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf},
	...,
	[[	slss-TxDisabled-r15				ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL
	]]
}

SL-V2X-SyncOffsetIndicators-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	syncOffsetIndicator1-r14			SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14,
	syncOffsetIndicator2-r14			SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14,
	syncOffsetIndicator3-r14			SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14			OPTIONAL
}

SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-r14

SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-r14 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	priorityThreshold-r14			SL-Priority-r13,
	defaultTxConfigIndex-r14		INTEGER(0..maxCBR-Level-1-r14),
	cbr-ConfigIndex-r14				INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-1-r14),
	tx-ConfigIndexList-r14			SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-PreconfigIndex-r14
}

Tx-PreconfigIndex-r14 ::=			INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-1-r14)

SL-CBR-PPPP-TxPreconfigList-v1530 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-v1530

SL-PPPP-TxPreconfigIndex-v1530 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	mcs-PSSCH-Range-r15				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15						OPTIONAL
}

SL-V2X-TxProfileList-r15 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..256)) OF SL-V2X-TxProfile-r15

SL-V2X-TxProfile-r15 ::=		ENUMERATED {
									rel14, rel15, spare6, spare5, spare4,
									spare3, spare2, spare1, ...}

END

-- ASN1STOP

SL-V2X-Preconfiguration field descriptions
adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH
Indicates whether a UE always transmits PSCCH and PSSCH in adjacent RBs (indicated by TRUE) or it may transmit PSCCH and PSSCH in non-adjacent RBs (indicated by FALSE). This parameter appears only when a pool is configured such that a UE transmits PSCCH and the associated PSSCH in the same subframe.
anchorCarrierFreqList
Indicates carrier frequencies which may include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
cbr-PreconfigList
Indicates the preconfigured list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmission configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList in cbr-PreconfigList, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limits by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList in cbr-PreconfigList. 
numSubchannel
Indicates the number of subchannels in the corresponding resource pool.
offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 0 corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
resourceSelectionConfigP2X
Indicates the allowed resource selection mechanism(s), i.e. partial sensing and/or random selection, for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
restrictResourceReservationPeriod
If configured, the field restrictResourceReservationPeriod configured in v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig shall be ignored for transmission on this pool. 
sizeSubchannel
Indicates the number of PRBs of each subchannel in the corresponding resource pool. The value n5 denotes 5 PRBs; n6 denotes 6 PRBs and so on. The values n5, n6, n10, n15, n20, n25, n50, n75 and n100 apply in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to TRUE; the values n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n30, n48, n72 and n96 apply in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to FALSE.
sl-OffsetIndicator
Indicates the offset of the first subframe of a resource pool within a SFN cycle. If absent, the resource pool starts from first subframe of SFN=0. This field is not applicable to V2X sidelink communication.
sl-Subframe
Indicates the bitmap of the resource pool, which is is defined by repeating the bitmap within a SFN cycle (see TS 36.213 [23]).
startRB-Subchannel
Indicates the lowest RB index of the subchannel with the lowest index.
startRB-PSCCH-Pool
Indicates the lowest RB index of the PSCCH pool.
syncAllowed
Indicates the allowed synchronization reference(s) which is (are) allowed to use the pre-configured resource pool. 
syncPriority
Indicates the synchronization priority order. In case the UE does not detect any cell which configures synchronization configuration on the carrier frequency in anchorCarrierFreqList, if this field is set to gnss, the UE shall prioritize GNSS over the UE directly synchronized to eNB; if this field is set to enb, the UE shall prioritize the UE directly synchronized to eNB over GNSS.
thresSL-TxPrioritization
Indicates the threshold used to determine whether SL V2X transmission is prioritized over uplink transmission if they overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). 
threshS-RSSI-CBR
Indicates the S-RSSI threshold for determining the contribution of a sub-channel to the CBR measurement, as specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value 0 corresponds to -112 dBm, value 1 to -110 dBm, value n to (-112 + n*2) dBm, and so on.
v2x-CommRxPoolList
Indicates a list of reception pools for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-CommTxPoolList
Indicates a list of transmission pools for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig
Indicates V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous resource selection.
v2x-TxProfileList
Indicates for each Tx profile the corresponding transmission format, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of increasing Tx profile pointer identities. For each entry, Value REL14 indicates that the UE shall use Release 14 compatible format (i.e. using MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 with 64 QAM indices overridden by 16QAM in TS 36.213 [23] and not Rel-15 feature) to transmit the corresponding V2X packet. Value REL15 indicates that the UE shall use Release 15 format (i.e. using rate matching, TBS scaling, MCS table in Table 8.6.1 and, if applicable, the MCS indices supporting 64QAM in Table 8.6.1 and Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23]) to transmit the corresponding V2X packet. If v2x-TxProfileList is not configured by upper layers, the UE shall use Release 14 compatible format to transmit the corresponding V2X packet.
zoneConfig
Indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication in 5.10.13.2.
zoneID
Indicates the zone ID for which the UE shall use this resource pool as described in 5.10.13.2. The field is absent in v2x-CommRxPoolList and p2x-CommTxPoolList in SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo.

10	Radio information related interactions between network nodes
10.1	General
This clause specifies RRC messages that are transferred between network nodes. These RRC messages may be transferred to or from the UE via another Radio Access Technology. Consequently, these messages have similar characteristics as the RRC messages that are transferred across the E-UTRA radio interface, i.e. the same transfer syntax and protocol extension mechanisms apply.
10.2	Inter-node RRC messages
10.2.1	General
This clause specifies RRC messages that are sent either across the X2- or the S1-interface, either to or from the eNB, i.e. a single 'logical channel' is used for all RRC messages transferred across network nodes. The information could originate from or be destined for another RAT.
–	EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the E‑UTRA inter-node PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START

EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	AntennaInfoCommon,
	AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0,
	ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9,
	CellIdentity,
	C-RNTI,
	DL-DCCH-Message,
	DRB-Identity,
	DRB-ToReleaseList,
	DRB-ToReleaseList-r15,
	FreqBandIndicator-r11,
	InDeviceCoexIndication-r11,
	LWA-Config-r13,
	MasterInformationBlock,
	maxBands,
	maxFreq,
	maxDRB,
	maxDRBExt-r15,
	maxDRB-r15,
	maxSCell-r10,
	maxSCell-r13,
	maxServCell-r10,
	maxServCell-r13,
	MBMSInterestIndication-r11,
	MeasConfig,
	MeasGapConfig,
	MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14,
	MeasResultForRSSI-r13,
	MeasResultListWLAN-r13,
	OtherConfig-r9,
	PhysCellId,
	P-Max,
	PowerCoordinationInfo-r12,
	SidelinkUEInformation-r12,
	SL-CommConfig-r12,
	SL-DiscConfig-r12,
	SubframeAssignment-r15,
	RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0,
	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370,
	RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15,
	RCLWI-Configuration-r13,
	RSRP-Range,
	RSRQ-Range,
	RSRQ-Range-v1250,
	RS-SINR-Range-r13,
	SCellToAddModList-r10,
	SCellToAddModList-v13c0,
	SCellToAddModListExt-r13,
	SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0,
	SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12,
	SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0,
	SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0,
	SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	SCellIndex-r10,
	SCellIndex-r13,
	SCellToReleaseList-r10,
	SCellToReleaseListExt-r13,
	ServCellIndex-r10,
	ServCellIndex-r13,
	ShortMAC-I,
	MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15,
	MeasResultSSTD-r13,
	SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14,
	SystemInformationBlockType1,
	SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs,
	SystemInformationBlockType2,
	UEAssistanceInformation-r11,
	UECapabilityInformation,
	UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
	UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12,
	WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13,
	WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP

10.2.2	Message definitions
–	HandoverCommand
This message is used to transfer the handover command generated by the target eNB.
Direction: target eNB to source eNB/ source RAN
HandoverCommand message
-- ASN1START

HandoverCommand ::=					SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			handoverCommand-r8					HandoverCommand-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

HandoverCommand-r8-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	handoverCommandMessage				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING DL-DCCH-Message),
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

HandoverCommand field descriptions
handoverCommandMessage
Contains the entire DL-DCCH-Message including the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message used to perform handover within E-UTRAN or handover to E-UTRAN, generated (entirely) by the target eNB.

NOTE:	The source BSC, in case of inter-RAT handover from GERAN to E-UTRAN, expects that the HandoverCommand message includes DL-DCCH-Message only. Thus, criticalExtensionsFuture, spare1-spare7 and nonCriticalExtension should not be used regardless whether the source RAT is E-UTRAN, UTRAN or GERAN.
–	HandoverPreparationInformation
This message is used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC information used by the target eNB or target ng-eNB during handover preparation, including UE capability information.
Direction: source eNB/ source RAN to target eNB or target ng-eNB
HandoverPreparationInformation message
-- ASN1START

HandoverPreparationInformation ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			handoverPreparationInformation-r8	HandoverPreparationInformation-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo		UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
	as-Config							AS-Config					OPTIONAL,		-- Cond HO
	rrm-Config							RRM-Config					OPTIONAL,
	as-Context							AS-Context				OPTIONAL,		-- Cond HO
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v920-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v920-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-ConfigRelease-r9					ENUMERATED {
										rel9, rel10, rel11, rel12, v10j0, v11e0,
										v1280, rel13, ..., rel14, rel15}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v9d0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v9d0-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING HandoverPreparationInformation-v9j0-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v9e0-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

-- Late non-critical extensions:
HandoverPreparationInformation-v9j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Following field is only for pre REL-10 late non-critical extensions
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v10j0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Config-v10j0						AS-Config-v10j0			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v10x0-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v10x0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-10 to REL-12
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v13c0-IEs 		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v13c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Config-v13c0						AS-Config-v13c0			OPTIONAL,
	-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-13
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}					OPTIONAL
}

-- Regular non-critical extensions:
HandoverPreparationInformation-v9e0-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Config-v9e0						AS-Config-v9e0					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v1130-IEs		OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1130-IEs	::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Context-v1130					AS-Context-v1130				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v1250-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-SupportedEARFCN-r12				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO3
	as-Config-v1250					AS-Config-v1250				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v1320-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1320-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Config-v1320						AS-Config-v1320					OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	as-Context-v1320					AS-Context-v1320				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v1430-IEs						OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	as-Config-v1430					AS-Config-v1430						OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	makeBeforeBreakReq-r14			ENUMERATED {true}				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	nonCriticalExtension			HandoverPreparationInformation-v1530-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ran-NotificationAreaInfo-r15		RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-v1540-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	sourceRB-ConfigIntra5GC-r15		OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,	--Cond HO4
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

HandoverPreparationInformation field descriptions
as-Config
The radio resource configuration. Applicable in case of intra-E-UTRA handover. If the target receives an incomplete MeasConfig and/or RadioResourceConfigDedicated in the as-Config, the target eNB may decide to apply the full configuration option based on the ue-ConfigRelease.
as-Context
Local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.
makeBeforeBreakReq
To request the target eNB to add the makeBeforeBreak indication in the mobilityControlInfo in case of intra-frequency handover.
rrm-Config
Local E-UTRAN context used depending on the target node's implementation, which is mainly used for the RRM purpose. May also be provided at inter-RAT intra-5GC handover from NR.
sourceRB-ConfigIntra5GC
NR radio bearer config used at intra5GC handover, as defined by RadioBearerConfig IE in TS 38.331 [82].
ue-ConfigRelease
Indicates the RRC protocol release or version applicable for the current UE configuration. This could be used by target eNB to decide if the full configuration approach should be used. If this field is not present, the target assumes that the current UE configuration is based on the release 8 version of RRC protocol. NOTE 1.
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo
For E-UTRA radio access capabilities, it is up to E-UTRA how the backward compatibility among supportedBandCombinationReduced, supportedBandCombination and supportedBandCombinationAdd is ensured. If supportedBandCombinationReduced and supportedBandCombination/supportedBandCombinationAdd are included into ueCapabilityRAT-Container, it can be assumed that the value of fields, requestedBands, reducedIntNonContCombRequested and requestedCCsXL are consistend with all supported band combination fields. NOTE 2
ue-SupportedEARFCN
Includes UE supported EARFCN of the handover target E-UTRA cell if the target E-UTRA cell belongs to multiple frequency bands.

NOTE 1:	The source typically sets the ue-ConfigRelease to the release corresponding with the current dedicated radio configuration. The source may however also consider the common radio resource configuration e.g. in case interoperability problems would appear if the UE temporary continues extensions of this part of the configuration in a target PCell not supporting them.
NOTE 2:	The following table indicates per source RAT whether RAT capabilities are included or not.
Source RAT
E-UTRA capabilites
UTRA capabilities
GERAN capabilities
MR DC capabilities
NR capabilities
UTRAN
Included
May be included, ignored by eNB if received
May be included
Excluded
Excluded
GERAN CS
Excluded
May be included, ignored by eNB if received
Included
Excluded
Excluded
GERAN PS
Excluded
May be included, ignored by eNB if received
Included
Excluded
Excluded
E-UTRAN
Included
May be included
May be included
May be included
May be included
NR
Included
Excluded
Excluded
May be included
May be included

Conditional presence
Explanation
HO
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO2
The field is optional present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO3
The field is optional present in case of handover from GERAN to E-UTRA, otherwise the field is not present.
HO4
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA/5GC and optional present in case of handover from NR to E-UTRA/5GC; otherwise the field is not present.

–	SCG-Config
This message is used to transfer the SCG radio configuration generated by the SeNB.
Direction: Secondary eNB to master eNB
SCG-Config message
-- ASN1START

SCG-Config-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			scg-Config-r12					SCG-Config-r12-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SCG-Config-r12-IEs ::=				SEQUENCE {
	scg-RadioConfig-r12					SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SCG-Config-v12i0a-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

SCG-Config-v12i0a-IEs ::=				SEQUENCE {
	-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-12
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SCG-Config-v12i0b-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				SCG-Config-v13c0-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

SCG-Config-v12i0b-IEs ::=				SEQUENCE {
	scg-RadioConfig-v12i0				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

SCG-Config-v13c0-IEs ::=				SEQUENCE {
	scg-RadioConfig-v13c0				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0				OPTIONAL,
	-- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-13 onwards
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCG-Config field descriptions
scg-RadioConfig-r12
Includes the change of the dedicated SCG configuration and, upon addition of an SCG cell, the common SCG configuration.
The SeNB only includes a new SCG cell in response to a request from MeNB, but may include release of an SCG cell release or release of the SCG part of an SCG/Split DRB without prior request from MeNB. The SeNB does not use this field to initiate release of the SCG.

–	SCG-ConfigInfo
This message is used by MeNB to request the SeNB to perform certain actions e.g. to establish, modify or release an SCG, and it may include additional information e.g. to assist the SeNB with assigning the SCG configuration.
Direction: Master eNB to secondary eNB
SCG-ConfigInfo message
-- ASN1START

SCG-ConfigInfo-r12 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			scg-ConfigInfo-r12					SCG-ConfigInfo-r12-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

SCG-ConfigInfo-r12-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedMCG-r12	RadioResourceConfigDedicated		OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModListMCG-r12		SCellToAddModList-r10				OPTIONAL,
	measGapConfig-r12				MeasGapConfig						OPTIONAL,
	powerCoordinationInfo-r12		PowerCoordinationInfo-r12			OPTIONAL,
	scg-RadioConfig-r12				SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12				OPTIONAL,
	eutra-CapabilityInfo-r12		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation)	OPTIONAL,
	scg-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12		SCG-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12			OPTIONAL,
	mbmsInterestIndication-r12		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
										MBMSInterestIndication-r11)		OPTIONAL,
	measResultServCellListSCG-r12	MeasResultServCellListSCG-r12		OPTIONAL,
	drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12			DRB-InfoListSCG-r12					OPTIONAL,
	drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r12		DRB-ToReleaseList					OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModListSCG-r12		SCellToAddModListSCG-r12			OPTIONAL,
	sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12		SCellToReleaseList-r10				OPTIONAL,
	p-Max-r12							P-Max								OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SCG-ConfigInfo-v1310-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

SCG-ConfigInfo-v1310-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measResultSSTD-r13				MeasResultSSTD-r13					OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModListMCG-Ext-r13		SCellToAddModListExt-r13			OPTIONAL,
	measResultServCellListSCG-Ext-r13	MeasResultServCellListSCG-Ext-r13	OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13		SCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13			OPTIONAL,
	sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext-r13	SCellToReleaseListExt-r13			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SCG-ConfigInfo-v1330-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

SCG-ConfigInfo-v1330-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	measResultListRSSI-SCG-r13		MeasResultListRSSI-SCG-r13			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SCG-ConfigInfo-v1430-IEs							OPTIONAL
}

SCG-ConfigInfo-v1430-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	makeBeforeBreakSCG-Req-r14		ENUMERATED {true}					OPTIONAL,
	measGapConfigPerCC-List		MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14			OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SCG-ConfigInfo-v1530-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

SCG-ConfigInfo-v1530-IEs ::=		SEQUENCE {
	drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15			DRB-InfoListSCG-r15					OPTIONAL,
	drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15		DRB-ToReleaseList-r15				OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension			SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

DRB-InfoListSCG-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-InfoSCG-r12
DRB-InfoListSCG-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-InfoSCG-r12

DRB-InfoSCG-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	eps-BearerIdentity-r12			INTEGER (0..15)				OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
	drb-Identity-r12				DRB-Identity,
	drb-Type-r12					ENUMERATED {split, scg}		OPTIONAL,	-- Cond DRB-Setup
	...
}

SCellToAddModListSCG-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF Cell-ToAddMod-r12

SCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF Cell-ToAddMod-r12

Cell-ToAddMod-r12 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sCellIndex-r12						SCellIndex-r10,
	cellIdentification-r12				SEQUENCE {
		physCellId-r12						PhysCellId,
		dl-CarrierFreq-r12					ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd
	measResultCellToAdd-r12				SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResult-r12						RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResult-r12						RSRQ-Range
	}																OPTIONAL,	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	...,
	[[		sCellIndex-r13					SCellIndex-r13				OPTIONAL,
		measResultCellToAdd-v1310			SEQUENCE {
			rs-sinr-Result-r13					RS-SINR-Range-r13
		}															OPTIONAL	-- Cond SCellAdd2
	]]
}

MeasResultServCellListSCG-r12 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasResultServCellSCG-r12

MeasResultServCellListSCG-Ext-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultServCellSCG-r12

MeasResultServCellSCG-r12 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	servCellId-r12						ServCellIndex-r10,
	measResultSCell-r12					SEQUENCE {
		rsrpResultSCell-r12					RSRP-Range,
		rsrqResultSCell-r12					RSRQ-Range
	},
	...,
	[[		servCellId-r13						ServCellIndex-r13		OPTIONAL,
		measResultSCell-v1310				SEQUENCE {
			rs-sinr-ResultSCell-r13				RS-SINR-Range-r13
		}															OPTIONAL
	]]
}

MeasResultListRSSI-SCG-r13 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultRSSI-SCG-r13

MeasResultRSSI-SCG-r13 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	servCellId-r13						ServCellIndex-r13,
	measResultForRSSI-r13				MeasResultForRSSI-r13
}

SCG-ConfigRestrictInfo-r12 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	maxSCH-TB-BitsDL-r12				INTEGER (1..100),
	maxSCH-TB-BitsUL-r12				INTEGER (1..100)
}

-- ASN1STOP

SCG-ConfigInfo field descriptions
drb-ToAddModListSCG
Includes DRBs the SeNB is requested to establish or modify (DRB type change).
drb-ToReleaseListSCG
Includes DRBs the SeNB is requested to release.
makeBeforeBreakSCG-Req
To request the target eNB to add the makeBeforeBreakSCG indication in the mobilityControlInfoSCG in case of intra-frequency SCG change.
maxSCH-TB-BitsXL
Indicates the maximum DL-SCH/UL-SCH TB bits that may be scheduled in a TTI. Specified as a percentage of the value defined for the applicable UE category.
measGapConfig
Includes the current measurement gap configuration.
measResultListRSSI-SCG
Includes RSSI measurement results of SCG (serving) cells
measResultSSTD
Includes measurement results of UE SFN and Subframe Timing Difference between the PCell and the PSCell.
measResultServCellListSCG
Includes measurement results of SCG (serving) cells.
radioResourceConfigDedMCG
Includes the current dedicated MCG radio resource configuration.
sCellIndex
If sCellIndex-r13 is present, sCellIndex-r12 shall be ignored.
sCellToAddModListMCG, sCellToAddModListMCG-Ext
Includes the current MCG SCell configuration. Field sCellToAddModListMCG is used to add the first 4 SCells with sCellIndex-r10 while sCellToAddModListMCG-Ext is used to add the rest.
sCellToAddModListSCG, sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext
Includes SCG cells the SeNB is requested to establish. Measurement results may be provided for these cells. Field sCellToAddModListSCG is used to add the first 4 SCells with sCellIndex-r12 while sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext is used to add the rest.
sCellToReleaseListSCG, sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext
Includes SCG cells the SeNB is requested to release.
scg-RadioConfig
Includes the current dedicated SCG configuration.
scg-ConfigRestrictInfo
Includes fields for which MeNB explictly indicates the restriction to be observed by SeNB.
servCellId
If servCellId-r13 is present, servCellId-r12 shall be ignored.
p-Max
Cell specific value i.e. as broadcast by PCell.

Conditional presence
Explanation
DRB-Setup
The field is mandatory present in case DRB establishment is requested; otherwise the field is not present.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present in case SCG cell establishment is requested; otherwise the field is not present.
SCellAdd2
The field is optional present in case SCG cell establishment is requested; otherwise the field is not present.

–	UEPagingCoverageInformation
This message is used to transfer UE paging coverage information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/from EPC
UEPagingCoverageInformation message
-- ASN1START

UEPagingCoverageInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			uePagingCoverageInformation-r13			UEPagingCoverageInformation-r13-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEPagingCoverageInformation-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	mpdcch-NumRepetition-r13				INTEGER (1..256)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UEPagingCoverageInformation field descriptions
mpdcch-NumRepetition
Number of repetitions for MPDCCH. The value is an estimate of the required number of repetitions for MPDCCH for paging.

–	UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation
This message is used to transfer UE radio access capability information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/ from EPC
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation message
-- ASN1START

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			ueRadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8
												UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation),
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}							OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation field descriptions
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo
Including E-UTRA, GERAN, CDMA2000-1xRTT Bandclass, NR and MR-DC radio access capabilities (separated). UTRA radio access capabilities are not included. For E-UTRA radio access capabilities, it is up to E-UTRA how the backward compatibility among supportedBandCombinationReduced, supportedBandCombination and supportedBandCombinationAdd is ensured. If supportedBandCombinationReduced and supportedBandCombination/supportedBandCombinationAdd are included into ueCapabilityRAT-Container, it can be assumed that the value of fields, requestedBands, reducedIntNonContCombRequested and requestedCCsXL are consistent with all supported band combination fields.

–	UERadioPagingInformation
This message is used to transfer radio paging information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC/5GC.
Direction: eNB to/ from EPC/5GC
UERadioPagingInformation message
-- ASN1START

UERadioPagingInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			ueRadioPagingInformation-r12			UERadioPagingInformation-r12-IEs,
			spare7 NULL,
			spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UERadioPagingInformation-r12-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioPagingInfo-r12				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12),
	nonCriticalExtension				UERadioPagingInformation-v1310-IEs			OPTIONAL
}

UERadioPagingInformation-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	supportedBandListEUTRAForPaging-r13		SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11 OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL

}

-- ASN1STOP

UERadioPagingInformation field descriptions
ue-RadioPagingInfo
The field is used to transfer UE capability information used for paging. The eNB generates the ue-RadioPagingInfo and the contained UE capability information is absent when not supported by the UE.
supportedBandListEUTRAForPaging
Indicates the UE supported frequency bands which is derived by the eNB from UE-EUTRA-Capability.

10.3	Inter-node RRC information element definitions
–	AS-Config
The AS-Config IE contains information about RRC configuration information in the source eNB which can be utilized by target eNB to determine the need to change the RRC configuration during the handover preparation phase. The information can also be used after the handover is successfully performed or during the RRC connection re-establishment or resume.
AS-Config information element
-- ASN1START

AS-Config ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceMeasConfig					MeasConfig,
	sourceRadioResourceConfig			RadioResourceConfigDedicated,
	sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig		SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	sourceUE-Identity					C-RNTI,
	sourceMasterInformationBlock		MasterInformationBlock,
	sourceSystemInformationBlockType1	SystemInformationBlockType1(WITH COMPONENTS
											{..., nonCriticalExtension ABSENT}),
	sourceSystemInformationBlockType2	SystemInformationBlockType2,
	antennaInfoCommon					AntennaInfoCommon,
	sourceDl-CarrierFreq				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	...,
	[[	sourceSystemInformationBlockType1Ext	OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
												SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
		sourceOtherConfig-r9				OtherConfig-r9
	-- sourceOtherConfig-r9 should have been optional. A target eNB compliant with this transfer
	-- syntax should support receiving an AS-Config not including this extension addition group
	-- e.g. from a legacy source eNB
	]],
	[[	sourceSCellConfigList-r10			SCellToAddModList-r10			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	sourceConfigSCG-r12					SCG-Config-r12		OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	as-ConfigNR-r15						AS-ConfigNR-r15					OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	as-Config-v1550						AS-Config-v1550					OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	as-ConfigNR-v1570					AS-ConfigNR-v1570				OPTIONAL
	]]
}

AS-Config-v9e0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceDl-CarrierFreq-v9e0		ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0
}

AS-Config-v10j0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-v10i0		AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0			OPTIONAL
}

AS-Config-v1250 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceWlan-OffloadConfig-r12		WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12				OPTIONAL,
	sourceSL-CommConfig-r12				SL-CommConfig-r12					OPTIONAL,
	sourceSL-DiscConfig-r12				SL-DiscConfig-r12					OPTIONAL
}

AS-Config-v1320 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceSCellConfigList-r13			SCellToAddModListExt-r13			OPTIONAL,
	sourceRCLWI-Configuration-r13		RCLWI-Configuration-r13				OPTIONAL
}

AS-Config-v13c0 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c01	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370	OPTIONAL,
	radioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c02	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0	OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModList-v13c0				SCellToAddModList-v13c0				OPTIONAL,
	sCellToAddModListExt-v13c0			SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0			OPTIONAL
}

AS-Config-v1430 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceSL-V2X-CommConfig-r14			SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14					OPTIONAL,
	sourceLWA-Config-r14				LWA-Config-r13						OPTIONAL,
	sourceWLAN-MeasResult-r14			MeasResultListWLAN-r13				OPTIONAL
}

AS-ConfigNR-r15 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceRB-ConfigNR-r15				OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL,
	sourceRB-ConfigSN-NR-r15				OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL,
	sourceOtherConfigSN-NR-r15			OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL
}

AS-ConfigNR-v1570 ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourceSCG-ConfiguredNR-r15			ENUMERATED {true}
}

AS-Config-v1550 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	tdm-PatternConfig-r15		SEQUENCE {
		subframeAssignment-r15		SubframeAssignment-r15,
		harq-Offset-r15				INTEGER (0.. 9)
	}												OPTIONAL,
	p-MaxEUTRA-r15				P-Max		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	The AS-Config re-uses information elements primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling requirements. Consequently, the information elements may include some parameters that are not relevant for the target eNB e.g. the SFN as included in the MasterInformationBlock.

AS-Config field descriptions
antennaInfoCommon
This field provides information about the number of antenna ports in the source PCell.
p-MaxEUTRA
Indicates the p-MaxEUTRA in the source PCell.
sourceOtherConfigSN-NR
Other NR config set by SN (cell group, measurements) in case of (NG)EN-DC i.e. as defined by the RRCReconfiguration message in TS 38.331 [82].
sourceRB-ConfigNR
NR radio bearer config, as defined by RadioBearerConfig IE in TS 38.331 [82]. The field may e.g. be set by MN in case of (NG)EN-DC, by source eNB connected to 5GCN.
sourceRB-ConfigSN-NR
NR radio bearer config set by SN in case of (NG)EN-DC or of SN terminated RB without SCG, as defined by RadioBearerConfig IE in TS 38.331 [82].
sourceDL-CarrierFreq
Provides the parameter Downlink EARFCN in the source PCell, see TS 36.101 [42]. If the source eNB provides AS-Config-v9e0, it sets sourceDl-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) to maxEARFCN.
sourceLWA-Config
LWA configuration in the source PCell when handover is triggered.
sourceOtherConfig
Provides other configuration in the source PCell.
sourceMasterInformationBlock
MasterInformationBlock transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceMeasConfig
Measurement configuration in the source cell. The measurement configuration for all measurements existing in the source eNB when handover is triggered shall be included. See 10.5.
sourceRCLWI-Configuration
RCLWI Configuration in the source PCell.
sourceSL-CommConfig
This field covers the sidelink communication configuration.
sourceSL-DiscConfig
This field covers the sidelink discovery configuration.
sourceRadioResourceConfig
Radio configuration in the source PCell. The radio resource configuration for all radio bearers existing in the source PCell when handover is triggered shall be included. See 10.5.
sourceSCellConfigList
Radio resource configuration (common and dedicated) of the SCells configured in the source eNB.
sourceSCG-ConfiguredNR
Value true indicates that the UE is configured with NR SCG in source configuration. The field is included only if sourceOtherConfigSN-NR is not included.
sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig
This field provides the AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering (SRBs and DRBs) algorithm configuration used in the source PCell.
sourceSystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 (or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR) transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceSystemInformationBlockType2
SystemInformationBlockType2 transmitted in the source PCell.
sourceSL-V2X-CommConfig
Indicates the V2X sidelink communication related configurations configured in the source eNB.
sourceWLAN-MeasResult
WLAN measurement results in the source PCell when handover is triggered.
tdm-PatternConfig
Indicates the TDM pattern configuration in the source PCell.

–	AS-Context
The IE AS-Context is used to transfer local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.

AS-Context information element
-- ASN1START

AS-Context ::=							SEQUENCE {
	reestablishmentInfo						ReestablishmentInfo			OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO
}

AS-Context-v1130 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	idc-Indication-r11						OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
											InDeviceCoexIndication-r11)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	mbmsInterestIndication-r11				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
											MBMSInterestIndication-r11)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	powerPrefIndication-r11					OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
											UEAssistanceInformation-r11)	OPTIONAL,	-- Cond HO2
	...,
	[[	sidelinkUEInformation-r12				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
												SidelinkUEInformation-r12)	OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO2
	]],
	[[	sourceContextEN-DC-r15				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO2
	]],
	[[	selectedbandCombinationInfoEN-DC-v1540		OCTET STRING			OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO2
	]]
}

AS-Context-v1320 ::=					SEQUENCE {
	wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING
											WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13)	OPTIONAL	-- Cond HO2
}

-- ASN1STOP

AS-Context field descriptions
idc-Indication
Including information used for handling the IDC problems.
reestablishmentInfo
Including information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
sourceContextEN-DC
(NG)EN-DC related context information, in particular regarding the UE capability coordination, as defined by the ConfigRestrictInfoSCG IE specified in TS 38.331 [82].
selectedBandCombinationInfoEN-DC
Including the BandCombinationInfoSN IE specified in TS 38.331 [82]. See NOTE 1.

Conditional presence
Explanation
HO
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
HO2
The field is optional present in case of handover within E-UTRA; otherwise the field is not present.

NOTE 1:	If the field is present, it is used to help target MN to decide appropriate LTE band for SCell frequency measurement in case of inter-MN handover without SN change.
–	ReestablishmentInfo
The ReestablishmentInfo IE contains information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
ReestablishmentInfo information element
-- ASN1START

ReestablishmentInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	sourcePhysCellId					PhysCellId,
	targetCellShortMAC-I				ShortMAC-I,
	additionalReestabInfoList			AdditionalReestabInfoList				OPTIONAL,
	...
}

AdditionalReestabInfoList ::=		SEQUENCE ( SIZE (1..maxReestabInfo) ) OF AdditionalReestabInfo

AdditionalReestabInfo ::=	SEQUENCE{
	cellIdentity						CellIdentity,
	key-eNodeB-Star					Key-eNodeB-Star,
	shortMAC-I							ShortMAC-I
}

Key-eNodeB-Star ::=					BIT STRING (SIZE (256))

-- ASN1STOP

ReestablishmentInfo field descriptions
additionalReestabInfoList
Contains a list of shortMAC-I and KeNB* for cells under control of the target eNB, required for potential re-establishment by the UE in these cells to succeed.
Key-eNodeB-Star
Parameter KeNB*: See TS 33.401 [32], clause 7.2.8.4. If the cell identified by cellIdentity belongs to multiple frequency bands, the source eNB selects the DL-EARFCN for the KeNB* calculation using the same logic as UE uses when selecting the DL-EARFCN in IDLE as defined in clause 6.2.2. This parameter is only used for X2 handover, and for S1 handover, it shall be ignored by target eNB.
sourcePhyCellId
The physical cell identity of the source PCell, used to determine the UE context in the target eNB at re-establishment.
targetCellShortMAC-I
The ShortMAC-I for the handover target PCell, in order for potential re-establishment to succeed.

–	RRM-Config
The RRM-Config IE contains information about UE specific RRM information before the handover which can be utilized by target eNB.
RRM-Config information element
-- ASN1START

RRM-Config ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-InactiveTime				ENUMERATED {
									s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20,
									s25, s30, s40, s50, min1, min1s20c, min1s40,
									min2, min2s30, min3, min3s30, min4, min5, min6,
									min7, min8, min9, min10, min12, min14, min17, min20,
									min24, min28, min33, min38, min44, min50, hr1,
									hr1min30, hr2, hr2min30, hr3, hr3min30, hr4, hr5, hr6,
									hr8, hr10, hr13, hr16, hr20, day1, day1hr12, day2,
									day2hr12, day3, day4, day5, day7, day10, day14, day19,
									day24, day30, dayMoreThan30}		OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	candidateCellInfoList-r10	CandidateCellInfoList-r10		OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	candidateCellInfoListNR-r15	MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15		OPTIONAL
	]]
}

CandidateCellInfoList-r10 ::=	SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CandidateCellInfo-r10

CandidateCellInfo-r10 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	-- cellIdentification
	physCellId-r10					PhysCellId,
	dl-CarrierFreq-r10				ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
	-- available measurement results
	rsrpResult-r10					RSRP-Range			OPTIONAL,
	rsrqResult-r10					RSRQ-Range			OPTIONAL,
	...,
	[[	dl-CarrierFreq-v1090			ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0		OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	rsrqResult-v1250				RSRQ-Range-v1250			OPTIONAL
	]],
	[[	rs-sinr-Result-r13				RS-SINR-Range-r13			OPTIONAL
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRM-Config field descriptions
candidateCellInfoList
A list of the best cells on each frequency for which measurement information was available, in order of decreasing RSRP.
candidateCellInfoListNR
A list of NR cells including serving cells and best neighbour cells on each SSB requency, for which measurement results were available, and for each cell the best beams.
dl-CarrierFreq
The source includes dl-CarrierFreq-v1090 if and only if dl-CarrierFreq-r10 is set to maxEARFCN.
ue-InactiveTime
Duration while UE has not received or transmitted any user data. Thus the timer is still running in case e.g., UE measures the neighbour cells for the HO purpose. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds and so on. Value min1 corresponds to 1 minute, value min1s20 corresponds to 1 minute and 20 seconds, value min1s40 corresponds to 1 minute and 40 seconds and so on. Value hr1 corresponds to 1 hour, hr1min30 corresponds to 1 hour and 30 minutes and so on.

10.4	Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values
–	Multiplicity and type constraints definitions
-- ASN1START

maxReestabInfo				INTEGER ::= 32	-- Maximum number of KeNB* and shortMAC-I forwarded
											-- at handover for re-establishment preparation

-- ASN1STOP

–	End of EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

10.5	Mandatory information in AS-Config
The AS-Config transferred between source eNB and target-eNB shall include all IEs necessary to describe the AS context. The conditional presence in clause 6 is only applicable for eNB to UE communication.
The "need" or "cond" statements are not applied in case of sending the IEs from source eNB to target eNB. Some fields shall be included regardless of the "need" or "cond" e.g. discardTimer. The AS-Config re-uses information elements primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling requirements. The information elements may include some parameters that are not relevant for the target eNB e.g. the SFN as included in the MasterInformationBlock.
All the fields in the AS-Config as defined in 10.3 that are introduced after v9.2.0 and that are optional for eNB to UE communication shall be included, if the functionality is configured, except for the fields sourceOtherConfigSN-NR and sourceRB-ConfigSN-NR in AS-ConfigNR. The fields in the AS-Config that are defined before and including v9.2.0 shall be included as specified in the following.
Within the sourceRadioResourceConfig, sourceMeasConfig and sourceOtherConfig, the source eNB shall include fields that are optional for eNB to UE communication, if the functionality is configured unless explicitly specified otherwise in the following:
-	in accordance with a condition that is explicitly stated to be applicable; or
-	a default value is defined for the concerned field; and the configured value is the same as the default value that is defined; or
-	the need of the field is OP and the current UE configuration corresponds with the behaviour defined for absence of the field;
The following fields, if the functionality is configured, are not mandatory for the source eNB to include in the AS-Config since delta signalling by the target eNB for these fields is not supported:
-	semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
-	measGapConfig
For the measurement configuration, a corresponding operation as 5.5.6.1 and 5.5.2.2a is executed by target eNB.
10.6	Inter-node NB-IoT messages
10.6.1	General
This clause specifies NB-IoT RRC messages that are sent either across the X2- or the S1-interface, either to or from the eNB, i.e. a single 'logical channel' is used for all NB-IoT RRC messages transferred across network nodes.
–	NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the NB-IoT inter-node PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START

NBIOT-InterNodeDefinitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=

BEGIN

IMPORTS
	C-RNTI,
	PhysCellId,
	SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	ShortMAC-I
FROM EUTRA-RRC-Definitions

	AdditionalReestabInfoList
FROM EUTRA-InterNodeDefinitions

	CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
	CarrierFreq-NB-v1550,
	RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
	UECapabilityInformation-NB,
	UE-Capability-NB-r13,
	UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs,
	UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13
FROM NBIOT-RRC-Definitions;

-- ASN1STOP

10.6.2	Message definitions
–	HandoverPreparationInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer the UE context from the eNB where the RRC connection has been suspended and transfer it to the eNB where the RRC Connection has been requested to be resumed.
Direction: source eNB to target eNB
HandoverPreparationInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START

HandoverPreparationInformation-NB ::=	SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		c1										CHOICE{
			handoverPreparationInformation-r13		HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo-r13		UE-Capability-NB-r13,
	as-Config-r13							AS-Config-NB,
	rrm-Config-r13							RRM-Config-NB					OPTIONAL,
	as-Context-r13							AS-Context-NB					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-v1380-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-v1380-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension			OCTET STRING						OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension				HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

HandoverPreparationInformation-NB-Ext-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfoExt-r14		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-Capability-NB-Ext-r14-IEs)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

HandoverPreparationInformation-NB field descriptions
as-Config
The radio resource configuration.
as-Context
The local E-UTRAN context required by the target eNB.
rrm-Config
The local E-UTRAN context used depending on the target node's implementation, which is mainly used for the RRM purpose.
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo, ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfoExt
The NB-IoT UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5].

–	UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer UE paging coverage information for NB-IoT, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/from EPC
UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START

UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			uePagingCoverageInformation-r13			UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
--	the possible value(s) can differ from those sent on Uu
	npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13			INTEGER (1..2048)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UEPagingCoverageInformation-NB field descriptions
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging
Number of repetitions for NPDCCH, see TS 36.211 [21].This value is an estimate of the required number of repetitions for NPDCCH.

–	UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer UE NB-IoT Radio Access capability information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/ from EPC
UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions						CHOICE {
		c1										CHOICE{
			ueRadioAccessCapabilityInformation-r13
													UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo-r13			OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-Capability-NB-r13),
	nonCriticalExtension						UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-v1380-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-v1380-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	lateNonCriticalExtension				OCTET STRING					OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-r14-IEs				OPTIONAL
}

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB-r14-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo-r14		OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityInformation-NB)	OPTIONAL,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UERadioAccessCapabilityInformation-NB field descriptions
ue-RadioAccessCapabilityInfo
The NB-IoT UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5].

–	UERadioPagingInformation-NB
This message is used to transfer NB-IoT radio paging information, covering both upload to and download from the EPC.
Direction: eNB to/ from EPC
UERadioPagingInformation-NB message
-- ASN1START

UERadioPagingInformation-NB ::= SEQUENCE {
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			ueRadioPagingInformation-r13			UERadioPagingInformation-NB-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

UERadioPagingInformation-NB-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	ue-RadioPagingInfo-r13				OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-RadioPagingInfo-NB-r13),
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}									OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

UERadioPagingInformation-NB field descriptions
ue-RadioPagingInfo
The field is used to transfer UE NB-IoT capability information used for paging. The eNB generates the ue-RadioPagingInfo and the contained UE capability information is absent when not supported bythe UE.

10.7	Inter-node NB-IoT RRC information element definitions
–	AS-Config-NB
The AS-Config-NB IE contains information about NB-IoT RRC configuration information in the source eNB which can be utilized by target eNB.
AS-Config-NB information element
-- ASN1START

AS-Config-NB ::=					SEQUENCE {
	sourceRadioResourceConfig-r13			RadioResourceConfigDedicated-NB-r13,
	sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig-r13		SecurityAlgorithmConfig,
	sourceUE-Identity-r13					C-RNTI,
	sourceDl-CarrierFreq-r13				CarrierFreq-NB-r13,
	...,
	[[	sourceDL-CarrierFreq-v1550			CarrierFreq-NB-v1550	OPTIONAL	-- Cond TDD
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

AS-Config-NB field descriptions
sourceDL-CarrierFreq
Provides the parameter Downlink EARFCN in the source PCell, see TS 36.101 [42].
sourceRadioResourceConfig
Radio configuration in the source PCell. The radio resource configuration for all radio bearers existing in the source PCell shall be included. See 10.9.
sourceSecurityAlgorithmConfig
This field provides the AS integrity protection (SRBs) and AS ciphering (SRBs and DRBs) algorithm configuration used in the source PCell.

Conditional presence
Explanation
TDD
The field is optionally present in case of TDD; otherwise the field is not present.

–	AS-Context-NB
The IE AS-Context-NB is used to transfer the UE context required by the target eNB.
AS-Context-NB information element
-- ASN1START

AS-Context-NB ::=						SEQUENCE {
	reestablishmentInfo-r13					ReestablishmentInfo-NB			OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

AS-Context-NB field descriptions
reestablishmentInfo
Including information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.

–	ReestablishmentInfo-NB
The ReestablishmentInfo-NB IE contains information needed for the RRC connection re-establishment.
ReestablishmentInfo-NB information element
-- ASN1START

ReestablishmentInfo-NB ::=			SEQUENCE {
	sourcePhysCellId-r13					PhysCellId,
	targetCellShortMAC-I-r13				ShortMAC-I,
	additionalReestabInfoList-r13			AdditionalReestabInfoList				OPTIONAL,
	...
}



-- ASN1STOP

ReestablishmentInfo-NB field descriptions
additionalReestabInfoList
Contains a list of shortMAC-I and KeNB* for cells under control of the target eNB, required for potential re-establishment by the UE in these cells to succeed.
sourcePhyCellId
The physical cell identity of the source PCell, used to determine the UE context in the target eNB at re-establishment.
targetCellShortMAC-I
The ShortMAC-I for the target PCell, in order for potential re-establishment to succeed.

–	RRM-Config-NB
The RRM-Config-NB IE contains information about UE specific RRM information which can be utilized by target eNB.
RRM-Config-NB information element
-- ASN1START

RRM-Config-NB ::=				SEQUENCE {
	ue-InactiveTime				ENUMERATED {
									s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20,
									s25, s30, s40, s50, min1, min1s20, min1s40,
									min2, min2s30, min3, min3s30, min4, min5, min6,
									min7, min8, min9, min10, min12, min14, min17, min20,
									min24, min28, min33, min38, min44, min50, hr1,
									hr1min30, hr2, hr2min30, hr3, hr3min30, hr4, hr5, hr6,
									hr8, hr10, hr13, hr16, hr20, day1, day1hr12, day2,
									day2hr12, day3, day4, day5, day7, day10, day14, day19,
									day24, day30, dayMoreThan30}		OPTIONAL,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

RRM-Config-NB field descriptions
ue-InactiveTime
Duration while UE has not received or transmitted any user data. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds and so on. Value min1 corresponds to 1 minute, value min1s20 corresponds to 1 minute and 20 seconds, value min1s40 corresponds to 1 minute and 40 seconds and so on. Value hr1 corresponds to 1 hour, hr1min30 corresponds to 1 hour and 30 minutes and so on.

10.8	Inter-node RRC multiplicity and type constraint values
–	Multiplicity and type constraints definitions

–	End of NB-IoT-InterNodeDefinitions
-- ASN1START

END

-- ASN1STOP

10.9	Mandatory information in AS-Config-NB
The AS-Config-NB transferred between source eNB and target-eNB shall include all IEs necessary to describe the AS context. The conditional presence in clause 6 is only applicable for eNB to UE communication.
The "Need" or "Cond" statements are not applied in case of sending the IEs from source eNB to target eNB. Some information elements shall be included regardless of the "Need" or "Cond" e.g. discardTimer. The AS-Config-NB re-uses information elements primarily created to cover the radio interface signalling requirements.
Within the sourceRadioResourceConfig, the source eNB shall include fields that are optional for eNB to UE communication, if the functionality is configured unless explicitly specified otherwise in the following:
-	in accordance with a condition that is explicitly stated to be applicable; or
-	a default value is defined for the concerned field; and the configured value is the same as the default value that is defined; or
-	the need of the field is OP and the current UE configuration corresponds with the behaviour defined for absence of the field;

11	UE capability related constraints and performance requirements
11.1	UE capability related constraints
The following table lists constraints regarding the UE capabilities that E-UTRAN is assumed to take into account.
Parameter
Description
Value
NB-IoT
#DRBs
The number of DRBs that a UE shall support
8, 15
(0, 1, 2)
NOTE1
#RLC-AM
The number of RLC AM entities that a UE shall support
10, 17
(2, 3)
NOTE1
#minCellperMeasObjectEUTRA
The minimum number of neighbour cells (excluding black list cells) that a UE shall be able to store within a MeasObjectEUTRA. NOTE.
32
N/A
#minBlackCellRangesperMeasObjectEUTRA
The minimum number of blacklist cell PCI ranges that a UE shall be able to store within a MeasObjectEUTRA
32
N/A
#minCellperMeasObjectUTRA
The minimum number of neighbour cells that a UE shall be able to store within a MeasObjectUTRA. NOTE.
32
N/A
#minCellperMeasObjectGERAN
The minimum number of neighbour cells that a UE shall be able to store within a measObjectGERAN. NOTE.
32
N/A
#minCellperMeasObjectCDMA2000
The minimum number of neighbour cells that a UE shall be able to store within a measObjectCDMA2000. NOTE.
32
N/A
#minCellTotal
The minimum number of neighbour cells (excluding black list cells) that UE shall be able to store in total in all measurement objects configured
256
N/A
NOTE:	In case of CGI reporting, the limit regarding the cells E-UTRAN can configure includes the cell for which the UE is requested to report CGI i.e. the amount of neighbour cells that can be included is at most (# minCellperMeasObjectRAT - 1), where RAT represents EUTRA/UTRA/GERAN/CDMA2000 respectively.
NOTE1:	#DRBs based on UE capability, #RLC-AM =#DRBs + 2.

11.2	Processing delay requirements for RRC procedures
The UE performance requirements for RRC procedures are specified in the following tables, by means of a value N:
N = the number of 1ms subframes from the end of reception of the E-UTRAN -> UE message on the UE physical layer up to when the UE shall be ready for the reception of uplink grant for the UE -> E-UTRAN response message with no access delay other than the TTI-alignment (e.g. excluding delays caused by scheduling, the random access procedure or physical layer synchronisation).
NOTE:	No processing delay requirements are specified for RN-specific procedures.

Figure 11.2-1: Illustration of RRC procedure delay

Table 11.2-1: UE performance requirements for RRC procedures for UEs other than NB-IoT UEs
Procedure title:
E-UTRAN -> UE
UE -> E-UTRAN
N
Notes
RRC Connection Control Procedures
RRC connection establishment

RRCConnectionSetup or RRCConnectionResume
RRCConnectionSetupComplete or RRCConnectionResumeComplete
15 or 3
N = 3 applies for the case of reception of RRCConnectionResume if reducedCP-LatencyEnabled is configured, the UE supports reduced CP latency, and the RRC message only includes MAC and PHY (re-)configurations and does not include (re-)configurations of DRX, SPS, SCells, and MIMO. Further, the UL grant is sent using PDCCH DCI format 0 in common search space. In this scenario, the RRC procedure delay can extend beyond the reception of the UL grant, up to 7 ms.

For other cases N = 15 applies.
RRC connection release
RRCConnectionRelease

NA


RRC connection re-configuration (radio resource configuration)

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
15

RRC connection re-configuration (measurement configuration)

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
15

RRC connection re-configuration (intra-LTE mobility)

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
15

RRC connection reconfiguration (SCell addition/release)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20

RRC connection reconfiguration (SCG establishment/ release, SCG cell addition/ release)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20

RRC connection re-configuration (NR measurement configuration)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
15

RRC connection reconfiguration (NR SCG establishment/ /modification/release)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20

RRC connection re-configuration (intra-LTE mobility with NR SCG establishment/ /modification/release)

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20

RRC connection re-establishment

RRCConnectionReestablishment
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
15

Initial security activation
SecurityModeCommand
SecurityModeCommandComplete/SecurityModeCommandFailure
10

Initial security activation + RRC connection re-configuration (RB establishment)
SecurityModeCommand, RRCConnectionReconfiguration
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
20
The two DL messages are transmitted in the same TTI
EDT
RRCEarlyDataComplete or RRCConnectionRelease for UP-EDT

NA


Paging
Paging

NA

Inter RAT mobility
Handover to E-UTRA
RRCConnectionReconfiguration (sent by other RAT)
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
NA
The performance of this procedure is specified in TS 45.010 [50] in case of handover from GSM and TS 25.133 [29], TS 25.123 [30] in case of handover from UTRA.
Handover from E-UTRA
MobilityFromEUTRACommand

NA
The performance of this procedure is specified in TS 36.133 [16]
Handover from E-UTRA to CDMA2000
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)

NA
Used to trigger the handover preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 RAT.
The performance of this procedure is specified in TS 36.133 [16]
Measurement procedures
Measurement Reporting

MeasurementReport
NA

Other procedures
UE capability transfer
UECapabilityEnquiry
UECapabilityInformation
10/ 80
N = 80 applies in case the UE has to report at least one of the following UE capabilities.
- MR-DC band combinations.
- NR band combinations
- EUTRA feature sets
Counter check
CounterCheck
CounterCheckResponse
10

Proximity indication

ProximityIndication
NA

UE information
UEInformationRequest
UEInformationResponse
15

MBMS counting
MBMSCountingRequest
MBMSCountingResponse
NA

MBMS interest indication

MBMSInterestIndication
NA

In-device coexistence indication

InDeviceCoexIndication
NA

UE assistance information

UEAssistanceInformation
NA

SCG failure information

SCGFailureInformation
NA

NR SCG failure information

SCGFailureInformationNR
NA

Sidelink UE information

SidelinkUEInformation
NA

WLAN Connection Status Reporting

WLANConnectionStatusReport
NA

Delay Budget Report

DelayBudgetReport
NA


Table 11.2-2: UE performance requirements for RRC procedures for NB-IoT UEs
Procedure title:
E-UTRAN -> UE
UE -> E-UTRAN
N
Notes
RRC Connection Control Procedures
RRC connection establishment

RRCConnectionSetup-NB or RRCConnectionResume-NB
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-NB or RRCConnectionResumeComplete-NB
45

RRC connection release
RRCConnectionRelease-NB

NA


RRC connection re-configuration (radio resource configuration)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB
45

RRC connection re-establishment
RRCConnectionReestablishment-NB
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-NB
45

Initial security activation
SecurityModeCommand
SecurityModeCommandComplete/SecurityModeCommandFailure
35

Initial security activation + RRC connection re-configuration (RB establishment)
SecurityModeCommand, RRCConnectionReconfiguration-NB
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-NB
55
The two DL messages are transmitted in the same TTI
EDT
RRCEarlyDataComplete-NB or RRCConnectionRelease-NB for UP-EDT

NA


Paging
Paging-NB

NA

Other procedures
UE capability transfer
UECapabilityEnquiry-NB
UECapabilityInformation-NB
35


11.3	Void
Annex A (informative):	Guidelines, mainly on use of ASN.1
Editor's note	No agreements have been reached concerning the extension of RRC PDUs so far. Any statements in this clause about the protocol extension mechanism should be considered as FFS.
A.1	Introduction
The following clauses contain guidelines for the specification of RRC protocol data units (PDUs) with ASN.1.
A.2	Procedural specification
A.2.1	General principles
The procedural specification provides an overall high level description regarding the UE behaviour in a particular scenario.
It should be noted that most of the UE behaviour associated with the reception of a particular field is covered by the applicable parts of the PDU specification. The procedural specification may also include specific details of the UE behaviour upon reception of a field, but typically this should be done only for cases that are not easy to capture in the PDU clause e.g. general actions, more complicated actions depending on the value of multiple fields.
Likewise, the procedural specification need not specify the UE requirements regarding the setting of fields within the messages that are send to E-UTRAN i.e. this may also be covered by the PDU specification.
A.2.2	More detailed aspects
The following more detailed conventions should be used:
-	Bullets:
-	Capitals should be used in the same manner as in other parts of the procedural text i.e. in most cases no capital applies since the bullets are part of the sentence starting with 'The UE shall:'
-	All bullets, including the last one in a sub-clause, should end with a semi-colon i.e. an ';'
-	Conditions
-	Whenever multiple conditions apply, a semi-colon should be used at the end of each conditions with the exception of the last one, i.e. as in 'if cond1; or cond2:
A.3	PDU specification
A.3.1	General principles
A.3.1.1	ASN.1 sections
The RRC PDU contents are formally and completely described using abstract syntax notation (ASN.1), see X.680 [13], X.681 (02/2002) [14].
The complete ASN.1 code is divided into a number of ASN.1 sections in the specifications. In order to facilitate the extraction of the complete ASN.1 code from the specification, each ASN.1 section begins with a text paragraph consisting entirely of an ASN.1 start tag, which consists of a double hyphen followed by a single space and the text string "ASN1START" (in all upper case letters). Each ASN.1 section ends with a text paragraph consisting entirely of an ASN.1 stop tag, which consists of a double hyphen followed by a single space and the text "ASN1STOP" (in all upper case letters):
-- ASN1START

-- ASN1STOP

The text paragraphs containing the ASN.1 start and stop tags should not contain any ASN.1 code significant for the complete description of the RRC PDU contents. The complete ASN.1 code may be extracted by copying all the text paragraphs between an ASN.1 start tag and the following ASN.1 stop tag in the order they appear, throughout the specification.
NOTE:	A typical procedure for extraction of the complete ASN.1 code consists of a first step where the entire RRC PDU contents description (ultimately the entire specification) is saved into a plain text (ASCII) file format, followed by a second step where the actual extraction takes place, based on the occurrence of the ASN.1 start and stop tags.
A.3.1.2	ASN.1 identifier naming conventions
The naming of identifiers (i.e., the ASN.1 field and type identifiers) should be based on the following guidelines:
-	Message (PDU) identifiers should be ordinary mixed case without hyphenation. These identifiers, e.g., the RRCConnectionModificationCommand, should be used for reference in the procedure text. Abbreviated forms of these identifiers should not be used.
-	Type identifiers other than PDU identifiers should be ordinary mixed case, with hyphenation used to set off acronyms only where an adjacent letter is a capital, e.g., EstablishmentCause, SelectedPLMN (not Selected-PLMN, since the "d" in "Selected" is lowercase), InitialUE-Identity and MeasSFN-SFN-TimeDifference.
-	Field identifiers shall start with a lowercase letter and use mixed case thereafter, e.g., establishmentCause. If a field identifier begins with an acronym (which would normally be in upper case), the entire acronym is lowercase (plmn-Identity, not pLMN-Identity). The acronym is set off with a hyphen (ue-Identity, not ueIdentity), in order to facilitate a consistent search pattern with corresponding type identifiers.
-	Identifiers that are likely to be keywords of some language, especially widely used languages, such as C++ or Java, should be avoided to the extent possible.
-	Identifiers, other than PDU identifiers, longer than 25 characters should be avoided where possible. It is recommended to use abbreviations, which should be done in a consistent manner i.e. use 'Meas' instead of 'Measurement' for all occurrences. Examples of typical abbreviations are given in table A.3.1.2.1-1 below.
-	For future extension: When an extension is introduced a suffix is added to the identifier of the concerned ASN.1 field and/ or type. A suffix of the form "‑rX" is used, with X indicating the release, for ASN.1 fields or types introduced in a later release (i.e. a release later than the original/ first release of the protocol) as well as for ASN.1 fields or types for which a revision is introduced in a later release replacing a previous version, e.g., Foo-r9 for the Rel-9 version of the ASN.1 type Foo. A suffix of the form "‑rXb" is used for the first revision of a field that it appears in the same release (X) as the original version of the field, "‑rXc" for a second intra-release revision and so on. A suffix of the form "‑vXYZ" is used for ASN.1 fields or types that only are an extension of a corresponding earlier field or type (see sub-clause A.4), e.g., AnElement-v10b0 for the extension of the ASN.1 type AnElement introduced in version 10.11.0 of the specification. A number 0...9, 10, 11, etc. is used to represent the first part of the version number, indicating the release of the protocol. Lower case letters a, b, c, etc. are used to represent the second (and third) part of the version number if they are greater than 9. In the procedural specification, in field descriptions as well as in headings suffices are not used, unless there is a clear need to distinguish the extension from the original field.
-	More generally, in case there is a need to distinguish different variants of an ASN.1 field or IE, a suffix should be added at the end of the identifiers e.g. MeasObjectUTRA, ConfigCommon. When there is no particular need to distinguish the fields (e.g. because the field is included in different IEs), a common field identifier name may be used. This may be attractive e.g. in case the procedural specification is the same for the different variants.
Table A.3.1.2-1: Examples of typical abbreviations used in ASN.1 identifiers
Abbreviation
Abbreviated word
Comm
Communication
Conf
Confirmation
Config
Configuration
Disc
Discovery
DL
Downlink
Ext
Extension
Freq
Frequency
Id
Identity
Ind
Indication
Info
Information
Meas
Measurement
Neigh
Neighbour(ing)
Param(s)
Parameter(s)
Persist
Persistent
Phys
Physical
Proc
Process
Reestab
Reestablishment
Req
Request
Rx
Reception
Sched
Scheduling
Sync
Synchronisation
Thresh
Threshold
Tx/ Transm
Transmission
UL
Uplink

NOTE:		The table A.3.1.2.1-1 is not exhaustive. Additional abbreviations may be used in ASN.1 identifiers when needed.
A.3.1.3	Text references using ASN.1 identifiers
A text reference into the RRC PDU contents description from other parts of the specification is made using the ASN.1 field or type identifier of the referenced element. The ASN.1 field and type identifiers used in text references should be in the italic font style. The "do not check spelling and grammar" attribute in Word should be set. Quotation marks (i.e., " ") should not be used around the ASN.1 field or type identifier.
A reference to an RRC PDU type should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 type identifier followed by the word "message", e.g., a reference to the RRCConnectionRelease message.
A reference to a specific part of an RRC PDU, or to a specific part of any other ASN.1 type, should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 field identifier followed by the word "field", e.g., a reference to the prioritisedBitRate field in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

LogicalChannelConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-SpecificParameters				SEQUENCE {
		priority							Priority,
		prioritisedBitRate					PrioritisedBitRate,
		bucketSizeDuration					BucketSizeDuration,
		logicalChannelGroup					INTEGER (0..3)
	}		OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

NOTE:	All the ASN.1 start tags in the ASN.1 sections, used as examples in this annex to the specification, are deliberately distorted, in order not to include them when the ASN.1 description of the RRC PDU contents is extracted from the specification.
A reference to a specific type of information element should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 type identifier preceded by the acronym "IE", e.g., a reference to the IE LogicalChannelConfig in the example above.
References to a specific type of information element should only be used when those are generic, i.e., without regard to the particular context wherein the specific type of information element is used. If the reference is related to a particular context, e.g., an RRC PDU type (message) wherein the information element is used, the corresponding field identifier in that context should be used in the text reference.
A reference to a specific value of an ASN.1 field should be made using the corresponding ASN.1 value without using quotation marks around the ASN.1 value, e.g., 'if the status field is set to value true'.
A.3.2	High-level message structure
Within each logical channel type, the associated RRC PDU (message) types are alternatives within a CHOICE, as shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
	message					DL-DCCH-MessageType
}

DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
	c1						CHOICE {
		dlInformationTransfer					DLInformationTransfer,
		handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest		HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest,
		mobilityFromEUTRACommand				MobilityFromEUTRACommand,
		rrcConnectionReconfiguration			RRCConnectionReconfiguration,
		rrcConnectionRelease					RRCConnectionRelease,
		securityModeCommand						SecurityModeCommand,
		ueCapabilityEnquiry						UECapabilityEnquiry,
		spare1 NULL
	},
	messageClassExtension	SEQUENCE {}
}

-- ASN1STOP

A nested two-level CHOICE structure is used, where the alternative PDU types are alternatives within the inner level c1 CHOICE.
Spare alternatives (i.e., spare1 in this case) may be included within the c1 CHOICE to facilitate future extension. The number of such spare alternatives should not extend the total number of alternatives beyond an integer-power-of-two number of alternatives (i.e., eight in this case).
Further extension of the number of alternative PDU types is facilitated using the messageClassExtension alternative in the outer level CHOICE.
A.3.3	Message definition
Each PDU (message) type is specified in an ASN.1 section similar to the one shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::=	SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8		RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Enter the IEs here.
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP
Hooks for critical and non-critical extension should normally be included in the PDU type specification. How these hooks are used is further described in sub-clause A.4.
Critical extensions are characterised by a redefinition of the PDU contents and need to be governed by a mechanism for protocol version agreement between the encoder and the decoder of the PDU, such that the encoder is prevented from sending a critically extended version of the PDU type, which is not comprehended by the decoder.
Critical extension of a PDU type is facilitated by a two-level CHOICE structure, where the alternative PDU contents are alternatives within the inner level c1 CHOICE. Spare alternatives (i.e., spare3 down to spare1 in this case) may be included within the c1 CHOICE. The number of spare alternatives to be included in the original PDU specification should be decided case by case, based on the expected rate of critical extension in the future releases of the protocol.
Further critical extension, when the spare alternatives from the original specifications are used up, is facilitated using the criticalExtensionsFuture in the outer level CHOICE.
In PDU types where critical extension is not expected in the future releases of the protocol, the inner level c1 CHOICE and the spare alternatives may be excluded, as shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier			RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8
											RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs,
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	-- Enter the IEs here. --														-- Cond condTag
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

Non-critical extensions are characterised by the addition of new information to the original specification of the PDU type. If not comprehended, a non-critical extension may be skipped by the decoder, whilst the decoder is still able to complete the decoding of the comprehended parts of the PDU contents.
Non-critical extensions at locations other than the end of the message or other than at the end of a field contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING are facilitated by use of the ASN.1 extension marker "...". The original specification of a PDU type should normally include the extension marker at the end of the sequence of information elements contained.
Non-critical extensions at the end of the message or at the end of a field that is contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING are facilitated by use of an empty sequence that is marked OPTIONAL e.g. as shown in the following example:
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCMessage-r8-IEs ::=					SEQUENCE {
	field1									InformationElement1,
	field2									InformationElement2,
	nonCriticalExtension					SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

The ASN.1 section specifying the contents of a PDU type may be followed by a field description table where a further description of, e.g., the semantic properties of the fields may be included. The general format of this table is shown in the example below. The field description table is absent in case there are no fields for which further description needs to be provided e.g. because the PDU does not include any fields, or because an IE is defined for each field while there is nothing specific regarding the use of this IE that needs to be specified.
%PDU-TypeIdentifier% field descriptions
%field identifier%
Field description.
%field identifier%
Field description.

The field description table has one column. The header row shall contain the ASN.1 type identifier of the PDU type.
The following rows are used to provide field descriptions. Each row shall include a first paragraph with a field identifier (in bold and italic font style) referring to the part of the PDU to which it applies. The following paragraphs at the same row may include (in regular font style), e.g., semantic description, references to other specifications and/ or specification of value units, which are relevant for the particular part of the PDU.
The parts of the PDU contents that do not require a field description shall be omitted from the field description table.
A.3.4	Information elements
Each IE (information element) type is specified in an ASN.1 section similar to the one shown in the example below.
-- /example/ ASN1START

PRACH-ConfigSIB ::=					SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo
}

PRACH-Config ::=					SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

PRACH-ConfigInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	prach-ConfigIndex					ENUMERATED {ffs},
	highSpeedFlag						ENUMERATED {ffs},
	zeroCorrelationZoneConfig			ENUMERATED {ffs}
}

-- ASN1STOP

IEs should be introduced whenever there are multiple fields for which the same set of values apply. IEs may also be defined for other reasons e.g. to break down a ASN.1 definition in to smaller pieces.
A group of closely related IE type definitions, like the IEs PRACH-ConfigSIB and PRACH-Config in this example, are preferably placed together in a common ASN.1 section. The IE type identifiers should in this case have a common base, defined as the generic type identifier. It may be complemented by a suffix to distinguish the different variants. The "PRACH-Config" is the generic type identifier in this example, and the "SIB" suffix is added to distinguish the variant. The sub-clause heading and generic references to a group of closely related IEs defined in this way should use the generic type identifier.
The same principle should apply if a new version, or an extension version, of an existing IE is created for critical or non-critical extension of the protocol (see sub-clause A.4). The new version, or the extension version, of the IE is included in the same ASN.1 section defining the original. A suffix is added to the type identifier, using the naming conventions defined in sub-clause A.3.1.2, indicating the release or version of the where the new version, or extension version, was introduced.
Local IE type definitions, like the IE PRACH-ConfigInfo in the example above, may be included in the ASN.1 section and be referenced in the other IE types defined in the same ASN.1 section. The use of locally defined IE types should be encouraged, as a tool to break up large and complex IE type definitions. It can improve the readability of the code. There may also be a benefit for the software implementation of the protocol end-points, as these IE types are typically provided by the ASN.1 compiler as independent data elements, to be used in the software implementation.
An IE type defined in a local context, like the IE PRACH-ConfigInfo, should not be referenced directly from other ASN.1 sections in the RRC specification. An IE type which is referenced in more than one ASN.1 section should be defined in a separate sub-clause, with a separate heading and a separate ASN.1 section (possibly as one in a set of closely related IE types, like the IEs PRACH-ConfigSIB and PRACH-Config in the example above). Such IE types are also referred to as 'global IEs'.
NOTE:	Referring to an IE type, that is defined as a local IE type in the context of another ASN.1 section, does not generate an ASN.1 compilation error. Nevertheless, using a locally defined IE type in that way makes the IE type definition difficult to find, as it would not be visible at an outline level of the specification. It should be avoided.
The ASN.1 section specifying the contents of one or more IE types, like in the example above, may be followed by a field description table, where a further description of, e.g., the semantic properties of the fields of the information elements may be included. This table may be absent, similar as indicated in sub-clause A.3.3 for the specification of the PDU type. The general format of the field description table is the same as shown in sub-clause A.3.3 for the specification of the PDU type.
A.3.5	Fields with optional presence
A field with optional presence may be declared with the keyword DEFAULT. It identifies a default value to be assumed, if the sender does not include a value for that field in the encoding:
-- /example/ ASN1START

PreambleInfo ::=					SEQUENCE {
	numberOfRA-Preambles				INTEGER (1..64)						DEFAULT 1,
	...
}

-- ASN1STOP

Alternatively, a field with optional presence may be declared with the keyword OPTIONAL. It identifies a field for which a value can be omitted. The omission carries semantics, which is different from any normal value of the field:
-- /example/ ASN1START

PRACH-Config ::=				SEQUENCE {
	rootSequenceIndex					INTEGER (0..1023),
	prach-ConfigInfo					PRACH-ConfigInfo					OPTIONAL	-- Need ON
}

-- ASN1STOP

The semantics of an optionally present field, in the case it is omitted, should be indicated at the end of the paragraph including the keyword OPTIONAL, using a short comment text with a need statement. The need statement includes the keyword "Need", followed by one of the predefined semantics tags (OP, ON or OR) defined in sub-clause 6.1. If the semantics tag OP is used, the semantics of the absent field are further specified either in the field description table following the ASN.1 section, or in procedure text.
The addition of OPTIONAL keywords for capability groups is based on the following guideline. If there is more than one field in the lower level IE, then OPTIONAL keyword is added at the group level. If there is only one field in the lower level IE, OPTIONAL keyword is not added at the group level.
A.3.6	Fields with conditional presence
A field with conditional presence is declared with the keyword OPTIONAL. In addition, a short comment text shall be included at the end of the paragraph including the keyword OPTIONAL. The comment text includes the keyword "Cond", followed by a condition tag associated with the field ("UL" in this example):
-- /example/ ASN1START

LogicalChannelConfig ::=			SEQUENCE {
	ul-SpecificParameters				SEQUENCE {
		priority							INTEGER (0),
		...
	}		OPTIONAL																	-- Cond UL
}

-- ASN1STOP

When conditionally present fields are included in an ASN.1 section, the field description table after the ASN.1 section shall be followed by a conditional presence table. The conditional presence table specifies the conditions for including the fields with conditional presence in the particular ASN.1 section.
Conditional presence
Explanation
UL
Specification of the conditions for including the field associated with the condition tag = "UL". Semantics in case of optional presence under certain conditions may also be specified.

The conditional presence table has two columns. The first column (heading: "Conditional presence") contains the condition tag (in italic font style), which links the fields with a condition tag in the ASN.1 section to an entry in the table. The second column (heading: "Explanation") contains a text specification of the conditions and requirements for the presence of the field. The second column may also include semantics, in case of an optional presence of the field, under certain conditions i.e. using the same predefined tags as defined for optional fields in A.3.5.
Conditional presence should primarily be used when presence of a field despends on the presence and/ or value of other fields within the same message. If the presence of a field depends on whether another feature/ function has been configured, while this function can be configured indepedently e.g. by another message and/ or at another point in time, the relation is best reflected by means of a statement in the field description table.
If the ASN.1 section does not include any fields with conditional presence, the conditional presence table shall not be included.
Whenever a field is only applicable in specific cases e.g. TDD, use of conditional presence should be considered.
A.3.7	Guidelines on use of lists with elements of SEQUENCE type
Where an information element has the form of a list (the SEQUENCE OF construct in ASN.1) with the type of the list elements being a SEQUENCE data type, an information element shall be defined for the list elements even if it would not otherwise be needed.
For example, a list of PLMN identities with reservation flags is defined as in the following example:
-- /example/ ASN1START

PLMN-IdentityInfoList ::=				SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..6)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo

PLMN-IdentityInfo ::=				SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity						PLMN-Identity,
	cellReservedForOperatorUse			ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

-- ASN1STOP
rather than as in the following (bad) example, which may cause generated code to contain types with unpredictable names:
-- /bad example/ ASN1START

PLMN-IdentityList ::=					SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..6)) OF SEQUENCE {
	plmn-Identity							PLMN-Identity,
	cellReservedForOperatorUse				ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}
}

-- ASN1STOP
A.4	Extension of the PDU specifications
A.4.1	General principles to ensure compatibility
It is essential that extension of the protocol does not affect interoperability i.e. it is essential that implementations based on different versions of the RRC protocol are able to interoperate. In particular, this requirement applies for the following kind of protocol extensions:
-	Introduction of new PDU types (i.e. these should not cause unexpected behaviour or damage).
-	Introduction of additional fields in an extensible PDUs (i.e. it should be possible to ignore uncomprehended extensions without affecting the handling of the other parts of the message).
-	Introduction of additional values of an extensible field of PDUs. If used, the behaviour upon reception of an uncomprehended value should be defined.
It should be noted that the PDU extension mechanism may depend on the logical channel used to transfer the message e.g. for some PDUs an implementation may be aware of the protocol version of the peer in which case selective ignoring of extensions may not be required.
The non-critical extension mechanism is the primary mechanism for introducing protocol extensions i.e. the critical extension mechanism is used merely when there is a need to introduce a 'clean' message version. Such a need appears when the last message version includes a large number of non-critical extensions, which results in issues like readability, overhead associated with the extension markers. The critical extension mechanism may also be considered when it is complicated to accommodate the extensions by means of non-critical extension mechanisms.
A.4.2	Critical extension of messages and fields
The mechanisms to critically extend a message are defined in A.3.3. There are both "outer branch" and "inner branch" mechanisms available. The "outer branch" consists of a CHOICE having the name criticalExtensions, with two values, c1 and criticalExtensionsFuture. The criticalExtensionsFuture branch consists of an empty SEQUENCE, while the c1 branch contains the "inner branch" mechanism.
The "inner branch" structure is a CHOICE with values of the form "MessageName-rX-IEs" (e.g., "RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs") or "spareX", with the spare values having type NULL. The "-rX-IEs" structures contain the complete structure of the message IEs for the appropriate release; i.e., the critical extension branch for the Rel-10 version of a message includes all Rel-8 and Rel-9 fields (that are not obviated in the later version), rather than containing only the additional Rel-10 fields.
The following guidelines may be used when deciding which mechanism to introduce for a particular message, i.e. only an 'outer branch', or an 'outer branch' in combination with an 'inner branch' including a certain number of spares:
-	For certain messages, e.g. initial uplink messages, messages transmitted on a broadcast channel, critical extension may not be applicable.
-	An outer branch may be sufficient for messages not including any fields.
-	The number of spares within inner branch should reflect the likelihood that the message will be critically extended in future releases (since each release with a critical extension for the message consumes one of the spare values). The estimation of the critical extension likelyhood may be based on the number, size and changeability of the fields included in the message.
-	In messages where an inner branch extension mechanism is available, all spare values of the inner branch should be used before any critical extensions are added using the outer branch.
The following example illustrates the use of the critical extension mechanism by showing the ASN.1 of the original and of a later release
-- /example/ ASN1START					-- Original release

RRCMessage ::=							SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcMessage-r8						RRCMessage-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

-- /example/ ASN1START					-- Later release

RRCMessage ::=							SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcMessage-r8						RRCMessage-r8-IEs,
			rrcMessage-r10						RRCMessage-r10-IEs,
			rrcMessage-r11						RRCMessage-r11-IEs,
			rrcMessage-r14						RRCMessage-r14-IEs
		},
		later							CHOICE {
			c2									CHOICE{
				rrcMessage-r16						RRCMessage-r16-IEs,
				spare7 NULL, spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
				spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
			},
			criticalExtensionsFuture				SEQUENCE {}
		}
	}
}

-- ASN1STOP

It is important to note that critical extensions may also be used at the level of individual fields i.e. a field may be replaced by a critically extended version. When sending the extended version, the original version may also be included (e.g. original field is mandatory, EUTRAN is unaware if UE supports the extended version). In such cases, a UE supporting both versions may be required to ignore the original field. The following example illustrates the use of the critical extension mechanism by showing the ASN.1 of the original and of a later release
-- /example/ ASN1START					-- Original release

RRCMessage ::=							SEQUENCE {
	rrc-TransactionIdentifier				RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
	criticalExtensions					CHOICE {
		c1									CHOICE{
			rrcMessage-r8						RRCMessage-r8-IEs,
			spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
		},
		criticalExtensionsFuture			SEQUENCE {}
	}
}

RRCMessage-rN-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	field1-rN							ENUMERATED {
											value1, value2, value3, value4}	OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	field2-rN							InformationElement2-rN				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension				RRCConnectionReconfiguration-vMxy-IEs	OPTIONAL
}

RRCConnectionReconfiguration-vMxy-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
	field2-rM							InformationElement2-rM			OPTIONAL, -- Cond NoField2rN
	nonCriticalExtension				SEQUENCE {}						OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

Conditional presence
Explanation
NoField2rN
The field is optionally present, need ON, if field2-rN is absent. Otherwise the field is not present

Finally, it is noted that a critical extension may be introduced in the same release as the one in which the original field was introduced e.g. to correct an essential ASN.1 error. In such cases a UE capability may be introduced, to assist E-UTRAN in deciding whether or not to use the critically extension.
A.4.3	Non-critical extension of messages
A.4.3.1	General principles
The mechanisms to extend a message in a non-critical manner are defined in A.3.3. W.r.t. the use of extension markers, the following additional guidelines apply:
-	When further non-critical extensions are added to a message that has been critically extended, the inclusion of these non-critical extensions in earlier critical branches of the message should be avoided when possible.
-	The extension marker ("…") is the primary non-critical extension mechanism that is used unless a length determinant is not required. Examples of cases where a length determinant is not required:
-	at the end of a message,
-	at the end of a structure contained in a BIT STRING or OCTET STRING
-	When an extension marker is available, non-critical extensions are preferably placed at the location (e.g. the IE) where the concerned parameter belongs from a logical/ functional perspective (referred to as the 'default extension location')
-	It is desirable to aggregate extensions of the same release or version of the specification into a group, which should be placed at the lowest possible level.
-	In specific cases it may be preferrable to place extensions elsewhere (referred to as the 'actual extension location') e.g. when it is possible to aggregate several extensions in a group. In such a case, the group should be placed at the lowest suitable level in the message. <TBD: ref to seperate example>
-	In case placement at the default extension location affects earlier critical branches of the message, locating the extension at a following higher level in the message should be considered.
-	In case an extension is not placed at the default extension location, an IE should be defined. The IE's ASN.1 definition should be placed in the same ASN.1 section as the default extension location. In case there are intermediate levels in-between the actual and the default extension location, an IE may be defined for each level. Intermediate levels are primarily introduced for readability and overview. Hence intermediate levels need not allways be introduced e.g. they may not be needed when the default and the actual extension location are within the same ASN.1 section. <TBD: ref to seperate example>
A.4.3.2	Further guidelines
Further to the general principles defined in the previous clause, the following additional guidelines apply regarding the use of extension markers:
-	Extension markers within SEQUENCE
-	Extension markers are primarily, but not exclusively, introduced at the higher nesting levels
-	Extension markers are introduced for a SEQUENCE comprising several fields as well as for information elements whose extension would result in complex structures without it (e.g. re-introducing another list)
-	Extension markers are introduced to make it possible to maintain important information structures e.g. parameters relevant for one particular RAT
-	Extension markers are also used for size critical messages (i.e. messages on BCCH, BR-BCCH, PCCH and CCCH), although introduced somewhat more carefully
-	The extension fields introduced (or frozen) in a specific version of the specification are grouped together using double brackets.
-	Extension markers within ENUMERATED
-	Spare values are used until the number of values reaches the next power of 2, while the extension marker caters for extension beyond that limit
-	A suffix of the form "vXYZ" is used for the identifier of each new value, e.g. "value-vXYZ".
-	Extension markers within CHOICE:
-	Extension markers are introduced when extension is foreseen and when comprehension is not required by the receiver i.e. behaviour is defined for the case where the receiver cannot comprehend the extended value (e.g. ignoring an optional CHOICE field). It should be noted that defining the behaviour of a receiver upon receiving a not comprehended choice value is not required if the sender is aware whether or not the receiver supports the extended value.
-	A suffix of the form "vXYZ" is used for the identifier of each new choice value, e.g. "choice-vXYZ".
Non-critical extensions at the end of a message/ of a field contained in an OCTET or BIT STRING:
-	When a nonCriticalExtension is actually used, a "Need" statement should not be provided for the field, which always is a group including at least one extension and a field facilitating further possible extensions. For simplicity, it is recommended not to provide a "Need" statement when the field is not actually used either.
Further, more general, guidelines:
-	In case a need statement is not provided for a group, a "Need" statement is provided for all individual extension fields within the group i.e. including for fields that are not marked as OPTIONAL. The latter is to clarify the action upon absence of the whole group.
A.4.3.3	Typical example of evolution of IE with local extensions
The following example illustrates the use of the extension marker for a number of elementary cases (sequence, enumerated, choice). The example also illustrates how the IE may be revised in case the critical extension mechanism is used.
NOTE	In case there is a need to support further extensions of release n while the ASN.1 of release (n+1) has been frozen, without requiring the release n receiver to support decoding of release (n+1) extensions, more advanced mechanisms are needed e.g. including multiple extension markers.
-- /example/ ASN1START

InformationElement1 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field1								ENUMERATED {
											value1, value2, value3, value4-v880,
											..., value5-v960 },
	field2								CHOICE {
		field2a								BOOLEAN,
		field2b								InformationElement2b,
		...,
		field2c-v960						InformationElement2c-r9
	},
	...,
	[[	field3-r9							InformationElement3-r9		OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]],
	[[	field3-v9a0							InformationElement3-v9a0	OPTIONAL,		-- Need OR
		field4-r9							InformationElement4			OPTIONAL		-- Need OR
	]]
}

InformationElement1-r10 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field1								ENUMERATED {
											value1, value2, value3, value4-v880,
											value5-v960, value6-v1170, spare2, spare1, ... },
	field2								CHOICE {
		field2a								BOOLEAN,
		field2b								InformationElement2b,
		field2c-v960						InformationElement2c-r9,
		...,
		field2d-v12b0						INTEGER (0..63)
	},
	field3-r9							InformationElement3-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	field4-r9							InformationElement4				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	field5-r10							BOOLEAN,
	field6-r10							InformationElement6-r10			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	...,
	[[	field3-v1170						InformationElement3-v1170		OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

Some remarks regarding the extensions of InformationElement1 as shown in the above example:
–	The InformationElement1 is initially extended with a number of non-critical extensions. In release 10 however, a critical extension is introduced for the message using this IE. Consequently, a new version of the IE InformationElement1 (i.e. InformationElement1-r10) is defined in which the earlier non-critical extensions are incorporated by means of a revision of the original field.
–	The value4-v880 is replacing a spare value defined in the original protocol version for field1. Likewise value6-v1170 replaces spare3 that was originally defined in the r10 version of field1
–	Within the critically extended release 10 version of InformationElement1, the names of the original fields/ IEs are not changed, unless there is a real need to distinguish them from other fields/ IEs. E.g. the field1 and InformationElement4 were defined in the original protocol version (release 8) and hence not tagged. Moreover, the field3-r9 is introduced in release 9 and not re-tagged; although, the InformationElement3 is also critically extended and therefore tagged InformationElement3-r10 in the release 10 version of InformationElement1.
A.4.3.4	Typical examples of non critical extension at the end of a message
The following example illustrates the use of non-critical extensions at the end of the message or at the end of a field that is contained in a BIT or OCTET STRING i.e. when an empty sequence is used.
-- /example/ ASN1START

RRCMessage-r8-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field1							InformationElement1,
	field2							InformationElement2,
	field3							InformationElement3					OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCMessage-v860-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v860-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field4-v860						InformationElement4					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OP
	field5-v860						BOOLEAN								OPTIONAL,	-- Cond C54
	nonCriticalExtension			RRCMessage-v940-IEs					OPTIONAL
}

RRCMessage-v940-IEs ::=			SEQUENCE {
	field6-v940						InformationElement6-r9					OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	nonCriticalExtensions			SEQUENCE {}								OPTIONAL
}

-- ASN1STOP

Some remarks regarding the extensions shown in the above example:
–	The InformationElement4 is introduced in the original version of the protocol (release 8) and hence no suffix is used.
A.4.3.5	Examples of non-critical extensions not placed at the default extension location
The following example illustrates the use of non-critical extensions in case an extension is not placed at the default extension location.
–	ParentIE-WithEM
The IE ParentIE-WithEM is an example of a high level IE including the extension marker (EM). The root encoding of this IE includes two lower level IEs ChildIE1-WithoutEM and ChildIE2-WithoutEM which not include the extension marker. Consequently, non-critical extensions of the Child-IEs have to be included at the level of the Parent-IE.
The example illustrates how the two extension IEs ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 and ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 (both in release N) are used to connect non-critical extensions with a default extension location in the lower level IEs to the actual extension location in this IE.
ParentIE-WithEM information element
-- /example/ ASN1START

ParentIE-WithEM ::=					SEQUENCE {
	-- Root encoding, including:
	childIE1-WithoutEM					ChildIE1-WithoutEM				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	childIE2-WithoutEM					ChildIE2-WithoutEM				OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
	...,
	[[	childIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0				ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0		OPTIONAL,		-- Need ON
		childIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0				ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
	]]
}

-- ASN1STOP

Some remarks regarding the extensions shown in the above example:
–	The fields childIEx-WithoutEM-vNx0 may not really need to be optional (depends on what is defined at the next lower level).
–	In general, especially when there are several nesting levels, fields should be marked as optional only when there is a clear reason.

–	ChildIE1-WithoutEM
The IE ChildIE1-WithoutEM is an example of a lower level IE, used to control certain radio configurations including a configurable feature which can be setup or released using the local IE ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature. The example illustrates how the new field chIE1-NewField is added in release N to the configuration of the configurable feature. The example is based on the following assumptions:
–	when initially configuring as well as when modifying the new field, the original fields of the configurable feature have to be provided also i.e. as if the extended ones were present within the setup branch of this feature.
–	when the configurable feature is released, the new field should be released also.
–	when omitting the original fields of the configurable feature the UE continues using the existing values (which is used to optimise the signalling for features that typically continue unchanged upon handover).
–	when omitting the new field of the configurable feature the UE releases the existing values and discontinues the associated functionality (which may be used to support release of unsupported functionality upon handover to an eNB supporting an earlier protocol version).
The above assumptions, which affect the use of conditions and need codes, may not always apply. Hence, the example should not be re-used blindly.
ChildIE1-WithoutEM information elements
-- /example/ ASN1START

ChildIE1-WithoutEM ::=				SEQUENCE {
	-- Root encoding, including:
	chIE1-ConfigurableFeature			ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature		OPTIONAL		-- Need ON
}

ChildIE1-WithoutEM-vNx0 ::=		SEQUENCE {
	chIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0		ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0	OPTIONAL	-- Cond ConfigF
}

ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature ::=		CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		-- Root encoding
	}
}

ChIE1-ConfigurableFeature-vNx0 ::=	SEQUENCE {
	chIE1-NewField-rN					INTEGER (0..31)
}

-- ASN1STOP

Conditional presence
Explanation
ConfigF
The field is optional present, need OR, in case of chIE1-ConfigurableFeature is included and set to "setup"; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

–	ChildIE2-WithoutEM
The IE ChildIE2-WithoutEM is an example of a lower level IE, typically used to control certain radio configurations. The example illustrates how the new field chIE1-NewField is added in release N to the configuration of the configurable feature.
ChildIE2-WithoutEM information element
-- /example/ ASN1START

ChildIE2-WithoutEM ::=				CHOICE {
	release								NULL,
	setup								SEQUENCE {
		-- Root encoding
	}
}

ChildIE2-WithoutEM-vNx0 ::=			SEQUENCE {
	chIE2-NewField-rN					INTEGER (0..31)					OPTIONAL	-- Cond ConfigF
}

-- ASN1STOP

Conditional presence
Explanation
ConfigF
The field is optional present, need OR, in case of chIE2-ConfigurableFeature is included and set to "setup"; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.

A.5	Guidelines regarding inclusion of transaction identifiers in RRC messages
The following rules provide guidance on which messages should include a Transaction identifier
1:	DL messages on CCCH that move UE to RRC-Idle should not include the RRC transaction identifier.
2:	All network initiated DL messages by default should include the RRC transaction identifier.
3:	All UL messages that are direct response to a DL message with an RRC Transaction identifier should include the RRC Transaction identifier.
4:	All UL messages that require a direct DL response message should include an RRC transaction identifier.
5:	All UL messages that are not in response to a DL message nor require a corresponding response from the network should not include the RRC Transaction identifier.
A.6	Protection of RRC messages (informative)
The following list provides information which messages can be sent (unprotected) prior to security activation and which messages can be sent unprotected after security activation. Those messages indicated "-" in "P" column should never be sent unprotected by eNB or UE. Further requirements are defined in the procedural text.
P…Messages that can be sent (unprotected) prior to security activation
A - I…Messages that can be sent without integrity protection after security activation
A - C…Messages that can be sent unciphered after security activation
NA… Message can never be sent after security activation
Message
P
A-I
A-C
Comment
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000
+
-
-

CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
+
-
-

CounterCheck
-
- 
- 

CounterCheckResponse
-
- 
- 

DelayBudgetReport
-
-
-

DLInformationTransfer
+
-
-

FailureInformation
-
-
-

HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)
-
- 
- 

InDeviceCoexIndication
-
- 
- 

InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication
-
-
-

LoggedMeasurementsConfiguration
-
-
-

MasterInformationBlock
+
+
+

MasterInformationBlock-MBMS
+
+
+

MBMSCountingRequest
+
+
+

MBMSCountingResponse
-
-
-

MBMSInterestIndication
+
-
-

MBSFNAreaConfiguration
+
+
+

MeasReportAppLayer
-
-
-

MeasurementReport
-
-
-
Measurement configuration may be sent prior to security activation. But: In order to protect privacy of UEs, MEASUREMENT REPORT is only sent from the UE after successful security activation.
MobilityFromEUTRACommand
-
- 
-

Paging
+
+
+

ProximityIndication
-
-
-

RNReconfiguration
-
-
-

RNReconfigurationComplete
-
-
-

RRCConnectionReconfiguration
+
-
-
The message shall not be sent unprotected before security activation if it is used to perform handover or to establish SRB2, SRB4 and DRBs
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
+
-
-
Unprotected, if sent as response to RRCConnectionReconfiguration which was sent before security activation
RRCConnectionReestablishment
-
+
+
This message is not protected by PDCP operation.
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
-
-
-

RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
-
+
+
One reason to send this may be that the security context has been lost, therefore sent as unprotected. 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
-
-
+
This message is not protected by PDCP operation. However, a short MAC-I is included.
RRCConnectionReject
+
+
+
Except for UP-EDT, A-I and A-C are NA.
RRCConnectionRelease
+
-
-
Justification for P: If the RRC connection only for signalling not requiring DRBs or ciphered messages, or the signalling connection has to be released prematurely, this message is sent as unprotected.
For UP-EDT, the message is only sent after successful security activation.
RRCConnectionRelease message sent before security activation cannot include rrc-InactiveConfig, redirectedCarrierInfo, idleModeMobilityControlInfo information fields when UE is connected to 5GC.
RRCConnectionRequest
+
NA
NA

RRCConnectionResume
-
-
+
When this message is transmitted, security is activated but suspended. Integrity verification is done after the message received by RRC.
For UP-EDT, the message is only sent after successful security activation.
For RRC_INACTIVE state, the message is protected with both integrity and ciphering.
RRCConnectionResumeRequest
-
-
+
This message is not protected by PDCP operation. However, a short MAC-I is included.
RRCConnectionResumeComplete
-
-
-

RRCConnectionSetup
+
NA
NA

RRCConnectionSetupComplete
+
NA
NA

RRCEarlyDataRequest
+
NA
NA

RRCEarlyDataComplete
+
NA
NA

SCGFailureInformation
-
-
-

SCGFailureInformationNR
-
-
-

SCPTMConfiguration
+
+
+

SecurityModeCommand
+
NA
NA
Integrity protection applied, but no ciphering (integrity verification done after the message received by RRC)
SecurityModeComplete
-
NA
NA
Integrity protection applied, but no ciphering. Ciphering is applied after completing the procedure.
SecurityModeFailure
+
NA
NA
Neither integrity protection nor ciphering applied.
SidelinkUEInformation
+
-
-

SystemInformation
+
+
+

SystemInformationBlockType1
+
+
+

SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS
+
+
+

UEAssistanceInformation
-
-
-

UECapabilityEnquiry
+
-
-

UECapabilityInformation
+
-
-

UEInformationRequest
-
-
-

UEInformationResponse
-
-
-
In order to protect privacy of UEs, UEInformationResponse is only sent from the UE after successful security activation
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)
-
-
-
This message should follow HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest
ULInformationTransfer
+
-
-

ULInformationTransferMRDC
-
-
-

WLANConnectionStatusReport
-
-
-


A.7	Miscellaneous
The following miscellaneous conventions should be used:
-	References: Whenever another specification is referenced, the specification number and optionally the relevant clause, table or figure, should be indicated in addition to the pointer to the References clause e.g. as follows: 'see TS 36.212 [22, 5.3.3.1.6]'.
-	UE capabilities: TS 36.306 [5] specifies that E-UTRAN should in general respect the UE's capabilities. Hence there is no need to include statement clarifying that E-UTRAN, when setting the value of a certain configuration field, shall respect the related UE capabilities unless there is a particular need e.g. particularly complicated cases.
Annex B (normative):	Release 8 and 9 AS feature handling
B.1	Feature group indicators
This annex contains the definitions of the bits in fields featureGroupIndicators (in Table B.1-1) and featureGroupIndRel9Add (in Table B.1-1a).
In this release of the protocol, the UE shall include the fields featureGroupIndicators in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability and featureGroupIndRel9Add in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0. All the functionalities defined within the field featureGroupIndicators defined in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a are mandatory for the UE (with exceptions for category M1 and M2 UEs), if the related capability (frequency band, RAT, SR-VCC or Inter-RAT ANR) is also supported. For a specific indicator, if all functionalities for a feature group listed in Table B.1-1 have been implemented and tested, the UE shall set the indicator as one (1), else (i.e. if any one of the functionalities in a feature group listed in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a, which have not been implemented or tested), the UE shall set the indicator as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators that correspond to RATs not supported by the UE as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators, which do not have a definition in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a, as zero (0).
If the optional fields featureGroupIndicators or featureGroupIndRel9Add are not included by a UE of a future release, the network may assume that all features pertaining to the RATs supported by the UE, respectively listed in Table B.1-1 or Table B.1-1a and deployed in the network, have been implemented and tested by the UE.
In Table B.1-1, a 'VoLTE capable UE' corresponds to a UE which is IMS voice capable and a 'MCPTT capable UE' corresponds to a UE which supports MCPTT voice application as defined in TS 23.179 [73].
The indexing in Table B.1-1a starts from index 33, which is the leftmost bit in the field featureGroupIndRel9Add.

Table B.1-1: Definitions of feature group indicators
Index of indicator (bit number)
Definition
(description of the supported functionality, if indicator set to one)
Notes
If indicated "Yes" the feature shall be implemented and successfully tested for this version of the specification
FDD/ TDD diff
1 (leftmost bit)
- Intra-subframe frequency hopping for PUSCH scheduled by UL grant
- DCI format 3a (TPC commands for PUCCH and PUSCH with single bit power adjustments)
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected subband CQI without PMI
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-2 – UE selected subband CQI with multiple PMI
- set to 1 by category M1 and M2 UEs that have implemented and successfully tested "Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected subband CQI without PMI"

Yes
2
- Simultaneous CQI and ACK/NACK on PUCCH, i.e. PUCCH format 2a and 2b
- Absolute TPC command for PUSCH
- Resource allocation type 1 for PDSCH
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected subband CQI without PMI
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-1 – UE selected subband CQI with single PMI
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.

Yes
3
- 5bit RLC UM SN
- 7bit PDCP SN
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 7 to 1.
Yes, if UE supports VoLTE, MCPTT, or both.
Yes, if UE supports SRVCC to EUTRAN from GERAN.
No
4
- Short DRX cycle
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 to 1.
- not supported by category M1 or M2 UE

Yes
5
- Long DRX cycle
- DRX command MAC control element

Yes
No
6
- Prioritised bit rate

Yes
No
7
- RLC UM
- can only be set to 0 if the UE does neither support VoLTE nor MCPTT
Yes, if UE supports VoLTE, MCPTT, or both.
Yes, if UE supports SRVCC to EUTRAN from GERAN.
No
8
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD or UTRA TDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD

- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 22 to 1
Yes (except for category M1 and M2 UEs) for FDD, if UE supports UTRA FDD.
Yes
9
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN GSM_Dedicated handover
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 23 to 1
Yes (except for category M1 and M2 UEs), if UE supports SRVCC to EUTRAN from GERAN.
Yes
10
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN (Packet_) Idle by Cell Change Order
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to GERAN (Packet_) Idle by Cell Change Order with NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change)


Yes
11
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to CDMA2000 1xRTT CS Active handover
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has sets bit number 24 to 1

Yes
12
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to CDMA2000 HRPD Active handover
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 26 to 1

Yes
13
- Inter-frequency handover (within FDD or TDD)
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 25 to 1
Yes (except for category M1 and M2 UEs), unless UE only supports band 13
No
14
- Measurement reporting event: Event A4 – Neighbour > threshold
- Measurement reporting event: Event A5 – Serving < threshold1 & Neighbour > threshold2

Yes (except for category M1 and M2 UEs)
No
15
- Measurement reporting event: Event B1 – Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1

- Measurement reporting event: Event B1 – Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively

- Measurement reporting event: Event B1 – Neighbour > threshold for GERAN, 1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set at least one of the bit number 22, 23, 24, 26 or 39 to 1.
- even if the UE sets bits 41, it shall still set bit 15 to 1 if measurement reporting event B1 is tested for all RATs supported by UE
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes for FDD, if UE supports only UTRAN FDD and does not support UTRAN TDD or GERAN or 1xRTT or HRPD
Yes
16
- Intra-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells

- Inter-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells, if the UE has set bit number 25 to 1

- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1

- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively

- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for GERAN, 1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively.

NOTE: Event triggered periodical reporting (i.e., with triggerType set to event and with reportAmount > 1) is a mandatory functionality of event triggered reporting and therefore not the subject of this bit.
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes
No
17
Intra-frequency ANR features (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Intra-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells
- Intra-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI.
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 to 1.
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes
No
18
Inter-frequency ANR features (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Inter-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells
- Inter-frequency periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 25 to 1.
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes, unless UE only supports band 13
No
19
Inter-RAT ANR features (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells for GERAN, if the UE has set bit number 23 to 1
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 to 1
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON for 1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 24 or 26 to 1, respectively
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRANTDD and has set bit number 22 to 1
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI for UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD and has set bit number 22 or 39 to 1, respectively
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI for GERAN, 1xRTT or HRPD, if the UE has set bit number 23, 24 or 26 to 1, respectively
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 to 1 and the UE has set at least one of the bit number 22, 23, 24 or 26 to 1.
- even if the UE sets bits 33 to 37, it shall still set bit 19 to 1 if inter-RAT ANR features are tested for all RATs for which inter-RAT measurement reporting is indicated as tested

Yes
20
If bit number 7 is set to 0:
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 8x AM DRB

If bit number 7 is set to 1:
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 8x AM DRB
- SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 5x AM DRB + 3x UM DRB

NOTE: UE which indicate support for a DRB combination also support all subsets of the DRB combination. Therefore, release of DRB(s) never results in an unsupported DRB combination.

- Regardless of what bit number 7 and bit number 20 is set to, UE shall support at least SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 4x AM DRB
- Regardless of what bit number 20 is set to, if bit number 7 is set to 1, UE shall support at least SRB1 and SRB2 for DCCH + 4x AM DRB + 1x UM DRB
- If flexibleUM-AM-Combinations is included the UE shall support any combination of RLC UM and RLC AM bearers as long as the total number of bearers is at most 8, regardless of what FGI20 indicates
Yes
No
21
- Predefined intra- and inter-subframe frequency hopping for PUSCH with N_sb > 1
- Predefined inter-subframe frequency hopping for PUSCH with N_sb > 1
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.

No
22
- UTRAN FDD or UTRAN TDD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD

- UTRAN FDD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes for FDD, if UE supports UTRA FDD
Yes
23
- GERAN measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.

Yes
24
- 1xRTT measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes for FDD, if UE supports enhanced 1xRTT CSFB for FDD
Yes for TDD, if UE supports enhanced 1xRTT CSFB for TDD
Yes
25
- Inter-frequency measurements and reporting in E-UTRA connected mode

NOTE: The UE setting this bit to 1 and indicating support for FDD and TDD frequency bands in the UE capability signalling implements and is tested for FDD measurements while the UE is in TDD, and for TDD measurements while the UE is in FDD.
- A category M1 or M2 UE shall set this bit to 1 only if ceMeasurements-r14 is supported.
Yes, unless UE only supports band 13
No
26
- HRPD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes for FDD, if UE supports HRPD
Yes
27
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD or UTRA TDD CELL_DCH CS handover, if the UE supports either only UTRAN FDD or only UTRAN TDD

- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA FDD CELL_DCH CS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 8 to 1 and supports SR-VCC from EUTRA defined in TS 24.008 [49]
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes for FDD, if UE supports VoLTE and UTRA FDD
Yes
28
- TTI bundling
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes for FDD
Yes
29
- Semi-Persistent Scheduling
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.

Yes
30
- Handover between FDD and TDD
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 13 to 1

No
31
- Indicates whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for cells broadcasting multi band information i.e. comprehending multiBandInfoList, disregarding in RRC_CONNECTED the related system information fields and understanding the EARFCN signalling for all bands, that overlap with the bands supported by the UE, and that are defined in the earliest version of TS 36.101 [42] that includes all UE supported bands.

Yes
No
32
Undefined




NOTE:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD.

Table B.1-1a: Definitions of feature group indicators
Index of indicator (bit number)
Definition
(description of the supported functionality, if indicator set to one)
Notes
If indicated "Yes" the feature shall be implemented and successfully tested for this version of the specification
FDD/ TDD diff
33 (leftmost bit)
Inter-RAT ANR features for UTRAN FDD (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 22 to 1.


Yes
34
Inter-RAT ANR features for GERAN (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCells
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 23 to 1.


Yes
35
Inter-RAT ANR features for 1xRTT (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 24 to 1.


Yes
36
Inter-RAT ANR features for HRPD (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and bit number 26 to 1.


Yes
37
Inter-RAT ANR features for UTRAN TDD (including the case of (NG)EN-DC wherein MN and SN have the same DRX cycle and on-duration configured by MN completely contains on-duration configured by SN) including:
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON
- Inter-RAT periodical measurement reporting where triggerType is set to periodical and purpose is set to reportCGI
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 5 and at least one of the bit number 22 (for UEs supporting only UTRA TDD) or the bit number 39 to 1.

Yes
38
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA TDD CELL_DCH PS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 39 to 1

Yes
39
- UTRAN TDD measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 in E-UTRA connected mode, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.

Yes
40
- EUTRA RRC_CONNECTED to UTRA TDD CELL_DCH CS handover, if the UE supports both UTRAN FDD and UTRAN TDD
- related to SR-VCC
- can only be set to 1 if the UE has set bit number 38 to 1

Yes
41
Measurement reporting event: Event B1 – Neighbour > threshold for UTRAN FDD, if the UE supports UTRAN FDD and has set bit number 22 to 1
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.
Yes for FDD, unless UE has set bit number 15 to 1
Yes
42
- DCI format 3a (TPC commands for PUCCH and PUSCH with single bit power adjustments)
- If a category M1 or M2UE supports this feature group, this bit shall be set to 1. For a UE of all other categories, this bit shall be set to 0.

Yes
43
Undefined



44
Undefined



45
Undefined



46
Undefined



47
Undefined



48
Undefined



49
Undefined



50
Undefined



51
Undefined



52
Undefined



53
Undefined



54
Undefined



55
Undefined



56
Undefined



57
Undefined



58
Undefined



59
Undefined



60
Undefined



61
Undefined



62
Undefined



63
Undefined



64
Undefined




NOTE:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD. Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a feature for which it indicates support within the FGI signalling.

Clarification for mobility from EUTRAN and inter-frequency handover within EUTRAN
There are several feature groups related to mobility from E-UTRAN and inter-frequency handover within EUTRAN. The description of these features is based on the assumption that we have 5 main "functions" related to mobility from E-UTRAN:
A.	Support of measurements and cell reselection procedure in idle mode
B.	Support of RRC release with redirection procedure in connected mode
C.	Support of Network Assisted Cell Change in connected mode
D.	Support of measurements and reporting in connected mode
E.	Support of handover procedure in connected mode
All functions can be applied for mobility to Inter-frequency to EUTRAN, GERAN, UTRAN, CDMA2000 HRPD and CDMA2000 1xRTT except for function C) which is only applicable for mobility to GERAN. Table B.1-2 below summarises the mobility functions that are supported based on the UE capability signaling (band support) and the setting of the feature group support indicators.
Table B.1-2: Mobility from E-UTRAN
Feature
GERAN
UTRAN
HRPD
1xRTT
EUTRAN
A. Measurements and cell reselection procedure in E-UTRA idle mode
Supported if GERAN band support is indicated
Supported if UTRAN band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 HRPD band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 1xRTT band support is indicated
Supported for supported bands
B. RRC release with blind redirection procedure in E-UTRA connected mode
Supported if GERAN band support is indicated
Supported if UTRAN band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 HRPD band support is indicated
Supported if CDMA2000 1xRTT band support is indicated
Supported for supported bands
C. Cell Change Order (with or without) Network Assisted Cell Change) in E-UTRA connected mode
Group 10
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
D. Inter-frequency/RAT measurements, reporting and measurement reporting event B2 (for inter-RAT) in E-UTRA connected mode
Group 23
Group 22/39
Group 26
Group 24
Group 25
E. Inter-frequency/RAT handover procedure in E-UTRA connected mode
Group 9 (GSM_connected handover)
Separate UE capability bit defined in TS 36.306 [5] for PS handover
Group 8/38 (PS handover) or Group 27/40 (SRVCC handover)
Group 12
Group 11
Group 13 (within FDD or TDD)
Group 30 (between FDD and TDD)

In case measurements and reporting function is not supported by UE, the network may still issue the mobility procedures redirection (B) and CCO (C) in a blind fashion.
B.2	CSG support
In this release of the protocol, it is mandatory for the UE to support a minimum set of CSG functionality consisting of:
-	Identifying whether a cell is CSG or not;
-	Ignoring CSG cells in cell selection/reselection.
Additional CSG functionality in AS, i.e. the requirement to detect and camp on CSG cells when the "CSG whitelist" is available or when manual CSG selection is triggered by the user, are related to the corresponding NAS features. This additional AS functionality consists of:
-	Manual CSG selection;
-	Autonomous CSG search;
-	Implicit priority handling for cell reselection with CSG cells.
It is possible that this additional CSG functionality in AS is not supported or tested in early UE implementations.
Note that since the above AS features relate to idle mode operations, the capability support is not signalled to the network. For these reasons, no "feature group indicator" is assigned to this feature to indicate early support in Rel-8.

Annex C (normative):	Release 10 AS feature handling
C.1	Feature group indicators
This annex contains the definitions of the bits in field featureGroupIndRel10.
In this release of the protocol, the UE shall include the field featureGroupIndRel10 in the IE UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs. All the functionalities defined within the field featureGroupIndRel10 defined in Table C.1-1 are mandatory for the UE, if the related capability (spatial multiplexing in UL, PDSCH transmission mode 9, carrier aggregation, handover to EUTRA, or RAT) is also supported. For a specific indicator, if all functionalities for a feature group listed in Table C.1-1 have been implemented and tested, the UE shall set the indicator as one (1), else (i.e. if any one of the functionalities in a feature group listed in Table C.1-1 have not been implemented or tested), the UE shall set the indicator as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators that correspond to RATs not supported by the UE as zero (0).
The UE shall set all indicators, which do not have a definition in Table C.1-1, as zero (0).
If the optional field featureGroupIndRel10 is not included by a UE of a future release, the network may assume that all features, listed in Table C.1-1 and deployed in the network, have been implemented and tested by the UE.
The indexing in Table C.1-1 starts from index 101, which is the leftmost bit in the field featureGroupIndRel10.
Table C.1-1: Definitions of feature group indicators
Index of indicator
Definition
(description of the supported functionality, if indicator set to one)
Notes
If indicated "Yes" the feature shall be implemented and successfully tested for this version of the specification
FDD/ TDD diff
101 (leftmost bit)
- DMRS with OCC (orthogonal cover code) and SGH (sequence group hopping) disabling
- if the UE supports two or more layers for spatial multiplexing in UL, this bit shall be set to 1.
- If a category 0 or 1bis UE does not support this feature, this bit shall be set to 0.

No
102
- Trigger type 1 SRS (aperiodic SRS) transmission (Up to X ports)

NOTE: X = number of supported layers on given band


Yes
103
- PDSCH transmission mode 9 when up to 4 CSI reference signal ports are configured and when not operating in CE mode
- for Category 8 UEs, this bit shall be set to 1.
- for Category 11 and higher UEs, this bit shall be set to 1.
- for DL Category 11 and higher UEs (except for DL Category 13), this bit shall be set to 1.
Yes for the UE categories listed in the column "Notes"
Yes
104
- PDSCH transmission mode 9 for TDD when 8 CSI reference signal ports are configured and when not operating in CE mode
- if the UE does not support TDD, this bit is irrelevant, and shall be set to 0.
- this bit is not applicable to FDD (capability signalling exists for FDD for this feature).
- for Category 8 UEs, this bit shall be set to 1.
- for Category 11 and higher UEs, this bit shall be set to 1.
- for DL Category 11 and higher UEs (except for DL Category 13), this bit shall be set to 1.
Yes for TDD, for the UE categories listed in the column "Notes"
No
105
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected subband CQI without PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 is configured
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-1 – UE selected subband CQI with single PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and up to 4 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if indices 2 (Table B.1-1) and 103 are set to 1.
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if index 2 is set to 1 for both FDD and TDD, and index 103 is set to 1 for at least one of FDD and TDD duplex modes.

Yes
106
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI/PTI reporting on PUCCH: Mode 2-1 – UE selected subband CQI with single PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and 8 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 'supported') and if index 2 (Table B.1-1) is set to 1.
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if at least one of index 104 and tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 1/'supported', and if index 2 is set to 1 for both FDD and TDD.

Yes
107
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-0 – UE selected subband CQI without PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 is configured
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-2 – UE selected subband CQI with multiple PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and up to 4 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if indices 1 (Table B.1-1) and 103 are set to 1.
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if index 1 is set to 1 for both FDD and TDD, and index 103 is set to 1 for at least one of FDD and TDD duplex modes.

Yes
108
- Aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUSCH: Mode 2-2 – UE selected subband CQI with multiple PMI, when PDSCH transmission mode 9 and 8 CSI reference signal ports are configured
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 'supported') and if index 1 (Table B.1-1) is set to 1.
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if at least one of index 104 and tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 1/'supported', and if index 1 is set to 1 for both FDD and TDD.

Yes
109
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH Mode 1-1, submode 1
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 'supported').
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if at least one of index 104 and tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 1/'supported'.

Yes
110
- Periodic CQI/PMI/RI reporting on PUCCH Mode 1-1, submode 2
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports (i.e., for TDD, if index 104 is set to 1, and for FDD, if tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 'supported').
- For UEs capable of TDD-FDD CA, this bit can be set to 1 for both FDD and TDD if at least one of index 104 and tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10 is set to 1/'supported'.

Yes
111
- Measurement reporting trigger Event A6
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports carrier aggregation.

Yes
112
- SCell addition within the handover to EUTRA procedure
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports carrier aggregation and the handover to EUTRA procedure.

Yes
113
- Trigger type 0 SRS (periodic SRS) transmission on X Serving Cells

NOTE: X = number of supported component carriers in a given band combination
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports carrier aggregation in UL.

Yes
114
- Reporting of both UTRA CPICH RSCP and Ec/N0 in a Measurement Report
- this bit can be set to 1 only if index 22 (Table B.1-1) is set to 1.

No
115
- time domain ICIC RLM/RRM measurement subframe restriction for the serving cell
- time domain ICIC RRM measurement subframe restriction for neighbour cells
- time domain ICIC CSI measurement subframe restriction
- If a category M1 or M2 UE does not support this feature group, this bit shall be set to 0.

Yes
116
- Relative transmit phase continuity for spatial multiplexing in UL
- this bit can be set to 1 only if the UE supports two or more layers for spatial multiplexing in UL.

Yes
117
Undefined



118
Undefined



119
Undefined



120
Undefined



121
Undefined



122
Undefined



123
Undefined



124
Undefined



125
Undefined



126
Undefined



127
Undefined



128
Undefined



129
Undefined



130
Undefined



131
Undefined



132
Undefined




NOTE:	The column FDD/ TDD diff indicates if the UE is allowed to signal different values for FDD and TDD. Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a feature for which it indicates support within the FGI signalling.
Annex D (informative):	Descriptive background information
D.1	Signalling of Multiple Frequency Band Indicators (Multiple FBI)
D.1.1	Mapping between frequency band indicator and multiple frequency band indicator
This clause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the E-UTRA frequency bands in SystemInformationBlockType1 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.1-1. In this example:
-	E-UTRAN cell belongs to band B90 and also bands B6, B7, B91, and B92.
-	The freqBandIndicatorPriority field is not present in SystemInformationBlockType1.
-	E-UTRAN uses B64 to indicate the presence of B90 in freqBandIndicator-v9e0.
-	For the MFBI list of this cell, E-UTRAN uses B64 in MultiBandInfoList to indicate the position and priority of the bands in MultiBandInfoList-v9e0.
-	The UE, after reading SystemInformationBlockType1, generates an MFBI list with priority of B91, B6, B92, and B7. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator-v9e0 IE it applies that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE applies the first listed band in the MFBI list which it supports.

Figure D.1.1-1: Mapping of frequency bands to MultiBandInfoList/MultiBandInfoList-v9e0
D.1.2	Mapping between inter-frequency neighbour list and multiple frequency band indicator
This clause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the E-UTRA frequencies signalled in SystemInformationBlockType5 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.2-1. In this example:
-	E-UTRAN includes 4 frequencies (EARFCNs): the bands associated with f1 and f4 belong to bands lower than 64; the bands associated with f2 and f3 belong to bands larger than 64. The reserved EARFCN value of 65535 is used to indicate the presence of ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0.
-	The band associated with f1 has two overlapping bands, B1 and B2 (lower than 64); the band associated with f2 has one overlapping band, B91; the band associated with f3 has four overlapping bands B3, B4, B92, and B93; the band associated with f4 does not have overlapping bands.
-	E-UTRAN includes 4 lists in both interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0 and interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0 and ensure the order of the lists is matching. Each list corresponds to one EARFCN and contains up to 8 bands. The first list corresponds to f1, the second list corresponds to f2, and so on. The grey lists mean not including MultiBandInfoList or MultiBandInfoList-v9e0, i.e. the corresponding EARFCN does not have any overlapping frequency bands in MultiBandInfoList or MultiBandInfoList-v9e0.

Figure D.1.2-1: Mapping of EARFCNs to MultiBandInfoList/MultiBandInfoList-v9e0
D.1.3	Mapping between UTRA FDD frequency list and multiple frequency band indicator
This clause describes the use of the Multiple Frequency Band Indicator (MFBI) lists and the UTRA FDD frequencies signalled in SystemInformationBlockType6 by means of an example as shown in Figure D.1.3-1. In this example:
-	E-UTRAN includes 4 UTRA FDD frequencies (UARFCNs).
-	The bands associated with f1 and f4 have no overlapping bands. The band associated with f2 has two overlapping bands, B1 and B2. The band associated with f3 has one overlapping band, B3.
-	E-UTRAN includes 4 lists in carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 with the first and fourth entry not including MultiBandInfoList.

Figure D.1.3-1: Mapping of UARFCNs to MultiBandInfoList
Annex E (normative):
TDD/FDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA
Annex E specifies for which TDD and FDD serving cells a UE supporting TDD/FDD CA shall support a feature/capability for which it indicates support within the FGI/capability signalling.
A UE that indicates support for TDD/ FDD CA:
-	For the fields for which the UE is allowed to indicate different	support for FDD and TDD, the UE shall support the feature on the PCell and/or SCell(s), as specified in tables E-1, E-2 and E-3 in accordance to the following rules:
-	PCell: the UE shall support the feature for the PCell, if the UE indicates support of the feature for the PCell duplex mode;
-	SCell: the UE shall support the feature for SCell(s), if the UE indicates support of the feature for the SCell duplex mode;
-	Per serving cell: the UE shall support the feature for a serving cell if the UE indicates support of the feature for the serving cell's duplex mode;
-	All serving cells: UE shall support the feature if the UE indicates support of the feature for both TDD and FDD duplex modes;
-	For the fields where the UE is not allowed to indicate different support for FDD and TDD, the UE shall support the feature for PCell and SCell(s) if the UE indicates support of the feature via the common FGI/capability bit.
Table E-1: Rel-8/9 FGIs for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed (from Annex B)
Index of indicator 
Classification
1
Per serving cell
2
All serving cells
4
All serving cells
8
PCell
9
PCell
10
PCell
11
PCell
12
PCell
15
PCell
19
PCell
22
PCell
23
PCell
24
PCell
26
PCell
27
PCell
28
PCell
29
PCell
33
PCell
34
PCell
35
PCell
36
PCell
37
PCell
38
PCell
39
PCell
40
PCell
41
PCell

Table E-2: Rel-10 FGIs for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed (from Annex C)
Index of indicator 
Classification
102
Per serving cell
103
Per serving cell
105
All serving cells
106
All serving cells
107
All serving cells
108
All serving cells
109
All serving cells
110
All serving cells
111
SCell
112
PCell
113
Per serving cell
115
PCell
116
Per serving cell

Table E-3: Rel-12 UE-EUTRA capabilities for which FDD/TDD differentiation is allowed
UE-EUTRA-Capability
Classification
crossCarrierScheduling
All serving cells
e-CSFB-1XRTT
PCell
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT
PCell
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT
PCell
ePDCCH
Per serving cell
e-RedirectionUTRA
PCell
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD
PCell
inDeviceCoexInd
All serving cells
interFreqRSTD-Measurement
PCell
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
PCell
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN
PCell
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
PCell
mbms-Scell
SCell
mbms-NonServingCell
SCell
multiACK-CSIreporting
PCell
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC
Per serving cell
otdoa-UE-Assisted
PCell
pmi-Disabling
Per serving cell
rsrqMeasWideband
Per serving cell
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
All serving cells
ss-CCH-InterfHandl
PCell
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect
PCell
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported
All serving cells
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO
PCell

Annex F (normative):	UE requirements on ASN.1 comprehension
This clause specifies UE requirements regarding the ASN.1 transfer syntax support i.e. the ASN.1 definitions to be comprehended by the UE.
A UE that indicates release X in field accessStratumRelease shall comprehend the entire transfer syntax (ASN.1) of release X, in particular at least the first version upon ASN.1 freeze. The UE is however not required to support dedicated signalling related transfer syntax associated with optional features it does not support.
In case a UE that indicates release X in field accessStratumRelease supports a feature specified in release X+ N (i.e. early UE implementation) additional requirements apply.
Cricitical extensions (dedicated signaling)
If the early implemented feature involves one or more critical extensions (i.e. case of dedicated signaling), the UE shall comprehend the parts of the transfer syntax (ASN.1) of release X+ N that are related to the feature implemented early. This in particular concerns the ASN.1 parts related to configuration of the feature. The UE obviously also has to support the ASN.1 parts related to indicating support of the feature (in UE capabilities).
If configuration of an early implemented feature introduced in release X+ N involves a message or field that has been critically extended, the UE shall support configuration of all features supported by the UE that are associated with sub-fields of this critical extension. Apart from the early implemented feature(s), the UE need however not support functionality beyond what is defined in the release the UE indicates in access stratum release.
Let's consider the example of a UE indicating value X in field accessStratumRelease that supports the features associated with fields A1, A3 and A5 of InformationElementA (see ASN.1 below). The feature implemented early is associated with field A5, and can only be configured by the –rX+N version of InformationElementA. In such case, the UE should support configuration of the features associated with fields A1, A3 and A5 by the –rX+N version of InformationElementA. If however one of the features was modified, e.g. the feature associated with fieldA3, E-UTRAN should assume the UE only supports the feature according to the release it indicated in field accessStratumRelease (X). I.e. UE is neither required to support the additional code-point (n80-vX+N0) nor the additional sub-field (fieldA3a).
InformationElementA-rX ::=		SEQUENCE {
	fieldA1-rX						InformationElementA1-rX				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	fieldA2-rX						InformationElementA2-rX				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	fieldA3-rX						InformationElementA3-rX				OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InformationElementA-rX+N ::=	SEQUENCE {
	fieldA1-rX+N					InformationElementA1-rX				OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	fieldA2-rX+N					InformationElementA2-rX				OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	fieldA3-rX+N					InformationElementA3-rX+N			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	fieldA4-rX+N					InformationElementA4-rX+N			OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	fieldA5-rX+N					InformationElementA5-rX+N			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

InformationElementA3-rX+N ::=	SEQUENCE {
	fieldA1a-rX+N					InformationElementA1a-rX			OPTIONAL,	-- Need ON
	fieldA2a-rX+N					ENUMERATED {n10, n20, n40,
										 n80-vX+N0}						OPTIONAL,	-- Need OR
	fieldA3a-rX+N					InformationElementA3a-rX+N			OPTIONAL	-- Need OR
}

Non-cricitical extensions (broadcast signaling)
If the early implemented feature involves one or more non-critical extensions in broadcast signaling (i.e. system information), the UE shall comprehend the parts of the transfer syntax (ASN.1) of release X+ N that are related to the feature implemented early. The SIB(s) containing the release X+ N fields related to the early implemented features may also include other extensions concerning releases from X upto X+N. The UE shall comprehend such intermediate fields (but again is not required to support the functionality associated with these intermediate fields, in case this concerns optional features not supported by the UE).
Annex G (normative): List of CRs Containing Early Implementable Features and Corrections
This annex lists the Change Requests (CRs) whose changes may be implemented by a UE of an earlier release than which the CR was approved in (i.e. CRs that contain on their coversheets the sentence "Implementation of this CR from Rel-N will not cause interoperability issues").
Table G-1: List of CRs Containing Early Implementable Features and Corrections
TDoc Number (RP-xxxxxx): CR Title
CR Number(s)
CR Revision Number(s)
Earliest Implementable Release
Additional Information
RP-181233: Successful acknowledgement of RRCConnectionRelease for BL and CE UE
3324
1
Release 13
RRCConnectionRelease message, for which the poll bit is not set, can be considered succesfully acknowledged when UE has sent HARQ ACK feedback.
RP-182674: CR for T312 on LTE HetNet mobility
3506
5
Release 12
Remove T312 in leaving condition for event trigger.
RP-182671: Corrections on paging monitoring and SI acquisition in RRC_CONNECTED for BL UEs and UEs in CE
3647
2
Release 13

RP-190548: Update description of ack-NACK-NumRepetitions
3899
2
Release 13

RP-190548: Corrections of NB-IoT Access Barring
3900
2
Release 13

RP-191382: SI update notification and access barring in NB-IoT
4020
2
Release 13

RP-192195 : Correction on handling of SCell(s) during Make Before Break handover
3986
3
Release 14

RP-192940: Stop using redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated after reselection to another frequency
4144
1
Release 14

NOTE 1: 	In case a CR has mirror CR(s), the mirror CR(s) are not listed.
NOTE 2: 	The Additional Information column briefly describes the content of a CR in cases where the CR title may not be descriptive enough. If the CR title is descriptive enough, then the Additional Information column may be left blank.

Annex H (informative):
Change history

Change history
Date
TSG #
TSG Doc.
CR
Rev
Cat
Subject/Comment
New version
12/2007
RP-38
RP-070920
-


Approved at TSG-RAN #38 and placed under Change Control
8.0.0
03/2008
RP-39
RP-080163
0001
4

CR to 36.331 with Miscellaneous corrections
8.1.0
03/2008
RP-39
RP-080164
0002
2

CR to 36.331 to convert RRC to agreed ASN.1 format
8.1.0
05/2008
RP-40
RP-080361
0003
1

CR to 36.331 on Miscellaneous clarifications/ corrections
8.2.0
09/2008
RP-41
RP-080693
0005
-

CR on Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications
8.3.0
12/2008
RP-42
RP-081021
0006
-

Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications
8.4.0
03/2009
RP-43
RP-090131
0007
-

Correction to the Counter Check procedure
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0008
-

CR to 36.331-UE Actions on Receiving SIB11
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0009
1

Spare usage on BCCH
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0010
-

Issues in handling optional IE upon absence in GERAN NCL
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0011
-

CR to 36.331 on Removal of useless RLC re-establishment at RB release
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0012
1

Clarification to RRC level padding at PCCH and BCCH
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0013
-

Removal of Inter-RAT message
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0014
-

Padding of the SRB-ID for security input
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0015
-

Validity of ETWS SIB
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0016
1

Configuration of the Two-Intervals-SPS
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0017
-

Corrections on Scaling Factor Values of Qhyst
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0018
1

Optionality of srsMaxUppts
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0019
-

CR for discussion on field name for common and dedicated IE
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0020
-

Corrections to Connected mode mobility
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0021
-

Clarification regarding the measurement reporting procedure
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0022
1

Corrections on s-Measure
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0023
1

R1 of CR0023 (R2-091029) on combination of SPS and TTI bundling for TDD
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0024
-

L3 filtering for path loss measurements
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0025
1

S-measure handling for reportCGI
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0026
1

Measurement configuration clean up
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0027
-

Alignment of measurement quantities for UTRA
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0028
-

CR to 36.331 on L1 parameters ranges alignment
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0029
-

Default configuration for transmissionMode
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0030
-

CR to 36.331 on RRC Parameters for MAC, RLC and PDCP
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0031
1

CR to 36.331 - Clarification on Configured PRACH Freq Offset
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0032
-

Clarification on TTI bundling configuration
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0033
1

Update of R2-091039 on Inter-RAT UE Capability
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090133
0034
-

Feature Group Support Indicators
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0036
-

Corrections to RLF detection
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0037
-

Indication of Dedicated Priority
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0038
2

Security Clean up
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0039
-

Correction of TTT value range
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0040
-

Correction on CDMA measurement result IE
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0041
1

Clarification of Measurement Reporting
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0042
-

Spare values in DL and UL Bandwidth in MIB and SIB2
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0044
1

Clarifications to System Information Block Type 8
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0045
-

Reception of ETWS secondary notification
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0046
1

Validity time for ETWS message Id and Sequence No
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0047
-

CR for Timers and constants values used during handover to E-UTRA
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0048
-

Inter-RAT Security Clarification
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0049
-

CR to 36.331 on consistent naming of 1xRTT identifiers
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0050
-

Capturing RRC behavior regarding NAS local release
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0051
-

Report CGI before T321 expiry and UE null reporting
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0052
-

System Information and 3 hour validity
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0053
1

Inter-Node AS Signalling
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0054
-

Set of values for the parameter "messagePowerOffsetGroupB"
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0055
-

CR to paging reception for ETWS capable UEs in RRC_CONNECTED
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0056
1

CR for CSG related items in 36.331
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0057
1

SRS common configuration
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0058
-

RRC processing delay
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0059
-

CR for HNB Name
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0060
3

Handover to EUTRA delta configuration
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0063
-

Delivery of Message Identifier and Serial Number to upper layers for ETWS
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0066
-

Clarification on the maximum size of cell lists
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0067
-

Missing RRC messages in 'Protection of RRC messages'
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0069
1

Clarification on NAS Security Container
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0071
-

Extension of range of CQI/PMI configuration index
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0072
1

Access barring alleviation in RRC connection establishment
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090367
0077
6

Corrections to feature group support indicators
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0078
-

CR from email discussion to capture DRX and TTT handling
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0079
1

Need Code handling on BCCH messages
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0080
-

Unification of T300 and T301 and removal of miscallaneous FFSs
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0084
1

Proposed CR modifying the code-point definitions of neighbourCellConfiguration
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0087
2

Remove Redundant Optionality in SIB8
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0089
-

Corrections to the generic error handling
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0090
-

Configurability of T301
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0091
1

Correction related to TTT
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0095
-

CR for 36.331 on SPS-config
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0096
2

CR for Deactivation of periodical measurement
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0099
2

SMC and reconfiguration
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0101
-

TDD handover
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0102
-

Corrections to system information acquisition
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0106
-

Some Corrections and Clarifications to 36.331
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0109
-

Clarification on the Maximum number of ROHC context sessions parameter
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0110
-

Transmission of rrm-Config at Inter-RAT Handover
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0111
1

Use of SameRefSignalsInNeighbor parameter
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0112
-

Default serving cell offset for measurement event A3
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0114
-

dl-EARFCN missing in HandoverPreparationInformation
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0115
-

Cleanup of references to 36.101
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0117
-

Correction to the value range of UE-Categories
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0122
1

Correction on RRC connection re-establishment
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0124
-

Performing Measurements to report CGI for CDMA2000
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0125
-

CDMA2000-SystemTimeInfo in VarMeasurementConfiguration
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0126
-

UE Capability Information for CDMA2000 1xRTT
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0127
-

CDMA2000 related editorial changes
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0128
-

Draft CR to 36.331 on State mismatch recovery at re-establishment
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0129
1

Draft CR to 36.331 on Renaming of AC barring related IEs
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0130
2

Draft CR to 36.331 on Inheriting of dedicated priorities at inter-RAT reselection
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0135
-

Proposed CR to 36.331 Description alignment for paging parameter, nB
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0139
2

Miscellaneous corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0141
1

Correction regarding Redirection Information fo GERAN
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0142
-

Further ASN.1 review related issues
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0143
-

Periodic measurements
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0144
1

Further analysis on code point "OFF" for ri-ConfigIndex
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0145
1

Adding and deleting same measurement or configuration in one message
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0147
-

Corrections to IE dataCodingScheme in SIB11
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0148
-

Clarification on Mobility from E-UTRA
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0149
-

36.331 CR related to "not applicable"
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0150
1

UE radio capability transfer
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0151
-

CR to 36.331 on value of CDMA band classes
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0152
-

Corrections to DRB modification
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0153
-

Correction to presence condition for pdcp-config
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090131
0155
-

TDD HARQ-ACK feedback mode
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090275
0157
-

Corrections regarding use of carrierFreq for CDMA (SIB8) and GERAN (measObject)
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090321
0156
1

Sending of GERAN SI/PSI information at Inter-RAT Handover
8.5.0

RP-43
RP-090339
0158
-

Clarification of CSG support
8.5.0
06/2009
RP-44
RP-090516
0159
-

Octet alignment of VarShortMAC-Input
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0160
3

Minor corrections to the feature grouping
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0161
-

Security clarification
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0162
1

Sending of GERAN SI/PSI information at Inter-RAT Handover
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0163
1

Correction of UE measurement model
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0164
-

Restricting the reconfiguration of UM RLC SN field size
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0165
1

36.331 CR on Clarification on cell change order from GERAN to E-UTRAN
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0166
-

36.331 CR - Handling of expired TAT and failed D-SR
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0167
1

Proposed CR to 36.331 Clarification on mandatory information in AS-Config
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0168
2

Miscellaneous small corrections
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0173
-

Clarification on the basis of delta signalling
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0177
-

CR on Alignment of CCCH and DCCH handling of missing mandatory field
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0180
2

Handling of Measurement Context During HO Preparation
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0181
-

Clarification of key-eNodeB-Star in AdditionalReestabInfo
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0182
1

UE Capability Transfer
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0186
1

Clarification regarding mobility from E-UTRA in-between SMC and SRB2/DRB setup
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0188
1

Correction and completion of specification conventions
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0195
2

RB combination in feature group indicator
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0196
1

CR for need code for fields in mobilityControlInfo
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090497
0197
-

Alignment of pusch-HoppingOffset with 36.211
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090570
0198
-

Explicit srb-Identity values for SRB1 and SRB2
8.6.0

RP-44
RP-090516
0199
-

Removing use of defaultValue for mac-MainConfig
8.6.0
09/2009
RP-45
RP-090906
0200
-

Proposed update of the feature grouping
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0201
-

Clarification on measurement object configuration for serving frequency
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0202
-

Correction regarding SRVCC
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0203
-

Indication of DRB Release during HO
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0204
1

Correction regarding application of dedicated resource configuration upon handover
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0205
-

REL-9 protocol extensions in RRC
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0206
-

In-order delivery of NAS PDUs at RRC connection reconfiguration
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0207
-

Correction on Threshold of Measurement Event
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0210
-

Clarification on dedicated resource of RA procedure
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0213
1

Cell barring when MasterInformationBlock or SystemInformationBlock1 is missing
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090915
0218
-

Security threat with duplicate detection for ETWS
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0224
-

Clarification on supported handover types in feature grouping
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0250
1

Handling of unsupported / non-comprehended frequency band and emission requirement
8.7.0

RP-45
RP-090906
0251
-

RB combinations in feature group indicator 20
8.7.0
09/2009
RP-45
RP-090934
0220
1

Introduction of Per-QCI radio link failure timers (option 1)
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090926
0222
-

Null integrity protection algorithm
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090926
0223
-

Emergency Support Indicator in BCCH
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090934
0230
2

CR to 36.331 for Enhanced CSFB to 1xRTT with concurrent PS handover
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090934
0243
-

REL-9 on Miscellaneous editorial corrections
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090934
0247
-

Periodic CQI/PMI/RI masking
9.0.0

RP-45
RP-090933
0252
-

Introduction of CMAS
9.0.0
12/2009
RP-46
RP-091346
0253
1

(Rel-9)-clarification on the description of redirectedCarrierInfo
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0254
1

Adding references to RRC processing delay for inter-RAT mobiltiy messages
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0256
-

Alignment of srs-Bandwidth with 36.211
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091341
0257
5

Baseline CR capturing eMBMS agreements
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091343
0258
3

Capturing agreements on inbound mobility
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0260
-

Clarification of preRegistrationZoneID/secondaryPreRegistrationZoneID
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0261
-

Clarification on NCC for IRAT HO
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0263
-

Clarification on P-max
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0265
1

Clarification on the definition of maxCellMeas
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0266
-

Correction of q-RxLevMin reference in SIB7
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0267
-

Correction on SPS-Config field descriptions
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0268
1

correction on the definition of CellsTriggeredList
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091345
0269
-

Correction relating to CMAS UE capability
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0271
1

Feature grouping bit for SRVCC handover
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091314
0272
1

Correction and completion of extension guidelines
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091344
0273
-

RACH optimization Stage-3
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091345
0274
-

Stage 3 correction for CMAS
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0276
1

SR prohibit mechanism for UL SPS
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0277
-

Parameters used for enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0281
-

Correction on UTRAN UE Capability transfer
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0285
-

Maximum number of CDMA2000 neighbors in SIB8
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091340
0288
1

Introduction of UE Rx-Tx Time Difference measurement
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0297
-

Introduction of SR prohibit timer
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0298
-

Remove FFSs from RAN2 specifications
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091343
0301
1

Renaming Allowed CSG List (36.331 Rel-9)
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0305
-

Re-introduction of message segment discard time
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0306
1

Application of ASN.1 extension guidelines
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0309
1

Support for Dual Radio 1xCSFB
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0311
-

Shorter SR periodicity
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091342
0316
-

CR to 36.331 for Introduction of Dual Layer Transmission
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091343
0318
1

Draft CR to 36.331 on Network ordered SI reporting
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091346
0322
-

UE e1xcsfb capabilities correction
9.1.0

RP-46
RP-091331
0327
1

Clarification on coding of ETWS related IEs
9.1.0
03/2010
RP-47
RP-100285
0331
-

Clarification of CGI reporting
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0332
-

Clarification on MCCH change notification
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0333
-

Clarification on measurement for serving cell only
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0334
-

Clarification on proximity indication configuraiton in handover to E-UTRA
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0335
-

Clarification on radio resource configuration in handover to E-UTRA procedure
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0336
-

Clarification on UE maximum transmission power
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0337
-

Correction to field descriptions of UE-EUTRA-Capability
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0338
-

Correction to MBMS scheduling terminology
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0339
-

Corrections to SIB8
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0340
-

CR 36.331 R9 for Unifying SI reading for ANR and inbound mobility
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0341
1

CR to 36.331 for 1xRTT pre-registration information in SIB8
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0342
-

CR to 36.331 on corrections for MBMS
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0343
1

CR to 36.331 on CSG identity reporting
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0344
2

CR to 36.331 on Optionality of Rel-9 UE features
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0345
1

CR to 36.331 on Service Specific Acces Control (SSAC)
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0346
-

Introduction of power-limited device indication in UE capability.
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0347
-

Missing agreement in MCCH change notification.
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0348
1

Corrections related to MCCH change notification and value ranges
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0349
2

Prohibit timer for proximity indication
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0350
1

Proximity Indication after handover and re-establishment
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0351
-

Specifying the exact mapping of notificationIndicator in SIB13 to PDCCH bits
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0352
-

Corrections out of ASN.1 review scope
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0353
-

CR on clarification of system information change
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100285
0358
-

Measurement Result CDMA2000 Cell
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100304
0361
-

Correction on the range of UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0362
-

Small clarifications regarding MBMS
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0363
-

Introduction of REL-9 indication within field accessStratumRelease
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0364
-

Extending mobility description to cover inbound mobility
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0365
1

Clarification regarding enhanced CSFB to 1XRTT
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0368
-

Handling of dedicated RLF timers
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0370
1

Clarification on UE's behavior of receiving MBMS service
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0371
-

MBMS Service ID and Session ID
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0372
1

Inclusion of non-MBSFN region length in SIB13
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100309
0374
1

CR to 36.331 for e1xCSFB access class barring parameters in SIB8
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0375
-

Multiple 1xRTT/HRPD target cells in MobilityFromEUTRACommand
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0376
-

Independent support indicators for Dual-Rx CSFB and S102 in SIB8
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100285
0378
-

Clarification on DRX StartOffset for TDD
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0379
1

Miscellaneous corrections from REL-9 ASN.1 review
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0381
-

Need codes and missing conventions
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0383
1

Introduction of Full Configuration Handover for handling earlier eNB releases
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0385
-

Clarification to SFN reference in RRC
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0390
-

RSRP and RSRQ based Thresholds
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100189
0392
3

Redirection enhancements to GERAN
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0398
-

Cell reselection enhancements CR for 36.331
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100307
0401
3

CR on UE-originated RLFreporting for MRO SON use case
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100309
0402
3

CR to 36.331 on Redirection enhancements to UTRAN
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100306
0403
2

Proximity status indication handling at mobility
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100305
0404
-

Upper layer aspect of MBSFN area id
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0405
-

Redirection for enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback with concurrent PSHO
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100301
0406
-

Avoiding interleaving transmission of CMAS notifications
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100308
0407
1

Introduction of UE GERAN DTM capability indicator
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100381
0408
2

Introducing provisions for late ASN.1 corrections
9.2.0

RP-47
RP-100245
0411
-

Correction/ alignment of REL-9 UE capability signalling
9.2.0
06/2010
RP-48
RP-100553
0412
-

Clarification for mapping between warning message and CB-data
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0413
-

Clarification of radio link failure related actions
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100554
0414
-

Clarification on UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100553
0415
-

Correction on CMAS system information
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100554
0416
1

Corrections to MBMS
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100536
0418
-

Decoding of unknown future extensions
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0419
1

Miscellaneous small corrections and clarifications
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100551
0420
-

Prohibit timer for proximity indication
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0421
-

RLF report for MRO correction
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100546
0423
1

Missing UTRA bands in IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0424
-

Correction on handling of dedicated RLF timers
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0431
1

Protection of RRC messages
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0433
-

Handling missing Essential system information
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100551
0434
1

Clarification on UMTS CSG detected cell reporting in LTE
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0436
-

Introducing provisions for late corrections
9.3.0

RP-48
RP-100556
0437
-

Clarification regarding / alignment of REL-9 UE capabilities
9.3.0
09/2010
RP-49
RP-100845
0440
-

Correction to 3GPP2 reference for interworking with cdma2000 1x
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0441
-

Clarification on UL handover preparation transfer
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0442
1

Clarifications regarding fullConfiguration
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0443
-

Clarifications regarding handover to E-UTRAN
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100854
0444
-

Correction on the table of conditionally mandatory Release 9 features
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0445
-

Corrections to TS36.331 on MeasConfig IE
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100853
0446
2

CR to 36.331 on clarification for MBMS PTM RBs
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0447
-

Introduction of late corrections container for E-UTRA UE capabilities
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0448
-

Renaming of containers for late non-critical extensions
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0452
-

Clarifications Regarding Redirection from LTE
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100845
0456
-

Description of multi-user MIMO functionality in feature group indicator table
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100845
0458
-

Correct the PEMAX_H to PEMAX
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0460
-

Clarification for feature group indicator bit 11
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-100851
0465
1

Clarification of FGI setting for inter-RAT features not supported by the UE
9.4.0

RP-49
RP-101008
0475
1

FGI settings in Rel-9
9.4.0
12/2010
RP-50
RP-101197
0483
-

Clarification on Meaning of FGI Bits
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0485
-

Clarification regarding reconfiguration of the quantityConfig
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101210
0486
1

Corrections to the presence of IE regarding DRX and CQI
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101210
0493
-

The field descriptions of MeasObjectEUTRA
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0498
1

Clarification of FGI settings non ANR periodical measurement reporting
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101209
0500
-

Corrections to RLF Report
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101206
0519
1

T321 timer fix
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0524
-

Restriction of AC barring parameter setting
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101210
0525
-

Removal of SEQUENCE OF SEQUENCE in UEInformationResponse
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101197
0526
1

Clarification regarding default configuration value N/A
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101431
0532
-

Splitting FGI bit 3
9.5.0

RP-50
RP-101183
0476
4

36.331 CR on Introduction of Minimization of Drive Tests
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101293
0477
4

AC-Barring for Mobile Originating CSFB call
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0478
-

Addition of UE-EUTRA-Capability descriptions
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0481
-

Clarification on Default Configuration for CQI-ReportConfig
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101215
0487
-

CR to 36.331 adding e1xCSFB support for dual Rx/Tx UE
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101227
0488
1

Introduction of Carrier Aggregation and UL/ DL MIMO
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101228
0489
1

Introduction of relays in RRC
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0490
1

Priority indication for CSFB with re-direction
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0491
-

SIB Size Limitations
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0513
-

Combined Quantity Report for IRAT measurement of UTRAN
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101214
0527
1

UE power saving and Local release
10.0.0

RP-50
RP-101429
0530
1

Inclusion of new UE categories in Rel-10
10.0.0
03/2011
RP-51
RP-110282
0533
-

36331_CRxxx_Protection of Logged Measurements Configuration
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110294
0534
1

Stage-3 CR for MBMS enhancement
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0535
-

Clean up MDT-related text
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0536
-

Clear MDT configuration and logs when the UE is not registered
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0537
-

Correction to the field description of nB
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0538
-

CR on impact on UP with remove&add approach_2
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0539
-

CR to 36.331 on corrections for MDT
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0543
-

Introduction of CA/MIMO capability signalling and measurement capability signalling in CA
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0544
-

MDT PDU related clarifications
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0545
-

Correction on release of logged measurement configuration while in another RAT
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0546
-

Miscellaneous Corrections for CA Running RRC CR
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0547
1

Miscellaneous small clarifications and corrections
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110293
0548
4

Necessary changes for RLF reporting enhancements
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0549
1

Memory size for logged measurements capable UE
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0550
-

Parameters confusion of non-CA and CA configurations
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0553
-

Presence condition for cellSelectionInfo-v920 in SIB1
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0554
1

Removal of MDT configuration at T330 expiry
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0556
1

Signalling aspects of existing LTE-A parameters
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0557
1

Some Corrections on measurement
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110291
0558
-

Stored system information for RNs
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110291
0559
-

Support of Integrity Protection for Relay
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0561
2

Updates of L1 parameters for CA and UL/DL MIMO
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110291
0571
1

Note for Dedicated SIB for RNs
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0579
-

Correction to cs-fallbackIndicator field description
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0580
-

Clarification to the default configuration of sCellDeactivationTimer
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0581
-

Miscellaneous corrections to TS 36.331 on Carrier Aggregation
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0584
-

Correction of configuration description in SIB2
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110265
0587
-

Clarification of band indicator in handover from E-UTRAN to GERAN
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110285
0588
1

36331_CRxxxx Support of Delay Tolerant access requests
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110292
0590
-

Update of R2-110807 on CSI measurement resource restriction for time domain ICIC
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110292
0591
-

Update of R2-110821 on RRM/RLM resource restriction for time domain ICIC
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0592
-

Corrections on UE capability related parameters
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0596
-

Validity time for location information in Immediate MDT
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0597
-

CR to 36.331 adding UE capability indicator for dual Rx/Tx e1xCSFB
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0598
-

Miscellaneous corrections to CA
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0599
-

Further correction to combined measurement report of UTRAN
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0600
-

Correction to the reference of ETWS
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110269
0602
1

Introduction of OTDOA inter-freq RSTD measurement indication procedure
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0603
-

Correction of use of RRCConnectionReestablishment message for contention resolution
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0604
-

CR to 36.331 on MDT neighbour cell measurements logging
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0609
-

Minor ASN.1 corrections for the UEInformationResponse message
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0613
-

Clarification regarding dedicated RLF timers and constants
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0615
-

Release of Logged Measurement Configuration
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0616
-

Some corrections on TS 36.331
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0623
-

AC barring procedure clean up
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0624
-

Counter proposal to R2-110826 on UE capabilities for MDT
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0628
1

UE information report for RACH
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0629
2

Measurement on the deactivated SCells
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0632
1

Trace configuration paremeters for Logged MDT
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0635
-

Clarification on stop condition for timer T3330
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110282
0637
-

User consent for MDT
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0638
-

Correction on the range of CQI resource index
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110272
0640
1

Small corrections to ETWS & CMAS system information
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110290
0641
1

UE capability signaling structure w.r.t carrier aggregation, MIMO and measurement gap
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0642
1

Normal PHR and the multiple uplink carriers
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0643
1

Corrections to TS36.331 on SIB2 handling
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110280
0644
1

Adding a Power Management indication in PHR
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110289
0646
1

Clarification for CA and TTI bundling in RRC
10.1.0

RP-51
RP-110443
0648
1

Updates to FGI settings
10.1.0
06/2011
RP-52
RP-110836
0651
-

Add MBMS counting procedure to processing delay requirement for RRC procedure clause 11.2
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0653
-

Add pre Rel-10 procedures to processing delay requirement for RRC procedure clause 11.2
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0654
1

Addition of a specific reference for physical configuration fields
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0656
-

Clarification of inter-frequency RSTD measurement indication procedure
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0658
-

Clarification of optionality of UE features without capability
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0660
-

Clarification on the definition of maxCellBlack
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0661
-

Clarification on upper layer requested connection release
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110850
0662
3

Clarification regarding eICIC measurements
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0663
-

CR for s-measure handling
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110851
0664
1

CR on clarification of RLF Report in Carrier Aggregation
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0669
-

FGI bit for handover between LTE FDD/TDD
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0670
2

Further updates on L1 parameters
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0671
2

General error handling for extension fields
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110851
0672
2

Additional information for RLF report
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110843
0673
-

Introduction of TCE ID for logged MDT
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110670
0674
4

Miscellaneous corrections (related to review in preparation for ASN.1 freeze)
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110843
0675
-

PLMN check for MDT logging
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0677
-

UE actions upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0678
-

Clarification on bandEUTRA-r10 and supportedBandListEUTRA
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110837
0679
-

Updated value range for the Extended Wait Timer
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0680
1

Value range of DRX-InactivityTimer
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110828
0693
1

Correction for SR-VCC and QCI usage
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0694
-

Restructuring of CQI-ReportConfig-r10
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0695
2

Correction on DL allocations in MBSFN subframes
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110850
0700
-

Reference SFN for MeasSubframePattern
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110846
0701
-

Clarifications to CA related field descriptions
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0702
-

Corrections to codebookSubsetRestriction and SRS parameters
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110834
0704
-

Corrections to the handling of ri-ConfigIndex for TM9
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110715
0710
2

UE capabilities for Rel-10 LTE features with eICIC measurement restrictions as FGI (Alt.1)
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0713
-

CR to 36.331 on redirected utra-TDD carrier frequency
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0714
-

Explicit AS signalling for mapped PTMSI/GUTI
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0718
-

Counter proposal for Updates of mandatory information in AS-Config
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0719
-

CR for Reconfiguration of discardTimer in PDCP-Config
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0723
-

On the missing multiplicity of UE capability parameters
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110830
0735
-

Radio frame alignment of CSA and MSP
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0740
-

Reconfiguration involving critically extended IEs (using fullFieldConfig i.e. option 2)
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0744
-

Counter proposal to R2-112753 on CR to remove CSG Identity validity limited to CSG cell
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110839
0746
1

Increase of prioritisedBitRate
10.2.0

RP-52
RP-110847
0747
-

CA and MIMO Capabilities in LTE Rel-10
10.2.0
09/2011
RP-53
RP-111297
0752
-

TS36.331 Correction
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0754
-

maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions when no ROHC profile is supported
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111280
0757
-

Correction to Subframe Allocation End in PMCH-Info
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111288
0761
-

Correction on PUCCH configuration for Un interface
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0762
-

Miscellaneous corrections to 36.331
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111278
0764
2

36.331 correction on CSG identity validity to allow introduction of CSG RAN sharing
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0770
2

AdditionalSpectrumEmissions in CA
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0773
-

CR to 36.331 on Small correction of PHR parameter
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0775
2

Clarifications to P-max on CA
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111280
0784
-

Clarification on for which subframes signalling MCS applies
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0792
-

Corrections in RRC
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0793
-

Replace the tables with exception list in 10.5 AS-Config
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0796
-

Corrections to the field descriptions
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0798
-

Configuration of simultaneous PUCCH&PUSCH
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111297
0806
-

Corrections to release of csi-SubframePatternConfig and cqi-Mask
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111272
0810
-

GERAN SI format for cell change order&PS handover& enhanced redirection to GERAN
10.3.0

RP-53
RP-111283
0811
-

Corrections to PUCCH-Config field descriptions
10.3.0
12/2011
RP-54
RP-111711
0812
1

Clarification of PCI range for CSG cells
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0813
-

Clarifications to Default Radio Configurations
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0814
1

Corrections to enhancedDualLayerTDD
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0815
-

Miscellaneous small corrections
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0816
1

Correction on notation of SRS transmission comb
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111706
0823
1

36.331 CR SPS reconfiguration
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111716
0827
2

Clarification of list sizes in measurement configuration stored by UE
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111706
0835
-

Clarification of the event B1 and ANR related FGI bits
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111714
0840
1

Clarification on MBSFN and measurement resource restrictions
10.4.0

RP-54
RP-111706
0845
-

Clarification on parallel message transmission upon connection re-establishment
10.4.0
03/2012
RP-55
RP-120326
0855
1

Limiting MBMS counting responses to within the PLMN
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120321
0857
-

CR to 36.331 on cdma2000 band classes and references
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120326
0862
1

Clarification on MBSFN and measurement resource restrictions
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120325
0871
-

On SIB10/11 Reception Timing
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120326
0875
1

Clarification on MBMS counting for uncipherable services
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120325
0876
-

Minor correction regarding limited service access on non-CSG-member cell
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120326
0894
-

Time to keep RLF Reporting logs
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120356
0895
1

Introducing means to signal different FDD/TDD Capabilities/FGIs for Dual-xDD UE
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120321
0899
-

Clarification on SRB2 resumption upon connection re-establishment (parallel message transmission)
10.5.0

RP-55
RP-120321
0900
1

Duplicated ASN.1 naming correction
10.5.0
06/2012
RP-56
RP-120805
0909
-

SPS Reconfiguration
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120805
0912
1

Change in Scheduling Information for ETWS
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120807
0914
-

Clarification of mch-SchedulingPeriod configuration
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120808
0916
1

Change in Scheduling Information for CMAS
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120814
0919
1

Introducing means to signal different REL-10 FDD/TDD Capabilities/FGIs for Dual-xDD UE
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120812
0920
1

Clarification on setting of dedicated NS value for CA by E-UTRAN
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120808
0931
-

T321 value for UTRA SI acquisition
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120813
0957
1

Korean Public Alert System (KPAS) in relation to CMAS
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120812
0969
1

Introduction of supported bandwidth combinations for CA
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120734
0970
1

Introduction of multiple frequency band indicator
10.6.0

RP-56
RP-120825
0934
-

Introduction of a new security algorithm ZUC
11.0.0

RP-56
RP-120813
0973
1

EU-Alert in relation to CMAS
11.0.0
09/2012
RP-57
RP-121371
0982
1

Introduction of EAB
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121381
0990
-

Additional special subframe configuration related correction
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121423
1000
4

36.331 CR introducing In-Device Coexistence (IDC)
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121359
1008
-

Voice support Capabilities
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121361
1013
-

Differentiating UTRAN modes in FGIs
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121368
1022
1

Introduction of absolute priority based measurements and reselection in CELL_FACH State in 36.331
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121370
1024
-

Introducing MDT enhancements for REL-11
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121349
1025
2

Introducing Carrier aggregation enhancements for REL-11
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121375
1026
-

Introducing MBMS enhancements for REL-11
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121376
1052
2

Signaling support for CRS interference management in eICIC
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121395
1055
-

CR on scell measurement cycle
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121395
1056
-

CR on measurement report
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121378
1057
3

Introduction of 'Power preference indication'
11.1.0

RP-57
RP-121280
1060
-

Correction for PUCCH/SRS Release
11.1.0
12/2012
RP-58
RP-121933
1063
-

Correction related to differentiating UTRAN modes in FGIs
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121936
1065
-

Processing delay for RRCConnectionReconfiguration
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121953
1066
2

Addition of the stage-3 agreements on IDC
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121951
1067
3

Carrier Aggregation Enhancement RAN1 parameters
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1068
1

Clarification of SR period
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1069
1

Clarification on HandoverCommand message
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1070
-

Clarification on mobility related issues
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121946
1071
1

Correction of the signaling for Uncertainty and Confidence
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121940
1072
2

Corrections to MBMS Service Continuity
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121940
1073
-

CR to 36.331 on SIB15 acquisition
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1074
1

Handling of 1xCSFB failure
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1075
-

Miscellaneous corrections
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121958
1076
1

RAN overload control using RRC connection Rejection
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121954
1077
-

RRC support for CoMP in UL
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121951
1078
-

Some clarification to Carrier aggregation enhancements
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121939
1079
1

Validity of EAB SIB and acquisition of SIB1
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121922
1085
-

Clarification for Multiple Frequency Band Indicators feature
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121924
1089
1

Moving the TM5 capability
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121959
1093
1

CR to 36.331 on introducing ROHC context continue for intra-ENB handover
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121946
1100
-

Correction on MDT multi-PLMN support
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121953
1102
-

Clarification and alignment of handling of other configuration
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121970
1103
6

Introducing support for Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) operation
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121922
1105
2

Introducing further UE aspects regarding multi band cells
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121947
1120
-

CR to 36.331 on additional information in RLF report for inter-RAT MRO
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121952
1125
1

Correction on Power preference indication
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121950
1127
1

SIB1 provisioning via dedicated signalling
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121936
1128
2

Measurement reporting of Scells
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121956
1129
1

Introduction of EPDCCH parameters in TS 36.331
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121961
1130
2

Introduction of Rel-11 UE capabilities
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121958
1131
-

Introducion of wideband RSRQ measurements
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121958
1146
-

Introduction of network sharing for CDMA2000 inter-working
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121960
1157
-

Broadcast of Time Info by Using a New SIB
11.2.0

RP-58
RP-121957
1175
-

GERAN measurement object at ANR
11.2.0
03/2013
RP-59
RP-130246
1182
2

Miscellaneous corrections from review preceeding ASN.1 freeze
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130243
1186
2

DL COMP capability related correction
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130231
1193
1

Mandatory supporting of B1 measurement to UMTS FDD (FGI bit 15)
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1197
-

Clarification on MBMS Service Continuity
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1198
-

IDC Problem Reporting
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130247
1210
-

Corrections on definition of CSG member cell
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130237
1211
-

Extension of FBI and EARFCN
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130228
1220
-

Invalidation of ETWS with security feature
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130225
1224
-

Invalid measurement configuration with different (E)ARFCN
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1231
2

PPI and IDC indication upon handover
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130227
1235
1

Correcting further UE aspects regarding multi band cells
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130248
1236
1

Behaviour in case of excessive dedicated priority information
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130225
1241
-

Clarification on EARFCN signalling in Mobility control info
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130241
1244
-

IDC-SubframePattern length for FDD
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130249
1252
-

Introduction of wideband RSRQ measurements in RRC_IDLE
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130240
1255
-

Optional support of RLF report for inter-RAT MRO
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130233
1258
2

The presence of bandcombination for non-CA capable UEs
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130248
1259
-

Correction for event A5
11.3.0

RP-59
RP-130332
1265
-

Mandating the settings of FGI bit 14, 27 and 28 to true
11.3.0
06/2013
RP-60
RP-130805
1267
-

Clarification on the redirection to UTRA-TDD frequency in case of CSFB High Priority
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1269
1

Correction of wrong reference
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1270
-

Clarification to support of deprioritisation feature
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1271
-

Clarification on KASME key usage
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1272
-

Correction on multi-TA capability
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1273
-

MBMS interest indication upon handover/ re-establishment
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1274
-

Conditions RI reference inheriting CSI process (DL CoMP)
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1275
-

Clarification on NZP CSI-RS resource configuration for UE supporting 1 CSI process
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1276
-

Corrections to field description of pdsch-Start-r11
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1277
-

Need code corrections in Rel-11 RRC
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1278
-

Miscellanous small corrections
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1279
1

FDD/TDD diff column correction for FGI31
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1282
-

measCycleSCell upon SCell configuration
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1294
-

Clarification on RRC Connection Reconfiguration with Critical Extension
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130802
1298
-

Security key generation in case of MFBI
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1303
1

Clarification on inclusion of non-CA band combinations
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1308
-

CR on ROHC parameter configuration in Rel-11 RRC
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130804
1315
2

Clarification on UE CA capability
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130809
1321
-

Updating 3GPP2 specification references
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130805
1323
-

Clarification on the configuration of the extended PHR
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130805
1324
-

Clarifications on SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 IE
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130808
1325
-

MFBI impact on MBMS service continuity
11.4.0

RP-60
RP-130819
1329
1

MFBI aspects for dedicated signalling
11.4.0
09/2013
RP-61
RP-131311
1335
-

Clarification on PhysCellIdRange
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131311
1339
1

Correction on the first subframe of the measurement gap
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131319
1340
1

Correction for MFBI in SIB15 and SIB6
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131319
1343
-

Clarification of MFBI impact on MBMS service continuity
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131238
1344
2

Clarification of UE action for otherwise in conditions
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131311
1348
-

Corrections to the 3GPP2 specification references in 36.331
11.5.0

RP-61
RP-131318
1353
-

Clarifications regarding the usage of "rlf-Cause" in case of handover failure
11.5.0
12/2013
RP-62
RP-131986
1366
-

Introduction of capability bit for UTRA MFBI
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131984
1368
1

Addition of inter-frequency RSTD measurement capability indicator for OTDOA
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131989
1370
-

Clarification on supportedBand
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-132003
1371
-

Capturing mandatory/optional agreements on Rel-11 UE features
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1372
-

Clarification on otherwise behaviour
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1373
-

Corrections of the 3GPP2 references in TS 36.331
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1374
-

measResultLastServCell for SON-HOF report
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131729
1375
1

Clarification to timeInfoUTC field in SIB16
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1389
-

Clarification on eRedirection to UMTS TDD with multiple UMTS TDD frequencies
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1390
-

Delta signalling for critical extension
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-132005
1391
-

Capability signalling for CSI processes
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1395
1

Clarifications on Measurement
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131984
1397
-

Correction to InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication field descriptions
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131984
1404
-

Correction of Inter-frequency RSTD indication for multiple frequencies
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131993
1405
1

Enabling SRVCC from GERAN without forwarding UE-EUTRA-Capability
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131995
1409
1

System information and change monitoring procedure
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131991
1410
1

Correction on presence of codebookSubsetRestriction-r10
11.6.0

RP-62
RP-131998
1376
-

Introducing UE support for inbound mobility to a shared CSG cell
12.0.0

RP-62
RP-132002
1378
2

Introduction of support of further DL MIMO enhancement
12.0.0

RP-62
RP-131988
1379
-

CR for SSAC in CONNECTED
12.0.0

RP-62
RP-132002
1406
-

Update of CMAS reference to E-UTRAN specific clauses in TS23.041
12.0.0
03/2014
RP-63
RP-140359
1424
1

CR on introduction of Cell-specific time-to-trigger
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140346
1435
-

UE autonomous modification of cellsTriggered upon serving cell addition/ release
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140359
1436
1

Introduction of T312
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140362
1439
1

Introduction of UE-supported EARFCN list in handover preparation information for MFBI
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140352
1442
-

Correction of Connection Establishement Failure Report
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140356
1450
1

Clarification on the presence of TDD special subframe
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140359
1453
-

Introduction of UE mobility history reporting (option 2)
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140340
1455
1

Clarification regarding need codes, conditions and ASN.1 defaults for extension fields
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140340
1456
-

ASN.1 issue with inter-node signalling (AS-Config)
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140357
1457
1

Clarification for the SIB occurrence in a single SI message
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140364
1462
-

New UE categories for DL 450Mbps class
12.1.0

RP-63
RP-140354
1463
-

IoT indication for inter-band TDD CA with different UL/DL configuration
12.1.0
06/2014
RP-64
RP-140869
1471
-

Removal of comment line from EUTRA-UE-Variables imports
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140871
1475
-

Correction on measObjectList in VarMeasConfig
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140879
1477
-

Minor correction inbound mobility to shared CSG cell
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1478
-

Clarificaton on precedence of SCell SI provided dedicately
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140887
1479
-

Support of the enhancement for TTI bundling for FDD
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1490
-

Corrections on timer T312
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1486
-

Correction to the description of physCellIdRange in MeasObjectEUTRA
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1506
-

Corrections to UE mobility history information
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1489
-

ACK/NACK feedback mode on PUSCH
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140878
1556
-

SIB15 enhancement for service availability information
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140888
1557
-

Introduction of FDD/TDD CA UE capability
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140871
1545
-

Clarification of E-UTRA MFBI signalling
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140892
1520
1

Extended RLC LI field
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1517
1

Network-requested CA Band Combination Capability Signalling
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140873
1554
1

Allowing TDD/FDD split for FGI111 and FGI112
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140871
1551
1

Inter-RAT ANR capability signalling in FGI33 when UE supports UTRA TDD only
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140884
1495
1

Introduction of TDD eIMTA
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140885
1499
1

Minor Corrections to T312
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140892
1510
1

Introduction of RRC Connection Establishment failure temporary Qoffset handling
12.2.0

RP-64
RP-140849
1555
2

Introduction of UE capability for eMBMS reception on SCell and Non-Serving Cell
12.2.0
09/2014
RP-65
RP-141494
1632
-

FDD&TDD split for CA
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141505
1599
-

UE capabilities for Hetnet mobility in TS 36.331
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141499
1584
-

Introduction of UE eIMTA capabilities
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1567
-

Corrections to extended RLC LI field
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1603
-

TAI reporting of last serving cell
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141498
1630
1

Correction to Network-requested CA Band Combination Capability Signalling
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1577
1

Clarification on double indication of SAI in SIB15
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1597
-

Clarification on MBMSCountingResponse
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1623
-

Clarification on the setting of SupportedBandCombination-v1130
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141489
1574
1

Correction of E-UTRAN UE capabilities description in HandoverPreparationInformation message field descriptions
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141507
1570
-

Introducing MBSFN measurement by extension of logged measurements
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141510
1572
1

Introduction of ACB skip for MMTEL voice/video and SMS
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141496
1615
1

Clarification on determining MBMS frequencies of interest in MBMSInterestIndication
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141506
1579
1

Introduction of signaling support for low complexity UEs
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141499
1601
1

Rel-12 ASN.1 correction
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1560
1

Introduction of shorter MCH scheduling period
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141493
1611
-

Clarification for time-domain resource restriction pattern applicable to neighbour cell RSRQ measurements
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141511
1559
2

Correction to stop condition for "Chiba offset"
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141115
1636
-

Mandating the FGI bit 31 to true
12.3.0

RP-65
RP-141618
1566
2

Connected mode procedures and RRC signaling of WLAN/3GPP Radio Interworking for LTE
12.3.0
12/2014
RP-66
RP-142122
1643
-

Clarification on WLAN interworking
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1644
-

Correction on handling of dedicated parameters during re-establishment
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1645
-

Corrections to WLAN/3GPP Radio Interworking for LTE
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1646
-

Reduction of possible values for WLAN backhaul rate thresholds in LTE
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1648
-

PDCP SN size change during HO for RLC-UM mode bearers
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142124
1651
-

Support of TTI bundling without resource allocation restriction for LTE coverage enhancements for Rel-12
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142123
1652
-

Corrections to eIMTA capabilities
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1653
-

ACB, ACB-skip, CSFB and SSAC signalling per PLMN
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142122
1642
1

Minor corrections regarding WLAN interworking
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142115
1659
-

Correction of remaining TBD for Rel-10 FGIs
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142117
1663
-

New UE categories for DL 600Mbps
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142135
1687
-

Introduction of Dual Connectivity
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1697
1

Prohibit timer for SR
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142133
1666
-

Support of 256QAM in TS 36.331 (per band 256QAM capability report)
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142128
1690
1

Introduction of increased number of frequencies to monitor
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1696
2

Introduction of extended RSRQ value range and new RSRQ definition
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142115
1650
1

Introduction of signalling for serving cell interruptions
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142123
1655
-

Correction for p0-Persistent-SubframeSet2 Handling
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142134
1681
-

Introduction of missing Rel-12 UE capabilities
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1647
1

Extended RLC LI field correction
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1656
-

Outstanding Need OP for non-critical extension removal
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142140
1669
2

Clarification on statusReportRequired handling
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142131
1698
2

MCH BLER and RSRQ update for MBSFN MDT
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142130
1699
1

Optionality support of UE mandatory features for Category 0 UEs
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142123
1661
-

Further Clarifications on eIMTA and eICIC
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142113
1686
1

UE capability for modified MPR behavior
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142132
1664
1

Support of Discovery Signals measurement in TS 36.331
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-142139
1670
2

RRC Parameters for NAICS
12.4.0

RP-66
RP-141979
1700
-

UE capability signaling for WLAN/3GPP radio interworking
12.4.0

RP-66
-
-
-

MCC editorial update
12.4.1
03/2015
RP-67
RP-150373
1737
-

Clarification on the setting of measScaleFactor without reducedMeasPerformance
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150371
1747
-

Clarification on Measurement Configuration handling
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150371
1765
-

Clarification to usage of field deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 in dedicated uplink power control parameter signalling
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150370
1751
-

Clarification on CSI measurement subframe set
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150368
1795
-

The absence of supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r10
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150370
1798
-

Presence of codebookSubsetRestriction
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150377
1768
2

Miscellaneous changes resulting from review for REL-12 ASN.1 freeze
12.5.0

RP-67
RP-150374
1770
2

Introduction of ProSe
12.5.0
06/2015
RP-68
RP-150921
1800
-

Correction field description of networkControlledSyncTx
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1801
-

Clarification on SCG reconfiguration
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1802
-

Correction for aperiodic CSI trigger
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150920
1804
-

Correction on handling of wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1805
-

Reconfiguration of SPS
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150916
1809
-

CR on Aperiodic CSI Reporting for 1.4MHz cell
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1815
-

Clarification on PDCP reconfiguration
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1816
-

Correction to SCG change
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1817
-

Minor corrections for PSCell configuration in DC
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1818
-

CR on ROHC for split bearer
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1819
-

Clarification on FDD/TDD differentiation of FGIs/capabilities in TDD-FDD CA
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1803
1

Correction to SCG and split bearer configuration
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1810
1

Clarifications on use of preconfigComm for direct communication
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1811
1

Miscellaneous corrections (a.o. Sidelink)
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1813
1

Conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink transmission
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1814
1

Correction on field description on SL-TF-ResourceConfig
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1806
1

Mandatory present of supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150923
1853
-

Clarification on Cell barring for downlink only bands
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1852
-

Clarification regarding no MBMS sessions ongoing
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1827
1

Correction to additionalSpectrumEmission
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150923
1820
4

Clarification on extended RSRQ range support
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150917
1838
-

Restriction to CA capability signalling
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1823
-

Clarification on PUCCH and SRS
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150926
1849
-

Introduction of new DL UE categories 15&16
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150923
1824
-

Clean-up corrections to TS 36.331
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150918
1846
1

Correction to IDC signalling
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1822
1

Change of LCID upon DC-specific DRB reconfiguration
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1832
1

Correction to PHR format
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150921
1842
1

Correction on conditions for sidelink operation
12.6.0

RP-68
RP-150811
1834
2

Correction on the SL-TF-IndexPair values for ProSe Direct Discovery
12.6.0
09/2015
RP-69
RP-151443
1866
-

Correction on UE band combinition capability
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151438
1869
-

Correction on Restriction to CA capability signalling
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151443
1884
-

The support of UL64QAM
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151442
1889
-

Small corrections concerning RadioResourceConfig
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151441
1900
-

Sidelink discovery related corrections
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151440
1905
2

Clarification of Beacon RSSI Encoding
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151439
1911
1

CR for IDC signalling enhancement for UL CA
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151440
1880
2

Clarification on cell selection sequence upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151438
1908
-

Correction to additionalSpectrumEmission - Option 1
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151439
1879
1

Correction on the reference of EPDCCH
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151441
1891
1

Introducing general handling and guidelines concerning critical extensions within a release
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151443
1909
1

Applicability of longCodeState1XRTT for 1xRTT IRAT ANR
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151441
1912
1

Sidelink terminology alignment in TS 36.331
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151442
1906
2

Clarification for NAICS capability signalling
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151467
1861
2

Additional MIMO/CSI capability for intra-band contiguous CA
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151466
1887
2

Signalling for 4-layer MIMO with TM3 and TM4
12.7.0

RP-69
RP-151625
1914
2

Allowing NAICS with TM10
12.7.0
12/2015
RP-70
RP-152053
1916
-

Correction on SCG release
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1932
-

Clarification to SCG RLF timers and constants reconfiguration
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1933
-

Correction to triggerQuantityCSI-RS
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1946
-

Correction to NAICS field descriptions
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152055
1947
-

Correction of need code definition terminology
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152050
1964
-

Clarification on FDD/TDD difference for UL CA IDC indication
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152046
1975
-

Correction to SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 IE
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1928
1

highPriorityAccess for MMTEL voice, MMTEL video and SMS
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1986
1

Correction to the support of Mobility State reporting
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152046
1971
1

MaxLayerMIMO in HandoverPreparationInformation
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152046
1987
-

Correction to ASN.1 field names for 4-layer TM3/4
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1969
1

Correction on measurement identity autonomous removal in dual connectivity
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1979
1

Clarification on tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152049
1919
2

Alternative new maximum transport block sizes for DL 64QAM and 256QAM in TM9/10
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152050
1934
1

Some general RRC issues
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152055
1965
1

Correction on capability rsrq-OnAllSymbols
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152056
1931
2

Addition of establishment cause for mobile-originating VoLTE calls and network indication in SIB2
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152048
1927
2

CR to correct UE messages to be sent only after security activation
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152053
1973
3

Clarification of MCG
12.8.0

RP-70
RP-152113
1923
4

Enabling multiple NS and P-Max operation per cell
12.8.0
12/2015
RP-70
RP-152084
1917
-

MCCH acquisition for 1.4MHz MBSFN
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152084
1937
-

Paging optimization
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152084
1972
-

White-list of cells for EUTRA measurement reporting
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152074
1920
1

Intdroduction of Dual Connectivity enhancements in Rel-13
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152078
1983
2

Introduction of Licensed-Assisted Access using LTE
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152075
1952
1

Extension of Frequency Priorities
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152075
1949
1

Introduction of RS-SINR measurements using non critical extension
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152079
1961
2

Introducing EBF FD MIMO parameters
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152081
1935
1

Removing SCG change restrictions regarding upon handover
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152066
1984
1

Introduction of Application specific Congestion control for Data Communication in LTE
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152071
1872
6

36331 CR for capturing B5C and SCell on PUCCH
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152073
1953
2

Introducing CRS interference mitigation on SCell
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152080
1939
3

Introduction of SC-PTM
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152082
1941
2

Introduction of Rel-13 MDT enhancements
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152075
1955
3

Introduction of load redistribution in RRC_IDLE
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152076
1988
-

Introducing extended DRX
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152084
1957
3

Clarification on FGI bits setting for MCPTT
13.0.0

RP-70
RP-152072
1936
2

Introducing eSL
13.0.0
03/2016
RP-71
RP-160454
2001
2

eD2D changes resulting from review for ASN.1 freeze
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160468
2002
2

Miscellaneous changes resulting from review for ASN.1 freeze
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2005
1

Corrections and missing agreement on the eCA
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2006
2

corrections on RSSI measurment
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160457
2008
3

Introduction of LTE-WLAN Aggregation
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2010
2

Corrections on SC-PTM
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2016
-

Support of extended RLC AM SN for SCG
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2017
1

Miscellaneous corrections for SC-PTM
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160519
2020
2

EBF/FD-MIMO changes related to remaining issues
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160467
2022
1

Correction on the RRC signalling configuration for 4Tx MIMO
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160462
2039
2

Applicability of longCodeState1XRTT
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2040
1

Further clarifications on Rel-13 MDT enhancements
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2042
3

Capability for CA enhancement
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2043
1

Some corrections on CA enhancement
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160460
2048
1

The introduction of UE capability concerning extended E-UTRA frequency priorities
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160457
2051
2

Introduction of RAN controlled LTE-WLAN interworking
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160459
2054
4

Stage-3 text updates for bearer Identification within IPsec Tunnel and IPsec establishment parameters
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160459
2055
4

Introduction of LWIP UE capabilities
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160460
2061
1

UE capabilities for LAA
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2062
1

Minor corrections for CA enhancements
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160467
2066
1

Maximum UL timing difference for DC
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160467
2068
1

T321 for Category 0 UE
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160503
2069
3

Addition of low complexity UEs and coverage enhancement features
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160454
2070
2

eD2D Capability
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2072
1

SC-PTM corrections following ASN.1 review
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160467
2074
1

Procedural clarification on PSCell change involving PSCell release
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160464
2075
2

Modification of network requested CA band combination retrieval for intra-band non-contiguous CA
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2087
1

ANR in case of MFBI
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160467
2090
-

Clarification on the leftmost bit for the supportedCellGrouping
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160467
2094
-

Clarification on the value range of guaranteed power for the MeNB and SeNB
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160455
2096
-

36.331 CR on TM10 CRS-IM UE capability report signalling introduction
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160456
2097
2

Miscelanous corrections to TS 36.331 related to eDRX 
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2098
-

Guideline on handling of uplink spare values
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160465
2100
-

In-Device Coexistence for UL CA change of victim system
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2101
-

Clarification on initial RSSI measurement reporting
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2102
-

Introduction of capability on PDSCH collision handling
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2103
1

Introduction of the extension of measObjectId range
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2105
1

The correction on the description of 5.5.4.1
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2106
-

Introduction of sf60 DRX cycle
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160467
2109
1

Clarification on NAICS subset capability
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2110
-

SC-PTM reception on non-Pcell
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160470
2111
-

MBMS interest indication by SC-PTM capable UE
13.1.0

RP-71
RP-160460
2112
1

Additional Layer 1 capabilities for Rel-13 CA enhancements
13.1.0
06/2016
RP-72
RP-161080
2114
-

Corrections to MTCe in TS 36.331
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2115
2

Miscellaneous corrections to TS 36.331
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2116
1

Inter-node signalling
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2117
-

Clarification on SC-PTM
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161076
2118
1

UE capability of an additional Rx and Tx requirement for a CA band combination
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161073
2125
-

drb-identity change in full configuration
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2126
-

Miscellaneous correction for sidelink
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2127
-

Corrections for conditions of sidelink operation
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2130
1

Correction on conditions for establishing RRC Connection for sidelink communication
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2131
1

Corrections for sidelink communication transmission
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2132
1

Correction to WLAN measurements
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2133
1

Small corrections to LWIP
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2134
1

Small eSL related corrections
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2135
1

Alignment of RCLWI configuration
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2136
1

Configuration of LWA and LWIP upon handover
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2137
1

Introducing EBF/FD-MIMO capabilities
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161077
2140
-

Clarification regarding IDC indication upon change of UL CA affecting GNSS
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2143
3

Correction of periodic CSI reporting and clarification on p-C and CBSR signalling
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2144
-

CR on SI window combining for MTC
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2145
-

Avoiding simultaneous configuration of LWA and DC for a UE
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2146
-

Miscellaneous RRC corrections for LWA
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2147
1

Autonomous WLAN measurement ID removal
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2149
1

Correction to channel number range
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2150
-

Correction of backhaul bandwidth description
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2151
1

Correction on frequency hopping signaling
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161075
2152
1

Support of CRS-Assistance signaling for the DL Control Channel IM
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161078
2154
-

Correction on condition nonFullConfig in dual connectivity
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2159
1

Correction on system information handling in eMTC
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2160
1

Correction on essential system information missing
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2162
-

Steering command during T350
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2163
1

UE behaviours while configured with steeringCommandWLAN (release)
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161077
2166
1

Correction of IE name "systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated" 
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2167
-

Clarification of timer description for MCLD 
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2169
-

Clarification on the usage of threshold conditions for sidelink relay UE
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2170
-

Corrections to LWA
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2171
-

Variable Handling for RCLWI
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2174
1

Correction on configuration of PRACH and MPDCCH for RA procedure for BL UEs or UEs in CE
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2175
-

Clarification on LWA
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2176
1

Miscellaneous corrections
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2180
-

Correction on FDD/TDD differentiation for Rel-13 capabilities
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2181
1

Correction on the definition of sc-mcch-duration
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2182
-

System information acquisition for SC-PTM reception on non-Pcell
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2183
-

Corrections on capability report for eCA
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2185
1

Corrections to RS-SINR configuration 
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2186
1

UL UE Categories support for 64 QAM
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2188
1

Correction on SI update for eDRX
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2189
-

Add the field description for mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2192
-

WLAN measurements and user preference
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2193
1

Miscellaneous corrections resulting from REL-13 ASN.1 review
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2195
-

Correction to eMTC message classes and logical channels
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2198
-

Some eCA related corrections
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2199
1

PUCCH SCell corrections
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2200
1

Small corrections of timer description for Sidelink 
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2201
-

Clarification of use of extended timer values for UEs that support CE mode B
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2202
2

Correction to UL SPS operation
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2203
1

UE Power Class in UE capability signaling
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2204
-

Correction to FD-MIMO field descriptions
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2205
1

Miscellaneous eMTC corrections
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2206
-

Further miscellaneous eMTC corrections
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2207
-

Correction to Initial CE Level
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2209
2

Feature Group Indicators and UE capabilities for eMTC
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2210
2

CR to capture CIoT optimizations for non-NB-IoT UEs
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2211
-

Valid subframes for FDD and TDD DL transmissions
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2216
1

Avoiding conflict between rel13 LWA/LWIP and rel12 RALWI
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161078
2220
-

Clarification on the presence of ul-64QAM-r12 for DL-only bands
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2221
-

Correction on keeping SCG upon inter eNB handove
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2222
-

The granularity of LWAAP entity
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2223
-

Clarification on WLAN measurment
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2224
-

The handling of WLAN status monitoring
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2226
1

Clarification on the handover from the MeNB to the SeNB
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2230
1

Restricting Unattended Data Traffic
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161211
2231
7

Introduction of NB-IoTin 36.331
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2233
-

Correction to T302 and T308 conflict issue
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2234
1

Various corrections to MTCe related ASN.1 code and field descriptions
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2235
-

Clarification to field description for the timer T360
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2236
-

Clarification to ordering of Rel13 Frequency priority lists
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2238
1

Introduction of LWIP counter
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2239
1

Clarification on EpdcchSetConfig for eMTC
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161080
2240
2

Skipping fallback "2DL + 1UL" CA in UE capability report in Rel 13 
13.2.0

RP-72
RP-161270
2241
3

NAS timer settings for eMTC
13.2.0
09/2016
RP-73
RP-161758
2242
1

Correction to access barring checking for network sharing case
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161757
2244
1

Correction to LWIP and LWA
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161754
2245
2

Backward compatibility of CA band combination signalling
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2248
1

Correction on measurement reporting for WLAN
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2249
1

Correction on WLAN authentication
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2250
2

Corrections to simultaneous configuration of LWA, RCLWI and LWIP
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2253
-

Correction on WLAN connection management 
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2254
1

Corrections to TS36.331
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2258
2

Issue on resume procedure
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2262
-

Corrections to NB-IoT in 36.331
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2263
-

Cleanup of the NB-IoT ASN.1
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2266
3

Miscellaneous corrections to clause 4 and 5 for NB-IoT
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161751
2268
3

Clarification to intra-band contiguous CA capabilities
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161759
2269
-

Clarification on RRC processing delay for CIoT
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161759
2270
2

Supporting new UE Rx – Tx time difference mapping table
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2272
1

Alignment of procedure when handling up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161754
2273
1

Simplification of UE capability reporting procedure
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161752
2274
2

Corrections on system information acquisition for Sidelink discovery
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2275
1

Small corrections regarding (WLAN) measurement reporting
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2279
-

Correction on cell reslection procedure while T300 is running
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2280
1

Correction on full configuration
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2281
1

Correction on SRB addition and modification
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2282
1

Clarifications on RCLWI
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2283
1

Introduction of DelayTolerantAccess establishment cause in NB-IoT
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161762
2284
1

Maximum number of simultaneous UL PDCP delay measurements for FeMDT
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161762
2287
2

Clarification on DRX cycle used by the UE
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2288
1

Invalidation of stored system information in connected mode
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2289
1

Clarification on bit mapping of fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapLC and fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapLC
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161759
2290
-

Correction on C-IoT optimizations for non-NB-IoT UE
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161749
2295
1

Clarification on timer handling for zero value
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161759
2299
-

Measurement configuration during RRC resume in CIoT
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2301
1

Correction on UEPagingCoverageInformation
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161749
2305
1

DRB re-setup in Full Configuration
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2306
1

Rel-13 correction for eMTC parameter values
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161753
2307
1

CR on forwarding LAA measurement results for DC
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2309
1

Clarification on associationTimer
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2310
-

Clarification on PDCP-Config and statusFeedback for LWA
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2311
1

Order of addition and removal of WLAN-Identifiers
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2313
-

Multiple WLAN measurement objects on the same frequency
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2315
-

Correction about eMTC frequency hopping parameters
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161753
2317
1

Handling of tdd-Config-r10 for LAA Scell
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161760
2318
1

Introduction of 1.2Gbps and 1.6Gbps UE categories in Rel-13
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2320
2

Extended T310 timer values for eMTC
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161761
2323
1

Introducing UE capability of Rel 13 CCH IM
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161761
2324
1

Introducing UE capability of CRS-IM for TM 1-9
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161827
2325
2

Continuous uplink transmission in eMTC
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2328
1

Correction on PUSCH repetition numbers for CE Mode A
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2329
-

Frequency hopping configuration for paging
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2334
2

Reservation of RA resources in NB-IoT
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161754
2336
1

Extended PHR corrections
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161756
2337
1

Corrections for LWA/LWIP
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161762
2338
3

Correction on 12/16-port CSI-RS resource configuration for FD-MIMO
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161755
2339
2

Corrections in Rel-13 eMTC SI acquisition
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2342
-

Correction of downlink gap applicability for NB-IoT
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161751
2344
1

Indication of the maxLayersMIMO
13.3.0

RP-73
RP-161758
2346
-

nrs-Power signaling for NB-IoT non-anchor carrier
13.3.0
09/2016
RP-73
RP-161746
2261
1

Introducing V2V to TS 36.331
14.0.0

RP-73
RP-161745
2340
1

Introduction of enhanced LAA for LTE
14.0.0

RP-73
RP-161747
2341
-

Introduction of L2 Latency reduction techniques
14.0.0
12/2016
RP-74
RP-162318
2362
-

Clarification on the RRC connection resume procedure
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2364
1

Clarification on AS-Config
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162316
2366
1

Corrections to LWA release
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162327
2373
1

Signalling of LWIP aggregation
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162318
2375
1

Miscellaneous corrections to TS 36.331
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162317
2377
-

Clarification on valid value range of codebookConfigNx fields
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162321
2378
-

Miscellaneous corrections to eLAA
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162311
2381
-

FDD&TDD diff for mbms-AsyncDC
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162316
2386
-

Corrections to WLAN status monitoring
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2389
-

Clarification to the security mode command procedure for NB-IoT
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162318
2391
-

Clarification on UE power class 2 indication
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162312
2394
-

Correction on UE behavior in Paging procedure
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2396
-

Corrections to NB-IoT SystemInformationBlockType2 handling
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2398
1

Data available for transmission
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162315
2400
1

Correction on Downlink power allocation for SC-PTM
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162328
2402
-

Corrections on V2V in TS 36.331
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2403
-

Correction on field description of up/cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162327
2404
-

Extension of PollByte
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162317
2407
-

Clarification on Rel-13 CCH-IM UE capability
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162317
2411
-

Configuration of DMTC for neighbour and serving cells in LAA carrier frequency
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2413
-

Clarification on uplink carrier frequency
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2415
-

NB-IoT RRC Processing Delays
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2420
1

Correction of connection suspension related aspects
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162317
2422
-

Clarification regarding on CSI-RS resource configuration for FD-MIMO
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162316
2424
-

Clearing of measurements upon reporting WLAN unavailability
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2428
-

Minor changes regarding UE category
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162309
2435
1

Correction of NOTE 3 in UE-EUTRA-Capability related to multiple CA-MIMO-ParametersDL/UL
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162311
2441
1

Clarification on reporting of the plmn-IdentityList
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162317
2446
2

Correction on SSTD Measurement Reporting
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162322
2448
1

Introduce Enhancements for High Speed in 36.331
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162312
2451
-

System information update for eDRX UEs
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162317
2453
1

Correction on ACDC handling
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162328
2457
1

Correction and Clarification to TS 36.331
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2459
1

Correction to frequecy hopping configuration
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2461
-

Correction to non-anchor carrier configuration
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162329
2462
1

UE capabilities for Latency Reduction
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162311
2466
1

Conrrections on sidelink pre-configurations and default configurations
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162317
2469
-

Minor corrections for Rel-13 eD2D
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162324
2471
3

Introduction of SRS switching for LTE
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162325
2473
1

Introduction of MUST
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2474
-

Clarification on system information acquisition for NB-IoT
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2476
-

Editorial correction for NB-IoT
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2478
-

Acknowledgement delay of RRCConnectionRelease message in NB-IoT
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162320
2484
-

Introduction of new UL category in Rel-13
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162327
2485
-

Addition of eCall over IMS Indication in SIB1
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2488
-

DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter for MPDCCH
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2490
-

RSRP threshold when only CE level 0 is used
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2492
-

Correction on fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2495
-

Correction to presence of uplink frequency hopping interval parameter
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162315
2497
1

Correction to SC-PTM scheduling period start offset
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162316
2504
-

Correction to WLAN measurement configuration
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162328
2509
1

Introducing Shorter Resource Reservation Periodicities for V2X
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2519
1

Acknowledgement delay of RRCConnectionRelease message for eMTC UEs
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2525
-

Correction on channel bandwidth definition for NB-IoT
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162316
2534
1

Clarifications on empty WLAN identifiers
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162316
2542
1

Clarifications on empty WLAN identifiers in Mobility Set for RCLWI
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162350
2546
-

timeInfoUTC in SIB16
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162313
2547
-

Clarification on fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162321
2548
2

Introduction of capabilities for eLAA
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162309
2552
-

Clarification on prioritization of multiple Pmax values
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162329
2553
-

CR on RV setting with UL skipping
14.1.0

RP-74
RP-162314
2555
1

Correction of default physical channel configuration for NB-IoT
14.1.0
03/2017
RP-75
RP-170639
2559
2
A
Signalling of 1Rx UE category
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170636
2560
1
B
Introducing Rel-14 FeMTC into RRC
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170643
2563
1
F
Correction on V2X sidelink communication in TS 36.331
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170668
2565
1
B
Introduction of a new special subframe configuration
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170652
2576
1
A
Providing SIB1-BR via dedicated RRC signalling
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170641
2577
1
B
Introduction of eDECOR
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170636
2578
1
B
Introduction of SC-PTM for feMTC and NB-IoT enhancements
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170629
2580
1
B
Introducing RRC parameters for eFD-MIMO (REL-14)
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170657
2582
1
A
Indication of S1-U data transfer
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170650
2585
1
A
Addition of extended EARFCNs in SCGFailureInformation message
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170652
2587
-
A
Clarification on the configuration of the extended values for nB
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170652
2589
-
A
Clarification on the support of FGI 42 for category M1 UE
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170656
2591
1
A
Miscellaneous corrections to NB-IoT
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170643
2592
1
F
Corrections to resource reservation period for V2X
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170651
2598
-
A
Correction on the initiation of WLAN connection status report
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170654
2600
-
A
Correction on longDRX-CycleStartOffset
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170643
2601
2
F
Correction and Clarification to TS 36.331
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170653
2603
2
A
Correction on mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170636
2613
3
B
FeMTC UE CE mode and maximum PDSCH/PUSCH BW preference indication
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170635
2615
2
B
Introduce V2X in TS 36.331
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170643
2616
2
F
Introduce a new parameter for V2X resource reselection
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170656
2622
2
A
Extension of QRxLevMin value range
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170655
2624
-
A
Clarification on prioritization of multiple Pmax values
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170637
2625
2
B
Introduction of NB-IoT Enhancements other than Multicast
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170651
2627
1
A
Corrections to WLAN status monitoring
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170642
2635
1
B
Introduction of data inactivity timer
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170654
2637
-
A
Correction of reference to GERAN specification
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170652
2641
1
A
IOT indication for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH/PUSCH frequency hopping
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170632
2642
3
B
Introducing 256QAM in UL
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170654
2644
-
A
Correction CIoT cell indications to UE NAS
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170633
2645
1
B
Introduction of FeMBMS to 36.331
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170643
2646
1
F
Corrections to the exceptional pool
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170653
2651
2
A
New S-criteria for enhanced coverage in idle mode
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170651
2655
-
A
Corrections in UE capability reporting
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170642
2660
2
C
Functional modification of retrieving different UE capabilities for a fallback band combination
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170638
2663
2
B
Introduction of Voice and Video enhancements for LTE
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170654
2665
1
A
The support of UL 64QAM
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170645
2666
1
F
Miscellaneous Corrections on SRS Switching
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170646
2667
1
B
Introduction of SRS switching capability for LTE
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170652
2671
-
A
Clarification for pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13 for CE mode B
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170643
2673
-
F
Correction on the preconfigured power control parameter for V2X sidelink communication
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170653
2675
2
A
Correction of pusch-hoppingOffset
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170628
2676
3
B
Introduction of Enhanced LTE-WLAN Aggregation (eLWA)
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170651
2678
-
A
Need behaviour of availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170644
2685
1
B
Addition of geographical location reporting in 36.331
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170630
2689
3
B
Introduction of mobility enhancement solutions in RRC
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170651
2694
-
A
Clarification on data handling for LWA bearer
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170634
2696
2
B
CR for introduction of NCSG and per CC measurement gap
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170634
2697
1
B
CR for introduction of NCSG, short measurement gaps and configuration of CC measurement gap
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170321
2698
-
F
Correction to PRACH resource configuration for high speed scenario
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170807
2701
1
A
Feature optionality for Cat.1bis UE
14.2.0

RP-75
RP-170656
2703
-
A
Extension of timer T311
14.2.0

RP-75




Fixed ASN.1 syntax check error ("PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-14" -> "PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-r14")
14.2.1

RP-75




Updated the version number on the cover sheet
14.2.2
06/2017
RP-76
RP-171226
2705
2
F
Correction to exceptional pool usage in TS 36.331
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171237
2706
1
F
Support eDECOR for NB-IoT
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171231
2709
1
F
Correction on UE capabilities for eLAA
14.3.0

RP-75
RP-171243
2711
3
A
Correction on WLAN connection status report monitoring for LWIP
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171236
2712
3
F
Correction on eLWA
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171225
2713
2
B
Introduction of new Transport Block Size for DL 256QAM
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171236
2714
2
F
UE capabilities for eLWA
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171227
2715
2
B
Introducing a new SL master information block for V2X sidelink communication
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171236
2720
2
F
Clarifications to eLWA
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171247
2728
2
B
Introduction of a new UL UE category for 300Mbps with 64QAM
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171425
2872
3
F
Miscellaneous general corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2734
2
F
Introduction of SFN indication in handover message
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171224
2737
1
F
Correction to SIB-Type-NB
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171233
2741
5
F
Clarification of intra-frequency applicability of makeBeforeBreak HO
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171224
2745
3
F
Correction to the value range of ce-AuthorisationOffset
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171224
2746
2
C
Introduction of Overload Control for Control plane data only
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2748
2
F
SC-MCCH information change notification for FeMTC and NB-IoT enhancements
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2749
1
F
Alignment of the parameter names for SC-PTM DRX for SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171233
2752
3
F
Corrections to RACH-less handover and SCG change
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171222
2759
7
F
Corrections to per-CC measurement gap configuration and add the support for UE reporting of numFreqEffectiveReduced when frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171233
2760
1
F
Corrections to make before break mobility
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171243
2768
2
F
Clarification regarding requesting fallback combinations with different capabilities
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171226
2771
1
F
Leap second change for DFN timing
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171244
2773
1
A
Correction to RACH CE level info list
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2775
2
C
CE mode configuration/deconfiguration without handover
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171227
2791
3
F
Correction on V2X Rx pool for inter-frequency configuration in 36.331
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171248
2795
1
A
Entry-Level UE Support UL 64QAM
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171235
2797
1
F
FDD TDD difference for VoLTE capability
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171242
2804
1
A
Setting of FGI 107 and 108 in case of TDD-FDD CA
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171226
2813
1
F
Correction of RRCConnectionReconfiguration reception for V2X
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171227
2820
-
F
CR on V2X miscellaneous RRC corrections
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171224
2823
2
B
Introduction of RRC connection re-establishment for NB-IoT control plane
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171243
2826
-
A
Miscellaneous corrections to CA enhancements
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171244
2828
2
A
Clarification to MIB repetitions
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171243
2830
3
A
LAA/WiFi sharing indiction
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171225
2831
-
B
Enable Uplink-Only RoHC operations
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2833
1
A
Clarification on contention based random access for NB-IoT
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2836
-
A
Editorial correction on ab-Barring parameter
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2842
-
F
Correction to FGI 25
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2844
1
F
Correction to InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2845
2
B
Introduction of enhanced RLM reporting
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2848
1
A
Correction on the UE AS context handling
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2849
1
A
Correction on attach without PDN connectivity
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171233
2851
1
F
Miscellaneous RRC corrections on mobility enhancement
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2853
1
A
Clarification on logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer for NB-IOT
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2854
2
F
Correction to SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH configuration without delta configuration
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171230
2869
1
F
Correction of SRS switching
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2870
2
F
Miscellaneous feMTC corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171237
2871
-
F
Miscellaneous eDECOR corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171221
2873
1
F
Miscellaneous feMBMS corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171221
2874
1
B
UE capabilities for feMBMS
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171224
2876
1
F
Long DRX values with regular wake-up cycle – Option 1
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171244
2879
-
A
Correction on terminology of SI for eMTC
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223 
2882
1
F
Correction on the descritption of ce-srsEnhancement for FeMTC
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2883
2
B
Measurement gap sharing for FeMTC intra- and inter-frequency measurement
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2884
1
F
Minor correction in TS 36.331 for feMTC
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2885
2
F
Corrections on reconfiguration between CE mode and normal mode in eMTC
14.3.0

RP-76
R2-1705852
2887
1
F
Clarification regarding eFD-MIMO configuration (REL-14)
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171235
2889
1
F
Correction of issues related to ASN.1 review for eVoLTE
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171230
2890
1
F
Merging of retuningTimeBandPairList with regular supported BC capabilites (ASN.1 review issue S.059)
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171222
2891
-
F
Consistent gap pattern configuration for serving cells
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171407
2903
2
B
Introduction of UE capability for V2X in 36.331
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171227
2905
1
F
Correction on V2X behavior in 36.331
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171246
2912
2
B
EUTRAN sharing enhancement
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171244
2919
-
A
Clarification on additionalSpectrumEmission for eMTC
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2920
-
A
Clarification on additionalSpectrumEmission for NB-IoT
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171224
2927
-
F
Correction to CarrierConfigDedicated-NB
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171224
2929
2
F
Miscellaneous NB-IoT corrections and clarifications resulting from ASN.1 review
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2931
2
A
Extension of SIntraSearchP value range
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171223
2932
-
F
Maximum PDSCH/PUSCH BW preference indication handling for handover
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171225
2938
3
F
Revert PDCP state variable HFN and SN back to the values used in the source cell
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171236
2942
1
F
ASN.1 corrections for eLWA
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171241
2943
-
A
Clarification on UE capability and early feature support
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171243
2944
-
A
Clarification regarding EBF-FDMIMO configuration (REL-13)
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171245
2945
1
A
Generic clarification of "first bit" as leftmost bit
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171229
2948
-
B
Introduction of UE capabilities for high speed
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171229
2949
-
F
Correction of high speed
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171227
2950
-
F
CR on reduction of SIB21 size
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171244
2952
1
A
Configuration of preamble groups for CE levels and preamble groups A/B
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171244
2954
1
A
Extension of RSRP range for eMTC
14.3.0

RP-76
RP-171169
2958
-
C
FeMBMS/unicast-mixed carrier flag in measurement object
14.3.0
09/2017
RP-77
RP-171919
2807
4
A
Correction to PUCCH-ConfigDedication
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
2961
2
F
Correction on SPS assistance information in TS 36.331
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
2977
1
F
Miscellaneous correction to V2X in TS 36.331
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
2978
2
B
Introduction of new NS values for V2X sidelink communication
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171918
2980
3
A
Adding abstract syntax notation one chapter of sidelink pre-configuration.
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
2983
1
F
Correction on TTI bundling for TDD configurations 2 and 3
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171911
2984
2
F
Corrections on the use of plmn-IdentityList in field descriptions
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
2985
2
F
RRC Connection Re-establishment for Control Plane CIoT EPS Optimization
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171919
2989
-
A
Clarification that DL only bands are not supported in NB-IoT
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
2990
1
F
Cleanup for NB-IoT Enhancements
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171920
2992
2
A
Clarification on SI repetition pattern
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
2993
2
F
CR on conditon for RRC connection establishment and condition for sidelink UE information for V2X sidelink communication
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
2994
2
F
Correction on RACH-less SeNB Change
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
2995
-
F
Corrections on eVoLTE
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
2997
2
F
Corrections to random selection for P2X related V2X sidelink communication
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171916
3002
2
A
additionalSpectrumEmission extension
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
3008
1
F
Correction of field descriptions for recommendedBitRate and recommendedBitRateQuery
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171919
3014
2
A
RRM Measurement Clarification on Discovery Signals for LAA
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171919
3018
-
A
Correction in PUSCH Config description
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
3022
-
F
Cat-M1 indication by Cat-M2 UE
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171920
3025
1
A
Clarification on the freqHoppingParametersDL during handover
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171920
3027
1
A
Clarification on rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList during handover
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
3028
-
F
Clarification on systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171920
3030
2
A
Clarification on Bandwidth Reduced operation
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
3036
-
F
Correction for connEstFailOffset
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171911
3040
-
F
Clarification on LWIP aggregation
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
3041
1
F
Correction to eLAA configuration
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
3042
2
C
Packet Reordering for Sidelink
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171920 
3044
1
A
Corrections on TS 36.331 for Rel-13 MTC
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
3047
-
F
Corrections on Bandwidth preference indication for Rel-14 MTC
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
3048
1
F
Corrections on TS 36.331 for Rel-14 MTC
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
3051
2
F
Clarification on NCSG UE capability
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
3052
1
F
Corrections to UL 256 QAM capability field descriptions
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171914
3054
1
F
Clarification on per CC measurement gap
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
3055
1
C
Introduction of RLC UM support for LWA
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171919
3057
-
A
Correction on eCA with Dual Connectivity
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
3059
-
F
Clarification of the PTAG value for the RACH-less handover
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171920
3063
1
A
Clarification on number of RACH CE levels vs number of RSRP thresholds
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
3064
1
F
Correction to contention free random access
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171913
3065
2
C
Introduction of Release Assistance Indication
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171920
3067
2
A
TM9 capabilities in CE mode
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171915
3068
1
F
Introduction of interference randomisation in NB-IoT
14.4.0

RP-77
RP-171919
3070
-
A
Clarification on PUCCH SCell change
14.4.0
12/2017
RP-78
RP-172615
2968
5
F
Cleaning up CQI and CSI-RS-related configurations (related to Rel-14 ASN.1 review issue N.099)
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172615
2982
8
B
Introduction of the overheating indication
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3037
4
F
Target cell optional PBCH repetition status indication
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172624
3046
3
A
Corrections on paging monitoring in RRC_CONNECTED in Rel-13 eMTC
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172721
3071
3
B
Introduction of DL 2Gbps Category
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3072
3
F
Correction to Inter-frequency reception for V2X sidelink communication
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3073
4
F
CR on SIB21 reading
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172622
3081
2
A
UE capabilities for Tx antenna selection
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3084
3
F
Transmission of P2X sidelink communication in Exceptional Pool
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3085
2
F
Correction on SubframeBitmap Configuration in Band 47
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3088
1
F
Correction on SRS switching capabilities field description
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3090
2
F
Clarification on Interference Randomisation in NB-IoT in 36.331
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3091
1
F
MUST capability
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172624
3096
4
A
Corrections on field description of cellSelectionInfoCE for eMTC
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3107
2
F
Correction to UE capabilities
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172623
3108
1
A
Define requirement for reception of number of simultaneous SC-PTM services
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3110
3
B
Signaling of NCSG Support for Inter-F Measurement
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172623
3112
2
A
Clarification on csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3113
4
F
Correction to UE-Capability-NB extension and provision for late rel-13 corrections
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172624
3120
1
F
Alignment of FGI4 (Short DRX) for Cat M1 and M2
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3127
-
F
UE capability for support of SRS enhancements without support of comb 4
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172624
3129
1
F
MBSFN subframes for target cell during handover to CE cell
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172615
3132
3
C
Reject of unprotected redirect to GERAN
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3135
2
F
Correction to actions related to InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3137
1
F
Clarification on srs-UpPtsAdd in SRS coverage enhancement
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3138
1
F
Scheduling information of SIB1-BR when skipping MIB during HO
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172624
3140
1
A
Introducing a definition for the term UE in CE
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3153
2
F
NRS-CRS power offset configuration for NB-IoT
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3154
3
C
Introduction of relaxed monitoring in NB-IoT
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3157
1
F
Successful acknowledgement of RRCConnectionRelease
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172624
3160
1
A
TM6 capabilities in CE mode
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3169
1
F
Correction on the field description of ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3175
1
F
Small corrections to CarrierConfigDedicated, T322 and t-reordering default configuration
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3176
1
F
Correction to random access power control in 36.331
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172616
3180
1
B
Introduction of a new configuration for ssp10 with less CRS
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172617
3184
-
F
Correction on zone configuration in transmission pool selection
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172622
3190
-
A
DCI monitoring subframes for eIMTA
14.5.0

RP-78
RP-172623
3194
-
F
SFN desynchronizaion between eNB and eDRX UE
14.5.0
12/2017
RP-78
RP-172614
3115
3
B
Introducing support for NR, changes relevant for NSA
15.0.0
01/2018





Removed ASN.1 errors to make it pass the syntax check
15.0.1
03/2018
RP-79
RP-180491
3208
2
F
Miscellaneous corrections from review in preparation for ASN.1 freeze
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180443
3217
-
A
Correction on SRS carrier switching
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180443
3222
-
A
Correction to field description for HARQ-ACK delay for Rel-14 MTC
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180445
3224
1
A
Correction to RRCConnectionReestablishment message in 36.331
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180448
3245
2
A
Introduction of LTE DL 1.4Gbps Category
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180442
3256
1
A
Correction to handling of p-Max procedure for high-power UEs
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180446
3263
2
A
Correction on Override of the highPriorityAccess Establishment Cause by the mo-VoiceCall value
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180442
3267
1
A
Different power class support for band combinations
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180444
3272
1
A
Clarifications on V2X resource selection in the absence of positioning information
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180446
3274
1
A
Correction to GERAN redirection without security
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180441
3277
1
A
Correction to pucch-ConfigDedicated for fallback configuration
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180446
3279
2
A
Signalling for reading shared PLMN information from non-CSG cells
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180443
3282
-
A
Clarification to PUCCH Configuration for LAA SCells
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180441
3296
2
A
Clarification on the NPRACH starting subcarrier partitioning for multi-tone Msg3 transmission
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180443
3297
2
A
Introduction of support of relaxed monitoring for BL and CE UE
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180444
3301
1
A
Correction on Sl-offsetIndicator for the sidelink resource pool
15.1.0

RP-79
RP-180441
3306
-
A
RRC Corrections for RRC Resume
15.1.0
06/2018
RP-80
RP_181230
3293
2
A
Removal of the FDD/TDD diff restriction for crs-InterfHandl IE
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181171
3303
5
C
Qualcomm Incorporated, Gemalto N.V
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181235
3307
3
A
Small correction on PhysicalConfigDedicated-NB
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181234
3312
2
A
Correction on SPS assistance information in TS 36.331
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181233
3324
1
F
Successful acknowledgement of RRCConnectionRelease for BL and CE UE
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181230
3357
2
A
Correction for IDC hardware sharing problems
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181234
3360
2
A
Corrections to syncOffsetIndicator Configuration
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181236
3365
3
A
Correction on UE capabilities
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181231
3370
1
A
Clarification on ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported when bandParameterList-v1380 is included
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181216
3386
3
F
Miscellaneous EN-DC related corrections
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181229
3394
1
F
Handling of Pmax for PC2 and uplink intra-band contiguous CA capable UEs
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181236
3396
1
A
Correction for support of alternative TBS indices
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181233
3399
1
A
Clarification on RACH-less configuration release
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181233
3426
-
A
Clarification on RRC reconfiguration without handover for switching EC to NC
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181233
3427
-
A
Correction on extended RSRP measurement reporting for BL UE or UE in CE
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181232
3430
1
A
Correction to handling of p-Max procedure for high-power UEs
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181236
3433
-
A
Clarification on cellIdentity for shortMAC-I
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181236
3439
2
A
Introduction of DL Channel Quality reporting
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181235
3441
1
A
Introduction of serving cell idle mode measurements reporting in 36.331
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181235
3442
1
A
Correction to T310 timer description and editorials
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181234
3454
1
A
Corrections to CBR Measurement Report Triggering
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181224
3466
1
A
Correction on delta-RxLevMinCE1
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181234
3468
1
A
Introduce the short value of sc-mcch repetition period and sc-mcch modification period out of 'br-BCCH-Config-r14'.
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181233
3470
-
A
Merged CR: UE capabilities for handling of multiple numerologies in FeMBMS, SRS carrier switching, and advanced CSI in FD-MIMO
15.2.0

RP-80
RP-181416
3406
2
A
Corrections to additionalSpectrumEmission extension
15.2.0

RP-80




Added <CR> to UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1520-IEs ASN.1 structure to make it pass the syntax
15.2.1

RP-80




Corrects ASN.1 consistency problems between releases 13, 14 and 15.
15.2.2
09/2018
RP-81
RP-181953
3144
3
B
Introduction of QoE Measurement Collection for LTE
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181951
3178
6
B
Introduce assistance information for local cache 36.331 CR
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181939
3186
8
B
Introducing support for NR, changes only relevant for SA
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-182130
3202
9
B
Introduction of shortened TTI and processing time for LTE
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181955
3211
7
B
Introduction of DEFLATE based UDC Solution
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181960
3226
10
B
Enhancement of SRS antenna switching in TS 36.331
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181947
3227
6
B
Support of 1024QAM in TS 36.331
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181964
3251
6
B
Introduction of further enhancements to CoMP
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181945
3333
8
B
Introduction of further NB-IoT enhancements other than EDT in TS 36.331
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181949
3341
6
B
Introduction of time reference provision
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-182000
3342
7
B
Introduction of Bluetooth and WLAN measurement collection in MDT
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181960
3343
5
B
Running 36.331 CR for HSDN
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181944
3389
4
B
Introduction of EDT for eMTC and NB-IoT enhancements
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-182081
3390
5
B
Introduction of Rel-15 eMTC enhancements (other than EDT)
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-182006
3391
8
B
Signalling for euCA (Enhancing LTE CA Utilization)
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-182146
3397
3
B
Advanced CSI CBSR CBSR parameter and related capability for FD-MIMO
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181960
3407
1
B
Avoiding FGI20 limitation
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-182119
3408
6
B
Implementing network-based CRS interference mitigation
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181992
3423
5
B
Introduction of eV2X in TS 36.331
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181962
3436
2
A
Correction on the field description of enable256QAM
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-182005
3437
7
B
Introduction of Release-15 Aerial functionality
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181961
3445
1
A
Clarification to Security mode failure in NB-IoT
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181958
3446
2
B
Introduction of increased number of E-UTRAN data bearers
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181952
3450
3
B
Addition of broadcast of positioning assistance data
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181960
3453
4
B
Control Plane latency reduction
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181946
3473
4
B
Introduce feLAA in TS 36.331
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181949
3474
3
B
Introduction of Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communication for LTE
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181950
3475
2
B
Capture NR agreements into 36.331 for E-UTRA connected to 5GC
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181939
3481
1
F
Miscellaneous EN-DC related corrections
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181961
3489
-
A
Correcting a typo in aperiodicCSI-Trigger
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181945
3491
2
F
Correcting inconsistent ASN.1 for NB-IoT
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181963
3497
1
A
Correction to RRC Connection Re-establishment for the control plane
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181960
3499
1
B
Introduction of modulation enhancements
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181961
3502
1
A
Radio resource configuration handling when resuming a suspended RRC connection
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181962
3516
1
A
Correction to the description of UE capability for V2X sidelink communication
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181962
3518
-
A
Correction on the duplex mode configuration for Rx pool
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181960
3523
1
C
Introduction of Geofencing information in CMAS
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181962
2531
-
A
Correction on V2X TX pool selection
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181962
3533
1
A
CR on Clarification of Configuring codebookConfigNx for Rel-15
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181962
3538
-
A
Clarification for the asynchronous HARQ with the LTE mobility enhancements
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181962
3539
-
A
Correction for Zoning
15.3.0

RP-81
RP-181960
3541
-
B
UE UL categories for 1024QAM
15.3.0
12/2018
RP-82
RP-182681
3495
3
A
Editorial restructuring of NPRACH resource configuration
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3506
5
F
CR for T312 on LTE HetNet mobility
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182655
3525
3
F
Introdcution of including EUTRA UE capability for MRDC usage
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3544
3
F
Correction for sidelink measurement periodical triggering condition
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182678
3548
3
F
Correction on UE capability for eV2X
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3551
2
F
Clarification on RRC state transition
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3553
1
F
Addition of RAN specific Access Category
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3554
1
F
Clarification to no barring configuration for Implicit UAC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3555
1
F
Correction to Access Category and barring config determination for Implicit UAC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3557
3
A
Correction on maximum symbols for PUSCH transmission in UpPTS
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3560
3
F
Corrections on the IDLE state measurement
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182677
3563
4
A
Corrections to eCA configuration
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182677
3566
4
F
Clarification to UE capabilities for CA
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3567
1
F
Corrections to euCA
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3572
2
F
Correction on SPS configuration for HRLLC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182655
3576
3
F
Correction to DRB release
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182652
3577
2
F
Correction to inter-RAT measurement for NR
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182655
3578
1
F
Clarification on capabilities transferring
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3580
2
F
Corrections to random access power control for TDD in 36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3581
2
F
Miscellaneous corrections and cleanup for NB-IoT Rel-15
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3582
3
F
Corrections to EDT in 36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182650
3583
2
F
CR for security handling upon handover to eLTE in 36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182678
3584
4
F
Miscellaneous corrections in TS 36.331 on eV2X
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3585
1
F
Update description of consecutive precoders used for NSSS
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3586
2
F
Miscellaneous corrections on E-UTRA connected to 5GCN
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3587
1
F
Open issues on E-UTRA connected to 5GC for UAC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3588
2
F
Open issues on E-UTRA connected to 5GC for INACTIVE
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3589
3
F
TS36.331 CR on UE capabilities for mobility and E-UTRA/5GC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182652
3592
2
F
[E201] CR to 36.331 on handling of mapped GUMMEI/GUAMI at idle mode mobility between 5GS and EPS
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3593
2
F
Access barring check after handover for eLTE
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182672
3596
4
C
SI message scheduling enhancement to avoid conflicts between legacy and positioning System Information
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182657
3597
5
F
Corrections for handover between NR and E-UTRA in TS36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182652
3599
2
F
UE capabilty for IDC mechanism for EN-DC operation
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182655
3600
2
F
Cleanup on handover to EUTRA procedure
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3601
2
F
Correction of CN type indication for RRC Redirection from E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/5GC or E-UTRAN
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182651
3602
2
F
RSRP result in SFTD measurement report
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3605
4
F
Corrections and clarifications for MO EDT
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3607
2
F
Small correction to pos-schedulingInfoList in SIB1-BR (RIL Z107)
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3614
2
F
Correction on system information blocks acquisition
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3616
2
F
Clarification on UDC configuration
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3619
3
F
Correction to additional SIB1 in eFeNB-IoT
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182653
3622
2
F
UE context handling during handover to LTE-5GC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182652
3628
2
F
CR to 36.331 on addition of CGI reporting timer T321 for NR
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182653
3629
2
F
Corrections regarding RLC failure reporting
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182656
3634
2
F
Some NR SA related corrections
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182662
3638
3
F
Correction on sorting for reporting of NR cell measurements
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182671
3642
2
F
Clarifications on system information acquisition time enhancements in Rel-15
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3643
2
F
Various sTTI corrections
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182671
3647
2
F
Corrections on paging monitoring and SI acquisition in RRC_CONNECTED for BL UEs and UEs in CE
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3651
3
F
Correction on Bluetooth and WLAN measurement collection in MDT
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3652
1
F
Correction on SRB4 for QoE measurement collection
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3653
2
F
Corrections for E-UTRA connected to 5GC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3654
2
F
Corrections on time reference information
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3655
2
F
Correction on UE behaviour about referenceSFN
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3656
1
F
Correction on flight path information
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3657
1
F
Correction on measurement triggering based on number of cells
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3658
2
F
Correction on triggering idle mode measurement
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3660
2
F
SPS for TDD sTTI
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3661
3
F
skipUplinkTxSPS for short TTI option 1
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3663
2
F
correction on power control
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182678
3665
4
F
Clarification for SLSS_TxDisabled
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3666
2
F
Correction for sTTI
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182682
3673
4
F
CR to 36.331 on the ambiguity of CellIdentity in Resume/Short MAC-I calculation
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182653
3674
1
F
Correction to FDD/TDD Diff for NR PDCP Capabilities
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182678
3675
3
F
Removal of redefinition of MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3676
1
F
Corrections to multiple SPS configurations after sTTI and HRLLC merge
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182650
3678
1
F
Clarification on measObjectNR of SFTD between PCell and PSCell
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182656
3679
2
F
Clarification on B events in EN-DC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182671
3680
1
F
Correction on the measurement gaps for dense PRS
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182672
3681
2
F
Normative Annex of CRs Containing Early Implementable Features and Corrections
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3687
2
A
Discard the AS context and ResumeId when initiating the establishment of a RRC Connection
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3691
1
F
Clarification of features not supported in NB-IoT
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3692
2
F
Additional Corrections to EDT in 36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3695
 
F
Corrections to procedure upon Reception of the RRCConnectionSetup
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182682
3697
 
A
Clarification for additional SRS symbols
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182649
3698
 
F
Correction for E-UTRA connected to 5GC Procedures
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182678
3700
1
F
CR on carrier frequency indication in SidelinkUEInformation
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3707
1
F
Support of multiple UL SPS configurations and configuration of repetition
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3708
1
F
Clarification on s-Measure for IDLE mode measurements
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3709
2
F
Indications of RRC connection resumption and establishment to upper layers during EDT
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182671
3712
1
F
Exclusion of 1.4 MHz system bandwidth for flexible starting PRB
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3713
2
F
TS36.331 CR on [103bis#43][LTE/eLTE] Capture NR agreements
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182651
3714
 
F
MO configuration with SSB SCS for a given SSB frequency
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182677
3717
 
A
UL power control information for PUCCH format 4/5 in SIB
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3718
1
F
Ignore NCC on reception of resume message
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3727
 
A
Clarification on csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO configuration
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182662
3728
1
F
Frequency band indication in MeasObjectNR
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3729
 
F
Correction on FeLAA in TS 36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182677
3734
1
A
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-r13 ASN.1 error correction
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3739
1
F
Correction of field descriptions for NW based CRS interference mitigation
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182666
3740
2
F
Clarification for setting of maxLayersMIMO in LTE during EN-DC operation
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182666
3741
4
F
Alternative signalling option for SupportedBandListNR
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3745
2
F
Supporting MME and AMF overload control
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3746
1
F
Corrections for Inter-system intra-E-UTRA handover in TS36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3747
3
F
Corrections for handover preparation in 36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182659
3749
1
F
EN-DC configurations upon re-establishment
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3750
 
F
Correction of SPSConfigDL-STTI
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3751
 
F
RRC corrections for URLLC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3752
2
F
Clarification of primary and secondary RLC entity
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3755
 
F
Clarification for cqi-ReportPeriodic
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3758
 
F
Correction on T331 description
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3759
 
F
Correction on validityArea description
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182680
3763
 
F
Correction on interFreqNeighCellList
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182666
3764
2
F
CR to 36.331 on corrections related to inter-RAT CGI reporting towards NR
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182671
3769
3
F
Correction on the use of PRACH resource pool for EDT
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182667
3775
2
F
Correction concerning IDC reporting
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182672
3776
1
B
MBMS reception in Receive Only Mode (ROM)
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182667
3778
4
F
Various NR carrier frequency definiton corrections
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182668
3779
2
F
Correction to UE capability procedures in 36.331
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182654
3781
 
F
CR to 36.331 on reporting of NR serving frequencies which the UE is not configured to measure
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182666
3787
2
F
Correction to description of parameter CarrierFreq
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182675
3789
 
F
Correction on the usage of delayTolerantAcess
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3794
1
F
Introducing PDCP suspend procedure
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182681
3796
1
F
Clarification to UE states for EDT
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182667
3799
2
F
CR on PSCell (SPCell of SN) change (36.331)
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182674
3800
3
F
Signalling of CRS IM and CCH-IM for UE cat 1bis and cat M2
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182672
3803
5
B
Support for Logging of 'Any cell selection' state
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182663
3805
2
F
Addition of selected BC in AS-Context for EN-DC
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182662
3807
 
F
Correction on the terminology scg-ChangeFailure
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182662
3808
 
F
CR to 36331 on release after completion of inter-RAT HO
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182662
3809
 
F
Clarification on supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r15
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182663
3810
 
F
CR to 36.331 on alignment of use of fullI-RNTI and I-RNTI in paging and InactiveConfig (Alt.2)
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182667
3811
1
F
Clarification on the candidateCellInfoListNR in RRM-Config
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182676
3812
 
F
TS36.331 CR on [104#23][LTE/5GC] Capture NR agreements
15.4.0

RP-82
RP-182679
3813
 
F
Addition of SRB duplication in SCG
15.4.0
03/2019
RP-83
RP-190553
3785
3
F
CR to mandate FGI 103 and 104
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3818
2
F
Clarification on RRC connection resume
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3820
2
F
Clarification on RRC connection establishment
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190637
3821
3
F
CR to 36.331 on clarification of autonomous gap in EN-DC
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190546
3824
3
F
CR on adding ssb-ToMeasure in SIB24 and MeasObjectNR
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190542
3825
1
F
Clarification for EN-DC SN change scenario
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190542
3826
1
F
Clarification on UE Capability Request Filtering
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3833
1
F
Clarification to MeasResults for IDLE mode measurements
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3834
2
F
Corrections to SCell group handling
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3836
1
F
Clarification of mode 3 sensing parameter in TS 36.331
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190549
3839
1
A
Correction to systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3840
1
F
Corrections to mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190547
3843
1
A
Missing inter-node SCG field
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190542
3849
1
F
NR UE capability filtering in E-UTRAN
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3857
3
F
Removal of parameter alpha in WUS configuration
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3858
1
F
Miscellaneous Corrections for eLTE
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190549
3860
-
A
Correction on UE capability signalling for simultaneous antenna and carrier switching
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190553
3861
1
F
UE capability for eLCID support
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190542
3866
1
F
Corrections on NR NS-Pmax and frequency band list configuration in SIB24
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190552
3872
1
F
Correction on SPUCCH-Config
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3873
-
F
Correction on the field description of h1-ThresholdOffset
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190552
3874
1
F
Correction on QoE measurement collection for LTE
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190549
3875
1
A
Clarification to Permitted MaxCID for ROHC and Uplink-Only ROHC
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3878
2
F
Small corrections on TS 36.331
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3879
2
F
Clarifications on mixed operation mode
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3882
-
F
Corrections to TDD parameters - Option 2
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3883
1
F
Correction to carrierFreqOffset in TDD
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190553
3886
1
F
Corrections for MBMS reception in Receive Only Mode (ROM)
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190542
3887
1
F
Minor NR related changes to 36331
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3890
1
F
Introduction of UE capabilities on DMRS overhead reduction
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190540
3891
-
F
Correction to Q-QualMin value range
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190542
3892
1
F
Supporting bearer type change with LCID change
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3897
3
F
Correction to field description in IE RSS-Config
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190546
3889
2
F
Changes related to CA and or DC duplication
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190548
3899
2
F
Update description of ack-NACK-NumRepetitions
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190548
3900
2
F
Corrections of NB-IoT Access Barring
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190543
3902
1
F
Release and addition of the DRB
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3908
2
F
Clarification on counter check procedure for eLTE
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190551
3910
1
F
Miscellaneous CRs for euCA
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190549
3912
-
A
Clarification on ssp mapping rules for ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3913
1
F
Correction to simultaneous configuration of altCQI-Table-1024QAM and altCQI-Table
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3914
-
F
DL 1024QAM capabiity in FeatureSetsEUTRA
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3918
3
F
Correction to fallback to the RRC connection establishment
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3929
3
F
Addition of missing condition in SCell release
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190542
3932
1
F
Clearing of SFTD measurements at handover and re-establishment
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190543
3937
2
F
Introducation of tdm-PatternConfig and p-MaxEUTRA in AS-Config
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190541
3938
-
F
Corrections on FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id and FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190549
3940
-
A
UE capability for support of special subframe configuration 10 with TDD-only CA
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190543
3941
-
F
CR to 36.331 on clarification of gap release during HO
15.5.0

RP-83
RP-190550
3942
-
F
Capture NR agreements into eLTE
15.5.0
04/2019
RP-83




Correction to the implementation of CR#3913
15.5.1
06/2019
RP-84
RP-191378
3947
3
F
Corrections to SIB24 configuration on SS-RSSI measurements
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191375
3953
3
F
CR to 36.331 on SFTD measurement
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191385
3956
2
F
Correction of TDD UL DL Alignment offset
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191386
3957
2
F
Correction to sTTI field
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191381
3958
5
F
Alignment of definition of upperLayerIndication with the definition in the GSMA 5GSI LS
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191377
3962
1
F
CR to 36.331 on clarification of ANR FGIs and capability under EN-DC
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191385
3963
4
F
Corrections on the idle mode measurement
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191383
3967
1
A
UE capability signalling for FD-MIMO processing capabilities
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191374
3968
-
F
RRC processing delay for UE capability transfer
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191377
3969
1
F
Handling of SMTC configuration
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191374
3970
-
F
Clarification on filters used to generate FeatureSets (36.331)
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191383
3972
-
A
Correction to NPRACH resource default configuration
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191385
3973
-
F
Corrections to NSSS-based RRM measurements
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191385
3974
-
F
Correction to sourceDL-CarrierFreq in TDD
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
3975
2
F
Correction to conditions for initiating EDT
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191383
3980
-
A
Additional UE capability signalling for SRS carrier switching
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
3981
-
F
Miscellaneous Corrections for UAC in eLTE
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
3982
1
F
Capture NR agreements in eLTE
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191380
3984
2
F
LTE changes for FullConfig for Inter-RAT intra-system HO
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191381
3990
4
F
Correction on intra-band fallback behavior with FeatureSetsPerCC
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
3991
1
F
Correction on cell reselection while T302 is running
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
3992
2
F
Correction on leaving RRC_CONNECTED
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
3993
2
F
Correction on inter-RAT cell reseletion in RRC_INACTIVE
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191378
3994
1
F
Minor NR related changes to 36.331
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191387
3995
1
F
Editorial/ minor corrections collected by Rapporteur
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191381
3996
2
F
Corrections regarding EN-DC terminology
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191381
3998
1
F
Clarification on inter-RAT mobility
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191382
4001
1
A
Correction to dual connectivity
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191378
4002
2
B
Introducing NR changes for late drop (resulting from ASN1 review)
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
4003
-
F
Correction on edt-LastPreamble field description
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
4006
2
F
Clarification to the description of cellSelectionInfoCE
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191385
4008
1
F
Correct reference for serving cell relaxation with WUS
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191387
4009
1
F
Missing messages in "Protection of RRC messages" table
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191382
4010
1
A
Correction in the field description of aperiodicCSI-Trigger
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191383
4015
1
A
Corrections on UE capability for eFD-MIMO
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191378
4017
1
F
Correction on UE Capability Transfer for Featureset in EN-DC
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191382
4020
2
F
SI update notification and access barring in NB-IoT
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
4022
1
F
Correction on Idle mode measurement in RRC_INACTIVE
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191384
4023
1
F
Power boost values for MWUS
15.6.0

RP-84
RP-191385
4025
-
F
CR on carrier frequency selection for V2X SL communication transmission
15.6.0
09/2019
RP-85
RP-192195
3986
3
F
Correction on handling of SCell(s) during Make Before Break handover
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192197
4028
2
F
Clarification for mixed operation mode
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192197
4030
1
F
Correction on the field description of nprach-SubCarrierIndex
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192298
4031
-
C
Additional capability signalling for 1024QAM support
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4032
-
F
Correcting algorithm key derivation for LTE/5GC in connection resume
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192194
4034
1
F
Clarification to fullConfig in EN-DC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192192
4035
1
F
Clarification on mobility of UE configured with SN terminated DRB without SCG
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192192
4038
1
F
Missing reportAddNeighMeas in ReportConfigInterRAT
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4042
2
F
Intra-E-UTRA inter-system HO
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4043
-
F
Support of Idle mode measurement in E-UTRA/5GC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4044
-
F
PDU session release indication to upper layers during Full Configuration in eLTE
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192192
4055
1
F
Correction of the condition HO-toEUTRAN
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192198
4056
2
F
Editorial/ minor corrections collected by Rapporteur
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192192
4058
1
F
Correction to s-Measure for NE-DC (36.331)
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192190
4061
-
F
Correction of security algorithms at inter-RAT handover to LTE-5GC (Alt1)
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192193
4062
1
F
Adding P-EUTRA for supporting power coordination in NE-DC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192195
4064
1
A
Correction to the description of of DL channel quality
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192197
4066
-
F
Correction to table references for SIB1 scheduling in TDD
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192197
4068
-
F
Correction to the field description of numDRX-CyclesRelaxed in WUS-Config-NB
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192190
4070
-
F
Support of SUO case1 in NE-DC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4071
-
F
Clarification on inter-node message
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192197
4072
1
F
Correction to sTTI and sPT capability reporting
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4073
-
F
Correction to ROHC handling
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192194
4077
3
F
AS-ConfigNR at handover with (NG)EN-DC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192192
4079
1
F
Miscellaneous Corrections on 36.331 for MR-DC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192190
4080
-
F
Correction on 36.331 for reconfiguration of SCG part of DRBs in NE-DC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192194
4081
2
F
Support of LCID change for (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192198
4086
1
F
Corrections to SIB12 for CMAS geo-fencing
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4091
1
F
Correction on RRC connection release indication after handover
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192196
4092
1
F
Correction on stop condition of T380
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192194
4097
1
F
Correction on overheating indication and RLM report
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192279
4098
1
F
CR to introduce NR SS-SINR measurement capability in LTE
15.7.0

RP-85
RP-192193
4100
-
F
MR-DC measurement gap pattern capability
15.7.0
12/2019
RP-86
RP-192940
4113
1
A
Correction on T322
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192935
4115
1
F
Reconfiguration failure in NE-DC
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192936
4117
3
F
Miscellaneuous corrections for late drop
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192934
4119
2
F
Corrections to power limitations in (NG)EN-DC
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192941
4120
4
F
Correction to SIB5 acquisition for idle mode measurements
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192938
4128
2
F
Correction to field conditions in NE-DC
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192941
4142
1
F
Corrections to Application layer measurement reporting and UE capability signalling
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192941
4143
1
F
Allow Delta Configuration of ParametersListFmt2 and ParametersListEDTFmt2 in SIB2-NB
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192940
4144
1
F
Stop using redirectedCarrierOffsetDedicated after reselection to another frequency.
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192937
4145
1
F
Correction to AS security key update
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192936
4148
1
F
On performing L3 filtering of NR related measurements
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192941
4150
-
F
Correction to nonCriticalExtension of RRCConnectionRelease
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192939
4160
2
A
Clarification on sCellIndex and SCell lists
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192941
4161
2
F
Correction to early measurement reporting results
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192941
4177
2
F
Clarification on UE Inactive AS context
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192941
4183
-
F
Restoring SDAP and RoHC contexts during Resumption 
15.8.0

RP-86
RP-192936
4185
-
F
Correction for the establishment of LTE RLC bearers for (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC
15.8.0

